Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.

No preview available

The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About _ 4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant GI �" Y � F � � � ° � � � " � � CITY OF REDDING REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: September 5,2023 FROM: Chuck Aukland, Public ITEM NO. 4.11(c) Works Director ***APPROVED BY*** � ��n � .�.._ s.N,.�� ukl�n�l,H'ciblic Wc�aks L'��reGt ' �(?3/2423 ry ip}�in,�C"i ana � �12�/2423 caulcland@ci.redding.ca.us btippin@cityofredding.org SUBJECT: 4.11(c)--Award Bid Sched�ule No. 5381 (Job Order No. 2422) Well 12 Water Treatment Plant Pro'ect Recommendation Authorize the following actions relative to Bid Schedule No. 5381 (Job No. 2422), City of Redding Well 12 Water Treatment Plant Project: (1) Award to SnL Group, Inc., in the amount of$5,995,970; (2) Approve an additional $640,000 to cover the cost of administration and inspection fees; (3) Approve $250,000 for project development costs; (4) Approve $600,000 to provide construction contingency funding; (5) Authorize the City Manager to approve additional increases in either the construction management or construction contingency amounts up to a total of$100,000; (6) Approve the project design plans, specifications and special provisions; and (7) Find that the Project is categorically exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act, pursuant to Section 15301 - Existing Facilities, 15302- Replacement or Reconstruction, and 15303 - New Construction or Conversion of Small Struct�ures. Fiscal Impact The Well 12 Water Treatment Plant Project (Project) is being funded by the Water Utility. The Water Utility has sufficient budget for this project and its funding will not impact other activities or projects. Cost Summar� Item Estimated Pro'ect Develo ment Costs $250,000 Construction Contract-�- Contin enc $6,595,970 Contract Adminis�ration, Tns ection, Testin $640,000 Additional Cit Mana er Authorit $100,000 Total Pro'ect Costs $7,585,970 Report to Redding City Council August29,2023 Re: 4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 We1112 Water Treatment Plant Page 2 Project cost components are estimates and some shifting of the project development, construction management, and construction contingency funds may be necessary to balance the project within the approved budget. Alternative Action City Council may choose not to award the bid for the project and provide staff with alternate direction. If the project is not awarded, then the City of Redding's (City) Enterprise Well 12 may not meet state water quality requirements and be able to operate in the future, reducing the City's available water supply and decreasing reliability for City customers. Background/Analysis The City currently owns and operates 17 groundwater wells, including 12 in the Enterprise Pressure Zone, and five in the Cascade Pressure Zone. Well 12 is in the Enterprise Pressure Zone and it is the City's largest producing wel1, providing as much as 2,500 gallons per minute of potable water to meet high water demands during the summer time. In recent years, Well 12 has shown elevated levels of iron, manganese, and arsenic, with arsenic concentrations near the maximum allowable contaminant (MCL) level of 10 parts per billion. This project will install a new water treatment plant at Well 12 to reduce arsenic, iron, and manganese levels from the well and loading on the City's water system. In general, the project improvements will include construction of a greensand filter, a chemical storage and feed facility, an above grade bolted steel tank, construction of a new mechanical building, sludge dewatering facilities, associated piping and electrical improvements, and offsite storm drain and sewer improvements. Attached is a tabulation of bids received and opened on August 3, 2023, for construction of the project. The low bid in the amount of $5,995,970 was received from SnL Group, Inc., of Redding, California. The engineer`s estimate was $5,333,000. Tota1 project development costs for this project are estimated to be $250,000. Project development costs include engineering, grant applications and management, surveying, right-of-way, environmental, consultant services, and permit fees. Construction administration wi11 be accomplished by City staff and through use of a consultant contract which is the subject of separate staff report on this agenda. Environmental Review Staff has determined that the project is categorically exempt from environmental review under California Environmental Quality Act G�uidelines, pursuant to Sections 15301 - Existing Facilities, 15302 — Replacement or Reconstruction, and 15303 - New Construction or Conversion of Small Structures. Class 1 exemptions include the operation, repair, maintenance, or minor alteration of existing facilities, structures, or equipment involving negligible or no expansion of use. The new water treatment system will be installed at the existing well site and capacity of the existing facility will not be increased. The project does not involve expansion of facility use. The project area has been reviewed for sensitive resources and will not have an effect on biological or cultural resources such as threatened or endangered species or their habitats, sensitive vegetation communities, tribal lands, or tribal cultural resources. The project has no potential to have a signi�cant effect on the environment. Report to Redding City Council August29,2023 Re: 4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 We1112 Water Treatment Plant Page 3 Council Priority/City Manage� Goals This agenda item is a routine operational item. Attachments ^Location Map ^Bid Tabulation ^Notice of Exemption Plans Specifications and Special Provisions Addendum 1 Addendum 2 } �� . — — 4 �— -� , � C � �; i MARTINEZ LN —._-i......... —i. ........_ � .. . � � � � __ �-� __ � � u �� C � � _._. a _0��__� � � � � o , ; a , � _ n o � a � -___ i � I� � z ��u � � � __............... W , � �� o � ; , O , �, �, o � � (� � � , � � �J � p '--,___I C�❑ - ,. __-' ��-_--:- � _�___._ i__ i__ __ _�..._ _L RANCHO RD __— _ --.. _� ..,.. � __ ("1 - --.....,._._ � J � � .._- -- �- ' __� � � �� ,,,-��.,�� , �_._�.. � � �� PROJECT � � (____ -�� , � , ,�� OCATION ,- __ _ --� __ .... ,,-'"" � ' 5080 OLD OREGON TRAIL '� � { � �� L_ _ _ ___ NORDONA LN _ --___�---_r _--_ � -- _..___ ...._. _ __ __. ___ . _ —........._ _,_.__ ..�_.__I i �� . 0 � � { , � __._�.��____�.___ O . �. . ._.. . . � a a �-� � � � , __ _._._.. � _.._.._.._.._.._.._ _ ____ __ _................. � ~� `� } � \ \ � � � � -� z \ � c' -� '- -� � �� ! ° W ,�Z �t____ ____ �',,.__, Q. � O O - --_—.__ ELECTRO WAY ��. o ` � —. ---��. J �, 1a�"�_ � I I C �: � � � i ! I i i �o� �Fo� CITY OF REDDING WE�� 12 WATER TREATMENT = �2 P�ANT PROJECT � ` � PUBLIC WORKS �� 1�Q .P DEPARTMENT �OCATION MAP �� BID TABULATION FOR: WELL 12 WATER TREATMENT PLANT Bid Schedule No.: 5381 ENGINEER'S EST SnL Group Inc T& S Construction Co. Inc 8/3/2023 UNIT UNIT UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY PRICE TOTAL PRICE TOTAL PRICE TOTAL 1 Water Pollution Control �S 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 $2,040.00 $2,040.00 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 2 Shoring LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 $6,410.00 $6,410A0 $10,OOOAO $10,000.00 3 Plant �S 1 $5,313,000.00 $5,313,000.00 $5,987,520.00 $5,987,520.00 $6,030,000.00 $6,030,000.00 TOTAL -CONTRACT ITEMS $5,333,000.00 $5,995,970.00 $6,060,000.00 RTA Construction Inc Gatewav Pacific Contractors Inc AVERAGE UNIT UNIT UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION UMT QTY PRICE TOTAL PRICE TOTAL PRICE 1 Water Pollution Control LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 $9,260.00 Trench Sheeting and 2 Shoring LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 $15,352.50 Well 12 Water Treatment 3 Plant �S 1 $6,100,000.00 $6,100,000.00 $6,545,608.00 $6,545,608.00 $6,165,782.00 TOTAL -CONTRACT ITEMS $6,130,000.00 $6,575,608.00 $6,190,394.50 NOTIGE 4F EXEMPTION TO: ❑ Offiee of Planning and Research F1toM. City ofRedding 1400 Tenth Street,Room 121 Public Warks Department Sacramento,CA 95814 777 Cypress Avenue Redding, CA 96001 � Shasta County Clerk County of Shasta P.(7: Box 99d880, 1643 Market Street Redding, CA 96099-0880 Project Title: Well 12 Treatment Plant Praject J.Q.#2422-20 Project Locataon—Specific: 5080 C71d Ore�on Trail and 3936 Nordona Lane Fraject Location—City:Reddin� Project Lacation—County: Shasta Description of Project: The Citv af Reddin� praposes to canstruct a small water treatment facilitv at the existin� Well 12 site. Work includes demolitian of various existing equipment and construction af a �reensand �iter mechanical buildin�. chemical stora�e facilitv baclewash reclaim tank concrete slabs for sludge fiiter roll c�ff containers stt�rm drain infrastructure (catch basins imanholes �pe) miscellaneaus Ip umbing and electrical e�ui mp ent �aved driveway fencin�,, and �i�na�e. The new facilitv will be located on twn Citv-owned parcels one of which is the existin�well site Gravel will be t�laced on most of the site. All work will be canducted on Cit�property and withln the public ri�ht of way Name of Public Agency Approving Praject< Citv of Reddin� Name of Persan ar Agency Garryxng Out Project: Josh Watkins, Water Utilitv Mana�er Exernpt Status: (check one) ❑ Ministeri�I [Sectian 2I080(b)(1); 15268] ❑ Declared Emergency [Section 21080(b)(3); 15269(a)] ❑ Em�rgency Proaect [Section 21080(b)f 4); 15269(b)] ❑ Statutory Exemptlons. State code number: ❑ Comman Sense Exemption(This praject does not fall within an exempt class,but it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity may have a significant effect an the environment(14 CCR 15061[b][3]). � Categorical Exemption. State type and section number: Section 153Q1.Existi�Facilities, 15302.Replacement or Reconstruction, and 15303.New Construetion or Ct�nversion of EXistin�Structures � No exceptions apply that would bar the use af a categoricai exemption(PRD 21Q84 and 14 CCR 15300:2). Reasons why project is exempt: Class 1 exemptians include the minor alteration of existin� publie structures and faciiities. Class 2 exemptions consists af replacement or reconstruction where the new structure will be located on the same site and will have substantially the sarne purpose and capacity Class 3 exemptions consist of construction and location of new small facilities and equipment or conversicrn of existin� structures The existin� well will remain in operatian and the treatment facilities will be used to reduce arsenic iron and manganese in the City's water svstern The taroiect will be lc�cated on the existin� site and an adiacent site will have the same capacity and will result in a negli�ible expansion of use The �roiect has been revlewed for sensitive resources such as threatened or endan e� red specias or their liabitats sensitive ve�etatian communities tribal lands or tribal cultural resourees The project has no patential to have a si�nificant effect an the environrnent Lead Agency Contact Persan: Amber Kelle� Telephone: 530.22S.4Q4b If Filed by Applicant; 1. Attach certified dacument of exernption fnding. 2. Has a notice ofexemption been fled by the public agency approving the project? o Yes ❑No � Signature: _ Date: ��"� /�'-� c��: Titles Environrnental Compliance Man �er �Signed by Lead Agency Date received for fiiing at OPR: ❑ Signed by Applicant �rann rinr� .-a., �t�no� �N L1_I Z U / W � � � W� � Q U �� Q L� O 7 _ C� Q � � � � � � � L w � �—, _ I I I � � - � � � � � � � �� o � � � � � � � � � _� , m � � � � � � � � � om w � � ,� � z o c� � �� 1 w � � � o o �� i� � ��G��EER * b/ �I � 2422 �I� �CHE�IJLE � 1 �� "' ��° o , � � , Q W U U � � o V O CONTRALTOR SHA�� POSSES� A C�ASS "A'� �ICENSE AT THE TIME OF THE BID OPEI�IING� o� � ,�� * 5 1 v � � � 4 � � � mL� E T L ��F SR2ggE � o �� o W � E�DI A � � w � � z P J E T L ATI �� z �,� y'� � � t?� � w � � � �� ;- � � � �o � ;:� .�,��p�` � �� z SACRAMEM�O Rli/E� � � � �� m � � .-._-�___---,-� ou:� A�rur�As _�� _�w�-,__� _ W �� — Z �. SR2g9� �� 1 ( � � �C/ I-5 � - p��ER QQ` ... � 0 CyR � � VIKI G . �L � � I—� � �' R��' �i� E. CYPRES �� — — � � S H�,R��NELL � � � _� � � RANCHO RD � C�� D� ;; Q LLI `t�� m z ��--— pNN 1 o z } REDDI�IG • w � � S� � 'S � Z `� J ORDON � o � Q / W �- J W � W W Q � LN � � � Q m � � o o � ; m ° w � PFiC7J��T � � � � � U O m > O � � n � z ��E`� RANCHo � � � Q Q � � Q U � B�NN o� � • � m m = a Q J � � � a � � � ° � � �— � 0 Z � � a_ � � � REDDII�� MUNICIPA� a ; AIRPC�RT � � � � �°� , �� Q � z�°� � ��'� o <�s `� � � �� s% � z Z � �Q�� ( ,��, ,�� -' � � � F- Q � DERSCH �� _ � > � e � U 1 �� '---�� Q C�I � �'— �S � � � � � Z U � > � � � � � F— NO SCA�E I�0 SCA�E (, W — N = �'��NS R�VIEW�L) �3Yo � � � z > R.M.0 � m 0 � U E�ECTRic � � � r NOT I ESS TNAN TWO WORKI�IG DAYS NC�TICF IS �RAwiN� NUM�F�: ��o�� i��z " 1 "G;�1� ; RE�UIF2�D �(�IOR 10 S l l\I� l II�G ,�NY �YCI\VAl lON ��'�'� �� G-1 �� NEAR UNDERGROUI�D �ACII ITIES BE�ONGING TO < �� .0 ��' � PG�E, /�,T�T, 01� CITY 0� REDDINGe �' A�'PROV�D BYe � A-324�3 RABA/ �, =�,__-�' ,��`-�'�� '�'�� UI�C�ERGROUND SERVICE A�ERT (800) 227-2600 � TRAF�Ic `��--�. ---' �,,��f-'��`�� ° oRIGINA� SCA�E: o�� oR c.A.Teve �AciuTiEs, �A�� (�� o) 22g 2z2 � .� � � � E N G I N E E R S �� 6i29izoz3 �� ---�� OF� AeCeleDe �l\CI�I �I�S, Cl�,�� ('�30) 36`�—�529 ��' � �� '��=� . . .. S U R V EY �� LITY ENGINE�R DAT�.. DATC. MAY 2023 SN��T I OF 9�> w� _ U z z — Q INDEX TO DRAWINGS J� � Q NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER TITLE NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER TITLE J Q �� o z GENERAL CHEMICAL STORAGE FACILITY � � O � n 1 G-01 COVER SHEET 51 40-S-1 PLAN � 2 G-02 DRAWWG INDEX 52 40-S-2 PLAN i i 3 G-03 ABBREVIATIONS 53 40-5-3 SECTIONS � � z �� 4 G-04 GENER4�DESIGNATIONS 54 40-M-t PLAN w � z 5 G-05 CIVI�LEGEND AND NOTES 55 40-M-2 SECTION �Q Q � 6 G-06 ARCHITECTURAL I.EGEND,SYMBO�S AND NOTES 56 40-M-3 SECTION o y 'm� � 7 G-07 STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES 57 40-E-1 POWER z� �-' o 8 G-08 STRUCTURAL NOTES 58 40-E-2 LIGHTWG �n Q r 9 G-09 MECHANICAL LEGEND 59 40-E-3 PNOTOMETRIC o o �� 10 G-10 BUILDING SERVICES LEGEND 11 G-11 ELEC7RICAl.LEGEND NO.1 BACKWASH REC�AIM TANK ��HEER*y 12 G-12 ELECTRICA�LEGEND NO.2 ER M tibo 13 G-13 ELEC7RICA�LEGEND NO.3 60 50-SM-1 PLAN ° �a 14 G-14 INSTRUMENTATION SYMBOLS AND LEGENDS 61 50-SM-2 SECTION � � " 0 15 G-15 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM NO.1 62 50-SM-3 SECTIONS o�� z u� 16 G-16 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM NO.2 63 50-E-1 ELECTRICAL PLAN °� 5<P 1� G-17 HYDRAULIC PROFILE �* SIUDGE FILTER ROLL OFF CONTAINER CIVI�/YARD PIPING 64 70-SM-1 P�AN AND SECTIONS 18 D-1 SITE DEMO�ITION 19 C-1 SITE�OCATION PLAN ELECTRICAI 20 G2 SITE GRADING,DRAINAGE,PAVING PLAN 1 21 C-3 SITE GRADING,DRAINAGE,PAVING PLAN 2 65 E-1 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM 22 C-4 SITE GRADING,DRAINAGE,PAVING TABLES 66 E-2 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN 23 Y-1 YARD PIPING 67 E-2A ELECTRICAL PHOTOMETRIC SITE PLAN 24 Y-2 YARD PIPING TABLES AND DETAIL 68 E-3 OVER4LL FACI�IN GROUNDING PLAN y N 25 Y-3 STORM DRAIN PLAN AND PROFILE 69 E-4 VFD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Y p 26 Y-4 8"SEWER PLAN AND PROFILE 70 E-5 TYPICAL FVNR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ' �w 71 E-6 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES ��*'� �`� OVERALL PACILITY 72 E-7 NETWORK ARCHITECTURE ;�� :�� 73 E-8 TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE DOCS SITE PLAN °" m'� W 27 5-M-1 OVERALL FACILITY PLAN 74 E-9 TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE DOCS BLDG PLAN Q� �w EXISTING WE��BUILDING INSTRUMENTATION 28 10-D-t DEMO�ITION PLAN 75 N-1 P&ID NO.1 v 29 10-M-t BUI�DING PLAN 76 N-2 P&ID NO.2 z � � 30 10-M-2 SECTION 77 N-3 P&ID NO.3 Q � Z 31 10-E-1 POWER PLAN 78 N-4 P&ID NO.4 Q O W MECHANICAL BUILDING STANDARD DETAILS � � � � 32 20-R-1 RENDERING 79 SD-1 STANDARD DETAILS Q J � 33 20-AS-1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 80 SD-2 STANDARD DETAILS 34 20-AS-2 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 81 SD-3 STANDARD DETAILS � � Q 35 20-AS-3 FLOOR PLAN 82 SD-4 STANDARD DETAILS 36 20-AS-4 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 83 SD-5 STANDARD DETAILS U 37 20-AS-5 SECTION 84 SD-6 STANDARD DETAILS 38 20-AS-6 SECTION 85 SD-7 STANDARD DETAILS 39 20-AS-7 DETAI�S 86 SD-8 STANDARD DETAILS � � 40 20-M-1 PLAN 87 SD-9 STANDARD DETAILS � "' 41 20-M-2 SECTIONS 88 SD-10 STANDARD DETAILS o 42 20-M-3 SECTION 89 SD-11 STANDARD DETAILS W z 43 20-BS-1 BUILDING SERVICES PLAN 90 SD-12 STANDARD DETAILS � s 44 20-BS-2 BUILDING SERVICES PLAN 91 SD-13 STANDARD DETAILS W v 45 20-E-1 ELECTRICAL POWER&CONTROL PLAN 92 SD-14 STANDARD DETAILS Z � � 46 20-E2 ELEC7RICA�LIGHT&GROUNDING PLAN Q Z 47 20-E-3 ELEC7RICA�MECH B�DG PHOTOMETRIC PLAN REDDING ELECTRIC UTILITY N Z Q GREENSAND FILTER 93 REU-1 REDDOMG ELECTRIC UTI�IN WORK ORDER � � � � 48 30-SM-1 PLANS W � � 49 30-SM-2 SECTIONS � O 50 30-E-1 ELECTRICAL PLAN X � W � �Z U — z a W � � Q m � DRAWING NnUM[iER: ��G A-32464 ORIGINAL SCALE NTS DATE: MAY 2023 SH�tf 2 Oi'�� 93 FILENAME:2165D-G002.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/2015 PLOTTIME:11:38:41AM ABBREVIATIONS w�� z @ AT CLDIP CEMENT-LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE FAN FAN INVERT EL INVERT ELEVATION PRC POINT OF REVERSE CURVE ST SAMPLE TAP � AB ANCHOR BOLT,AGGREGATE BASE CLG CEIL WG FB FLAT BAR IP IRON PIPE PRCST PRECAST SST STAWLESS STEEL z AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE CLR CLEAR,CLEARANCE,CLARIFIER FC FLEXIBLE COUPLING IR IRON ROD PREFAB PREFABRICATED ST STREAM TURBINE z Q ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE WSTITUTE CLSM CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL FCA FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTER IRR IRRIGATION PRESS PRESSURE STA STATION w� n ADD ADDITIONAL CML,CSP CONCRETE MORTAR LWED AND COATED FCV FLOW CONTROL VALVE IS INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE STREAM PRC POINT OF REVERSE CURVE STD STANDARD Q ADH AB ADHESNE ANCHOR BO�T STEEL PIPE FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT IW INJECTION WATER PRI PRIMARY STIF STIFFENER � ADJ ADJACENT,ADJUSTABLE CMLSP CEMENT MORTAR LWED STEEL PIPE FD FLOOR DRAW PROP PROPERTY STL STEEL,STEEL PIPE Q AFF ABOVE FINISH F�OOR CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE,COMPRESSOR FDA FLOOR DRAIN W/INTEGRAL TRAP JT JOINT PRV PRESSURE RELEASE VAWE STLS STEEL PIPE(SPECIAL) zo z AFG ABOVE FINISH GRADE CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT FDN FOUNDATION PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE STR STR4IGHT � � AHP AIR:HIGH PRESSURE CO CLEANOUT FES FLARED END SECTION KIP THOUSAND POUNDS PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT STRL STRUCTURAL o �' AIR COMPRESSED AIR COL COLUMN FEXT FIRE EXTINGUISHER KW KILOWATT PS PUMP STATION STRUCT STRUCTURE � 0 AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL COM COMMUNICATION FF FWISH FLOOR PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE WCH SUBFL SUBFLOOR �j CONSTRUCTION COMB COMBWED FG FINISH GRADE,FUEL GAS L LEFT,ANGLE,LENGTH PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH,GAUGE SUP SUPERNATANT � � � AL,ALUM ALUMINUM CONC CONCRETE FHY FIREHYDRANT LAB LABORATORY PT POINTOFTANGENCY SUSP SUSPEND W F z n � o ALP AIR LOW PRESSURE CONN CONNECTION RL FILTRATE LATL LATERAL P.U.E. PUBLIC UTILITY EASEMENT SW SOUTHWEST OR m Q Q � o �� ALTN ALTERNATE CONT CONTINUOUS,CONTINUATION FIG FIGURE LB POUNDS PV PLUG VAWE SERVICE WATER �,� ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS COORD COORDINATE FI FLOW WDICATOR LB/CU FT POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PLASTIC\POINT OF SYMM SYMMETRICAL � z� o � INSTITUTE CU COPPER FL FLOOR,FLOW LWE LF LINEAR FEET VERTICAL CURVE � � � a o � APPROX APPROXIMATE CPLG COUPLWG FLG FLANGE LG LONG PVCGS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PLASTIGGR4VITY T TANGENT,TELEPHONE LINE,TOP APVD APPROVED CTRD,CTD CENTERED FLH FLAT HEAD LONG LONGITUDINAL SEWER TYPE T&B TOP AND BOTTOM ��NEER a y APWA AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION CTR CENTER FLL FLOW L.INE LP LOW POINT PVCW POLYVINY�CHLORIDE PLASTIG T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE �� , �"�so AR AERATION CU FT CUBIC FOOT FLT,FLTR FILTER LR LONG R4DIUS PVMT WATER DISTRIBUTION SERVICE TYPE t,T THICKNESS ° �' ARCH,A ARCHITECTURAL CU IN CUBIC INCH FNSH FINISH LS LOW PRESSURE STREAM PAVEMENT TBG TUBING w " � " ARV AIR RELEASE VALVE CU YD CUBIC YARD FO FUEL OIL PVI POINT OF VERTICAL WTERSECTION TCE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT �do z UP`� ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTWG AND CULV CULVERT FOC FACE OF CONCRETE MAX MAXIMUM PVT POINT OF VERTICAL TANGENCY,PRIVATE TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD � *y� MATERIALS CWTP CIRCULATWG WATER FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER PW POTABLE WATER,PROCESS WATER TECH TECHNICAL AUTO AUTOMATIC CWTP CHAPARRAL WATER TREATMENT PLANT FS FINISHED SURFACE MCJ MASONRY CONTROL JOINT TEL TELEPHONE AUX AUXILIARY CV CHECK VALVE FT FOOT OR FEET MECH MECHANICAL R,RAD RADIUS TEMP TEMPORARY,TEMPERATURE AV AIR/VACUUM ASSEMBLY °C CELSIUS FTG FOOTWG MEP METERWG PUMP RC REWFORCED CONCRETE TF TOP FACE AVE AVENUE FW FINISHED WATER MFR MANUFACTURER RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE THD THREAD AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAGE d PENNY FWD FORWARD MGD MILLION GALLONS PER DAY RCV AIR RECEIVER TANK THK THICK AWWA AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION DBA DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR °F DEGREE FAHRENHEIT MH MANHOLE RD ROAD,ROOF DRAIN TNK TANK AX ANOXIC DR DRAIN MIN MINIMUM,MINUTE RDCR REDUCER TOC TOP OF CURB,TOP OF CONCRETE DBL DOUB�E G GAS MISC MISCELLANEOUS REF REFER OR REFERENCE TOW TOP OF WALL B BORWG DEC DECANT GA GAGE MJ MECHANICAL JOWT REWF REWFORCED,REWFORCWG,REINFORCE TP TURNWG POINT,TEST PIT Y� BAS BASIN DET DETAIL GAL GALLON MME MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQD REQUIRED TRANS TRANSITION t,.: �w BAV BALL VALVE DF DOUGLAS FIR/LARCH GALV GALVANIZED MPH MILES PER HOUR RES RESERVOIR TRANSV TRANSVERSE ��4� �"' BC BEGIN CURVE,BOTTOM OF CURB DI DROP INLET,DUCTILE IRON GB GRADE BREAK MSNRY MASONRY RJ RESTRAINED JOINT TS TUBE STEEL �"� �r d'z BD B�OW DOWN DIA DIAMETER GC GROOVED COUPLING MSP MILL STEEL PIPE,MANUAL OF STANDARD RLS RUBBER LINED STEEL TST TOP OF STEEL " ' W BF BLIND FLANGE,BOTTOM FACE DIAG DIAGONAL GCO GRADE CLEAN OUT PRACTICE RM ROOM TT THRUST TIE � a� BFD BUTTERF�Y VALVE DAMPER DIL DILUTE GCF GROOVED COUPL ING FITTING MTL MATERIAL RMJ RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINT TW TREATED GROUND WATER �`� BFV BUTTERFLY VALVE DIM DIMENSION GD GENERAL DRAINAGE MW MAKE UP WATER RO ROUGH OPENING OR TWS TRACER WIRE STATION BLDG BUI�DWG DIMJ DUCTILE IRON MECHANICAL JOINT GE GROOVED END MWS MAXIMUM WATER SURFACE REVERSE OSMOSIS TYP NPICAL � BLM BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT DIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE GL GLASS MXR MIXER RP RADIUS POINT Z � � BLR BLOWER DIPPL DUCTILE IRON PIPE,POLYETHYLENE GPD GALLONS PER DAY R/R REMOVE AND REPLACE UBC UNIFORM BUILDING CODE Q � z BLV BALL VALVE LINED GPH GAL�ONS PER HOUR N NORTH RST REINFORCING STEE� UD UNDERDRAIN Q O W BM BENCH MARK,BEAM DIR DIRECTION GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE NC NORMALLY CLOSED RT RIGHT UG UNDERGROUND W > � BO BLOW OFF DIST DISTANCE GRTG GRATING NE NORTHEAST RTN RETURN WATER UH UNIT HEATER � � � BOC BACK OF CURB DMP DAMPER GSP GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE NH AMMONIA RV ROOF VENT UNK UNKNOWN � U Q BOG BACK OF GUTTER DN DOWN GT GAS TURBINE NIC NOT W CONTRACT RW RAW WATER UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE BOO BOTTOM OF OPENING do DITiO GTV,GV GATE VALVE NO NUMBER,NUMBERING R/W RIGHT-0E-WAY O m W BOT BOTTOM DRV DRIVE GVL GRAVEL NPT NATIONAL PIPE THREAD V VENT,VOLT,VALVE � � Q BRG BEARWG DWG DRAW WG GW GROUND WATER NTS NOT TO SCALE S I-BEAM,SOUTH,SLOPE VAC VACUUM �\ BVC BEGINNWG OF VERTICAL CURVE NW NORTHWEST S= SLOPE EQUALS VAR VENT ACID RESISTANT �� BWI BACKWASH IN E EAST,ELECTRIC,ELECTRICAL HD HUB DRAIN SA SERVICE AIR VC VERTICAL CURVE BWO BACKWASH OUT EA EACH HDPE HIGH DENSITY POLYETHLENE PIPE OC ON CENTER SAT SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC TI�E VERT VERTICAL � � BYP BYPASS EC END CURVE HDR HEADER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER,OVERFLOW DRAIN SC SCUM VPI VERTICAL POINT OF INTERSECTION � ECC ECCENTRIC HDW HARDWARE OF OUTSIDE FACE,OVERFLOW SCFH STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER HOUR VPS VENEER PLASTER SYSTEM � o C to C,CC CENTER TO CENTER EE ELECTRICAL HF HIGH PRESSURE FEEDWATER OFR OVERF�OW RETURN SCFM STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE VTR VENT THRU ROOF W s C CHANNEL(BEAM) EF EACH FACE,EXHAUST FAN HGL HYDRAULIC GRADE LINE OG ORIGINAL GROUND SCH SCHEDULE W " � CAA/ARV COMBWATIONAIRADMISSION/ EFL EFFLUENT HGT HEIGHT OHE OVERHEADELECTRIC SCN SCREEN W/ WITH Z m CARV AIR RELEASE VALVE EG EXISTING GRADE HM HO�LOW METAL OMRF ORDINARY MOMENT RESISTING FRAME SD STORM DRAIN W WIDE FLANGE(BEAM),WEST,WATER Q � CATH COMBINATION AIR RELEASE VALVE EJ EXPANSION JOINT HORIZ HORIZONTAL O TO O OUT TO OUT SE SOUTHEAST WC WATER CLOSET Z CATHODIC PROTECTION EL ELEVATION HP HORSEPOWER OPNG OPENING SEC SECONDARY WD WOOD T Z O CAN CABLE TELEVISION ELB,ELL ELBOW HPT HIGH POINT OPP OPPOSITE SECT SECTION WH WATER HEATER J Q Q CB CATCH BASIN ELC ELECTRICAL LOAD CENTER HR HANDRAIL OZ OUNCE SGT SLIDE GATE,SLUICE GATE WM WATER METER —I � W CCP CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE ELEC ELECTRIC,ELECTRICAL HSS HIGH PRESSURE STREAM SHC SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE WR WATER RESISTANT j Z � CCS CENTRAL CONTROL SYSTEM EM EMISSION MEASUREMENT HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURE STEEL PA PROCESS AIR SH SHEET WS WATER SURFACE,WATER STOP > O m CE CONDENSATE ENGR ENGINEER HV HOSE VALVE PC POINT OF CURVE SIM SIMILAR W SH ST WEATHERING SHEET STEEL � Q CF EO EMERGENCY OVERFLOW HWY HIGHWAY PE PLAIN END,POLYETHYLENE AND SLD SLUDGE WSE WATER SURFACE ELEVATION � CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE EP EDGE OF PAVEMENT HYD HYDRANT PERMANENT EASEMENT SLP SLOPE WSP WELDED STEEL PIPE U CFS CUBIC FEET PER SECOND EQ�SP EQUALLY SPACED PENT PENETRATION SMP SAMPLE,SAMPLE LOCATION WT WATER TIGNT Z � CHEM CHEMICAL EQPT EQUIPMENT IA INSTRUMENTAIR PI POINTOFINTERSECTION SOLN SOLUTION WTR WATER W CHV CHECK VALVE ESC EROSION SEDIMENT CONTROL I&C INSTRUMENTATION&CONTROL PJF PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER SP SPACE OR SPACES WW WASHWATER OR � � CI CAST IRON ERW EFFLUENT REUSE WATER ID INSIDE DIAMETER PL PLATE,PROPERTY LINE SPD SUMP PUMP DR41N WASH WATER Q o CIGC CAST IRON GROOVED COUP�ING ESA ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA IF INSIDE FACE OR PLV PLUG VALVE SPEC SPECIFICATIONS WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC CIMJ CAST IRON MECHANICAL JOINT EVC END OF VERTICA�CURVE INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE FEEDWATER PLYWD PLYWOOD SP�Y SUPP�Y oRawwc �vuMeEK: CIP CAST IRON PIPE EW EACH WAY,ENTERPRISE WELL IMLR INTERNAL MIXED LIQUOR RETURN PMP PUMP SRP SALT RIVER PROJECT NOTES: YD YARD G'3 CIRJ CAST IRON RESTRAINED JOINT EWEF EACH WAY,EACH FACE IN INCH POB POINT OF BEGINNING SQ SQUARE CISP CAST IRON SOIL PIPE EXC EXCAVATE WFL WFLUENT POC POINT OF CONNECTION SQ FT SQUARE FOOT 1. FOR ELECTRICA�AND INSTRUMENTATIONABBREVIATIONS,SEE ELECTRIGA� A-32465 AND INSTRUMENTATION DRAWINGS. CJ CONSTRUCTION JOINT,CONTRACTION EXP EXPOSED,EXPANSION WSTM INSTRUMENTATION POE POINT OF ENDING SQ IN SQUARE INCH ORiGiNAL SCaI..E: JOINT EXP JT EXPANSION JOINT INSU� INSULATE,INSU�ATION PP,P&P PLAN AND PROFILE,POWER POLE SS SANITARY SEWER OR 2_ CONTACT THE ENGINEER FOR ABBREVIATIONS NOT LISTED. Nrs CL CENTERLINE EXST EXISTING INV INVERT PPM PARTS PER MILLION SSH SAFETY SHOWER 3. THIS IS A STANDARD LEGEND SHEET,THEREFORE,SOMESYMBOLS OR DqfE: Mav 2023 ABBREVIATIONS MAYAPPEAR ON THIS SHEETAND MAY NOT BE UTILIZED ON THIS PROJECT. sHEE� 3 oF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G003.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:29:03PM W�I DISCIPLINE SECTION STANDARD DETAI� z z Q LETTER DISCIPLINE w� SECTION LETTER � ON DRAWING WHERE n SECTION IS TAKEN: AS SHOWN a c� 12345 � A DRAWWG NUMBER WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWING J G GENERAL a C SITE CIVIL M-201 r DETAIL NUMBER zo z Y YARD PIPING DRAWING NUMBER � � � (REPLACED WITH A o c, LINE IF TAKEN AND 12345 D DEMOLITION AS SHOWN o SHOWN ON SAME SHEET) ON STANDARD DETAIL o A ARCHITECTURAL � � z � S STRUCTURAL W �a� SECTION "°TES: � � o �a Q � 1. STANDARD DETAIL CALLOUTS ARE SHOWN TO WDICATE DETAIL REQUIRED � �� M MECHANICAL. o M-101 1/4"=1'-0" AT SPECIRC LOCATIONS. DETAILS ARE NOT CALLED OUT ATALL LOCATIONS. u� M-102 WHERE A STANDARD DETAIL CALLOUT IS NOT SHOWN,THE CONTRACTOR � z� o H HEATWG,VENTILATION AND COOLING DRAWING NUMBER � (REPLACED WITH A ON DRAWING WHERE SNALL USE THE STANDARD DETAIL MOSTAPPLICABLE AND CONSISTENT � � r P PLUMBING LINE IF TAKEN AND SECTION IS SHOWN: WITH OTHER WORK UNDER TNIS CONTRACT. � � " SHOWN ON SAME SHEET) DRAWING NUMBER(S) ��NEER* E ELECTRICAL WHERE TAKEN o �� b�,�o I INSTRUMENTATION VA�VE OR EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION � >Q �j > U DETAIL �° - = U � DRAWING NUMBER FACILITYID PROCESSAREANO(SEE °� *y�P (NOTE 1)� �TABLE THIS SHEET) VALVE OR EW12_BFV 01110 DETAIL NUMBER ON DRAWING WHERE EQUIPMENT DISCIP�INE� DETAIL IS TAKEN: 7ypE � �LOOP NO 10-M-1 '� DRAWING NUMBER WHERE SHOWN FACILITY NUMBER � � SEQUENTIAL NUMBER M-301 � NOTES: DRAWING NUMBER 1. FACILITY ID NOT SHOWN FORALL TAG LABELS SHOWN IN THE PLANS. (REPLACED WITH A FACILITY ID SHALL BE EW12 FOR ALL TAG NUMBERS. LINE IF TAKEN AND SHOWNONSAMESHEET) LINE TYPE APPEARANCE Y� �w �� o � �� DETAI� BLACK NEW'ON'DISCIPLINE �� r �z - M-101 1,-�,-0" �.:8,� p=�'°� Q z M-104 LIGHT OR DRAWING NUMBER �j w (REPLACED WITH A ON DRAWING WHERE � MEDIUM GRAY OR EXISTING'ON'OR'OFF'DISCIPLINE LINE IF TAKEN AND DETAIL IS SHOWN: SCREENED SHOWN ON SAME SHEET) DRAWING NUMBER(S) � WHERE TAKEN DARK GRAY NEW'OFF'DISCIPLINE z (n � � � GENERAL SYMBOLOGY � � � DEMOLITION PHOTO °C � tL U Q DIRECTION OF PHOTO TAKEN DEMO�ITION PHOTO � NUMBER AND�OCATION STRUCTURE OR EQUIPMENT TO m W PHOTO TAKEN FROM f � BE SALVAGED OR DEMOLISHED � � Q �� U D-101 DRAWING NUMBER � � (REPLACED WITH A PROCESS AREA NO PROCESS AREA DESCRIPTION � � LINE IF TAKEN AND 00 STARTUPAND SHUTDOWN CONTROIS SHOWN ON SAME SHEET) 01 WE��WATER W z 02 PRE-FILTRATION � s 03 PRE-TREATMENT � `� Z 04 FILTRATION Z m O OS DISINFECTION&TREATED WATER STORAGE Q Q 06 WASTE STREAM HAND�ING/SO�IDS N C� Z W CHEMICAL SYSTEMS T Z C� OS DRINKING WATER DISTRIBUTION J Q � 09 PROCESS ANCILLARY SYSTEMS W � W 10 SCADA � 11 COMMUNICATIONS/TELEMETRY � O Q� 12 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION � W 13 NON-PROCESS AUXILIARY SYSTEMS(HVAC,SECURITY,ETC) � Z 14 FOR FUTURE USE U W 15 LABORATORYAND FIELDANALYSIS Z � � a W � � � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: G-4 A-32466 ORIGINAL SCAI..E: NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 4 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G004.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:38:31PM CIVIL LEGEND CIVIL LEGEND (CONTINUED) MAPPWG LEGEND "oTEs: z�� 1. EXISTING PIPING,EQUIPMENT,AND TOPOGRAPHY IS SHOWN z SCREENEDAND/OR LIGHT-LINED. NEW PIPING,EQUIPMENT, z `� �EL 1585 ��E�158.5 SPOT ELEVATION _ BEDROCK � AIR RE�EASE VA�VE STRUCTURE,AND FWISHED GRADE IS SHOWN HEAVY-LINED. Q ��III�I(1L=I�II � � REBAR 2. THIS IS A STANDARD LEGEND SHEET. SOME SYMBOLS MAY L`i ��S CONTOUR LINE ROCKS OR RIPRAP � ASPHALT PAVEMENT APPEAR ON THIS SHEET AND NOT BE USED ON THE PLANS. a S�,,,�,/ � RNv RIGHT-OF-WAY � � BOLLARD 3. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT CITY � 4:1 CUT SLOPE(HORIZ:VERT) SAND O SEWER CLEANOUT OF REDDING CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS(CORCS),THE zo z - -�� -� � CABLE TELEVISION STANDARD SPECIRCATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, � � SEWER MANHOLE DATED 2019(GREENBOOK),AND THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS � Q p:e�o a�a AGGREGATE BASE � CATCH BASIN AS THEY PERTAW TO THE WORK DEPICTED HEREIN. CORCS AS O �' 4:1 EMBANKMENT-FILL S�OPE {�} SOLAR PANE� APPLIES TO THIS PROJECT SHALL BE THE CURRENT VERSION AS o (HORIZ:VERT) � ELECTRIC METER POSTED ON THE CITY OF REDDWG WEBSITE, o ��y��y�� NATURA�SOIL � STORM DRAIN MANHOLE htt Ncit ofreddin or/de artments( ublic-works/en ineerin /construction-standards, �� _ � P Y 9 9 p p 9 9 � - DRAINAGEWAY OR DITCH � ELECTRIC PULLBOX AT THE TIME OF BID OPENWG. � - COMPACTED SOIL C� STREET SIGN � � z IIII ��IIIL � ELECTRIC RISER 4. ALL UTILITIES SHOWN ARE STRICTLY FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF � � o --�_�► DIRECTION OF FLOW m Q Q � SURVEY CONTROL POINT OR THE CONTRACTOR. UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE ONLY APPROXIMATE � g �go��n:&� CONCRETE 0 E�ECTRIC SWITCHBOX � POINT OF INTERSECTION AND THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO INVESTIGATE EACH UTILITY o� cn � SHOWN AS WELLAS BE AWARE OTHER UTILITIES NOT SHOWN MAY EXIST. z z� o CENTER LINE,BUILDWG,ROAD c� � Ei ELECTRIC TRANSFORMER ❑ TELEPHONE BOX v� � � GROUT 5. CALL BEFORE YOU DIG!THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT USA NORTH a o � - - PROPERTY LINE � � ¢- FIRE HYDRANT � TRAFFIC CONTROL BOX DIGALERT AT LEAST TWO(2)WORKWG DAYS NOT INCLUDING THE DATE CONTROL�ED�OW OF NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO DIGGING NEAR UNDERGROUND FACILITIES >,z�,.; STRENGTH MATERIAL BELONGWG TO PG&E,AT&T,C.A.T.V.,A.C.I.D.,OR CITY OF REDDWG. ��R*d ___-_______ RIGHT OF WAY,EASEMENT (CLSM) � GAS VALVE ❑ TRAFFIC SIGNAL BOX CALL USA NORTH 811 �E` M 2`�0 OR SETBACK g � �� PAVEMENT � GRAY PVC CONDUIT PIPES �� TRAFFIC SIGNAL WITH ARM 6. PRIOR TO TRENCH EXCAVATION,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE ALL w ci _ - - - - - - STAGING OR WORK AREA LIMITS UTILITIES TO BE CROSSED TO VERIFY THAT NO GRADE CONFLICTS EXIST. ° - ' ° o � GUARD POST ao z �� N 1000.00 GRATING TRAFFIC SIGNAL WITH NO ARM 7. ALL TRENCHING AND BACK FILLING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE '� 5�P STRUCTURE,BUILDWG OR � ��E 1000.00 FACILITYLOCATION POWT - F��- GUY WIRE -- CITY OF REDDING CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS OR AS SHOWN IN THE COORDINATES ig IRRIGATION BOX � TRAFFIC WALK SWITCH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS. TRENCH BACKFILL STRUCTURE,BUILDWG SS SANITARY SEWER SHALL BE MECHANICALLY COMPACTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY [� OR O OR FACI�ITY MANHOLE � IRRIGATION VALVE �Q.......-� UTILITY POLE THE CITY OF REDDING ELECTRIC UTILITY PRIOR TO EXCAVATING CLOSER THAN EIGHT FEET TO AN EXISTING UTILITY POLE. STORM DRAIN �, � WATER VALVE RETAINING WALL S� MANHOLE � LIGHT POLE WITH NO ARM 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR OW WATER MANHOLE FURNISHING,INSTALLWGAND MAINTAININGALL WARNING SIGNSAND ,,,,, DEVICES NECESSARY TO SAFEGUARD THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND THE WORK, CONCRETE CURB �� LIC�HT POLE WITH ARM � WATER METER AND TO PROVIDE FORTHE PROPERAND CONTINUOUS SAPE ROUTING OF ATTACHED TO UTILITY POLE VEHICLE AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC DURWG THE PERFORMANCE OF THE • ARCHITECTURAL FENCE � � WELL WORK. THIS REQUIREMENT SHALLAPPLY CONTINUOUSLYAND NOT BE Y� LIMITED TO WORKING HOURS. THE USE OF FLAGGERS,BARRICADES AND CONSTRUCTION SIGNING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON a.w GUARD RAIL/BARRICADE UNIFORM TRAFRC CONTROL DEVISES(CA-MUTCD). ��`^ O w • • • CHAW LWK FENCE WITH 10. FOR ALL TRENCHING EXCAVATIONS 5 FEET OR MORE IN DEPTH,THE �"'� .. �� ------ --- OX - ---� 3 STRAND BARBED WIRE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A PERMIT FROM THE DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL �� ; W TOPPING SAFETY(381 HEMSTED DRIVE,REDDING CA.,224-4743)PRIOR TO BEGINNING �"B+e�.M p"'h� �a ANY EXCAVATION. A COPY OF THIS PERMIT SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT THE �W [�------❑ ARCHITECTURALFENCE SITE UTILITIES IDENTIFICATION CONSTRUCTIONSITEATALLTIMES. '� " �� CHAIN LINK FENCE 11. EXACT LIMITS OF PAVEMENT REMOVALAND RECONSTRUCTION SHALL BE � � DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BY THE ENGINEER. THE ASPHALT CONCRETE � Aband ABANDON ALONG THE EDGES OF THE TRENCH SHALL BE SAWCUT AND REMOVED TO A Z � �, �� X �� X �� BARBED WIRE STRAIGHT LWE PRIOR TO FINAL PAVING. EXPOSED VERTICAL EDGES WHICH Q �G z TV CABLE TELEVISON-OVERHEAD WILL HAVE ASPHALT CONCRETE AGAINST THEM SHALL BE TACKED WITH � W EMULSION PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF ASPHALT CONCRETE. Q ��-Ox —Cx �� CHAW LINK FENCE WITH T-BUR CABLE TELEVISION-BURIED W O � BARBED WIRE � �j � — uGE— uGE— BURIEDPOWER � — X � X — SINGLE SWING GATE I.L U Q —oHw—oHw— OVERHEAD POWER O m W �q � DOUBLE SWING GATE F/O FIBER OPTIC � � Q �/ — SLIDING GATE — GAS— GAS— NATURAL GAS U � j� CULVERT GS NATURAL GAS SERVICE O PETRO�EUM E- � —¢- FIRE HYDRANT SD STORM DRAIN � � z WALL — SS — SS — SANITARY SEWER (n N W �� BRUSN(TREE LINE T-OVH TELEPHONE-OVERHEAD Z m � T-BUR TELEPHONE-BURIED a '-� � `�'� TREE r Z � W WATER Q J Q Q �962@6E OR -�tx.� OR � DEMOLITION W � Z ��--�r- ABANDON IN PLACE Z W � � J � AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE � J U > I Z N U MANUAL AIR RELEASE VALVE W (n o � WATER SURFACE Q � DRAWING NUMBER: GB GRADE BREAK G-5 A-32467 ORIGINAL SCAI..E: NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 5 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-GOOS.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:40:09PM ARCHITECTURAL LEGEND MATERIAL SYMBOLS �ENERA�AR�HiTE�T�RA�NOTEs: W�� 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,PLAN DIMENSIONS ARE TO NOMINAL � SURFACE OF MASONRY,FACE OF STUDS AND FACE OF CONCRETE WALLS. 2019 CALGREEN NON-RESIDENTIAL NOTES(CONTINUED): z ACTNE � 2. REPETITIVE FEATURES ARE NOT DRAWN IN THEIR ENTIRETY 16. COVERWG OF DUCT OPENING AND PROTECTION OF MECHANICAL z a a�a 4°�aeo:�' CONCRETE AND SHALL BE COMPLETELY PROVIDED AS IF DRAWN IN FULL EQUIPMENT DURWG CONSTRUCTION:AT THE TIME OF ROUGH w� " INACTIVE WSTA��ATION OR DURING STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE Q 3. VERIFYALL ROUGH-IN DIMENSIONS FOR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED W AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF TNE HEATING AND COOLWG c� WDICATES PAIR OF DOORS �__� THIS CONTRACT,OR BY OTHERS. EQUIPMENT,ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION � COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE,PLASTIC, � CMU PLAN 4. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL SHEET METAL OR OTHER METHODS ACCEPTAB�E TO THE ENFORCING a " DIRECTION AND OTHER CATEGORIES OF DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES. AGENCY TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF DUST OR DEBRIS WHICH MAY c�� a SHOWN COLLECT IN THE SYSTEM PER CALGREEN 5.504.3. a � 5. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF,AND PROVIDE:ALL OPENINGS THROUGH � EXTERIOR OR INTERIOR !_ FLOORS AND WALLS,ACCESS DOORS,FURRING,CURBS,ANCHORS AND 17. ADHESIVES,SEALANTS,CAULKS:ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS USED � CMU SECTION INSERTS.PROVIDE ALL BASES,BLOCKING REQUIRED FORACCESSORIES, 3 WALL ELEVATION ON THE PROJECT SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOIIOWING � MECHANICAL,ELECTRICALAND OTHER EQUIPMENT. STANDARDS PER CALGREEN 5.504.4.1: z � ELEVATION Q � c� NUMBER 2019 CALGREEN NON-RESIDENTIAL NOTES: a. ADHESIVES,ADHESIVE BONDWG PRIMERS,ADHESIVE PRIMERS, w a o SEA�ANTS,SEAIANT PRIMERS,AND CAULKS SHALL COMPLY WITH a',n 100A ROOM DESIGNATION � � GYPSUM WALLBOARD LOCAL OR REGIONAI AIR POLLUTION CONTROL OR AIR QUALITY o z �� 1. THE NON-RESIDENTIAL PROVISIONS OF THE 2013 CALGREEN CODE OUTLWE MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULES WHERE APPLICABLE,OR SCAQMD `z PLANNWG,DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT METHODS THAT INCLUDE RULE 1168 VOC LIMITS,AS SHOWN W CALGREEN TABLES 5.504.4.1 `�a �� 101 ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBLE SITE SELECTION,BUILDING DESIGN,BUILDING AND 5.504.4.2. a o � DOOR DESIGNATION RIGID INSULATION SITTING AND DEVELOPMENT TO PROTECT,ESTORE AND ENHANCE THE B � ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY OF THE SITE AND RESPECT THE INTEGRITY OF b. AEROSO�ADHESIVES,AND SMA��ER UNIT SIZES OF ADHESIVES, ADJACENT PROPERTIES;ESTABIISHES THE MEANS OP CONSERVING WATER ��NEER*y AND SEALANT OR CAULKING COMPOUNDS QN UNITS OF PRODUCT, �, USED INDOORS,OUTDOORS AND IN WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE;OUTLINES R 4 �ESS PACKAGING,WHICH DO NOT WEIGH MORE THAN ONE POUND � N o MEANS OF ACHIEVING MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY; o �o > � L-101 LOWER DESIGNATION Gr�r� AND DO NOT CONSIST OF MORE THAN 16 FLUID OUNCES)SHALL W � AND OUT�WES MEANS OF REDUCWG THE QUANTITY OF AIR CONTAMINANTS. � > o �" � BATT INSU�ATION COMPLY WITH STATEWIDE VOC STANDARDS AND OTHER - � ! 2. SWPP:DEVELOP A SWPPP COMPLIANT WITH STATE STORM WATER NPDES REQUIREMENTS,INCLUDING PROHIBITIONS ON USE OF CERTAIN °a� z° �,° TOXIC COMPOUNDS,OF CA�IFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, ° �P W-201 WINDOW DESIGNATION CONSTRUCTION PERMIT OR LOCAL ORDINANCE,WHICHEVER IS STRICTER PER v *s ��f�r�z�Z�� CALGREEN 5.106.1. TITLE 17,COMMENQNG WITH SECTION 94507. PLYWOOD 3. GRADING AND PAVING:SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL SLOPE 18. PAINTS AND COATINGS:ARCHITECTURAL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL AWAY FROM THE BUILDING PER THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND COMPLY WITH CALGREEN TABLE 5.504.42 UNLESS MORE STRIN6ENT LOCAL �FEXT-1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CALGREEN 5.106.10. LIMITS APPIY PER CALGREEN 5.504.4.3. METAL STUD WALL 4. ENERGY EFFICIENCY:STAY CURRENT WITH THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY 19. AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS:AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL COMMISSION AS THEY ADOPT MANDATORY BUILDING STANDARDS PER MEET THE PWMIR LIMITS FOR ROC IN SECTION 94522 A 3 AND OTHER DOOR,HATCH,OR WINDOW � �� HINGE LOCATION CALGREEN 5201.1. REQUIREMENTS,INCLUDWG PROHIBITIONS ON USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC HWGE COMPOUNDS AND OZONE DEPLETWG SUBSTANCES IN SECTIONS 94522(C)(2) SIDE � 5. WEATHER PROTECTION:PROVIDE A WEATHER-RESISTANT EXTERIOR WALL AND AND(D)(2)OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS,TITLE 17,COMMENCING WOOD SECTION FOUNDATION ENVELOPE AS SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND AS WITH SECTION 94520 PER CALGREEN 5.504.4.3.1. REQUIRED BY CALIPORNIA BUILDING CODE SECTION 14032 AND CALIFORNIA Y� ENERGY CODE SECTION 150,MANUFACTURER?S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 20. VERIFICATION:VERIFICATION OF POLLUTANT CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED AT �W OR LOCAL ORDINANCE,WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT PER CALGREEN THE REQUEST OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY.DOCUMENTATION MAY WCWDE, A WALL TYPE DESIGNATION L�JLT_Lr_� 5.407.1. BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO,THE MANUFACTURER?S PRODUCT SPECIFICATION OR �"4..�� "' STEEL FIELD VERIFICATION OF ON-SITE PRODUCT CONTAINERS PER CALGREEN �--�� ; �� 6. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT:RECYCIE AND/OR SALVAGE FOR REUSE 5.504.4.32. A MINIMUM OF 65%OF NONHAZARDOUS CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION � Q z � L DEBRIS OR MEET LOCAL ORDINANCE,WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT PER 21. INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL:BUILDINGS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE NFPA SIGN �T��T 1 1 r�� CALGREEN 5.408.1. PROVISIONS OF CBC,CCR,TITLE 24.PART 2,SECTIONS 1203(VENTILATION)AND 'S w 1 1 u l ACOUSTICAL TILE CHAPTER 14(EXTERIOR WALLS)PER CALGREEN 5.505.1. Z CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN:WHERE A LOCAL JURISDICTION � DOES NOT HAVE A CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 22. OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY:FOR MECHANICALLY OR NATURALLY VENTILATED ORDINANCE THAT IS MORE STRINGENT,SUBMIT A CONSTRUCTION WASTE SPACES IN BUILDWGS,MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OP SECTION 120.1 z CI� CARPET MANAGEMENT PLAN PER CALGREEN 5.408.1.1. OF THE 2013 CEC,OR THE APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE,WHICHEVER IS MORE �[ � SIGN DESIGNATION STRINGENT,AND DIVISION 1,CHAPTER 4 OF CCR,TITLE 8 PER CALGREEN Q � z 8. WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY:UTILIZE A WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY 5.506.1. Q O W THAT CAN PROVIDE VERIFIABLE DOCUMENTATION THAT THE PERCENTAGE OF > --S201 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL DIVERTED FROM THE 23. CFCS:INSTALL HVAC AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT THAT DOES NOT � > �- LANDFILL COMPLIES WITH THE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT.THE CONTAIN CFCS PER CALGREEN 5.508.1.1. � `\ Q OWNER OR CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE DETERMINATION IF THE U CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL WILL BE DIVERTED BY A O m W WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY PER CALGREEN 5.408.12. 9. DOCUMENTATION:PROVIDE TO THE ENFORGNG AGENCY WHICH � DEMONSTRATES COMPLIANCE WITH CALGREEN SECTION 5.408.1.1 THROUGH !\ � � 5.408.1.3.THE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN SHALL BE UPDATED AS NECESSARY tJ AND SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR EXAMINATION BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY PER CALGREEN 5.408.1.4. 10. EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARWG DEBRIS:100 PERCENT OF TREES, E- � (n STUMPS,ROCKS AND ASSOCIATED VEGETATION AND SOILS FROM LAND � �" � CLEARING SHALL BE REUSED OR RECYCLED PER CALGREEN 5.408.3. z O 11. TESTING AND ADJUSTING:TESTING AND ADJUSTING OF SYSTEMS SHALL BE (W � z REQUIRED POR NEW BUILDINGS LESS THAN 10,000 SQUARE FEET OR NEW `� Q SYSTEMS TO SERVE AN ADDITION OR ALTERATION SUBJECT TO CALGREEN Z m Z SECTION 303.1 PER CALGREEN SECTION 5.410.4. Q Q ,rt � 12. SYSTEMS:DEVELOP A WRITTEN PLAN OF PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND (�j V J ADJUSTING SYSTEMS.SYSTEMS TO BE INCLUDED FOR TESTING AND T Z O ADJUSTING SHALL WCLUDE,AS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT HVAC AND J Q m LIGHTING AND CONTROIS PER CALGREEN 5.410.42. � � � 13. PROCEDURES:PERFORM TESTING AND ADJUSTING PROCESS IN ACCORDANCE W \ � WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS,MANUPACTURER?S SPECIFICATIONS AND � O Q CALGREEN 5.410.4.3. � 'Z 14. REPORTING APTER COMPLETION OF TESTWG,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING, ,` W PROVIDE A FINAL REPORT OF TESTING SIGNED BY THE INDIVIDUAL u N J RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING THE SERVICES PER CALGREEN 5.410.4.4. Z N = 15. O&M MANUAL:PROVIDE THE BUIIDING OWNER OR REPRESENTATIVE WITH � o �U DETAILED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND COPIES OF GUARANTIESNVARRANTIES FOR EACH SYSTEM.O&M INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE � m a CONSISTENT WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS,OSHA REQUIREMENTS IN Q � CCR,TITLE 8 SECTION 5142,AND CALGREEN 5.410.4.5.INCLUDE A COPY OF ALL INSPECTION VERIFICATIONS AND REPORTS REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING DRAWWG NUMBER: AGENCY. G-6 A-32468 ORIGINAL SCAI..E: NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 6 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-GOO6.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:41:41PM W�I Z STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS DESIGN CRITERIA: STRUCTURAL STEEL U t. APPLICABLE CODE 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDWG CODE(CBC),(20181NTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AS AMENDED BY THE STATE 1. STRUCTUR4L STEEL SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC SPEGFICATIONS AND CODE OF z ABBREVIATION DEFINITION OF CALIFORNIA). STANDARD PRACTICE. z i,i AB AGGREGATE BASE,ANCHOR BOLT �� a ADH AB ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLT 2. REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL AND SPECIFIC STRUCTURAL LOADINGS AND REQUIREMENTS. 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING ASTM DESIGNATION: w� BF BLWD FLANGE,BOTTOM FACE • PLATES,ANGLES,AND CHANNELS:A36 MINIMUM Fy=36 ksi Q BM BEAM 3. WIND LOAD: U C CHANNEL(BEAM) . RISK CATEGORY IV 3. OPENINGS SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN STEEL MEMBERS UNLESS SPEGFICALLY DETAILED ON THE STRUCTURAL PLANS. U7 C to C,CC CENTER TO CENTER . BASIC WIND SPEED(ASCE 7-16) 125 mph � CJ CONSTRUCTION JOINT,CONTRACTION JOINT . EXPOSURE CATEGORY C 4. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE FREE OF EXCESSIVE RUST,MILL SCALE OR GREASE Q � CLG CEILWG . DESIGN METHOD DIRECTIONAL PROCEDURE Zo z CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 5. ALL WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AWS CERTIFIED WELDERS AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF CBC � Q COL COLUMN 4. SEISMIC LOAD: SECTION 2204 AND THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY(AWS),LATEST EDITION,AS FOLLOWS: 0 � d PENNY(NAIL LENGTH) . RISK CATEGORY IV • D1.7,STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-STEEL DBA DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR,A-WEIGHTED DECIBELS . IMPORTANCE FACTOR Ie 1 S • D1.8,STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-SEISMIC SUPPLEMENT o DF DOUGLAS FIR/LARCH . Ss: 2.607 Ses: 2.085 �� EF EACH FACE . S,: 1 A28 So,: 0.960 6. WELDING ELECTRODES SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING TYPES:E70XX. z � EQL SP EQUALLY SPACED SITE CLASS C Q � c� EW EACH WAY � 7. ALL FILLET WELDS SHALL BE AISC MINIMUM AND BUTT WELDS SHALL BE COMPLETE JOWT PENETRATION(CJP)UNLESS � �y z SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY F w - EWEF EACH WAY,EACH FACE � INDICATED OTHERWISE. y n EXP JT EXPANSION JOINT �"z a � 5. LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM: o-,� �� FB FLAT BAR 8. ALL BOLTS SHALL BE HIGH-STRENGTH ASTM A325X UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.ASTM F3125 HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS SHALL BE GAC VESSELS: FDN FOUNDATION ' USED FOR TWIST-0FF BOLTS.ALL HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE ASSUMED TO BE SNUGTIGHTENED JOINTS. z z� o ANALYSIS PROCEDURE ASCE 7-16 CHAPTER 15 c�Q � FLH FLAT HEAD SLIP CRITICAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE NOTED AS A325X-SC,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FNSH FINISH RESPONSE MODIFICATION COEFFICENT,R 2.0 � � r SEISMIC RESPONSE CEFFICENT,Cs 1564 a o c� FOC FACE OF CONCRETE SEISMIC BASE SHEAR,V 146.42 KIPS 9. DISTANCE FROM EDGE OF PLATE TO CENTER OF BOLT SHALL BE 1 1/2"UNO. FS FINISHED SURFACE ° FTG FOOTWG 70. INSTALLATION AND INSPECTION OF HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST AISC ��NEER�'y GENERALINFORMATION: GRTG GRATING 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF THE BUILDING CODE. SPECIFICATION,SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTUR4L JOMTS USING HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS(RCSC).CONTACT FACES OF STEEL AT �E� � '�$o HDR HEADER CONNECTIONS WHERE HIGH STRENGTH SNUG-TIGHTENED BOLTS ARE USED MAY BE PAINTED. CONTACT FACES OF SLIP g �� HDW HARDWARE CRITICAL CONNECTIONS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS B FAYING SURFACES. COATED FAYING SURFACES,WHEN `�° � � 2. DESIGN DETAILS ARE WTENDED TO BE TYPICAL AND SHALL APPLY TO ALL SIMILAR SITUATIONS OCCURRING THROUGHOUT THE " � HGT HBGHT SPECIFIED,SHALL BE QUALIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLASS A COATING. w - PROJECT,WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE KEYED W EACH LOCATION.CONSULT THE ENGWEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO o � � u o HM HOLLOW METAL � z CONSTRUCTION. .�`� HORIZ HORIZONTAL 11. THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATOR/CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR o� y,�P HPT HIGH POINT 3. VERIFY ALL OPENING DIMENSIONS IN WALLS,SLABS,AND DECKS WITH THE ARCHITECTUR4L,MECHANICAL,HVAC AND ENGINEERS REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. * HR HANDRAIL HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURALSTEEL ELECTRICALDR4WINGS. MASONRY: IE INVERT ELEVATION 4. FOR NUMBER,TYPE,S2E,ARRANGEMENT,AND/OR LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT PADS AND OPENINGS SEE ARCHITECTURAL, �� SOLID GROUT ALL CELLS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. IF INSIDE FACE MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL,HVAC AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS.COORDINATE ALL OPENINGS AND EQUIPMENT PADS WITH OTHER IR IRON ROD DISCIPLINES AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS PRIOR TO PLAGNG SLABS,WALLS AND FOUNDATIONS. 2. MORTAR SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C270,TYPE S,HYDRATED AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSNE STRENGTH OF JT JOINT 1,900 PSI. KIP THOUSAND POUNDS 5. NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT FOR PIPES,DUCTS,ETC UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OR APPROVED W WRITING BY LATL LATERAL THE ENGINEER. 3. GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C476 AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,000 PSI CONTAINING LG LONG NO MASONRY CEMENT. LONG LONGITUDINAL FOUNDATIONS: MCJ MASONRY CONTROL JOINT 4. CONCRETE BLOCK UNITS SHALL BE MEDIUM WEIGHT AND CONFORM TO ASTM C90 AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY MSNRY MASONRY 1. IN ACCORDANCE W1TH THE GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT#2101.0134 BY BAJADA GEOSCIENCES,FOUNDATIONS HAVE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 1,900 PSL LINEAR SHRINKAGE SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.065 PERCENT. MSP MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE BEEN DESIGNED FORTHE FOLLOWWG VALUES: ALLOWABLE BEARING,DEAD+LNE LOADS 1500 psf Y� MTL MATERIAL ' S. PLACE COURSES W RUNNING BOND PATTERN,UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. O TO O OUT TO OUT • MINIMUM FOOTING EMBEDMENT 18 INCHES �W OC ON CENTER • LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES(DRAINED) 6. REINFORGNG STEEL FOR MASONRY SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615,GRADE 60 FOR DEFORMED BARS.LAP VERTICAL '<`" O OMRF ORDWARY MOMENT RESISTING FRAME o ACTNE 40 pcf REINFORCING 48 BAR DIAMETERS.LAP VERTICAL REINFORCING IN CANTILEVER WALLS 72 BAR DIAMETERS.LAP HORIZONTAL �"4 OPNG OPENING o PASSIVE 350 pcf REINFORCING 48 BAR DIAMETERS.STAGGER ADJACENT LAP SPLICES BY 24 INCHES,WHEN SEPARATED BY 3 INCHES OR LESS. �` �W OPP OPPOSITE • SLIDING FRICTION COEFFICIENT 0.45 REFERENCE STANDARD DETAIL 04 22 03.01-REINFORCED CMU WALL �� m� �,�j,�� PENT PENETRATION F�' PJF PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE ENGINEER AT LEAST 48 BUSWESS HOURS NOTICE FOLLOWING EXCAVATION FOR 7. HOR20NTAL REWFORCING BARS SHALL BE CONTWUOUS AROUND WALL CORNERS AND THROUGH WALL WTERSECTIONS AND a� PLYWD PLYWOOD FOUNDATIONS AND PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT OF FORMWORK,REINFORCING STEEL AND CONCRETE. HOOKED AT WALL ENDS AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS. �w PRCST PRECAST RC REINFORCED CONCRETE FORMWORK SHORING AND BR4CING 8. VERTICAL REMFORCING SHALL BE PLACED AT CORNERS,EACH SIDE OF OPENINGS,END WALLS QNCLUDWG EACH SIDE OF REINF REINFORCE,REINFORCED,REINFORCING 1. THE STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR STABILITY UNDER FINAL CONDITIONS ONLY.THE CONTROL JOINTS),AT A MAXIMUM SPACWG INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS,AND CONTINUOUS FROM FOUNDATION TO TOP OF � RO ROUGH OPENING,REVERSE OSMOSIS DESIGN SHOWN DOES NOT INCLUDE THE NECESSARY COMPONENTS OR EQUIPMENT FOR THE STABILITY OF THE STRUCTURE WALL. RST REINFORCING STEEL DURING CONSTRUCTION.THE CONTACTOR IS RESPONSBLE FOR ALL WORK RELATING TO CONSTRUCTION ERECTION METHODS, Z � �, S I-BEAM BRACWG,SHORING,RIGGWG,GUYS SCAFFOLDWG,FORMWORK,AND OTHER WORK AIDS REQUIRED TO SAFELY PERFORM THE g. CMU REINFORCING AT WALL WTERSECTIONS AND CORNERS SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN STANDARD DETAIL 04 22 03.02-CMU Q � z SAT SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC TILE WORK SHOWN. CONSTRUCTION OF SHORING AND BRACING OF FORMWORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 347"GUIDE TO WALL CORNERS,UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. � SLP SLOPE FORMWORK FOR CONCRETE". Q O W SP SPACE,SPACES ADHESIVE ANCHORS: > STIF STIFFENER CONCRETE: 1. THE ADHESIVE ANCHOR SYSTEM USED FOR POST-INSTALLED ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO THE � > � SUBFL SUBFLOOR 1. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSNE STRENGTH OF 5,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS AND A SLUMP AS REQUIREMENTS OF THE MOST RECENTLY PUBLISHED ACI 355.4,ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR QUALIFICATION OF POST-INSTALLE� SYMM SYMMETRICAL SPECIFIED IN SECTION 03 30 03-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. ADHESIVE ANCHORS IN CONCRETE AND COMMENTARY.THE ANCHOR SYSTEM SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: � U � T&B TOP AND BOTTOM . HILTI HIT-HY 200. O J � T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO USE. . SIMPSON SET3G. TF TOPFACE m W TOC TOP OF CURB,TOP OF CONCRETE 3. HOR20NTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL BE PREPARED TO EXPOSE CLEAN,SOLIDLY EMBEDDED AGGREGATE OVER THE p. ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS AN ENTIRE SYSTEM INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,THE NEW ADHESIVE � � Q TOF TOP OF FOOTING ENTIRE JOINT INTERFACE CARTRIDGE,A CLEAN MIXING NOZZLE,EXTENSION TUBE,A DISPENSING GUN,AND ALL MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED � � TOW TOP OP WALL SUPPLIES FOR PROPERLY CLEANING THE DRILLED HOLE. TRANSV TRANSVERSE 4. PLACEMENT OF PIPES,CONDUITS OR OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS IN THE CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE TS TUBE STEEL DRAWINGS OR SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGWEER. 3. ALL-THREAD ROD TO BE USED IN ADHESIVE ANCHOR ASSEMBLIES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36,A193(GR B7),A307,OR F1554. TST TOP OF STEEL STAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR RODS SHALL BE TYPE 316.NUTS,WASHERS,AND OTHER HARDWARE USED WITH AN ALL-THREAD VPS VENEER PLASTER SYSTEM 5. NO ALUMINUM OR ANY OTHER MATERIAL INJURIOUS TO CONCRETE SHALL BE EMBEDDED IN THE CONCRETE. � �- SHALL HAVE A MATERIAL OR ALLOY DESIGNATION THAT MATCHES THE ALL-THREAD MATERIAL/ALLOY. m W WIDE FLANGE(BEAM) I'- � W SH ST WEATHERING SHEET STEEL 6. CONCRETE SHALL BE MIXED AND DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C94. 4, CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MWIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,500 PSI AT THE TIME OF ADHESNE ANCHOR INSTALLATION. WD WOOD CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM AGE OF 27 DAYS AT THE TIME OF ADHESIVE ANCHOR INSTALLATION. z � WS WATER STOP 7. THE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE MIXES,PLACING,TESTING AND CURWG ARE CONTAINED IN THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. W s W Wf WATER TIGHT 5. CONCRETE TEMPER4TURE AT THE TIME OF ADHESIVE ANCHOR INSTALLATION SHALL BE WITHIN THE ALLOWABLE TEMPERATURE � ~ WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC 8. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C750 TYPE II,AGGREGATE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C33. RANGE SPECIFIED IN THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND ICC REPORT. W o Z 9. THE CONCRETE JOINTS IN SLABS AND WALLS,AS SHOWN,ARE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT ALTERNATE 6. EMBEDMENT DEPTH AND ANCHOR PROJECTION FROM THE CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS FOR Z m Q CONSTRUCTION JOINT LAYOUT DRAWINGS,SUBJECT TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS,TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND THE PARTICULAR ANCHOR OR GROUP OF ANCHORS BEING INSTALLED.ABSENT ANY INFORMATION,THE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT Q Z APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. DEPTH SHALL BE 12d WHERE"d"IS THE ANCHOR DIAMETER. N � Q 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE ENGINEER AT LEAST 48 BUSINESS HOURS NOTICE PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT OF T Z � CONCRETE TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR INSPECTIONS AND SCHEDULING OF TESTING SERVICES. 7. ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL TRAINED TO INSTALL ADHESNE ANCHORS IN � ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS.POST-WSTALLED ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH J Qc m CONCRETE REINFORCING: THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED WSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. W G Q 1. CLEARANCE FOR REINFORCEMENT BARS,UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE,SHALL BE:CAST AGAINST EARTH=3",ALL OTHER g. THE INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 05 05 06 OF THE ,,�j Z J CONCRETE SURFACES:#5 BAR OR SMALLER=t V2",#6 BAR OR LARGER=2". SPECIFICATIONS. O Q 2. ALL BENDS,UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN,SHALL BE 90 DEGREE ACI 318 STANDARD HOOKS. � � 9. WHEN DRILLING HOLES IN EXISTING CONCRETE,USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING THE EXISTING � 3. ALL REINFORGNG BENDS AND LAPS,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,SHALL SATISFY THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: REINFORCING BARS. MAINTAIN A REASONABLE CLEARANCE BETWEEN REINFORCEMENT AND THE DRILLED-IN ANCHOR. �,` U CONCRETE DESIGN STRENGTH=5,000 PSI GR4DE 60 REINFORCED STEEL v c� � 70. SPECIAL WSPECTION IS REQUIRED PER CBC SECTION 1705 AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ICC REPORT.THE SPECIAL BAR SIZE #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 INSPECTOR MUST BE PERIODICALLY ON THE JOBSITE DURING ANCHOR INSTALLATION TO VERIFY ANCHOR TYPE,ANCHOR Z � � LAP SPLICE LENGTH DIMENSIONS,HOLE CLEANLINESS,EMBEDMENT DEPTH,CONCRETE TYPE,DRILL BIT DIAMETER,HOLE DEPTH,EDGE DISTANCE, W � � SPACING TOP BAR' 2'-8" 3-'4" 4'-0" 5'-10" 6'-8" 8'-6" 10'-10" ANCHOR SPACING,AND CONCRETE THICKNESS. (� � � z <6" OTHER BAR 2'-7" 2'-7" 3'-7" 4'-6" 5'-2" 6'-7" 8'-4" SPACING TOP BAR" Y-8" 2'-0" 2'S" 3'-6" 4'-0" S-0" 6'-2" Q o >_6" OTHER BAR 1'-4" 1'-7" 1'-10" 2'-9" 3'-1" 3'-10" 4'-9" + TOP BARS SHALL BE DEFWED AS ANY HORIZONTAL BARS PLACED SUCH THAT MORE THAN 12"OF CONCRETE IS CAST W THE DRAWWG NUMBER: MEMBER BELOW THE BAR IN ANY SINGLE POUR.HORIZONTAL WALL BARS ARE CONSIDERED TOP BARS. G_7 A-32469 ORIGINAL SCAI..E: NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 7 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G007.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:52:06PM W�I Z STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: v 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY SECTION 110 OF THE CBQ THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION ANSI/AISC 360-16 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR MASONRY CONSTRUCTION z EMPLOY A SPECIAL INSPECTOR DURING CONSTRUCTION ON THE TYPES OF WORK INDICATED BELOW.REFERENCE THE PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL(QC)WSPECTION TASKS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE FABRICATOR'S OR ERECTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL FREQUENCY��a�°> REPERENCE FOR CRITERIA z �'� SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF WHO IS RESPONSIBLE TO PAY FOR SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SERVICES AND ASSOCIATED INSPECTOR(QCI).QUALITY ASSURANCE(QA)INSPECTION OF FABRICATED ITEMS SHALL BE MADE AT THE FABRICATOR'S PLANT. INSPECTION TASK Level 2 Level 3 TMS 402 TMS 602 �� n TESTS. QA INSPECTION OF ERECTED STEEL SYSTEMS SHALL BE MADE AT THE PROJECT SITE.THE QUALITY ASSURANCE INSPECTOR 1. AS MASONRY CONSTRUCTION BEGINS,VERIFY THAT THE w (QAI)SHALL REVIEW THE MATERIAL TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION FOLLOWING ARE IN COMPLIANCE: Q 2. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT QUALIFIED PERSON WHO IS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER DOCUMENTS. U AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.THE INSPECTORS FOR EACH SYSTEM AND MATERIAL WILL BE ICC CERTIFIED OR O=OBSERVE THESE ITEMS ON A RANDOM BASIS. a. PROPORTIONS OF SITE-PREPARED MORTAR P P Art.2.1,2.6 A,&2.6 C � OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL THE SPEGAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE INDICATED WORK FOR p=pERFORM THESE TASKS FOR EACH WELDED JOINT OR MEMBER. b. GRADE,TYPE AND SIZE OF REINFORCEMENT, P P Art 3.4&3.6 A � COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPROVED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SUBMIT RECORDS OF WSPECTION. INSPECTION TASKS PRIOR TO WELDING QC QA CONNECTORS,AND ANCHOR BOLTS Zo z 7. WELDER QUALIFICATION RECORDS AND CONTINUITY RECORDS p p c. SAMPLE PANEL CONSTRUCTION P C Art.1.6 D 3. INSPECTION RECORDS AND TESTING REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER,OWNER,AND AUTHORITY HAVING 2. PRIOR TO GROUTING,VERIFY THAT THE FOLLOWING ARE � � 2. WELDWG PROCEDURE SPEGFICATIONS AVAILABLE P P JURISDICTION WITHIN ONE WEEK OF INSPECTION OR WITHIN ONE WEEK OF TEST COMPLETION. IN COMPLIANCE � 3. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATIONS FOR WELDING CONSUMABLES AVAILABLE P P O 4. MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION TYPE/GRADE O p a. GROUT SPACE P C Art.32 D&32 F o 4. AT THE CONCLUSION OF CONSTRUCTION,A FINAL REPORT DOCUMENTING REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND CORRECTION Sec.6.1, � OF DISCREPANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED. 5. WELDER IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM O O b. PLACEMENT OF REWFORCEMENT,CONNECTORS,AND P C 6.3.1,6.3.6, Art.32 E R 3.4 � 6. FIT-UP OF GROOVE WELDS ANCHOR BOLTS � i 5. PERIODIC SPECIAL WSPECTION IS DEFWED AS SPECIAL INSPECTION BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR WHO IS INTERMITTENTLY JOINT PREPARATION &6.37 Q � c. PROPORTIONS OF SITE-PREPARED GROUT P P Art.2.6 B&2.4 G.7.b ? c� PRESENT WHERE THE WORK TO BE INSPECTED HAS BEEN OR IS BEING PERFORMED. DIMENSIONS � � z CLEANLINESS O O 3. VERIFY COMPLIANCE OF THE FOLLOWING DURING n � o CONSTRUCTION: � Q � 6. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED PER CHAPTER 17 OF THE CBC FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: TACKING Z � ' • SOILS BY CONTRACTOR PER SPEGFICATION SECTION 31 OS 03 a. MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES WITH THE APPROVED o-,� � � ( ) BACKING TYPE P P Art.1.5 • CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS z z� o 7. CONFIGUR4TION AND FINISH OF ACCESS HOLES O O �Q � • MASONRY CONSTRUCTION b. PLACEMENT OF MASONRY UNITS AND MORTAR JOINT 8. FIT-UP OF FILLET WELDS CONSTRUCTION P P Art.3.3 B v� � � . ANCHORAGE OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS DIMENSIONS a o � CLEANLINESS O O c. SIZE AND LOCATION OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS P P Art.3.3 F REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND SPECIAL INSPECTION OF SOILS d. TYPE,SIZE,AND LOCATION OF ANCHORS,INCLUDING Sec. TACKING OTHER DETAILS OF ANCHOR4GE OF MASONRY TO 1.21(e), ��NEER*y REFERENCED g. CHECK WELDING EQUIPMENT O - P C ti VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC STANDARD 2019 CBC REFERENCE STRUCTUR4L MEMBERS,FRAMES,OR OTHER 62.1,& �E� d.o INSPECTION TASKS DURING WELDING QC QA CONSTRUCTION 6.3.1 g 1. VERIFY MATERIALS BELOW SHALLOW ,� � >' SECTION 31 OS 1. CONTROL AND HANDLWG OF WELDING CONSUMABLES PACKING AND EXPOSURE CONTROL O O e. WELDING OF REINFORCEMENT C C Sec.6.1.62 �n �� FOUNDATIONS ARE ADEQUATE TO - X 1705.6,1804 w ACHIEVE THE DESIGN BEARING CAPACITY 03-EARTHWORK 2. NO WELDING OVER CRACKED TACK WELDS � � f. PREPARATION,CONSTRUCTION,AND PROTECTION OF o � U � o 3. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS WIND SPEED,PRECIPITATION,AND TEMPERATURE O O MASONRY DURING COLD WEATHER TEMPERATURE o- z �. 2. VERIFY EXCAVATIONS ARE EXTENDED TO � p p Art.1.8 C&1.8 D o '� PROPER DEPTH AND HAVE REACHED _ X SECTION 31 05 7705.6 4. WPS FOLLOWED BELOW 40°F)OR HOT WEATHER(TEMPERATURE ABOVE �'y *y�P PROPER MATERIAL 03-EARTHWORK SETTINGS ON WELDING EQUIPMENT 90°F 3. PERFORM CLASSIFICATION AND TESTWG SECTION 31 OS TRAVEL SPEED . PLACEMENT OF GROUT IS IN COMPLIANCE C C Art.3.5&3.6 C OF COMPACTED FILL MATERIALS X 03-EARTHWORK 1705.6 SELECTED WELDING MATERIALS � � 4. OBSERVE PREPARATION OF GROUT SPECIMENS, P C Art.1.4 62.a.3, 4. VERIFY USE OF PROPER MATERIALS, SHIELDING GAS TYPE/FLOW RATE MORTAR SPECIMENS,AND/OR PRISMS 7.4 B2.b.3, DENSITIES AND LIFT THICKNESSES SECTION 31 05 PREHEAT APPLIED 1.4 6.2.c.3, DURING PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION X 03-EARTHWORK 1705.6 INTERPASS TEMPERATURE MAINTAINED 1.4 B.3&1.4 6.4 OF COMPACTED FILL PROPER POSITION F,V,H,OH (a) P=PERIODIC,C=CONTINUOUS 5. PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF COMPACTED 5. WELDING TECHNIQUES (b) LEVEL 2 IS REQUIRED FOR RISK CATEGORY II&III.LEVEL 3 IS REQUIRED FOR RISK CATEGORY IV. FIIL,INSPECT SUBGRADE AND VERIFY SECTION 31 OS INTERPASS AND FINAL CLEANING THAT SITE HAS BEEN PREPARED X 03-EARTHWORK 1705.6 EACH PASS WITHIN PROFILE LIMITATIONS � � PROPERLY EACH PASS MEETS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS INSPECTION TASKS AFTER WELDING QC QA REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 1. WELDS CLEANED O O (q N VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CONTINUOUS PERIODIC REFERENCED 2019 CBC REFERENCE 2. SIZE,LENGTH AND LOCATION OF WELDS P P Y� STANDARD 3. WELDS MEET VISUAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA , � �w 1. INSPECT REINFORCEMENT,AND VERIFY ACI 318:Ch.20, CRACK PROHIBITION �a°t'' O w PLACEMENT - X 252,25.3,26.6.1- 1908.4 WELD/BASE METAL FUSION `^ � 26.6.3 CRATER CROSS S6CTION �� ` �� 2. INSPECTION OF ANCHORS CAST IN P P ��? m W CONCRETE - X ACI 318:17.82 - WELD PROFILES WELD SIZE � Q= 3. INSPECTION OF MECHANICAL ANCHORS _ X ACI 318:17.82 - UNDERCUT AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS �w 4. VERIFYING USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX X ACI 318:Ch.19, 1904.1,19042,19082, POROSITY 26.4.3,26.4.4 7908.3 4. ARC STRIKES P P 5. PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT, 5. k-AREA P P � FABRICATE SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH ASTM:C172,C37 6. BACKING AND WELD TABS REMOVED P P TESTS,PERFORM SLUMP AND AIR X - ACI318: 1908.70 7. REPAIR ACTIVITIES P P Q � z CONTENT TESTS,AND DETERMINE THE 26.5,26.12 8. DOCUMENT ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF WELDED JOINT OR MEMBER P P TEMPERATURE OF THE CONCRETE. INSPECTION TASKS PRIOR TO BOLTING QC QA Q O W 6. INSPECT CONCRETE PLACEMENT FOR X - ACI 318:26.5 1908.6,1908.7,1908.8 1. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR FASTENER MATERIALS O P W � � PROPER APPLICATION TECHNIQUES 2. FASTENERS MARKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM REQUIREMENTS O O 7. VERIFY MAINTENANCE OF SPEGFIED X AG 378:26.5.3- 1908.9 3 CORRECT FASTENERS SELECTED FOR THE JOINT DETAIL(GRADE,TYPE,BOLT LENGTH IF THREADS ARE p � � � CURWG TEMPERATURE AND TECHNIQUES 26.5.5 TO BE EXCLUDED FROM SHEAR PLANE � U Q 8. INSPECTION FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, 4. CORRECT BOLTING PROCEDURE SELECTED FOR JOINT DETAIL O O O J � LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF THE _ X ACI 318: 26.11.12(b) 5 CONNECTING ELEMENTS,INCLUDING THE APPROPRIATE FAYING SURFACE CONDITION AND HOLE O O CONCRETE MEMBER BEING FORMED PREPARATION,IF SPECIFIED,MEET APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS m W PRE-INSTALLATION VERIFICATION TESTING BY INSTALLATION PERSONNEL OBSERVED AND � � Q REQUIRED VERIFICATION FOR MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 6� DOCUMENTED FOR FASTENER ASSEMBLIES AND METHODS USED P � !\ � REQUIRED FOR QUALITY REFERENCE FOR 7. PROPER STORAGE PROVIDED FOR BOLTS,NUTS,WASHERS AND OTHER FASTENER COMPONENTS O O `J MWIMUMVERIFlCATION ASSURANCE�e�a�°� CRITERIA INSPECTIONTASKSDURINGBOLTING QC QA LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TMS 602 FASTENER ASSEMBLIES PLACED IN ALL HOLES AND WASHERS AND NUTS ARE POSITIONED AS PRIORTO CONSTRUCTION,VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE OF SUBMITTALS R R ART.1.5 �� REQUIRED O O � PRIORTO CONSTRUCTION,VERIFICATION OF F'm R R ART 1.4 B 2. JOINT BROUGHT TO THE SNUG-TIGHT CONDITION PRIOR TO THE PRETENSIONWG OPERATION O O � � DURING CONSTRUCTION,VERIFICATION OF SLUMP FLOW AND VISUAL 3. FASTENER COMPONENT NOT TURNED BY THE WRENCH PREVENTED FROM ROTATING O O "' STABILITY INDEX(VSI)WHEN SELF-CONSOLIDATING GROUT IS DELIVERED TO R R ART.1.5&1.6.3 FASTENERS ARE PRETENSIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RCSC SPECIFICATION,PROGRESSING � o THE PROJECT SITE 4' SYSTEMATICALLY PROM THE MOST RIGID POINT TOWARD THE FREE EDGES � � z DURING CONSTRUCTION,VERIFICATION OF F'm FOR EVERY 5,000 SQ.FT NR R ART 1.4 8 INSPECTION TASKS AFTER BOLTING QC QA W s DURING CONSTRUCTION,VERIFICATION OF PROPORTIONS OF MATERIALS AS 7. DOCUMENT ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF BOLTED CONNECTIONS P P � N DELIVERED TO THE PROJECT SITE FOR PREMIXED OR PREBLENDED MORTAR NR R ART 1.4 8 W o � AND GROUT OTHER THAN SELF-CONSOLIDATMG GROUT Z m W (a) R=REQUIRED,NR=NOT REQUIRED Q �- (b) LEVEL 2 IS REQUIRED FOR RISK CATEGORY II&III.LEVEL 31S REQUIRED FOR RISK CATEGORY IV. Q N Z Z � a � W � _ Z � � 0 � � � � � U z � W � � � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: G-8 A-32470 oR��NA� S�A�.E NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 8 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G007.dgn PLOTDATE:12(23l2015 PIOTTIME:12:52:O6PM PIPE AND FITTING SYMBOLS PIPE AND FITTING SYMBOLS (CONTINUED) FLOW METERS PIPING DESIGNATIONS W" z DOUB�E LINE SINGLE LINE DOUB�E LINE SINGLE LINE DOUBLE LINE SINGLE LINE DOUBLE �INE z z� - � "" ` REDUCER-ECCENTRIC z Q _ S �t_ -.-. EXISTING PIPE(SCREENED) � ' �� -[�-� MAGMETER �FLOW DIRECT)ON `�'�� ---�- , �� NEW PIPE -��7- - T-��-�' UNION _�� CL EL XXXX.X � � '�I-� PROPEL�ER METER (PRESSURE PIPES) c� � WV EL XXXXX Q � -x -� �-'�t � ��+ ��• ----*�-�' EXISTING PIPE TO BE ABANDONED - - -�- � I I-� BLIND FLANGE zo z ------ --� ' ' 2"X 4" CIT - (GRAVITY PIPES) c� Q -� �;XXXX)OCXX�� XkX�X�G�)f3�X� EXISTING PIPE TO BE REMOVED - - -�- � �� PLUG _�-FLOW STREAM IDENTIFICATIONS 0 � ��`�� --NOMINALCONTAWMENT PIPE DIAMETER(WHEREAPPLICABLE) � 0 --�- WELDED JOINT - - -�- �-1 CAP NOMINAL PROCESS PIPE DIAMETER �' INSERTION METER � - - � GROOVED END JOINT-PLEXIBLE y Q � o -��- VALVE SYMBOLS SINGLE LINE -��- � GROOVEDENDJOINT-RIGID DOUB�E LINE SING�E LINE PUMPS SINGLE-LINE �� z� o � FLOW STREAM `� � ,�}� � IDENTIFIGATION "' � � F�ANGED JOWT _}� }�� GATE � � U `-{�� METERING 16"RW � � G�NEER* MECHANICALJOWT -�-iLY 'W-' � KNIFEGATE �� , b�'4o (�(�p , HUB&SPIGOT JOINT � DIAPHRAGM ° U �U 0—(�� (RUBBER GASKET PUSN-ON) /-��'-i BUTTERFLY VALVE DESIGNATIONS o�, z � o BAL�JOINT � � CENTRIFUGAL VALVE EQUIPMENT o� y,�P -��- � GLOBE XX�NUMBER,ELECTRIC � � _� � XX VALVES ONLY, � FLANGE COUPLING ADAPTER � SEE I&C LEGEND. BALL PERISTA�TIC � XX � �'� VALVE DESIGNATION, � FLEXIBLE COUPLING � �� VEE BALL / _ _ �SEE G-4&SECTION ACTUATOR SYMBOL E EW12 BFV 01110 15200 _ _ � FLEXIBLE COUPLWG ,�-(��(��}}-��{- WITH THRUST TIES -�`- HK-I-:W '� PLUG OR COCK M IXE RS � � -{IJ V/ - � I--��-� DISMANTLING JOWT �� SEAT PORT ECCENTRIC PLUG WITH VALVE SYMBOL�� REQUIRED SEAT LOCATION lq" STEEL BELLOWS � STATIC MIXER FLOW DIRECTION Y� � EXPANSION JOWT FP FP d'w (J NOTES: O W ELASTOMER BELLOWS -C--��£�- �'�� FULL PORT PLUC� t ELECTRIC VALVE SHOWN,MANUAL VALVE SIMILAR. a�� '�r z -��- � EXPANSION JOINT ACTUATORS �� : �_ -}'- HI�� f-�' NEEDLE m W �^°Bi��n e=�'<. � `-i111 llf-' NOTES: ?„�w P - - ELBOW-90 DEGREE � � � PNUEMATIC 1. ONLY FLANGED END CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN HERE FOR DOUB�E LWE - DIAPHRAGM FITTINGS.FITTINGS WITH OTHER END PATTERNS ARE SHOWN SIMI�AR�Y ON ((��jj THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS.A�SO SEE PIPING SPECIFICATIONS AND THE � --`� OI—� � �� u PIPWGSCHEDU�E. Z CI� ELBOW UP-90 DEGREE PINCH VA�VE MOTORIZED Q �[ z ( 2. SYMBOLS SHOWN HERE FOR SWG�E�INE FITTINGS ARE GENERIC ON�Y.REFER � W /�—� � TO PIPWG SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC END CONNECTIONS FOR SING�E LWE Q --I(-' -+H - -`{- C-F-�' ELBOW DOWN-90 DEGREE Q=((]�-�'{II-p �I� L- SWING CHECK � PIPE AND FITTINGS. � Oj � �-�!} �--�]��{�]--� �� SOLENOID > tt�y� � ,,-(��-� GENERALPIPWGNOTES: � v Q ��j/�{1�-„ -�`�__IIIE:FII- -4- 1-� I--�' DOUBLE DISK OR SILENT CHECK O J � `�`-�H `( ELBOW-45 DEGREE ill�ll!-' 1. LAY PIPE TO UNIFORM GRADE BETWEEN INDICATED ELEVATION POINTS. �-Ill--' MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SYMBOLS m i.0 �� MINIMUM COVER SHALL BE 36 INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. � '��-f--( ELBOW UP-45 DEGREE �H BALL CHECK 2, SIZE OF FITTWGS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL CORRESPOND TO ADJACENT � � �-��--� STRAIGHT RUN OF PIPE,UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.TYPE OF JOINTAND U STRAINER FITTING MATERIAL SHALL BE THE SAME AS SHOWN FOR ADJACENT STRAIGHT � pQ�,�,pQ BACKF�OW PREVENTER VALVE(BFP) �� RUN OF PIPE. �C-�-� ELBOW DOWN-45 DEGREE � � ,� SIGHT GLASS 3. LOCATION AND NUMBER OF PIPE HANGERS AND PIPE SUPPORTS SHOWN IS I- � HOSE VALVE ONLYAPPROXIMATE.FINAL SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE DETERMINED � �j FLEXIBLE(ELASTOMER) IN THE FIELD AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. � � ��J' PIPE CONNECTION MAXIMUM SPACING SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED. z NON FREEZE HOSE VALVE ^ � cs, i-j�-f TEE �O X X=NUMBER IN SPECIRCATIONS U GAUGE WITH COCK 4. APPROPRIATE STANDARD WALL PIPE DETAIL SHALL BE USED WHEREVER W `� Q NON FREEZE HOSE VALVE t PIPING PASSES FROM A STRUCTURE TO BACKFILL. m Z _� �� -II WITH HOSE RACK � THERMOMETER Q W TEE UP X X=NUMBER IN SPECIFICATIONS 5. ALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS OR FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS SHALL BE ,rt C� PROVIDED WITH THRUST TIES,BLOCKS,OR ANCHORS,UNLESS OTHERWISE N V W -_�'_ 1 _ �OS SAMPLE � NOTED.THRUST PROTECTION SHALL BE ADEQUATE FOR TEST PRESSURES T Z J 1] � TEE DOWN I ROTAMETER SPECIFIED. J Q JQ `�``� �1 MUD /'� � 6. SYMBOLS,LEGENDS,AND PIPE USE IDENTIFICATIONS SHOWN SHALL BE W � U ( q �/ GALVANICANODE FOLLOWEDTHROUGHOUTTHEDRAWINGS,WHEREVERAPPLICABLE.ALLOF Z Z PRESSURE RELIEF �J THE VARIOUS APPLICATIONS ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED IN THE PROJECT. � O = -f- - �{ CROSS � XX � AIR SET Z NUMBERAND LOCATION OF UNIONS SHOWN ON DRAWWGSARE ONLY � U � 4 AIR AND OR VACUUM RELEASE XX=SUPPLY PRESSURE-PSIG APPROXIMATE.PROVIDE ALL UNIONS NECESSARY TO FACILITATE CONVENIENT � � REMOVAL OF VALVES AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. U . ,�REGULATED SIDE PS TYPICAL INSTRUMENT SYMBOL Z `" � 26-1-2 (SEE I&C LEGEND) 8. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDWATING N F'�� j��r� PRESSURE CONTROL AND PERFORMWG THE CONNECTION OF THE PIPWG AND ASSOCIATED W o APPURTENANCES INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO BOTH THE EXISTING � z � MULTI-PORT VALVE ARROWS ' PIPING AND FACILITIES. � m - LATERAL INDICATE FLOW PATTERN.SEAT v DRAIN Q � PORTS ARE IMPLIED BY INDICATED j 9, PRIOR TO SUBMITTWG PIPING DRAWINGS FOR ANY NEW DRawwG �vuMBEK: -y�Em�--W-'_ FLOW PATTERN.BALL VALVE 1 PIPE THAT IS TO CONNECT TO OR CROSS AN EXISTING '�',-�-{-f LATERAL UP �_� SHOWN.FOR OTNER VALVE TYPES, PIPE OR STRUCTURE,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE C„�-9 APPROPRIATE VALVE SYMBOL THE EXISTWG PIPE OR STRUCTURE TO VERIFY ITS EXACT �--{�}-,� SHOWN. I��' DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPE LOCATION,SIZE,MATERIALS,AND INVERT ELEVATIONS. A'32471 ---�_HI IIF-`{- , �-�r� LATERAL DOWN FIRE HYDRANT �� 10. COMPONENTSSHOWNWITHADOUBLEASTERISK(;K*) ORiGiNAL SCFlI..E: W�-W-' � DIAPHRAGM SEAL CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST ARE PART OF A PACKAGE SYSTEM.SEE EQUIPMENT � � J—�'f--( REDUCER-CONCENTRIC �� STATION � PULSATIONDAMPENERS SPECIFICATIONS. NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 Q CATHODIC PROTECTION ANODE SHEE7 9 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G009.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:56:21PM GENERAL HVAC NOTES HVAC SYMBOLS REGISTERS OR GRILLES W" z � POWER OR GRAVITY ROOF Z L SIZES OF EQUIPMENT PADS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE.DIMENSIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY � Ap ACCESS DOOR,VERTICAL � VENTI�ATOR(SRF) SUPPLY RETURN EXHAUST - THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED.ALL FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SET ON CONCRETE OR HORIZONTAL � z �.,.' PADS CONFORMING TO DETAII.S SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ANDIOR STANDARD DETAILS. D �� _/�� ......... Q 2. DIE�ECTRIC COUPIINGS,FLAN6ES,OR UNIONS SHALL BE INSTAILED ATAL�CONNECTIONS OF COPPER PIPE TO OTNER AD CEILING �-11 '1-� � � L`i Q DUCTTHERMOSTAT + ! TYPES OF METALLIC PIPING. �---� , l I 1 a FLEXIBLE CONNECTION � 3. HVAC DRAWINGS MAY NOT SHOW ALL DRAWS,VENTS,OFFSETS,FITTINGS,ETC.REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE J SYSTEM.SMA�I PIPING IS SHOWN APPROXIMATE�Y TO SCALE,HOWEVER NOT EVERY FITTING AND OFFSET MAY BE Q � SHOWN. � DUCTHUMIDISTAT Zo z 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH,WSTALL,AND TESTALL HVAC SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE THE COMPLETE SYSTEM. �OR�� FLEXBLE DUCTWORK SIDEWALL ��r�� r�� C9 Q 5. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE DRAW WGS,ALL FLOOR SLABS AND WALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE MADE USING � 1 � O o THE APPROPRIATE THE STANDARD DETAI�S. TRANSITION ROUND TO SQUARE I"""j"� o . INTERNALLYINSULATED 6. NOTAL�.AND ONIY CERTAIN TYPES,OF SUPPORTS ARE SHOWN ON THE HVAC DRAWINGS.UNLESS OTHERWISE � SHEET METAL DUCT �i DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS,ALL PIPE AND DUCT SUPPORTS SHALL BE DESIGNED,FURNISHED,AND INSTALLED BY � FLOOR GRI�LE(SUPP�Y&RETURN) � � THE CONTRACTOR AS SPECIFIED. � � �� TURNING VANES(RECTANGULAR) n � z 7. STANDARD DETAILS SHAII BE USED FOR AL�PERMANENT WORK EVEN THOUGH THEYARE NOT CAL�ED OUTATALL �Q Q � INTAKELOUVERS LOCATIONS WHERE THEYAPPLY. NIDDEN SHEET METAI DUCT � �� """""' ` 8. PROVIDE TURNING VANES IN ALL ELBOWS,WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON DRAW WGS. � �� o � � � 9. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAW WGS OR IN TURNING VANES(RECTANGULAR),SMOOTH RADIUS LINEAR DIFFUSER(SUPPLY&RETURN) � a o � SPECIFICATIONS. OH HUMIDISTAT(ELECTRIC) 10o DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS NOTED ARE FOR INSIDE DUCT MEASUREMENTS. H/EC-Ot s'� ��NEER* TRANSFER GRILIE Y.CLC�G� �E� b�'d- 11� PROVIDE ACOPY OFA CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORTTO THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE FINAL INSPECTION.THIS � M o GOOSENECKHOOD(COWL) p REPORT SHALL BE CONDUCTED BYATHIRD PARTY CERTIFIED TO CONDUCTAN AIR BALANCE ANDAS APPROVED BY THE ROUND ELBOW UP `O �� ENGINEER OF RECORD.THE REPORT SHAIL DEMONSTRATE THATTHE MECHANICAL SYSTEM WI�L MEET THE DESIGN � � > � CALCULATIONS AS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. . -p o�� z U� 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL HVAC WORK WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES. S_____,�c___�� VANES-EXTRACTOR �v yqP 1 3. A L L C U T T W G A N D P A T C H I N G O F W A L L S,F L O O R S A N D R O O F S,A S R E Q U I R E D T O I N S T A L L D U C T W O R K,E Q U I P M E N T,E T C. � � ROUND E(.BOW DOWN i� SHA�L BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. SUPPLY GRILLE(SG)/ DH-01 SUPP�Y DIFFUSER(SD)! 14. TNE CONTRACTOR SHA�L PROVIDE AL�METHODS AND MATERIAIS FOR SUPPORTING AL�EQUIPMENTAND DUCTWORK SUPPLY REGISTER(SR) FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT.IN AREAS OF BAR JOIST CONSTRUCTION,AlL PIPING,DUCTWORK,AND SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT WITH A CONCENTRATED�OAD Q.E.HANGERS W EXCESS OF 150�BS)SHAL�BE SUPPORTED DUCT HEATER DU CT LI N EWORK FROM THE TOP CHORD OF THE BAR JOIST.DO NOT HANG ANY PIPING OR DUCTWORK FROM THE ROOF DECK. SG(SDlSR 15. VERIFY THE FWAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF LOWERS,BRICK VENTS,CABINET HEATERS,SIDEWALL CFM LxW 6RI�lES AND RESISTERS,AND ALl OTHER VISBLE EQUIPMENT WITH THE ARCHITECTURA�INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR —� DIRECTION OF SUPPLYAIR FLOW SUPPLY RETURN EXHAUST ELEVATIONS. FLOW LENGTH x WIDTH 16. ALLADJUSTABLE THERMOSTATS,SENSORS AND SWITCHES INTENDED FOR NORMAL USE BY THE BUILDING'S �-�.� DIRECTION OF RETURN AIR F�OW DUCT THRU ROOF OR FLOOR m Q � OCCUPANTS SHAIL BE MOUNTED 48 WCHES AT FINISHED FIOOR TO THE TOP OF THE DEVICE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADAREQUIREMENTS. C� �e:� Cc=:� N N 17. DO NOT UTILIZE HVAC EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACTASA MEANS OF TEMPORARY HEAT DURING DUCT UP Y� �� DOOR GRILLE(DG)/ , . �w CONSTRUCTION.OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO PLACING EQUIPMENT IN —M DOOR UNDERCUT LOUVER 'b" Q w CONTINUOUS OPERATION. DUCT DOWN � � � '��4 �J �.�� +e �•� 18. PROVIDED ELEVATIONSARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.FINAL ELEVATIONSARE SUBJECT TOACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. � '�� ` � x - CONTRACTOR SHAL�FIEID VERIFY CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATING AND INSTA�LWG EXHAUST-CEILING DG �,,gig..M p,�' Q z DUCTWORKAND EQUIPMENT.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DUCTAND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH LIGHT FIXTURES,STRUCTURES,ETC. DAM P ERS CFM LxW � �W n� an ��'J— FLOW CONTROL VALVE FLOW LENGTH x WIDTH HVAC ABBREVIATIONS V� � FS FLOW SWITCH �====� Z CI� VOLUMEDAMPER Q � z ABBREVIATION DEFINITION � W T REMOTETHERMOSTAT O ACFM ACTUALCUBICFEETPERMWUTE TlAHU-01 DUCT DIMENSIONS ACU AIR CONDITIONING UNIT FIRE DAMPER(VERTICAL) � W� > � AD ACCESS DOOR � \,J � AFM AIR FLOW MONITOR �F AIR FILTER M O J � BD BOTTOM OF DUCT FITTING DOWN m W BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER MOTORIZED 10x18 BFD BUTTERFLY VALVE DAMPER AFM AIRFLOW MONITOR � � � BU BOTTOM OF DUCT FITTING UP CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE DUCT SIDE SHOWN OTHER SIDE OF DUCT DB DRY BULB � SMOKE DAMPER(VERTICAL) DG DOOR GRILLE AUTOMATICAIR VENT DH DUCTHEATER � � DUCT HEIGHT DPS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH COMBINATION SMOKE!FIRE DAMPER BALLVALVE-NORMALLYCLOSED � o EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO � WITH SMOKE DETECTION(VERTICAL) z EF EXHAUSTFAN W s Q ERV EXHAUST ROOF VENTILATOR DPS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH g 9 4 W o W ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE FS FLOWSWITCH OS CONTRO�SWITCH � HP HEAT PUMP FIRE DAMPER(HORIZONTAL) Q m J HP HUMIDISTAT S/EF-01 IN WG INCHES WATER GAUGE ,I�_� T Z W MCA MINIMUM CURRENTAMPACITY I -"1 TD 6" J Q U MERV MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VAWE �..,.�...� SUCTION DIFFUSER - TOP OF DUCT FITTING DOWN 6" c MOP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION SMOKE DAMPER(HORIZONTAL) W G � OA OUTSIDE AIR �'"' DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TOP OF DUCT FITTING UP 6" TU s .° ,,?� Z (JJ ODB OPPOSABLE DAMPER BLADES O ('� SCFM STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE SD SMOKE DETECTOR � Z BD 6 .." SD SUPPLY DIFFUSER COMBINATION SMOKE/FIRE DAMPER BOTTOM OF DUCT FITTING DOWN 6" \ Q SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFRCIENCY RATIO WITH SMOKE DETECTION(HORIZONTAL) U J SG SUPPLY GRILLE � `� m SPLY SUPPLY (t 9� ' FAN-BLOWER g�6� BOTTOM OF DUCT FITTWG UP 6" Z c�.i SR SUPPLY REGISTER `�� W (n o SRF POWER OR GRAVITY ROOF VENTILATOR z T THERMOSTAT POWER OR GRAVIN ROOF VENTILATOR- gACKORAFT � m TD TOP OF DUCT FITTWG DOWN � EXHAUST(ERV) BDD Q � TU TOPOFDUCTPITTWGUP DRAWING NUMBER: UC DOOR UNDERCUT G-�O VD VOLUME DAMPER WB WETBULB A-32472 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 10 OF 93 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION CONDUIT(CONT} DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION ��, W INDICATES THATALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTAND MATERIALS INSTALLED WITHW THE XXXX CONDUIT HOMERUN,XXX DENOTES DESTINATION CONTRACTOR z DAMP ROOM OR AREA IN WHICH THIS NOTATION APPEARS SHALL BE OF NEMA 12 CONSTRUCTION SHALL FIELD ROUTE FROM EQUIPMENT TO DESIGNATED LOCATION z (OR GASKETED AND SUITABLE FOR USE IS A WET LOCATION WHERE NEMASTANDARDS DO DENOTES AQUANTITY OF TWO(2)3-INCH CONDUITS EACH CONTAINING SINGLE LINE PLAN NOTAPPLY)UNLESS OTHER-WISE NOTED. (2)-3"C,3-#3/0,1-#2G z '.'..' THREE NO.3!0 AWG CONDUCTORS AND 1 NO.2 AWG GROUND CONDUCTOR a INDICATES THATALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTAND MATERIALS WSTALLED WITHIN THE DENOTES A QUANTITY OF TWO INSTRUMENT CABLES.EACH CABLE TO UKW UH- UNIT HEATER NO.1 w ROOM OR AREA IN WHICH THIS NOTATION APPEARS SHALL BE OF NEMA 4X CONSIST OF TWO NO.16 AWG CONDUCTORS TWISTED TOGETHER AND a WET CONSTRUCTION(OR GASKETED AND SUITABLE FOR USE IN A WET�OCATION WHERE 2 PR#16 TWSH COVERED WITH A METALLIC SHIELD AND AN OVERALL PROTECTIVE `� NEMA STANDARDS DO NOT APP�Y)AND MEET THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE 2022 JACKET.REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE EXACT CABLE TO BE WH- J WH- WATER HEATER NO.1 Q c� CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE UNLESS OTHER-WISE NOTED. PROVIDED. KW zo z �^�— � a INDICATES THAT ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTAND MATERIALS INSTALLED WITHIN SAME AS ABOVE EXCEPT CAB�E TO CONSIST OF THREE NO.16 AWG � \ 0 � THE ROOM OR AREA IN WHICH THIS NOTATION APPEARS SHALL BE OF NEMA 4X NON- CONDUCTORS TWISTED,SHIELDED AND COVERED WITH AN OVERALL 1 ) DM DAMPER MOTOR o � 2 TR#16 TWSH � CORROSIVE METAL�IC GONSTRUCTION(OR CORROSION RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION SUITABLE PROTECTNE JACKET.REFER TO TNE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE EXACT �.•� o FOR USE W A WET LOCATION WHERE NEMA STANDARDS DO NOT APPLY)AND MEET CABLE TO BE PROVIDED. DAMPER � i THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE UNLESS MOTOR OPERATED VALVE � OTHERWISE NOTED. "XXXX"DENOTES LOOP NUMBER w z z DENOTES A QUANTITY OF TWO INSTRUMENT CABLES.EACH CABLE TO MOV MOV � O o CONSIST OF TWO NO.16 AWG CONDUCTORS TWISTED TOGETHER AND AN TO BE OBTAINED FROM y Q � � INDICATES THATA��E�ECTRICAL EQUIPMENTAND MATERIA�S INSTA��ED WITHIN 2 PR#16 TW INSTRUMENTATION DRAWINGS �'� �` CLASS 1,DIV.1 OVERA��PROTECTIVE JACKET.REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE o � � THE ROOM OR AREA IN WHICH THIS NOTATION APPEARS SHALL CONFORM TO N.E.C. EXACT CABLE TO BE PROVIDED. � � GROUP D REQUIREMENTS FOR THE HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION SHOWN. RCS REMOTE CONTROL STATION � z o � BREAKERS (3)-4"C THREE4-INCHCONDUITS a o � ITP ITP INTERMEDIATE TERMINAL PANEL BARE COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTORAWG#4/0 SWGLE LINE PLAN C' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR SPECIFIED ��EER*b2� ^ XXXX DRAWOUT MEDIUM VOLTAGE POWER BREAKER UPPER NUMBER CONTROL DIAGRAM CONDUCTORS FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS o � � >�U 52 XXXX INDICATES LONG TIME TRIP SETTING LOWER NUMBER INDICATES w ci _ BREAKER GONTINUOUS CURRENT RATWG � TYPE FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR 135Y FIXED TEMPERATURE UNLESS °a ' z °,� � CONDUCTORS NOT CONNECTED O OTHER-WISE NOTED."200"DENOTES 200YF TYPE,"R"DENOTES FIXED o� yP R TEMPERATURE RATE-OF-RISE TYPE. + � O THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP RATWG ABOVE;FRAME �— CONDUCTORS CONNECTED Xpl �F CB RATING BE�OW.TYPICAL FOR OTHER TYPES OF BREAKERS.BREAKER TO � FIRE ALARM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR PHOTOCELL TYPE UNLESS �/ BE 3 POLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE AS 1 P OR 2P OO OTHERWISE NOTED:"I"DENOTES IONIZATION TYPE. CONDUCTOR SHIELD �� p V � `:J— FIRE ALARM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR X COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER WITH MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR, MCP � MAGNETIC CONTACTOR AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION CONDUCTOR SHIELD TWISTED PAIR � X=AMPERE SIZE FACP- FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL NO.1 Z=NEMASIZE ,-�-��•��•��-�. FAVP- FIREALARMVENTILATIONPANELN0.1(WITHGRAPHICPANEL) Z �, ,� FIELD CONDUCTOR SHIELD '••_...................._.� FARAR FIREALARMREMOTEANNUNCIATORN0.1 MOTOR STARTER WITH MAGNETIC CONTACTORAND OVERLOAD PROTECTION �\ /� Y� �G FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION,MOUNT UP 4'-0"WP Z=NEMA SIZE FIELD CONDUCTOR SNIELD TWISTED PAIR M ".. O W Z Z �,/ \,/ WP DENOTES WEATHERPROOF COVER ��° COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS � � OUTDOOR WEATHERPROOF FIRE ALARM MASTER BOX ��ry�' W� EARTH GROUND TE�EPHONE TERMINAL BOARD 4FT X 8FT X 3/4 INCH a z TTB UN�ESS NOTED OTHERWISE �F WP FIRE ALARM SPEAKER,MOUNT UP 7'-8" �W _ � CNASSIS GROUND - TELEPHONE OUTLET,WALL TYPE(MOUNT 1'-6"AFF UNO) �S FIRE ALARM STROBE,WALL MOUNT UP 6'-8"OR AT CEILWG z � ❑ NEUTRAL � FIRE ALARM HORN AND STROBE LIGHT Q � z - TELEPHONE OUTLETAND FLOOR BOX � F COMBINATION,MOUNT UP 6'-8" � W �� S F CATION SHOWN CTOR r--ra F I R E A L A R M H O R N A N D S T R O B E L I G H T �W O � I r(`r COMBINATION,CEILING MOUNT � � V TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET,WALL TYPE(MOUNT 1'-6"AFF UNO) � `\ Q V SPRINKLER VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH � TELEPHONE/DATAOUT�ETANDFLOORBOX CONTROL DIAGRAM COMPUTER � m Q � CONTROL SYSTEM INPUT/OUTPUT m FIREALARM BELL � S PAGING SPEAKER,WALL MOUNTED u�.i U "N1"AND"C1"DENOTES TYPE.H=HORN,G-CONE DI DISCRETE INPUT �1 FB WEATNERPROOF HI-DENSITY FIRE ALARM STROBE LIGNT � S � PAGING SPEAKER,WALL MOUNTED,BI-DIRECTIONAL �' ��(�g�� SPRINKLER FLOW ALARM SWITCH z H3 NOTATIONS SAME AS ABOVE �`/� � DISCRETE OUTPUT � � T CM ADDRESSABLE CONTROL MODULE W o O O S CZ PAGING SPEAKER,FLUSH MOUNTED CEILING TYPEZ m Q MM ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE a,rt z �S PAGING STATION,SURFACE MOUNTED r v W AI ANA�OG INPUT Z W + SD SMOKE DETECTOR J Q J REMOTE WALL MOUNTED VOLUME CONTROL.FOR CEILING SPEAKER —� � VC (MOUNT UP 5'-0"AFF UNO) GROUNDING �j Z U ❑A PAGING SPEAKERAMPLIFIERASSEMBLY AO ANALOG OUTPUT SINGLE LINE PLAN � � + � � � U CONDUIT _ _ GROUND ROD U J ' Z � W EXPOSED CONDUIT ELEMENT _ _____ GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (n � UNDERGROUND DUCT BANK OR CONCEALED CONDUIT IN CONCRETE FLOOR, � CEILING OR WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR NOTED. O-�O RESISTOR OR RESISTIVE ELEMENT _ Q o � 1aaa � GROUND ROD IN GROUNDING WELL CONDUITS IDENTIFIED BYA NUMBER SHALL BE LISTED IN THE CONDUIT SCHEDULES ��— OVERLOAD RE�AY THERMA�ELEMENT(HEATER) oRawwc �vuMeEK: G-11 �`� � GROUND ROD IN TEST WELL —E�— CONDUITS IDENTIFIED BY LETTERS SHALL CONFORM TO THE TABLES IN THE LEGEND �}-j_L�� STRIP HEATER OR HEATING ELEMENT = A-3�Z473 � CONDUIT STUBBED OUTAND CAPPED �( HIGH VOLTAGE,GROUP OPERATED,AIR-BREAK SWITCH* � oRicwn� scFli.E: . CONTINUOUSAMPERERATING ' Nrs — �-�--1 GROUND GRID CABLE CONNECTION,WELDED �� FLEXIB�E CONDUIT OR MANUFACTURER'S CABLE(S) � � UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 11 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G011.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:52:55PM LIGHTING MISCELLANEOUS POWER SWITCNES tCONT) W�� SINGLE POLE SWITCH"a"INDICATES SWITCHLEG SHALL SWGLE�INE PLAN DESCRIPTION � �a CONTROL LUMINAIRES WITH"a"DESIGNATION SINGLE LWE PLAN z M ETER' — Z DOUBLE POLE SWITCH"b"INDICATES SWITCHLEG SHALL WM-WATTMETER z Q �b CONTROL LUMINAIRES WITH"b"DESIGNATION � CONDUCTORS OR CONDUITS CROSSWG PATHS WHM-WATTHOUR METER � BUT NOT CONNECTED WHDM-WATTHOUR DEMAND METER w $3 THREE WAY SWITCH"d'WDICATES SWITCHLEG SHALL OM * WHDR-WATTHOUR DEMAND RECORDER a c CONTROL LUMINAIRES WITH"c"DESIGNATION � PF-POWER FACTOR METER � TRANSDUCER* 4 FOUR WAY SWITCH"d"INDICATES SWITCHLEG SHALL CONDUCTORS ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED Q �, AX-CURRENTTRANSDUCER zo z $d CONTROL LUMINAIRES"d"DESIGNATION XX/XX WX-WATT TRANSDUCER c� Q �M SINGLE POLE,DOUBLE THROW MOMENTARY ; CURRENT TRANSFORMER*QUANTITY 0 � CONTACT SWITCH,CENTER OFF � INDICATES LIMITS OF EQUIPMENT XXXX=PRIMARYAMPERE RATING o OR WIRWG ENCLOSURE (*) CT � P J o $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHT XX/XX w � POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER(PT)OR CONTROL POWER � z " PB PB PULL BOX FUSE,AMPERE RATING AS NOTED � C � � n � o � TRANSFORMER CPT *QUANTITY LIGHTWG CONTACTOR WITH NUMBER OF PO�ES AS XXXX=PRIMARY VOLTAGE RATWG �'a �a �� o � `�� Ca INDICATED a-CONTACTOR NUMBER(C1,C2,ETC.) F_n�# �� o ��7�f FUSE DISCONNECT G# GENERATOR WITH GENERATION NUMBER,RATWGSAND � � � ALP-X AMPS CONNECTIONSAS NOTED W CA��-OUTON DRAWWG � � " ALCP-X OR� AREA LIGHTWG CONTACTOR PANEL X=PANEL NAME INDUCTOR � — — — — — ��N�R*°'2 � AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH(ATS)"N"INDICATES �E` M `�o TM TIME SWITCH I g � I RATE NORMAL SOURCE"S"INDICATES STANDBY SOURCE ❑K KEY INTERLOCK � ATS-# w `° > � LP-X � ATS-# "RATE"INDICATES CONTWUOUS CURRENT RATING � LIGHTWG PANELBOARD NO.X(240/120V OR � � N "#"INDICATESATS NAME °a' z° �,° LP-X OR 208/120V)X=PANE�BOARD NAME E K ELECTRONIC KEY INTERLOCK ' - - - - -� °� *5�P PP'X AC MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER PP-X OR POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD NO.X(480V CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION. VFD VFD (VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE) C� OR 480/277V)X=PANE�BOARD NAME X DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER(SILICON XX Y TYPICAL LUMINAIRES SEE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICS OT THERMOSTAT SCR SCR CONTROLLED RECTIFIER) b "XX"-FIXTURE TYPE X=PANELBOARD NAME NL "b"-CONTROLLED BY SWITCH Y=CIRCUIT NUMBER "b" NL=NIGHT LIGHT(UNSWITCHED) OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR MTR MOTOR,NUMERAL INDICATES HORSEPOWER X F�UORESCENT TYPE LUMINAIRES.SEE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICS. XX NL Y PC PHOTOCELL ��) b NOTATIONS SAME AS ABOVE. VS VM VOLTMETER WITH SWITCH,3 PHASE�=SCALE lq N Y� ESA EMERGENCY SHOWER ALARM STATION �<`.� �� XX y FLUORESCENT TYPE LUMINAIRES.SEE SCHEDULE FOR VS AM AMMETER WITH SWITCH,3 PHASE*=SCALE ��4 �`� � SPECIFICS.NOTATIONS SAME AS ABOVE. • '�� .�' �z NL b OR JUMPER �/a `�' �°' W .8 INDICATESALLLUMWAIRESWITHWTHEROOMOR I � LIGHTNINGARRESTOR ie��pa Q= TYPE AREA IN WHICH THIS NOTATION APPEARS SHALL BE �S w TYPE"A"UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR TYPES � MOTOR SWITCH �� XXX � SURGE SUPPRESSER � O ALARM BEACON.CO�ORAS NOTED.SEE z (n SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS. TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR(POWER � ~ POWER SWITCHES TVSS TVSS DISTRIBUTIONTYPE) Q � W EMERGENCY LUMINAIRES WITH BATTERY PACK, SWGLE LWE PLAN DESCRIPTION � � W O � LIGHTED EXIT SIGN AND INDOOR/OUTDOOR PATH OF PILOT LIGHT,COLOR AS NOTED � � � EGRESS LIGHTING.SEE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICS. I � � NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH,600 VOLT,3 O A-AMBER,B-BLUE,GCLEAR � U XX X "XX"=FIXTURE TYPE � � POLE,'AMPERE RATING G-GREEN,R-RED,W-WHITE Q Y X=PANELBOARD NAME T � \ O —� � Y=CIRCUIT NUMBER � m WQ E1 CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN"X1"LUMINAIRE TYPE. � n � !\ � � LP-3 SEE SCNEDULE FOR SPECIFICS Q-�1� �OR SV SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE v X=PANELBOARD NAME � Y Y=CIRCUIT NUMBER �� PUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH,600 VOLT,3 POLE, AMPERE � *SP=SELF POWERED I F I-' RATING AND FUSE SIZE AS NOTED'AMPERE RATING"FUSE � � � U RATING ETM ELAPSED TIME METER � ,�.� X2 WALL OUTLET EXIT SIGN.ARROW INDICATES RECEPTACLES 7 z � DIRECTION OF EXCESS"X2"LUMINAIRE MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD LP-3 TYPE.SEE SCNEDULE FOR SPECIFICS. �� PROTECTION"P"INDICATES WITH PILOT LIGHT"2"INDICATES 208V,3P,4W,RECEPTACLE (W s N �, X=PANELBOARD NAME NUMBER OF POLES '� `� O , Y=CIRCUIT NUMBER `AMPERE RATING AS NOTED X= uj o *SP=SE�F POWERED �P Y PANELBOARD NUMBER Y=CIRCUIT Z m Z NUMBER Q � l� �� DRAWOUTTYPEEQUIPMENTORDEVICE N C� W INFRARED LIGHT � 240V,20,3W,RECEPTACLE T Z (� D *AMPERE RATING AS NOTED J Q MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE TERMINATION � J SECURITY SYSTEMS ��PE FLOOR OUTLET BOX WITH TYPE OUTLET W � J Q� MEDIUM VOLTAGE AIR WTERRUPTER SWITCH INDICATED � O U KP SECURITY SYSTEM KEY PAD ,� 480V,3P,4W RECEPTACLE AND DISCONNECT � � Q\Q—� MEDIUM VOLTAGE FUSED AIR INTERRUPTER SWITCH LP X SWITCH�AMPERE RATING AS NOTED � V # Y X=PANELBOARD NUMBER W C R S E C U R I T Y S Y S T E M C A R D A C C E S S R E A D E R Y=CIRCUIT NUMBER U N J MEDIUM VOLTAGE FUSED MOTOR CONTROLLER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,20A,120V,2P,3W UNLESS Z N W � *AT=AUTOTRANSFORMER TYPE OTHERWISE NOTED'C-MOUNTED ABOVE � o MD SECURITYALARM MOTION DETECTOR , COUNTER-TOP � z GF-GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE o TRANSFORMER,RATWGSAND CONNECTIONSAS NOTED. LP-X� Wp_WEATHERPROOF Q TAG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE ONE LINE DIAGRAMS ALL Y T-TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSER DRawwG �vuMBEK: CCN CLOSED CIRCUIT N CAMERA KVA � DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS SERVICING ADMINISTRATNE AND X=PANELBOARD NUMBER G_�2 �� PRIMARY LABORATORY SPACES SNALL HAVE A K FACTOR OF 13.A�� Y=CIRCUIT NUMBER OTHER DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE A K-4 RATING. PTZ PAN,TILT,ZOOM CAMERA LENS CONTROLS -�� SECONDARY ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE A K-20 RATWG 240V,3P,4W,RECEPTACLE'*AMPERE q-32474 PHASE RATING AS NOTED*WP=WEATHER LP-X B— PROOF ORiGwnL SCFlI.E: Y XP=EXP�OSION PROOF Nrs = X=PANELBOARD NUMBER Y=CIRCUIT DafE: Mav 2023 NUMBER SHEEi 12 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G012.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:49:48PM PUSH BUTTONS PUSH BUTTONS(CONT) SWITCN CONTACTS SWITCH CONTACTS(CONT) W�� z SING�E LINE DESCRIPTION SWGLE LINE DESCRIPTION SING�E�INE DESCRIPTION SINGLE�INE DESCRIPTION `� z X X FIELD MOUNTED INSTRUMENT X EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON WITH RED X TAGNUMBER X z Q � MUSHROOM HEAD OPERATOR(MAINTAINED g � � X=DESIGNATION TO BE OBTAWED FROM X FLOW SWITCH(AIR,WATER,ETC.,) � CONTACT) � O INSTRUMENTATION DRAWINGS 0000=LOOP p NORMALLY OPEN,CLOSES ON L`i O O 4 POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH, pR NUMBER TO BE OBTAINED FROM � WCREASED FLOW a # NORMALLY OPEN INSTRUMENTATION DRAWINGS � (X) O O # � XO00 �Q AUXI��ARY SWITCH CONTACT NORMALLY CLOSED (X) zo z X X XO - � X PUSHBUTTON,MOMENTARY CONTACT,SPRING X X � � �Q RETURN,NORMALLY CLOSED A B C O O AUXILLARY SWITCH CONTACT NORMALLY OPEN X FLOW SWITCH(AIR,WATER,ETC.,) 0 �' # XO � NORMALLY CLOSED,OPENS ON � �X� X WCREASED FLOW � XOO 3 POSITION 3 POLE X # � X � SELECTOR SWITCH �� x w z O NORMALLY OPEN SWITCN � ) C�.� � X PUSHBUTTON,MOMENTARY CONTACT,SPRING � � 0 # �Q � c�i � RETURN,NORMALLY OPEN � OXO �X� X o� � � O O „ X POSITION(LIMIT)SWITCH `' � (X) OOX X �� # O O X "�� NORMALLY OPEN � z o # � X O-"""{} NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH �� " X START-STOP PUSHBUTTON CONTROL STATION, � � X X ��NEER � MAINTAINED CONTACT WITH LOCKOUT DEVICE � � � � *b�, ON STOP X X X o �� o A g C p 4 POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH, X LIQUID LEVEL(FLOAT) X POSITION(LIMIT)SWITCH NORMALLY w � ? � X `„ , N O R M A L L Y C�O S E D � NORMALLY CLOSED,OPENS ON RISING LEVEL �� CLOSED °�- z °� .�. ( ) O I O (X) �,� s`P X XO00 # * A\X B # �X� X y 2 POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH, �X� X (�X_(� POSITION(LIMIT)SWITCH n I A NORMAL�Y CLOSED X LIQUID LEVEL(FLOAT) -�/— NORMALLY OPEN-HELD CLOSED X O SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN,CLOSES ON # # X� gXC 4 POSITION 4 POLE � RISING LEVEL �X� (X) A � SELECTOR SWITCH X # X X (X) A X g XO00 X � POSITION(LIMIT)SWITCH � NORMALLY CLOSED-HELD OPEN 2 POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH, � � � X � PRESSURE SWITCN NORMALLY OPEN, �#� NORMALLY OPEN � OXOO � C�OSES ON RISING PRESSURE X �W O O X <�„ �w XO �— # X ��` �X� � i ooxo (x� ,d TORQue swircH �-"� ,�� — X o� O NORMALLY OPEN,CLOSES ON HIGH " W # TORQUE Ty 8'�"pa� m Q= X � OOOX X PRESSURE SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED, (X) �w A B # � OPENS ON DROPPING PRESSURE �X) X 2 POSITION 2 PO�E SELECTOR # X�/ TORQUE SWITCH C� XO S W I T C H R E L A Y C O N T A C T S (X) O� O N O R M A L L Y C L O S E D,O P E N S O N H I G N Z � �, I # TORQUE Q � z O O X X �x� Q � W OX X O VACUUM SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN, # X MOTORSTARTER,TIMWG, X W � �X� CR OR CONTROL RELAY COIL CLOSES ON RISING PRESSURE ,�f, NUMBERASINDICATED X � ~ X XX X XX � � PUSH-TEST,110V S6 LAMP UNLESS � X q # NOTED, � U Q �OCAL COMPUTER (X) �X� �� LETTER IS LENS COLOR O —� � X �� / � `R-RED G-GREEN B-BLUE m W X NORMALLY OPEN X VACUUM SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED, (X) � � � XO 2 POSITION 3 POLE SELECTOR �� RE�AY CONTACT � OPENS ON DROPPWG PRESSURE I SWITCH XX # XX O I O �X� # � OX (X) � � X X � M O O X NORMA��Y CLOSED OX p�p RELAY CONTACT X W z # XX XX DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE s M (X) # SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN, (f� � �X� � CLOSES ON RISWG W o O X X DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Z m X NOTC-NORMALLY OPEN B X TIMED CLOSING,WHEN # Q,rt � A� ,C � ENERGIZED �X� N V W �l� � X T Z (� n I n 3 POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH, X J Q W # XOO NORMALLY CLOSED (X� DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH _I � J NORMALLY CLOSED, uf � J �X� X OPENS ON RISING DIFFERENTIA� � Z U X X NCTO-NORMA��Y PRESSURE X � C�OSED TIMED OPENING, # � � A g C WHEN ENERGIZED �X� � U � # x U N � 3 POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH, �X� X TEMPERATURE SWITCH Z W O O NORMALLY OPEN X O�o NORMALLY OPEN,CLOSES ON W � XOO � RISING TEMPERATURE (n � X NOTO-NORMALLY � z �X� � WHEN DEMEN RGIZED �X� Q o # X DRAWWG NUMBER: �X) X TEMPERATURE SWITCN G-13 x � NORMALLY CLOSED,OPENS ON RISING X NCTGNORMALLY TEMPERATURE A-32475 � CLOSED,TIMED CLOSING # ORiGiNAL SCFlI..E:�� WHEN DE-ENERGIZED �X� NTS # UA`fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 13 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G013.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23I2015 PLOTTIME:12:48:32PM PROCESS SYMBOLS �`�� GENERAL WSTRUMENTAND DIGITAL INTERFACE SYMBOLS ISA WSTRUMENT SYMBOLSAND IDENTIFICATION = � z PRIMARY PROCESS LINE - z `� RELD PANEL mcc INACCESSABLE FIRST LETTER(S) SUCCEEDING LETTERS Q MOUNTED MOUNTED MOUNTED � INSTRUMENT WSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT �NSTRUMENT PROCESS OR READOUT OR EXISTWG PRIMARY PROCESS�INE '�� LETTER WITIATING VARIABLE MODIFIER pASSIVE FUNCTION OUTPUT FUNCTION MODIFIER Q c� A ANA�YZER ALARM SECONDARY PROCESS�INE U' DISCRETE g BURNER,COMBUSTION USERS CHOICE(*) USERS CHOICE(*) USERS CHOICE(*) Q c� WSTRUMENTS zo z C CONDUCTIVITY CONTROL CLOSED EXISTWG SECONDARY PROCESS LWE � Q D DENSITY(S.G.) DIFFERENTIAL o 0 E VOLTAGE PRIMARY ELEMENT AUXILIARY PROCESS�INES o SHARED DISPLAY � � � � o SHARED CONTROL F FLOW RATE RATIO �� G GAUGE GLASS,VIEW WG DEVICE EXISTWG AUXILIARY PROCESS LINE � w z z H HAND(MANUAL) HIGH/HIGH-HIGH �� ------ FUTURE PROCESS LWE >Q � � O � e � I CURRENT INDICATE " ""� m� � ,� F�NCTION J POWER SCAN �� c� � z z o K TIME,TIME SCHEDULE TIME RATE SETPOINT,CONTROL STATION v�-i a r OF CHANGE -------- WSTRUMENT SUPPLY OR CONNECTION TO PROCESS � a o � L LEVEL LIGHT(PILOT) LOW/LOW-LOW PROGRAMMABLE � � � � � � UNDEFINED SIGNAL ��N�R a M MOTION,MOISTURE MIDDLE ---�� LOGIC CONTROL `' °��, N INTRUSION USERS CHOICE(*) USERS CHOICE(`) ON,NORMAL �E` M `�o O TORQUE ORIFICE,RESTRICTION OPEN �� ,�7 PNEUMATIC SIGNAL � � > Q P PRESSURE,VACUUM POINT(TEST)CONNECTION STOP o�- z � o P�T ELECTRICAL SIGNAL o �` INSTRUMENT WITH LONG TAG NUMBER INTEGRATE, � 5�P 34v01 Q QUANTITY TOTALIZE COUNT * � INSTRUMENTS SHARING COMMON HOUSING R RADIATION RECORD OR PRINT RUN/REMOTE ---� HYDRAULIC SIGNAL S SPEED,FREQUENCY SAFETY SWITCH START W T TEMPERATURE TRANSMIT --� ELECTROMAGNETIC OR SONIC SIGNAL(GUIDED) ; � PILOT LIGHT U MULTIVARIABLE MULTIFUNCTION(`) MULTIFUNCTION(*) MULTIFUNCTION(') �� V VIBRATION VALVE,DAMPER OR LOUVER 'L '� '� ELECTROMAGNETIC OR SONIC SIGNAL(NON GUIDED) A PANEL MOUNTED PATCHBOARD POINT 10 W WEIGHT WELL 10 X MOTOR X-AXIS O C INTERNAL SYSTEM LINK(SOFTWARE DATA LWK) Y EVENT,STATE OR PRESENCE Y-AXIS RELAY,COMPUTE,CONVERT CALCULATION/RESET O PURGE OR FLUSHING DEVICE O O MECNANICAL LINK Z POSITION Z-AXIS DRIVE,ACTUATOR Y� FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT d'w <`;� � —H �� -H— HEAT TRACED AND INSULATED �� R REST FOR LATCH-TYPE ACTUATOR _.,,�`,,�; �� m - — - - — � RS-4852-WIREMODBUS �'�� DIAPHRAGM SEAL �� w ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ETHERNETCATEGORY5ECABLE OI UNDEFINED INTERLOCK LOGIC ACT ACTUATOR ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH —FO FO�� FIBER OPTIC � CB CIRCUIT BREAKER z � �' CP CONTROL PANEL � LWE BREAK Q � W INSTRUMENTTAG NUMBERING SYSTEM cR CONTROLRELAY � Q � DIS DISCONNECT SWITCN —�— SECONDARILY CONTAWED PIPING � �j � DP DISTRIBUTION PANEL(480VAC) EO� ELECTRONIC OVER�OAD RELAY _____ I,L U Q EWS ENGINEERING WORKSTATION � BOX INDICATING FUNCTIONAL GROUPS Q _I � FIRST LETTER(S) INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICAT jON FOT FIBER OPTIC TRANSCEIVER ( OR EQUIPEMENT THAT REPEAT ` � Q FPP FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL � �_ SUCCEEDING LETTERS (SEE TABLE,ABOVE RIGHT � FU FUSE ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF U FVNR FULL-VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTER F�OW OF INFORMATION FVR FULL-VOLTAGE REVERSING STARTER �, FIT GEN STANDBY GENERATOR � FACILITY ID o7��0 ----------o------------ SIGNAL CONNECTION POINT � .._. LCP LOCAL CONTROL PANEL/OPERATOR STATION �> ,r, (NOTE1) PROCESSAREANO LP LIGHTINGPANEL(240(208-120VAC) �' 7 �— �(SEE TABLE ON G-4) EW12 FIT 01110 MCC MOTORCONTROLCENTER I z p PROCESS LINES CROSSWG W -�_ MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR (NOT CONNECTED) CI� N Z INSTRUMENT TYP� LOOP NO MET UTILITY METER � W o � (ISASTANDARD)� MOT MOTOR Z °' NFW NETWORK FIREWALL � PROCESS OR SIGNAL GOWG Q J NRT NETWORK ROUTER TO ANOTHER SHEET(MATCH LETTERS) N � � NSW ETHERNET NETWORK SWITCH r Z z Q HOa ��CLARIFYING ABBREVIATIONS NWJ NETWORK JACK(RJ45) � � PROCESS OR SIGNAL LINE FROM � a � FIT (OPTIONAL) OWS OPERATOR WORKSTATION ANOTHER SHEET(MATCH LETTERS) W � -� o7v�o PAC PROCESSAUTOMATIONCONTROLLER � Z �p PM ELECTRONIC POWER METER �,J� �,1� � RAD RADIO �//��i� PROCESS LWE CONTWUED � ��Y/ `"r/ OUTSIDE SCOPE OF DRAWINGS � � L RIO REMOTE I/O PANEL � SYSTEM I/O WTERFACE RVSS REDUCED VOLTAGE SOFT STARTER � ANALOG SIGNAL W U � DIRECTION OF ARROW N I- zs WDICATES WHETHER IS SSP SURGE SUPPRESSOR Z N (n o�v�o INPUT OR OUTPUT SVR SERVER COMPUTER ♦ ANALOG SIGNAL OUT W Z SWB SWITCHBOARD � � � �LOOP NUMBER FOR DEVICES SWGR SWITCHGEAR 0 DISCRETE SIGNAL IN � o I AND SIGNALS TO MATCN TFR TRANSFORMER Q ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT OR INSTRUMENT LOOP NUMBER VFD VARIAB�E FREQUENCY DRIVE oRawwc �vuMeEK: VM VIRTUAL MACHINE 0 DISCRETE SIGNAL OUT G-14 NOTES � PULSED SIGNAL IN A-32476 1, FACILITY ID NOT SNOWN IN ALL LOCATIONS. ORiGiNAL SCFlI..E: FACILITY ID SHALL BE EW12 FOR ALL TAG NUMBERS. nS sHOwN UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 14 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G014.dgn PLOT DATE:9/28/2016 7:57:51 AM W�I Z 8"PTW FLOATING SUPERNATANT `� z COLLECTOR - z Q FLOWCONTROLVALVE EW12 GTV 01150 � � EW12 FCV 06140** ** VENT Q FLOWMETER c� EW12 FIT 06150 `� _ _ J Q � �12"BWW ❑ MAXWSEL521.35 zo z EW12 GTV 06160 ; TO GROUND � Q = a � - - a o �, = 14"OF o m� PI ........Q��x1-1/2" � o 02170 RDCR BACKWASH RECLAIM TANK = � `" EW12 CHV 02170 �'� (125,000 GA��ONS NOMINA�) � GAUGE � � � � RDCR CC EWt2 TNK 06170 � BOARD � � o EW12 BFV 02170 � 'm Q Q �, - - � _ � � '� � o� � � ..-----4��REC--��-----�.....---- /I..... EW12_BFV_02160 � z z� o FLOW � �� 'g EW12_P�V_06180 � � r METER BACKWASN RECLAIM PUMP � � U FROM FECL EW12 FIT 02170 EW12 PMP 02170 �NeeR STORAGE TANK - - �� *a,,� D G-16 - -- --- 6"REC �E` M `�o O g �� J � j Q � �j U � �� Z U O �� . . \„ .. . >., a O� *5�P t � � � � l � �� , ', � PI �k* � „ ..: - > , � . [ •' • ,.< ., °E. � 02140 . , . , ... � � �� , u....... .. .....° ,, f1 m � \ �� IC�K .,.........., ::1.. ..,;;: �., : ::, � s s , � � EW12 B�FV_02120 � . .�� .��, `� , �.�u.� „:.>,s�., .,,.»..�� ,� �.�,�.� u« . t,.�� t�r..nr . , .`t.. .�.,; �,�.,u .�,.h.n 12"RW 12"RW �w ..�.. - , ;< . ,. � ��;; � ' � � � °' MIXER � � / m EW12_MXR_02130 � � � �,� ��. �z � � 12"x10" / N DPIT �X.* N N N '� W .,., ' a REDUCER--� i 04110 TO SLUDGE Q= � io /EW12_BFV_02150 � �--� I EW12_BFV_04120 I EW12_BFV_04130 I EW12_BFV_04140 FILTER ROLL-OFF �S w ��REMOVABLE m 1�K� j** 1�K� CONTAINERS ; ; , '� ' PIPE SECTION i� � � I.I �,I� G-16 A � j �. , � EW12_GTV_01160 /EW12 BFV_05130 � � I "`I �� I "`I s � - EW12_GTV_01140 � . t � S �Xc ** � _� Q � � � PRESSURE d CHLORINE TURBIDITY � � � Q " RELIEF VALVE O> � `' EW12 PRV 01160 °' ANA�YZER ANALYZER N M N M N M � > � � SETTO 150 PSI �� m ,� m ,� ��. ,��;� $..PTW- - DQ 'r ` �`-y �`—t � � Q ' EW12_GN_01130 Q o- EW12_BFV_06100 EW12_BFV_06110 EW12_BFV_06120 O J � � u> m �K�K *�c *�c � � Q � � � i� AIR RE�EASE / ___.....�. ,,., _ -.......... � VALVE,TYP�K* �- � � -E �� GREENSAND FILTER U �t�, EW12 RPP 08120 FW USE C�\\�1 1/2"FW o ** �IoK P� ** EW12_FLT_04100�* ��„ EW12 BFV_06130 05100 � � � � � � , � � � . ........ ........ �12"FW CEL.L.1 CELL 2 CELL 3 W � � z �< , �,.� � � ....... � , \ = O � , � � � Cf1 � z EW12_BFV_05120 M f** TO SEWER W o �� 12"x6"RDCR TEE "�" 4"DR G-16 B Z °' Q EW'12_BFV_05110 � EW12_BFV_04150/ o Q � ** � N Z Q . o< . o oa . o . < . o . oa . o o J 1 . oa . o . oa . . oa _ � � � a , ......... ......... ......... . �fl'ao�.8 0 8'ao�.8:0 8 ao�.8:o A'e .8. 0 8'ao. :.0 8'eo 8: 8'ao 8:.0.. .......________'_'_____' � � � � � � W � O � � � � O � FLOW STREAM IDENTIFICATION � I ( � c�n � 4"DR � W BWW BACKWASH WASTE U U BYP BYPASS � � � Z � O DR DRAIN NOTES: 1 1 1 W N � FEC� FERRIC CHLORIDE 1. �K� INDICATES EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY P� �� FTW FI�TER-TO-WASTE GREENSAND FILTER SYSTEM SUPPLIER. 6"x4"RDCR 04160 � � FW FINISHED WATER �/ EW12 BFV 04170 EW12 BFV 04180 EW12 BFV 04190 � o OF OVER FLOW 2, ALLTAG NOS SHALL CONTAIN PREFIX EW12 . 6"x3"ECC RDCR ** ** ** Q � REC BACKWASH RECYCLE \ 6°SW� ► � oRawiNc NUMeErt: RW RAW WATER � EW12 BFV 04160 EW12 RPP 04160 G-15 SA SAMP�E - - - - SD STORM DRAIN SURFACE WASH PUMP SFM SEWER FORCE MAIN EW12 PMP 04160 A-32477 SHC SODIU YP CH�OR T - - ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: SLD SLUDGE SW SURFACE WASH Nrs V VENT ua're Mav 2023 SHEEi 15 OF 93 W�I Z U Z Z Q w n Q � J FOR DETAILS NOT zo z SHOWN SEE SHEET N-4 � � � � - - - - - - - - - - � 2"VENT - - - - - - - - - � ' •------t------- � o ' ' = 1 i�FECL CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS Q a � 1 3"VENT �i7 1 M EWb,.�IT 07200 ( � m� � � ) ;EW12_PMP_07220 0 � � � SIGHT � I z� GAGE � FM � 3/8"FECL G-15 aD c� �� o 2"FECL � � EW12 PMP 07220' w � � - - ( a o 0 FERRIC STORAGE � � C�� TANK � _ 1 ��NEER*° EW12 TNK 07200 � - M �� " 2�O - - - 1 ° �� EW12 PMP 07210 � o � � U - - � a z o LL � � FM ' o� y��, O , �P M � � EW12_PMP_07210� � * � �-------------' 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A G15 .........4„SLD ......... ......... ......... ........ Z..FECL EW12 PLV 06190 EW12 PLV 06200 EW12 P�V 06210 3"DR WS-01 FERRIC CHLORIDE n n CONTAINMENT I I I I AREA I ( I I NN SLUDGE FILTER SLUDGE FILTER SLUDGE FILTER Y� d'w a ROLL-OFF ROLL-OFF ROLL-0FF <'" O m CONTA W ER CONTAIN ER CONTAI N ER '��4 � o EW12_FTR_06190 EW12_FTR_06200 EW12_FTR_06210 �.� r �� :�; " W v ; Q z i �w � 4"DR ur z � � � 062E30 Q � 'Z W 4"DRlBYP WASTEWATER SAMPLE G EW12_BLV_06220 STATION PER CORCS 390.00 osv30 � � � n-� 4"DR TO � U Q - A"DR SEWER O m W PARSHALL FLUME MANHOLE � � Q FOR WASTEWATER FLOW � MEASUREMENT U E W 12_PFL_06230 � � n � �' N W � O � Cf� " z ,t �-�t W o � , ��, a =�.: ,y�..� _. _ �.. � �:' Z `° Q ; N C� � � � �� ,.... . : �.. :. T Z Q : � ..: ...,...... � ....... ....`.... . ; 3 � � . � � , .... � m,.. �. . _ ,:.. � � 2.�� s 'L�, � .. .. � �: � � � . ....... ,: W � O �.�_. � Z � - 0 tL :': s � � , ,t � � �� _:� �m n..�. U v z � � ' ' W " � � o..... ........ ... .. ..... � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: G-16 A-32478 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 16 OF 93 � .. .. � .. � .. ._ � .. .. � .. . � .. ... � .. ._ � .. . � .. .. � .. ... � . . � .. .. � .. .. � .. � ._ W�i _ _ _ EL 808.79 .. _ _ _ _ _ .. .. _ _ _ _ _ .. . _ _ _ _ .. _ z ... ' ._ _ __., _. __ ... ' ._ _ � ... ._. _. ' __ _ ... ._ ._ _. . ... ._ ._ _ .. _.. z .�:�: �::� �:�: . :.�: .�:�. .�:�: �::� �:�: �. �::. :��. :��: :�:�. �:�: �. �::� .�:�: :.. ... .. .. ... .. ... .. .... :�:�. z i,i 825 , . < .,, < 825„ a w -... U �"' --., ,,,,,,, EL 793,32 /" EL 790.30 � '' -�. �EL 79Q.79 / � 800 . `""".---....,..,,. ..., .:` . . � . . . . . . . . . . . . . , ,.. ,,,, ,,,,, ,„ . ... „, . . — —^ _ ,,._ ,,,,_ ....� _, _ . ... .. . . . . .., .. . .... . .... . .. , . , . . .. ... . ..... , .._. , . . ...._. _ . EL794�.12 ...: .:.. _ , . .. .. ... . "-�- .."'� -�..:.: :�: :: �. "" : �: ": :: ": �. :� c� Q -► a � ""' -.._ E�765.41 0 �' -.._ ,,,_ o 775 EL778 64� � � � � � �"- "�- """ � � � _ EL 780.65 � 77`� o `. „ > < w F z EL 776.06 .EL 775 62 � �. : : : �. �. �. �. �. �. : : �. �. �. EL 763.41 .�. �. �. �. �. �: �� Q Q c�i 750 ( E476p.65 , 750 � c'� � ,,.,, „, , ,,,,,,, ,, ,,, , ,, ..... ; „„„„„ ,,,,,„ ,,,,,, , ..... .. ,,,,,,, .�.... .. ,..,,,, ..... ,,,,,,,, ... ,„ „ ... .. .... , .... ... .. �.. .., .. , ,... ,.. .�_. .. . ; . . .. .. z u� � o a o � 725 725. � �G\NEER*b � . . .. .. . .. .. �. . �. .. . . ... . .. . . . . � F.R m 2`y0 ..:�: �::. �:�: . :��: �.�:�. �:�: :� �:�: �. �::. :�:�. :��: :�:�. �:�: �. :� :�: .�:�: :��. �: . �:�: �:�: :�: �:�: :�. �.�:�. o �, .�:�: �::. �:�: :��: :�:�. .�:�: �:�: �:�: ��:�: :�:�. :��: �.�:�. �:�: .�:�: �:�: �::� :��. �: .�:�: �:�: .�:�: �:�: �:�. :�:�. � > `o 700 . „ 700.. �d� � �� .. .. .. ... .. ,, . . .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. ... ... . .. .. .. � .� ... . O�� P _ .. _ .. _ . _ .. _ .. . _ _ _ _ _ .. . _ _ . . . .. 3a# 675 675 �:�:. , �:�: �:�: �:�� :�:�. �:�: :� :� .� �:� :��. "�� ' .�:� �:�: �:": :.. ... ... .. ,:� ..., :,. '+ NOTES: -�. ;. ' 1. NYDRAULIC PROFILE BASED ON AN AVERAGE .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. ... ... .. .. .. :. .. ... .. .. FLOW RATE OF 2,300 GPM. :� 650 (� : �. : . � ...., . �- .. ' . . . � �. .. . � �.�, :� -, 3. WELL PUMPING DRAWDOWN OF 180 FT BGS �� Y� DURING SUMMER OPERATION FROM CITY OF �w � REDDWG WATER UTILITY MASTER PLAN. �4``" O w 625 625 � '�......... . ...................... .. ........... .. „,,,,, ... ........... .,. ...... ... ... ....... ........... ........ ... ,. . .............. ... ,,,,,,,, ... .,........................,, ,,,,,,,,,,... ..... ,. .... ,,,,,............................ . .. .......... ..,.................. ....,.........................�,,,,,.......... ..................,,,............... .. ..... ,,,,,................ ......................... ,,,...... ...........,,.. ...,,... . '�r z �--� t a LEGEND �, � W- — — — FOULED MEDIA OPERATION m a= ,eM o 600 .�. .� �: _�: .:�. ... ... .. .. :... .�: .:�. .� :� .� .� .:�. �: ..: CLEAN MEDIA OPERATION :� ' 600 'S W :� ::. ::. :.: ..:.. :. :�. .:�: �:�: :�:�. :�: :�: �:�. :. :. :.. .. .. . .. .. .. ..:�. .:�. .: � �: �. �: �: �: �: �: �: : ��. �: �. : : : �. �. : �. �: �. �. . �. z � ("' $75 < 575_._ Q � W 0 � > � > sso sso tL U Q . J I � mo Szs . �� :�: :� ....WELL 12:.�. ... �: �� VERTiCA�MtXER �": :" :�: �: �: �:: :. ": .:.. .: :. .:: � ... .. .. ..«..__. M TO WATER � � GREENSAND FILTER DISTRIBUTION � � SYSTEM o 500 500. W z � � W `� Z o w m � 400 ' , 400 Q LL Sl"BTIC WS�390+ C1J Z � � 0 � � � � � _ � a a 375 , �:.. , �,. �... . :: „, :. ., �:. ::. :.. „, �.... ...: , :: ,:;, . �: �:... �:... �:.... �...: .::. ::. �:.. �:.. �:... :... : �:: : 375 ,,. W � � .. ; .. .. .. . .. .. .. ..: :: �: :� :� :�: :� �.�. �: :� :. .: .�. �.." � O � :. :. �: �. �: �: �: �: : �:�. .�: :�. :� :� :� :� :�. �: :� : :. �: �. �: � � 359 .. < 350 ... U S . z � . : . .. :. . .. .�. .. .�. . :�. :� . :. . :�. . :. :� :. :. �. �. � ci z 325 PUMPING WSE 320± i 325 � m ___ . .,..,,,,,, . .... .. .... ,�. ,,,,,,,,,,. . „.., , ,,,,.,,,,, . .. ... ........... . , ,,,,,,,.. . .... ,,,,..,, ...... ,...,,, „ .„ ,,,,,,.. . .. , q .. .... .... , ..... . .... ...... :::. ..... , ... .... ..... , ; ... , ..... . Q o ...... ....... .. ....._ ...... ...... ...... ....... .. .... ...... ...... ...... ... .. .... ...... ...... ..... ... . ...... . ...... ...... ..... ..... ...... . ...... DRAWWG NUMBER: G-17 300 , soo__ q-32479 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 17 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-G017.dgn PLOT DATE:9/28l2016 7:59:45AM -� OHW OHW OHW �N � NOTES W - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I U _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SD � 1. CONTRACTOR TO DEMOLISH FENCE POSTS, SA�VAGE AND Z � � RELOCATE FENCE FABRIC AND GATES TO LOCATIONS Z F � SHOWN ON C-2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH Q RANCHO ROAD � OWNER THE EXACT LIMITS AND MATERIALS TO DEMOLISH J� � _ _ � � \ _ _ AND RE�OCATE PRIOR TO WORK. U cr� _ - - - - - - - - _� cn U � � -or � \ \ \ a WTR � � KEY NOTES: � Z � \ � � �� x x � \ � 1. DEMOLISH 6'-0" HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH Z OHW � � oHw _ BARB WIRE. APPROX. 777 �F. CONTRACTOR TO � Q FIELD VERIFY. � 0 -- - - 0 -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - � -- - -- yw -I- � I 2. DEMOLISH APPROX 205 LF OF FIELD FENCING. p CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY. v W � � � 3. DEMOLISH RUBBLE PILE. W z I �° I 4. DEMOLISH EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK. mY }� � I � m � °Nw 5. SEE DWG 10-D-1 FOR DEMOLITION AT EXISTING z� z� p PUMP STATION. � � w � � � o o v 14 6. DEMOLISH EXISTING TEL BOX AND TEL LINE, ,< I � APPROX 140 �F. ��NEER * b 7. DEMOLISH EXISTING TRANS PAD AND UGE LINE, �' �� do APPROX 140 �F. � � � Q W �° > � � � 8. DEMOLISH EXIST 12"WATER TO LIMITS SHOWN. � � z � o � o- `L ,`�v � X �i 9. REMOVE TREES AS REQUIRED FOR ��y� 5�P � � CONSTRUCTION OF NEW PLANT ENTRANCE, 3� * EP � CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY. � I 10. DEMOLISH EXISTWG ASPHALT CONCRETE UP TO 12"DEC SAWCUT, SEE DWG G2. - - - - - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - - - -- -- - - - - -- - - - � x x x 10"DEC � 11. DEMOLISH EXISTWG ASPHALT CONCRETE UP TO I SAWCUT, SEE DWG C-3. � ��E��'�-��- I 12. EXISTING REFLECTOR, PROTECT IN PLACE. I � I ° 13. DEMOLISH EXISTING 8"WATER AS REQUIRED, I 2 3 g � SEE DWG Y-1. � y � X��X��-!�\ /�, /\X:��l�1��7�.i��.i��-/�7'C 12"CASING � I 14. DEMOLISH EXISTING 21° CMP STORM DRAIN. � � � SD CB � W I � 13 TOP=499.93 W � 1 OUTLET=498.34 1�i � �� - � z ` $,� PTW � � � - _ SDCB EXISTING � �� W EXISTING WELL � GRATE=499.93' WATER � I �eJ�M p$�� ~ " METER a Z � B U I�D I N G O U T L E T=4 9 8.3 4' � ' 1 2 � w � � FF= 503.55 � EXISTING 14'X 6' � 15"RCP 4 GATE LE SWING � FL=497.44 a I � � � � 5 FHY � � I Z � ~ � N: 2077707.92 , 05-BV-40 J � � �z � � � E: 6479387.�6 I Q Q W ( 05-BV-30 � O 12"FW � � � z � � � I- 6 $ - - - - � � � U Q � - - - - - -- - - - - II � W � � i � � � � m � o5-gv-2o �2 O � W I � I � � I x xi'�� O � („) � � � � � � 15"RCP � � FL=497.67 � EXISTING 20'WIDE � PAVED ENTRANCE I °c.�° I I ROAD � O � � . I = � �jG� � I � J� � m �,�Q�_ ��' � Z� � � o � � I � N O I PP/W RISER T � � Q_ W ( � � W W � � H I OHW OHW OHW OHW I V, ---� - �;�,�)�C�� - I - - - - -- - - - - - - -- -R/W - - - - - -- - - - - - - -- - I N: 2077581.14 E: 6479220.53 � _ '__ --- --- - _ _ N - - - - - - - - O 11 � o NORDONA LANE � � � � DRAWING NUMBER: N: 2077568.17 I ( � E: 6479216.35 - - - - - - -- - - -- --R/W - - - - - - - - - - -- _ ..... ( � A-32480 � I ORIGINAL SCALE: 20 0 20 40 FEET 1" = 20' 'S � SCALE 1��=20� DATE: MAY 2023 � � SHEET 18 OF 93 -- --- ----- --- -----__--- -- -- BASIS OF BEARINGS: — — — — — — — — � — — —�— — — -- —- SURVEY POINT TABLE _ I I W N BEARINGS ARE BASED ON THAT MAP FI�ED IN BOOK 45 = POINT# NORTHING EASTING ELEVATION DESCRIPTION OF LAND SURVEYS AT PAGE 15. Z 12300 2077555.72 6479475.93 501.67 BASE PT REBAR � D-� Z Q VERTICAL DATUM: " - — - - _- - _ _- - �- - _ _ — — -- — 12302 2077582.59 6478897.57 504.49 CP/SPIKE _...._ � .� __� CP 901 J r � VERTICAL DATUM IS BASED ON THE FINISHED F�OOR �__.e,e,e__��_�� 901 2078263.63 6479521.22 502.67 PK ELEVATION OF THE PUMP STATION BUILDING OF WELL - �- � ----- --- --- ------------ — --- — � -- ----- — --- -- —:�-�-�'""�� Q � ~''� �_ � - NO. 12. DRAWING NO. A-11434. 902 2077879.43 6479514.32 502.77 PK ELEVATION = 500.35. � RANCHO ROAD � �-�, � � Q 903 2077688.31 6479518.45 501.77 RBR CP CAP _ — — — — � — — �� — — � — �` BENCHMARK: � � I (�o — � 904 2077563.90 6479264.56 502.77 PK �- � _�..__� --�-----�� --., I O � - ----- NGS BENCHMARK HPGN D CA 02 HJ - SURVEY DISK AT � �° � `�-�.. � Q HARTNEL�AVENUE AND US HIGHWAY 44 POST MILE 3.30. x a � �` � � ..�..�..�_ .�...�.�..� _......�.._ -� �.. --a � �°� � o ELEVATION: 572.00' _ � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ��.,,� _ _ _ � � � � � � I— � �' � I (j ~ z � �m � o W � � sp i �'S m� � � I C_z')� � O cn Q � � I � 0 U x ( ��NEER �C b �. �Q, �'�d"O o � % I � � � � a I w v > U � � � � � z U O o- `G ,�v ' I O�d� * 5�P ( � �a ��°'ra�c I i I $ � z-�"�� I I " � I I I �'f�-� e-� � CP 902 ' I x � � � � 2_(�.^"L� � � I � ��'°C)E� � 0 w „ � I I � _ � Z � �� I 0 � _ �n W � C_2 ,�� , 'atgM V0� � c9 ' � w Y_4 - - - - - - - - - - � - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - L - - AC/PAVED ,� /� � ROAD 22.0' BUILD NG L � ' � z � � � N89° 40' 21"E -�� ' � � Q � Z — - - - - - - - - �� - -�- - - �*- - - - - — - - �.. �—� — — —�—�---�- — _ — — — — — — — — x ��- / ..._-200.00' — — — — — — � ( Q O W � ' ��.�X � � � � x � x � / � � � � � I I �I� SJ � `�..� I I I ��o — — � � U I� `� G R E E N S A N D o a' � / x ----� � � � � O —� � � .,� ,,� FI�TER z � � � � � I ( ' m W °� � AC/PAVED ' ' / — O � O � � Q � � � � ROAD � � � o�� — O� I �` � I I CHEMICAL � 22'0 ' ° I � r' U �,, STORAGE �` 28�0� °' o , � I I i � °ti,, FACILITY I / z � I I ' � ,�"' _. � � S89° 40' 21"W I I � 5.0' _ _ �J O ENTRANCE'RO DVED � M � ( ( ( 2��.0� � m � o I� � � ' x 5 2� EXST SWING � _ .......... �. �. ,- _ — - - GATE _ _ � - -' � � �� ' __ __� ; ; � m z � . ( � CP 903 � Q a o � � I 6 _._ �' E I � S�UDGE � � � o x .m_ �__.� � . I � �,,- ., . _.... I � � FILTER � - - L- - - -�— I Z — — — ROLL OFF � � ❑o� MECHANICAL O ( � � T O ��a � __ .�_ � CONTAINERS BUILDING � � � � � � Q I C-3 BACKWASH � � U � � � i i — — � RECLAIM o � I ' O x � I � �I o O I TANK � o � � o ° � � I i � �� ,4 0 � � � ❑ � ��> ��°x I w o � � zl I o�� c;a� o ' � ° � �_ �� z X � t!� � � � � SWING GATE I 25.0' - - � " � � � � , ' � � � � _wwwwwww_ ww _ � I Y-� ' � ...�... . .... _..... � � � I N , �. � 20�.�� ...... n� — -� — � � N - - — � — - - — — ' - - - - — __ — S89° 40'21"W O 12302 � �-` �-�- �'- ---_ _�._ _�._ ._�._ _� .�� .� � o o z � --- �`n`n �-- —g"SS a---- _..�. _..._.. _..__ � ....__ 8��SS � p � ss � �s ss � � 0 � ""� � � � � � NORDONA LANE N �2300 � � DRAWING NUMBER: �� .�. �.. ._._. � _.� �.. � � � �� ---- CP 904 � � m�,,. "� ��?�c��'��1 � �.,. -_—_` -- � � � _ — — ^" � — — � � _ . �� - -m� - - -� � � _ � A-32481 I `"� � � ! � ORIGINAL SCALE: -'`�� — - - - - — - - - - - - I �. Tm'�� CHAINLINK � � 30 0 30 60 FEET 1" = 30' ��. SWING GATE GRAVEL FENCE W/ I � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ROAD — — BARBWIRE - - - - - - - - � — — DATE: MAY2023 SCALE 1"=30� SHEET 19 oF 93 r r l l� F�20 ' �N � � W ,� I GENERAL NOTES: U 23 CLOSEST SETBACKS /� I '� 1. LABEL XX# DENOTES ELEVATION CALLOUT. Z w / / Z E- 67.0' MECHANICAL BUILDING TO CLOSEST PROPERTY LINE /� �� ,f' SEE TAB�ES C-4. _ � EP34 � W� o 2. LABEL �# DENOTES LINE DATA CALLOUT. SEE J f� �` I �1 TAB�E C-4. (.�j 1'� FNC9 j � FL19 EP26 cn 40.0' FECL FACILITY (CANOPY) t r' I �` 3. LABEL C# DENOTES LINE CURVE CALLOUT. SEE -� TO C�OSEST PROPERTY LINE � FNC10 I FNC16 I -� TAB�E C-4. z �, ��/� 12 11 TBC10 ( / � � �� c� f: ��' � 4. INSTALL SALVAGED FENCE FABRIC FROM D-1. � z -- _ TBC9 _ _ _ _ � I Q CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ADDITIONAL NEW p Q - - - - �`--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I z � OX OX OX OX OX O OX OX OX OX OX OX OX � EP27 � FENCING AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE WITH � �� OWNER PRIOR TO START OF WORK. o - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � I � � o � FNC8 EP31 GO � �� 4 � � � I I O � W � � TBC$ o f- � �� EP28 0 � KEY NOTES: � Q � z / o � ! 2 10 N N I � m � � FL7 N � 13 N FL22 Q 1. GRAVEL ROAD SURFACING, STD DTL 2500. m Y W o / F�9 � ' (NOT SHOWN) � � m � � z z � �- I / � �- 2'5% EP32 ' � FG37 2. ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT, STD DTL 2501. � Q � � / � ` '� � ______ -__��__�_�..� ' __ I � 0 U � GREENSAND FILTER � 3. PAVEMENT CONNECTION, STD DT�2502. 0 0 0 o / � � EP10 0 ( FOUNDATION N o � FL23 � I FG67 EER . X O � TOC25 N ( TOC26 FF= 503.55 EP20 2 ' EP22 EP23 � ° 4. CONCRETE SIDEWALK, STD DTL 2503. ��R * y��d / � � - L8 - - L13 f - - _ I 5. GRAVEL SURFACING, STD DTL 2504. o � � � i � ea . - - - - - - - -. � >_ � ��o �o w ° > � / / ° ��- a -� C'�p ,�O � 502 �o �� '�� 6. GRAVEL WALKWAY, STD DTL 2505. � � � a �- � - � / � EP11 � � O / FNC11 EP21 � TG5 � 3 °" /� �`" I G,� � TOC22 I ~ � (� ' EP24 � 7. ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION, STD DT�2510. �.��y� 5�P o c, I �� ( O / O � TOC23 � T G 4 1 EP19 � X 7 '� � � 15 � \ 8. SLOPE PROTECTION, STD DTL 2510, SIMILAR. � � / � � � � EP12 -- I I TOC24 ° '1 % I 3.5% �� ` � / FG50 � "M '� � � � \ 9. GUARD POST, STD DTL 2600. FG36 w°�" I ' / ° -- I I '� p " '� \ EP25 � 10. TYPICAL CONCRETE SWALE, STD DTL 2720. TBC7 - I I / TG1 "� I I 5 �� FG51 I '� �' � � f� � "� ( � / 11. TYPICAL CONCRETE CURB, STD DTL 2750. � � A � �k �� '° '�°' "``�` ��'�� T� �� EP35 = 12. CHAIN�INK FENCE, STD DTL 2800, WITH BARBED FL6 EP9 O ,,) I C}�TFA�.(� _.,__ r__4_ . __-. �_-�---�_.. � W I RE. , 2.1% .2.1%� c-. c� E P 13 � N � J___�_.,.��.__ --''J � r ' � ---- I T G� � � F G 3 5 TOC28 ti 2'6� J I � °�� 0 2 3 I 13. CHAINLINK DOUBLE-LEAF GATE, STD DTL 2801, ' - A 1 2 0 _ W I T H B A R B E D W I R E. � �, I ' 5 I ` � � 22 � o -- a�o � 14. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD, STD DT� 3201. � ' � I �, 1 X FL25 � W �° 12 . � FUTURE � I ��4 I 2� a____ � O ' C H E M I C A L EXST --`""� � � � 15. 21° HDPE SD, SEE DWG Y-3 FOR CONTINUATION. � W I � - - - WELL �l-_-�_- � � Z 11 � FACILITY BUILDING � 2 I � --''f FL17 � 1 16. EXISTING CULVERT, PROTECT IN P�ACE. �� W � ' I 9 TOC20 FG34 FF= 503.5± � I � � �'~�,I - ,e�g'�pg� ~ � ' ° 17. CURB TRANSITION, SEE DTL 1 BELOW. Q Z � ��Q�1 ( ( � p � o _ �---___��_ J� '�j W p TOC21 FG32 EP18 ` FL24 x �-- - - f � p 18. TRANSFORMER, SEE DWG E-2. 0 10 � �� TG3 � a FG33 � � / ` �_� 19. COMMUNICATION PULL BOX, SEE DWG E-2. /� ' � TOC27 O \ - / �,',,...,.... V �^ I _____ � TOC18 � ' L1� FNC12 I � � 20. RADIO TOWER FOUNDATION, SEE DTL 2 BE�OW. z V'� �- ' I T (� [� a ' ' � I � FECL I Dlr�.7 ......... . o� � �'* � � � � FACILITY O - - 5.0' � � 21. POWER PULL BOX, SEE DWG E-2. � � ' t ' ' FG38 o EP17 EP16 � O �'�', � FF= 503.55 2.0%� � 16 22. EXISTING REFLECTOR, PROTECT IN PLACE. � � � TOC17 FG39 3 � � � N � � 23. INSTALL 48" FLAT TOP GROUND MOUNT � .c'�� g 4 a MECHANICAL I , � DE�INEATOR WITH SOI�ANCHOR. � U � ' o �° 13 - Q Tocs BUILDING O � � I , � J � ' FF= 503.55 -'" EP14 O EP8 TOC7 ( --- � _ EP15 ___-- ( � - - - - - - - - - - L10 - - - _ - - - - - � 6 I � � � � x - - - - - o - - - - ( TOC9 .....�..... ..._��_��__ � - � ° ° ° ° ° ° ° o ° ° � � FNC13 � 2 0 2 4 FEET EP7 a 4 TOC12 ,' a ° a' ° a -� ° ° �-� a ° FG9 U 1.0% aa a o i o a o o a a o � 1.1% O / f FG42 FG44 FG46 - � ( ' ., , a o o a . a a a o � o a a � a a o a a,o a o a . F��6 � SCALE 1"-2' FG 2 1 T O C 1 4 �a a a a a a� a �a a a a a� a a a a a �� a a a ' � ' T O C 1 0 � ' o o a a a a a o � O _ FG: 502.71 � FG59 F G 8 T -� �� FL5 TOC11 � � 6 �� ~��/ 0 4 0 4 8 FEET � Z o . � l � � - FG45 x FG10 SCALE 1��=4� � X Y,,-'� . . _______-_�-_-�- -�- -- " FG22 _ � ° TOC13 4 °� O O � _ � ------_.___ I 22 � � FG43 � �� 10 0 10 20 FEET o ('3 - _ r.__-- � . f � v EP6 , FG58 FG47 ��o �,,% / �,� FG40 � 6 � 12 � FG11 m Z � 20 19 18 SCALE 1"=10' � / F G41 O 4.0' TOC15 T O C1 6 . EP5 �a a � • � FG23 _....... i FL4 / TBC6 � MATCHLINE - SEE DWG C-3 28.0' ' � _,_ 2.o J 5 .. I 14 E- � W CV Ill TBCS � oM � RAD�10 50 W ER TRANS�FOR�MER PAD W o 2 W o T � TBC4 h / � o M SLUDGE FILTER RADIO TOWER SHORT BASE _ - FG 2_ /o_�, VARI J � Z �.n o TOC6 RO�L OFF SECTION. PROVIDED BY OWNER, � � I ES I� TBC3 F�3 � INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR a�� : � � 5----EE_PLAN � � Q � T005 CONT�AINE�R �SLAB PRIORTO CONCRETE PLACEMENT �``��'�\��;��\� 1- , ju�,ui- I - - � � I° ' v � � ��'��`�' - _ - - - - - - - - _ - - ��'�\`��\�\\��\��\� �u.�,�,�,��,% ��,�r��,��°�; �-- -� ?> (5)#7 EW EF 4„ ,;.�,��, I I - _ - - - - - - - ��,,��,.��,�,�,��,��.�,� �. �,�;��`��,,�,� ,� i � ,_I I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1= - - � � � �. � ��`'`` `��``'' '`�r`��f`�`�`�� v �� I I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I ,��,,��,;��,,�� f 11 g� '�'�°'�'�.'��'�% I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I I-1 I I-1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1= I I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I I �,!i�,�'i�!r.� , � FL2 (TOTA� OF 20 BARS) �'r,��`�,��,�� .� - - - -I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I��I �``�''�' Z (� `'',,i'%i''ri°',,i'':''i! .� , a ��.�� - = R/W FENCE °f'�\`;��"��`��`';"� Q� � / _��_�� SECTION N N �1� I I I-I I I-I 5 2 10 -- 1"= 2' N �� -I I I-I I I ` VARIES � ,�,-,�,-, 1' 5.0'TO 16.6' 22.7' p W o i W 2.0' 11.7' ' 11.0' 2.0' 5 m � , 10 � o � o t!� 0.5 BOC � a F- 3 5% F 4.0' W � 6" CURB FACE ° ` � a a ° �� 4� o � EG � o ,� � 5% DRAWING NUMBER: - a a Qa d d a ,1��\��\��\��\��\��. FG_ 2/o i � �" _,,,,_2/o -►- � VARIES� d v d �F��./��/��/�"/��" �"I ^ /��✓�\1�\/�\!�\/�\��\l��/ \��/ \r"' ^ C�ASS A ��✓��,✓��/`��//��/'��,/ ,✓� ° ° d /f�!��'''�f\.�''F� ��J`��'/�r'%��''f^/�/f�/�/�^/�/�^/'�/��/��r,'�,f^'�,�.�`f� a r�/� f a a � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �. � ,`�, � \ 2.0' � ' ,�,,�,�,,��,,��,,��,,�,�/,��,,/��,�/,r,�,rf�,,�',,�/,.�+,,�,,�++,,�,,�++,,�,,�++,,�,r,�,\/,,�,,\/,,�,,\/,,�,�l,r�,,�/f,,�/,�r,�/,*, CONCRETE s\\\� _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ � � d a da - - - - - - - - - \`�`\�,'`'r�'�,\''+f''��''�\'��'�'�'��`',\`�\,��j'°�'�'°�\'��\r��i°\�f��,\��'\�`�%°��``��'`�`� /� - f�/�Qf� � EP \�j�,)`.��'�,\,'`,��\°�,��,,\�,��,\�jf,\�j�\�j�,\�j,,\�j�,\�j�,,\�j�,,\�j`�.\�j`�.\�jf.\�``j�,,\�j�,,\�j�,,\�j�,,\�,'�,.\��r,\�f'p,, - - - - - - - - - - - - - ------- - - __________________- ' /`1 �L'TVL ,� r r � � ,� r r r ,� ,� r ,� ,� ,�° r � � � r ,r , III-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111- - - - - -111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-111-1 0 CURB FACE •� ��` ��` `�` '��° `�` `�` `��` �� •� •� '��` •� �� `� �� `� �� `� 1 p -1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I I s.o' SQ = - - - I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I-I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I= = = ORIGINAL SCALE: �� D E TA I L � ��f��,��,,,�.�,,,�,��,�,,,,�,f = _ _ _ _ -I i i-1 i 1=_=====,��\�f��.,�,�,�,;��,��.,��\;�,,��,��,��,��{ 1" = 10' -- �°=2� � G I D E TA I L °�.��`�,��..��,.r��,.��,�;;`��',�i �� S E C T I O N ��,�,��,��,,� ��,,�,�,� � ,�. ,�. C-3 DATE: MAY 2023 -- ��=2� -- 1"= 2' SHEET 20 OF �N TANK WALL W GENERA� NOTES: _ U 1. LABEL XX# DENOTES ELEVATION CALLOUT. Z w SEE TAB�ES C-4. Z Q 0 2. LABEL �# DENOTES LINE DATA CALLOUT. SEE VARIES Q� TABLE C-4. R/W FENCE VARIES 5 11 1.0'TO 1.5' U 1' 5.0'TO 16.6' � 3. LABEL C# DENOTES LINE CURVE CALLOUT. SEE (�' --- 2 ° � ° -� TABLE C-4. � 2'0 < a a , a a Z 5%_ ° d � a ° FG o C`�� 4. INSTALL SALVAGED FENCE FABRIC FROM D-1. w '--- , a a a _ _ _ 5__ /o� � Z CONTRACTOR TO INSTAL�ADDITIONA� NEW � � 3 -I I I=___ ° < FG 2°/i EG ° °� a ° I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=______= p � � 1� -��_��_��-��-��-��-� ...... � _. � � � .._ � � ..� � � � � � � � ..��._ .� i. � � I��..I - - �� r r r = - � - _� :��.�. _ - Q FENCING AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE WITH � ,�•��,, �,�,r��j�,�,,� ��-��I�.,. �L. II.. I „ E� -I I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I I a a a a , ��,`�'��,'��`,,�.��',,,�.��`,,,�'�'��,,�.��`�,,�.`��`��.`��".,�°,.�`��'�%�`��'��,`� � OWNER PRIOR TO START OF WORK. °-- °-� -�- � -� -� � � � - .� - I�,�.�_.��,;...�I,-III=III=III=III=,III=I ° ° � �!r`��'/��,�'��/��i`��!�'��'%��`.�'��°l�,'�!'/��'/�%'��/�°'�r'/,�°%' � �- �,,�'��r-'�,��'�-��-.,��-.,��,�� ,� a a d ��,,�,,, ��,, ,� �� ,,� �� ,,�'� �`�, �� \ �\ �\ �� ,,• o �erj,�/'��/,f��/j�'',,�./��F'��,��''�/'"i/�,;i\�.�/'��/f - - - - - - - - - - - e a � ,,��,'',f,�/',,�",��/',�,\�./,/�,��\�/,/�,�/,,��.�l��.✓'!\�"�/r',^'��"`�/�`,�"�.'�''\�"`f/f�\�/'��r'\�'�,✓/ � ��i;/i;/r�'r�%r I I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I I- li��i��i��i��"i�f�'�"` ' ° f=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1= ��`��\��\��,��\i�,,��.�s``�`� � w KEY NOTES: � ��. - - = I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I=I I I � W � ��;��,��,`�,��,�,,�,��,��,��,,�„ - - W � z �\,�,,,\`�\ ,�, ,�. �\,�,,,y;� Q m 1. GRAVE� ROAD SURFACING, STD DT� 2500. m Y W o 2. ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT, STD DTL 2501. � S E CT I O N o S E CT I O N W � � � m � � 1"= 2' 1"= 2' � z o- o 3. PAVEMENT CONNECTION, STD DTL 2502. (NOT SHOWN) W � � FENCE R/W FENCE R/W o o U 4. CONCRETE SIDEWALK, STD DTL 2503. (NOT SHOWN) 2.1' 40.0' VARIES 24.0' - 6.9' 1' � ��\NEER * b 5. GRAVE� SURFACING, STD DT�2504. � W 4.4'TO 8.6' 12.0' 12.0' �' �R ��do z o � - 6. GRAVEL WALKWAY, STD DTL 2505. � � � � � 0 �.2% FG 2°_/o_� 5 � W v > c� J 7. PIPE OUTLET W/ ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION, STD DTL 2510. � �- �� .� �, �. �. � �, �,r . „�. - --� � o � z � ° (N OT S H O W N) m.., _. .�.. � .�. �. _. �. �E G.� .�. .�. �. .._ m.., � � .�. �. m.., ._. � .�. m.., 5 �. _.., .�. � � /�,,\!,�0*'�\�.,,`,.�\'`;/r' � `_- -- - - � -11.1.=ll I� m�. ,�`,� � � E G.._. .�.. � � � .�.. � _. � do `� ,�`� �*'\!\/`\✓"\/�\ \ `� \s�` 4� / .. \� ��,, �'� �� \� ,,�,, ��',, // .�� \\ y � ,�d,� S.�P � f'f �./ ''�/`,!,'�i�/r<�,'�i;',`„�"� � �' ,,' �,',r �','`'�/',%/ 1 I �� T 8. SLOPE PROTECTION, STD DTL 2510, SIMI�AR. ��\,'�,`�%f` `s\�j\ ,r ,�°\,r\�j\�j\�j`��` � S ECT I O N � /\\�i\��\��\�\��\\��\�\�� / ;�/�,. /�,. /�,,. /f. /� /F,, ��_ � 9. GUARD POST, STD DTL 2600. (NOT SHOWN) ��'��,'`�,°`�,�'`�.�� 4.0, -- 1 - 2 10. TYPICAL CONCRETE SWALE, STD DTL 2720. �_�� MATCHLINE - SEE DWG C-2 ��- � T � 11. TYPICAL CONCRETE CURB, STD DTL 2750. FG48 O� x � (� � h � 21 FG3 ` 12. CHAINLINK FENCE, STD DT� 2800, WITH BARBED WIRE. � ' S�UDGE FILTER � F�24 ..._..� O � � 13. CHAINLINK DOUBLE-LEAF GATE, STD DTL 2801, WITH ROLL OFF / FG28 "-� ,/ BARBED WIRE. CONTAINER SLAB M FG62 FG49 o O J,f 14. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD, STD DTL 3201. TOC=503.40 � s �� X � � ,. V� " FG25 � o �' �..._.___ ____ �,�°� � � � Qo�o � . 15. 15° CMP CULVERT, COR STD DTL 149.00, SIMILAR. �c� ' -t�----',-"-�., � W °° TOC4 � �� O W 16. EXISTING CU�VERT, PROTECT IN PLACE. (NOT SHOWN) a �C a a FG4 �,='� I�" a.�n � Z � � - 17. CURB TRANSITION, DTL 1/C-2 � � FG26 � BACKWASH �-'lF �� X � ',e'g""pg�,�� ~ � Q 18. TRANSFORMER (NOT SHOWN), SEE DWG E-2. x ' 1 O TOC3 FG63 � RECLAIM FG29 � �''� �•�', Z F--'"''� W ' FG64 aw TANK ff �� I I 19. COMMUNICATION PU�L BOX (NOT SHOWN), SEE DWG E-2. o FG66 TOC=504.10 � �' FG2� > FG31 ! °'" /� 20. ANTENNA FOUNDATION (NOT SHOWN), SEE DWG S-X. _ _ _ - -� ' � �° � I a�'� V �^ ( O FG2 s�� p I c> J z VJ � 21. POWER PULL BOX, SEE DWG E-2. x FG65 \� � X -_� � � Z Q � EP4 TOC2 D � ;f - `._��....�.. � ' t ' 22. INSTALL 48" FLAT TOP GROUND MOUNT DELINEATOR WITH �� . ° J ' �_ � � Q O W SOI�ANCHOR. ' a � � � -- � � I 2.0% ,1.2% ' ° O\o o c o -� �o �4�' I � � '1�' � I � � I h� - I I � FL1 �`�`� � `l < I O � � / � < < 8 ; W � TOC1 FG30 �C� J �` Cc O Q � O � EP30 � �`� `�� x ( � M ��o �� , E �� o O � 12 0 � � WASTE WATER FG5 �_ _�< � m �.0 � � SAMPLING STATION ��`�� r�� Q � � �r = �< `' O � � � ❑ o TOC 502.74 �,�o c o c o c� � - � I � �6'� �C��o �o �o �o� V TBC2 � � � 3:1 ' PARSHALL FLUME MANHOLE FOR �� (�� 2 O N: 2077606.84 _ _ I �7 26.0' `�- X E: 6479471.48 � GRVL8 WASTEWATER F�OW MEASUREMENT ��o �o �o �o - � FG7 � N ........ C?HVV ........ C)HW C?HVti' � ( � TBC1 ...... � e�r�w --oitw ar�vv ....w �-� -� -� or�w- ------or�vv F�15 M � EP33 � � `-' .... .... c>r�u�f .... .....�_. � � �Q�,�, FNC6 � 13 ' S02 �o �o �o ��o � O � FL10 FNC4 `' FNC5 � EP3 O , FNC7 FG1 � �� ' �Q� � _ � . �`�?�-�`�?�� o � f �g ox ox o ox l l � l `l ox ox ox _ _ox _ _ _ _ _ _ �o. �, � - - - - - - - X - _ � OX - - _ 'r-5p4- - - ' - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 0.4%- �� c( c( o� Z -�J^ FL11 -------� - � FG6 � 503 __--- - - - - - - _---.�----.._1.9% o� G� - - - _ - FL13 502 FNC14 GRVL7 ___-_- __ - O --____-___-_---- 22 -v, {-� _ ----__________ � 503 �'6 �. ........ FL12 � -!_�__ � ( -�___-- --__-- -' _______--- ____ _ ---_-_-- GRVL1 � ---"� � � � , �-��y, r .., �(�,Y�� j ° ;nr � �'�"� . . � � � -_---� FNC3 ----____ _ EP1 15 22 GRVL5 �---^�' ;�` FG68 � a �r ��o�}____--------- _-- ---._-_T________------ o ��____,,,,,,,,_,__--- ----_________---____ �'� ` Q ..- GRVL3 EP2 S c�i % � � Z 03 � �` ! 1� �I �� `�j Q � GRVL11 GRVL12 1 � � GRVL13 GRVL14 � � Q 0.1% _ _ _�...,,,. - - - - -�� - - - - 1.0°-�•-- - - - -` - 1.2% r - I - - - - �N W _ EDGE OF PAVEMENT FINISHED GROUND FENCING CURVE DATA � z - W LABEL NORTHING EASTING ELEV DESCRIPTION �ABE� NORTHING EASTING E�EV DESCRIPTION LABEL NORTHING EASTING E�EV DESCRIPTION CURVE RADIUS �ENGTH DELTA CHORD DIRECTION CHORD �ENGTH START (N,E) END (N,E) Z Q W� � EP1 2077586.42 6479276.44 503.18 END OF CURVE FG1 2077595.17 6479338.13 502.06 TOP OF S�OPE FNC1 2077554.94 6479251.60 502.70 CORNER J C1 10.00' 15.78' 90.42° S44° 40' 13"W 14.19' 2077596.52, 6479286.422 2077586.42, 6479276.44 U EP2 2077586.52 6479321.44 503.13 END OF CURVE FG2 2077633.99 6479338.29 502.60 GRADE BREAK FNC2 2077561.37 6479251.58 502.78 GATE POST C2 30.00' 10.47' 20.00° S10° 00' 00"W 10.42' 2077660.93, 6479288.232 2077650.67, 6479286.42 � J EP3 2077596.52 6479286.42 504.20 BEG OF CURVE/GB FG3 2077666.14 6479356.86 503.10 GRADE BREAK FNC3 2077587.37 6479251.53 503.27 GATE POST ¢ C3 30.00' 10.47' 20.00° S10° 00' 00"W 10.42' 2077680.48, 6479293.423 2077670.22, 6479291.61 z (�o � EP4 2077624.28 6479311.42 503.24 TC/EP FG4 2077647.58 6479389.01 502.60 GRADE BREAK FNC4 2077596.02 6479251.51 503.15 CORNER C4 45.00' 70.69' 90.00° S45° 00' 00"W 63.64' 2077787.12, 6479338.423 2077742.12, 6479293.42 � Z EP5 2077671.19 6479311.42 503.24 TC/EP FG5 2077615.43 6479370.44 502.10 GRADE BREAK FNC5 2077596.08 6479276.51 502.65 INTERSECTION � Q C5 20.00' 31.42' 90.00° S45° 00' 00"W 28.28' 2077807.12, 6479489.774 2077787.12, 6479469.77 � EP6 2077675.19 6479315.42 503.40 TC/EP FG6 2077596.17 6479470.37 501.75 TOP OF SLOPE FNC6 2077596.13 6479285.92 504.15 GATE POST � C6 10.00' 15.73' 90.12° N45° 03'40"W 14.16' 2077586.52, 6479321.444 2077596.52, 6479311.42 � EP7 2077689.28 6479315.42 502.99 TC/EP FG7 2077604.72 6479479.76 501 J5 TOP OF SLOPE FNC7 2077596.28 6479311.92 503.91 GATE POST � C7 23.00' 36.13' 90.00° N45° 00' 00"E 32.53' 2077742.12, 6479315.423 2077765.12, 6479338.42 � W � EP8 2077693.28 6479315.42 502.99 TC/EP FG8 2077681.56 6479478.82 501 J5 CONFORM FNC8 2077792.08 6479276.07 503.44 CORNER C8 10.00' 15.71' 90.00° S45° 00' 00"E 14.14' 2077765.12, 6479373.006 2077755.12, 6479383.01 p m Q EP9 2077742.12 6479315.42 502.94 BEG OF CURVE FG9 2077688.11 6479479.38 502.15 CONFORM FNC9 2077793.06 6479448.07 502.03 CORNER r Q C9 10.00' 15.71' 90.00° N45° 00' 00"W 14.14' 2077712.44, 6479421.006 2077722.44, 6479411.01 o Y } � � EP10 2077765.12 6479338.42 502J8 END OF CURVE FG10 2077684J0 6479485.10 501.71 CONFORM FNC10 2077788.12 6479448.08 502.91 GATE POST w � m C10 10.00' 15.71' 90.00° N45° 00' 00"E 14.14' 2077755.12, 6479411.006 2077765.12, 6479421.01 � � �- O EP11 2077765.12 6479373.01 502.68 BEG OF CURVE FG11 2077672.12 6479486.87 501.46 CONFORM FNC11 2077764.12 6479448.13 502.15 GATE POST � Q >- � EP12 2077755.12 6479383.01 503.0� END OF CURVE FG21 2077687.21 6479327.44 503.31 FNC12 2077713.78 6479448.24 502.76 GATE POST C11 20.00' 31.42' 90.00° S45° 00' 00"E 28.28' 2077765.12, 6479469.774 2077745.12, 6479489.77 p p v EP13 2077742.18 6479383.01 503.43 TC/EP FG22 2077678.73 6479335.93 503.19 FNC13 2077691.78 6479448.29 502.70 GATE POST ��NEER * b EP14 2077693.12 6479383.01 503.43 TC/EP FG23 2077670.24 6479330.27 503.15 FNC14 2077597.06 6479448.51 501.74 CORNER � `�R /�`�o L I N E DATA ° `� �' > EP15 2077693.12 6479438.20 502.7� CONFORM FG24 2077661.76 6479335.93 503.05 FNC15 2077555.97 6479434.02 502.06 CONNECT TO EX FENCE W � > � �- � - � o � o � a EP16 2077712.44 6479438.57 502.84 CONFORM FG25 2077653.27 6479330.27 503.13 FNC16 2077792.97 6479478.58 501.95 CONNECT TO EX FENCE LINE BEARING LENGTH START (N,E� END (N,E� d � � ,��, EP17 2077712.44 6479421.01 502.84 END OF CURVE FG26 2077644.79 6479335.93 502.90 0��'' ��P L1 SO°00'02"W 54.15' 2077650.67, 6479286.42 2077596.52, 6479286.42 �� * EP18 2077722.44 6479411.01 502.84 BEG OF CURVE FG27 2077636.30 6479330.27 503.22 �2 S20°00'00"W 9.89' 2077670.22, 6479291.61 2077660.93, 6479288.23 EP19 2077755.12 6479411.01 502.67 BEG OF CURVE FG28 2077656.48 6479359.44 503.60 FLOWLINE L3 SO°00'00"E 61.64' 2077742.12, 6479293.42 2077680.48, 6479293.42 EP20 2077765.12 6479421.01 502.25 END OF CURVE FG29 2077644.99 6479379.35 503.10 LABEL NORTHING EASTING E�EV DESCRIPTION �4 N90°00'00"W 131.35' 2077787.12, 6479469J7 2077787.12, 6479338.42 EP21 2077765.12 6479456.08 502.18 TC/EP FG30 2077625.09 6479367.86 502.60 FL1 2077626.28 6479297.42 502.95 L5 NO°00'00"E 74.67' 2077596.52, 6479311.42 2077671.19, 6479311.42 EP22 2077765.12 6479460.08 502.18 TC/EP FG31 2077636.58 6479347.95 503.10 FL2 2077650.67 6479297.42 502.88 BEG OF CURVE �6 N45°00'00"E 5.66' 2077671.19, 6479311.42 2077675.19, 6479315.42 EP23 2077765.12 6479469.77 502.38 BEG OF CURVE FG32 2077712.12 6479360.92 503.22 FL3 2077657.17 6479298.57 502.87 END OF CURVE �7 NO°00'00"E 66.93' 2077675.19, 6479315.42 2077742.12, 6479315.42 EP24 2077759.26 6479483.92 502.81 GRADE BREAK FG33 2077712.11 6479364.01 503.22 FL4 2077666.46 6479301.95 502.84 BEG OF CURVE �8 N90°00'00"E 34.58' 2077765.12, 6479338.42 2077765.12, 6479373.01 (/� " EP25 2077745.12 6479489.77 502.13 END OF CURVE FG34 2077726.29 6479360.92 503.50 FL5 2077680.48 6479304.42 502.80 END OF CURVE � � �9 SO°00'00"E 62.00' 2077755.12, 6479383.01 2077693.12, 6479383.01 � W EP26 2077807.12 6479489.77 502.22 END OF CURVE FG35 2077742.17 6479364.00 503.25 GRADE BREAK FL6 2077742.12 6479304.42 502.64 BEG OF CURVE � W �10 S89°59'57"E 55.19' 2077693.12, 6479383.01 2077693.12, 6479438.20 EP27 2077792.97 6479483.92 502.64 GRADE BREAK FG36 2077750.95 6479360.92 503.06 GRADE BREAK �° Z FL7 2077776.12 6479338.42 502.47 END OF CURVE � � _ L11 N90°00'00°W 17.56' 2077712.44, 6479438.57 2077712.44, 6479421.01 �' EP28 2077787.12 6479469.77 502.65 BEG OF CURVE FG37 2077776.12 6479482.22 502.72 GRADE BREAK FL9 2077776.12 6479467.77 502.35 �a'g�^pg�� L12 NO°00'00"E 32.68' 2077722.44, 6479411.01 2077755.12, 6479411.01 a Z EP30 2077624.28 6479297.42 503.08 TC/EP FG38 2077707.53 6479340.17 503.20 CLEANOUT FL10 2077589.54 6479213.79 503.00 CONFORM .J W EP31 2077778.12 6479458.09 502.24 EP FG39 2077707.24 6479363.16 503.24 CLEANOUT L13 N90°00'00"E 48.77' 2077765.12, 6479421.01 2077765.12, 6479469.77 FL11 2077591.55 6479276.44 501.84 EP32 2077776.12 6479469.77 502.47 TC/EP FG40 2077677.28 6479345.68 503.30 VA�VE OPERATOR FL12 2077591.64 6479321.44 501.61 V EP33 2077596.52 6479311.42 503.95 BEG OF CURVE/GB FG41 2077674.29 6479348.56 503.27 VALVE OPERATOR FL13 2077593.17 6479338.14 501.56 z � � EP34 2077809.12 6479492.41 502.31 SAWCUT I CONFORM FG42 2077685.12 6479387.17 503.29 TOP OF CONCRETE Q � W FL14 2077593.83 6479468.90 501.17 Q O EP35 2077743.12 6479492.41 502.14 SAWCUT I CONFORM FG43 2077677.12 6479395.17 502.98 FL15 2077603.06 6479482.03 501.12 LABE� NORTHING EASTING ELEV DESCRIPTION � � � EP36 2077587.39 6479491.61 501.93 SAWCUT I CONFORM FG44 2077684.94 6479399.60 503.04 TOC1 2077624.28 6479315.42 503.28 � � FL16 2077686.17 6479482.37 500.87 CONFORM , ` EP37 2077587.42 6479506A2 502.24 SAWCUT I CONFORM FG45 2077680.94 6479403.60 502J6 FL17 2077722.75 6479482.01 500.64 TOC2 2077632J6 6479323.91 503.40 � U Q EP38 2077572.42 6479506.07 502.24 SAWCUT I CONFORM FG46 2077685.85 6479413.60 502.73 TOC3 2077641.25 6479315.42 503.40 O m � FL19 2077803.17 6479481.92 501.04 W EP39 2077572.39 6479491.65 501.99 SAWCUT I CONFORM FG47 2077679.52 6479419.93 502.67 FL20 2077819.91 6479485.28 501.13 CONFORM TOC4 2077649J4 6479323.91 503.40 � � Q FG48 2077664.30 6479348.09 503.02 T005 2077658.22 6479315.42 503.40 ( � � FL22 2077776.12 6479458.08 502.12 `� FG49 2077662.31 6479350.68 503.07 FL23 2077765.12 6479458.08 502.06 TOC6 2077666.71 6479323.91 503.40 NORDONA LANE GRAVEL ROADWAY FG50 2077749.11 6479387.58 503.17 FL24 2077722.44 6479421.00 502.34 TOC7 2077689.28 6479337.42 503.43 � W FG51 2077746.03 6479384.50 503.30 TOC8 2077693.28 6479337.42 503.43 O m LABEL NORTHING EASTING ELEV DESCRIPTION FL25 2077736.19 6479452.30 501.65 FG58 2077677J5 6479336.18 503.18 VALVE OPERATOR TOC9 2077690.78 6479342.67 503.53 Z Q GRV�1 2077581.14 6479220.53 503.56 CONFORM v � FG59 2077685.87 6479448.31 502.44 CONFORM TOC10 2077682.79 6479337.42 503.36 � GRVL2 2077568.17 6479216.35 503.34 CONFORM o GRV�3 2077586.37 6479251.53 503.56 EDGE OF TRAVELWAY FG62 2077660J8 6479336.18 503.04 VALVE OPERATOR TOP BACK OF CURB TOC11 2077682.78 6479352.17 503.36 0° Z � GRVL4 2077562.37 6479251.58 503.56 EDGE OF TRAVELWAY FG63 2077643.81 6479336.18 502.86 VALVE OPERATOR LABEL NORTHING EASTING E�EV DESCRIPTION TOC12 2077690.78 6479360.67 503.53 � GRV�5 2077586.59 6479355.52 503.09 EDGE OF TRAVELWAY FG64 2077639J3 6479341.23 502.86 VA�VE OPERATOR TOC13 2077675J8 6479352.17 503.36 T � TBC1 2077597.13 6479285.92 504.15 CURBFACE=O GRV�6 2077562.59 6479355.58 503.09 EDGE OF TRAVELWAY FG65 2077632.95 6479341.67 502.72 SAMPELING STATION TBC2 2077599.13 6479285.92 504.09 CURBFACE-6" TOC14 2077680.78 6479360.67 503.53 J � Q GRV�7 2077586.84 6479471.53 501.94 ETW/BEG OF CURVE FG66 2077636.95 6479338.67 502.68 SAMPELING STATION TOC15 2077680.78 6479378.01 503.53 � � Z TBC3 2077650.67 6479285.92 503.16 BEG OF CURVE/CF=6" .�'r]' Q GRV�8 2077606.89 6479491.48 501.91 END OF CURVE/CONFORM FG67 2077776.21 6479499.11 502.37 RIM TOC16 2077675J9 6479383.01 503.43 �� TBC4 2077661.10 6479287.76 503.11 END OF CURVE/CF=6 � Q GRV�9 2077562.84 6479471.59 501.94 ETW/BEG OF CURVE FG68 2077579.90 6479500.55 501.75 RIM TOC17 2077706.12 6479342.67 503.27 TBC5 2077670.39 6479291.14 503.0� BEG OF CURVE/CF=6" � GRVL10 2077542.89 6479491.63 502.01 END OF CURVE/CONFORM TOC18 2077715.95 6479337.42 502.98 GRADE BREAK TBC6 2077680.48 6479292.92 503.02 END OF CURVE/CF=6" Z GRVL11 2077574.30 6479218.33 503.46 CENTERLINE/CONFORM TOC19 2077715.95 6479342.42 503.07 GRADE BREAK Q TBC7 2077742.12 6479292.92 502.99 BEG OF CURVE/CF=6" Q GRVL12 2077574.59 6479355.55 503.33 CENTERLINE/GRADE BREAK TOP OF GRATE TOC20 2077726.29 6479342.42 503.03 N � TBC8 2077787.62 6479338.42 502.89 END OF CURVE/CF=6 N GRVL13 2077574.84 6479471.55 502.18 CENTERLINE LABE� NORTHING EASTING E�EV DESCRIPTION „ TOC21 2077726.29 6479346.42 503.11 � TBC9 2077787.62 6479445.08 502.86 CURBFACE=6 �� TOC22 2077750.95 6479346.42 503.02 m GRVL14 2077574.88 6479491.64 501.98 CENTERLINE/CONFORM TG1 2077746.95 6479326.42 502.34 NDS 4"ATRIUM DRAIN TBC10 2077787.62 6479447.08 502.87 CURBFACE-0" 0 (n _ � TG2 2077738.62 6479351.67 502.61 NDS 4"ATRIUM DRAIN TOC23 2077750.95 6479342.42 502.94 DRAWING NUMBER: TG3 2077710.12 6479361.92 502.77 NDS 4"ATRIUM DRAIN TOC24 2077750.95 6479337.42 502.84 TG4 2077755.14 6479366.76 502.59 NDS 4"ATRIUM DRAIN TOC25 2077765.09 6479337.42 502.78 TC/EP TG5 2077753.90 6479460.45 500.43 AREA DRAIN PER CORCS 320.00 TOC26 2077765.12 6479342.42 502.77 TC/EP f1-32484 TOC27 2077712.12 6479378.01 503.53 ORIGINAL SCALE: N/A TOC28 2077742.18 6479378.00 503.53 DATE: MAY 2023 SHEET 22 OF 93 O O O W N s. . � _ � U 4' DIAMETER FIBERGLASS REINFORCED ��`�~�� Z w PLASTIC PACKAGED METERING �� Z Q MANHOLE PER SPECIFICATION �'� � � � � � � � � � � � � � J� 0 SECTION 06610 � �� ; � � '�, � � ~� Q N: 2077628.95 "°°�,. U E: 6479340.17 � � J 4" INV IN: 499.44 (N) �., <( � Z — 4" INV OUT: 499.34 (S) �o � RI M: 502.53 � � � z SLUDGE FILTER ROLL OFF CONTAINER CHEMICAL STORAGE FACILITY � o Q SEE DWG 70-SM-1 SEE DWG 40-M-1 s�3 0 DR2 � o � � O $ v SLD4 DR3 SLD6 � W � � � � � � z W 16 �-- \ m m � o \ � � � SLD 0 DR6 DR9 � m � d- 4 DR @ 2.00/o �� 2 FW, � Q � } SLD2 DR5 DR8 - SEE DWG 20-M-1, � o o V � DR1 SLD7 30-M-1 AND 40-M-1 � 4" DR @ 2.00% DR10 � DR11 4" DR @ 2.00% DR13 ��NEER * 6' ��...____..___. � ti - o � DR12 4" DR @ 2.00% DR7 W14 0 �� 6; , I DR15 SLD5 4" DR @ 2.00% 4" DR @ 2.00% 2 CARRIER TUBE, � � _ Q z � SEE DWG 20-M-1, � � � � p � O 30-M-1 AND 40-M-1 � � z � �° � 0�6� �,�Q- � I DR14 — ------ DR4 3a * SLD9 ;��, W13 6„ REC Z �.��_-_ ��, � � 4,� DR @ 2.00% W15 SLD1 ,�� ; � �" � � WASTEWATER SLD10 W17 �Q- 12" BWW 12" BWW � � � � � � _ � � � � � SAMPLE STATION o W12 � COR STD DTL 390.00 �� W4 W2 � ` ' GREENSAND FILTER � Ii .�� 4" DR, SEE DWG O �`�' W3 20-M-1 AND 40-M-1 �i .�'�E E �W G 3�-S M-� � W5 W1 � SDP7 � < I 9 ------- - - - -- I s I I SD2 �.o � � `s SD4 Y �' � SD8 � SDP4 � W - -- ----------------------- -- - - - I I � SD5 � w SDP3 �' � Z 8,� PTW, �ateM P°�� " SD9 SEE DWG 10-M-1 � Z - ` w � , SDP8 n � ------- - ! d'�A� ; BACKWASH RECLAIM TANK � � � , SEE DWG 50-SM-1 MECHANICAL BUILDING SD1 (,� � � SEE DWG 20-M-1 s�6 � z � I— � � , ; I � o�cZ o � � � � pWc 1�r W20 , SD7 W � L `` w�9 w�$ EXISTING WELL BUILDING � � � � � 2��w� 2° Fw, SEE SEE DWG 10-M-1 � U- — Q DWG 20-M-1 O m � _; , �; W � � � o � � � U � � . , ,, � 3 � , �,,° � � : � �� ...� � � ..� � o 8° PTW W8 � 0 W6 ' � m W7 �� MIN 4° CLEARANCE � � p BETWEEN PIPES, � N C� GENERAL NOTES: -� �;' � � SLURRY FILL W10 � � � � � 1. ALL YARD PIPING SHAL� CONFORM TO TYPICAL � —� TRENCH SECTION, STD DTL 2000. ,� W � 8 RMJ SLEEVE TO � NDS#75 ` ; � � CONNECT TO EXISTING 2. U N D E R G R O U N D U T I�I T I E S A R E S H O W N I N2 � APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS BASED ON PHYSICAL 3 5�� ATRIUM GRATE EVIDENCE AND BASED ON CITY OF REDDING : �� DRAWINGS A-9950 AND A-11434. COL�AR E�EV � PER PLAN • � � � 3. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING • UTILITY LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE ANY � � RISER PIPE AND ' � N UTI�ITY RELOCATION AS REQUIRED. Q � ATRIUM GRATE N 4. LABEL XX# DENOTES ELEVATION CAL�OUT. CONCRETE PAD � —I - -•� •.L' � SEE TABLES C-4. _ � .�- O BEND OR WYE, AS REQD o � • . � C ' CONCRETE LIGHT � FOR PIPE MATERIAL, � : •f BROOM FINISH KEY NOTES: � REFERENCE DWGS 45° BEND � � � 9"X 9" CUT FROM INDUSTRIAL WASTE/PLUMBING DRAWING NUMBER: � 6X6X10X10 WWF 1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REQUESTING AN INDUSTRIA�WASTE 1. CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER. SEE DWG 20-M-1 Q 12�� ROUGH INSPECTION WHILE ALL PLUMBING IS EXPOSED AND AN A-32485 FOR CONTINUATION. � ,/ WDUSTRIAL WASTE FINAL INSPECTION WHEN PLUMBING AND - MONITORING STATIONS ARE COMPLETED AND BROUGHT TO FINAL ORIGINA�SCALE: 2. 4" DR CONTINUATION, SEE DWG Y-3. GRADE. CA�� INDUSTRIA�WASTE AT 530-224-4319 FOR INSPECTIONS. 1" = 5' A SECTION � TYPICAL LANDSCAPE AREA DRAIN DETAIL 5 0 5 10FEET 3. TANK OVERFLOW, SEE DWG 50-SM-3. -- NTS -- NTS DATE: MAY 2023 SCALE 1"=5� SHEET 23 oF 93 �N W _ U Z WATER STORM DRAIN STRUCTURE Z Q w� � LABEL NORTHING EASTING C� ELEV DESCRIPTION POINT # NORTHING EASTING RIM/TG INV IN INV OUT DESCRIPTION Q W1 2077685.78 6479345.67 499.50 SEE DWG 20-M-1 FOR CONTINUATION SD1 2077710.12 6479361.92 502.77 500.44 NDS#75 ATRUIM GRATE � DTL 1/Y-1 J W2 2077677.28 6479345.68 499.50 16" GATE VALVE, STD DTL 2202 Z SD2 2077738.62 6479351.67 499.85 499.89 NDS#75 ATRUIM GRATE �o W3 2077674.29 6479345.67 499.50 12"X12"X8"TEE DTL 1/Y-1 � � z W4 2077658.76 6479345.67 499.50 SEE DWG 50-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION NDS#75 ATRUIM GRATE � Q SD3 2077746.95 6479326.42 502.34 500.38 DTL 1/Y-1 � W5 2077674.29 6479348.56 499.50 8" GATE VALVE, STD DTL 2202 � 0 W6 2077674.29 6479384.50 499.50 8" 90°BEND SD4 2077746.95 6479357.55 502.02 499.63 499.63 4"WYE O 499.63 v W W7 2077746.03 6479384.50 499.50 8" GATE VALVE, STD DTL 2202 4.99.59 W � SD5 2077748.02 6479358.62 502.30 499.59 4"WYE I- � � z W8 2077749.11 6479384.50 499.50 8"TEE 99�59 � m � o SD6 2077755.15 6479365.74 502.66 499.34 499.34 4"4° BEND C° W � �w W10 2077749.11 6479387.58 499.50 8" GATE VALVE, STD DTL 2202 � � m � NDS#75 ATRUIM GRATE � SD7 2077755.12 6479369.65 502.48 499.23 499.23 � �- � � W12 2077685.78 6479343.84 499.10 SEE DWG 20-M-1 FOR CONTINUATION DTL 1/Y-1 cn Q � W13 2077657.11 6479343.84 499.10 SEE DWG 50-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION � � v SD8 2077741.08 6479351.67 500.48 499.83 499.83 4"4° BEND W14 2077685.79 6479342.06 500.68 SEE DWG 20-M-1 FOR CONTINUATION SD9 2077713.44 6479358.61 503.54 500.34 500.34 4"4° BEND ��NEER * b W15 2077638.25 6479342.06 499.73 2" TEE � `�� /�60 o � � � W16 2077638.25 6479332.50 499.73 SEE DWG 70-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION W ; > � �. - � W17 2077638.25 6479346.47 499.73 SEE DWG 50-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION STORM DRAIN PIPE �o,�� z ,�P W18 2077675.78 6479372.18 500.68 SEE DWG 20-M-1 FOR CONTINUATION 6� � NAME SIZE LENGTH SLOPE MATERIAL 3a * W19 2077659.40 6479372.18 499.73 2" CONNECTION SDP1 4" 94.72' 2.43% PVC PIPE W20 2077659.06 6479372.18 499.73 1"45° BEND SDP2 4" 10.08' 2.43% PVC PIPE W21 2077656.93 6479370.05 499.73 SEE DWG 50-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION SDP3 4" 34.58' 2.17% PVC PIPE SDP4 4" 1.51' 2.43% PVC PIPE SLUDGE SDP5 4" 8.31' 2.43% PVC PIPE LABEL NORTHING EASTWG C� ELEV DESCRIPTION SDP6 4° 31.13' 2.41% PVC PIPE SDP7 4" 2.45' 2.43% PVC PIPE � � S�D1 2077640.78 6479343.62 499.10 4" 90° BEND Y � SLD2 2077640.78 6479338.22 499.10 4"TEE SDP8 4" 4.69' 2.17% PVC PIPE � W � w SLD3 2077640.78 6479333.34 499.10 4"45° BEND m°°° � Z x, SLD4 2077637.01 6479329.56 499.10 SEE DWG 70-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION � ��''�� W �aTeM p0� � c� SLD5 2077643.91 6479338.22 499.10 4°WYE a Z � w SLD6 2077652.56 6479329.56 499.10 SEE DWG 70-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION SLD7 2077660.85 6479338.22 499.10 4"45° BEND � SLD8 2077669.53 6479329.56 499.10 SEE DWG 70-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION z � �- SLD9 2077640.78 6479342.28 499.10 4"WYE � � Z SLD10 2077639.73 6479341.23 499.10 4" BALL VALVE, STD DTL 2239 � O � W � � � � DRAIN �- v a m W LABEL NORTHING EASTING INV DESCRIPTION � � Q DR1 2077639.82 6479340.17 499.62 4"WYE � � <.J DR2 2077643.81 6479336.18 499.74 4" BALL VALVE, STD DTL 2239 DR3 2077644.79 6479335.21 499.76 4"WYE � DR4 2077656.79 6479340.17 499.96 SEE DWG 70-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION � DR5 2077660.78 6479336.18 500.08 4" BALL VALVE, STD DTL 2239 � � z = Q DR6 2077661.76 6479335.21 500.10 SEE DWG 70-SM-1 FOR CONTINUATION � �"� o W DR7 2077673.76 6479340.17 500.30 SEE DWG 40-M-1 FOR CONTINUATION 00 � DR8 2077677.75 6479336.18 500.41 4" BALL VALVE, STD DTL 2239 � Z DR9 2077678.73 6479335.21 500.44 SEE DWG 40-M-1 FOR CONTINUATION N Q �- (f� DR10 2077688.29 6479341.17 496.11 SEE DWG 40-M-1 FOR CONTINUATION � � W DR11 2077638.68 6479340.17 499.60 4"WYE J m DR12 2077636.29 6479340.17 499.55 6" TEE W/ REDUCERS � � DR13 2077676.05 6479340.17 500.33 CLEANOUT, STD DTL 2130 � � Z DR14 2077623.92 6479341.17 494.82 4"WYE � � DR15 2077624.92 6479340.17 499.30 4"45° BEND Q N � N � d' N � � Z m O � DRAWING NUMBER: A-32486 ORIGINAL SCALE: N/A DATE: MAY 2023 SHEET 24 OF 93 ii � � � i i i i i � W" O _ U o,o NOTES: - W ( o � Q Z Q � � � ( Q 1. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS W� I I I I O � I BASED ON PHYSICAL EVIDENCE AND BASED ON CITY OF REDDING Q � DRAWINGS A-9950 AND A-11434. (� 4" DR - Q � o = 2. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AL� EXISTING UTI�ITY LOCATIONS AND J ( o ° z ELEVATIONS. Z 0 ( ( ( I Q I � 3. INSTA�LATION OF 21" SD SHALL CONFORM TO TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION, � z I p ( � I ( ( � ( STD DTL 2000. Q Q � W � � 4. PROVIDE BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS AT PIPE CROSSINGS AS NEEDED, � � z � COR STD DTL 660.00. � '� � � � ° ( � ( I � � o Q � � Z ( ( N40° 01'41.28"E � � � � � � � z � 80.43' �pp � o � � � � � � �� m~ � � O � � °e � � STA: 5+43.41 � � o ( z �� ( I ' ( CATCH BASIN NO. 3 I � I W� � O W � � I�- � `r COR STD DTL 230 '� o _.� o o U v� �k� N: 2078174.99 = 0o cs E: 6479481.28 � ��NEER * ( ', RIM:500.83 � �`� dti I � �� do � � xo xo � xo � � W � o � , j _ � � - - - - � - - op � 21" SD @ S= 8.03% ( � ( W � -' � � � � � �� o / z � o -,- o- � �� - - _ - _ _ - �J_ - - - - _G � - - � t�m."""-� _ � � ( _ . �� - - - - - - - - - - - - � � I �6� 3�1 �( ��P � NO ...X.___-_. ~,.�, �' �,�, X � --�-_X X ----X_ ._. _.. � �.... .� �ww � X y{ �, . � ...� ._._��n� ��' - - .c� -� ��.nn__�..��_ - ��%' ,��,. _ ... ...._.�..__ , 2+00 NO° 00' 00.00"E 3+00 21" SD 4+00 5+00 Q � J �� - - - - - �" � ! � 399.94' - - - �� - _�...n.._ � _ - ...... OLD OREGON TRAIL i�- ... ... !.�. dq .... { _ .._m__� .. . ....................... �n__ a .�_ , �"' -T P ..............�.�,,,e,�m.�m W ! � ...............______��..�..._ .�.. 7�,� M 1 S��sX � �� - - - - - - � / - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - / - STA: 1+44.64 STA: 5+44.57 � STA: 1+00.00 STA: 6+17.30 ' sx -�- V� `� CATCH BASIN N0. 3 TYPE 1 STORM TYPE 1 STORM TYPE 1 STORM �'S � � COR STD DTL 230 DRAIN MANHOLE DRAIN MANHOLE DRAIN MANHOLE �4 � � ( � W N: 2077753.90 COR STD DTL 260A0 COR STD DT�260.00 COR STD DTL 260.00 �� W E: 6479460.45 N: 2077776.21 N: 2078176.15 � Q E: 6479499.11 E: 6479499.11 N: 2078231.84 RIM:500.43 E: 6479545.88 � Z� � � Z RIM:502.37 RIM:502.83 RIM:502.24 M � � , �\,,FO W � �a�M P , � N60° 00' 00.00"E �� I Q Z 44.64' � � � W � �^ Z � � 515 8 p p 515 � � W ............. ______ ............. _.M ........... ______ ............. ______ � ______ ............. ______ .........� ______ ............. ______ ............. ______ ............. ______ ............. �..... ............. ______ ............. ______ _..........w ______ ............. ______ ....y....... ______ ............. ______ ............. ______ ............. ______ ............. �........w ............. ______ ............. �. ............. ______ ............. ______ � ______ ............. ______ .. Q O � 6 o � � � � � � z � � � � Oa0 z O �z O ^ z O ^^W � = Q I- > C�O � O � N � � �V O � � > � N O � li 510 Q �_._" � _ _ � w m o �si _.....� ..� ..� .._....... ............. __._ .� .._....... .....� ..� .� .� ............. ____ .� ..� ............. .._ _ ..� � .._....... .........._ ..� .� .._....... ...� ..� .� � ............. .._....... } W � N N co ____ ..� � � w � N rr o 510 = � � ,.� � ,_,U N d. � ._� J N_ d. � .�.... � J N_.� N N � -�, J N- � � � Q � � o � � O J �.r> d- � p � � M d- � O � rn � �t � � rn H � _ �' � I- �' _ � � � H � _ � � � � � 0 Q ('7 rj- � � Z � f� � � Z � ('�) .. � M Z � ct' '• � U o � OZ O rr � � Nz O � � ONzz O � � ONzz O � � � � z � Z � � z z � z � � z z z � z � � z z z (n U � � N � � U � N N (n � U � N N N (n � OU � M N M � H � _ � H � � _ � � H � � _ a ¢ � 505 ° ° 505 °M° ............. ______. ........� __ _____._ � ..� ,� _.. __ �_ - __ �� ._.. ............ �� _........... ............ ._ �� ... ............ ._.. �� ............ ._.. �� .... ._.. ............ �� ._.. ............ ._ �� ....... ............ ____ �� ___ ____ _.... �� ........ _.. ° W r �� _ _ _ _ �. - - - - 9-- - - - --V- - - - - E� - - - __�__ - - - - - - - - --- - - - _ _ _ _ � i � �, � �-- � / m � � 500 � � � � � � � �.�._ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� .�. � � � � � � � � �.. � � � � � � 500 Q r Q � � Z 21"SD@S= 0.51% � J � � W � � � � � � �. � � � � � � � 21"SD@S= 0.50% � � � _ � � � � � � � � � �. � � � � 495 � Z 4"�DR @ S= 2.43% 21"SD a � @ S=2.08%� Q FOR CONTINUATION � SEE DWG Y-1 � 490 � � � 490 N O �_ ....._� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � o � Z m 0 � DRAWING NUMBER: 485 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � _� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 485 30 0 30 60 FEET -3 HORIZ SCA�E 1"=30' A_32,4,87 4 O 4 8 FEET ORIGINAL SCALE: 1" = 30' VERT SCALE 1"=4' DATE: MAY 2023 0+50 1+00 1+50 2+00 2+50 3+00 3+50 4+00 4+50 5+00 5+50 6+00 6+50 SHEET 25 OF 93 � �N o W I� _ I v I NOTES: Z - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -�--- - - -�- - - -�� - - --p� - - - � ( Z Q �-._ - -_--� .- - -�;- - � - - _ 1. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS W� � � ( BASED ON PHYSICAL EVIDENCE AND BASED ON CITY OF REDDING Q I ( ( ( � - ( SD DRAWINGS A-9950 AND A-11434. � ( � ( �� 2. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITY �OCATIONS AND Q �''�. J I ELEVATIONS. Z �e, e� % Q (�o °� y� I � I � 3. INSTALLATION OF 8 SS SHAL�CONFORM TO TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION, � z � I � � ° ( STD DTL 2000. Q Q I � � I I I � � o � O 4. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS BETWEEN 16" � �° ` W � i WTR AND 8" SS, COR STD DTL 661.00. o � � � N: 207768829 / � 5. PROVIDE BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS AT PIPE CROSSINGS, � W � � � I I E: 6479341.17 � � COR STD DTL 660.00. �-'-� � � � RIM: 503.24 � � � (j � z � � � � SEE DWG 20-M-1 J }m � p (� FOR CONTI NUATION - - - - - - ( �� Q � ( Q� m� � � - - - , - - � ( �� O � i gs omo ( ' � � U � � - ( STA: 10+00 � ( I o ��✓�� .'�a--�n:o� � REMOVE CAP I I � ° � I ( N: 2077648.17 � � ��NEER * b E: 6478930.02 °a 0 � � � �. 'tid x�"� � � RIM:504.22 0 � � �°� � o O w v > U I + � STA: 10+69.48 � ( � o STA: 13+50.00 . - � � iL TYPE 1 4' SEWER MANHOLE ( � p ( � a � � U � COR STD DTL 360.00 TYPE 1 4 SEWER MANHOLE STA: 14+80.67 I d � z �`� '' o COR STD DTL 360.00 �ATERA� C�EANOUT " ` � (E) 3C� � oo_, y�,,.� � ��} ��'s N: 2077578.68 STA: 14+80.64- OFF 4.74LF � ,�6� �,�P ��^� �; - O � E: 6478930.02 N: 2077579.28 COR STD DTL 302.00 � � 3a * 45 ELBOW(VERT) I � � oo � U E: 6479210.54 N: 2077595.44 ` - RIM:504.46 N: 2077584.61 � � ( o RIM:503.61 E: 6479341.17 � E: 6479341.17 �' x t i , � c�n c�n � � � � CL EL: 496.45 8" CAP ( = _ cv ,� o N: 2077586.90 � � � 00 � � � d- � ,- 4 SS @ 100.00/o � - ... U� . E: 6479500.55 ( � - - - � _ _ , n� _ INV: 491.46 � � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8" SS@0.50% ` i, 11+00 �----- ~-`�" � � � T- -- 12+00---�- �. ___w � 13+00 14+00 � � 15+00 16+00-/ 16+45 � � N89° 52' 39.83"E � ----- -�.--m -------- - - '""! - - - - 8�� SS _570.52' - - - - - - - -8„SS - - - , �--� `� � .-.-_ ------ -�--- --�--� ---m----- ----� ---�mm -�--.^ -__.. NORDONA LANE s., ss @ o.5o�ro STA: 16+40.01 �.--m� �q� � � �, .�� --�- -------- �' � � TYPE 1 4' SEWER MANHOLE (/� � �� P�� .,T.u.- � � COR STD DTL 360.00 Y � - - �" - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �n o: ^" � $� - - � N: 2077579.90 � W �-~"" � ��`F `�� 8° CAP E: 6479500.55 � w �`" ,�.-�' \ N: 2077572.90 RI M:502.14 __rvn� � Z ---'" ` � SEWER LATERAL CONNECTION E: 6479500.55 � m � - ��-�- �. COR STD DTL 301.00 INV: 491.46 � ,�'" W �aTeM P0� � c� ��--- � � � a Z � w � � � � o W z � E- 515 ............. ............. ..._._.... ............. ..._._.... ......... ....._z .._._ _....... ........ ..._._.... ............. ..._._.... ............. _........... ............. ..._._.... ............. ._.. ............. ..._._.... ............. ............. ..._._.... ............. ..._._.... .... ..._._.... ............. ..._._.... .....� ___. ............. ..._._.... ............. ._.....w ............. ..._._.... ............. .. ............. ..._._.... ............. ..._._.... ......... ..._._.... ............. ..._._.... .... ..._._.... ............. ..._._.... ............. ........... ............. ..._._.... ............. .... ..._._.... . 515 Q Z ---�- �- � � -P ...�._ z -� ---� �_ ....� J -P._ � °C W W � ° w � � � � � � � � � � W � W �- v a � 510 ............. �.. ............. .._ �..� .�..� � __� �_...w �_ �.... ..._._.... ............. __._ �..� ..._._.... .....� .�..� �..� � ............. ___._ �..� .�..� ............. ...._ �..� .�..� � ..._._.... ..........._ .�..� ._.W o^�_ � _ � ............. ____ �..� � ............. .._ v�i z �_._. �._.._ ..._._.... ......._. .�..� .� ..._._.... ............. __._ �..� ..._._.... .....� .�..� .� �__ .�..� 510 O M � " ' W � c� ti � � o w � � zOcv � � � � Q � �t�.' ►J- � � ~ i° o ai oUrn W o � (� � � � � 1- pO � � � � _l � a. O - Ii � � Q J } � N Z (n `, `' p � p Z O � � � � 1- � W W ~ m � N N V �� > > + � ' " � Z d; d; Q � � Z Z M f- p z O � Q � O I- � � O� 5 0 5 � �U� eo 0o Q � � z z u� JU � �p� � �. �. 5 0 5 ........... � - - _ ___._., ........... ____ ........... ____ .� , ............. ...� .� .........., ............. .._._ .� � �O - - � o�Mo - -� Q - N ZZ _ � ......._..=..� - = = � _ _____ __..__ �_.==�..........�..........- - -�..........- - - �..........�= EG _ V....-. =..........-=- u) c�� o0 00 �....... .. .� � .. ___._ �____. ..� ..� � Q � � z z z �c' -- - - - - � �U � o0 00 00 � - - - - _____ _____ _____ -___ _ _FG _ � c=.> W �' J 500 � _ u _ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �. 500 m � � � � � � � -� �� o� z � � u�i z N � X �_ �- Z � W � � Q 495 � _� � �. .� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � _� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 495 � Q � WN W � o � � � � o � � � QJ W W c~nUz W 490 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � $„ SS q� S= 0.40%� � � 490 (f� �8,� SS q� S= 0.40% � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � cv F � N � d' N 8" SS @ S= 0.40% O z m O � 485 �� __.__ __.... � � �� _._... � �� _� �� 485 D RAW I N G N U M B E R: 30 0 30 60 FEET � HORIZ SCA�E 1"=30' A_32�8 4 0 4 8 FEET ORIGINAL SCALE: 1" = 30' 9+75 10+00 10+50 11+00 11+50 12+00 12+50 13+00 13+50 14+00 14+50 15+00 15+50 16+00 16+50 16+75 VERT SCALE 1��=4� DATE: MAY 2023 SHEET 26 OF 93 W�I Z U Z Z Q � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..... n w� � � Q � O O O � � J I � Zo z I � � Q I � 0 � � � o � �_--4500 GALLON 38% � FeCI STORAGE TANK � I �- � � z w - " � � � n � o I � � ma a � r� � I � 1 0� m ' O � � �� o � �SEE DWG R0.M-1 a o � � �; 1 ' ' ' �G�NEER*b �R � �'d � CHEMICA�STORAGE � g �° � ... FACILTY a❑ ' w � > o I � SEE DWG 30-SM-1 °�- z � o a"' I � °�,y *y,�P I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i - - - - - - - - - - 7 I � � � ( I � � o ( � _.._. ......... ......._.� ._...... ...... ........ � � � , � � , � 4 • � � � i � ' , � � � I O GREENSAND FI�TER � Y� � I �w � I � ❑ ❑ ❑ � I ��`"<" O I � � �f� � �� I ' � � ?�w � BACKWASH RECLAIM : : (� ......... ..------------- ;� I � TANK I � ° I � I : : ' � I � i � • � _' _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ ._i_ , z � I— � � � � T�� i I; .s � _ �, Q 0 W � �� , i I: ,� _ _ �, � � � � ' �_ ' ` ' oc � ; o --` �4' '.. _ r 1 ...- s. Q � � � � MECHANICAL �� O � � . . ,, � � � BULDING � � �; �; POSSIBLE FUTURE m W I ' O i I= `�� . EXIBUINDI GELL SABRN PACGLI YND � � � � ' i � � w.." .' I' ..... .. � � �` ................. � � i ' � � � � �,. _ .... , . _....,.._ � � �S o z i i W s I � � e �. � _ �� w � Cf1 i ' � i Z m Q i ; i Q � � � � i cv C� � � � Tz � i I ' — �- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - —' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �— - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �-� W � � Z � �SEE DWG 50-SM-1 SEE DWG 20-M-1 �SEE DWG 10-M-1 � Q Q � � � W U N 'o z � W � � � m Q o P�AN oRAW�N� ��MBE� ai�a„=,._o„ 5—M-1 A-32489 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 4 0 4 8 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 3116"=1'-0" SHE� 27 OF 93 FILENAME 2165D-5M101.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/2015 5:57:42 PM W�I NOTE: z � z L CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EXACT DEMOLITION LIMITS OF EXISTWG 12"DIP WITH ENGINEER AND z Q OWNER PRIOR TO WORK. w� n Q' 2. CONTRACTOR TO DEMOLISH 8"PTW WITHIN LIMITS c� SHOWN.COORDINATE EXCACT LIMITS WITH `� OWNER/ENGINEER PRIOR TO WORK. Q zo z SALVAGE 3l4"WATER LINE � � CONNECTION ROUTED TO o � LUBE SOLENOID DRIVE. � CONNECT TO EVAPORATIVE o COOLER SHOWN ON 10-M-1 �� z � w � z SEE NOTE 2 8"PTW _ SEE NOTE 2 �Q � � I_i_ � o m }• � � SA�VAGE EVAPORATIVE z z� o DEMOLISH EXISTING PUMP CONTROL 3'-4"x 3'-4"GRAVITY � � _ EVAPORATNE COOLER COOLER WATER LWE . VALVE 02_CTV_20 INLET LOWRE J � ~ � AND SHUT OFF VALVE � � � � (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) EW12_PMP_01100 ��R ANDASSOCIATED `'�� *°�,�o WATER LINES g >', - - - - - - - �- - - - - - - - - - - m � > o REMOVE AND SALVAGE o � � u o PATCH HOLE FROM � � - SEQUESTERANT FEED d z .�`� �EW12_FIT_01100 0 0 �P EVAP COOLER USWG I_ j 10"RW � �,� PUMPS � *s CMU TO MATCH EXISTING O Q � DEMO TERMINAL TELEPHONE BOX j' DEMOLISH EXISTING EW12 GTV_01100 i/ CHLORWE INJECTION - � 4'-0" VAU�T EW12 CNV 01100�� EW12 GTV_01120 � EXISTING d' N" DEMOLISH EXISTING 10"F�EX SEQUESTERANT Y� 3/4"CHLORINE COUPLING INJECTION REMOVE AND SALVAGE t,,, d'w SOLUTION PIPE FROM ROOM 55 GALLON SEQUESTERANT ��° �w INJECTION VAULT TO EXISTING WELL 2"AIR VACUMM DRUMS a BUILDING FF EL 503.5 DEMOLISH EVAP �,� �r �� BA��VALVE INSIDE �O� RELEASE VALVE OF BUILDING - �� FF EL 503.5 COOLER '�' � W ',..Bie:.m oa��. F� O O O FLOW CONTROL V LVE O EXISTWG UPS a� DEMOLISH EXISTWG EW12_FCV_01120 /��ENCLOSURE TO REMAIN �"' 12"DIP,SEE NOTE 1 O CHLORINE � EXHAUST FAN GAS ROOM z � (— FF EL 503.5 EXISTING E�ECTRICAL SALVAGE � Q W EQUIPMENTAND MCC PANELS 10"DIP � ,?J,, � I �DEMO�ISH � U Q 10"DIP O m W ..__...� � � 0 U o FG=+/-503.22 in — — � � ¢ =111f 11!__� �S � � � � z (�j � O � W `� CL EL+/-499.50 � � Z m J Q � DEMOLISH CONC SIDEWALK A � WITHINLIMITSSHOWN �� SECTION J Q � - 3/8„_�._�„ _I � Z SALVAGE 12"DIP. W � � SEE NOTE 1 � O -7 _. �-�----FOR CONTINUATION � m SEE DWG Y-1,TYPALL � -� U -' N w Z a � �,_4„ 16,_$„ 6,_�., W N (n o � I 30,_p„ � X Q m W 0 DRAWING NUMBER: P�AN 10-D-1 1/2"=1'-0" 2 0 2 4 FEET A-32490 � � oRicwn� scai.E: SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 28 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-tOD001.dgn PLOTDATE:12/22/20156:39:36PM NOTES: w`�� z 1. EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND BUI�DING DETAI�S ARE SHOWN IN z APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS BASED ON PHYSICAL EVIDENCE AND BASED ON CITY OF REDDING DRAWINGS A-11437 AND z Q A-11438. w� `""' Q 2. CONNECT EXISTWG 3/4"SCH 80 CPVC CHLORINE SOLUTION c� PIPE FROM EXISTING BALL VAWE TO NEW SADD�E TAP `� (APPROXIMATELY 8'-0"WITH FOUR 90 DEGREE ELBOWS AND � MALE ADAPTER AT SADD�E TAP.) zo z � a 3. 8"PTW PIPE TO BE RELOCATED AS C�OSE TO THE BUILDING AS 0 � 8"x6"RDCR POSSIBLE TO ALLOW FOR WALKIN6 BETWEEN FIITER AND o 6"PTW�� BUILDING. � 0 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � MATCH LINE SEE DWG 30-SM-1� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � q, CONNECT SALVAGED WATER LINE TO EVAPORATIVE � � EVAP COOLER,ECU 01 !,,,,..�.., .,.,.,.,. .,.,.,.,. ,.,.,.,., .,.,.,.,. ......... ..... .............. . .....3.$ ...� . ....... ......... ........ " ....... �, . ,... ...... ...... ...... .�SOEE DWG Y-1 ATION 5. CONNECT TO EVAPORATIVE COOLER AS REQUIRED. Q a �� i 3(R"BFP-01 �; w� � I t:,� ti � z� ° 3/4"BAV-03 - _ ..... ....... __.. v� Q ��NOTE 3 a o � � N N I 6 FL x PE SPOOL � 8 FL x PE SPOO� N e ER �N * G C� b W R %� E d . .......... .....,._.. .......... .......... .......... ............ .....�� .............. .......z ....,.....,.... . .......... ............ M o .. . �._.. .._.._... ......... �,.. . .. .......... ............� o i � � � ?Q .. ._ ............ ........_. ......... ......�.... ............ !.. ...... .. ........ .... � ......... ... .......... ...... ...._ ........_ ........... ............ .......� PATCH NO�E W CMU "�'"�°`'�""' "'�--- NOTE 5 EW12 PTV 01160 151206 ' � � � � � �� , z° y a IN-KIND AT EVAP � � 15300 NOTE 4 . � ,"': RFCA � , TYp _ � ��y y.�P COO�ER HOLE � €�,� _ _ _ _ �� TYP _ � � M � * � 1"BAV-08 ,_ ;�r. ' ' ... �_ . .: � . � NOTE 2 . � � - — � 15010 ._ . ._.... � _ . � .. ,. ' , t ;f ��, . i 1 � TYP �r �° ' .. , {. � ; < i��, RELOCATE / ' . _ ..... � ' ' � PATCH HOLE W CMU EW12 GN_01100�' � � �5....a,.,.'�' 6�-0�� - . _ ,� .,,�, .. . �. � WALL FROM EXISTING � � � i : � CHLORWESO�UTION ' ��-UNITSPACEHEATER 4 O � � PIPE ■, :, � SH 01 . ,,, , , ;:' � : ^ ' I % � ,,� �,� / q � / /� \ 0 � :�, �� ; /^� _........1 .'....'..........1 . � �V �-, r ., . .... y ., ,. .;.. . .� EXISTING WELL .. '� , �ROOM� � —l� `r O w t..,; 10-M-2 � � `� ' BUILDING `� 10-M-2 � ;�� ; .. . .. FF=503.55 .... , ,. . . - .. , .,"... , � �� . , ;.. ..,- .� ; „ . , � �., : „ , . , �_ ��' � � Q z �. , .. , . , . . . s ,'.��, ' ;'. .— � ' .. � , , '� , . . 1 i �w ; ,' ,�, � '��., . , ,' � . , z . ,�.,�� ., � . . , . , ...._ .. �.: ,,, � . , , . ,- ., . . ,. . . , �� „ 1 ,. .. ,,., ,' ', . : , . �� ; ,.. ' `� ..._.. :. , , , . : ., ,. . z � - ., , ,,, ......... - . . ,. .,.. � �� , _<.: ; � Z � � o� � �� EXISTING ELECTRICAL � O � � CHLORINE � EQUIPMENTAND MCC PANELS � .TJ,, � �� N GAS ROOM U � w+ `, . ...... _ z, .,.. ,,,.... _..... . Q � � ��_ .,. _ ��.�,�, .� �. .� .,�._ . � � �. .c.. �.�.......� .... m � � � � U r ., rr . � � ; �� - � � _, � " W s � � ; � N � Z m z Q o N C� .� T Z 30�_�„ J Q CO � � J j Z W � O � � � P�AN � z � ,i2„=,,_o., U N cn Z a W " w � � � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: 10-M-1 A-32491 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 29 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-tOM101.dgn PLOTDATE:12/22/20156:29:OSPM W�I Z NOTES: i� z 1. EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND BUILDING DETAI�S ARE SHOWN IN z ii APPROXIMATE�OCATIONS BASED ON PHYSICAL EVIDENCE �� Q AND BASED ON CITY OF REDDWG DRAWINGS A-11437 AND w� A-11438. Q � 2. CONNECT EXISTING 3/4"SCH 80 CPVC CHLORINE SO�UTION J PIPE FROM EXISTING BALL VALVE TO NEW SADD�E TAR Q � zo z 3. CONNECT EVAPORATIVE COOLER WATER LWE TO NEW � � EVAPORATIVE COO�ER AS REQUIRED. 0 � 0 0 � � � � w � z n � o �Q Q � o� �� z� z� o � � v� � r a o � �G�NEER*b F'� 2�p O ]� � j¢ U U O FXIRTWr WFI i o�o z u� RlII11�IN(; � 5�P � � ......... ......... ......... .......... ......... ......... ... ......... .......... ......... � ....... ...... ......... .......... ....... . ,�°c"''� EVAPCOOLER ��: � � ; �� ` > � , , .r. . �, � ._ ... ........ .......... ',, �,,,; . � q s ; ,....... ., ee' , �;�1 . :,.' , .. � x i � EW12_PRV_01180 � � � �� _ EW12 GTV 01160 � � s � - - i , , , , .4'-6"AFF RELOCATED � � ` ' ' �� ' �'`��` - � NOTE 3� EW12 GTV 01100 STORAGE �w �. � � _�h. _. ___._. ,_m...... ° „__. ...> �z .. ,�� i �: �:� ��.�;: �, � ROOM i � � � � � �� — CL EL 506.22 � ' .—� �� 8,��p��'°� Q" � � t �.., z 12"RW . ; £ � i �w FOR CONTINUATION�� % 't� " �. � 10"FCA�� 10"X6"RDCR �� SEE DWG 20-M-1 � 15000 TEE z � FF EL 503.55 _....... FG EL 503.38 Q � W FG EL 503.38 � ,,..r.... ......... .......... ................................................ ................................................... . �� IfI_lll � � _Ilil� ... ..... . 11l1, W � � � � � H ` i � r. , , _.�. ._,,,.. _,,_ _ � � � mW � " � � o , . �� . - � �,.. � , � ��,„ �,g CLEL+(_500.66 U ........ ... .. � � ..... ...... ...... ,,,,,,,,. ,,,,,,.,., ? � 6"PTW-._.......---- ! ' , � � m 8"x6"RDCR ` FOR CONTINUATION j � 8"FCA SEE DWG Y-1 �, � O z � `� W �A� SECTION z m �' 10-M-1 1/2"=1'-0" Q � N C� z J Q � � � Z m � � c c� U Z z � ; W " � X o W � z Q o DRAWING NUMBER: 10-M-2 A-32492 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 30 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-tOM201.dgn PLOTDATE:12/22/20156:35:34PM W�I NOTES: � z 1. REFER TO CONDUIT SCHEDULE OR CONDUIT — AND CIRCUIT WFORMATION. z `� Q n 2. PROVIDE NEW 20A/1P BREAKER IN SPACE IN L.`i EXISTING PNL-L a � � Q � zo z � a � � O � 0 0 O i..,..i � � � c� Q W z cnz � � Q � I..�.J �� ry]W CJ Q �Y � (n �Y > � 0 U G�EER# MATCHLINE:S6E DWG 30-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION �� ew � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . s �c do � �EVAP COOLER 6� o b � � '. 0�6 r y S,�P � ...., :,, ; ._�.. ......_.... .........., 1./�..kl T I ____. _ .......m .�._. _.�... ...._..... _ ........_..._. _..._..._..._..._. _..._..._..._..._. ..._..._..._..._... .._..._..._..._... .._..._..._..._... .._..._..._..._... � ............ .m _ m, mm....�_� . ..� .�.... « �°�z � EXIST.WELL � ' PNL-L �____.��PUMPMOTOR j ? I .�—, — (NOTE 2) f ,,.. � �� , � �... �.... ��` l �----- ..... __�___,—..._, _�"' �arz-�. , � � I t }� {� � z�.� '�� , i �._/f��`�,, ,„f� ? ��+yR I F.j ...� � ; �' ; � i ' � i � �1�� __ ' �� r�"`�� '.� "� � � � ; � �• EXIST.MAGNETIC �� "�� I-'_... --- - ' �) FLOWMETER '� � R .... ' i NN Z Y� �� EXIST.PUMP ' � �� "' p. EXISTWG TE�EPHONE CONTROL VALVE EXIST.WELL � � �4t'' O`� � }`��,JUNCTION BOX EW12_FCV 01120 PUMP STARTER j j �� . �� O� �, (� ,,'�, .......P100 � � �. W j ��' � .. I STnRAC;F �'Bie:m o`�� Q z w� r _ _ ; � �w � , N FXI4TINC;WFI I �. ( ............. ......... „....,..... C100,C101 � Bl lll IIINC; i � O ? z � � w — u�i ( ��..... i � Q � z z• ( � ` EXIST.CONTROL EXIST.MAIN � ? Wc � GTORA(;F . i � � O G PANEL SWITCHBOARD • ••-° @ EXIST.UPS V I BQQpd " �., ._ __ � � ��._(�ENCLOSURE � � � Q, ( �--- . ..... . ..... EXIST.PNL-L � j � � U Q �� EXIST.EXHAUST -� � � � . __. _.... , — �-- ' ( FAN �.�.�� ? � m W • ( �m_._ _.� � � 4 .................... ..._.....��,�� .�,.�_ U � � 1 l � _...x..... ,��m�m�_ __m .mm_m .��_ ___� .�_ �..�_� ��m�m�m� �m�m�m��_ . ( �,,, I �--------�� i � EXIST.MCC-12 Y I � � Q ' �C001 \ P002� � �^� ,`: �(2)1"C TO FILTER �j c; —1 ' ;` \ � E X I S T.U T I L.I T Y �EB I�SX.G E N E R A T O R ( CONTROL PANEL � s � i ( �' \ METER � '; � " � � � I W w . o _- �-�,_ �.._., ' Z m O .r _ _. ..,-, �,-, FOR CONTWUATION FOR CONTINUATION FOR CONTINUATION a,rt �" SEE DWG E-2 SEE DWG E-2 SEE DWG E-2 T v Z J Q � � J ,,�� Z � m O �' � � w U � z Z a _ W � � � o � � z X Q o W PLAN oRAW�N� ��MBE� 1/2,._�.Q„ ��—�—� A-32493 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 3� OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-t0E001.dgn PLOTDATE:10l11/20222:54:26PM W�I Z U NOTES: z 1. RENDERWG IS FOR WFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. z Q ��p��i� NOT POR CONSTRUCTION. w� �' t,,� �,� � ��G �2 � Q t� �� t{s i�� `\�>��j� t� � �� Q �, � ��i��ti 1,, ��s�`Z��1 � �i��,�f zo z l�f�ll�� `��'ffi� — — ��{�l`�.1M1(3�� 4 � C� 3 �2'� ��lf�f� �' � � ��fff�� „m'e" � o � , ti m �.1ff�s�J�i 1� QO �� ,� � ��r24 Z�I�T,;;;;,�, � F z �� `z f��j�� /7 n >� � � � �ztY��`��; �,`1 � �Q Q Oi � ��' � ��4�� ' �� °. �� .�� >s. �<:: 3�i o� m �$`�. t�� 4 eg`�� i � , ��i,�t�t .,: o � �� 5� ` R��5h�� z� �, ��1��'?�� a o � � E� ��t�` �: ��` \ �41"��{�a � � �, � �� , ' �e F ��'�� 2a� t�j�NEFR*b � �?7J� 1 ��lff��%J �� E� 2`�'p 3�}`��: � � >U tY � w '� > U _LL O�� Z U p �� O� *y�p � '� � 'i ' Y� � �� aad �`�`� �°"' O w '�.-`� �r �� . . ,:.,. ,,�- � � , 1 ; � W ;r� i < � �o Q � t' �w � t ' "1 �,��) �^.i � '�i . �� a � ��` f � t nL sf � . i Sb�� '�`. ��4� �,4�#;t�� Q M � e ,�� q��;;=�� . � ,. 3 ,�t�� O ; �� ,��, � ��r�� W � � � Y�;�1��<� � I— � " ,��{� � tL U °� �t titi1�� m W � �� ° : , � � o ��, '"� � ' '.��' " �`'�tri��r � � . �y�" 1 ��z� . �,, a. ��,,i k, " �,Fs� U r " �,,�,. ��,F�;'?�� t� � ,`�P?�� 1 �j��. �" M �� ,��r�`` ?y o ��z{�} „ ��,�� z �<.�< �<.�< �,<�, � � , ; ��5;j7�{ � �� r'� i W � � � �� z� o 1�� t t„ Z m 4ca ��£z� 1 Q ,,., N Z � n� � . , , ,r. T ZN J � LL w � W � z � a �'�� Q � � � ��°�"�.�°' \ U z � W � � � m Q o DRAWWG NUMBER: RENDERING 20—R-1 NTS A-32494 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 32 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20R101.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/201511:32:23AM NOTES: w`�� RIDGE TRIM STANDING SEAM z METAL ROOFING 1. ALL DOORS,LOUVERS AND ROOFING TO BE z MATCNING COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER. - z Q 2. CMU BLOCK COLOR AND TEXTURE TO BE � � SELECTED BY OWNER. L.`i Q 3. PROVIDE GUTTER WEDGES TO INSTALL � GUTTERS VERTICAL ON SLOPING FASCIA. � PROVIDE GUTTER GUARD. Q �' RAKE TRIM zo z � a � � O � 0 0 2"x3"NOMINAL " z � DOWNSPOUT, � z �, TYP OF 2 � z w � o �� Q �� z �� ......J (T1 CL EL 512.80 �Q z� o 6„SW ` ` C�EL 512.38 � � � _ '. _ __ _.! _ _.__' _ _ 12"RW�TO � � " GREENSAND FILTERS ��NEER*e � �� 2�O g �� a U U O�� U p Z � � CL EL 507.25 °� *5�P 6"SW � C�EL 507A5 _ �w ._� __ �. � .� CL EL 50622 12"RW FROM ........_._ ......... ........ GREENSAND 12"RW FI�TERS 2601 (�� I��=�11�= i��l��-��1�= j 4100 I��_I��-��1�= II��I-!��-��I�- (1��=I�� I�= 1500A,�/ Y� TYP �w �"' O w �� NORTH ELEVATION �`� _' �� A3/8.,_�,_�„ � F�' �w STANDING SEAM RIDGE TRIM � METAL ROOFING z � � � � � Oj � � > �- � tL U Q RAKE O m W TRIM � Q U � LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE ELEC � m (n DWGS,TYP � � � —2"x3"NOMINA� W s Q NARROW LITE, � 0 0 � DOWNSPOUT, (n N � TYP TYP OF 2 �j.� W � J Z °' W ...�---........ 8115 Q �' 8100 � � �, �I�____� INV EL 508.89 T Z � � �� 6� 48"X 48"LOWER J � � 5,_$��x 7�_�� I �°' j Z W METAL DBL � CL EL 505.99 � Ur DOOR O o I ��FW 0 z o � I o p � CL EL 505A5 \ � — _ U N � 12"FW Z � CO W " _ , o C> iI11 1�=1 II = I — 1=I i � W I��I I�II-��=1�II�= 8110 TYPEB I��I=I��I �TI�_= 6"x9"ADABRAILLEUNISEX I�II-III�=IIII_= Q o � 4100 RESTROOM SIGN DRAWING NUMBER: EVAP COOLER,SEE 12"DIAMETER UNISEX ZO-AS'� 20-BS-1 RESTROOM SIGN PER CBC 11 B 703.7.2.6.3 A-32495 ^ SOUTH E�EVATION oR��NA� S��E � AS SHOWN �'' 3/8"=1'-0" 2 0 2 4 FEET �qfE: Mav 2023 SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" SHE� 33 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20AS401.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/2015 7:20:34 PM NOTES: w`�� z 1. ALL DOORS,LOUVERS AND ROOFING TO BE `� z MATCNING COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER. - z Q 2. CMU BLOCK COLOR AND TEXTURE TO BE � � SELECTED BY OWNER. L.`i Q 3. PROVIDE GUTTER WEDGES TO INSTALL � 12 GUTTERS VERTICAL ON SLOPING FASCIA. � 4 � PROVIDE GUTTER GUARD. zo z � a � � O � 0 7 0 4"NOMINAL �� GUTTER NOTE 3, z � TYP � � " w � z >n � � �"z Q c� LIGHT FIXTURE, o,,,-„� �',�� SEE ELEC DWGS, �� z Q z� o TYP O O `-' ► � v� � r a o � 2"x3"NOMINAL ��NeeR* DOWNSPOUT, � FOR PIPE CL E�NOT SHOWN, �� , b�'4o TYP OF 2 --�� S-305 SEE DWG 20-AS-1,TYP � >% � �a U U NARROW LITE °�- z °� a ... o� *y,�p. 8100 _ � O O � 3�_0��x 7'-10" ..�:. I .....� METAL DOOR— T _' _ _ � _ _ _ _ _ = I I i I I-1 I I�=1[I I- �I I1=1I i I=1i N� I I I1-�111=1[I I- 8110 TYPE B NN Y� �w ��"' O w EAST ELEVATION �� ` �� B 3/8.._�,_�„ �j8,e:. o=�'°� F" '.......... �w z � � � � � Oj � 12 � > ~ a � � UQ 4"NOMINAL r m Q GUTTER 1— � NOTE 3,TYP � U � � � 2"x3"NOMINAL �" � DOWNSPOUT, y � Q TYP OF 2 �� z � EL 513.55 W 24"DUCT � �' W FOR PIPE CL EL NOT � 1 Z � J m W SHOWN,SEE DWG I a,rt � 20-AS-1,TYP C�j V O � ��' CL EL 509.81 8115 ---. 12"B W W —' � W � � Z � EL 507.55 0 z 48"X 48"LOUVER � � p J � ' , U N � Z a m CL EL 504.57 W " _ � (n o (� 6"REC � z W Q o � _ 20- S-1 � rvores: �� 1. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT PAD DIMENSION `� 35'-4" z AND E�EVATIONS WITH APPROVED - � MECHANICALEQPTANDEQPTANCHORAGE. z Q 18�_Q,� o MATCH LINE SEE 30-SM-1 MATCH LINE SEE 10-M-1 20-AS-5 2. TERMINATE NEW SIDEWALK FLUSH WITH Q . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . . . . . � . . � . . � . . � . . � . � . . � . . � . . � . � . . � . . . � . . � . . � . . . � . . � . . � . . EXISTWG.FIELDVERIFY�ENGTH. � � . . � � ' � � � I _ N �;. . c } � aoo� rvP o w : � a _...._ ..� _... z o z . � m: .�_.. , �`, __. � � .. . ..... � . . ........... ......_e. ..._......... S, m — — � a„m �: � � �, ? � ___ w __ ____ O I'. � a a. �,..... r z,. ,:, 2601 4002 4100 �,,,a�.< "��;: �,r�� u o 0 � � �.� - - - - - - , - - - - - - - /'' o . , � � � � � � � ... � � � � � �.- -" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � � � - �- - - � - - � . � _ _. ..... ...:.. .. ........ �.._......,...,. ... ..,,. F z , � > _ �� v /;".a r � � � �� . 1 I a a � s� � � �i I � w � o (V } .:.: ". �e Y(1 I � � '— �� , .. � ..... , .... ...... — � I I ��>,,, . ...... . �, .. . �. 4. 'B� ..r . }� ;�. . ..�... ;s ,;;:i :.,.;4 t } !..J ..i �Q Q� o :t _ .�, e......... � — , ., r ......,, w � � � u. ,� . . . ... � . ., . � . .. ..,. Y ,.. ...... ...,,. �..., u. t,�.. .: ...,.�. ,. . :.i �. Y t� �.. ..:,.. ....: y� � 0 CJ I c � ,,.3 � .a.��e ,„ ,� x ,a, ,s� ,�, .. .. : .� ;: r » s u � r ..< �a / �\ . � : r ... � ,� • . . �, �� O I i . � � �� . . .. , . � i... EER � ...."„r,t 3 a � ' � �G�N �[b'` 48"X 48" � � �� o ' LOWER � �" � �� M `� � I � � PROVIDE CONT INTERIOR WALL 3160 TYPEA � ° � 1 I �.,w FURRING AND INSULATION @ �� I w ? � � � CMU WAL�S(NOTSHOWN POR �� ;� � °�- z °� CLARITY)/'�A & � � � o� yP'� � 1 I � / r+ � O � � I I �1; zo-as-� 2aAs� r,� k�;;�� * -,��', D � � MECHANICAL BUILDING NOTE 1,TYP 3200A � � � 20-ABS-2 20-AS-2 �' I FF EL 503.55 I I �� I J 1 � I I � w' I 1 � I � � � � � � � z' J� � � 20-AS-6 � � 20-AS-6 - , � : � V� � �� ; > 12,_�„ 12,_�„ �_� 4 y�. � I - - I I TOC EL `° `t� �, � � 3200F � �503.53 �w �_: ' I . 1 � ...,.,.,,. `' � ....... ... ... ......... ............. ................. ...... .. ........ � I SLOPE - ,�� , �,�,w I 1 I....... I I ui '��``� ,r z . I 1 FEXT,TYP OF 3 TOC EL � M 4 0 2 8 I a � W � �.8,��p=�'°� H" � . � 503.88 � N OPENING I �W � � � �.��,��.� � � � � ,, ..._.m.,.,_ �,..-�.. .r, ... _� - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - � � - �, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � _ ,.._._._...._..._....._..._...., ,,,....._ ,.,,,....a.. � �. -,1.�� . . _ _�, � �::, :, ...�:.� .,. �... . .. �:.� .. ....� ....� �� " � � z (n �, � - z - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� � - - - - - - - - - - - - - ; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� � — � � . 400a a�oo � � � � W � a TYP I I 'i� � � Q � TOC EL 2'-8" I I I I W 0 � , ,.. ,.,::s � # � � 503.53� i i ANALYZER I I � � � • , ��BoaR� tL U Q ' � � ' i i i � J � _ . � � RESTROOM z WATERTESTWGROOM � � 2503 m W � , , I I FF E�503.55 �= FF EL 503.55 I I �.-- — SIDEWALK W/#4�16" � � Q � � EW,CTR W CONC,SEE G FORADDLINFO U � � � I I E� �ABORATORY � � o I I � CASEWORKAND � � o , I I �', COUNTERS -_-- I I � � � � �yi � � � � I I (>� � � � Q � I I Zx FULL HEIGHT NON- ��; � � o � � I I BEARING WOOD WALL H� I I W �- s � � � (� °-�� , j � I I TOC EL � � � # . i ; � �-� � 503.53 - - ��'-� = - - - - - - � LL t . _ , . - - - - - - - - - - - - � � Z m �i I �� N � � I T Z Z L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ `�; _�� . J � Q � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ � _ _ _ _ _ a� � } � BUILDING CODE INFORMATION a za°xza° as°xas° � ~ � Z m -� LOUVER LOUVER Q J BUILDING CODE 2019 CBC � � Q OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION F-1 4003 �, � U HAZARDOUS MATERIALS NONE TYP Z N Q NOT REQUIRED � _ OCCUPANCY SEPARATION C A � W U TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION V-B 20-AS-5 � o W NUMBER OF STORIES 1 20-AS-1 Q m � 0 R:i � ACTUAL HEIGHT 17'-6" 5'-4" 6'-0" 6'-8" 1'-4" 3'-4" 8" 2'-0" 10" 1'-10" �,i4'-0" 3'-4" oRawwc �vuMBEK: ACTUAL FLOOR AREA 628 SF - � FIRE SUPPRESSION FIRE EXTINGUISHERS � 18'-0" � 17'-4" 5'-0�� 20—AS-3 FIRE SUPPRESSION DISTANCE 5�-0�� A-32497 `""��s a"o"R�""' FOUNDATION/ FLOOR PLAN °R'�'"A� s�"'E OCCUPANT LOAD 6 PERSONS nS sHOwN 1/2"=1'-0" 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 35 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20AS101.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/201511:43:OOAM 39'-4" w`�' z NOTES: `� 2'-0" 3'-8" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 3'-8" 2'-0" z t LAYOUT SHALL BE TWO SPAN T&G DECKING WITH z `� Q CANTILEVER AT RAKES,TYP. w� n 2. LOCATE PLYWOOD PANEL END JOINTS SO THAT TNEY a c� DO NOT COWCIDE WITH T&G DECK JOWTS. � � 3. STAGGERALL JOINTS BETWEEN INSULATION Q �' zo z PANELS AND SHTG 2'MIN. � Q � � � � � � � � � � � m o � c' � � � � � � � � z � Q 7 � � � z w � o �n Q �i Z �� ......J (T1 _—2x T&G DECKWG W/2-16d EACH z Q z� o � � �� BEARWG(1 FACE NAIL&1 TOE w � � I \�= � � � �� NAIL),TYP,NOTE 1 � RAFTERS AT EVE """ I ��,.-.- � t�G�NEER*b2 � I 1 ' ...\ i . � - ___ —3/8 STRUCTURAL 1 PLYWOOD,NAIL �� ' `�� 20-AS-7 ic-�_� DIAPHRAGM WITH 8d COMMON NAILS @ o � �a � I � -�'� 6"AT PANEL EDGES AND 12"SPACING W o � � " � � � � � � � � � � � � ��-- PANEL FIELD,NOTE 2 a z �,° i� x x x x x x x x x x x � � o ,�P v c� v v v v <r a �� v� c�'� � y NOTCH 2x6 � �� AROUND � I � � HGR,TYP 1 � 1 � �� HU46 x SDL18.4, � � � ' ___--4"NOMINALTHICKNESS INSU�ATWG � � ---- PANELS WITN 7/16"MIN ORIENTED —EG7 W/O TOP TYP � � T � STRAND BOARD(OSB)ON ONE SIDE F�ANGE EA END � I � ONLY.FASTEN TO T&G DECKING USING � PANEL MFRS RECOMMENDED SCREWS, I � — � SCREWS SHALL PENETRATE T&G DECKING 1",NOTE 3 N �N --6 3/4"x 21"SHAPED Y� GLULAM 2�.; �`" RIDGE BEAM, ��4' O"' CAMBER=3/4" ,-��--�� ; �� m m m m m m m m m m m m �' W � x , x x x x x x x x x x x H" d' N d' d' d' d' d' d' d' d' N d' Q z � �w Z � � � � W � O � � � � � tL U Q � � mW M � � o U � - z Gl1TTER NOT SHOWN 6010 I'— � Q FOR CLARITY 5 � `x° `X° `X° `X° `X° `x° � V N d' d' d' d' N � �j � zo-ns-� W z � � � z � W `� � Z m � Q � o T Z O o � Q p � Z o � m � Q � � � � � Z � z "' W ¢ � � U Q o � DRAWING NUMBER: 2,_�� 3,_$„ 4,_�„ 4,_�„ 4,_�„ �,_$„ 2�_�„ 20—AS-4 2,,_4„ A-32498 ORIGINAL SCAI..E: ROOF FRAMING PLAN �s �"°W" 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 V2"=1'-0" SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 36 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20AS102.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/2015 73636 PM W�I Z U 3 z z 20-AS-7 �� ~ a n _ w� i ��\ � ��ROOFWG NOT SHOWN Q i �� FOR CLARITY � � �2 0 0 A zo z 4 � � a 1 0 o p: � O � 0 0 � 1 � o � o o / �' � z � \ Q � � � / w F z � i r rl Q p ro � � _ f � � o 0 o z �� ' E�517.55 — �� z Q z� o � � � -------------(2)#4 CONT,TYP `�' � r � TYP a o � 2�-/�S-� �G�NEER*b �� 2�0 g >� � j¢ �j U .. .. O�� ' U p Z � � � � - - - - - - - - - - -�, o� *y,�P i 0 0 � - EL 514.22 � I I � ii � � � �::... � t } ; �,. �,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, �,,,,,, _� �,,,,,,,,�,,,,, �� t a',' �s � �..,,,,,,, ��, Y� �w �`"`�'' � � - #4 HORZ BTM `^ �+'`�"� � AND 2�_p��°C �� ` W_ �w 8x8x16CMU, � SOLID GROUT,TYP � � � � W #6 VERT(p�2'-0"OC � ^�j � W/MATC�NG DWL tL U Q O m � O O t � �/� 0 � �4 : J • • �!\ �y .;a � .'i"_.> ..,.e� V z M .s = d �� x ', � � Q �i � M � � ' 6"SLAB Wl#'4 CtD ........ E— � � �, ,`� . 12"OC EW CTt�b > �' '�, OPTIONAL CJ 7 � z W z O FF EL 503.55 � U ~ W `� v � � w Z m cn � O 8"AGGBASECOMPACTEDTO�O o. � o. o .o. o. o. o T Z Q __ 95%RELATIVE COMPACTION � J Q � . . . �. . . _ [r a � �� _I � � � U� f, (2)#5 CONT � ��ALT HOOK DIR, � � m ROTATE TO � Z J Q 1'-4" : ; MAINTAIN 3"COVER � U ... ._,. � - �...,, .. _.. .... ... ... .... ,.._ ... .... , . ... ... .... ... .... ,.._ � Q � U z � .... � .. , ;,� ....., .......................... �.�............................................................................................................... .. ,_ .... ................................................................................................................................. ��,,�� , _ N � �� Z N U , �., r N W W g � o ...,,, �,. i .. �� ;�� m � ��'� A SECTION � 20-AS-3 3/4"=1'-0" DRAWING NUMBEk: 20-AS-5 A-32499 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 1 0 1 2 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 3/4"=1'-0" SHE� 37 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20AS201.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/201510:1927AM W�I Z U �� Z 4 /, I � I oH z �,� Q 20-AS-7 � 20-AS-7 � w� Q — — — — � v�i \ � Q � zo z � a � � � � O � 0 I o �' � z � I � z � / w ~ z r rl � � � _ ro z Q � � � i �......J (}Y] � z Q Z� O � � t/� � Y � 0 U �G�NEER*b F'� 2�p • O ]� r� � J � � Q w �j > U ��. �� U O Z � � ... �j� *y.�P SEE 4-1 FOR ITEMS NOT 20-AS-4 SHOWN OR LABELED G_ � a. �_............... � s. l i �. Y� �, O w �-�� W z �w z' � z � � �; � � W ��. 'i � � � � � � _� , a � � � I— , _: ; �� ti:. �� :; tL U Q w� n� ;, �, � � _ � ; . � � 0 � ,s _ _ , U � , , . �� _ , � E e . � i � i � ' � OP GDWL @ DOOR � � � � �....�. � ....... t .......... .... ... ... , ':. � o Z � �..._.._._.___. �,. :.. . � ., � z � .�,,'�, �" �� ... F O (n N �— ... 4 i { . . . . I. . • E W o W ' Z m tn �. � � -1111=1iT� Q � T � � � � � �i Z J � 7 O Q , � U — — Z \ ' U N = �s ,. z , �,n � — N U , .... _ �....................................................................................... Z N W ` W g , , � o � � z i � r .. i �� r .... .... ... .... .... ... .... ..., . . s ,,,.... .......... .. ,,. ......... .............' .,.�., `� ,�,,,. ..s. � DRAWING NUMBER: 20—AS-6 �� SECTION A-32500 oR��NA� 5��.E 20-AS-3 3/4"=1'-0" ns sHowN 1 0 1 2 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 3/4"=1'-0" SHE� 38 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20AS201.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/201510:1927AM MIN(2)EXTRA#5 VERTS �-'�-�� BENEATH BEAM � MTL ROOFING OVER STOP FURRING STRIPS z UNDERLAYMEENT CL BEAM &INSULATION%"FROM z ii ' ROOF DECK n INSULATION PANEL, w� LAP OSB OVER 4x4 �� , �,-�� Q 16d @ 6"OC SHTG TO BLKG `� CONTINUE INSU�ATION AND GYP � zo z STRUCT PANEL SHTG � ( � BOARD TO ROOF DECK,NOTCH Q _I� I_ TO PROVIDE AN AIRTIGHT SEAL I I AROUND JOIST LOCATIONS AND CAULK ��SHAPED 2x BLKG � � � � W/A35 @ 24"OC o � '-� ' '-� ' ' ' %"GYWB WI 1"TYPE W OR S DRYWALL � 2x T&G DECKWG PLAN SCREWS @ 6"OC @ PANE�EDGES& �, � 4x4 12"OC W FIELD,UNBLOCKED z � . . . .r .� .�.�.� . . . GLBSEEPLANS � z �, � � TOP OF WALL '� / 2 #4 CONT @ 1"FURRING(WOOD OR COLD FORMED ES Z � � " " � � " " � t"RIGID FOAM INSULATION BTWN � o � � � � � � � � � 21 5"SCREWS 1'-4"OC, STEEL PER CONTRACTOR'S PREFERENCE m Q �' )°� FURRING STUDS,ATTACH TO WALL z �� @ 32"OC FASTEN TO CMU WALL W/SIMPSON PER MFR RECOMMENDATIONS � ' �'� � _ � � � � � � STAGGERED �..�• PDPAWL-250MG(OR EQUAL)@ 24"OC �Q z� o �� ll • 2x8 TOP P� ��", ---�—2x 6 FASCIA W/3 1/2" CONT VAPOR BARRIER � � I I v� a r 2 CONT#4— � i i ' GALV SCREWS @ 12"STAGGERED CONT 4"VINYL BASE `J ~ ( ) - �k _ G PWB(NOT S OWN) ii -P � 4ROWSOF2-1" �N�R 5/8"x12"AB W/9" • j + DIAAB'S,SPACING �� *b�, MIN EMBED,EA ^�$ � U EAVE TRIM - � d AND GAUGE BY � FOR ITEMS NOT SHOWN OR o �� o SIDE OF EA JOIST- ^ �Q � + _ � MFR � LABELED,SEE� w �° > � � U _ v 2x12 FASCIA W/(2)3 1/2" -� o�- z � o °'' GALV SCREWS @ EA RAFTER - _ _ TOP OF SLAB - o P ROOF RAFTER &24"OC WTO 4x BTW RAFTERS '� *5� CMU WALL 3'-0" EG7 W/O TOP - FLANGE,H=12" 2-#4 x 6'-0"AT FIRST 5-1/2" COURSEBELOWAB � WALL FURRING 20-AS-3 1"=1'-0" � EAVE sECTioN 20-AS-6 NTS � END WAL� GLULAM CONNECTION 6�� y y 4 3/4" 20-AS-5 NTS �W 1 1/2" 4 1/2" 20.AS-6 ;..: 7/8" 3" 7/8" �T4 �w STD HOLE FOR SNORT SLOTTED HOLE FOR 5/8"ANCHOR �-"`� d'z 5/8"BOLT � FURRWG WALL SECTION � .� W- ^ OUTDOOR CONSTRUCTION PER ADHESIVE AT SPLICE LOCATE FASCIA SPLICES � a= °' ' AT ROOF RAFTER ENDS �'S w � ' -� - N 2-#12 x 3 1/2"GALV - _ � I m - SCREWS INTO ROOF d' v � RAFTER EACH SIDE � c' c, OF SP�ICE BEVEL-GUT WOOD OR SHEET METAL N N BOTTOM TRACK Z � � � 4 3/4"LONG L6x4x3/8" Q � W NOTES 1&2 ��CONT CORNER BEAD O ELEVATION PLAN � �' � PLAN DOOR,WINDOW, � U Q NOTES: OR LOUVER FRAME O J � 1. MIRRORBOLTHOLESONELEVATIONFOR �5� FASCIA SP�ICE � m Q C�IPONOPPOSITESIDEOFRAFTER. 20-AS-3 NTS �s� WALL FURRING U � 2. HOT DIP GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION. 20-AS-3 1"=1'-0" �2� RAFTER CLIP 2 -�5"SCREWS 1-4"OC, ��-16d @ 6"OC � � @ � �MT�ROOFWG OVER F- �, 20-AS-3 NTS STAGGERED j � UNDERLAYMEENT �'j . � ' z AX4 � � INSULATION PANEL, W � � � LAP OSB OVER 4x4 (� � � SHAPED 4x4 Wl 5"SCREWS RAKE TRIM i � W � RIDGE TRIM�� @ 16"OC TO DECKWG Z m p . ....:�. �;:. . ..:,: ,..,._ ,.. . ..� ;..... .,... 16d@12"OCSHTGTORIDGEBEAM .�.� .�. .�.- y .�. . .� � a U` EA SIDE OF RIDGE,STAGGER FOR � ' ' ' ' N C� z 6"OVERALL SPACING 2x6 FASCIA W/3 1/2" � J Q � �'� STA6GERED S @ 12 OC /� � _! • • , . � � p��p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' - , � � � � � � � � � � STRUCTPANE�SHTG Z -� � 2x12 FASCIA W/3 1/2" � 0 (¢j 2x T&G DECKING GALV SCREWS @ 24"OC � z INTO T&G AND 4x 4x6 RELIEVE BACK AT 5/8"DIAA307 BOLTS � ABRUPT PROJECTS @ 24"OC&6"MAX U N U FROM EA END,CTRD Z a W / � < 2x6 LEDGER,STOPS W � �� AT WALL LINE � � Z,_�., Q o ROOFRAFTER % ! SHAPED GLB PER PLAN ,' ��(2)CONT#4 ST6224 TIE OVER RIDGE �� DRawiNG NUMBEk: W/(8)16d TO EA RAFTER ZO'AS-7 HU PER PLAN,TYP A-32501 �3� RIDGE �6� CMU AT RAKE °R'�'NA� S��'E As �HOWN 20-AS-5 NTS 20-AS-5 NTS � 0 9 2 FEET 20-AS-6 20-AS-6 ua're Mar 2023 SCALE 1"=1'-0" SHE� 39 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20AS301.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/20151028:48AM � �� 6,.SW,TO �� p w�i 20-M-2 20-M-2 GREENSAND Zp_M_2 20-M-2 `� TO CHEMICA� FILTER z STORAGE 6'-4" 2'-0° 2'-0" 5'-1" 15'-3" - FACILITY z Q �� 2"FW 15120A - EW12_RPP_04160 . — — ' 2'•PW. . — ' ' — ' � ' — ' ' — ' ' ' ' — ' ' MATCH LWE SEE 30-SM-1 TYP OF 3 MATCH LINE SEE 10-M-1 Q I 3„PVC CARRIER . ' � . . � . . � . . . . . . . . . . . . � . . � ' ' � ' ' � � . . � . . � � � NOTE 3 EE `� � � � � � 12"FW,S � TUBING PIPE W/ } ► � • 3/8"FECL � � � , � 6 SW 151208 I � cK cK ' c�� / � � <1� <1� _ � � o 15352� . . . .. 15120B. 's ..... .... „ O ��INS 01 ,;� � � 0 , �. � ....................... ,: s�' • 12"RFCA rr � 0 0 � � �� ..`:� �ti ._.-..._ .........._ . ... ..... . ........ ......... ' I �n -.� � ' 4 REC ►•. ...._ 15350 • • ....._ ... S 304 _ 2,_3�� Q _ _ � � y 15131 � ` � � z � � � : . . ..`_ J �Q Q c� � � ( � "� � o� r� � � W � ' -� ' ► � �u� `� [ z z� o I t i i [ � ' a o � . . s . . . . i . . . . . : ; � � � ° � � � 15300 � � �� ; EW12 BFV 04140� , 12"RPCA, EW12 BFV 02120 EW12 BFV 05130�� 11/2"FW, a��N�R*�, � s �� NOTE 4 �� ti`�o �� s ;� EW12_FCV_06140%K EW12_BFV_04103� I EW12_BFV_05120I EW12_BFV_02150-�' EW12_BFV_04160 �RFCA � � �a t W S k i � `� v' > U uWi� : ; i t EW12 CHV 02170 EW12OMXR 02130 ARV-03�� EW12 BFV 04150 0 � -o t EW12 BFV 04120* � } EW12 RPP 08120 d� z u.�`� z� i � � - - I I � SURFACE WASH PUMP /�' � r' — - — — - — °� *�� ' � � � EW12_PMP_04160 � � � U' , ' � ��;: � € ! /'�\ s � � �� s _ � , s i ` i i i ' J� s ' r- ; I I I I � � ' � MECHANICAL BUILDING 20.M-3� � I � A ' FF EL 503.55 /� s 3'-9" 5'-10" 7'-6 1/Z" 2'-9 1/2" � s . 20-M-2 s ' 20.M-2 � �.._ _ � : : [ � .... ........ � � � s BACKWASH � ` f � , ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 3/A„HSV � � ti , RECLAIM PUMP � � PER ELEC DWGS 15200D � : Y� . EW12 PMP 02170 : . � .....� � � ' a. � - - � � �� ° � .. ..... .. ... FEXT � i 2 FW w � � : � EW12 PIT 06150� ........ ......... ......... ......._. ........e. ......___ HOSE RACK....... ; �� : �� ' N � � ' 151206 I 15205 � f "� . F a I \ ; ..... , ''.:Bie�.M h �z 0 � � TYP ALL � - — � _� � I ,,,,, ,,,,, ,,,,, ,.... ..... ..... � — - — — � � ......... ......... ......... .........,,, ......;. ......... ......... .. ........... ....,.: .......... ......... ........... ........,......... . , - � ,. . ...� r.......... ......._ . ... . . . ......... ......... ......... ......... ,..i 3/4"FW 0 � �� INS-01 E � [ . . ..... . .. .. .... ... ... .... ........._ ............. ......... ......... .......... ......... ..._ .............. .............. ......... .._, i. . ..,........ ...........� ....... �. „_._... .......... .,.,........ ......... . ......... .......... ......... .....,. . .. � � ' � ; ; .-� ... .. .. .. j i , — � : ,. ,,,, ........ ............ ......... .�,....... ......._ ............ ......... ......... ........, �� TYP�OF 2 Oj � = C W � ��'� � �. � � NOTES: � �, � � ` = 20-�-2 � _ _ _ - - ; � 1. * EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY GREENSAND FILTER SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. � U Q ''��3� � � ' 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF GREENSAND FILTER O J � � ' = W , -- � i i i FACE PIPING WITH FILTER MANUFACTURER. � m ::."'.. , , z � / RESTROOM WATEft TESTWG ROOM i ;, i 3. CONTRACTOR TO RLED VERIFY CONNECTION TO EXISTING 12"DIP DURWG � � FF EL 503.55 �- FF EL 503.55 '�� ` ; U � � � � t DENIOLITION WORK : : � ' � '� � ` i '�� [in�'C�>�,t � ; z < < ��SWK ,,,,,, ; � 4. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 1 1(2"BAV-03 AND EW12 RPP 08120 ON FW L1NE. � i � 15360 . x CONNHCT 1 1/2"FW TO EVAPORATIVE COOLER AS NECESSARY. � � B � i 5. 12 GROOVED END INSERT TO BE INSTALLED WHEN BYPASSING FILTER. � , : [ t z �� i o> 20-M-2 � ;._ ._ _ �, � , o,,.... .. �. ; s s � � W � � � i , C1� �, z � � � � . m �, � e s i o � : ? s fn N ':� I ` ''. �, ; ; 3 � m V � t F .. f i [ ............_ ..........._ ............. ,,........... .......,�:,�.:. ......... .,.,..�.: ....�::�: ..,,,... :;::: ..., p f z r � � E x N � � .......... ...::'::'::. ....,..: ........................ ..._ ......,.,., ........{.A,..... ....................... . ...... ......��.......... � T Z �I iw. ,.........;. .e.....::: ...........:; .................. ......... .........,.,.,.,.,.,.,., . .,,�.£ . ... ..... ....., ............... ........._. , � � � iNs-oW � W � m I � � � 0 � EW12 GTV_06160 � z _ - � Q 2202 .. 5'-10" 3'-8" U S - - - -� _ � W / �� EW12_GTV 01150 W N � 2202� (n o o V z M W � � m d' � Q O � IDRAWWG NUMBER: ......... .........— — _ _ — _ � _ _ �_ � 2 - - I I A-32502 I I I $ PTW FOR CONTINUATION - SEE DWG Y-1 TYPAL� 2"FW oRicwn� scFli.E: I 12..B�„�„ PLAN 2 0 2 4 FEET ^S �"°'"N 2 FW I 1-9 1/2"� t'-10" 3'-0" ........� 1/2"=1'_0" DafE: Mav 2023 f` �� -�— SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHEE7 a0 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20M101.dgn PLOTDATE:12/22/20158:56:S6PM NOTES: ��i w z 1. *EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY GREENSAND FILTER i� SYSTEM SUPP�IER. z z a 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION �� OF GREENSAND FILTER FACE PIPING WITH FILTER w� MANUFACTURER. Q � ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ....... :: ,�.t., 3. PIPE SUPPORTS DEPICTED IN DRAWING ARE FOR �� j�� t +�� ;� :s� ;� + �� t �: +�� ;��< <� �� VISUALPURPOSESONLY.CONTRACTORTO Q � J l l t � i 1 l I � 1 � • ; � 3 � 3 � 3 � z z � o '. s i z z � � � �;; .' - �.. . . � � . .. ....:. , . ,.. ,,.""'�,,,..... _ _ . .... � .. .. .. ..... ... . ..... ... . ..... .. .... .... . ...... ...... .. s....,,, ........ ..; „,: „ SUBMIT DESIGN FOR PIPWG SUPPORT PER � _ ...... ...... .,,,.,,, ....,,, .... ,,,,,,,, ....... ......... ....... ,......, . .#...., ,,,� , §.. _ ,,,,..... C� .. ...., , . . ,. .,, . . . ,,,,,,t�, SPECIFICATION 15010. O � ; . ; , ,.. .; . , ,� � �. , 3 �d ; . .. . . ...� , z: ,e.� . , '.._" .._. ..._' .�_ � _... .:��.� ..„ . '�' �.,n., �.,. i �� ..,.. �� , , ..... !i= ,,,,,..� i „ o ; ' � :.......... ..e.,_,,,,,_: : �-.-.,.._: ; .:��_ � ,e; ,_,�r. „ , ; �; _ _. ,e . �::... � ., r.e ,,,,_ �_ . . , u� �,.... ;�:. o , ,,; . . ..,;: °� � � m t „ o ,. „ ... _ ,,,t[: ..;:: ......, � } �. �,,., � i t � � � MECHANICAL ,, c � ` �r� y �� .. ...................... .... .....:.�.. ....... .. ... .......................... . ..... . ...... ......: .....:::.. ........ .i: ......:.:. .... ...... ........:. .........:.. ....:.::.. ......... ....� .....: . ..., BUILDING � � EW12_BFV_04EW12_BFV_04140� MBUILDN GAL o „ [i 15120A � [ -125RW ---- � �a � � } CL EL 514.95 � TYP OF 2 �.', j , .; � ( .. . o� z� �' � � 1 ' 12 RFCA, = i � � c� ° i GC WITH 12"GROOVED END INSERT i � TYP � EW12 BFV 04120� , � _.,� � � � � � *EW12 BFV 04120--- GROOVED CAP, TO BE WSTALLED WHEN � � � p_ � ' 1"SA � EW12_BFV 06100* , � ; �� "" �� a o � � �EW12 BFV 06120 02140* iYP BYPASSINGFILTER, 3 ° € EW12 BFV 06140� � � . � *EW12 BFV 06110 CONTRACTORTOPROVIDE � � � �� EW12 FIT_06150* �R�R* tiy,o � _ _ ��EW12 MXR 02130 �; ��EW12 BFV 05130 d a d, ': ' *EW12 BFV 06100 12"FLG X GC 1"ARV-03 15230 -� 15006 �� •-- > 12"RFCA ° >% � � � PIPE,TYP ....-............ F�,:� TYPA�� ° G TYP : w � > � CL EL 509.82 [ � 12..BWW EW12_BFV_02150 EW12 BFV 04160 ' ° � CL EL 509 0° z U��` EW12 BFV 02120 - - � , ' _ � ' .81 0 `' � -------- ! _. _ _.. --��------- �P - - 6„SW�._ � �► � . ► v s I g 12"BWW * • EW12_RPP_04160 � _ � � ( . CL EL 507.05 " *05100 ' ` , � 02170 i --- ; 12"FTW � , I RFCA - 12"RW � .. i� ; CL EL 508.14 ; i ....... � 1"ARV-03 � EW12_BFV_02160 1"ARV-03 � ' ' ' ' ", EW12 BFV 04150 '� -t ► 4"REC • • - - ► ` � C CL EL 506.02 , '�RFCA - ' RF A �' �"`�� CL EL 50620 ;' ' � � �� ; -- v _ _-- BACKWASN ; / / O I ; CLEL505.05 15000A RECLAIM PUMP � ' 12"FW ► ► .e CL EL 504.57 EW12_PMP_02170 �� -"- / � � .. .;- ; TYP /�`. .. 6 REC �� FF EL 503 55 � t EL 503.53 / � ...: EL 503.53 ::: �,,. . ............-,.,. ....,..,.... ..,.: ,......,,.,..... ...,., ., .., .,.,...,,.,, ... ........... ,,,.. ,... :�. ....... ..... ....,.,.,.... N .,..,,,,,,. . �,; .. . .. .. ,�,., .:.: .: ..:.: ... . .: .. VARIES :. - - ' ,. ..,,� .. — Y� _ _ �' ° _ _ IIII-M1�1= � _flll_IUI ' ..,, .::....... ......:. ..:: .., ................... . .........,....,....... .,................. ;.. .,...,,, ..., a , llii_IIII —III �w I��, ' s � I�� 12"FW FOR � O w _ " °"' 15102 � �..,.,�.... ......... ............ ..,.,.,.... ......... ,....�.�.,,,, ,,..,,..... ,..,.....w,,, ........... ...�....,.,. .. ..,...._....... ......... ..............w...... . ....._. ....,..�.,. ,,,,, .:N..,,,.,w; CONTINUATION t.......... ......... .... ,...,...... , ...,..,...,..,,,,., .... ,,,,,,,... .,.,..,..,..,. .....,.. .:.,,,,,�.... ,,,,,,.,, ..,. *EW12 BFV 06130 15000 EW12 BFV 05120 15350 2"PVC CARRIER PIPE 15006 SEE Y-1,TYPALL EW12_BFV_05120 3200A TYPALL �,"� r �z - - - - CL EL 500.76 EW12_FIT_02170 �.;g,g,M p„'°' F a *EW12 BFV 05110 WITH3/4"FECLTUBING Typ � ��-BACKWASH CLEL499.50 Q= Z°FW 4 EW12_BFV_02170 REC�AIM PUMP C�EL 500.33 � �Z^gyyW �'S w 2"FW EW12_CHV_02170 EW12_PMP_02170 � 3/8"FECL�� SURFACE WASH � 4"DR CL EL 499.10 ..�A� �+ �+ PUMPEW12_PMP_04160 CLEL499.83 �� SECTION 6"REC � JEI�T�ON Z.,pW 3/8"FECL 20-M-1 3/8"=1'-0" Q � z 20 M 1 3/8"=1'-0" 2 FW FOR CONT � SEE DWG Y-1 O W F ��: �� E� � �( � � *}. " � } i4 � I,� I� I,� I� t� I� I� I �� } � �, � . ..��. � a t, : � .. ,,,,,,.i, : t ' ; I �... � E� E� < < s� � �� (i �� ,i,a . . - ,�,, .� ; ; ��,,. � il .�.. . ;�� ,, �,;...,, e,. ,.� � ,,.�,.� .. �. ... �. ... ,., ;,. ..,.�t „ ��, ,W � , ,._., �d ,�. �.. , , ,..t� „ ,.. _ �,. �. ... � ,.. ..�� A � ( �, �, (; i � � � � s � ; _ �� . - '� �� . �,n � �� Q < � I — � MECHANICAL ��.., ,�. ._...,.<. .. ......... .W,,,.. ...... .�,.. a.... .. . . ... .. .....,,.� . � � . ..� . . _e e .,..., .., v � �' „� � BUI�DING � � �. �... , . �,�� '^_ _ e+. .. . . ��.... . ,�. � � �: . , .� .�:.z. , ' � m � _. . .„ , .. _ � � ,�:�.�. ` � = " �.. � .., ' . .I, ":MECHANICAL . ._ _ . ., .._ . ..,.... .. ,'.. . , . ..:., � 0 , , . .e;� . . ._.; � .w ° , :.. . . . : ._BUILDING , �. . ::� ,. � ,: > . .: , , , _ � � '� � : . ... . 0� e. e. _ .e. ...... � _ � , .�e _ e:.. . r ,,:. : .. ..:�, .:_ .: _e.. .. , ,,., , _..: . ..., .:� ., ��CLEL512.81 �..� ... � :._. � i 15010 TYP � � � " � ' :�BACKFLOW � �-�� -� > � ; > `s . : .. ._ ... ;.�.� .. :. ..,e_... ...PftEVENTER .. ...,..,.. . . � Z ;e...;. ,.:. �.. . , _.. :�, ..� .. . � ; . , ., ,. e: .. CL EL_512 38 �� , , � � .� ` .� . 7 1 SA EWV12 F�PP 04160 � � CLEL51205� � � 8"SWTO � � ; . � , ...�. , . . ... .n: . :. ..:.. .� . .. .. ,E , ,...: .. � � ., .�., 0416Q TYPALL : ....... ....,. ........e.. � r, �. � . , , ,., � o . ° � aA ::. ,� . . . . . � 12„RW TO ... � (A 15310 '�. 6 x4 RDCR � � � e,,.: „ ., ,; ,.. . . . _ GREENSAND.� ? � 12"RW � . ... _ GREENSAND a � � " � �:�... °_, � RFCAR� ' �� J � FILTERS : � ,rt C� .� EW12 BFV 04160 EW12 RPP 08120 �L�EL5d7.25, � r v Z - - # ' �; � 3/4"HSV(BEHIND) �� „s�"� �_ �CL EL 507.05 � � � � 15120B # _ „ SURFACE WASH °3 15000A � - � # > PUMP E�K12 P�1P 041 �� [ TYP,SEE � "`-�-- �CL EL 606 22 � , � � � HOSE �- � �� , _ CL EL 506.16,_ ,r „ 6"SW , �. y, ;_ � .... : . �. _ , . . , . . : .;. , '� 12"FW FROM` . .. � # 1620 CL EL 507.25 # ; � , ' RACK NOTE 3 , ' : m ' ° � � 1� 520 ' � � � � � � 2"PVC CARRIER PIPE� � Q Q � � � ,�:>,a � ..° ... e . .,_.. _ ,. ... r._ _ .. �: . ,,, � . ...W3/8"FECLTUBING. ..;.,, .. �� 'GREENSAND Fl�TERS �` . ' _.., e .. . . , e ., , w � U # _ _ �C1SD ; ,:. . . . .. .. .. . . . INS-01 � Z CL EL 505.05 ; i " . . �. . .. �� . ,.�. ... :. . .. .. E� .........._ Q , � ...... _.. .............. .........��.... ...... ......��... .,,,,,� .,, ,..._..... �.....,.,... .,. ,,......_ .,.........., ..... ......,._.... ....._... ,,,,,,,, .... ......_.. � � U 503.53 12"PW s �� : ......... t '� Z - � W 15006 W � �; FF EL 503.55 . ....... ......... ... ..... . . ._ .� ` . .. . .. � , ..,, . .......... ............ ......._.. ......... ......... ,......... ... ...... ......... ......... .........,... . ......... ...,......... ............... ............ ........ ._,.................� (� o =1111=1111 �� . � m � ; � 6 x 3��ECC RDCR � � `� CL EL 500.33 � Q � CL EL 500.76 €. .....a, .... . .. . .. ........ .......,I 2„-FW �� W DRAWING NUMBER: CL EL 500 33 � CL EL 500 33 2�-M'2 2"FW 2"FW A-32503 EW 12_BFV_04150 �,��, ' 12°FW FOR CONT �� "A, .., , i e - �"' ` `- - - - .,,.... j ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: .. .. .,...,....s.. . ,. ,.,,,. /�� .." .... ,,,3 SEEDWGY-1,TYPALL / (� A SECTION �� SECTION � 2� 0 �� 2 4 FEET �qfE:��Mav�023 ( 1 --- 3/8"=1'-0" SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" SHEE7 a� OF 93 20-M-1 3/8"=1'-0" FILENAME:1507D-20M201.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/201510:17:33 PM W�I NOTES: z v ............................................. z 1 CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CHLORINE ANALYZER*AND TURBIDIMETER*ON ANALYZER WAL�.CONNECT 1"SA z Q IWES AS NEEDED AND PIPE DRAIN LWES TO SAMPLE w� n SINK Q c� 2. STUB 1"SA LINE ABOVE SINK INSTALL BAL�VALVE AND � HOSING FROM 1"SA TO SINK.W/A"AIR GAP. Q zo z 3. *EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY GREENSAND FILTER c� Q SUPPLIER. 0 � 0 0 � � � � w � z n � o �Q Q � o� �� z� z� o � � v� � r a o � �G�NEER*b F'� 2�p ,,.w,,,..i ,,,,.r�:.� . v.�s �.�v.� ...:�:.� v.�.:�:. ..ev.� ....�v .�.:�:.� . a.�a �.�vA ,,,.:�:.� m�.,,,�,e. .�.w ,��:.� „�.:�:A .. m..,,,,,, ,,,,.��. O � )"- � � � Q me, LL r. m ....... .... ... ...... .......'.:. .... .... ..... ..:. .......... .... ........�, ............. . ....... ' .......'.: ... .... ':��............. .... ' ......� ........... .............. .e e,� .,.., w U > U ;`. ,�, .:. . � . . . ; . . ; ; .. . . ; ; u . — ,_: .a..' . . . ...:.. . : .:. .. :. . . .: .. .'. . . . � Z U O :. . `� .. . '. . . : "..... :_ :' ; , ... ' .. ..:. ..,. O a� . . . . . . .. .... . : . : .�: . . . ... : .,.>> ,.., ... .... . .. .... ., ... ..,... .'.. .. ... ,'.:... .'..,, . :'.. ,'.:.. . :a, w.. �, .... . ,:._...... >:.�. ..m,.'.: :. '�.; ';'..�..... ......e.e :e" ... .e" .:: ' � � .� *yP� . . .....� .,, d . .,, . , '.,..... : O�a :...... I ; i: _b ? ..i e, �,,, ,�,� I f „ f ...................................... .......... ........ �...,,,,. ,,,,,,,,....,..............., ..... ...... . ............. . .... .... ......... ,....... ..... .............,,,, .... .. ,,,,,,,,,.�....,,........... ..... „ ,�..., ._ „�,. ..,�_,_ �..� �. ,..� ,� , � se,,e�r�� ; ELECTRICAL � ; y EQUIPMENT '.- . �' 15010 SEE ELEC DWGS _____,INV EL 513_55 ; TYP 24"DUCT CLEL512.05 a Y� 1"SA ` EW12 FIT 06150 ;., ,, , ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, .................... ..... .......... . .. . .. ...... ,,, �� > ,.. .._. .. . > � .< ........._.. � :. � � r�' , �� I - v > � ,. : ' --� -- ��- ; , i I; > , ; : , ;; 12 BWW I. O � f ; CL EL 509.82 .. z � � �w ' ' FEXT ;. ........._ < � ��1 ARV-03 � j � � . i 4� .. .i , t NOSE REEL � � � � � i : �' 15205 ' ` ; � - 6 LREC 06.02 — �[ z ' �' � 'x 1 1/2"RDCR — Q �� y� �_ � EW12 BFV 02960 Q W , „ 3/4"HSV , � , ;;r '. __- �BACKWASH RECLAIM O � r� 2'-0"AFF � " MP EW12_PMP_02170 T � �s ; � � , � w � � � ° FF EL 503 55 � .. : � U Q .., . ..., .. .:�,..... ,,,,, ,,,,,,,,, ..,.. Q m � ...e�rz� . �. .�.. ..��,.�.�...� ��______ m.... �a. ____.. �� z ._e.............. . M, m.._ e.. _. ,w �.� ��.a_ .b �r,.. � � � CL EL 500.33 � CL EL 500.33 U CL EL 499.50 2 FW 2"FW 12��BWW CL EL 499.10 � � � POR CONT 6"REC �.— � SEE DWG Y-1 ' " �'j . z z � � ,, W ��... ....,, . � � � � �., - - w � - _ _ _ m ; � �, v ��. �.. _ _ . _ _ ; � . _. � e�,M: Z m cWn Q �� SECTION r Z o 20-M-1 3/8"=1,_0„ J Q J �i Z J 7 O Q � U � Z U N � W N w � o � � z Q � DRAWING NUMBER: 20—M-3 A-32504 oR��NA� 5��.E.__ As �HOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" SHEE7 a2 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20M202.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/201510:3325 PM NOTES: w�� z 1. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL FLOOR DRAIN FD-02 `� 4"WYE z UNDERNEATH VERTICA�MIXER LOCATION AND — CONNECTION TO 4" INVEL498.62 z a CONNECT DRAIN TUBING FROM VERTICAL MIXER GREENSAND FILTER 4"DR SLOPE HOUSING TO FLOOR DRAIN. w� n CLEANOUT, � TYP OF 4 � INV EL 496.81 AT 2%,TYP Q 2130 4"WYE � MATCH LINE SEE 30-SM-1 MATCH LWE SEE 10 M 1 � � ' ' � \��. ;� ..... ...... . .... ....... . ...! . � .. ... ...... . ....... ...... ... ' ' ....... . . ..... . ..... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. ....... ' � ' ' � ' ' � ' � ' zo z N — — �3 ' . „ .. . . . . „ . . . . . . "i� .. �.l 4 ... ...... ...... ........ .... ...... ...... ... ...... ........ ........ ...... ..... ........ ....... ...... ...... ...... II , . � 4 � �l \.i ........ . ........ ......... ......... ........... ..d > ....._.... ......... ......... ......_ ... . ..........._ ..........._ ..........._ ..........._ ..........._ ............. ..,j.,. Q ......._ ........_ ............ O � � O � . ... .... .... . : ... ... .... � .._ �i '# :� ... � s . � � �NV EL 4O97T02 �: .. \, ;,� � o 0 ; .... ........ ......... .......... ......... � . ..... .. .......... ......... ......... .......... ........,,,. ._.... � � I y �� '�•,.. � ; .......,, ......... ,......... ......... ......... .,,,..._... ......... .......... .............. ....... ....,..,._.. ...........,. .....,.,,...,,,., ,,,,,,...... ,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,,.,,.,,.,, .. '. ;s� � ... ;, "�� 7 � 3 :� 2 �1,;�;,, W � Z _ : � � ��-FOR CONTINUATION n — � o .€ € . ___ .._______ ,...... z i, __...; i .......... ___ _...._... SEE DWG Y-1 �a }� �� 3 _ _ _ � ; . . _ j� o m 4"WYE �. ; i ; i 's , ':`., \. 1 ( .;;, R n�\( �"t� �� z� �o INV EL496.60 = ��; � N �' . �: � � y � , _ — � �. � � � , , . a....w , .,� �_ .� � . � \,i ; . _ � k , . � , '< . ,.. � f r ": �;� �� :,` r , �.,.., �. . i ,. . , � _ ... _ . — — ? � �ANEFk t; a o C� *b� � . ,.. .a �_ � � f ' . ,-,- e . �. � F.P' m �'O .j INV EL 497A5 � �(I � � `° > U I# Fo-o2,rvore�- I I1 16'-2" -" ' ;; FURNISHINGS SCHEDULE �ao� z ° o ; � � � � � ; E � KING � � '# ��I � ;. „ GRAB BAR,PROVIDE BLOC * � IN WOOD FRAMING WALL .I . � 4"DR � � ? , ;� .# . . ,. . .......... ......... - .� 2 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER RA 02 � �. �� MECHANICAL BUILDING �--� ; t I# �� FF EL 503.55 (�\ � �� ; ; '; \�J'� - ;,,,� ; � � FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET WC-01 cn.� ,' � �FD 01� � � �I�� INV�� ; 4"DR ' — 360"� � � SEAT COVER DISPENSER w � E�497.15 �� cn'. w•� CLEANOUT � � UTILITY SINK US-01 N�, z'j ��'� INV EL 497.18 � Y = j } � �,� �� -�' � ' ' X ��°``" O w �6 MIRROR 24" 36" G�� . �, . _ � +e �z �� 7 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER RA-01 �� m� �— '# � ; � .,�a eeeeeeeee .eee.,...ee .................. .......... .eeeeeeeee ,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.., i �. �_ � 'n.8i� e=�'° Q . k�;° �� SOAP DISPENSER RA-03 �w � �. .:...;...a. i t �� . [ [ .. Z 3 .... .[ ......_ ...._... '� � 24"X 18"SST SINK .__. .__. .__. ..._. ,.,.,.,...„ �,,.,e.... .,. .,. .,. ..,. ,e .. ,,., � .._ .� . �. ,,,,..,.,..,.. ...,�� .,�, .�...w ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,, .�..._m..,..e.,.,,,.. _ e ro ��„ r _..._..... . . .. � � Z < < �, � , � �. �,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, , �, . ___ ...,,,,,.�,.,.,�� ` � W � � � � r' � _ � az � � • ' [ ' ' � � � ' �� ' � � U � . ; ; � � `�� '� � � � �� • � Y� ' �� , � r 4"DR � � � �� j° CLEANOUT � m W . ;> ; , ; ._.... . ` . ; / �� 36" 1 � i,'< INV EL496.67 . ^ � � � � • �`, �`% ;, 4"WYE ;� � �� I ��; WATER TESTING ; � `j INV EL 496.53 � � � 4 �' FF ROOM�� U � i:: _ . / ., ; ^: \ .O;/ ��y� i` EL503. \ ��P � i; ANALYZER BOARD � � � �f � � i t;� SEE 20-M-3 ,. �>" �, Q � 7 � J INV E�496.10 t FD 01�� — ' � �� VENT, 24"SINK 15360 � o � = 3600 � VTR SIM, � � s � v", W FOR CONT SEE INV EL 496.58 j ; W o U DWG Y-1,TYPALL........ „ �_ �� ..... .. ..... ��. '� FF E�5030.5 9 �\ `�� INV EL 496.83 ; !�, Q m � � Z - ,rt _ , 2"VENT,VTR ; ` `� r v i ,;,,, ,,,,, ,;,, e � § , Z � � _ ` Y. ., ...._ ,._.....,..._ .,._ .._.,.. . e'.e . ..........:.. ... ......� ,., .,...,.:;:e.. , As ; t J � 1 C ��: ; t — _ , � �� e� _ r�m � � ,� �. � z � � € W � � � � — ,. � 0 � �r.::- ...:. : ._.._.. _.._......:,' m ' � � c9 , � � � U m � z � � W � _ U � � � W i m � < Q o t t i E DRAWING pN�UMBER: �� ZO-00—� t ` A-32505 PLAN oR��NA� 5��.E 1/2"=1'-0" ns sHowN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 43 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20BS101.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/201511:05:35 PM MATCH LINE SEE 30-SM-1 MATCH LWE SEE 10-M-1 u��i ' ' � ' ' � ' ' ' ' � . . � . . � . . � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � � . � . . � . . � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � ' � ' ' � ' ' � ' w I:� . . ., ....... ..... . . . ,,,, ...... ,,,, • • NOTES: z .:, ; , . , -----�--- z •�� , � ' �.��: � ... .. s ... ....... ... �., ', UNIT SPACE 1. PROVIDE DRIP COVER OVER ELECTRICA� i i .. a' . ` : i�' s: ,, �� .. . . ._ EQUIPMENT z ..�.. � . � .a-' .. ,s " � � .a, . Q �� 3K� 2. PROVIDE INSULATION ON ALL EXTERNAL Q HEATER j SN-01 w� �' ....... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ... � � ......... U •. ._.......... .......... ......... ......... .......... ......... ......... .......... � , �.. : ......... .._...... .......... ,..._.__... ,........ .....',.... .........,. � DUCTWORK .t , .. ......... .........., ........... .......'�.. ......... ..,......... � 'f '...... .............. .,... ...:.:.:: ...:.:.:: ..:.::. ...:`:`:` ...._ .. .. ... ..........._ . .............. .............. .............. � ; .......... ....... ............ ............ .._.._ .......... ...... ......... . Q � . : ...:.:.: „�; � zo z ��. �'nr,- . — . ,., _ ' � 1� i 3 .." , ; • � , � , C� •. . ,. .. ;. �� i i' . n .� . ., ..� �, O � ��s > ,. .... t � „ . ,.__ , . , ., ', � , . . _. '_ � � �L ..., o ; ;i �, ;, �% .i ,., �s e � �.i n. _: .. ._ _ , ., y , _ . ..�'�, „ z o ' , 'i. ,± ,: 7 •. , .., �- �, i� :. ; ,. ; i . .. . o „ ,� o .s >_. .�Ix,#. _ ,.•:;.;.. �„... ,_ .�, , `'..,. � �'i. ><.,. `� � r ' .. . .�, . . _� . . . . ., . „ ... . .. �. ,_ � . . � ; � i . — e_...., a � , .�. � .� � ., � co ,'�, �� 3 ^,.., .�- � � ', i . ,., ; : � � i .., : . . W � z r; `' Z��_4�� ,,. ,,...i �:� y .... o _ n �Q Q o �� ..a �� t �� ` ' ; ;'. z z� o �� srz-oo� DIFFUSER 15571 � � � ` ' � � � .= EXHAUSTAIR ; 7soo 22x22 TYP � � �:� � � � a o 0 ��. 2700 CFM TYP OF 3 r , �G�NEER*b i • �VR-02 � � �� db .; 53% 48x48 �........!. ��; ` � '_ — �' __::. _ — _ — _ — _ — _ — _ — _ ... >.......< ' g �� m �o , � �. � ',.....r` # ......... w � � � cn oa � uo o. o z �� w� t ; '� *5�P W) �DUCT SUPPORT � MECHANICA�BUI�DING zi,: � 15556 FF EL 503.55 �� U U'��. . . ; � o > ;�. � Q �, � + �.t � '��. ' °„ � DUCTTNROUGH . N ..... ..... ..... ......... > ��. .__----... WA�� 15552 ,TYP . a�_p�� 2�_g t�` ' ►�1 16 X 16 BALANC W G OPEN W G � lq� C Y� � �J DAMPER � � T/ECU 01 � �w . UNITSPAC� ..... , ........ ...... ...... ......... ......... ,.. ..... .,.... . . ......... ......... ......... ,.: ...... .:,,,.. . . .. .... ' � O �<��:; . HEATER � ' �;.... ........... ..,.,.. ........._ ........._ .......... ......._... ... ........._ ............. .......,:' .,,, _..,. .............. ..,,......... .... � �r z SH-01 ........... ........... ......... W .......... ......... ;: .. i' � x" . 3� a SR-002 �� ~a • '�, ',. 600 16x16 �, �w �� ; 3 ; i �� PLEXIB�E DUCT" �,� �� s � Z � �— i :i CONNECTION Q � z 15550 ,TYP WALL MOUNT DUCT �� Q W 3Y�PPORT 15554 . �� 3 . ,; � U � ; RESTROOM ��' WATER TESTING O m W FF E�503.55 ROOM FF EL 503.55 � � Q 1"FW SERVICE LINE � �� r�._ ' ; ..... . ....... � �. ; U �CONDENSATE DRAIN ........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ; ' 15560 , > � „ ' ; , : �, > ; F— n Q ' ............ ......... .......... ........... .. .....,;; .......: ; > � . .... ,,,......... ........:. ......:.. ......:: �, 7 � J ; � z .._...._ _ ..... = cn W `� v EVAPORATIVE i� s o -- COOLER ECU-01 � Z °' 4-6"AFF �� Q � '�, ��-EXHAUSTAIR ��' ��-EXHAUSTAIR N � W ' 600 CFM 2700 CFM r Z � --�- LVR-Ot LVR-03 J Q z LOUVERSSCHEDULE a3i 2ax2a �� a3i asx4s � � p AIR Z J EQUIPMENT FLOW LENGTH WIDTH QN FILTER THICKNESS � O m NUMBER LOCATION TYPE (CFM) QNJ (IN) (EA) TYPE (IN) MATERIAL FINISH MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES „ „ „ „ „ ,. ,,, ,,, ,,, � � LVR-01 RESTROOM EX 600 24 24 1 N/A N/A AL MATCHTRIM GREENHECK ESJ-401 1,2,4A,SA,6A � LVR-02 MECHNICALROOM EX 2,700 48 48 1 NIA N/A AL MATCHTRIM GREENHECK E51-401 1,2,4A,SA,6A U � LVR03 WATERTESTINGROOM EX 2,700 48 48 1 N/A N/A AL MATCHTRIM GREENHECK E51401 1,2,4A,SA,6A Z N m TYPES No1E5: �. P�AN W � _ IN INTAKE �� 1 MOUNTEQUIPMENTPERMANUFACTURERSRECOMMENDATION o U EX EXHAUST .. 2 PROVIDESTAINLESSSTEELHARDWARE � � . ... . .. .. 1/2°=1�-0° � z W BI BI DIREQIONAL 3 PROVIDEFlLTERRACK,A)ALUMINUM,BjAEEL,C)304STAWLESSSTEEL . Q o � �� ' 4 .PROVIDESCREENACCESSORIES;A)BIRDSCREEN,B)WSECTSCREEN,C)SENRITYBARS �� '� � �� 5 PROVIDEPRAMEACCESSORIES;A)EXTENDEDSILL,B)FtAN6EfRAME,�C)GLAZIN6fRAME,D)HIN6EFRAME �� DRAWWG NUMBER: .. .. 6 LOWERVELOCITYSHALWOTEXCEED,A)SOOfPM,B)650fPM .... .... ._ ... � ... ._ ZO—BS—Z � � 7 �PROVIDEExTERNALGRAVINDAMPER � � � � ' ' q �+ ..... ............. 8 EPDXYCOATING.... I. .... , .... ...... ..... ... , .... ..... A—J25OV MATERIAL �' , �' . ,' . . . . . .'�. �AL-ALUMINUM ' ' ..._ .. ....... ......... .... ......... ...... ..... ...... ......... .._.. ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: 65 6ALVANIZEDSTEEL �� AS SHOWN .... ... ... , ... . ... .... . .... .... . ... ... 2 0 2 4 FEET 55-3045TAINLESSSTEEL ' ' ' ' '� ' ' ' ' '� DAfE MAY 2023 ..... ....... ...... ...... ......... .... ......... ......... . ......... ........ ......... ............ SCALE 1/2„_�,_p„ SrtEEi na OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20BS101.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/201511:05:35 PM W�I � Z MATCH�INE:SEE DWG 30 E 1 FOR CONTINUATION L MATCHLINE:SEE DWG 10-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION z . . � . . � . . � ' ' � ' ' . � . . � . . . � . . � . . ' � ' ' � . � . . � . . � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � i �� . 7 -`d� �� . _.�_k z �� e �. n ..., -------- � i t� .tc..� �� u.,.�ar srk^�:.:.it.� � �i Q . � � � � , n- -� Q � °' J a �, . zo z • � { � ,.., � Q � � �� _ W _� - � � . �� ° . REFER TO DWG � o # f � . .� .. .w� .. ................ . . o �� , ' � ��'10-E-1 FOR� �.-�, o z, r'=" � ��__ i ,..... e...,�, ��. �,,,,,,�� . �n._._. �.n��.,_.,mmmmmmmmm �,.�_CONTINUATION..emm..e.. ��...,,� � ti . �m o� ___�_________ � �----� ___��_ �_______ __m��_ ______ ___ ----- _.___._._._ �� _______. — o �; � a ��.^..._... _ , �� .w.w.w..'. � .�...�._,�.�T�;��,��,�� 4�.�,��,�,��m�� MXR 02130 ,_�..._.�...___ _�'� �'--,�� a � o �. �.r^�� -.-."�' �'�� s-�� ,� �„m,'., EW12_DPIT 0� '��' � ...,_. ` . ��.�„�„w...� �� m � z• `� ° � <dp,•4, f� .! r� � OU I 'i�._.,�µ� ...e..........._ ,��.��... �^'^ro�," i.... ,,�_�✓' 4 �.'...mm...� � _m�w.�...... (m �W�� _e,��..-.�, _� ,.�..{ '.....m""...�...•.�' } z Y O ��.,. ,j , � � N %k( �¢ �Y �.��x.µ.,..-w�G°,'^'"�0,�.. ' � �"*,., . m��..,.,....�.�,..µ,.,,., �.� ..� ,�pq � I �,,.,,�..�..�..�... �u'e?, �� » . .-.�. �r .. �.� � �$ � OI o „.,y � . ...... , ��w, � � �I'�Iw.� � h.....°� re^".'a'.� ��"�..�...w. """� �.,"�^^V3^�^-,�".� �s��,.........�q�� ..�.., . R�d�k�'� �__��.. �J � � a 0 cJ � w�� `(�--.,.a (�{��a I�"xi "� � �, �� I g I� a «�I'.�' �i« �p�EEa#brye �r� .. . ? J , � , � { � � � , � �� - � - -�- - - ��:�� o�,z� o �� ' �� u�° � .mm. o � i � � w. _ � i �db o W N �- - - - - - - - - - - db � �• �� 20-E-1 � REFER TO DWG I - "�s�ls *,�` W 30-E-1 FOR ' zI '�-�"`�-,'�"� � CONTINUATION � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ rP701,P702 1 / — � � �� F. REFER TO � S400� �P703,P704 � � ¢I DWG40-E-1 I � FOR 4 - - """ .... _ .:......,, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �� LA-11,13,15, I I .w .w.w.w.w. ..w.w • CONTINUATION �� 19,21,23 P300,C300 �� SURFACE • I 7 �/ S702,C702 P50Q C500� WASN PUMP � � BACKWASH I ri y P611,C610 � P403,C403 P403 � � EW12_PMP_04160 . RECLAIMPUMP � - - - - - - - - - - -�- - - - - - � - - - - - -\ I I ' EW12 PMP 02170 Il�i I 2 � C100,C403 i i i Y� � _., I w — 20-E-1 LA-17 I � � � PNL-LA OSURE O w • � - ' 5700�� EW12 VFD 02170 � � ��`�� `�'"�EW12 FIT 02170 �" a^ ,..'— EW12_FIT_06150 � �— — — — — — —....— — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — FOR CONTWUATION �. �� _ (2)1"C TO UPS ENCL � — — � � � REFER TO DWG E 2 '�� ,a REFER TO DWG _ I FILTER — — — — — — — — — — — — —I —�— — � �' W '' 20-M-2 FOR ( �� CONTROL I � Q z LOCATION _ ___. '�� PANEL ��j8ie��M p`� Q bb b b4 P�oo � � �w � � � , �� .�.�. �� f � � m� � ___ ._. .��-._n �� _ �.�.._....�__ _:�_. _.__e. ......_ __ �.�. � _ y � '!�.�� .�_ z � �-- .N.. T- -T ��=�"�� I C611,S611 I I�- P800 � P DP I � Q � W _ .�....f ' <.w, � � P800 �' Q (( —C501 .610 . / � W � ( � C600,5604,5606� � +/ '�tP604 `, 3 MCG12A � � �j � 1 I ..w.w.w.w� � ; — � ' ' ; I � U Q ' REFER TO DWG E-2 ; REFER TO DWG E-2 � � � O m W FOR CONTINUATION ; FOR CONTINUATION ; �w�;:r� ��/ COOORATIVE , ; � ; � �A_6 $ � � � 0 ,e,._.-=�:t -=:s�:,. ......... ��',, U i �l ,,. i�I. i 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G � ; � m LA 1Q12 i. � EW12 AIT 15120 E— � Z DP-32, � EW12_AIT_15130 }SEE ` �j � J 34,36 � .. 1 13405 I W s � EW12 BFV 04130- ' � ; � — — I ; 1"C-3#6,1#8G - — - — � W � � �...._ ,........ ,....... --- --- , , r ........., o EW12_BFV_04120�� WATER HEATER ! �� ZQ °' ~ ��EW12_BFV_04140 EW12_BFV_06110 EW12_BFV_06120 �-�_'��. N �rt � l.! EW12_BFV_06100 EW12_BFV_05110 EW12_BFV_06130 PLAN T Z � 1l2��_��_�„ —� � W 3/4"C-10#14 EW12_FIT_02170 �� EW12 FIT_06150 3/4"C-10#14 \ � (TYP 2) � TYP Z 3#12,1#12G �� W Z �S 3/4"C-10#14 � ) � � (TYP 3) 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G 3/4"C-1 PR Q � (TYP 3) 3/4"C-2#12,1#12G J J (T Y P 3) J J (T Y P 3) J J #1 6 T W S H(T Y P 2) (TYP 2) � Q U � 1-1/4"C-30#14 1"C-9#12,1#12G 1"C-9#12,1#12G 1"C-20#14 1-1/4"C-30#14 3/4"C-6#12,1#12G � � Z � a H W " U 3/4"C-2PR#16TWSH 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G � � -7 FILTER PNL-DP FILTER PNL-DP FILTER PNL-DP Q � W CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL PANE� PANEL PANEL DRawiNG NUMBEk: NOTES: FILTER LA-5,7 ZO—E—� 1. REFER TO MECHANICA�DRAWING 20-M-2 FOR VALVE LOCATIONS. CONTROL NOTE: PANEL A-32507 2. REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E-7. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWING 20-M-2 FOR FLOWMETER LOCATIONS. ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: �� CONDUIT BLOCK DIAGAM �2� CONDUIT B�OCK DIAGAM 2 0 2 4 FEET ^S �"°'"N UA"fE MAY 2023 20-E-1 NONE 20-E-1 NONE SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHEE7 a5 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-20E001.dgn PLOT DATE:10l11/2022 2:56:42 PM W�I NOTES: � z 1. REFER TO DRAWING E-6 FOR PNL-LA PANEL — SCHEDULE AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE. z `� Q � n MATCHLWE:SEE DWG 30-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION L � MATCH�INE:SEE DWG 10-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION �' _ . . .T . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ ��__� � . _ . . _ . . . _ . . _ . � . _ . . _ _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . _ Q - J-�-� �j- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- �m� - -- - - �� c`� .�._a�, r�c�r .ta_��e�, ��tt u xer� � �� ' zo z � � �� ,� ,�..� � �_.� � �-�-� " � 1 � � ,, o ' ��,� �. .r�w. r . .� �mmmmmmm _� s �� ________m__�� , ' � � � , � 0 � .� � Q � z . , �� , °�a.�.�� ~��,.� � � � o _� i � �_________ � � :..:. . __ �� _ ��_ _ �� m�m�m m�� _m�� ____ __mmmm_ m�_ _� ---m___�� _� �„_ ______r__�� _�,�__m_��_�_ � ______ ; o� r� � o �. _ �� . , .... , . i � Z� � , �� . . , � �� w.w � Q� _ ( �� I- �e,.,. ....... �,....._�. ...,w_.....,. .�, , �"' ' _ _�__. a o 0 _m __, oZ� ..wa ..... a � � �,M� ar .... � , � __�. A..w.�...� w.�.� i , i m �e � ' , w� , � .� . . _�, �� .... ��,� �. ._.�, w.. ! . , �., � .� ��` � �� , ; �,EEa* � � � � o. ( .�.. °��^' �� .� � � �a. �� °°� �e° � � �' � ��, .�� ...,..� ..� "�� . ��` �w ��....��, � �.,�� o� �....� �� '�° "�; � � � . .� '� E � LL r W I �s _ ("��i:v k��v Il 1�� I ( i ( I I� E �` . !� � w o. � , �„ �..� I � �� ._��.:. � �.�.�:.. �.....�.� k_�.,°.� ��.. �.� ""<-..,..,� '� " o i d. ��. r....._..v " , . -� _ . ( s �I ' ._....�..a, ...._�, ,�,. , o�'S tl # p`� � � �� ' w. , o,_ ' u" ' G�a � �1 G�a WI �i � �a � � z , � _, , � 9 � �I �.� �I I � � } � �� .w.www I� � , �. �� i l� � ..w� ..� � � ��.�� . I � � � NN I ,� ' Y� , ,,�. ��mm--- � � � �w ��,� �°�� ow ' EW12 FIT 02170 � � �� RLTER � � � G� G°� � G� � ,�_"� �� , � " � CONTROL � MCG12A � � ;� F a ,��' �� PANEL I . �h� ',..Bie:.m o=�.. ' � � EW12_VFD 02170 � � a� � I � PNL-LA , �w `i�-. �I� � LA-�.. ........ ......... � ......... ........ ��.-.... � � � '�, ��..�� °. .. ', .. ........ ��. � � ` '�� , EW12_FIT_06150 PN�-DP ' � ,�.„�� , z � � , �. ��c�o � � rcrcz,M�. -- ��c�o � Q � W � � ��,� ,�� C_�... �.:�� I � � � � -- - � t — - _:_�_.�.�_.� �...,��_� ..�_�_�_.�.. ��,.�.�,��.�.� ..�. ��::.��,�� ,. .�. � .��..� ��..�.� . �._.��w�..�.�:. ..�.. - - —. °C � o � . � �.... __e,�.. ;� � � 9 ' � �� tL U_ Q O m � ,� �� i �� ' i � � o a v i � � � � �� , ; � � ��._ � � , �a � � z i � ' � C � �— � ¢ ; � ' � � � � , � � �, z � . � ;� � ' c�j � z � � � � W � o — i Z m � ! ' GFCI ; � ' Q � , � O i �q� ; , N � � Z � I T Z c� . ' GFCI � GFCI J Q � — GFCI � �� . �q/(� � � ot3 � � ��"� � 2Y-Y W � ~ �� , �m _ � ,�c,� � � �i � C� � � , � � , :,_. ... .. . �' � �:._� � � �w�_..___-__ �-�... �.... � ��- __�__._� .� _.' � � � ��.Nw.� i � � �� U , , ; i��-Q - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� - - - - - ' -� - - - -b � � N � � � w � � �� _ Q o �u DRAWING NUMBER: 20—E-2 PLAN A-32508 ,�z„=,.-o., oR��NA� 5��.E� AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET DAfE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHEE7 a6 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-20E002.dgn PLOT DATE:10l11/2022 2:58:46 PM W�I Z U Z Z Q w n g�� Q �.�'°�"'�� F°d-,'�"_'t"v F°.�'r'�' 4 � w. ,w. w.w mmmmmm.. � �, � _� � �,, � � zo z �� a r�, �xc rr : �r�r .er : Q �=m� � � � �� _. __�� - - w � � ��- �-�� o � � ; �� _ . � � � �� ;� � � .��mmmmmmm � mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm_ Q � � �. �. � w z �.� _ �� ..� y z � o �� o _ �________ _� �� ___ � � __ _______ � _________ _ ____________ �_�� _�.�� ____ � z Y o _ _ ____ ___ _ _� � � ________ �, � - :_� �_� �________ � �� c o = - - =�---� - � � �� w ��,� o � � 3ss 1�� .�. �� .w�� ._��. i M � , �� o - � z�o .�-�a r '�r �. .. _��. « � � a o � �; . �,., �^� a �� . � .w.�.„,., .28. «�5 .w.. EEu �,.... �" '„ ...., ..., r"..�."`+�, .. ,,. .�_..m„�� ' .',�. „ � _ ,� � „ ��G ,,, . 9 �'�� .' � e J2G b�bo I � �o ' .�,.��,,,.�"" �,,.. .__r.u.. ,,�. ,�.. .........n�.. �^w y�lvv ...�.. � e�a �,�*�:� i�,,,, i �� , ��.., �-��. � ,. � "'�;;�... ..�°' w� � o 289 5 36.9 � 39.5 ^ �4t9 43.8 44.6 4 .0 422 �38.9�� ,.�� W p � �.�.....�.� � �t�. ��.A,1..�- 0 � � � ( ( �. � �. , -.... 6 c � m, .. � LL .,_ _ �" �.....�:.. �..••. ......,.� �u� _- �'b �i � , ...... '.......a7 ....:.�.a, ......a ........: 28 , �b'�1Sl,�tf *��P �.. � � � � � � � � � � � �� +258 �32.3 .(� +42.0 452 +482 � 505 +51.5 .8� +48.7 44.6 �� 388 317 ''� � � ; �� i� � - �..w. � � {�� _�. , ..w._._. w..w._.�� ,� � ___ NN p 26 4� 33.3 2 43.3 46.6 49.& 22� 53.3 5.6 �50.4 462 40.1 3 �w C��,� � ��°` �z � � ,� �--� � �_ � � � � � F� � � � � a= � � � � � �w �-s �.�. �312 .5 40.1 43.1 467 48.9 49.8 2 �46.6 43.0 37.6 30 9 .... �, .. ,, ,. z � �.� �, �� . �.... � Q � z � c_ �,�-22'�Ct ��„'--.. 26.5 0 - __ � 30 1 17 3 .......rv, t� ___ p p .O rv.�, 0 __- 2 1 ... �4 .��,�,�,�,��"� O G �w '�.� _____ _.. ____ .__......� �..°1__.... .. C _ _.._�° ' : _�_. �._.�° °?.._! '�_ � �.. .�' .� l._I... , _G~^ �. W .>J,. I- � � , r��m_. �, t�CL U � � za.a 'zz.9 �2as ; Q m � �� 15.6 �*��1�6.0 30.7 216 120 „; ,,- ; �� Q �., w.w.w.w.w� � � � ._ .... ... .. ... _ .. ... ... ... ,, ',, V � r (§ ..... .�� .�»�r" ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. , , '.25S 54.5 71.0 416,. 180 28.5 32. +25.7 � � Z � � � � � � �� 31.1 73.fi 98.8 54 6.., 21 4 '�. � z U �a W s � � � � � `za.� � "zs a ; W o � I 'ZS.a 'ss.� '�z.s �aze t�sZ Z °' O j Q O � ,v1� .... .... � !"�.""�. ....... � T � _ .... .._ .. ; .. � + i 15.5 66 �� 1.& 22.0 120 J Qc � SchedWe j� 232 190 � - � G J � � � �, � �,��' �l.l Z m svmeo� �aee a9e o�a �,��e, � N me�s �oss wa�9e Po� _- . . .� �...1... �°-- � . ��..::�.. `"� '' �' O � � � o �amP F o, � �\-�� . ._ ... ..... 10 �[M1anaLi9h�n9 �ClXL485000LM E C�XLtOLB SOOOLM H9hEff cY d]86 i 31�� "'"""" "'" .��'""�""'""'" ""'"'""'"•"""""'"'""'" " t1� W FD MVOLT40Ke0CR rF T 20 � �L C CIXWFU4b 4000K HOCR P M1 M1 e�mata � � G � A tluae m�cto wIP uG9Pt I � . , �� ,` N � W � � N U Ma=�iazocd '.. '.. � � W " � � o � .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Q m W _ .. . . . . .. . . .. .. . �� . . " O , DRAWING NUMBER: Statistics 20-E-3 �....Description �.... Symbol �i, Avg Max Min ; Max/Min :Avg/Min PLAN A-32509 MECHANICAL ROOM -� 35A fc � 533 fc 0 0 fc � N/A � N/A : 1/2"=1'-0" ORiGiNnL SCFlI..E: RESTROOM ��I 24.9 fc 32,9 fc 18.5 fc L8 1 13'1 � 2 0 2 4 FEET nS SHOwN �.TESTWG ROOM � -�- 36.8 fc . 98.8 fc �. 12.0 fc ; 8.2:1 ' 3.1:1 '� � � DafE: Mav 2023 . . . SCALE 1/2��_��_�„ SHE� 47 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-20E002.dgn PLOT DATE:10l11/2022 2:59:33 PM W�I NOTES: z v 14'-2" 24'-8" 14'-2" 1. *EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY GREENSAND FILTER z ........ ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ....... VERIFY ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. z i,i ��_�„ ��_��, ��_�,� ��_�� .... Q n 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EXCACT LOCATION w� OF GREENSAND FILTER FACE PIPWG WITH FI�TER Q MANUPACTURER. v v� � � 3. SADDLE SUPPORT BY GREENSAND FILTER SYSTEM Q � MANUFACTURER.COORDINATE ANCHOR BOLT DIAMETER zo z a Z I I AND LOCATIONS SHOWN WITH MANUFACTURER. � � � � � � 0 � I I 4. PROVIDE 6"MW GRAVEL SURPACING OVER GEOTEXTILE o FABRIC BETWEEN FOOTINGS. o i i �� - — - — - — - w — � SIDEWALK 2503 � 5. CONCRETE INSTALLED IN FILTER TANK TO BE NSF/ANSI 61 � CERTIFIED.SEE SPEC SECTION 11540. w � z n � o � CTR IN CONC,SEE � �a a � G3 FOR ADDL INFO � �� z� z� o � � v� � r a o � � o � NOTE 3,RESTRAINED NOTE 4 � � � END ��NeER a e b� w � �R � �'4 > o FD-02 _ 3 >%, � � a U U --NOTE 3,W/ALLOWANCE ��- z � o FOR LONGITUDINA� o� y��` TNERMAL EXPANSION �P + o � - — - — - — - — - � 'v Z a � NN FOUNDATION P�AN �w C 3J8"=1'-0" 5�M C � ��`�� O 30-SM-2> 30-SM-2 �-` ��' , W� � �w 30-SM-2> I ........ ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 53,_p„ z � � .....,:�2„FW Q � W � O> � MATCH LINE SEE DWG 40-M-1 . > �,�, ,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,... ...�..�...�.�.�...�..�..�...�..�..�...� ' ' � ' ' � ' • � ' • � ,�,,,,,,�,,,,,� „�,,,,,,�,,,,,,,,,,,� .,,,,�,,,,,,,,,,,� . .,,,,,,,,,,,—,,,� 5-303,,,,,,, �� _ ssH tL U Q 15420 Q m W _ � • � � � M U � ' ' � ' '- ' '- M � � � � � ......-24"NOZZLE W/BF M GREENSAND FILTER � MANWAY,TYP � o � � e LIFTING EW12 FLT 04100* ........._ _ {/-� �. LUG,TYP � � (A _ AC9' ARV,TYP � "' Q � o ��-12"x 12"x 1/2"THICK � (V W BASE P�ATE,TYP � Q m � o �Z� � � � — _ _ _ � T Z W � Q J N � 12"RW, � ........._ _ TYP � U� ► Q W � z � � 0 � - _ � Z `- �? W � a� U W N � Z a �` W ► ► , ► Cn � � z N Q O N � *EW12_BFV_04170 6"SW *EW_BFV_04180 EW12_BFV_04190* � �_ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ .�0 D30GSMB1� 30SM-2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �MATCH LINE SEE DWG 10-M-1 30-SM-2 A-32510 � � oRicwn� scai.E: � TOP PLAN As S�oWN 30-SM-2� 318"-1'-0" 2 0 2 4 FEET ua're Mav 2023 SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" SHEE7 a8 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-30SM101.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/201511:29:44 PM NOTES: w�i z 1. �c EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY GREENSAND FILTER `� z LIFTWG LUG ARV*,TYP 12"x 12"x 1/2"THICK SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. — BASE PLATE,TYP z Q 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EXCACT�OCATION OF 6REENSAND FILTER PACE PIPING WITH FILTER �..1i MANUFACTURER. a c� � o o v� , 3. CONCRETE INSTA�LED IN FILTER TANK TO BE � , NSF/ANSI 61 CERTIFIED.SEE SPEC SECTION 1154Q Q �' zo z CL EL 514.38 � � c� Q 12"RW � � O 0 � � � _C�E�512.80 � 15008A � � � � � ' EW12 BFV 04170* ' EW12 BFV 04180* ' —EW12 BFV 04190* � 7 � c� �� ClEL511.05 � � o o' - - - - ry I �Q Q Ll j, �� > p � Z� O � � w� GREENSAND FILTER w � wl EW12 FLT 04100* � � U z - - CL EL 507A5 =i, � ��NEER*y 12"F W U �� ti`�o g Q � �a �� U _ U • °a - ° o z° �, I � O� *y�p � � TOC EL 503.55 EL VARIES,SEE DWG G2 f ,� ( ,, r .�. I �. w. 1 CL EL 500.33 2 FW. I � 4"DR,SEE DWG 3'-4" 3'-4" 20-BS-1 FOR N" CONTINUATION 2"FW,TO SAFETY SHOWER Y� CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY �� w WITH TANK MANUFACTURER a�� SECTION -.d �_ 30-SM-1 3/8"=1'-0" �:8��pa��°'� �� Q= �w GREENSAND � �ARV*,TYP CONCRETE i � ' 1'-4"\ � 12"x 12"x 1!2"THICK � FOUNDATION i �-j � z � � BASE PLATE,TYP � � Q � z 12"RW,TYP h. .:o..e.e. ..e: � ` � > � 24"NOZZLE W/BF aA o�� , I > � MANWAY,TYP `� •�a �.'�a ----- � � U Q 6 SW $��Ag�\ �1 / � —� � � � � � 1 / � m Q � � O � EW12_BFV_04170* � �� _ _ � � ��-EXCAVATION U �IMIT � DETAIL � � GREENSAND FILTER � � 15008A EW12_FLT_04100* - NTS �'j z � 12"FW W s Z 4"SIDEWALK 2503 W N O SADDLE SUPPORT o U W/#4 @16"EW Z °' W CTR IN CONC,SEE 12"x 16" EXST PUMP Q C-3 FORADDL INFO ELLIPTICAL SIDEWALK ��. STATION N � � MANWAY,TYP SEE DWG G3 4,. BUI�DING T Z W FD-02 1/2"PJF U J Qc J � G LL TOC EL 503.55 FG EL 503.38 N � J � � c° . FF EL 503.5. j Z p � � .: i > Z , � �•e, �� Q � � o} � N � � i � z iV = .= I � U LLI � � � �� . �� N W INV EL 500.33 �................ I � Z N � -- 2"FW,FOR $��AB \ - � 16" � o � .......� ,i:..: .. .:. . .: .e. e.o. ,�. � � z CONTINUATION - SEE DWG Y-1 MIN(4)1 1/4"DIA SSTADHESIVE (20)#8 TRANSVERSE REINF U Q o 4"DR,FOR W/STD HOOK,EQ SPACED, _ � ANCHORS W/10"EMBED, m CONTINUATION INCREASE SIZEAND QTYAS TOP&BOTTOM oRawwc �vuMeEK: SEE DWG 20-BS-1 DETERMINED BY FILTER MFR (16)LONGITUDINAL REINF W/ 2�'8�� 3O'SM-Z STD HOOK,EQ SPACED,TOP &BOTTOM 2 0 2 4 FEET A-32511 SCALE 3/8"-T-O" ORiGiNAL SCFlI..E: �� SECTION �� SECTION z o z 4 FEET As S��WN 30-SM-1 3/8"=1'-0" 30-SM-1 1/2"=1'-0" ua're Mar 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SrtE� a9 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-30SM201.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/2015 11:33:36 PM W�I Z U Z Z Q w n Q � J Q � Zo z � a � � O � 0 0 O i..,..i � � � c� Q W z cnz � � Q � I..�.J �� ry]W CJ Q �Y � (n �Y > � 0 U ��EEF* MATCHLINE:SEE DWG 40-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION �'� '�e �� o _ ` �o i - - - - - - - - - - - -� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �,�, o� o d � P � � � o�b�lS aN *5c _ ""' �,.�..�..�..�,.�..�...........�......... T �'� I , , . � x :. , . m m . �- � w �, � z � I o N� ¢ � Y� �� W__. ( �``" O w �4 � O , ;�_"� r a'z o � ---� � � �W w � �. , ��.....� .A� ��.� � I � � � , z cn � �T: , � p � z W I p °C �u `� ' O Z � ; � � � � � , � , I � UQ � .— - - - - \ , y — — — — — — — -q- ti — — —( — � � _. ..... ..... . C ..� 3/4°G• 6#12�1#12G � ._� __. __. .` 3!4"C-3#12�1#12G. I _ .. ..... . , O J � � � �. � �''�, . . . .... ..... ... �.. � .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. . ( � � 0 ' EW12 FV 04190 � EW12 BFV 04180 �` � - - - EW12 BFV 4170 ' U FROM � — — — — — — � � ' MECHANICALmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm_ mmmm�.,._.m..�,,,,,,,,,,,,,_.�..,a�,�, m..�.... ....�,�.�e�. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.��....�.... ��. �1"C-20#14 3/4"C-10#14 BUILDWG �- P403,C403 �'"'�? ' ( � � ' � 7 � � � � I ,.. �l� ' ' '..". —.....' ' - — ' ' ' ' ' — ' ' — ' ' — ' ' — ' — ' — ' ' — ' ' — ' ' .(al— ' ' — - ' — ' ' — ' ' — ' ' — ' ' —�' — ' ' — ' ' — ' ' — ' ' , z � ...w...w. w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.ww...w.w.w.w .w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w. � .�.w .w._.e _w.aw.w.��._�.w.w.w._.�.... _w_ _..w.w.w��_� T � � = Q � ' � _..�_________ __m_________________________ � � N �__.__._. �..�.._ _ ___ ___..... _....___.....____________ W c� ..�,___ , . . . . _ . . Z m � MATCHLWE:SEE DWG 10-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION Q � T Z � J � W � � w � O J LL � � � Q P�AN U � �' z � z 3/8"=1'-0" W � W (n o � � m (� Q o DRAWING NUMBER: 30-E-1 A-32512 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" SHE� 50 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-30E001.dgn PLOT DATE:10l11/2022 1:19:37 PM W�I A B NOTES: z v 22'-8" 1. ANCHORAGE BY TANK MFR. z � `� 8" 21'-4" �g" 2. PROVIDE 4"DEEP NOTCH FOR TANK CONNECTION z Q REQUIREMENTS,ADJUSTAS NEEDED. w� 5,_��„ �2,_9„ 4,_p„ Q I I 3. COAT CONCRETE SURFACES INTERIOR OF CONTAINMENT � AREA BELOW EL 503.35 WITH CHEMICAL RESISTNE COATING J � � � PERSECTION 09890. Q �, � A � zo z ao-ss � 4. PROVIDE(2)#5 x 4'-0"DIAGONA�BARS AT+/-3"SPACING AT � Q TOW EL 506.55 � O O EACH SLAB REBAR MAT TYPICALATALL REENTRANT 0 c�i ��-TOC EL 503.57 ( 3� '_� CORNERS. o [ / � ;'I.. .. . ;.:_;: _;. ....... . _ ,:.:_: . ......;::, � i TOC EL503.77 5 PERIMETER#4 H�ORIZONTA BARSMS ACED VE TACO�N AITH � �� _.. 1 __o . � o � - ��<w � �..u. 12"MAX. >n c"z Q � N """""_"" — _ .[ .....�., N � ✓ N �a �� Y � � BUILDING CODE DATA a o 0 � �;a� BUILDING CODE 2019 CBC � �R �� ( TYP I � �' � /�� OCCUPANCYCLASSIFICATION H-4 `'�� *°��,� �� '..4" 40-S-3 I � ,_�� HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ACTUAL ALLOWABLE ° m �o ; � N < � = w � U � TYP ,�. - .,n �' N FERRIC CHLORIDE 4,600 C.yAL 500 GAL o � _ � �� o � o ( ,,, ... � � z � �� ' � , v� OCCUPANCY SEPARATION N.A. o� y,�P'� °� � �� `� TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION II-B * !; '' /..\�S, � r.,, �� '�� NUMBER OF STORIES 1 :; '�!.� � � ` /: i� �� r'� ACTUAL HEIGHT 18'-0" :� �� '� �� ACTUAL F�OOR AREA 499 SF i� NOTE 1, �� FIRE SUPPRESSION DISTANCE 5 FEET '� TYP ......... ' � I �� '; _� � � � �`� WALLS N.A. SIDEWALK 1/2"PJF '�� - o� OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR 5 PERSONS 2503 TYP 2 SIDES � � ,-�'n w N w � ��. � N% WI#4 @ 16"EW, �� . . _._. .. CTR IN CONC, �� Y� SEE C-3 FOR i � �` ' �� `"`�" O w 9 CO ADDL INFO ; I ` ' � N o� i� $,� I �--.�.�',,,,�,�, . W z � � � TYP '� � � Q Qz � �' � _._ ,�y ;i � // �W ` � , I 6 � . � / „s �� , � ,�, � ; �, � � � � ,' l� . � �, `� � Z CJ) _� �� i` � � 'l,o�"' _/ Q � Z � �' i � � W � , O ; � � � € ; q�_p^ TOC EL 505.05 NOTE 2, � ;� SQ OPTIONA� TYP O J � � SLAB CJ � m W _� _�_ ...3142 ; � Q ii - - - - - - 1 ' � � TOC EL 506.38 � U �; � NOTE 4,TYP � � � i� � ��-TOC EL 502.05 i _ �TOC EL 503.35 COLUMN BY PRE- � - �� "� 3200A ENGINEERED MT� � � � �' Z ;� � � NOTE�5 BLDG,TYP MIN OF(4) o Q - - �- - - - � 1!2"DIAANCHORS W/ z J iv '� � 10"EMBEDMENT PER W s � � � � � CO�UMN W v", �- 2 - - — - - — - �. �� OPTIONAL � � Z m J Q U :;� 2'-4" 2'-0" WALL CJ Q ; � ,[ SQ 3151 TOC EL 503.55�� r Z � W � B � A TOW EL 506.55 � � � 40-53 40-S3 W Z O � O H � 11,_4„ ��,_4„ � fn ..... '." {......:: ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, :', .............,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.. ... .........;..,........................................... .................................... .. ,,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,:"..:... :� :. � J U Q U � � � � � � � � � � � � MATCH LINE SEE DWG 20-AS-2� � � � � � � � i � � � � � � � � � �MATCH LINE SEE DWG 30�SM-1 � � Z a W � � U � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: FOUNDATION P�AN �-5-� v�°=r-o° A-32513 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 5� OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-40S101.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/201511:4120AM N�i A B z NOTES: z 22,_8„ — � ' ' 1. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF CANOPY IS A DEFERRED z Q SUBMITTAL TO THE CITY OF REDDWG BUILDWG w� n DEPARTMENT. � � � Q c� v� I � � J Q �, ( 40-S-3 ( zo z � a METAL ROOFING � � ( I I � o 0 �� ' ' z � ( ( a 7 � � � F z � w � o - - — - — - — - — , >� �z � °� , �......J (}Y] � \ / �Q Z� O \ / — � \ / "� � � \ / a 0 U \ \ / taG�NEFR*b \ N / L'ft �y /2d' O \ � � > � / U > U / oa � u o � z° �, a \ / �� *ytP \ / \ \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / � / METAL ROOF DECK AND FRAMING CROSSED �� PER RE-ENGINEEED SHADE Y� BRACED ROOF � � STRUCTURE MANUFACTURER �w ♦ � a':� � 0 0 � / �"4 n N N / \ �� W z / / ` \ .�y w / \ / \ / � � / ♦ z � � . . � '� `` Q � W ,� �. W� � � . . tL U Q ', \` O m W . . � � 0 . . � ' � U , . . . . . . . � � � . . � � z i � o Q z W s � � � - - - - - - - - - W o � Z m J o Q U N T Z �` w c� � z o O � � � J U ¢ U A Z � W W = 40-S-3 � � U Q o DRAWING NUMBER: ROOF PLAN 40-5-2 ,i2��_��-o° A-32514 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 52 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-40S102.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/201513333AM W�I Z U TOW EL 506.55 z z Q w o Q 4"x 4"x 3/8"FRP ANGLE W/ � 5/8"DIA SST ADHESIVE `� ANCHORS 6"FROM EA END J g�� #4TIES zo z CLR � Q CONC ��-2"DEEP FRP 0 � /'\ /'\ SLAB GRATING �_ o � „ � � „ � REINF `� ` G � ` � � FRP EMBEDDED � Y "EZ ANGLE" � � � �Q � � �'-0'_...� I � � � � r � � TOC EL 503.35 C • • • � � z �� I PER RE-ENGINEEED SHADE I � � p .� m , �STRUCTURE,PROVIDE � �� (10)#5 VERTS �Q � � DEFERRED SUBMITTAL � z o �� - (3)#5 CONT • • • • a o � , 12 � AROUND SUMP �1 I 2�� G�N�R* TOC EL 502.05 � CLR �� d,,��o � �-- __ — TYP WALL REWF,CONT � � '—� o TNROUGH PEDESTAL, 3303 w � � � ' °�' u ° z° �, I I � O� *y�p I I O.•O •.O�•tle 4"CONT #5DW�@12" �� DETAIL PVC WS AROUND SUMP 40 S 1 1"=1'-0" 3154 SIM (5)#5 EW,T&B I I � � 6"AGG BASE I _,, I �� SECTION � � '-- � 40-S-1 1"=1'-0" �� Y� � - z � � � � a, "' � I :.. .... . ....., � � �i� � ' � I .i ......,..... ..... . ...... ................................... . �,........... �. ' o U �z � � � _ �. � � � I � I z cn f� ; ' CANOPY COLUMN � � � � `t � W � � I ' AB DETERMINED BY CANOPY MFR, � � t :,b , 3/4"CHAMFER, MINIMUM OF(4)1/2"DIAANCNORS � U Q � ; Typ N W/10"EMBEDMENT PER COLUMN Q _J � �� W I ; I BOLLARD(TYP 3) TOW E�506.55 m z PER COR STD � � 0 TOW EL506.55 � 4� '� ' � DETAIL513.01 f\ � � d.z N EMBEDDED AB HEAD �� ;; W/P�WASHER, #5 VERT @ 12", , 3/4"CHAMFER ' #5 @ 12 EW , , � ��4"CONT PVC WS �� " TACK WELD � �� CTR IN WALL,TYP � � . < '�q�EL 50�„0� �, ,,,,,,,.� ; 3154 SIM �� (5)#4 TIES > �' O (4)#5 CONT NORZ "" ""' ' - - 7 � ��(3)#5 CONT @ PERIMETER �� ` • o � 1/2"PJF c�U �� (5)VERTS W s U • TOC EL 503.77 ' ��- • (� � W .... .,.,.�,,,, ,,,,,,,,,�. ,..a...�. _......�... .....u..u..u.. .. ....u...,� �.�. IIII=��1{= p.oj� .'� CONT WA�� W � � 3154 SIM °' } _��{ REINF,TYP Q I_ o p.o..:p.oe Q.o �..p .� ��.o..:p•a: _i o v 6"AGG BASE� TOC E�503.57 r Z Q #6 @ 12 EW T&B M #5 DWL @ 12 AROUND �� J Q � .... ...... ..... • TANK PAD PERIMETER W J � .... ... ,.. .... .... .... ... ,,.. .... ... .. ,,,, . .... � ,,,, +i STD HOOKAT SLAB uJ � U' _.. ....._ ,..._ _:_._. _.... .... ..... _ _._._.. .. _..._ ..... ....._ .... ..._... _. ...... ,.;:,........ _ _._...,.,• MAR TAI�C EARANCE � � Z 0 SUMPBEYOND � � � � J �� SECTION z � � �/�� SECTION - '��='�-o�� tW1� � o W 40-S-1 1/2"=1'_0„ Q o U DRAWING NUMBER: 40-S-3 � o � 2 FEE-r A-32515 SCALE 1"=1'-0" ORiGiNAL SCFlI..E: AS NOTED 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 53 OF 93 FILENAME2165D-40S201.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/201510:41:52AM W�I NOTES: z 1. SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE(12.5%)NFPA,704 PLACARD 3,�'� z � z ii �40-M-3 2. FERRIC CHLORIDE(38%)NFPA 704 PLACARD �0,� n w� 3. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF Q 2'-0" 12'-3 1/2" 10'-4 1/2" CHEMICAL FEED SKID IN PRP ENCLOSURE WITH v�i CHEMICAL SKID AND ENCLOSURE SUPPLIER. � SAFETY SNOWER AND �BOLARD(TYP 3)PER SEE SPEC SECTION 13006 FOR FRP ENCLOSURE zo z ' EYWASH 15420 - ' �� COR STD DETAI�513.01 SECTION 11400 FOR CHEMICA�METERWG SKID. � a � CHEMICALFILL — i �� CONNECTION TYP 1 1/2"FW�� '� �t;. 4. CONNECT 2"FECLAND 2"SHC PIPING O � 15201A ,�2"FW 15240 �� ` TO CHEMICAL FEED SKIDS AS NECESSARY. o � ....-- .., � - — - � � ......---- � c� � � i ( .., r—i S-302 n � o � NOTE 2 �� ,.;, ... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ...�.,.,,..,. .....____ .........__ .....____ ...,..... . o �� ( �� z z� o : v� a r HOSE RACK �� S 302 ' � � a o � „ ' r 15205 � NOTE 2 I �^�� ,. , ...., ema .eee______ __________ _ } G�NEFR* f .�'��` � o �� b>�o ; > U t w �j o , `'i' 2"FECL � °�� z ° o � �� o� *y�P � � € FERRIC CHLORIDE � i STORAGE TANK ; � E W 12_TNK_07200 ; ; � s 24"ACCESS ; � MANWAY � € i ; _ — — _ — _—_ — i_ _ __ _ — _ _ — — _ g ; I ; N y 2"FW 3"VENT � ;/ ; '�4t� O W � I r �-`� � �� I /. r � �W 3"OVERFLOW �� I �f� � r ABOVEAND r 3"DR BELOW � WS-01 � � � � 2"FECL � Q � W _. 15006 �� NOTE 4 � Q Q TYP - r � .��,, � ; 15000 ` 4"FLG FOR LEVEL S302 � � ' SENSOR PER ELEC NOTE 2 FRP ENCLOSURE TYP , ........ ............. .., � � U DWGS,TYP WITH CHEMICAL � � m � FEED SKID MOUNTED � � � � 2,_�„ INSIDE,NOTE 3,TYP OF 2 � i v 2 t � �l � i [ ��-2'-0"x 2'-0"x 18" i .........) SUMP(TYP) I I i � i � '. ....� 4"DR(TYP) I I � i � � � I I. � ! � Q i.. � � � � ( �/� I I } W o � „��;., _,.. � �___._. ......... _ ___.. ......... m _ t_1 ..._.. eeeeeeeee .eeeee....,.,� :=s,,, s .�,�� m weeee e , � �,e �....... eeeeeeee. eeeeeeee. eeeeeeee. eeee__... �..ee,, . ......... .....ee_. ......_.� W o � 2"PVC CARRIER Z °' J � --------4"BAV_06 PIPE W 3/8"FECL ^ Q U � -------„— W/2"NUT 2239 TUBWG /�� N � � � � ` T W (TYP) — J Q 40-M-2 40-M-2 � � � � � MATCH LINE SEE DWG 20-M-1 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � MATCH LINE SEE DWG 30-M-1� � � � W � � FOR CONTINUATION � Z O SEE DWG Y-1 AND Y-2 O �j < A U Q 4�-M-3 U Z a W � � U � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: 40-M-1 P LAN A-32516 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: 1/2"=1'-0" nS SHOwN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SrtE� Sa OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-40M101.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/201512:50:15AM NOTES: w"' z 1. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF `� z CHEMICAL FEED SKID IN FRP ENCLOSURE WITH — z `� CHEMICAL SKID AND ENCLOSURE SUPPLIER. Q SEE SPEC SECTION 13006 FOR FRP ENCLOSURE w� n SEGTION 11400 FOR CHEMICAL METERING SKID. Q c� 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE E�EVATION OF � EQUIPMENT PAD WITH ELEVATION OF ENCLOSURE Q DOOR TOA��OW CLEARANCE FOR OPENING zo z ENCLOSURE DOOR. c� Q � � O � 0 0 w F m..m�. ,i......a. , ..,4,.,.e , ...._a-,4 .�,...ma 4 ....�,-...._ S ......,S�r. S......a.e .,5,......_e S ....,S�s.... S ....a.�..i 5,.....a.e S ...,5's...... 5�,.,� � ¥ � 7 W — C� . ...-..,..,..,.. ,...�,.,.A ,.,..ee ...,: .,r.,..,..�.. ,,. ��. � Z ;ewa ..ee...,: ..r.,..ee ee.,.,� .,...,,.�,: ,.,...ee„ e...,...e: ,...�,.;. ,...ee...,.. . t � ... .. .. ... .. _ ... ... .. _ .. Cl � � ' � _ ... ... ... .... .. _ .. ... ... ... .. �Q Q �I Y �� ..: ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... ... � �1 ' .._. ..... ..._ ..... .... ..... ..._ .... ..... .._. ..... .... , . ', W(n I.� z Z� O . .. .. .. . _ .. .. . .. .. . � � . . .. . - . . _ - .. - . � � r a o � �G�NEER*b F'� 2�p O ]� � j¢ U U O�� U p Z � � 18"ACCESS MANWAY °� y`P 3"VENT * 4"FLG FOR LEVEL SENSOR �—2"FECL PER ELEC DWGS / FILL CL EL 51576 i CL EL 515.50 : NFPA 704 PLACARD EL 514.82 PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 10400 3"OF FRP ENCLOSURE WITH CHEMICAL �FEED SKID MONTED �W INSIDE,TYP OF 2. CL EL 512.00 � a, � NOTES 1 AND 2 ,��`"��'' O w FERRIC CHLORIDE � �� '� �� m W STORAGE TANK �0 Q z EW12_TNK_07200 ' �S w 15006 TYP ' z � Q � W ; O � � � � � tL U Q ; t � � J � � ; �.� ee �...� w..eeee. ; ..� ; G "' CL EL 504 59 +, 15901 ( � � Q irvs—o, ; U FG EL 503.37 ' �� ' � � ' � z........ . ,_... ......... ......... .......... .......... ......... .......... ........ ........ ......... ......... .........i m INVEL502.04 ' __, j � � ----- 3/8"FECL � � �' o �— � � z „ U G � � � W � � 2"FW W o } CL EL 500.33 Z m � Q J N Z Q J Q � W � � Q ?' O O � � U N � z � _ �A� SECTION � � _ 40-M-1 1/2"=1'-0" Q o U DRAWING NUMBER: 40-M-2 A-32517 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 55 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-40M201.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/20151:0423AM W�I Z NOTES.; � z 1. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTAL�ATION OF z �� CHEMICAL FEED SKID IN FRP ENCLOSURE WITH �� Q CHEMICAL SKID AND ENCLOSURE SUPPLIER. w� SEE SPEC SECTION 13006 FOR FRP ENCLOSURE Q SECTION 11400 FOR CHEMICA�METERING SKID. � v� 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ELEVATION OF a �, EQUIPMENT PAD WITH ELEVATION OF ENCLOSURE zo z DOOR TO A��OW CLEARANCE FOR OPENING � a ENCLOSURE DOOR. �0"' o 0 3. PROVIDE SST MESH SCREEN. o �� z � w � z n � o �Q Q � o� �� w� � z z� o � � - �� ., ��_ .. � Q � ,,,:,� .. ._ ... w � _ .,.... ..:.. :. " .... ... a o � ' .... . . . . . . . . ' ., . C�G\NEER*b ti ....�. ., ,, - �� . ...�. ... . . ..., o � � �� ,� . .. .., .,a..:. � N � ¢ � ..o . ,..., w U > U . . .:.:. : u —LL � O U O .. . ,,' �o Z � � .. ...._ . . _. O� *y,�P 4"FLG FOR LEVEL SENSOR 3"VENT,NOTE 3 PER ELECT DWGS (BEYOND) 18"ACCESS MANWAY 2"FECL L E 1 .76 CL EL 515.50 NN 3"OF Y� ��::...._ �"'`" ��„ O w � - — — — — — �f� " �� ' 15006 � $ ��8,��,p=�'�� Q z TYP "'g w FRP ENCLOSURE WITH CHEMICAL FEED SKID FERRIC CHLORIDE � STORAGE TANK SIGHT MOUNTED INSIDE, GAGE z � F— TYP OF 2.NOTES 1 AND 2 EW12_TNK_07200 Q � z 15240 O W � > � > 2"FECL � U Q INS-01 CL EL . BOLLARD(TYP 3)PER O mW � _��"`_��COR STD DETAI�513.01 � VALVE BOX 2239 i ' TYP , _..„ �......,.., ................�...:.,. ,ee.e..x _.,.,. .,,,,f 1 1/2"FW � � � j i � ; �205 CONC �� - CL EL 504.22 SIDEWALK � � � - ' - — � '15201 A � � � k z TYP —........ g � t F— � O c � � o H T00503.54 �� ,�,.._. ,�,.,� „�,�,. „�,�,,.,:. � z �„�„o=L��, , ,�m.._ .�,..... .. . ` . , r....arN ,,,,n , . ,�, .. ,a�� i .. , ; a�.o�.,p.ve � � W � � � � � � _eeeee_e rzrz, .r,e...,.� m eeeeeeee. .eee__e eeeeeeeee eeeeeeeee eeeeeeeeeeeeee. .� �,' � ` � �- INV EL 502.04 Z °' I— `-------' Q J ----- � � ----- � � ..�...� �. �.................. T Z Q CL EL 500.33 � � � W „ ::- ... 2 FW � � � Q � � � � U Q Z a v �� SECTION cWn � _ 40-M-1 1!2"=1'-0" Q m U 0 DRAWING NUMBER: 40-M-3 A-32518 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 56 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-40M202.dgn PLOTDATE:12/23/20151:26:49AM W�I „,�� - NOTES; � �� 1. REFER TO DRAWWG E-6 FOR CONDUIT z �� ,'��„�� s,`;�,d� AND WIRE SCHEDULE. z Q w n ______�k ......... �'..�.._ �W � v� 4 ^ Qi �" ��..uw..°x,��=?��"" . � Q �, zo z mmmmmmmm .mmmm��__��mmmm� EW12 FSH 07310 � Q � o . }�- w.w.w.w � o . rr �.� �, .M`�I' �� ....,.��7 z W Qi E LIT 07200 i- �- DISPLAY > ,� .�_...., � °i '`w,,� m Q ,.,,.. __--, �w 3/4"G2#14 p�� m w � r?''y.\�----�� Y ,,,+ " ; �Q z OY '/ f� , ��"`4� � �Y F �/ ` ..._...,�7 �"�M1� � 0 CJ j k" ,I', ' � d'' ' ��'i. EE(I* ��6 � ti 2\o�G b� �'+...........-..r'"�., � '- 3/4°C-MFG CABLE w ^ 4 � � � e� LL ✓� e � ( ..� i*_ ��'�1sr:-a '1��c C�~� �__ ...� �� ,� �EW12 LE 07200 �� - - �uW��. � / �� I �"� �� '3/4°C-1PR#16TWSN� �`�, t- ��"� �� .�.'��r'� .— � ��"�, � i � � ��., � �� , � �y � �"'�..�� ,, d'w �`�„ O w ` 'u��'. �� "r--- ��W,�. � �_"� �_ � �'� v.v.v.v.v.v.v.....v.........� ..._��,_./� � � � ��' W- �FECL METERWG a� PUMP SKID ,... � �"' --- EW12_PMP_07210 EW12_PMP_07220 �"C-�2)2PR I 1"C-16#14 #16TWSH z � �' Q � W J J W O � SUMP(TYP) � � � '��w.w.w.w EW12_LSH_07300 J I��.��mm � U Q � - C�'�`"'C�0 � � — ........3/4"C 4#14 lL� ( Q —� � � �w.w.w.w.w' w.w.w.w.w-w.w.w.w.- w.w�w.w.w-.w.w.w.-.w. _ _ _ _��._.�,.�.�..._.w:ww.w.ww:w.w.w:w:w.w.w�.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w w.w.w.._.� m W �.w.ww..v��.�.�,�..w�.w.w..w.w�..w�..�_�.w�..w�..w�..w�.��.�,�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�...M.,w.w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�.��..�,�....._....I�.,...w�P702..w�..w�.�w...._�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�..w�...I,..�.,„....�...��---- � � � U C702� P704� S702��-� ��-P701,C701,S701,P703,P706 STUB UPS � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � � � I � � W z � W s O — — — — L — — — — — — — � `� � �MATCHLINE:SEE DWG 20�E 1 FOR CONTINUATION �'��a� � �MATCHLINE:SEE DWG 30-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION � W o �" Z m I- � Q J U EW12_PMP_07210 EW12_PMP_07220 P�AN � a � 1/2"=1'-0" 3/4"C-8#14(TYP) \ 3/4"C-2PR#16TWSH(TYP) � Z O --3/4"C-2#12,1#12G(TYP) 0 � � � � J J J J U Q Z � U 1"C- 2 2PR#16TWSH W � � 1"G16#14 � ) � W � o = Q o U 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G oRawiNc NUMeErt: 40-E-1 FeCI METERING PUMP A-32519 � CONDUIT BLOCK DIAGAM oR��Nq� S��E --- NONE AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 57 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-40E002.dgn PLOT DATE:10l11/2022 1:33:14 PM W�I NOTES: � z 1. REFER TO DRAWING E-6 FOR PNL-LA - SCHEDULE AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE. z `� Q w o Q � J Q � Zo z � a � � O � � _ - — _ _ - — _ - — _ - — _ - — _ - — _ - — _ - — _ - — _ - — _ �#4/0 BARE COPPER GROUND GRID — _ - — - � ' _� o - �� ,. O i,i � � � c� I w +� � a W z €s � � � ..yYb'� � � m Q � � �CY w.r'\ w ' o� �Y � � , I �Q z o I � n ' - � �m� ,.� � w Q Y � ........._ ..'�.�__—.. ___mmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm ��.�:s��-. .....i��.. , a o � mmmm mm__.e.___...e...e. � ��Eea�(s � ? �o �bo � � ��.e.�.� ' I W � o �6 � � *_ ��-�r--�;� , b � 0 / b� 5 P i�. �p�� / I 1�'d # ' � I ` ,.....��.�,,,� �� µ„� � �'� �'�e��'� I I ,�,7'w ._._...._.. �/��/ � � � �� I � �✓ / � � �.w. � N y � I Y� I .... .. _....._._ �w �,,, , ��`" O w � �� „� i__� I ��-� I �—`�.�` �_ I '�' ' � �w ; � � �`� � � '' � , �� , l� � I � ' �� _. �� z � z � o � W �t � , � �� - ,�� . �� ; � O ' � �' �� .�,�„�� _� ��`� ��y�� I � � � � I ��" �� [ �� __�� tL U Q ' �_ .............a j � m W I FECL METERING � � � Q , PUMP SKID ww _.M.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w � U � E W 12_PM P_07210 I I E W 12_PM P_07220 � ; i � � � � z I � � " _ , mmmmmmmmm W z mm �SUMP(TYP) � � (n � � � � � J nmmm I (�G�� I .� � Z m � � � ........ ........ .......... � - ._�. .�:�.� �:�.�,�.. , ' mm mmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmm ____ ��, � m�_ � T Z Q I ._....��__�� m��m� .mmmmmmmmm��.�_ _��m �_mmm� � � a � � W iLA_3,4'�� ' I W � C� , � � � O O i 1 I � U Q - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �- - - - - - - - - - {a� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z � � � _ W " � � � � � � � �MATCNLINE:SEE DWG 20�E�1 FOR CONTINUATION � � � � � � � �� MATCHLWE:SEE DWG 30-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � (n � W � Q o U PLAN oRA,W1��N� ��MBE� 1/2"_�.Q„ 'fV-E-2 A-32520 oR��NA� 5��.E As �HOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 58 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-40E002.dgn PLOTDATE:10l11/20221:33:tOPM W�I Z U Z Z Q w n Q � J Q � Zo z � a � � O � m�r � 7 �+ , o 4� � � � � � Q �' �� ,'„^s � W z `� � z � o � ` �� 'm Q � o . .� I..�.J �� z ,..,i µ o� �� z z O �Q � tn �Y > a 0 U ..�....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................�_-.....mmmm.�.mmmm�mmm.. + + + -� + + � . . . �G�EFR*b �2.9 �2.9 �3.0 �3.1 3.2 3.3 3.3 3� , 3.3 3.2 �� ° Schedule �� '' . ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... , ._ 7 .......... �'"� a ,.^^ S bol L bel I Qu ti Manuf t Catalo N b D Number l � , m �„„„.(�fr"4.EI ym g y g crptwn mens LightL s Wa��9 p�� b 1 1 .G...,l...A �4 ��, , ......... .. ........ _ Lamps P Lamp F ct o�6 p� 2.9 2.9 3.0 1.5 0.0 0. 0.0 �� + + - �_ - - . _ � � 5 � fa 1 w.w �j � + �"� 2 Lrthonia L ght ng DSXSC�ED 20C�00 30K DSX SURFACE CANOPV FIXTURE WITH 2 � 5409 1 46 �� 15/ d � �d°� J.� 3. TSMMVOLT IIGHTENGINE5,700mADRNER.3000K . IEDs,TSM OPTIC. - Mq e�" ' nN��e � I C ti��i�N� � � � . + + + , �a + � ✓� �� + + � i � e 2.9 3A 1.5 0.0 ,';�� 0 0.0 ,�� . "t�.�1 1.5 3. , ,�ax��z,3z�d + f . , _... ,.�,. ___ � ��„ �w ,,,,, ,,, + + + � � + + � + + + 3.Q 3.1 1. 1 .0 "� � 0. 0 0.0 0.0 � 1.6 3. �% . Y� � , ....., . �w `'' �w + 1 + + + � + +E ^, + + �� 2.8 1. � _�.0 0.0 0. 0. �A�� '� -`� ' �� , . 1.7 3. � � W t� Statistics jB�eM��°' t ¢_ ��? Description ; Symbol Avg Max Min Max/Min Avg/Min �'� + �cS + t + + + + + _ .. ._ _ . ..- .._ 2.8 3. 1. 0. 0.0 \ 0.0 0. �.� . 2. CHEM CANOPY : � 1.8 fc 3.8 fc , 0.0 fc N/A N/A ('3 �,.�'` �i �'�, �a�a u� ' - - - - - - ' � � �- � ��° w �`� �y�� + + � � z �2.8 3.0 3.1�' � �� °� . .0 � '�1U.0�� 0. � 0.0 3.3 3. W � � �" \" " �� .... � � � ~ , �� tL U Q � + + + + 12.9 13.1 13.2 13.4 � . .�_�.._.�p:p._��0.0 .6 . 3. � m W � � 0 _ . -- U � � + + + + + + + + + 2.9 3.1 3.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.6 3.8 0.0 0.0 1. � - U � � � � � �' � � W + + + + + + + + + + + z � 3.0 ��m . 3.3 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.6 2.4 0.0 0.0 0. � N O Z m � � � � + + + + --.. a � ' � m mmm�:4m�..m____��.�__m�w.m_��:6, .��w.w�:'�"_.��i m.�m�� ...._� r Z � .... ��,..��._��.,�mm�.��..�mm��."�..��."��.,�� ..��,�m��.��...�..��.�� __ J Q v ¢ � Z � 0 � � o � � U �' N J Z a � W � o � � z w Q � U PLAN oRAW�N� ��MBE� ,�Z,.=,._a., 40-E-3 A-32521 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 59 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-40E003.dgn PLOT DATE:10l11/2022 3:13:20 PM FOR CONTINUATION w�� A SEE DWG Y-1 A z 50-SM-2 � ( TYP ALL 50-SM-2 z i,i � 4',0„ � � z � I 24"X 46"ACCESS HATCH o rYp n i� 15205 1"FW ,,,,,wQ„i �12��BWW �IQUID LEVE�INDICATOR TYP � FOR CONTINUATION � \ W/GAUGE BOARD SEE DWG Y-1 NOTES: `� � � �-- ` 15201A 1. ROOF SUPPORT COLUMN FOOTING. FOOTING SHALL zo z TYP BE DESIGNED BY THE TANK MANUFAGTURER.THE c� Q � � � - GROSS ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE � � ry�o �� 0 3200D SHALL NOT EXCEED 2,000 PSF WITH SNOW LOAD � o ` A o TYP AND FULL TANK. o ro� �� 50-SM-2 � " 2"FW��-�� 6"REC��-�� , _ _ - - -f- - - _ _ _ p 2. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 15120. � � � � � � � � J ' � � 3. INSTALL SACRIFICIALANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION n � o � ` ( \ � SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 13212. 'a Q � m� � o �� ' � . � � � � � zu� � I � � z� o � � OSHA LADDER WITH w Q � � � � � SAFETY CLIMB DEVICE, � � � . o , i a �� SAFETY CAGE AND ��,i `s� ( ♦ , RAILING ��'�R*y ` ��,� ' �/ �� 2`�0 , � � g � �� 6"FJ RESTRAINT ,�. � , I � � � w � >� FL x FL FLEXIBLE JOINT � �� ,``'. � � � . , � (10)MIN ANCHOR BOLTS oa - o � o 221-01-0617,NOTE 2-............... / • • • , � � z P \ \ y�Q � SPACED EQUALLYAROUND o � � , . ,�'�K'�„_ , ( �� TANK,PROVIDEADDL � *5` / \ , `_�� f� BACKWASH , � / \\ ANCHORS AS REQD BY / Y . r'`f�� RECLAIM � \ '+�r '� y� TANK I Q O \ o T A N K M F R � �� m•°� EW12_TNK_06U0 � � ry ,/ � � � M � � \ \� NOTE 1,BELOW I � �/ 24"SQUARE � /� \ I � / MANWAY � � � / � � ' N � \ � . , � \ \ � / \\ Y� 4"FJ RESTRAINT \ � _ _ _ � ' , a.w FL x FL FLEXIB�E JOINT � � �� ,,<':' O w 221-01-0416,NOTE 2 0 / ,� �1 � � � � � . ,� EW12 PLV 06180 � N 9403.31 � �� I '� ,' �-'� 4"SLD � E 9544.54 � ` � 1 �.j8,eµp=�'°� Q z I � ; � , � �W 90° I I � 270° 2,_6" - - - - - - - -�- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - -�- - - - - - - � � I I � I 2„F W � I , � � z � (-- i` � , \ I � o Q � W � \ '- - - I - - - - � I W O � 2"x 3/4"RDCR � ( � / � U � \ � \ I \ � � // r � 0 \ � \ , � � �5 � � U � . , � �— � � � � � � � I '� � � � � � � . � � z � I � , W = Q `, � 0 '� � cn � � � � W \ 50-SM-3 � / � Y , 0� \ � Q m z � I eo-sMs � � 14"FCA N � � i � � \ / T Z \ � � � � ( i � Q J � . ' —� � U ' W � w � Z � ' � , _ ! , , — ' �� c=n � ' - - - -�- - - - ' " U � o' o Z N � W � o m � z Q � � DRAWWG NUMBER: 50-SM-1 RIP RAP PER SPECIFICATION A-32522 SECTION 0239Q SEE DWG G3 FOR oRicwn� scFli.E: TOP P�AN EXTENTS OF RIP RAP 2 0 2 4 FEET aS NOrED 1/2"=1'-0" � UA`fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 60 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-SOSM101.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:51:OS PM W�I Z NOTES: `� z 24"SQ 1. PROVIDEATANK SIDESHEL�HEIGHTAND z `� a MANWAY ROOF FRAMING TO MEET THE FREEBOARD � OSHA LADDER WITH MANHOLE COLLAR REQUIREMENTS OF AWWA D103-19 SEISMIC w SAFETY CAGE AND WITH VENT DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. a v� RAILING BY TANK MFR �❑ 2. WSTALL SACRIFICIAL ANODE CATHODIC Q PROTECTION SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATION zo z �� SECTION 13212. � Q � � 3. PROVIDE 12'-0 OF 6"FLEXIBLE BRAIED PVC � HOSE. � 0 EL 528.10 NOMINAL � EAVE HEIGHT,NOTE 1 � � z n � o LIQUID LEVEL 'm Q Q �' INDICATOR W/ o �� GAUGE BOARD z� z� o � � v� � r a o � �G�NEER*b F'� 2�p O ]� � j¢ U U O�� U p Z � � O� *y�P BACKWASH RECLAIM TANK (125,000 GAL NOMINA�) EW12_TNK_06170 FLOATING SUPERNATANT COLLECTOR�- � - Ny AVG WSE 51724 Y� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -s- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -�� - - - - - - - - - - - - - d'w � ��""' O � � 6°FLEXIBLE �� '� �� NOSING,NOTE 3� \ \� �.j8,eµpa�°°'m Q z �� \ '�w \ � � \ � \ �� z � � `� � � � W \\�\ � � � o �� INSTALL SAMPLE PORTS � AT EL 504.35,506.35, � 1 � U Q 508.35,510.35 � Q _J � � f � � 0 I ' � 6"FJ RESTRAINT U FL x FL REXIBLE JOINT � � 221-01-0617 i � ' � o% 24"X 46"ACCESS � � E- � � �HATCH � I � . � \ � .. ................ 15205� z � 15205 W - � U MIN WSE 505.60 V � � W - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -S- - - - - - - - �\- - - - - EW12_PLV_06180 W 15201A � Z m Y � CL EL 504.58 Q � TOC,,,EL 504.10 4"SLD N �rt � Z VARIES J a � c Q � \ J =1lI ill� � O w � � _ p.o.:p.ea �.o.:p so p.o.:p ei � fA � C ZEF�0.33 ��'_�f�'_ � CL EZ S�W33 U Q _ N � � CL EL�� Z a Y � FW�/ lZn g 499.50 � 12"BWW � � CL E�4S9.D34 W o m - --- ......__ � CL EL 499.10 Q o 3305 _-- 6"REC 12"BWW AND 6"REC, oRCa^wiNc NUMeErt: FOR CONTINUATION �,7V-SM-Z SEE DWG Y-2,TYP ALL �A� SECTION A-32523 50-SM-1 1/2"=1'-0" ORiGiNAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 6� OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-SOSM102.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:SO:OO PM W�I Z NOTES: `� z 1. PROVIDEATANKSIDESHEL�HEIGHTAND z `� Q ROOF FRAMWGTO MEETTHE FREEBOARD w� n REQUIREMENTSOFAWWAD103-09SEISMIC Q DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. � v� 2. WSTALLSACRIFICIALANODECATHODIC � PROTECTION SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATION a " zo z SECTION 13212. � Q � � 3. PROVIDE 12'-0 OF 6"FLEXIBLE BRAIED PVC � �' 12"BWW HOSE. o _ -- -- INV EL 522.85 �� " EL 528.10 NOMINAL � EAVE HEIGHT,NOTE 1 � � z 4�_p�� Q � �I o m � z� z� o ( � � - � � � a o � 14"FCA ��Neerz* �� 12"BWW INTERNAL I �� °jti� STAND PIPE g ° >% 14"OF w � �a U U PIPE SUPPORT,TYP ' CL EL 520.85 �� U ° I a z �� o� *y�P BACKWASH RECLAIM ( TANK (125,000 GAL NOMINAL) ( EW 12_TN K_06170 ' o VARIES �'J_�j�f� _0 AVG WSE 51724 O W ��- <..:; �� CLEL499.50 � �'� �� 12"BWW m �, ^°Bi� pa� F� 3305 a z ., �jw ' 14"OF � z � (" �� SECTION p � tz 50-SM-1 1/4"=1'-0" W � � � � � tL U Q O mW � � 0 U � � "' z 1/2"THICK ��-TANK SHELL BY TANK MFR � o O CANE-FIBER ��_3^ z � JOINT FILLER, �ANCHOR BOLTAND W s U ASTM D1751 j CHAIR BY TANK MFR _0 MIN WSE 505_60_ W N W / TANK BTM � 3/4"CHAMFER Z m � BY TANK MFR Q Z _TOC EL 504 10 N � � J Q � 12"LIME TREATED �'�III L�n' " _f � _' - ' VARIES W � U AGGREGATE BASE �� (� ('� COMPACTED TO 95% "' 'ur 4 "!'� Q V�� DOO�Q\J � Q � RELATIVE DENSITY - M o Q 0�� o � _ III=_ N Z (6)#6 CONT CIRC � � :e:p`:.�o.�� j � O OOO DD �1 M � Q REINF STAGGER 1 1 O 1 Z a Y SPLICES 3" � � -- CLR ...... ........ 2 6 / _ = ( N ��- #5 STIRRUPS @ 14" BASE SUPPORT 15051 (n � Q + W/(3)#4 EACH WAY� RIP RAP PER � m �� SPECIFICATION Q � SECTION 02390, DRAWING NUMBEk: SEE DWG G3 FOR ��'�+M_e3 �� SECTION EXTENTSOFRIPRAP 50-SM-1 1/2"=1'-0" 4 0 4 8 FEET A-32524 �� SECTION SCALEI/4"=1'-0" ORIGINAL SCFlI.E AS SHOWN 50-SM-1 1/2"=1'-0" 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 62 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-SOSM102.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:SO:OO PM W�I Z U Z REFER TO DWG E-2 ' ' ' � ' z I.� . -.�' ' --.. , a FORCONTINUATION . � '"^�^��.,,„� w� n � ��w.,„„K,' , i -, . � �' `^�..w...,\ Q I �"� / �.. � I ` � � , �;,,..�.�.,.w�-.-,�.„��,�..„m � - � \ � GROUND ROD Q �, / �.��,....„..._.....,�.....�.....�........ , �-�w�= •�_"_"�`"�"�,,.,�.„�� W ITH TEST WEL� �� w,,�w �'��"�'�».,`"�,„��,w., . ,,.^,,�","'�'"✓"'""' ., `"�.,K.,».,, S605� � _ � . � / ..w.�^ �WN.�.,m � ` , � w.�".""" �,�� `�""��...�.�,.,,,,� � �vw..,,� ,, /.' O � �,��, o � rv� w � rv� � y�,��'"" : � u� r o�Vr'° "*�`.*�j, ,� Q � ( W z "�,'��'�.., �� y z � o �� ( j�,'u� � - -- �� ' ., .,,,� I..�.J �� ( � �M1}A ( ,�� ` �Q �Y O J 2a � ,�� ` � - � ,�� a o � � � �� .m�� /� ,�, �.,. � �,E�R*, � �� "do , `\ o o- , /' �' � e 6 0 � b � � � P #4/0 BARE COPPER ��<s� a �c s I� ��,�� GROUND GRID ,� � ,�'�� % EW 12_�IT_02160 � , ��#2/0 BARE COPPER (TYP AL�TAI�S) � � � � � �d�� N y � ' Y� � BACKWASH RECLAIM TANK � „2�;; �`" , �. 06_TNK_10 _ I '��4 �,.�,W _ �� -,.�� . W� � .......,.,., , � n ,r . ( 'n:8i� e=�'°� Q� � z ��;::.��: .�,/ "" _ ��, � ?j W -�.� ....,_� � .w.. � �,�..... � z � F— � � Z �� 1 � � � � � � � ,` I � U Q ,� __ } , � mo � �_� � � , / U � \ `� � �� i... � � � z ,� � J • W z �- • � � � � � Q \ GROUND ROD W � U �(TYP 3) Q �' � '� ��,� ,, Ii � � � � ��`�,. � �°°°��,,�, ��"� �•' J � � "��°"` �' � z a ,\ ' ��"",, a°��'r' °��,�°,�� 0 r � �� '�� . � J �� , � � � ',� �� .��,u�,,,,,,,,,,,,,,� , �� U � � �� z � w ..,� � ��m.�.��a � � . ``� ��.� �°' -' W " � �w...�m �� / �--.� , Cn � 3 � \ �..��...�,.��-�-�.�-�:�� / Q o m � V � � DRAWING NUMBER: � � - 5p_E_1 � � . , , _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,_ A-32525 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E PLAN �s �"°W" 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 1/2"=1'-0" SCALE 112"=1'-0" SHE� 63 OF 93 i n �N 17-0 NOTES: _ U 1. SEE SHEET C-2 AND C-3 FOR FOR LOCATION AND Z w ELEVATIONS OF SLUDGE RO��-OFF CONTAINERS Z Q _ o ' " S�ABS ( 3 TOTA�). a T EL 503.40 2_3 � U EL 503.31 2. SEE SHEET Y-1 FOR YARD PIPING LOCATION AND � INVERT E�EVATION OF 4" DR AND 4" S�D AROUND Q S�UDGE CONTAINERS. � (�o � � z 3. PROVIDE 1/2" PJF BETWEEN ADJACENT CONCRETE O Q PADS. o D 0 � O U W � L�.J � � � � z �7 � Q Q � Q � �� 0 m � � � �m O w � �— � 0 U � SLUDGE FI�TER ��NEER * b � ROLL OFF CONTAINER 4" `� �� - � (TYP OF 3) ° � >o ' 4" FEED �' `° � � � � � LINE 4" WIDE TRENCH � � - �. � EW12 FTR_06190 DRAIN TD-01 CONT # 4 � ,� z �� EW12 FTR 06200 TOC EL 503.64 ° P - - # 5 DW� @ 12" '�d� ��` � SECURE FILL LINE TO EW12_FTR_06210 . 3a �` FILTER ROLL OFF - - I I 1=1 I 1=1 CONTAINER PER MFR -111=11) III��III��I � 4" MALE CAM-LOK � � CONNECTION � • A � _ ��-o° v� � � � � W OW B SECTION W � Z 1/2" PJF 1" PVC HOSE 4° SLD FOR CONT � ; �, _ BLEED PIPE SEE DWG Y-1 - 1 1/2" = 1'-0" �a;gM p0�'�' � � aZ E L 503.31 � W EL 503.40 _ � � 4" DR FOR CONT � � g SEE DWG Y-1 -�----- _ � � 4" DIA HOSE 6' LONG 'J'---- � Z � ~ � C � � W - � O � 4" FEMALE � �j � CAM-LOK CONNECTION TOP PLAN � � , � 4" X 1" REDUCING TEE 3/4" = 1'-0" � v Q EW12_PLV_06190 SLUDGE FILTER 4" FEMALE CAMLOCK EW12_FTR_06190 O m �' ROLL OF CONTAINER 12" HOOK CONT # 4 CONNECTION EW12_FTR_06200 W � � 0 TOC EL 503.64 EW12_FTR_06210 ; � FG EL VARIES v iii=iii=iii=ii � w � - �- - � M Q � 4" FEED � ° � LWE � i , 4° SLD � W 3" CLR • � - PIPE SUPPORT � o Q ' I � � � m STD HOOK � � 15000A � AT D RAI N 1 �� TOC EL 503.37 V Z 6 Q . � U'� M I N # 5@ 12" =1 I 1=1 I 1=1 I 1=1 . �. .° .. a. ..d =1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I r O 3 DRAINS W/ � � � W CAMS AND (3) # 5 BE�OW DRAW CAPS TYP � 4" PIPE STRAP � -� 0 ( ) 2'-0" FASTENED TO LLI � ZQ � D ETAI L FOOTING � � Z - 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1- � J „ ��P� 2 _ ___ _ CL EL 496.85 W � 4 WIDE TRENCH C� 0 ,...- ..,� DRAI N C TD-01 N Li o ° o � � C SECTION o � FG E� 503.40 � FG EL VARIES - 1 " - 1'-0" m � °° a ° ' 1-1I1-1I1-1I1= o d Q Q O " � �" 7 � � � � 6" 0 6" 1 FEET DRAWING NUMBER: . � � / � � # 5@ 12° EW, � - SCALE 1 1/2"=1'-0„ 1'-0" # 5 CONT (3) SIDES CTR IN SLAB � ` 1 0 1 2 FEET /4-32526 EL VARIES A S E CT I O N (O P) 2 " , " oRASN NOTEDLE: SCALE 1 -1 0 1 0 1 2 F E E T - 3/4" = 1'-0" 4" DR, SEE Y-1 FOR CONTINUATION �aTE: MaY 2023 3/4��=1�-0�� SHEET 64 OF 93 W�I Z U Z i,i E.,�kSi"(hS�';�11VI'7�GN�J,�f7C) �XI`.��("iNt�N7t`.E`-;2 MCC-12A z n tSUE�F��,;F 4V�r.r>5 GG;kC Erl�i)ti,.sl��i1r�r,6�:M Ki-�It:,. 200A,3P,4W,65KAIC w� NEC�r4A 1�^ NEMr'7'�? NEMA 12 Q �,__. , „- ,,. ,. .. _ _mm. � .� .,. .,�... .� _ ........ .� _ ..mmm �. _ �mmm. �. _ �mmm. �. _ �mmm. �. _ �mmm. �. _ �mmm. �. _ �mmm. �. _ �mmm �. _ �mmm. ------------------------------------------------------ � � � � v� t � � �� Q � ._...., ✓✓jj � . '��` ' M f f r I i � � � . ( `` �� I �� ' � � ��___�n„ I �... " i � � �?`xCvti i�I � ._--- T �. �"�'� '� °� ' °n; EQ00. � `i SA �� a(aR � 150AT F. � � 150AT � 40A � 100A � 15A � 40A � 100A � 100A �o � � . ._��f,Qfl,S � � �(3j 3i� ) � ::.F� � 1!-` � ... .. 3P � �NOTE 2) � � 3P � �3� 3P�� 3P � 3P � 3P � 3P � 3P � � rr � ' � � T14� (� I\�if�l"' !"N1 200AF 200AP TM MCP MCP MCP TM TM � � ._� � � � � I � � � O I,! � r�rt (:�} f ` u� � I..�.J �� i � fVbt' �- ,�� I TVSS �1) (2) XMFR-LA z � w z � .. ... - 'iC1W;t,(A F i 45KVA ' �'� � � @�i)ki �ie)(7,�E �t'�7F'i:46C71,` '� krt10.�� otftJ,�r ��'� �� u �� r„m. � .r p � VPD PRIt 480V � �� o r � � € SEC:208/120V � � Q �� "� � � �..�„ ,..��. � 3PH � a o � � i ....t ` _�_ �. '��C:�'�Q"120'v'. � � ��.. _, _ _.. _ _ �-- _ _ _.. .. _ _ .� _ _ _v. _ _ � � , � � � -� �' � _ � , � _ � _m� -- ------------------ ------ ----- ----- -� = r----- �G,E�R*d -- ' � o`_`� � __ _- � � � , � � � � � � Q � � � � � � � U � NOTE 3 ,� o 0 0 0 �-� W � � o 0 o i i d s � .� , ..... , ( ,. P100 co c� u� m °� P � ��°'� E a a a a � � eals *5 � ` ,�C� l C7F4 �� d : :;�� ( � rn� � � � �a�.�r��, < < ' LIC-,HTING ' ft _e.� _ m...._..e,.�_ ° � PANEL � �� t,CtNh�lk,l C N RF1TC)R �� LIC -lTING3 � PNL-LA SEC:480Y/277 VAC � , I'x IVF.�. , �----� 3PN,4W,32KAIC �� ! ` �t�I [� E p _ �i E� _ .�. .� _ m ,...... _� NEW � � = REU XFMR lq� PRI:12,470VAC 2,�� ; � Y� NOTE 3 <`.� �`� _ ' �� Q W� I. � 125KV,30,4W, W!al�dF'l�t�.��, �� m� W� FROM REU �LW1�_PIAt�(� t:i'1'1tIG �V`-J'12_C'Cv9P E,)7�"IE,1G � Q= �w 40 2 15 1 8 �----------1$------------{ � � �TYP� �� I SPARE BACKWASH MIXER SURFACE WASH DISTRIBUTION z � (-' � RECLAIM PUMP BOOSTER PUMP PANE� Q � W EW12_PMP_02710 EW12_MXR_02130 EW12_PMP_04160 PNL-DP Q O MCC-12 & MCC-12A � U Q A SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM � m W PNL PNL - NONE LA DP TVSS � � Q U LIGHTING PANELBOARD MIXER l.OAD SUMMARY I ' ' ' ' ' � � PNL-LA MAIN TAG NUMBER CIRCUIT/DESCRIPTION HP F�A KVA PDF PD F�A PD KVA CIRCUIT NEW MCG12A SUB-FED FROM EXISTING MCC-12 ��' � z BREAKER EW12 MXR 02130 MIXER 2.0 3.4 2.7 0.7 2.4 1.9 1. REFERTO CONDUIT SCHEDULE,FOR CONDUITAND W � CABLING INFORMATION. � EW12_PMP 04160 SURFACE WASH PUMP 15 21 16.7 0.5 10.5 8.4 `� � � EW12 PMP 02170 BACKWASH RECLAIM PUMP 40 52 41 0.5 26.0 207 2. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER W SPACE IN EXISTING Z o Q MCC.BREAKER SHALL MATCH EXISTWG TYPE AND � PNL-LA XFMR 480-120/208V,3PH 54 45 0.7 37.8 31.4 INTERRUPTING RATING. a � DISTRIBUTION PANEL PN�-DP 20 17 0.5 10.0 8.3 N � Q MCG12A SUBTOTAL 130.4 105.8 76.7 62.4 3. CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS PER REU T Z Q 25%OF LARGEST MOTOR 13.0 6.5 REQUIREMENTS.REFERENCE REU DRAWINGS. J a W TOTAL AMPS a�480V/3PHASE 143.4 83.2 uj � J TRANSFORMER VFD PULL MCG12A MAW BREAKER(AMPS) 200 200 Z � O J XFMR-LA SECTION EXISTING MCC-12 � Z EW12 PMP 01100 EXISTING WE�L PUMP NO.12 350 414 330 0.9 372.6 296.9 U � EW12_PMP_07100 EXISTING CL2 BOOSTER PUMP 1A 2.1 17 0.0 0.0 0.0 Z � PNL-L XFMR 480-120/240V,1 PH 21 10 0.5 10.4 5.0 W MCG12A NEW MCG12A 130.4 63 76.7 37 � � MCG12 SUBTOTAL 567.3 459.7 Q o 25%OF LARGEST MOTOR 103.5 93.2 TOTAL AMPS @ 480V/3PHASE 670.8 552.8 oRawiNc NUMeErt: MCG12 SERVICE SIZE(AMPS) 600.0 600A E-� FRONT RIGHT A-32527 oRicwn� scFli.E: � MCC-12A ELEVATION � o � z FEET ^s s"oW" _ �^=��_Q�� UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1"=1'-0" SHE� 65 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-E001.dg� PLOTDATE:3/27/2023 PLOTTIME:82T.2�AM . ox ax ax ox e,x ox ax �,X : �x : ax �,X �x �� ... �;� . _ ox ,r f� ___ __ ^ __. ..._ T _ _ _ _ ...._ ._ _ __ _ _ __ _. _ _ _ _ __ ..._ .._ _ � n ..._ �. -- w� _ _- — _ __ __ __ ._ _.__ r- ��- _ ��. _ - - - _ - r _.-. U ..�_-._.__ ------ ------- ------- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ------ - ------- - ------- � � z w / � / I I I �--- _ e r � I Z � � ,� '�l� i i i W o x r Q / �� ..�--- �--- ' r � / - /,, l �- �, S� z ------ ----- ---- ---- ---- ------ ------ ------ ---- ----- ----=- --- - - o /, . �_._ � I l�-- � � /�; � r,-,. � Y Z , � ,�-" NOTES O � - - -- ------ ------ ---- ----- ------ 1 ELE TRICAL UTILITY PRIMARY PER REU � �, _-_ / __.�� /--'� c ' ''� ''� -�- ,r .- --- - -- ---- - --- ` - -- — REQUIREMENTS.REFERENCE REU DRAWING. o f/ s G.r� �^ r �+ f' � f .�"` � ,i_ / F ; f„/ � � N W ll ' f f,/ � �� G % \ 2. PROVIDE NEW CONDUIT,CABLE AND PU�LBOX � z � o � - rr � ` ,�� >< �� FOR TELEPHONE TO EXISTING TELEPHONE � z x r � v ��_� �__ �_� �_� m�_ �� _ ^,,'" � TERMINATION BOX AT EXISTING MECHANICAL mz o j` /' � � '� �� " -� - � -: � BUILDWG.COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH �� 'm� � [' � � �` �- SERVICE PROVIDER. � z o i i z � - i - - -' I � � � � �, � '� UPS � "�� I � 3. E�ECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICE LAT6RAL TO a� � � ° ------ --------- ___- =� � �� I ` t� ENCLOSURE� � �,* µ �' I� EXISTING MAIN SWITCHBOARD IN EXISTING � MECHANICAL BUI�DING PER REU �EE��[ � �� , '�- � REQUIREMENTS.REFERENCE REU DRAWING. Q�� '�e //ii , i�'/ o�S o � �� LL �`�� ° � 4. CITY TO PROVIDE A NEW RADIO TOWER.STUB ��' (�� GREENSAND '� ; ( �Z��„� ( UP AND CAP CONDUITS. �a �� o � FILTER %�EXST WELL"� ( ° � � � � �SEE 30-E-1 �BU��00.35 x � � 5. PROVIDE NEW CONDUIT TO ROL�OFF ��dals� *s`P ii x � � � � � ( = I I I CONTAINER AREA FOR AUTO SAMP�ER POWER. � � � �-., SEE 10 E 1/ � 6. A�L E�ECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING IN u,�_ ' �; ( � � WET AND CORROSIVE AREAS MUST MEET THE � � ( WET AREA ; ? ( I I � REQUIREMENTS OFTHIS CONTRACT AND THE � REFERENCE '%WET AREA � � � �' �� RELEVANT PROVISIONS OP THE 2022 o � ( SHEET G-11 ( � � � � � � � CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE. _ � � _ -` � / I x � ` � � �tEPERENCE,; � � _ I � � "� ------ �SHEET G 11 � G� -� , � - - --- CHEMICA ST RAGE � � '~��. ^ �^HM `�'_,-._". „' ; ;; � 6`\ — — — — . _,_..._._.. . ;, , I FACILITY, EE....0-E-� . . ...Ic ... �.=,:„..;��, �e .. ,, .. .. __ '�, ' � '.�' � - ( ;;" y� ��, - � _ - - `1� >< �� .. m Poo2, - - - �w � CORROSIVEAREA ( � � Ow REFERENCE \ �NOTE 3 _ ' SHEET G-11 FILTER MECHANICAL ( G �*`�z , CONTROL BUILDING Gc C001 c�\.... ..... ... ..... . �n a� W� ' PANEL� SEE 20-E-1 ' " '�+�µn� a� ° �_ _ _" _ _ � P601,P602,.� _ W C601 C602,G� � > > �r >r m ! `� '-:.. ' ..' '�.„„.;' � � � � � _ � WET AREA C603 �. � � >E i t � r a '�` � REFERENCE G =, � � " � � � H � SHEET Cy-11 r.w�> ,��,_,�} E .�,-r � .�t� �� ` f, `CCYN�t��fE �. � z��,j � � I / P600 5605 _ � � � BOLLARDS � � � W x 1 Q/ \ �TRANSFORMER h W > � � �'�°; I` / G � PAD � � I— � P600 -- —�� c P, � ,i 't i �� NOTE5_� ::�. .... �;� F Gc� � �! Q � F �� F i � / SIGNAL PULL RADIO \ \ e� � .. �'� � m W �' ,� I BOX P62 TOWER G�'F. "� , ... . , � = Q ` P001, �- �� ,,� ', NOTE 4 � ��'�, . . . . � -�- ' POWER �NOTE 1 U r �, PULLBQX PB1 TELEPHONE C001 ', J ��` ° " 16112 TYP 3 PU�LBOX NOTE2 ��, � i � ' , �� i . NOTE 2......... � G� � m ° ° j � x � � `,� �-8605 � o � `�„�'' G�'t�`\ x m I �� o � m G x 1 � � c� \ � � � � x- �a a, 1 � �G�R, (�J � � I WET AREA � � ' REFERENCE Gc�\ \G ',' ' —� I— Q � SHEET G-11 �j � , � W o � � ;,' c� m° i� � U � � � S�UDGE FILTER �`:' ' BACKWASH � ROLL OFF CONTAWER, � �' \ G� � RECLAIM TANK G� F � W SEE DWG / PARSHA�L FLUME MANHO�E SEE 50-E-1 m \ 70-SM-1(TYP OF 3) l o\ ' > , I FOR WASTEWATER FLOW ,f a MEASUREMENT G � 0 I WASTE WATER G�Fc� z ' SAMPLING STATION \\ o I '� ' I ' (y�^ ., , DRAWING NUMBER: ° ° �c�` '� � �—`G� x _ .a . ,. � _ . . . . �' / q-32528 1 I ORIGINAL SCALE: �,x � - ( _ E �x ox d ox ax c�x ax �x e�x c�x c;x 10 0 10 20FEET �„ _ �o' _ _ / ----- -- SCALE T�=1O� DATE: MAY2023 _.. '....— _L ___ _ .T _... .....� ._._. . � _.� .__ .__ . .... ___. ____. ... _ ...... _.... ____ ..._ ......... . ___. ____. ..... �- ' � ' SHEET 66 OF 93 �� W _ U Z - w Z a W� � J Q U � Q Z ��........ � � z O a � 0 ° �'' o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � f, O N w a o 00 � cn w � 'a o 0o Q 'a o0 00 / z � Z � , � _ .a oa � a oa : 8� m W =a o0 0.-. _-. -.- T- rc _F � .�- . -._ . _. F .- � _, -,- -� _ - �c� m� � �o. o.o =ao �o =oo �o.o 'oo 'oo aa -v�r o.o Qo_ao os 'an os o.o _ao ao ao �o a.a o.a_oa a_o n� o.� o.� 'n.o a.a a.a�o.e,,,e. ,.o oa -`'..�...--.._' _ _ ____._ _____� � w z z o 0 0o ao oa o0 00 0 0 0� ao ao ao 00 00 00 oa aa aa aa o0 00 00 0o aa aa aa o0 00 00 00 oa aa aa '�� a a� � . . . . . . o� . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... o o � .� . . . ,o '��'oo 'oo 'oo aolr, oo 'oo �aa-ee-o-e--.�a- . . - . a . - . . ----- - =es-,es -�-�- ,°° .--''_. - - - - - - -� - =o o �'o� 'o� 'o� ' o ;Gg/ oo 'o_ oA o --'aa o0 00 00 00 00 0o uo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 �N°`EE *e,ti SD A _ o� �O%o�o �� o 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 00 0 00 'o �/" o�o�� - � �d o0 00 �,u o . -s q.a �a � o a. oo ao 'aqr'�.oA . ee- oo .ao o� '-- - -.y �6� o '. a a "� .o ,f� '�a' . ."a . �.o a . . /�� . . a a a -o,r"� "� �yd � #5tc ��,y� �_oo _ � _ _ tsi, e a o� 0 700 � ao ��/ao o� o o� o a, a, o, o� a ao aa o0 0� a \ :aoa o � 1 ao a o 0 0 .a� �ao �oo �oo�. ao ��o �o �ao ��o �o _ o ao � o=��oo o �� oo ;x °° � 0 0 .00 o� � i y � �a.o �o.o �o.o � ' . . �° �oo od .o a.a a o ,o.o o t �o. .a o.� a.o 00 oa a�� °°a , � � o (o o. � i%/ . . . o� '�'oo 'oo 0o I'o 'oo od o0 00 �'n .o 'oo 'oo o ,d'm ��3A / ' , .`a o, o, oo �o oo o0 00 00 00 00 ''��, ��.� °� oo 'o� 'o�I'� 'ao 'ao 'ao �� FILTER. V�EL ,4 oa oz o, a ao ao o� o� � 3C�4f � ,4 a� oa o0 0� o, �� (96L61P1 =s. '�o o, , :a� . . . . � . . „ � .. , o FF 500� z3 oz �,a�. ' .' 'z, ',a "oa "o, „ CHEMICAL STORAG .0°° °- - o�'' ao ao ., o, . o, o � , �E 1 �-E � °. �o o� o0 0� oz ,aoo 'a.o �o.a o� o,�. o.z o.z �a.s �� ' ;..... FACI�ITY,SEE 40 E- -e o.o�'o s o .,., 'o.a -. . a s s "a. . oa . . "�.o o"��o.a o0 0o a � i o Nq .a ��„ , . . . � ,a o ��o.o o.o o.o o�. ts, s '� ,� . � s. . o.a . . a.o a 'a - � : u �p s .�o � "-� - ' �� v� �° o.o oi oi os os o.� oe �x. 't �ca e.� ';ei � < aa o.o��ao. 'd ° o a a. . �.... ' "� - � - . 9 . se ,aoo . . '.. « , . , 4 0 00 '�,0.0 0.0 0.0 .0 0.0 D.1 0.2 Oa 0.] ��.0 t.6 2� 1 v 5 1 �� t4 2> >4 09 0.6 a „ 3�"�' �3 9 2.� �➢4......➢i P.1 .�9.R.. 0 0 0 0 .a.o �Ob� ... _ - . / i Y � . 5 �/ �a00 ,`00 00 00 I 0 ao 00 a0 00 00 00 00 0o ao , o t.i Oe tV�C'�m��^�*� OG Ot 0� ao ao 00 00 '' �t 36 2t a0 �y� W ;ooa . , . ° , BUILDING `k•,.Mn••,; s3 ,000 !'oo 'oo 'o�''o ao 0o ao 'oo 'o� 'oo 'oo o� oo ;o ao 'o� '��_�ao ,s r, 'as :, oa o, a, ao ao ao o� oo �o0 .� � . . . . . . . . .o <bo 'a �Qj'� ,a o 00 a o .^. oo "o_� " oo._ .ao „-..:.. " __.'_ oo , .o.__' 'os 'oa�- 'oo �I `- oo ,. .�� a. � o 'o o „o o o o °° �i,��.��;;,��.,�w ��i `.'�,.�"�,,�:'�',t��.y„„,,�.Fx�;z°�, ----- �oa __ o� o0 00 s � S•�'' r: 'z 7 a o 'ao bo "ao ' o0 oa 'oo 'o, ax as ,a , 'z< a oo � � �,p ��d� . t, s �e� „000 � � zo '�' .� �., � �k��n��s ^e�a a"` }�z�r�� z �,'.z`��`v� V �a a b. . ao ao a4 ., o.s . .`t . r o ov v ao . o.o 00 `a � . .�_-e�. _ ;a o �'��.'o.o o.o 'o.a�. . ' `. . �i' � a� ' .. . . . . � . - 'os �ao 0 00 06 o.i o.i � o�s �a.a is �2a 2 f '. 5 os �a2� � oo �oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 '� , . . � �o = z «�- �a � .aoa ao �o� �oo/�o �ao a;n �ao � , � �a2 � �a �as��aa as fos o, 3 �a ao ao ;�a ,z �o, . .� � � W ro � � a2 o ao 0 0� o0 0� o� W � � .a / .a a a �o �� r�a oo , � , a, aa a o, ao 00 00 00 00 . �a a a .a _°o 'o �'`' " �' 'o 00 00 'oo o b o0 0o oo . . 'o. . o, . . oo . . o� o0 0� �'�, Statistics �i _ Q 0 00�,�o 00 � o o. do�. o 0 0o oz oz oi oi oo oo oo oo o0 00 00 00 0o Descnption Symbol Avg Max Min MaxlMin Avg/Min � J � o� M � J��o 0 1�'offset � 0.00 fc 0.00 fc 0.00 fc NfA NfA � L�-� \ _ o� ao o a q o �rb oo � � a.i oi oo ao ao 00 00 0� _ n,� o� 3ideWelk � 22fc 8.4fc O.Ofc NfA NfA � � 0 0 0.0 0. o o�'� .o a.o a.o o.o o.o o.o o.o a.a a.a a.a o.o o.o o.o o.o o.a o.a a.a aa ��, Siieli htin � 02(c 64fc O.Ofc N/A N/A � � 0 0�'�. a o.o o. a.o �� o.o o.a o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o 00 ' , d0 b.0 b0 .0 0�"'�. 0 0.0 0. 0 � � 0.0 0.0 00 0.0 0.0 po D.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 00 �. '�. '��. Q 0. 0 D. 0 a . � �a �•0 0. � �0. �"'0 0 qp 4� � . , D 0 �w � �0. 0� 00 N =o o " o�" o 0o bo 'o �'oo .. a o0 0 0 0. o 00 . o oo . o 00 00 00 00 , . o I ;o a 'oo 0 0. o� `o. 'ao .o 'o 'ou 'oo 0 o ao dd o. o� o� ao ao ao o� o� o� o ? Z .aoa p � �° °� N g S�UDGE FILTER � � o ao 00 00 0 0 00 o ao a � o� ao 0 0� o� o� W ROLL OFF CONTAINER, � � �' m SEE DWG �� ao a �o 00 0 0 0 � o a o� o � � o� 70-SM-t(TYP OF 3) � � a ao 00 0 0 0� a a oa o0 0� oa oa U •° o ,o 'a 'a � o� ' o � 'o� o b ao 0o ao ao a o� ao ao o� o� o� N a � o . a o o �.q➢ � ,oo � '04 0. o •90_ ao ao o _a no oo_ a ao �oP oo _oo .. � J � ao � � 0.0 0 64 00 Ofl 00 0� 0 O.a 00 00 �00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0.0 00 J � � , . . a �� ,a a ao �ao o� �o� ao ao �ao ao ao �o oa �oa �oo ,a a , _ ° o W o ao _ oo � a o -c{.. ..- - --, _ _ . , � � ��r� �-" ' '�� Q ri��b.. 00 �� U BACKWASH � RECLAIM TANK � U SEE 50-E-1 � J ° W __ m 0 DRAWING NUMBER: E-2A A-32529 ORIGINAL SCALE: 0 8 16 32 1" = 10' t/16"=t'-0" DATE: MAY 2023 SHEET �67��OF 93 W�I Z — — U � _ Z �,- _ ' ' _ ' ' _ ' ' _ ' ' _ ' ' _ ' ' _ i,i �� *� z Q �-w� w� �, � � Q . a..............._____..., ..-'�.'. � U � J Q � Zo z � �' _____.�..�...____--�, � � � � � � I �o,a„ I � a,a 0 ' ^^, ' m 0 �"^,,. ' o I I � � � � � c� � � Q W z I �CHEMICAL STORAGE;, z � o �Q o� �w � � FAC I L ITY � �� z z Y O �� Y �� I :'�". I a 0 cJ �*w°' ��r'"K ' G�EFR*b � ,�.,� � �..........' :.�,.�. � 2P 2G �'6'0 � �,. .... �� o o m � , �.�.�. , �6 � O 'b R �6 *5�P 1S/, d I , �', ...____ � '' , '', I � �L_� � � ,_,�N N � ......... ......... , .�_.� __ ________�______.a_ .__ .._ a_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ �- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - � - - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �� _ ____� . � _.___ �mm . . mmm'��.�..��..�...... _ , , �-GROUND ROD IN y y _ _; �� L_mm. � GROUNDING WELL Y� �_ d'w �� .w.w � ._ � �_w_w_w_w_w_w_w_w_w��. ...,�..w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.w.._w_w_w_w_w_w_w_w�_w_w�,._.......... � �TYPS) 2�:; �- �� w. .�r �f�m �z �•� �"'' �� ,° � � .m � . �, � � �7 h'sAery�Ra�� F� . � � Q z �� " � ess�,.,..... 1 �w �e N. ' I ..'�: M � ,�.«....�,..�.... ...... 1 � -------- -------- + G REE N SAN D F I LTER ' Q � z '� � ' I #4(0 BARE COPPER � _ �. ;�e � �GROUNDING GRID Q �,, W Q � ��.m.� ___....... � ,��, � �. �:. � � � � U � ---�_...�� ' `,R � Q --------� - — - � �µ �� m W �- - - - - - - - _� k i ; ! � fp� � � ° - � ' �mm�....�.� ____. ..�.�.�..M.�..��m� . (,.� �� . ��. ........,.�.,..�. � GROUND ROD WITN U � � � TEST WE��(TYP 2) , MECHANICAL («�� .. ,..�� .. _ _�- ��v��.. �_..� ' ..�.. ....._w ._..�.m�... _�.._._._�- -;�)- - - - - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - � 16410 � � � ��i BUILDING �- � � �.��, ._ ��_m r�v.m _._ � u �: . � � � �� _e ��e.��_ _ � o a �� , � � �� '��' � CONNECTIO ELDED z � GROUND GRID CABLE � � _ , � a� �.�.. ___� . �.�.. W s i � �� j�� . „ �-�, - � u __ , � � � � ..... � �,�� Z - � ____ ,_,____m � . � � �---�' � o � _ r,� , �. a� __ ��. _...__ ..._ m �� r��.W� .. , , Q z j� :mm u � � �� I— °� � �.m�m_�_ �� T z ° , , � �.�m�.m� EXISTING WE�L J � c� � � ' �� BUILDING , wE��aui��iNc —� � � , i �� " C ra�� _ � GROUNDING GRID j Z J � . �. � , ) , G � � ; ._....... � ' > � � � \ � .�. x. ": I � � _��' ��„� � � � - � --.. .......... _. �� .. � .��,.._��,.mmm _m� m� U Q � __.�� , Z a o - — - —�..._. mm ,m � m , �. ' T � - I � N W � - - - - - - - - - - - -�- - - - - - - - _{`,��-m. .. _ . ,. ..f , _ ........ . _ . .. ......_. .. ........ .. _ . ...... .. _ .._._. .. _ . .. _ ...-�'�� o O _. ...... ..... ... .. � m Y Q o ........-.________.___ ._________._____ .___________ ........__.______ .__. _________ _________ __________________ . _________ _________ _____.—.__ _________ ______________ DRAWWG NUMBER: � E-3 � � A-32530 GROUNDING P�AN °R'�'"�� s��'� AS SHOWN 1/4"=1'-0" 4 0 4 8 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/4"=1'-0" SHE� 68 OF 93 MCC �'�� vF� CABLE LEGEND: z ---- --- i � �� - EXAMPLE- z —��p � p-� i i �T1 _` MLR PUMP N0.1 z � �� ' �/-� 20PMP101-P#=POWER CIRCUIT, n 480V � ( � � PXXX,XX"C w� � w�� I � T2 20PMP101-C#=CONTROL CIRCUIT � 60HZ —��O O-� z c> —� - - HP 3-#XX,#XXG W/#=1,2,3...N Q 3�J �� w� � ( T1 � _�� —�� I ' ET3 ! T2 SYMBOLS' � 60A ( 13 T1 HP MOTOR Q c, I T2 T3 ❑ LOCAL TO THE LCP/MCC zo z REMOTE ,L 14�/� T3 GND ■ TERMINALINTHELCP/MCC � � I M� HAND SPEEDL�-�--�'\y J ��PEED 0 LOCALTO PLC o � 0 �VFD RUN � 15 � TERMINAL ON PLC `� I MZ '�'STATUS ( O DEVICE TERMINAL � �' � � �� AM TB X-XX u> �"� � I MA � � \ % - AO XZ ----- z � o � I �i XA + - -------- TYPICALFOR �Q � ° ��VFD FAULT X� � TSN � o��'�� ' � MC ALARM AC � �� TB X-XX XZ 1 1A z� �Y �� F / t _ � � EW12_PMP_02170 �Q z o � XA � � � w �� S1 � � �"� A2 ( TB X-XX � � � U I � '--------� oecR* � , � RUN �- '� � - AI 1 CXXX,XX"C �� tiy \/ Xg ' - �A 12#14 � �---------- ooe o LOR ( �� ##-PMP-###-HS-A) N� 1FU 2FU �� TBX-XX 16 1A STOP � �� / t _ I tA 2 ° 6 � OOX � �VFD IN � xg 1C X2 ' o s ,e� CPT �SN REMOTE 1 1D � X� START � ��1'��-� * 250VAMW � � ��MC p�pp DOOR 1E I � 3�-5 ( H1 H3 H2 H4 '_____ _ � o0o MOUNTED HMI 3 I 2 i 3FU X2 CAT 6 CABLE TO 3 � g ##-pMP-O-HS-Ai FILTER CONTROL PNL 4 I 5 ( — 5 � 10 2 3 6 I 11 � 7 � 12 2- L 4 ' START 8 19 � � y N OFF ***PPO-HS-B �OCAL REMOTE STiRT 5 9 � 20 2- �- 6 ( �W STOP � 10 � 4 � � ;``" �w �`" 1 _ T� _ 1A 2 3 CR RUN 11 I 6 19- L .20 ( �� .. �z I XOO � M 12 I i �, ; W � 13 � ( Q z � 14 ##-PMP-#f##-HS-D � �S w � TB X-XX TB X-XX SXXX.XX" I SPEED ' 15 2#16TWSH 13 4 CR-XX O CR-XX 5 S I 14 i z � � 00� X F 11 14 � �5 ( Q � z � � PTT I TB X-XX ��_PC-OXX TB X-XX 19 �-—-—-—-—-—-� W —1— 6 CR-XX CR-XX X2 20 � O � � 00� X F A1 DI AZ IN REMOTE � ] � vFo i � i � U Q (+24VDC) VFD �� G � m � G� p • VFD RUN �9 OOX STATUS 20 TB X-XX 'PC-OXX TB X-XX 01 02 7_ _ _ _ _ _CR-XX DI CR-XX RUNNING U � A1 A2 "*-PGOXX � VFD FAULT TB X-XX TB X-XX � 04 ALARM 05 CRR $ CR-XX CR-XX ~ '��' - - - - - - DI - FAULT � � RESET A1 A2 z CR1 � � (� o � a W `� Q o � --o � � Q `° Q n� 9 CR N � � T Z RESET W � � � � � CR XZ � Z = TB X-XX TB X-XX O � CR-XX O CR-XX � R � � � '- - - - - - - - 11 14 J U N � Z a W � � � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: � VFD SCHEMATIC E-4 - NONE A-32531 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 69 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-E004.dg� PLOTDATE:10/11l2022 PLOTTIME:9:35:43AM /r� m o� T� _ _ _ _ _ _ MCC FIELD XXX-PLGXXX z�� —o i asav /� i T2 \ EQUIPMENT I Pxxx,xx�c INTERPOSING RELAYS TARGET I/O z 60HZ —O � - - - - - - - HP NAME 3#XX,#XXG T1 ��- a 3PJ � TAG NO. � � � w� �� I I T3 i T1 TZ #HP ##-PMP-### Q OCP � - - � � � � _ T3 � T3 GND ( I � Q � zo z � ( TB X-XX � � Q � � 4 CR-XX � � o 11 � � 0 3 �Z RUN COMMAND � rr �' � CXXX,XX"C � 14 � � XXIXXIXX � � � 10#14 � Q w z X2 � � COM CR +24V �Q �� RESET TB X-XX �� 1FU 2FU 1 � I I CR-XX I �Q z o �Y � � Q � �p� OPTIONA� � � � 1A — �AO 2 I CXXX,XX"C I 16 I ( RESET ) CPT 1B 100VAMIN �C 2-#14 $ 17 � XX/XX/XX �a`EE"�d H1 H3 H2 H4 1D I ------) � CR � O �e o�� s�� 3FU X1 X2 XZ 1E ##-PMP-###-HS-B � TSH � COM +24V �' o 2 1 D STOP�E � � ( � TB X-XX � `� d � _ 3 � � 1C 1D i � 5 CR-XX � MOTOR ��ls� 5� — 3 START �_____� A� IN REMOTE �� * 4 2� I I XZ AZ CR I XX/XX/XX P� 6 � +Z4V—O-�i DI COM 7 � ##-PMP-###-HS-A I I TB X-XX I M \ / $ i LOR I I 6 CR-XX I MOTOR R X2 MOTOR 21 � 1E 2 AZ CR RUNNWG RUNNWG 23 I I I XX/XX/XX X PTT / \ �E_ L .q XXXXX-HS-A XXXXX-HS-C � +Z4V—O-II DI COM Y� XXXXX-HS-B LOCAL�FF REMOTE START 1E- �- �5 I I TB X-XX I `"" O w STOP � ��° � �� C TSH 1D 1E 2 3 CR XZ 2-SPARE 7 CR-XX �z - MOTOR RUN I I A1 I MOTOR FAILED �<� r�_ XOO M M AZ CR XX/XX/XX �'�� , �eAery�R'�� z � I I I �w � TB X-XX �P�G### TB X-XX I I +Z4V—O-�I I DI COM - + - 4 CR-XX p CR-XX 3 X2 RUN TIME � OOX 11 14 ETM METER I I I z � � I � XX(XX/XX TB X-XX ##-PLC-### TB X-XX I I I Q O W _ 1 _ 5 CR-XX CR CR-XX - �_X2 STAT SOTE W� > � OOX A1 � A2 I I I � U Q XX/XX/XX � TB X-XX TB X-XX 1 ##-PLC-### ' I I I m � M - - - - - - - - - CR-XX CR-XX 1 6 CR MOTOR � � Q �� A�� - � RUNNING I I I � XX/XX/XX � !\ TB X-XX TB X-XX 1 v ##-PLC-### I I I �- - - - - - - - - - CR-XX CR CR-XX � � � A�C 3 A2 � I � � ~ "' � XX/XX/XX � o Q z � CR-3 \ � X2 MOTOR � � � W s (� A FAILED � � Q PTT � � I I I � ° z m � CABLE LEGEND: � � N � Q EXAMPLE- T Z W I MLR PUMP N0.1 I I J Q = 20PMP101-P#=POWER CIRCUIT, J � U 20PMP101-C#=CONTROL CIRCUIT W � UJ I W/#=1,2,3...N I I � Z � � SYM�S� � � � � O LOCAL TO THE LCP/MCC \ U —' I ■ TERMINAL IN THE LCP/MCC I I Z a U Q LOCAL TO PLC W � � � TERMINAL ON PLC (n � � O DEVICE TERMINAL Q m 0 � TYPICAL FOR oRawiNc NUMeErt: A FVNR SCHEMATIC E-5 - NONE EW12_MXR_02130 A-32532 EW12 PMP 04160 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 70 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-EOOS.dg� PLOTDATE:10/11l2022 PLOTTIME:9:38:02AM W�I PANEL TAG No.PNLdA NEMA TYPFJMOUNTING 12/MCC CONDUIT AND WIRE SCHEDULE z LOCATION MECHANICAL BUI�DING MAIN DEV�CE 200 CONDUIT CONDUIT � FROM TO W IREFILL REMARKS z BUS AMPACITY 225 AIC RATING 14,000 NUMBER SIZE(X") - VOLTS 208 FED FROM MCC-12A P001 EXISTING SERVICE POLE NEW REU TRANSFORMER z �.� a REFERENCEREUDRAWWG w� `� PHASE/WIRE CONFIG.3-PHASE/4-WIRE ACCESSORIES .......� REMARKS a P002 NEW REU TRANSFORMER EXISTING MAIN SWITCHBOARD (2)4" 3#350KMCI�,1#4/OG WIREFILL PER CONDUIT v� C001 EXISTING SERVICE PO�E EXISTING TELEPHONE 2" TELEPHONE CABLE � LOAD VA LOAD VA Q PHASE PHASE PHASE WIRE WIRE PHASE PHASE PHASE TERMINATION BOARD zo z LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND BKR BKR.NO. BKR DEMAND LOAD DESCRIPTION P100 EXISTING MCG12 MCG12A 2-1/2" 3#3/0,1#6G � Q A B C SIZE SIZE A B C 243 MECHANICAL BLDG LIGHTING #12 125 20/1 1 2 20/1 125 #12 MECHANICAL BLDG RECPT 360 C100 EXISTING WELL CONTROL PANEL FILTER CONTROL PANEL 1" 14#14,1#14G DISCRETE SIGNALS 0 � ` C101 EXSTING WELL CONTROL PANEL FILTER CON7ROL PANEL 2" 6-PR#16 TNSH ANALOG SIGNALS � 108 CHEMICA�STORAGE�IGHTING #12 125 20/1 3 4 20/1 125 #12 CHEMICAL STORAGE RECPT 360 0 P300 MCG12A MIXER 3/4" 3#12,1#12G MOTOR VIA J-BOX '� 250 � FIT 06150 BWW F�OWMETER #12 125 20/1 5 6 20/1 125 #12 AIT 15120 CHLORINE ANALYZER 250 � 03 MOT 10 O i i � 250 '�. FIT 02170 REC F�OWMETER #12 125 20/1 7 8 20/1 125 #12 AIT 15130 TURBIDIMETER 250� C300 MCG12A MIXER 3/4" 2#14 TSH VIA J-BOX Q W z 500 PLC CONTROL PANEL #12 125 20/1 9 10 50/2 125 #6 UTILITY SWK WATER HEATER 5200 03 MOT 10 r z � � ' 2000 � SHC PRP ENCLOSURE #10 125 30/1 11 12 50/2 125 #6 UTILITY SWK WATER HEATER �� 5200� S400 FILTER CONTROL PANEL 04 PIT 10 3/4" 1 PR#16 TWSH �a " I..�.J �� o� m W 1176 '�� FUTURE SHC MTRNG PUMP #12 125 20/1 13 14 20/1 125 #12 RADIO TOWER LIGHT 250 P403 PN�-DP 04 MOV 13 1" 9#12,1#12G VIA POWER J-BOXAT z Y �. 1176 FUTURE SHC METERING PUMP #12 125 20/1 15 16 20/1 125 #12 RADIO TOWER RECEPTACLE 360 (SEE PANEL SCHEDULE) 04 MOV 23 GREENSAND FILTER �� Q� � 250 �LIT 06230 ULTRASONIC�V�SENSOR #12 125 20/1 17 18 20/1 125 #12 EVAPORATNE COOLER f 2162� 04 MOV 33 a o � 2000 ��: FeCi FRP ENCLOSURE #10 125 30/1 19 20 20/1 125 #12 AUTO SAMPLER 250 C403 FILTER CONTROL PANEL 04_MOV_13 1 1/4" 30#14 VIA CONTROL J-BOXAT 04 MOV 23 GREENSAND FILTER �G ELR*b 1176 �� W12 PMP 7210 FECI MTRNG PUM #12 125 20/1 21 22 20/1 125 #12 FECL RECEPT AND LIGHTS 360 - - P G tio r � 1176 W12 PMP 7220 FEG MTRNG PUM #12 125 20/1 23 24 20/1 125 #12 SNC RECEPT AND LIGHTS 360 04_MOV_33 �o , �360 '� '� EW 12 BFV 04120 FLT CELL 1 RW #12 1.25 2011 25 26 2011 1.25 #12 EW 12 BFV 04170 FLT CELL 1 SW 360 P500 MCG12A SW BOOSTER PUMP 3/4" 3#10,1#10G MOTOR VIA J-BOX w � ' " � 360 �� EW 12 BFV 04130 FLT CELL 2 RW #12 125 20/1 27 28 20/1 125 #12 EW 12 BFV 04180 FLT CELL 2 SW 360 05_PMP_70 �, b �- � 360 EW 12 BFV 04140 F�T CELL 3 RW #12 125 20/1 29 30 20/1 125 #12 EW 12 BFV 04190 FLT CELL 3 SW �360 � C500 MCG12A SW BOOSTER PUMP 3/4" 2#14 TSH VIA J-BOX °�y�S H #5�` - - - - - - 05 PMP 70 360 ��EW_12_BFV_06100 FLT CELL 1 BWW #12 125 20/1 31 32 20/1 125 #12 EW_12_BFV_05110 FILTERED WATER 360 C501 FILTER CONTROL PANEL MCC-12A 3/4" 10#14 360 �,EW_12_BFV_06110 FLT CELL 2 BWW #12 125 20/1 33 34 20/1 125 #12 EW_12_BFV_06130 FILTER BACKWASN 360 05 PMP 70 STARTER 360 EW_12_BFV_06120 FLT CELL 3 BWW #12 125 20/1 35 36 125 SPACE � 360 p600 PNL-LA CKT 20 RECEPTACLE FOR AUTO SAMPLER 1" 3#12,1#12G SPACE 37 38 125 SPACE SPACE 39 40 125 SPACE P601 PNL-LA CKT 26 RADIO TOWER LIGHT 1" PULL STRING STUB UP SPACE 41 42 125 SPACE P602 PN�-LA CKT 28 R4DI0 TOWER RECEPTAC�E 1" PULL STRING STUB UP 4389 3680�� 4396 CONNECTED VA CONNECTED VA 1830� 7000� 8692 C601 FILTER CONTROL PANEL RADIO TOWER 2" PULL STRING STUB UP 5486 4600 5495 DEMAND VA DEMAND VA 2288 8750 10865 C602 FI�TER CONTRO�PANE� R4DI0 TOWER 1" PULL STRING STUB UP C603 FILTER CONTROL PANEL RADIO TOWER 1" PULL STRING STUB UP VA AMPS TOTAL CONNECTED VA-PER PHASE 6219 10680 13088 5605 FI�TER CONTRO�PANEL 06_PIT 10 3/4" 1 PR#16 TNSH BW TANK�EVEL Y� TOTA�PANEL CONNECTED�OAD 29987 8324 TOTAL DEMAND VA-PER PHASE 7774 13350 16360 P610 MCG12A BW RECLAIM PUMP VFD 2' 3#1,1#8G ,t,,, d'w 06_VFD 10 �` �w TOTAL PANE�DEMAND l.OAD 37484 104.04 TOTAL DEMAND PHASE AMPS 64.7 1112 136.2 - ' C610 BW RECLAIM PUMP VFD BW RECLAIM PUMP 3/4" 2#14 TSH VIA J-BOX '"� PANELDEMAND FACTOR 125% � m�� W� 06 VFD 10 06 PMP 10 P611 BW RECLAIM PUMP VFD BW REC�AIM PUMP 2" 3#1,1#8G MOTOR VIA J-BOX ry Q= PANEL TAG No.PNL-DP NEMA TYPEiMOUNTING 121SURFACE 06 VFD 10 06 PMP 10 �S w LOCATION MECHANICAL BUILDING MAIN DEVICE 100A C611 FI�TER CONTRO�PANEL BW REC�AIM PUMP 3/4" 10#14 BUS AMPACITY 225 AIC RATING 65,000 VFD 06_VFD_10 � VOLTS 480 FED FROM MCC-12A S611 FI�TER CONTRO�PANEL BW REC�,41M PUMP 3/4° 2 PR#16 TNSH z (n PHASE/WIRECONFIG.3-PHASE/4-WIRE ACCESSORIES VFD06_VFD_10 Q �[ z REMARKS S700 FI�TER CONTRO�PANEL 07_AIT 10/07_AIT 20 1" 4 PR#16 TNSH CL2,TURBIDITY,pH, � W TEMPERATURE � O � LOAD VA LOAD VA P701 PN�-tA CKT 13,15 SHC METERWG PUMP SKID 3/4" PULL STRING STUB UP � �j � PHASE PHASE PHASE WIRE WIRE PHASE PHASE PHASE C701 FILTER CONTROL PANEL SNC METERING PUMP SKID 1 1/4" PULL STRING STUB UP `\ LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND BKR BKR.NO. BKR DEMAND LOAD DESCRIPTION 07 �SH 11 � v A B C SIZE SIZE A B C - - Q 2993 '� UNIT SPACE HEATER#1 #12 1.00 20/3 1 2 20/3 1.00 #12 UNIT SPACE HEATER#2 2993 I 07_FSH_31 Q m W S701 FIITER CONTRO�PANEL SHC METERWG PUMP SKID 2" PULL STRING STUB UP 2993 UNIT SPACE HEATER#1 #12 1.00 20/3 3 4 20/3 1.00 #12 UNIT SPACE HEATER#2 2993 � � Q 07 LIT_20 1- � 2993 UNIT SPACE HEATER#1 #12 1.00 20/3 5 6 20/3 1.00 #12 UNIT SPACE HEATER#2 2993 P702 PNL-LA CKT 21,23 FeCI METERING PUMP SKID 3/4" 3#12,1#12G U � $ C702 FI�TER CONTROI PANEL FeCI METERING PUMP SKID 1" 18#14 VIA CONTRO�J-BOXAT FeCI FRP 9 10 07 LSH 21 ENCLOSURE 11 12 S702 FI�TER CONTRO�PANE� FeCI ME7ERWG PUMP SKID 2" 5 PR#16 TNSH VIA SIGNA�J-BOXAT FeCI FRP � m 13 14 07 LIT_20 ENCLOSURE > '��' 15 16 P703 PN�-LA CKT 11 SHC FRP ENCLOSURE 3/4" PULL STRING STUB UP �` z 17 18 P704 PNL-LA CKT 19 FeCI FRP ENCLOSURE 3/4" 2#10,1#10G W s P705 PN�-LA CKT 22 FECL RECEPT AND LIGHTS 3/4" 2#12,1#12G � " � 19 20 � 2� 22 P706 PNL-LA CKT 24 SNC RECPT AND LIGHTS 3/4" PULL STRING STUB UP Z � _ 23 24 P800 MCG12A PNL-DP 2" 3#1,1#8G Q m � 25 26 W LIGHTING FIXiURE SCHEDULE r Z 27 28 J Q � 29 30 TYpE DESCRIPTION MOUNTING IAMP WATT VO�TAGE MANUFACTURER c 31 32 W \ Q 33 34 ENC�OSED AND GASKETED,4'�ED,FIBERGLASS HOUSING,NEMA 4X Z U ENCLOSURE. ACRYLIC DIFFUSER.LED EQUIVALENT TO 2-32T8 LAMPS. � 35 36 LITHONIA Q SUITAB�E FOR WETAND CORROSIVE LOCATIONS AND IP65 RATED FOR SURFACE OR � 37 38 A �ED 27 120VAC DMW2-�243000�M-AC�-MD 120-30K- � OUTDOOR LOCATIONS. PENDANT 80CRI � W 39 40 J i '�. 41 42 PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION LOCATION. Z � W 2993 2993 2993 CONNECTED VA CONNECTED VA �2993 2993� 2993 � 2993 2993 2993 DEMAND VA DEMAND VA 2993 2993 2993 WALL PACK,LED. CORROSION-RESISTANT DIE CASTALUMINUM STONCO � � B HOUSING WITH PRISMATIC POLYCARBONATE LENS AND DARK BRONZE WALL LED 32 120VAC LPW32-70NW-G33-UNV-PCB-BZ � m FINISH. INCLUDES IAMP AND PHOTOCE�I.. Q o VA AMPS TOTAL CONNECTED VA-PER PHASE 5986 5986 5986 TOTAL PANE�CONNECTED LOAD 17958 21.60 TOTA�DEMAND VA-PER PHASE 5986 5986 5986 EXIT�IGHT PACK WITH EGRESS IAMPS AND REMOTE OUTDOOR DRawwG �vuMBEK: TOTAL PANEL DEMAND LOAD 17958 21.60 TOTAL DEMAND PHASE AMPS 21.6 21.6 21.6 C EGRESS FIXTURE LED LAMPS WITH RED LED SIGN INTEGRAL BATTERY WA�� 2 LED 3W 5 120VAC DUAL-�ITE HCX U-R-W-03L-RC12 PGZ E-6 PANEL DEMAND FACTOR 100% AND CHARGER 9FTAFF WHITE INTERIOR/BROWN EXiERIOR A-32533 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 71 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-EOO6.dg� PLOTDATE:10/11l2022 PLOTTIME:9:39:59AM W�I Z U Z (:':i-.':(�I(`Ji+1ttll'..:�Ll_GGJN[S�:C:>i._f}�'�.NEL Z � ..�.�,m.w...�mm ..�.�,m.w...�mm ..�.�,m.w...�mm ..�.�,m.w...�mm ..�.�,m.w...�mm ..�.�,m.w. � ,� '. _ � r3a i '1 4:.� .h,.�.,mm,�..�,mm w� ' Fk.i.�li�hF t T�L.CJC I�I'i'-w4'�_Cmm � , _.,�.,�., ....�. ,..,�mm Q � 6 i � F L LCN,�Rf C�'(.FY ,��„ � r NFt�,�Ek 1+1/.,'"1 G ._... .a._. .....,.� j ��, , . .,.., .....__., .� �,... .� p �.M� i,r I Q � 7— li zo z p � J ILdd IL7 p � � 0 lE\TF�_�I'i'f\��`I' '.. it j �� z '',, C� j ati . a1: �� i j r � c�i 8 �� I tt ,I'': ,�'�._......m...m:. ,�..m.�....: ,�.__ �-_..,�., �....•k..�,�.. �'�. O� j j � � ".mm '',.,.�... .m:. II�, U � ` r � � � p ( ` �. Ir yz � o .. . ....._ „ _. ,.. ,. ,._._._ ,� � m Q � o \.� ... .. .. . . I..�.J �� ......_ _ . . �� m W � � I �� z Y o .7..C�1iVl�_L 1'S �C,l 1N1�'��'.�l 1:'3 �.� „�.�...��..�� G . _.. � k I J Q Y ' � � a o c� . 0 � � f � _. , �� ......_. ._ .. ... ,,. ....... .. � cFa* � I� p E � , � _ � o � , F ._._.. .. . ....... .. .. ., ....... _, �z� o � t � � o w � LL d � � 4 r � E � 's � �( .m__ ��w � �; � � � If o�b�l��d *S e p{ '��Emt'm'��I II 1Uf`iC�C,)�T�ItI�IVL�� k�Y��N€:I''2NFi�p';,��7IC� C�6 F�€F;ER�IF� I��t�l�vt'tf"�7 �� p 8 '�-�'�Uit1T ul Mvl)�i11 � MC.�i�)�=M ` II � �........,...�.�.�..�.�.��_.�....��__........� �''� ............�.�. __w._..��. ��___.......�.�._� ._,_................� � � f i � ? . li � i ��:�T��RiVi!IVI�EE3L4C'K,S � II �_ �.. _ .�. _.�.� ._ � �_.__ .�_�._�__�w��..�.� � � � �� ._ .�.�._.._.__ �...; ..... .��a_�,�. �.�.. .�.. m.� �.. ____ m ;� � ; , � N� , , ' I I Y� , w ___..�__________________..________________________________ � m__________________ mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm__ � , �,�" O I ` �_"-�',� �� ' * — ... __,� �IR�C"U5'E(..0 �'�;g�pa�,<�.. Q z ' kliA@\/P L.) �j w � � E}4 ...�.,..�� NOTE 3 � �— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —' I I z � � � I � � W � NOTES: 0> NEW FILTER CONTRO�PANEL � � > � (IN NEW MECHANICAL BUILDING) � 1. NEW FILTER CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE PROVIDED BY � I-----------------------�---------------------� GREENSANDFILTRATIONSUPPLIER. � UQ � A��EN-BRAD�EY O —� � I ALLEN-BRADLEY COMPACTLOGIX L19 PLC I 2. PLC CONTROLLER SIZE AND NUMBER OF I/O MODULES � m Q PANELVIEW 5310 � SHALL BE SELECTED BY FILTER CONTROL PANEL � W � I SUPPLIER. � I w� � z I 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE(2)NEW 1 1/2 CONDUITS AND CAT 6 CONDUCTORS U OPERATOR a O � � �a � w I FOR COMMUNICATIONS TO EXISTING WELL CONTRO� INTERFACE I a� z � PANEL. � O w I m I U \ J I 4 RE OCATED TO T ENNEW RAD OT OWER,EXISTING RADIOS TO BE > � I �� I z � I/O MODULES I � W c� � � W o °� � _ � Q m U � I NZ = I ' LEGEND: J � � I I ETHERNET I/P COPPER � Z � � O � I I ANTENNA CAB�E � � I � I I COPPER U N z � I — — — — — — — — ' Z � I W �--------------------------------------------, � � � z Q � DRAWING NUMBER: E-7 A-32534 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: AS SHOWN UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 72 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-EOO�.dg� PLOTDATE:10/11l2022 PLOTTIME:9:41:S6AM , �� a�� N Qutdoor Li htm Qutdoor LF htm Outdoor Li htin g g �. g g �. g g m rte��n�en.l... .iFo,emne, �roMrassoN ��' macc.m t �.aau�zt) c o mnrNrecv Mrassiv ' o-r4.�r�autrzi) �,uronm . cv<vMMssie � �' _ .._._._ ._._._._. _._._._._ _._._._ ._._._._. ._._._._ ._._._._ _._._._. _._._._._ _._._._._ ._._._._. _._ ._._ ._ . _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ - S CERTIFlCAtE Of COMPUANCE NRCC-LTO��E CEftTIfICATE OF COMPUANCE NRCC LTO��E CERTIFICATEOfCOM4'LIANCE NRCCCTO-E (j Th"dociimentisusedtodernons[rotecomp('ar,cewitMreq��iremenfsinvt1��§tj��.§liG),¢]all.land¢i=11ti('u.1lLforo�tAoar/ight-gscnpes�srng(heprescriytivepath. ', IPro�ectNam: WELLI2ARS[NIC/IRON(MANGAN[SEWATERTREATM[NTPL0.NT ____ Report�Pg __ �__�_ Page2of6�� rojeetName: W[LLI2ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESEWATERTREATMENTPLNNT RepariPage: Page3of6 Z IProj 1 Name: WEIL 12 ARSENIC(IRONjMANGANESE WATER iREATMENT P�ANI' �IRepo�t Page: Page 1 of 6 IP�o�ec��080 OLU OREGON 1'RAII.REUDIN6,CA 96002 Dat21'repared �� OG)30(2022�, II � i Addre SO&Q ULD ONEGON i RAIL RE�UING CA�6p02 U t I pare�i: �G(30(2022 z � IFro�ectFlddress:50&�OLDOREGONiftAIL,RCUDING CA96002 PatePrepared 66J3�j2022 - Q (D.EMtEpTiONAG CONDI71d5NS � 'G.GUTOFf REQUIREMENT$(BUG) ��:: J� .GENERALINFbRMATIGYN �: �"��: IThistaA(eisnurof��edwithunedimbteco menKbemvs fetect�onsmadeordamenteeu�mtoblestfirauqhoutttieform. � t'hrsSecYronDoesNatApp(y � Q �Ol�Prb�ettloeaton(<ty} REDDING 04�TotaI111uininatedHards�cape.Area.�ft�) � ��]99 : --- --- - - - - - - - -" --"---- U 02:GimateZone 11 No ezc�t anal mndtlons a➢P�V to tl�ls proJect � H.OUTDOOR LIGNTING Ct7NTRdLS �.: J 03 OuttloorLi htn Zone erTitlel4,Part1 1011Aor�asdesi t tlb Authorit Ha J�risdicton AHl � � �� .g g p �§ gnae y y vng ( ) .�� :.. ��. 7ablelnstructrore:ComAjetethsmbfedemorz.ezaUngcomp�ian w�thconhol�rqurrementsfo�altnewoaltered! noresmstofledasAortofthepermrtappiication,For ��, Q _ _ -- - - __"_ __-_ - _'_- _'_ " _ " Z _ _- -- ._- - _ " .I E.ADDITIONAL REMARKS [_� y pe �,_� [_� g y gy GProva ( �:��. alteroHonpraie ts,/u i'aYes h'uhaeexrstinqtoremoin(ieunto��thvd)ond(u�' ireswhkho'.�emovedondr hstulied(wirartgonly}rlortof'nredtobaindudedinthisl�abte''�, LZ U:Ver Low-Undeve o d Parkland_lZ_�2'.Moderatc��Rural Areas r LZ 4 HI_h Musi be reviewed b U Encr Comm ss on for�t I __ . _ _ - __.._ ._.. ___. [� LZ S:Low-D �loped Pa�ki�nd �,,��lZ 3:M11ode�ately N gh U b'n Areas � �� Iih�s mht c/udPs�rn�arks made hy thepermvt nAn++�nrt to fheAuthonty H mglur�sd cfl�on ( even if they a� th'th p es rovered byth p t ppf"ation. �� (9 � - Z Whrnnn ti h '!t.d h t �h's't bl. �.b J.d.Jl i'�ht' t'f ' [i ! C �ti n<e5ummnr T�bt h will �.::: aA �.4 ' t k I t .t P t J 4 }t P a Y . .k f�'tRaQe �' _ B PROJECTSCQPE ' � show llQESNOTCOMP(Y jthenotesnreleftb/ank toreachr q"remen[incotumnsQ2thra�gh04,donotkaveehejieldb7a k,inszeadse(ectNFlorFxemA�"�Iromthe � Q TabletnsVuctonsfadudPonyoutdoorbyhhngrysEemsthatarewithirt[hesmpeofFh Pern�Ne��apticf nnndaredei stmHng<oxplarceus�nqthepreynp[rve�at� �� - �� -�� -" droptlownlist[ornU¢atenotaFRRcablenranexemAGon. I �� a 21 d pt'r0.x §141c�(1+�LGf tf r trons. �F.C?UTDOORLIGHTINGFIXNftE5CNE6ULE ��- '��,Ma�damry4ontrols : Q Myp )eetconsistsof ;Toble! [ruciia�s:Fo ncworalhredli tvn s stemsdemons[atrn com lonrewitht9�J/�eTablelhasex anded orrn ut ndudealilu �aiesbem � Ol � 02 :03 04 ��OS � Ol 02:� - � 9 Y 4 Y .......( P / P 1 g n I lt.d d Y . � :�_______ ::�____. � 'exisirng! "airesremv'i�qorb2in9m vedwithinthesFU.escweredbythepermrfapplrc toninthei'ablebefow.PoruJ!retllightirtqsys, s�sinytheFxistinqPower � �, -� .,,,. ' ShutOff:� AutoSchedule MotnnSensor �nspeftor Q N W ��J NewLighting5ystem MustCompiywthAilowancesfroin§1407. ';methndper¢�w10(677t,f+�'£bb(eNhosexpandedjarinyutj,inctudeo�(ynew/uminaire�beinginstaUedandreptorementtvm imsbninghsmltedasportoftheprolectsmpe AreaDescr ton � Feldl �� . _._ ._. ._ ..._._._ � P glaozi�l� 4sak2L�lr .'�§laozi�}a tn t�.l � . " '(ie,du inc(udeexisk'rg]a npresre �i.,AlteredlightrngSYstem ISV�uraftora[ irnunP,H�eonnittedlightnIIloatl(Wattsl. C�Yes C'.No ___ _ m q eui�tintlu nrestreingmoved) _" _ "_" _ _'""_ � :' ... ... ' pass�� Fai � �Q 2 2 -- Oesi d Watta � �:: 03 :�:�. ��.: 04:�.: ��.�:. �': OS -��-�� dnx ge: �� :��.:::I MECHFlNICAIBUII�INGSIUEWAI.K � Pht ontrol Yc �.:�. Ys � ;_`�,.. (._'_�'�� Z ~ p ___ __ "_:_ ____ ___ __ �%of�Existi gltmnaresBengAlteretl' � :SumTotalof�l inartes8e'ngAddedorAitered ::�.Calculaton�Method - � �'�61 02 03�� OA�� q5 �. 06�� 0�� 08 09 10� �� - � ! Y Q O . _ _��______��. ..i ; CHEMICFltAREA Ph t t I Y s Ycs ._.J ,_�I ,, m� W � _- . . ._ . :_ � _ �- Q > ..v .�. ...:�� I+ . ..+... ....i p.' FOOTNOTLS.,�nfExi�tingtumini e lteinaAlte2d-(Surn7ntaloft in nes8eingAddedorAltered(txrstrng[um'taie ithinYheSroRP�7CheCetmitApplitMionJx100 � �CutoffRep._ �.NOTES.Contro�swtha requreanotcircth�espacebelow�explaninghow<o�mpl'a Te:sach'eved �y,��' m� � Nameor ::, Wattsper NowWattag Total�: E cluded ��. �� ...... � ..... . . �y Com Iete�lumnareDescr ton . s �� er�� Desi Watts".6,200 n'tallumen Feldlnspector.� £X Notpe�mrttedbyheolttr&�snf rymbewrttedoff,EXCfA710NIto§1302(cj.�. �.��.I Z Z Q C.G(SMPI.CANG�IkESUL7'S �"�*.:. Item Tag P p lum naire" determin d ber: lum na re Status' p .. gn ,__.... .� „_ ,., „_ ._,_,_�,, U'Q ?,�' ' : ' '. �� ' --� lum na res' §146 Jj2) outPut .. ... ��.. � ct Q � T b!! trucYian tf nymltonth t blesnys"DOfSNOTCOMPLY COMPLIESwthF epfronaiC dt rrfert T bteD forguidonce � �jt3G2{b}°:��. Pass Fail�:. ......_._. _._._._._._._._. _._._._._._________. . ._. ._.__._.: Q Q U _ _-__ -__ __ -_ _ __- � �.::CaiculahonofTotalAllowetl:l�ghtingPower�WattsJ$14P.tur§141Aibj2t 'tomp6anceResuRs i w� DSXWlI.[UWITH(1) �_i�Llnear 318 Mfr.Spec' S � Ne.w _''�,,� 159 �NA:<6,20�lumens (� "'�,� (,LI6HTING�:POWERALLOWANCE(Pe�§SAO.P) ��'' 01 �2 03 o4 OS O6 07�: � 0$ 09 C pSXSURFACECANOPY n�inear 4G Mfr.Spec' 2 New 92 NA:<6,2001umens ( � (-'', T bl�! t :i :P( p!t�fh't b�ef� gth� Ol EEP* G erai � �� Total Des'gned Watts'' 251 1( ! t t per$14t1.�.�.G /Hardscppe Altownrtce .`Use it or lose it:Allowances lect all that a i �NG\ b�, Hardsca e Per Sales Ornamental�. P Speufic� Ex st ny�: �* ,',, „ (5e PP Y) Q- G b P ��+��A Lcabon�:♦ Fronta e-'+ � � � ,,..NOTES SelectionsWith require�anote nthespace�belowexplaninghowcompl'Tnce sachevetl isper7aLi.,lYO]FlwhAe Useitorlostif Allo nncesarepe Generai z 2 p pp g �+ Area :��.OR Power:�. TotalAilowed �:TotalAetual � J �. Al�owance . §1�I6.](dj2� 07Musthe>_QB �,EX:�Lum oire�sl�h[ingasfotue,EXCEA7tON2fo§1.�QZfbf. 1ohlrt40F��3lndicattwhithaHownnceSareHeingusedfo '✓ Hardscapc � o " � §140.7(dii � §1A0.�jd}2 §1467(dj2 � $lAQ1(r�z�. §SASOIb)�L (Waits) :.�(Watis) �� '-� n PerARP��ation [I SalesFrontage � Ornamenial � PerSpecificFlrea ^ a � � �� xpandsecfionsforiuerinput Lumrnniresthatquolr�f roneof Aliow�nce �� _�: . _...__.:." ____"" ____ . w �ry w i l e bi 1 e le eT 1 T 6 S T 61 T I �� -"-'-' "-' "" the ifseitorlaseif atlowpncessha!(not uali oranoYher Use " '� (S Ta6e j ..��(5 eTa e}.'�� {Se Tab K)�: (Se abet) (Sec a IeM) ( eN) �� ...(S e abeF) .��. :- �� 'FOOTN07[S;FlUthnriryHavingJurrsdicfronmayaskfo�(um�nmreetKsheetstmm�f+�mwatta4�'usedjorcnmpt�anceperS23(1G(cj _„ R h`f ------ o 2 0 -��----� . , -`' I ` ' ----�--- ----� ------ --------- �- �� it or fose rY /townnce Table I tielow Table 1 � Table K Table L.. Table M 3739� + '� � ;; ',+ -+ "'-; OR -" �� 3�3.97 > 251 COMPLIES 'Forlin� f inaires,watmyc>shouldbentdicoredosW//finsreodofWatt(l minaire.i'�tltinevefeetfarYh turn'naireshoufdbcindicncedincol�mrrOSinstead fri�mberof ° f } �' 'b .i . �..�...�_ _ _.a L� `�_.:_..: ____e� e� � .�'. �: .�: CuteffC pl ce.{Se Tbl GforOet Is); ' " ;, ��';NUtAg(kiiCdhle�� ; - �' luminaires. CalculatedG�eeralHardseape�.LighfingPo.werAllwanceperTaf�let407�A(L22&3} ��.� �db 5�P � __ . __ :._._- ".-.--�-_��.__�_...�.._..___._.___......,�_:..:._.�'� �aSeleci"New"arnew/ 1'esinanewoutdoorli htin tor Jd�dl minaires- �ifrer�tina Selc^ct"Aftered" ! tJ 'esinanatt '�� tontroisC plance(Se TbI HfrOetails) CQMPUES � f g gprjec fora fwrepocernen [�.57 t 02 03: .04�. �OS 06 Q] 'OS ��69 l� 1S/,-y # � ._". __. �'��- . .-___... ..___ :....__'___ ..._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._. _._. ._._._._._._._._._._._._.__. „ .„ I 'r i h . n ' i 1 " i i i . fxfsfin9TORemorrz}or xrsGnq u wYhinz eprojectswpethatarenotbemgaiternda darermm�rmng.5elect FxirtmgRens[aled farexstng un� reswh�chare �:..AreaWattageAllow'�nce(AWA��:: �� LnearWattageAilowantie:�LWA) �:�TotalGeneral': be/nyr �f �d ':t(}d.'p Y f�� A t �� P AreaDesttptlon SurfaceTYPe Iiluminatetl AllowetlD nsrty ArezAllo ce Pervmeter AllowedDensty lnearAliowance HWA+LWA.� °.Comp7ancewithmandatoryvutoffreqv mentsisreQuvedfortummmre wRflmitralFumenoufput>_6,200imlecs.exemptedbyQ1307((�,� prea(ft'} . (Wj{�'} :�ZWatts) . LengthQf). :�(W/Ifj :"(Watts} �:(Wzus) T bleCnntin�.d "-'""_"_ _""'-_'_" '-'_"'_"_' "'_'__ ' """'___ ,:_"_"_'_'_-_'_""_' ""'" �'_._ .�"_'"_w'___ i �no n. r r i I� w-u�� - v��-r� r i n f"i. v- � .lir� ChOi'I in+[n r Eff��:ne 5 ndards�0 Nonr sd nt ICam i'an tt �ax-.n c. -t�ti'�.24 ..e.�ii..rd' l�nu r 202 c anry tan ar 2039 Non e. ent3 Cnmp ance t p�.i+n� 6V<�,�p_rtt i..4 LOSJ ta_<<4.. lanuary 20].S p e py e y L 219. a � a p e }L _y-SV _„o/_ �0 a e a y 1 CAftv pE argyF-cency tan a s-ZOI.9None.i nt�Cnmpance-t.p ♦e yxy y ��ti...�2a7 iz da45 Ianuay2Q21 CA9vi npF ergyC _ _ S iF Ot A Ou4door Lighteng �°-�, Ou4daor Lighteng Outdoor Lighting ,, o-e[ue.eta m� rwassis j .' Nacc-,ro t anamlzi) rassis ��' -�o-ea.�r� vn) ,v<oMMs ' ' rv w_ruemaF vco c emarrvrecv orw A�roam ac s<am CERiIFICATEOfCOMPLlANCE NRCCLTO��E CERi'IFICATEO{COMPLIANLE NRCCLTO�E CERTIFICATEOfCOM4'[IrtNCE NRCCLTO��[ .........____.........__'__-_ __________-'____' '___ "__________ ........ .._.... ....._ ______________ __' '___ .______ ........ ..........� ......__'___ ... ........ ... .._.. iPra�eci Name: WELL 12 ARSENIC(IRONJMANGANESE WATER TREATMENT PI.ANT „ Rep rt Page: Page 4 of 6'�, IPraject N ne._WELL 12 ARSENIC(IRON(MANGANESE WATER TREATMENT PLANT __Report�g _ _____ ___ Page 5 of 6� Prajeci Name: W LLL 12 ARSENIC(IRON{MANGANESE WATER TREATMENT PLqNT I,Repari Page: Page 6 of b) � �I _- -- __ __ ' � tAtldrasS:S�AOULDOREGONiRA14�tE�61NGCA95002 Dat i p (2022I �I je<tAtld�ass S(JApULI?OREGONiRAIlRrU61NG,CA96002 �Datei�repretl _ 06J30(2022 �FrofectAddces5:50&QOIDOREGONTRAIl.ftE1�6ING,CA96p62 Datei�repared. �6(30j2022 �� . ....... .""._.._ ....."'_ ....... ...... .... etl: 06/30�._. ....'"'.. __.._ .. ..... ....... ...... ........ ......_"� ._._. _ ..........._._._ ' MECN.BtUGSiDEWALK C . .te. 499 0.03 � 1497 i--� 04 0 14,9'I P.DECtARAT1ONOF:REQUIREDCERTIFiCATESOFACC6PFANCE � DOCUMEMATItINAUTHPR'S6ECLARATIONSTA76MEN7 �.: �"' : '__"- """"' ""'_""" '_"':.'�. "__'� "" " """"' ` � ' CHEMICALAREA Concrete 3qU 0.03 9 � ( 0.q� 0 !t Tob/e�tn'tuctions:Select' shavebeen�r odebasedunirf rmotonprovrd d rtprev�o�stob/esofth�sdoc��ment�fonyselect�onncedstobe�fionged,�lease�cxpioinwhyin � irertifythatthsCertf'catt*.afCompl'ancedocume tato 'saccirateand<omplMe W � �� 7nb/PEAdd"i !F. arksfiesedocum t .tb p ddt th b /d g p.t d p. .t .t d tbecompletedYhroughnrrRccep[ance7estTechrt � �� an � Documentat on A�thor Name: THANG NGUYEN Uocument Yon A�thor 5�n�ture:TNANG NGUYEN �"�"�." � ..��s �i ImtialW tt g Ali n<ef E t Site(W Y[). �35U Certific torrPrawrlcrlhiTCPI Pormom r abonvuit hitF 1/v✓w�verie 9X 9�Lncfel4/tt�lP+<.v��er. ti�irt '^'�. '.� ':."' a. C m sn: WATER WORKS[NGINEERS 5 nature D t: 06 36 2022 F � ' TotaiG IH rdsc p pil nce(W t[)' 373.9� YES NO FnrmJTit�e '�.F �di spector... V Y b' 1 J 'Yejy,o'"'. �� ` - : .Pass Fa 1� Address: ]50�N�OftSON RD,SUITE 200 f[Af HLRS Cer[ification Iden[fcation(if appiicable): Q� �I UCaNY{N6 AtLOWANGE P6R APPLICkTIAN'�. ��: ��. � �' ' � I '. i ��NftCA lT0 02 A Must be submitted for aii outd�oo lighting cantrols exmpt for alterat ons he e.c�o vols area added ro<26 p (486)-611-1�42 �w ..... _..._._.._._____..__��.___.�___::. ________s ________;> ________e,________ a..._.______��.�___�a_.__L____.:_��I � (' I I� � GtyjStatelZi' SCOTTSDAL[,AZ&5256 Phone: �Thu'Se iion D�es MOCApp(y ( ,,,_,.,.,_, ,,,,__,j��m��'��' ( . ...._..... RESPQNSIBIE PERSON'S DECLARATION STAYEMENT I certi{y the following untler penalty of perjury,under the laws of the Stace of Cairfomia: � �K LIGHTIP1GAtLiYWANCE.5ALESFRqNTACrE'; �:� �� :�, �: ��: ��, ��.. �� 1.Theinformanonprovidedonth�sCernficateofComplianceisvueandcorrect. ;ih S t Does N t App/y _ _ _ _ � 2.1 am el�gible untler Diviswn 3 of the 8us�ness and Professions Cade ta accept respans b�iRy far the buiiding tlesign orsystem design identified on this CeR�f cate of � Compfiance(responsihledesigner} � a/ � �l LlGH'I`4N6AlLOWANCE:ORNANIENTAL '�: �. ��"`��.: 3.Theenergyfeaturesandperformancespecifications,matenais,components,andman�factureddewcesforthebu�ldingdes�gnarsystemdes�gn�denifiedonthis � Y � �iTt s SacGon Oovs NntApply � � Cerdficate of Compl ance coofarm Yo the requirements of T He 24,Part 1 and Part 6 of the Calitornia Code of Regulat�ons. � � 1 1 1 4.The bu iding des'yn teatures or system des gn features idenUt ed an this Cert�ficaee of Comp6ance are consistent w th ihe mtormat on provided on other apRl�cable � if��M.LIGNTING AlIQWANCE:PER SPECIflC AREA �: ompl�ance do<umenks,worksheets,caicuiat qns,pians and spenf caGans subm�tred to the.enfqr<ement agency tor zpprovai w�th th�s bu Id�ng perm�t appiicat on. W tionDoesNotApply �� """""""""""""""""""""""`�� `� S.twUensurethatawmpieCedsignedmpyofth�sCertificateofComplanceshallbemadeava�labiewththekwidmgpermrt(s)�ssuedfqrthebu�ldmg,andmadeavaila6le � � '- � totheenforrnmentagencyforallappicableinspec['ons.lunderztandthatacompietedsignedcopyofth�sCertf t ofCompi e�sreqmredto6e ncludedwthihe � . _. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ documentat th b Id rprowdestothebu�idingowneratoccupancy. FI EXISTtNG CONPITIONS POWER ALLOWANCE{alteratians:anty! ��: ��: ��: ��: ��: �J��.. �� .. � - a _� wW_.._.u_ _________________________________ R.pnsbteD.'g �.Name: THANCNGUYEN[IT ft.p s6t0.'g �.S�nt. :�x�� BRIANYOUNG,PE � � � ;Th S t D N tA�Ply '-"____ ' """ '_" "_'____'_ ' ' C p�y: WFlTFRWORKSFNGINEERS D t 4g�ci 06j30j2022 py� ,e, _________'_'_ _.....____. . .__ ...________ __..... � LLI W b DECL4(RA71QN OF REQUIRF,D CE1271HCATE$(7F INSTALlA';'CCSN ��. ' ` i : ".'�,':I Add.s: ISRO N 00656N Rp SUITE 700 C' .ns. CA PE No.,E20143 � � i b/I k on5 S I t h eb d.b�d f Y i p U d p v t b( ftly d Ff y 1 d t b h 3�AI p! hyrn CtyjSxate(4p: SCOTI"�ALE,AL85256 Phone�: (h80}fili-1]A2 � 7b1 FAdd�tiort tR k Th d t tA p ddt th b 1d g" p trdur�ngmastuctonandrnnbefoundon}ineattfrosllw s>ergycngpa� --- p e r r�F�/m ar��_��osl�aie�a,�,,r c d< , !No es,nP,v.:°g i�r cn�s/iyK�t/ �,,7 YES ��NO :.formJi'Ue Fie�dinspectar Pass �� Fat � C� LL( NRCI LTO Ul E M [6 6 "tY d f ail b Itl ngs I �� M �� NRCI-LTO 02 E M f b s bmitted for a Ilght ng connol sy t �,oc fora�Energy Mana�ement Cantrof System([MCS},4o be� IJ � I I p Z cogn¢¢d fo ompf'an _ _ Z � U � N �m f � N nr.i :f le.� a il n ff'i i�i N � i h it 6 �n CAButdn Ener Eficenc Stzntlards-2019No�resAe�talCom i'a� ¢tie24 tJiM[.��ind: Ianuar�2021 CARuldngEnergyEfce�y4za dards 2019 o esde talC,mpl'anca y�, vr...:��,�ay[tt Z'„qt�w Ja�.£ l:auary)U21 CA6u tl gEnergyE ce��Y�=d.rds-2019 o esdentalw pla�E tt�j_u r rgycabr,r,itt L/Ot ts�d.,r4�. k uarY�021 @ gy y p ttpj,,nww,y, sy a�,ovi __,, _, y �(' Y V Y � �, � � W(� �> > Q > a O U N o � m 0 DRAWCING NpUMBER: C-O A-32535 ORIGINAL SCALE: NONE DATE: MAY2023 SHEET 73 OF 93 , �� . n�� Indoor U htin Indoor la hrin Indoor la htin g g g fi g fi w m -��o-�.,uaan;n: cn�rneNw�:��,vco�nmssom acoir.�.�e.,ot.aunn,� .o NnrNeeermmMv.om � �r.t:��.�e.,ot,aunn,� cAuwe �.eeermmMl.iom ' �� _ """"' '"' "" """"' _' "" """'- ""' """"' "" """"' "" "" - CF.RTIF�ICATEOGCOiNPIfANCE NRCCI.TI-F CfR7lFICATEOFCOMFLIANCE NRCC-LT6E CfR71FICATEOFCOMPI.IANCE NRCC-LT6E (� Tlrisdocvmerrtisusc�dtudemonstratecomplioncc�withreqUirements�nbt�O�;gI10121�1.3�3(J.�¢I3ilt,§t4fJ..6,pndel4l0fi>12forindoarlightinqscopes�sin4tfie ProjectName: WElL12AR5ENIC(IRON/MANGAN[SEWAT[RTREATM[NTPLANT RepatFage -- Pge2of6 .P�jctName WFLL�I2ARSENIC(IRON/MANGAN[SEWAT[RTREATM[NTPLANT RepatFage -- Page3of6 Z p�scriptivepath. PojecY/�dd ss 50800LpONEGONTNAiI REUuiN6,CA96002 U t Prepared _,__ 06/30(202L P j�Y/�ddre 508PC)LpONEGONTNAiI,REUuiNC,CA9fi002 U t Prepared __,06/30(2022 � _....__... ._'_...... ........_ ...._'_'_ "._._._ ...__.. ..'_ ....__. ... '_' ..._ ._ .._ __. .... " _ Z Q P j ct N : W[CL 12 ARS[NiC/IRQN/MANGRNES[WATER TREATMENT PtANT ',Report Page. Page 1 of 6 , . p ProjectAddress-5(18001�OREGONTHAIC,REDD4NC;,CA460Q2 UatePrepared. 0(if30f2922 ' Cq troisCompiance(SeeTableHfo D t i�� [OMPLIES ewidmgtev¢IContrais '� J� � ftaredPowerReducto�[ompiance(SeeTableQfo D tads) � ��.` NqtApplSallle�+- �7 � � 01 �� :02 "03 Q �._.w__........._,y._�w.....,.,..._...._._. A.GENEftAtINF(}ftMATiOPi �.: :: 1 ��.: ' �� MandatorvDemandRespanse Shut-OffControls fieidinspector �� 01 P �cttocai (cty} . � R[DUING _ _ OA T talContlRonetlFlaorAea(ft�} .- �651.29 _ _ (b.EXGEFTIbNALCONDISIbNS �------------- � ;��.; ¢17017(c}:�. .�;130]() Pass'�. ia'I ': J �.:.___' �__' _'""_ ___ ________ ' _____ __� ________ ._, _,._,��__._.�_, _,_ ..:._. � :.__ _,__,.�.: �___ �..�_ _,� . .. .�I 02 CI te Zon .:�:� SI OS�:7otal�U . tl t etl Flo A ea(ft�}...�. 264.46 IThis mht is outo jiftco w th unedimhla co ments hecavs fsete�fbns made ordnta erttPred rn tobles throvghau[Yhe form. Not Required<SOp00 Sf See Area(Spa Le�•el Controts ] I....� Z ____ 03 0 p ncyTyp W ih n Pro� t( i ct all that apply) O6# f Sto (H h t ble Ab Grade)��. i �;No except o�ai cond-tions apply to thls projeci. Area L¢vel Cpntrols - �� Off e �� Re[a I �� W I ouse �� Hotel(M t I ,...� S h I :..� r�SUPPort Areas 04� OS : 06 0] Q8 04 16 11 I �.��. 12 :.i �o Z ____._._._. � � Park'n Gara e �� N hR�seResidentia� Relocatable Healtl are �� Other wrte'in WATERTREATM[NTPLANi - �.� �+ e �... � �.,� �.� �,✓� ( � ( ,_ � � . M It�Leve�... Shut 6ff :.Pr mary{Skyl t�. S ndary. I t locked�� -' ""'- '----"-" '-'--""" "" E.AISDITIONAiRfiNtARK5 "�: :��, CompieteeuldngarAreaCategory �:AreaControls�:: , �F�e�dinspecmr�i .- -- - - - -. .- „r-� _�.:�.�.�.��. '� __ Area Descr pt on Controls Cantrols . Dayl�ght ng�..: Dayl ghhng.��.�Systems � B.FR418CT5@OPE �7 �ThLSMbleincludes2marksmadebythepermrtapF�+controtheAuthorrryH ingJursdicbon_ � ��.PrmaryEunc[ionArea ": §1301(aj ��. §2301(b) " §13G1(cj .' §13011�1�� 41��(dj�.:§140bj�1 P� p T bt! i t �is i 1 d y/ght tgsystemsihat th' th s A J�� F +*�t AF� t nd d ( f q pt' � g(h p 'ript p U fl din :� �� p �10 §24E.QbI 1t Y'ns WAftNtNG:Cfian theCafculatinnMethodinth�sYabtewilirzsutfrnthPde(eYiono data MCCHANICAC �ManualON/ _f).f 90 f A�vioulynprt(fYoi+naPdtoc)ronqethe � 6UItDING- ��d�stalMan�factur'nn�Building Dimmer OCSer�sar � NA i��NA � 1 utanon method F� - Aen a f n or use S e As �� ' OFF l LI � [..) � ��. O """ """ "" - " "' "' " - iCQNDiTiONEDSP�CES .-. -. . � N W ScapeotWork Condi6oned5paces Uncond�tioned5paces p,�NDOOftLkGHTfNGFiXTURE5CHEQUGE * i� a"re��ureanoteinthes acebelowex�lan�n howcom la ce sacheved �13� K ��:��Ol �2 03�: fl4 �p5 �-` �� NOTES Co troiswih ...q p . p g p (n W ;TnblelsCruct'os:lncludeatipemane+rtdergnedlrght�ngnndaflAurCablelghhngitoffices. EX:ConferenteT:Pnmaty/Sky7�ghtDayhgh[ing:Exemptbecause7essthan120wattsofgenerailiqhting, �.PlanSheet5howing6aV��t2ones�� Q z � My.P � tC ssts.of(checkallthatapplV) �. Calcul i Meihod.�. Area��k�j �Cal I t M thod Area(ft�) .". ''�,pesignedWattage:ContlRioned5paces EXCFPTtONito§7301(d)1.�" �. yZ � p I��NewL�ghbngSystem � CampleteBwldng '16G Complete6wldng _ 0 � .01� 02 03�� 04�� OS �� ab �� 07 �� OS 04 10 ! �� ' �� mQ TQ � ---- """" """""". ..""" - -'_ - ___- '_-' .. � � � � ._ (�l � "'-' "'-'- "' ' "' Namear � � Modui 5 IIA .r( W tt H W tta� T t I ber &em t � � � Feldinspectoi� � �� m� � �AlCemdLiy*htingSystem -� ; . Complete�l mareDescr'pton � �'. .p .ge .. pper Des Watts� �'� - �� : : � ' Z Z w gn I LIGHTING��:pOWERALIOWANCE COMPtE768lI1lDWGORAREACATEGQRYMETHQC?5 O - � � 7rem Tag (Track)fi ture&Color Cfianye' lum na re' de[erm�ed lum naves §140 6(a}3 Pass Fall�� -- �� w-�-�- �-- �-�--, -�-- -�-�- -- �' -�� Q �� TotelAreaofWork ft� ]e6 0 ' R� Ci%IF�tn8,50fi0tUMENS,�PREM1 �� 1�1 31.8� Mfr.S c' 1(F� 378 '�h�-� < < � I�Pretl t 4/j fi p1y q s�ngtheCompfeteBu�(dmgorArenlateAoryMefhndsAar§I�tOfi(@J.fnd+wterfodd�honalirghhttgpuwer �/I 4 >' r ( J I I�I� _ p@ CJ �7 ��... ��u w �Pe sianrCslo��,di��4�e„e4v.r's'taoaLv.!arPbar„9,.�.�d. a a � ._._._._._._._._. ................. _._........ ...._._.... 318 Condrt�onedSpaces -. _- _..- -- _.-.- _ ......._._._ .............._ ......._._.__._._._....._. _ Totai Designed Watts iONDETiONE�SPACES:I� C COMPLIANGE RESUITS :: �� `: 01 02 03 �4 OS O6'�. � �-__-.____� � '�.��.�:: _ FP Tobielnsteuct�ons.i an cettonthrsiabtesas"DOESNQiCOMPlY"or"CQMP!lFSw�thExce tionalC ditions reertaTo6leD ar urdance. r .+ . �.: �G E * f Y Y P f f 4 FpOTNOTF:Desi9nWaitsforsmvilapertureondmlorthunqinqluminaireswh�chquaiiJyAer§.4Dhfa)rt.Ri�odju5tedtobe�5`k�ofihe�rrotedwpttagc.TobtcfputomoY�caily� .� Allowed�: Allowed �FlddtonalAllo�wancesf.�.:� � d,� �� AllowedlightingPowerper¢340.5(6}(Watts)�:�. AdjustedLightingpowerper§14d.6{aj�(Watts� Complianieftesults mokes[hisndjustmene,thepermltapplicantshouidenferful/rotedwotta9eincolumn05. -� C pleteBuild g A C tegory Area ��- p c> 6 ,n�. z AreaPescrpton ... Densty:�. Waitage Ad�ustment 2 J2 0 tght g 01 02 03 0� OS 06 0� OS .�09� Alltho tyH 'ql 'sdict?onmoyaskfortuminnimc�utsheeYstuconfirmwattaqeusedfnrcomplianc�e��c�r§�3D(�lc,�.Wattngeusedisrutt6ethc^moximumratedJorthe PrmaryFunctonArea�� (ft�) ��. O � � -� � � (w)fc�}`�. �. (watts) rreataeegor� �-: eaF �> � dt tl d Complete � �� Tatlored Total �� PAJFControl:�� TotalAdjusted �uminai�e,nrztthetamp MECHANICALROOM� t d t alMa F t �gR'Idng �� 06 � �25.2 �u� � V pocesmust not �::Area�Category�.A Add t onalry. ._ �� RESTftOOM tn�lustr I Man�factur ng l3u'Id ig Q.6 82 44.2 � ��i d� � euldng�.:�. �.��kihQ6(c)3...-.TotalRibwed Desgned�.�. Credts . (Watts)�.:. ...OSMustbe?08 �.�: (G.MdQULhRtIUHTIR}GSYSTEM9 �: ��,'��:: ;` ________-________ _______ a __--______ __-"__ _"__"__ "______ _..._"__ ___"___ O'b .� G b df�� §1406(c�2:. §3406(c)2G � �� 'j �. TESTINGROOM tndustrialManufactirngBu'idi�y� p.6 192 85.2 I__� ( .� P piran<eAer. 41AOG(cjl: t) (+} (Watts) � (Watts) � §10.0Efa)J �. I [(ies:. §14Q,fi ThisSet DesNotAAPfy _ _ 1 � 1VFAL ]66 459.6 Seei'ableslorPfordet�.ail b��s/` SS gtaDat�lt - O .4d�uscmenti - -- �e � � (SeeTabiel}�.. (SecTablel�� (SeeTableJ��.�(SeeTableK} � (SeeTable.F): (SeeTableP): H,IN[IOORCIGHTINGCONTROIS(NotInClUdingPAFS} ,�*: ,_,_,_,_, _,_,_,_,_ _,_,_,_,_ ,_,_,_,_, _,_,_,_,_ _,_,_,_,_ ,_,_,_,_, ,_,_ _,_,_,_,_ ,_,_,_,_, ,_,_,_,_, �" "__ _"_ "_"_'_�' __'.,�,_.. _ ��:�_ .._ C dt d�� 459G . 459.@ �>_ 31&�, „ 318 COMPLIES TableR t t :Al�as - 1 d 19ht-y' !f '�dt d d �� df d p ce th t bi Wh nopGanhn g lecred,thenotessectiorzofthrstab(e � �U rond�Yioned ��, %� '"' , ', � � �� , � > , � , � '� �'„_";� /nustb mpteYed.lhe(ghY g onProls t nofiFreCo p( eSui mayFb(epnYt�ef t�J q wrlFsho �OESNOFCOMPtY fth�not /eftblpnk. .......... ....'.._'......__. ..:_..,..........v �'__._,_..�__..........___.... _.......:.___... _....,.__...._ �,u...__ _._ '.��'_"_.___ .___,,...__'........_ ._.-.- .._..-_._ . ...._._-. .. .-._-_._ . ....-.-._._.... ._. .-_ .... _.-._._. .-._.__._._.-_ .. ..._.___._ . .__.-._._._-.__._._._._.__� Table CenRnued / fAeuitlngEnergvEffcen�yStantlards 2G19NonresldeneaiCompance�. jun.uen4:bt 3Lu�,.�e21�,(t3se�ntla� Apn12021 CFlBuiltln,qEnergyEffuency4zandards 2019Nonresdon+ulfmplancztttp;,_w yy ey,:_-+/ttit2�(YOic��._.ia�}t nprii?02Y CAAUItlngEnergyEffcenry4tandards 2019NonresdamalConpfanrn tt� l�µz-Ltcayo+/tti;��t taW.r(� AprtiJ.021 1nTE0FC,tuF9Rvim iEOFGufOarvin iEOGCnuGpknin 5 zin Indoor i.�ghting „ ��,. Indoor Leghtmg ;��, Indoor Lsghting , �. e(ceac�na/�.�.I s�Forv��' ' rv - .cea�n2i) soN ' � rc.,r.sica,eaaanRu ` :' CERTtFiC0.TE0i'�CY}MPIIANCE NRCC-LTI-[ CERTIFI(AT£OfG'OMPLIANCE MSNftCC-LTI-[ CCRTIFICATEOFCUMPLIANCE M NftCCL11-[ ProjedNamr WELLI2ARSENICJIRONjMAN6ANE5[WATERTftEATMENTP�ANT ReFortPaF,P� Page4a(6 �;brojectNa�ne: WEll72AR5F.MC(IftON(MANGANESEWATEftTREATMENTPLANT ReportPage', Fag�Sof6� �;ProjectName WEtl12AR5EMC/IRONJMAIVGANES[WATEftTREATMENTPLANT fteportPa�e �� Page6of6� q Projert Address: O80 6tD ORFGON TRAIC,RED6�N6,fA------------ 5 950(d2 De[ePrepared'--- �Ob(30/2022� �Profe�:t/nddress SOSOOI..O�OREGONlRAiL,RFDDiNG,CF�96002 DaCePrePared: 06(30(2022 P ��SAddress 50860100REGONlRAiL,RED�iN(�,CA96002 PaCePrepared: 06{30(2022 Y� .; „, . � � �w J.ADDI71CkNAG��.l16HTiN6ALLOWANCE.AREACATE60RYMETW{?6QUALIFYM6LIGHtiNG.5Y5T@M �; Tab�etn.ructinnsSeYcct ntnvebeemm�debasedo�i�parmntranprovdedinprevioustabies fthisdacumenzi/anyselectianncedsmbechan4ed,p�easeexpininwfiy�rz i D4CUMENTAYIONAOTHQRSDECLARATI4P15TATEMENT .r�., th 5 tioriDoeSNotApply iable[Additiona(Nemarks.TheSedocumc�ntsmustbeprpvidedtothebuNdi�ginspectorduringconsfrvctipnandcorrbefoUrtd Irneotfr(f�a+/(wul,r+ergy.c:ogu.v/ � lcertifVtha[thsCertfic�teotConplancedacu entatoi-sa<c rateaidcomplete Ow ..... .. .. .. .. . . .. . . ..... nrteza/:oassm„d�rfr.fzaa� ��,at�«,�e�a �,m�,tt/nr�>n .,cPnr�t o.,�rn,�=,c1NRrr( I ___ _ ___ ________�_ _________________ .._„u .�a K TAIlQRERNtE7NtlpGENERAILiGNTiNGPCFWERACIOW$NCE �'�: �::Feidinspector:�.�.. Docume�tato�AutharName: rHANGN6UYEN �Documentatonautl�or5ignaturc: rHaNGNGUYEN ..�� + � � W- ""'-�-"' -"-` `-""- "'""�`"`"`"`-""""�""-""'""` """"""-'"""'" �""'-- YES NO �. Gorm/1itl � ComPanY: Water Wo k E g neers �� ISig�ature 6 __ O6(30(26Y1 """______________ ��. th 5 tiorpoesNatApplY � � � �. � �. � � �� ^ -_I :. : � �. . � : �Pass Fa�.�. '�lrM 0 I� a�� ------------� ------- -- ----- --------------�--- ----------------� Add ess: JS00 N Dobson ftd SWte 200 CEA HCRS Cert'catioii Id �t fcation if a i'cable: i � � 0.ADOITIONAI LIGHTIN6 ALIOWANCE.TAILORE4 WA4l D45PLAY �:; ��:, : �� :. ��. r� �: NNCI LTI-p1-E-Must be su4mitted for all bu idings �-� - ----- � ( p� �----- �w '-"--".- .-..- . -'"---�- "----"- "-"---- "-"---- -"-"--- --"-"- � --"--} C'tY/S[ate(Zip: Scoitsdale,AZ85256 IPhone: +(480�66t-1]42 Th S�cGon�oes NofRppiy NRCI I il 01 E M t b� 6m tted for 21i htin ,- -,-,- - - - _ � � �� + �g cnntrol system,or for an Fner�*y Management Conirol System(EMfS),to be -------------� ('. �� --� � RESPONSIBtE PERSON S DECIpftFTiON STATEMENT eoynizedforc pl' � � IcertifythetoliowmguntlerpenaltVofpet�ury,underthelawsafthe5tateofCabtoma: M AODITI�NAL416HTItdGRLL6WANCE:TAILOR6DFLOORANDTASKGIGHTIN6 �� '� �� '�� -- ��J PP[ . �__ ___� .__ �.__ �'�: NRCI LTI-04 E M t k 'b 'tt d tur two"nte locked sVstems ser g 'udito iu n.a cunvent on�c itcr a co��'en�e i.The mformation 'ded on this Certificate of Com I ttue and mrrett. v T1 Sect a�Dces NotRpply �� room,a mu(t R�P e room,or a theaterto he recogn'zed fo�co pl ''�� provi p iance is .. __ _. __ __ __ _ __ . __ `" n��' 2 I am ei�&�61e under D�v s�on 3 of the Bus��ness and Professwns Cqde ep accxpt respons biI ty for the 6uilding des�gn ar system des�gn�dentif�etl on th s Cert�ficate of (�� (Y� NRCI-1T1��5-E-M�st be.si bm ited for a Power Adju�tment Factor tPAF)to bc recogn'zed for comR��ance. '�,_', _ Compl�ance(responsihle designer} � a/ � N.ADDITIONAtU6HTINGALtOWANCE:TAtIOREDORNAMENTAGjSPECIkt��EPiECTS ` '-"""--' -""' """-' ,L _ _ . ._-__-_,_ .._.-__._____-_�_ .�. __ �'� r. � NRCI-Li"I-tlb-E-Mustb�submittadtoradd'tio�alwattageiistalletl"navd�ocoif�renCny,stud'otob remgn'zetlfor 3.Theenergyteaturesandpertormanwspecflcations,materai;components,andmanufactureddevicesforihebuiidingdesignorsystemdesignidentifiedoothis � Z T7 S chon Aoes Not Apply �� compi'iance. - `��-' Cert�ficate af Compi ance confarm Sa the requrtements ofT Ne 24,Part 1 and Part 6 otthe Cal�fornia Code of Regulat ons. � 0 1 I 1 '-" 4.Thebuidmgdesgnfeaturesprsystemdesgnfeatures dentrfedonthaCertrficateofGomp6ancearetansistentwrththeinfprmatwnprav�dedonotherapphcable LLc� O.ADDITIONALLIGHTIWGALIOWANCE:TAILORECiVERYUALt)ABiEMEftGHANDISE ��.. .-�..i compl�ancedocuments,worksheets,caiculabons,piansandspecif'caYionss�hmittedtotheenforcementagencyforapprovalw�ththisbu�ldingpermitappiication. W > L ��.___�_�__._._�.."___u_....v'_��_"..._""��.'_...___'____"__.._�' """"�' """"�' """"�' _'__'_""""_ U,DECGARA710R1 tlF':REQUIRED CERTtF(CIxTE5 pF ACCEPTAPICE �- -Th'�5 tonDoesNosAppty - + t, h .-i S.IwllensurethatacompietedsignedcopyofthisCertificateofCompi�anceshallbemadeava�lablewiMthebuld�ngpermrc(s)ssuedforthebuil6ng,andmadeavailabie � �j '- (... ._ ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 7ob7eMtuttions'SelectnshavaLeenmodcbosedoninjnmotonprovrAeArnperovsYablesofth+sdocurnt�fanyselecTnneedsmbe��hanged,pcnseexparttwyrt � totheentarcemenYagenctarailalcablei�s tons.lunderstandthatacamleteds� dca fth�sCert�f�cateofComl�anwsre dtabencl�dedwrththe i y pp pec p gne pyo p qurce __ _ __ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ Tab(eF.Adit fA k.ih 'd ' t stbepr ddt th.b.ld y' p t �1 q. t :t nandanywith A�' th/ .mustbecomp/eYc�dthiroughpri � . me � dacumentat on the 6u�lder provides to the buiid ng owner at occupancy. �9 � �P.pOWERADJU4TMENT:UGHTINGCONTROICREbiT(POWERADJUSTMENTFACFOR(PAF}} �� cc�epe ceiesrTechnrc' C.rrf"carinnVravider(a7iCA).F ore'n/ormnonv�sir itu:/(vwweneryy:<�rrro��/rU1a/ottc„/povdeshr,�( 1.1� Q �ih 5 (ori Ooes NotRpY�Y - , R pa'�s bie Oes'gner Name: 8r�n You�g PE R:por�sibl D i gner S'P,natu e��- BRIAN YOUNG,PE � � � �� YES NO FormJTitie �.:F �dl p t r :_,� C p ny: WaterWorksEng'neers �DateSign d: -�� 0�30(2�22....... M C!.RATED POW�R REQUCTIbN GOMPLIANCE:FOR AL7ERqTIONS ��;: ...'_ "_ .�_ _'�. �.___'�: ..�__... .. � Fa t�::� . .."" "_"""""' ""' ""' "'_... .."""'_"" """"' "" " �e• W �� _ � (?.. C:: NRCFa tTl 02-A-M�st be tubm tt d t � � Address: �i00 N pobson Rd,Suite 20(I I I'ce ue: CA RC No:[2��43 � � � ITh 5 [onDoesNotRppty � �� p q dautomatctmmsw'tchcontmis _, ,� �(,. (p� NRCA-Lil-p3-A-Mustbvsu6mittedfo autt atie;dayl'ght<'.o�trots. C'tyl5t�d[ej4p: ScoYtsdale,AZ8S256 Pho�e: (480)661-I]42 � R 80%IIGHTINGPOWEHFORALTERhTiON5��=CbNTRQL5E%CEPTIONS ____ _ �'� ('.. (i NRCI�LTI-(in-A-M tb .�b itt df d. dr.p .' I'ghtng t I�. "'�� I U ..�_w_....�.�� _ .�.�.w.._._ �� LL �_ _ ��.� (Th S�ttoifloesMOYAPPty � _ ' J=� � ...�. _ _ � � �*�,� (`� �� NftCA-Cil�-0S-A-M tb�. b Rtdf - tt ion lt -gp � vif t tf [r(PAF). � _ __-..... ...._ ,i C'. C!� NRCA-ENV�03-F Mustbesuhmittedford�ayl'ghtingdes'gnpowerad�ustmen[tactors(PAF). ` f � e ro SDAVqGHT0E51GNPOWERADlUSTMENTFpCfOft(RAF} : LL. tl� tl tl�tl tl , tl tl tl: tl tl tl tl�tl tl q� N Z __w�..e�. ._. �. _ �. _ . rtt v SctUon Docs Notppply .DECLARATION OF REQUIREQ CfRTIFICATES Of INSTAiLATION -_-_-_-_-- ��:��. � g ______"�"_'_'_..._._'_�_�;:,;�_"'.._.w' _�'_".._,�:.. ..__.w.'�_'___._._._._.��_�.___._v��_._.___._._._.u:_._._._._.��_ _ � U �� m � ..... ..... ..... ____. ____. ____ , .. ..... ..... .._ m ... ...,1 J ..r . � �.__ .--,�_ i CP6uttln�tnergyEft��nryStaitlard.,1019NanreeiderrtaiCnmpiaice. , (Ww�lY_6r�"6� .CiJ,,,,q],.ai.i�rd5 �pn(2G21 CABUIIdngEnergY�f��ncySta�Card- 201�Nonrestle�lalCmplaretny,,,xx �."}c�,p„rz(fi14f..➢9.i�id�� Apri(2021 CABu�Id�ngEnugyEffconcyStandards20i9NonresAerztalCompl'aneHt}�/jvvwa,� r."�ii;�wtflg?n/.Oi.i.nd��, Anri2�21 � N J � W � � � � U N N z �m f� 0 DRAWING NUMBER: E-� A-32536 ORIGINAL SCALE: NONE DATE: MAY2023 SHEET 74 OF 93 W�I Z Z Z Z U O � Z a p z F _ ii a� a� a a Q Q aa av a°F aWZ a wZ aWWZ �v z a �0 �� > > �� w ��p ��p ��p �0 w� a� a� az a ¢ �� a� ao ao aNQ a?WQ a=�Q �z Q J� JZ JZ JQ� dW dO J= JW JW JWU J�p]U JUw� �O � WW W� W� WI-O }a }J WU' Wa Wa W�� W�� W(n�0 J �� cnc� mo mc� �_ �cn �cn �a? �m¢? �oa? �u� zo z FILTER LI MN MR MS ZIO ZIC TAH SI SC PI TI PI FI � Q CONTROL 01001 01100 01100 01100 01120 01120 01100 01100 01100 01100 13100 01110 01100 � o PANEL � �� J �J � 0 PLGSCADA � � o �� - - - - - - T - - - - - - - - - - � � I I � � � � � I I o U z � � � >� cr � � r�,5C7C;..�i�' I � m'� � � � 1-;UN(�IING �.. �t�� r Ei�� _ .. I i � � CONTROL PANEIL NN X STING Q� Q� � I Y(..1 �YI�� R V1 ❑❑❑ I WE��BUILDING � � „ �°'�E'k"Nt a^,._...w�F Akt_E'Ei '�-" ❑0❑ "",�4NOlif1't.; � I � � � I hC�1� �Yt� ❑❑❑ I � I I ��Eea�t� ��` � I I ze�� ea � r§ I o a ��.-0 � I I �° � � I _ _-�._____:M____.�m�__...... _...�mm...M.....�.�.��..__-,-.� I w - � EXISTING WELL � �� dogd � BUILDWG � � � I I � �'s�s *s� � € . f , � ' ' � �a � � � � I I � � N � - - - - - - - - � I € p I I � � 4 I � ��T.� I I I t � I � � P t � � 1�fCk(� I I l � I I � l � t � � I I � l � t � � I I I t � I � l � h � 'y- I I �w € Y� � � € I 6.... .. .._. ..._ .. .., ..._ ..._ _ . ... ... .. ... ... . . ... ... . .. I I ��``,: p � l � t I I �.-`� r �z � � E � � � �. ��` � � � y � � �.8,��p=�'° Q z � l � t -1 -1 � �w t .. _ � , . . �. � � � s � � " � i..�'. ..s.� �..... > � t � I I � � � N I � I � � � I � � t � � � z � �- � � � I I 1. �... Q � W � � k. I. , � � � 8 �� ,; "! - � I... °,.,. : � � � � 1 "i _' ,.., � �— � � . � _ ,. ,. _ ___.. �__! � � � I � � 1... �e, � � � m W I ` � 0 _ � _...... �� , �. .. ...,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, , ,,,, ,.„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„„. .. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, TO GREENSAND ,,_..,.. ,..,.. ,tv,�,,,, ,,,�.�,,.� „t„t.,,,. .,.... ,,,.,,., ,,.,,.,., ,,.,,,....... .�.��,,�r,., �t�.,.r�.�.� �.,� <,.;.�.,,.. � ,,,,,,,,,. ,.�.�.�..<.�.�.�.�, I :�,,.. z . �h3 .;. :. ,,. ,�,.,,., ,�,ti,u�, „ ..i.U�.� „�u.u� ��u.u�, �u.u�U ,,,,,.,z.�.,.. ,�,��.,.�.,.� ,�,��.,.�.,.� ,�,�,..�..,..�..,. .�, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1 o I N-2 ......... .... ......,.... ........,. , ,,,. I � i ' s .; � ,,.,., . �...:i�� FILTER I. � , , � �, y � � ,,`�" � � '� � o � � « ..,., y „ , �..�- z W z � , _ � , ; � ........... W ; y u; D4a m , �;A o --.� � � �� ;."� `� EW12 GTV_01130 � , ' Z m s � Q � � , > �.,� ., . �.....e.,�.. ' ,.:.. T � � 8"PTW C N3 TO BACKWASH Z O y� EW12_GTV_01140 RECLAIM TANK � � Z� `,..�'`. ....�: ... � � O � � 09_FTR_13 � U z � W � � � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: N-1 A-3253� ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: NONE UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 75 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-N001.dgn PLOT DATE:3/27l2023 2:34:31 PM W�I Z U W z ly,t Lll LL7 Z S S S � W W O U` i.a.l F.J F. - � � � z F W F Z � � z Q ¢W ¢ a ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢� ¢ � - r a a n �W � � � � � � �� } � z � zo ~w �~w w� oZ o waF w Z w w O o� �o z � � �Q w� =w� Q v=i0 v=i �wo �az �a� �a� W �a �m w w w w� w wWvi wWvi `� ZS Z= �a>W �� Q �� W ZW Z� X X X X� W JtL� JtL� Q c� LLU tL n !n>d' (nd.d' (n4.LL (nd.d' R' LLI- LLI- � � � �U d' LL�O_ LL�O_ ZO Z FILTER AI AI HOA MR MA MN YCR TI AI HOA MR MA MN YCR DPIR DPAN � � CONTROL 15120 15121 04160 04160 04160 04160 04160 15110 15130 02130 02m00 02130 02130 02130 04110 04110 O � PANEL �]�� u o PLGSCADA `--T T �� o �� I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I � I I � I z z � � z I � I I � I >� � � I I �� ` � � MCG12A � � MCG12A � �� RUNNING PWR RESET ' I RUNNING PWR RESET ' `� � � � YL1 YL2 pN ,� � YL1 YL2 pN � `�'„ � � � R W YCR � R W YCR � � � � I YA ` - ..............��VAC i ETM YA FAILED �,� �480VAC i o o2G E„�9*eb� .��. i�.� i�i. i�i. _ ETM FAILED �i KQI KQI � A � A � � � �,. .`,... EW12_STR_04160 � � �� .�i. EW12_STR_02130 � LL� a o e � MECHANICAL I � � I � I do d � BUILDWG I dels s` e * � - - - - - - '�. � � � � -�.. -�. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' FROM FEC� � � I METERINGPUMPS -�l, r _ _ _ _ _I � - 3/8"FECL � � FROM RECLAIM PUMPS � � I I A Nv" 4"REC � � , , o ..:- I PI I � 02140 � N N �� Y� � I _� /DPIT :..: d'w � ......................................... � ,�.; ...... ... ....s .,._,.e.,�., C7.�� c°�'' �w � 04110 '� M I �-.��hry W z EW12 BFV 02120 .j8,g:µ <«,,,,,,,r�„�.. � �,�,�.,�1 ......... .......0 1� 12"RW � Q� � ��,a. _ee�e.... �Sw EW12 MXR 02130 -�' � � � RDCR11 f EW12_BFV_02150 � i� i� i� z � � � � � � z .�,. o o � � � � � O � -r � � " � , W a� �— I �' � �' Z W ( tL U °� i � i �� ** �� ** �� ** oo �o o W r� � � I �J�Q '�J�Q �J�Q � �z az O J � TIT _� m� °�� m� � Ua Va UO 00 Z � I _ _ _ _ _ � > N N N i W� Wz� Wh Wh W i m 15110 � � � J� JW� J� J� J � � CL/pH TU � � � O a TO BACKWASH N-3 A TE AIT AIT m w m w m w I j� >O� >a >a > ( � 0 REC�AIMTANK � - - - - -� � t-�-�20VAC 120VAC ' �K* - ** - ** U 15110 15120 15130 `� `� `� � ** FILTER SYSTEM i �� AIR RELEASE CONTROL PANEL YCC YCO ZIC ZIO HSDL AE AE VALVE,TYP I X X X X X I ��SA-T 0 15120 15130 EW12 BFV 06100 EW12 BFV 06120 ' � � � � � �11/2"FW � y - - EW12_BFV_6110 _ _ � � m o PI I I I I I FW USE � F� �� co 05100 GREENSAND FILTER I L _ � �_ _ � _ J I z EW12 RPP 08120 °-� l�i �>i EW12_FLT_04100�K* ' � � � (W � N JLL LL � � Q _ _ r W � w m� m�,�* � ; �** n** , Q m �� EW12 BFV 05120 � � ZSC �OR W w � � xxx x�x , N ('� N �� , rr �� 12�� CELL 1 CELL 2 CELL 3 �* r . , , iu.44� .,' „ � � � -- ....... _. ........ __. .... � � ZSO Z Q -�, � ; ., : t., .'" ' '� :;"' .,: � � M � i XXX ( � Q Z o T , *� y ' W � ,s.;� LL ff 12"x6" �- EW12_B V_05110 � 120VAC M// ' � � m� REDUCWG � I �t ( � O � "' TEE d � WO � 08�. a S�oB� 0 B�oR a 8�08� B�oB�. 08�. 0,8� 8� 0�`8��. � �X_MDV_Xx � � � —� � I U � I ' TYPICAL MOTORIZED VALVE � Z � N 3 B 4"DR o t�i> o t�i� o � CONTROL AND POSITION � W "' TO SEWER � � °� � °' � �- - - — - - — - - — - - — - - — - - — - - J (I� � ... P� �,1 �,1 �,1 � o � 04160 m .r 1-1** LL .r I�* � .r I�* Q ( I� �—� m�� —� m�� —� DRAWING NUMBER: �- - - - - - - M 6„x3"RDCR N N N �_n EW12_RPP_04160 W w w G 6"x4"RDCR 6"SW 1�ry�j�,j�,�j��► . - A-32538 � EW12 BFV 04160 — — ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: SURFACE WASH BOOSTER PUMP NONE EW12 PMP 04160 ua're Mav 2023 SHE� 76 OF 93 FILENAME 2165D-N002.dgn PLOT DATE:3/27l2023 236:07 PM W�I � � � � U Q Q Q Z Z _ O w � w = w a a a a aQ a� � � � z Q � � � � � � � � � � � �� o o W n (nO (nO VJOa VJOa VJO N�I- N� N� N� N�� N�O NLL NLL � � Q� W Qia- Qia- Q'?�� Q'?�� Q'?� Q�p Q��` Q� Q� Q�z Q�U Q� Q� Q�� C Q �� a ��a �� r- �¢� �¢z �¢� �¢r �¢o �¢o �a� �a �a�n wcc " YWW YWa YYW YYW YYW W Y-1W Y-�Z Y-�� Y-1� Y-1W Y-�W Y-i¢ Y-iW Y�(� �� U~F- U~I- UZ> UZ> UZ> � UU(L' UUZ UU� UUQ UUW UUW UUI- UUF- UUW Q J Qa Qa0 QQw QQw QQw w ¢w ¢w� ¢wd ¢wE- ¢wa ¢wa ¢wp cw� Qw� Q� m��a m�r mr� mr� mr� � m�? m�a m�� m��n m��n m��n m�r m� m�a �SLL zo z PILTER FI FQI LAL LAH LI YCR HOA MR MA MN SI SC FQI FI PI LI � � CONTROL 06150 06150 06170 06170 06170 02170 02170 02170 02170 02170 02170 02170 02170 02170 02170 06230 0 � PANEL u u � �� o PLGSCADA � � o �� I I I I I I I I I � � � � � - - - - - -�' - - - - - - � z z � � � � � I I >� � o I I �'� � � � � I I o� �� I RUNNING PWR FAILED RESET � � � � � ° � � � YL1 YL2 �N YA YCR � � � a o � I ❑O❑ R W A I I � ❑O❑ ��•ETM ��• ��• �i 480VAC I � � o�Eca* I � � ❑0❑ KQI � I I `� �d �02 0 � ' � I I � I �� EW12_VFD_02170 � �� MECHANICAL I � � I � � °'o� `' BUILDWG I I � I I �e 5P ' � � ' * FROM WELL PUMP � .-L I � � � � C N-1 8"PTW I � � � � � � I I FIT � � � I I 24VDC � 06150 EW12 GTV 01150 � � � � FE I � ' � � FROM GREENSAND FILTER 06150 � � � � � A N-2 � � FLOW EW12 GTV 06160 ,� � � ' � � Y� CONTROL FLOWMETER - - � � � � I d'w VALVE EW12 FIT 06150 LIT m � � � I I ��""' �w EW12 FCV 06140 02160� � I � � � �`--�� ; �� - - RADAR� � � - Le I I I �, ��' u.l � � I I �°8,��p=�'� Q z 02160 � VENT � � I � � � �" � � � I I I � � � � � � � � I I z � � TO GROUND � I � � Q � Z 12"OF i � F�T 02170 02170 � � O � BACKWASH RECLAIM TANK � 24VDC� � � � � (125,000 GALLONS NOMINA�) �TSH I 02170 � � U � _ Q EW12_TNK_06170 ��4"x1-1/2"REDUCER FE � Q �J � 02170 M 02170 � TO RW LINE � � Q 4"DR �� "�~ 4"REC A N-2 EW12_BLV_06220 EW12 BFV 06180 � EW12_CHV_02170 EW12_BFV_02170 F� U EW12 PLV 06180 BACKWASH - - EW12 FIT 02170 REC�AIM PUMP - - LIT � � 6"x2"RDCR�� 120VAC � � EW12_PMP_02170 06230 > LE �� W z 06�30 � s FROM GREENSAND FILTER U W `� B N-2 4"DR 6"DR TO CITY SANITARY Z m SEWER SYSTEM Q PARSHALLFLUME MANHOLE N V M FOR WASTWATER FLOW J ZQ � MEASUREMENT EW12_PF�_06230 W � � EW12_PLV_06190 EW12_PLV_06200 EW12_PLV_06210 WASTEWATER � O � SAMPLE STATION � 09_FTR_13 � S�UDGE FI�TER SLUDGE FILTER S�UDGE FI�TER U ROLL-0FF RO��-OFF ROLL-0FF Z � CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER � W EW12_FTR_06190 EW12_FTR_06200 EW12_FTR_06210 (n � Q o DRAWWG NUMBER: N-3 A-32539 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: NONE UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 77 OF 93 FILENAME 2165D-N003.dgn PLOT DATE:3/27l2023 2:49:05 PM TYPICAL FOR FEC PUMP EW12_PMP_07210 w"' A z � w a a a — � c�� c� c� c� c�� c� , w U w z �' � � � � = v zo zZ z z z� z � z Q o O � � a a a w � F' ccW �Z �J �r � cc� aw �� N o w w w w w� w� w �=ct o-W w� W� W� W W � W�. W�.�— uJ�. � Q Y h� hZ h� hQ h0 hW�— gE— Sc/�Q ��— � ZW� ZW� Z Z�j ZWZ ZW� ZW Z Q Q WZ W[[ WI.Qi W(j WtJi WUIZ ��' N}Q �� Q ctz= r�z= ct� ��Q ��z �� Fz� i—� �a �a �a �a �a �ap o- ¢F- o- � O_(9 O_(,� Or1 O�> O O W O � � W �W -� —� -� -� —� -� a �� W� �� -1J— JJ— JQ J(�> JOZ JOQ.' JOQ UZ�� U� U� U� U� U� U� U�F UO W�O UO =YW> =YW =J =QQ =O� =O =OI- WOQW WW W� W� W� W� W� W�W WJ YQ� WJ J UU> UU� UQ U�J UCO� UCOZ UCD(n LLUO]J lLJ LLd LLmd LLmd LLd LLd LL2(n LLtL W(nLL t1-LL ZO Z WI WI YAH PAL MR /YR\ MN LAH LI HOA MR�IiMA�IiMN� SI SK FI FAH FI � � 31f 31f 07120 07130 07150 07110 07100 07100 07100 07300 07200 07220 07220 07220 07220 07220 07220 07220 07310 07210 0 � PANELPLOC SCAODA � �� J �j J �J �� Yj� � � � o I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I � � I SIGNALS TO EXISTING WELL I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I z � � �- - - - - - CONTROL PANEL W EXISTING - - - - - - - - - - - - - - o � z � � � � WELLBUILDING I I I I I I �� I I I I I I I I I o� �� I I +'"�1 t 1 �`RGNNkt'�C� Fpt`;t� I I I I I I z z� o � ,�.-� I I I I I I w � � I I � 1�`'� �' I I I I I I � � " � � , ,�. I I ��w� h - �(.M �,.�,w ��OGt,U I I I I I I �er�,* I � � � � I I �t'�I�()I� I I I I I I �c�c� "260 I I I I I I I °o � Q I I •��- •�•-� ��- I I I I I I w � " EXISTING WELL � � � MECHANICAL � � � I I I d`b � BUILDING � ` BUILDING °�'s�1s - *s� a � I I I I I I I I � I I I I I I I I qqrr I I I I I / � � � FSH � I � �t {� ! � � �. ....k�� .IO �%'4V�t".s , � � 07��10 C< . I I I I I � .�,�,,.� � t�P�_'��:",t".>N Ck{I�€�i�tN��:'-"�s3 I I I � EYEWASH/ � � ��=��'�� I I I I SAFETY SHOWER 1 � I I I I 1 r<< �. .�. �� _... .. ��. I I I I I ��, I I I I I Y� � � I I I I I ��;� �w I � I I I I �-�� r �z I I I I I I �, W- , F � � I I I � � : � ,.B,e�Mo=�'°'� � � Q= �., . � : _.........,. '�w � � � ti � -1, ,, .,.,,. l � � 6 �»j....................�.�..s . � ,.,}.... ' . ..,,........ ......................, n s , _,,_,.. .�. .- � ��,.. r.,.�. ..................... .� � .. .�, , , � ....., ......�. .... .. . . �. -�. -ti� . , �. ......,,.... ................... ; ; � . �l I [ � � � I � I I . �� [ � I Z � �- I I �� e, C I I � I Q � W [ I I I I z'. I � � � I Q 0 � 1,. � it°,� C � � � � � .��,, �- ��--��av�c° � �„ �' � i i �oR i tL U � , ,, ° � i HS � � � _ _ �, _ .e .. � � : � — � � � m W � ` � i i � � �� ' , ; C I � � YL SI YA � � Q ,'' ' � uT 120V � — � � � � ` �._,_.. ......... e , a...... ,. mzoo �� ,�. � ,�. � : � ,. I �,. """ ' 3"VENT � ° C. .. ..... ......... — � � I I ' [ i RADAR LE 2"VENT �-� INTEGRAL TO PUMP i � � [ P� � n ' � 2"FECL "L �o _ � � I � o ; � + SIGHT GAUGE _ � 07220 � CLAMP-ON - s i , �,� LEVEL - M FIT (� ��„ � � � INDICATION � 120V W , ;..� � r,�� , I � 07220 � � m � .� .....a...... , ,, ". � � � TO RW LINE Q ;..... ...... � � ......... > ,. ' .°„� . ' , .. ' ,rt �� " 2"CHEMICAL � FECL STORAGE 07220 B N 2 N v � CONNECTION ��- �Q- �- Ko I TANK EW12 PMP 07220 \ / �,. -r r O _ - - Z �' : . , ,��, �>.�� ' . �"�' " FORTRUCK � EW12_TNK_07200 Y � J Q Z UNLOADWG,TYP - - - � I � � -� � � � p � � PI - - - - - - - � � O � � ih - I 07210 � CLAMP-ON � � - � � = M - -' 07210 .120V U � Z a i FE W 3"DR (n � � EW12 PMP 07210 ` 07210 � z LSIT Y \J Q o 07300 DRAWING NUMBER: � N-4 FECL CONTAINMENTAREA A-32540 ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: NONE UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 78 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-N004.dgn PLOT DATE:6/t/2023 12:00:07 PM W�I Z U Pa�E PaGE z 149.OQ , ,�z .,,�z-�3�,6 390.00 �,� -�—FtJLL QRNEWAY ANGYE FRAME AROU.]D BORCM Z Q WIDTH OF 80%WRN 1/2"010.x e" """"" �-8—� ANG1oR BOITS i E4CH GORNEi2 ---"---~ n RIGHi OF WnY�INE w� _ - _ - - - - ' � Q A �6"FILLER PIPE CY]LLAR ___ re U WITH H"�I.UG OVE NANG � � ' J J a-. " •.d: � ZO Z ��'P — �� — --- ePo�� LID DETALL � Q �� 0 0 . . . .. o � � , - 6'soezs-- _a"cona sue o c Fipe s�ove ro oaaw r�ox-as"wioe,3s"wcx x rr. 38"DEEP(MIN.�/2"EXT � ceoc a�vw000,anwreoj �i SLAB DETAIL � /T/TTT ��/T/7T/T77�TT7 ' WITHEHASP �, '�--. � 7 (SEE DE[AIL)�/'— � VV W � Z / . � o EDGE OF PAVEMEN'[ A d ( }""Q' Q � p� �ornoNnc�- _.-_____ i °'Y NINGED SIDE � Q �� JOOR WRH HhSP ( �� Z� O IS"OIA x 2h'-0"LONG(MIN.SIZE PIPE) - � J � � FULL D--RNEWAv WIOTH—�- C �--'--'----- � � U � Z �..-_ � // Z __p�pE sEE ecx o�ini� =__� �G��IEER*b n��Wrm�uwu��u .-..�1 � � '� _ �--------� �6 SDft26 ftISEft�OCATED �.'� N �� IN CORNER OF BCx,tl" p � � l 7'�� FROM A�JACE�T S�ES � �Q I ��--�--��/� w U > U MIN.0.5 FI'AGG HASE (BLACK 10P)HORT 0.�5 fT�CONCRETE BEIW�EENC�ELa T-36"—� 36„ S��R� O�� Z U� ANo PROFILE F�oF euuniNc 6„R'sER�� BOX DETAIL °''y *s.�P� I y EXI5CINC STFEEf FROVIDE NEw ASPHALT --"-'--'- K ASPHALT CONCREf�5M00TH �OR CCNCREI'E __ - - JOIM1T SEE SLAH DEfAIL � �� UiERAL TO SEWER �� . - '- ------__,- ______� N STREE! a �`AIN I : �.w� . . ___ `�\ C�T IN TE£w/REDUCfRS \. \ (�MIN 0.5 FI'AGG.BASE. �SEE PAGE 380.60) ` \`� \\ � s�cTzoN vlEw � g `-EXISTING A4G NEW PIPE _ �� E 15"DIA.MIN. SL_,'�CTION A-A � S, B�X LCG7ED ON PRNATE PftOPERiY SHALL BE IN AN AftEA THAT ALLOWS 24 HR.ACCESS BY Citt�f ; � REDDING PERSONNEL 3 N y � owc onre m�es sea�e Nrs CITY OF f2E�01NG•f'GBLIG WORKS�Ef'ARTMENT•ENGWEERING DIVISION � � � oA�:3�sa sca�e NTs CITY OF REDDING•PU�3LIC WORKS DEPA�iTMEM•EN6INEERING DMSION Y a � �� EtESIUENTIAL � �� "�� AF30VE GkADE ��`" O w � < op� Eo�T°No�s .-r . �F✓a Js �RIVEWAY CULVERT a ° '�" °�°^TE Y � �ASTEWATER �_� �_ ;�, � 3 a/os aEv.aaars --r. ! 4 Ig '� x MaRK RE�so� TM E��EER � MONITORING STA`PION �� ;" u.i � - � MARK DATE RENSIOu '1Y�GIhEEN � , � n,Bi�m e=�'<: �� w z � � Pa�E 513.01 � � W r'J1�.00 . UPP-1F � 0 � �UPP-1P .... ....... ...... ........ ��.coe,.. > UPP•�PC REr�dunNrm oescaiprioN . :cooE. � UPP-IPC � > �/—� . . Q i 8'x4'DIA:STEELPIPEWITH�.188"WpLLTHICIQ�E55 E387.07. � � /\ 11 �2 1 90'k5'OIA.SCHEDULE 80 PVG GONDUff. �E381.09 �� Q WHEFtEELECTflIC�E4UIPMENTISTOBELQCATEDINANAqEASl1&IECTTOYEHICUtARTRAFFIC;60LLAPDS � O m � SHALL BE FURNISHED ANO INSTALLED BYTriE CUSTOMER IN ACCAR�ANGE WITH THIS.STAPIDAfltl. � � Q TRAFFIC FREE ZONE SEE NOTE 2- SEE NOTE 2-- U `L /�/i��i/�/�ii��/��/ �........ 3.. t 3" CONCftETE- ^,�....� - -t CANCflETE�- ' t /� � � PAOMOUNiEO� �PAIXAOWiTEp � PAOMWNlE6 � � j LL M p EI.ECTPICR�. EI.ECTPIC% ELEGTfliOPL .. ___'_ � . AaMEf . D CpBINET CnBMEf RAGS " flACaS / .AA M�-; ' ..M �q�...,; , �.-D-.I ��.i.-t.D�� „M �.WDO flSEA�.:� � HOLLOW� HOLLOW . . � Q I .. .�1 �. SEENQT6$.� � � SEENOT08.- .� � � fleOLLARD �� *U 4 5"SCHEDULE&1 � � � (SEE SHEET 2} .�I__ ,F ....:��i.. 'm PVC CON�UIT�:Z o Z m _J TflAFfICFREEZONE � .. � . I I � � ' � WALIMOUNTEOELECTFICAL� �-�-"h D-� o GHADE � G'RADE � � a � 9ERVICEANDMEfER � � 7' ! I1 �I '�I Il �.. i {I I �� II ",I II I I � r � W L�_..`_.,,J vnnnramren. r�- I�_I� , . ,. i � �� 1 j . =i � Q 0 V,M �cn�ewEr� �:�-�� DOORSE�ON .. 8°CONCREiE �G°CONCRE'fE.... � '� � � ' �'. o '. Y (T,�y� UPlDISTURBED . m �UNDISTUflBED : ��. t � � �.�.. .. 3�a-� " HOTS�TICKWORKAflEA.: SOIL ._....-'�' ' • :SOIL "� � �.. .:. � � Q . '�,,�_ p _,,,�� . 3HALLBEflEMOVABLE. � .. .. . Q . �. .. ... PEA GRAVEL-�-' k_g: .. O Q NQN-tiEMOVABLE BOLUIRO. REMOVAB�E BOLLAHD� � � NOTES: � � N Z � i.°D"and the distance beRveen bbilarci posts shail he nM exceed 42".When ezposed area. - � exceeds this diskence:an intermetllate post shall be added � � NOTES: W 2."M"shall he a minimum:of 2 feel.�� L�The Insialler ahall ebMact Underground Service Alert(USA)at{891)at least nvo aays ptlor to � (n � 3."C"is Iisted below pet specf6e Vansf«mer aizes(kva}:. planned excavation: � � � �� . � 25 ta 700�kva-42'minimum � 2.A weldeq cap may be used la Ifeu of cancrete cap.. Q o 1000M25QOkva=�ATmimm�lm � � . . 3.�Ttie.dollaMsh�Ii be ptimed antl paintetl white(nW�galvan�ze�:.. DRAW�IN+G NUMBER: .A��;. . SHEET 7 OF 2�� SHEET 2:OF 2 � vD—� PEDHPWN �ELECiA C COtmTftUC110N eTANOAPD ELECTflIC CONSTRUCTKIN STANDAAD BOLLARD P�AGEMENT FQR BOLLARa PLACEMENT FOR A'32541 ELEGTRIC EQUIPM�NT PROTECTION ELECTRIG ECIUIPMENT�ROTECTItlN oRicwn� scFli.E: � ESrtiEV OAtE A9319TqNipIflECTOfl-P6TWBUTON. flEVieED.... DWG.tHI: NTS ReddingEl9chicUt'Ii1Y��. DESrAEV DATE. ASSISTNMOIPECTOR�ISTPIBUIION flEYiSEO �9W6.N0. .TM6/GMH� 04l07l85 ti=,� „", ' 11l3a/1t � . OSOOii ReddingElecb(eUtiR#y.... . TM6/GF9H � �ObN)fe5 �,._, .�." t�/O61i1 CS0011 � � .�� UA`fE MAY 2023 � SHE� 79 OF 93 RESTORE LANDSCAPING TO EQUAL GRAVEL SURFACING W�I OR BETTER CONDITION THAN EXST� z � PER 2500 EXST GRADE � v �=U�= :_�:'.�...:��:..�`_�� cL�4� :�. . ,�. � z i.,..i , � o _.��,.� �. J(IL= =1IIE�1�I Q TOPSOIL—� � �� II— �� =IIII IIII-( w� NOTE 3, � Q COMMON FILL COMMON FILL TYP COMMON FILL /'�, /,! J SEE NOTE 2 � SEE NOTE 2 /, SEE NOTE 2 a �/ / zo z � a � � O � 0 7 0 �� LANDSCAPE AREAS GRAVEL SURFACE AREAS WITHOUT LANDSCAPING �Q Q � UN-SURFACED AREAS � � �, o ;� � SAW CUT 1'-0" z z� z� o MIN `�'� BACKFI�LAND SURFACE R6STORATION � Q r VARY BY LOCATION MATCH EXISTING � CONDITIONS WITH A SURFACE TREATMENT � � " � `� �� di0 0� ' PAVEMENT TO MATCH SHOWN ON TNIS DETAIL EXISTING THICKNESS ��N�R*y i SE�ECT FILL OR GRAVE� �E` M 2`�0 SLURRY FILL .. �` SEE NOTE 2 / PIPE LOCATOR �� U � e � TAPE w � " o�� z u o PIPE LOCATOR � PIPE BEDDING N °,�y y.�P � � TAPE SEE NOTE 1— ��'� .�...� * / � COMPACTSUBGRADE ��'� �� EXISTING PAVED AREA T090%COMPACTION NOTES: 12"MIN 12"MIN 1. PIPE BEDDING SHALL BE GRANULAR BEDDING FOR ALL DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE AND SAND FOR ALL OTHER PIPE. SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 COMPACT TO 90%RELATIVE COMPACTION. ALTERNATELY,S�URRY FI�L MAY BE USED FOR PIPE BEDDING. IF S�URRY PI PE ZON E FILL IS USED,TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT PIPE FLOATING. ALSO,IF SLURRY FILL IS USED,TRENCH WIDTH CAN BE NARROWED TO 6-INCHES OUTSIDE OF PIPE WALL ON EACH SIDE. (TYPICAL ALL SECTIONS) Y� 2. COMPACTALL TRENCH BACK FILL(COMMON PILLAND SELECT FILL)TO 90%COMPACTION MORE THAN 2-FEET BELOW ;.��„ �W GRADE;95%COMPACTION LESS TNAN 2-FEET BELOW GRADE. ,�T` 3. UNLESS NOTIPIED OTHERWISE,PROVIDE MINIMUM 3-FEET OF COVER OVERALL BURIED PIPELWES. �� .a` W� TYPICA�TRENCH SECTIONS 2000 pa`�h a= NTS �" z � � Q � Wc SET COVER OF VALVE BOX CAST IRON LID W O G FINISH GRADE AND CONC PAD t/4"BELOW REINFORCED � > ~ OR TOP OF CLEANOUT PLUG GRADE IN PAVEMENT OR � CONCRETE SHOULDER,AND FLUSH WITH PROVIDE 1'-6"SQ x 6" CONC LID � U Q GRADE ELSEWHERE THICK CONC PAD O _J � 1'-6"x1'-6'k6°CONCRETE !��,o.0 PROVIDE VA�VE AS NIGH DENSITY FINISHED GRADE m W PAD OR IN LARGER `" ° FINISHED GRADE SHOWN ON DWGS � � Q CONCRETE SLAB.(BUILDING ��°� FINISHED GRADE�� REINFORCED — � CONC VALVE BOX FLOOR OR S�AB ON GRADE), o U PER DWGS CLEANOUT BOX � IIII-I I II �•o�o � �,-�:=II I I=I III WITH CI COVER � =III� � �� III) �'�� VARIES �� II��I IIII I�� (III AGGREGATE BASE, MARKED"CO" w CAST IRON VALVE BOX, - � m � � (PROVIDE COMPACTT095% � E— � �� SLIDING TYPE, VALVE BOX � CLEANOUT Q Z —9°x15"BODY,MIN RELATIVE COMPACTION ADAPTER ��I�� UPPER SECTION EXTENSION � FITTING � �� AS REQD) W = CAST IRON � � EXTENSION ROD REQD W/2" =IIII=�III =IIII= IIII_II{I= W N —45 DEGREE VALVE BOX OPERATING NUT 1'-0"BELOW I� =III� =III{ Z � CA BEND p LOWER SECTION �� GRADE WNEN VALVE IS m J OVER 3'-0"BELOW GRADE a Q � SUBGRADE,COMPACT N Z W � e o oe��o 0 0° o o T090%RELATIVECOMPACTION r Q BEND OR WYE,AS REQD W GATE VALVE OR P�UG -� J Q Q FOR PIPE MATERIAL, � VALVE AS CALLED OUT ON � � � REFERENCE DWGS ¢ DRAWINGS COMMON BRICK, � � Q TOTAL OF 4 --GRAVEL BACKFILL Z � ' / - - - -� - - - - � Q / VALVESIZEANDENDS GRAVE� ROAD SURFACING U � AS SPECIFlED OR �" INDICATED ON PLANS NTS Z N W 2500 Q � 0 DRAWING NUMBER: SD-2 DRAW LINE CLEANOUT BURIED GATE OR PLUG VA�VE BOX, TYPE 1 VA�VE BOX Nrs A-32542 NTS NTS ORiGiNAL SCFlI..E: 2130 22p2 223g NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 80 OF 93 W�I Z U Z WIDTH AS NOTED ON DWGS T-0" z `� Q MIN ..... `� 6" ry p� w FINISH GRADE S O�PEAS SHOWN TYP w O SLOPE 1/4'YFT �� AS SHOWN ON DWGS �z ORAS SHOWN 2��i � PR OR TO P VINGUST .... .. ..o., .. . 2.y VA�� Q � 1:1,TYP....... .�o.� �ao. ..o .�o. . M zo z EDGE OF EXISTWG _��= � =I1)I=IIII ��AF FINISH GRADE � o CRACK SEAL,TYP, PAVEMENT AGGREGATE BASE �� IIII— ��/// � ASPHALT CONCRETE SEE NOTE�� -' M � � M PAVEMENT ASPHALT CONCRETE PREPARED GRAVEL SURFACING � EXISTING NEW PAVEMENT SUBGRADE� CONCRETE � (COMPACT TO TYPICAL SECTION � PAVEMENT 90%RELATNE � � � PREPARED AWAY FROM STRUCTURES � � J Qw � � ., ...... .. ........ COMPACTION) — _ _ = n �� o SUBGRADE � — � z� z o (COMPACT � � CONCRETE o � UPPER 1 FT � �NEW � WIDTH AS NOTED ON DWGS � EXISTIN6 BASE ''�� AGCyREGATE °. AGGREGATE � FINISHED GRADE, EXPAN�ION JOINT 1��—��II I�II-��-�II� ,Q r T0 90% BASE 1/2"PREFORMED II I I= �� RELATIVE = �= BASE COMPACT COURSE- _ COMPACTION) I III I�I� T0 95%RELATIVE � � � � � � � " COMPACTION � ` ��' `� `��g SLOPEAS SHOWN w SLOPE 1/4'YFT FILLER WHERE � IIII= _ — — AGAINST SUBGRADE,COMPACT IIII j� =IIII—II�1 IIII-II11 � STRUCTURE T090%RELATIVE � b _�� ON DWGS OR AS SNOWN ��N�R* _ I IIII_ �\_PREPARED � ` SEE ° �� °' AGGREGATE)BASE COMPACTION � j�o =III) �(II=� SUBGRADE......... DETAIL � 0 Illi� _IIII (COMPACTT090% IIII-�III IIII- �—IIII-III1 PREPARED � � '- " RELATIVE COMPACTION) 2501 =II�I�III=�Z IIII-��= SUBGRADE °a- z° ° o M� (COMPACT TO o� y�P 90%RELATIVE + TYPICAL SECTION AT STRUCTURES COMPACTION) NOTES: 1. SIDEWALKS 8 FEET AND WIDER SHALL HAVE A LONGITUDINA�CONTRACTION JOINT ATTHE MIDPOWT. PROVIDE LATERAL CONTRACTION JOINTS AT EQUAL SPACING, NO MORE THAN 5'-0"BETWEEN JOWTS. NOTES: 2. CONCRETE DEPTH FOR STANDARD SIDEWA�KS SNALL BE NOMINAL 3 1/2"MINIMUM, THICKNESS IN DRIVEWAY SHALL BE 5 1/2"MINIMUM. 1. PAINT EDGE OF EXISTING ASPNALT WITH TACK COAT PRIOR TO PAVING. CRACK SEAL JOWTAFTER PAVWG OPERATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. y y GRAVEL SURFACING �W ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT PAVEMENT CONNECTION CONCRETE SIDEWALK ��4 �z NTS - NTS �- 2501 NTS 2502 NTs 2503 2504 �jB�eM�a�'°' Q= �w GROUT PLUG GROUT P�UG Z � �, 6"DIA SCH 40 STL PIPE. �-- Q � Z GRIND SMOOTH,FILL - z WITH CONC AND PAINT �4 � O � : �� SAFETYYELLOW WITH M PAINT SYSTEM AS ______ � � � SPECIFIED--"— ��CONC SLAB � U Q WIDTH AS SHOWN PIPE TO BE CENTERED FINISHED GRADE � J � ON DWGS IN WIDTH OF RIPRAP �4' . � �oo' M v o.o o.`o�z e � m Q TOP OF BANK o° " CONCRETE �� _ _ _ _ _ � FLAP GATE � io o� ��° ENCASEMENT 1/2'k2"FLANGE r� — N U _� „ oo � CRUSHED ROCK,COLOR `� .° " TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER SEE DWGS��-� �.,� � �o� �.o #4 DD�L ALLAROUND � 6'-0"MIN WIDE — EA SIDE ELEVATION � RIP-RAP TO MATCH � PL 1/2x12x12 � � EXST S�OPE FOR PIPE DIA __ _ o SEE DWG 1'-6" INTERIOR � � ........--- - =I I � �o 0 0 0�° � �/%��/� // GEOTEXTILE M W DIA 3/8"DIA M � i _� -- EXTERIOR u go�-r I��= 11��- I��= II��- 1 1/2"CLR, � Z Z m Cp 3'-0"MIN SEAL MIN � � � J WEED �� 5"X 3/16"DEEP STEEL EXSTWG SLOPE Q Q BARRIER LANDSCAPE EDGING, BOTTOM G - P�1/4"x REQUIRED DIA "' �- N � F— FABRIC ALLAROUND OF BANK �------------------ � REMOVABLE 5"SCH 40 M T Z � STEEL PIPE PAINT SAFETY � J Q Q YELLOW WITN PAINT W � � z � SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED g c, SEAL Q � PRECASTCONC � Z FINISHED GRADE � SPLASHB�OCK � g oo PLAN � � o � o CONCRETE ENCASEMENT U NOTE: - N ° � `O Z 1. ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION SHALL CONFORM TO Fo .... .. 6"SCH 40 STEEL PIPE N �� o SECTION 72-2 OF THE CALTRANS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS °�� W o 2. ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION SHALL BE GRADED ,o ��-PL 1/4"x REQUIRED DIA � z FOR 1/4-TON,METHOD"B"PLACEMENT � ��-1/2"DRAIN PIPE Q � DRAIN WTO 8"MIN oRawiNc NUMeErt: 2'-0" DEPTH OF CRUSHED SD-3 GRAVEL WALKWAY M�N o�A STONE "TS PIPE OUT�ET W/ REMOVABLE SPLASH BLOCK A-32543 NTS oRicwn� scFli.E: 2505 ROCK S�OPE PROTECTION 2510 GUARD POST 2600 2601 NTS NTS NTS Ua'fE Mav 2023 SHEEi E31 OF 93 W�I Z ASPHALT CONCRETE � z 4,_�„ 6� 2„ z �,, OUTER LIP � PROFILE GRADE 1/2"RADIUS(TYP) �(F�OW LINE) � w� a 0 _ 2% / 2% � _ Q ..::�::�:� ...:,.�q:::•::.::.:......:..:..r 6 � ' ... .. . ' ,,,�„��:`•...... J .,...�:.::.�... � �' ...-. AGGREGATE BASE zo z �`'7 SURFACING � Q CONCRETEGUTTER 92�� O o �,� � o TYP. CROSS SECTION ��, � � � BORONDRAWWGS LLED PRVACYS A S, WIREON�BDEGREE � � z �� , ��ROO�NE�GE ADE 3„ o 0 0 0 0 /��j��j\ TOP RAIL ON DRAWING�S DRAWIN S OR ON S z� z� o � 1 1/2" � �� c� .�1'-0"—.._.�1-0 � �� CLASS 2 �/�� PULL AND ..C� ,� � I�i r� �n � � – ��V�V� CORNER FABRIC ..�;I � . ��..... � �� .°-�S 7•�r`�� AGGREGATEBASE ,. i� i u� O ��N�Ra o a::.; a e.�$„ ...�� - POST,TYP �I; i .� i� z z� � b�ti • • �t � , w R d.o e . e: •..C�.o '.;#i� i I;� _ �c�.� g � � >% t 1/2"EXPANSION (3)1t2"DIA.SMOOTN �� w � � " HORIZONTAL = w o 0 JOWT @ 15'-0" BARS PER JOINT. LWE POST - __� °�' z ° MAX SPACWG GREASE OR DUCT 1. THIS SECTION SHAL�BE USED ONLY IN PARKING�OTS OR AS BRACE o F� o �'� SEE NOTE 3 TAPE ONE END. APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. c° p � *5`P 1111-� ii —III—IIII Ilil_(ill ii 1111��-(IIl 1111=1111 n = EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL 2. ALL WORK TO BE DONE AND ALL MATERIALS SUPPLIED SHALL �� 'II� TRUSS = �� = = �� NnTFS CONFORM TO THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. ROD,TYP �–TENSION WIRE 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE PROJECT 3. CROSS SECTIONAL AREA=0.66 SQ.FT. SPEGFICATIONS. 12"DIA 2. SURFACING AND BASE THICKNESS SHALL BE DETERMINED IN 4. CONCRETE TO BE PER SPEC SECT 03330Q WITH 4-INCH MAX.SLUMP, �P ACCORDANCE WITH PROJECT SPECIRCATIONS OR AS DIRECTED 1 1/2 INCH MAX.SLUMP FOR EXTRUDED CURBS. BYTHEENGWEER. 10'-0" 10'-0"MAX _ 3. 1/2-INCH,PRE-MOLDED EXPANSION JOWT MATERIAL SHALL BE HELD 5. PROVIDE A WEAKENED PLANE JOINTAT 15 FT OC MAX. (8'-0"WHEN PRIVAGY (8'-0"MAX WHEN PRIVACY FIRMLY W PLACE PRIOR TO PLACWG CONCRETE SLATS INSTA��ED) S�ATS INSTALLED) NN 6. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL RECEIVE A LIGHT BROOM FINISIT Y� PARA�LEL TO THE CURB. �W TYPICAL CONCRETE SWALE �� _ NTS 272p TYPICAL CONCRETE CURB 2750 CHAWLINK FENCE 2800 � �a�°°'` Qa NTS �j w z � � MITER CORNERS OF VERTICAL c Q � W JOINTS&WELD SIMILAR AS W ,�f, G SHOWN BELOW FOR IN-PLANE � � ......... ......... .........A ......... ......... 'F"-APPROXIMATE JOWTS........ � U Q "C"-MIN STEM "D"-CENTER BULB NO.OF RIBS O m W BARBED TAPE,IF CALLED THICKNESS �OUTSI�E DIA EA SIDE,EA WIDTH AS SHOWN FOR ON DRAWINGS @ OUTSIDE FACE OF WS �OCK-TOP PVC PRIVACY ON DRAWINGS � � � SLATS,IF CA��ED FOR ON 3-STRAND BARBED WIRE ,<� U _ DRAWINGS 1/2 WIDTH ON 45-DEGREE BARBED 1/8"PROJECTION WIRE ARMS. "E"-M W BULB ALL RIBS,TYP "B"-MIN STEM 5/32" � TOP RAIL THICKNESS THICKNESS '��TYP� I'— � @ CTR BULB VERTICAL ELL VERTICAL TEE VERTICAL CROSS � � 0 z : p SECOND W s � � �x WELD CI� � LINE ,�� w O Q W POST,TYP ,. �,� �X -� z� FIRST � � ,. .�� Z w= SIZE .,A„ „B„ ,.�„ „p„ „E„ „F„ SECOND FIRST Z m J ��; ��' z �� A"x3/16" 4" 3/16" 3/16" 3l4" 1/4' A WELD WE�� WELD Q Q .........--------- �--- �--------- y �, Z z W a 6"x3/8" 6" 3/8" 3/8" 7/8" 1/4' 6 r Z W FABRIC � ' ` �� o �� 9"x318" 9" 3l8" 3/S" 1" 1/4' 8 � Q � II = _ � —_�� ((��— � o � � coNc IIfI �� I�I�f_ illl ii lflll11—�111 IIII 111�III ii IIIIII�� II��I ii I�Illi W � � FooriN�, IIll-11�i till=I(I� = n = Q �-yP = � ~� o THIRD � Z Q RODSTYP I GATE " NOTES: WELD � ZQ 12"DIA TYP 1. NON-ROUND CENTER BULBS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF'D'. � � I� �0'-0"O.C.TYP 2. SEE SPLICE DETAIL 3111 FLAT ELL FLAT TEE FLAT CROSS U N ��----- 3. BULB TYPE WATERSTOP SHOWN IS REQUIRED FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRO�JOINTS. Z �' PLUNGER,BAR TYPE LOCKABLE ($'-0"O.C.TYP WHEN PRNACY SIMILAR WATERSTOPS WITHOUT CENTER BULB MAY BE SUBSTITUTED AT W � LATCH WITH CENTER STOP SLATS WSTALLED) CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. � o SET IN CONC 4. USE 6 WCH WATERSTOPS IN ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY � z SHOWN OTHERWISE. NOTE: Q o ALL WELDS SHALL BE PER WATERSTOP MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DRAWING NUMBER: SD-4 CHAINLWK DOUBLE—LEAF GATE WATERSTOP JOINTS A-32544 PLASTIC WATERSTOP °R'�'NA� S��'E NTS ��O� �� NTS 3101 � NTS 3111 J DAfE M�AYE2023 SHEEi 82 OF 93 W�I �FOR JOINT TYPE, z / SEE PLANS • • • • • • • • z STEP 2 CONCRETE SLAB / STEP 4 z n � SAW-CUT DEPTH±1/4 SLAB DEPTH BREAK EVERY OTHER BAR `'i FILL WITH JOINT SEALANT 2"FROM JOINT Q EQUAL v v� �3!8"TOOLED JOINT � � % PLACE�AYER OF MORTAR NOTES: zo z PLASTIC WATERSTOP � TYP S�AB REINF / IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO _ P � a CONTINUOUS WA��CONCRETE 1. SAW GUT SAME DAYAS POUR AS SOON AS S ALLWG WIL�NOT OCCUR. o- � STEP 3 ROUGHEN AND CLEAN % O / THROUGH JOINT CONSTRUCTION JOINT, Z CONTRACTOR SHALL USE STRWG LINE OR OTHER POSITIVE MEANS TO PLACE � STEP 1 NOTES • _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ "'�� N U W31 ER TOOTE 2 ( WATOERSTOPPDUO I G BLASTING 3. BREAKOREWF AND ADD SPLICE BARS SIMI�AR AT DOUB�E MAT. n � QI P�ACEMENT SEQUENCE SHOWN REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF JOINTS,IN AL�CONCRETE -_-�______� = 4. 3/8"TOOLED JOINT MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF SAWN JOINT. m Q Q �' S�AB AND FOOTING POURS WITH HORIZONTALLY PLACED PLASTIC WATERSTOPS. ~ � � >� � 6"PLASTIC � � SLAB ON GRADE SAWN JOINT,TYPE A �� z� o STEP 1 TYPICAL SLAB REWF WATERSTOP,BOND P�ACE CONCRETE BELOW WATERSTOP FIRST,REMOVE ALL AIR VOIDS BY VIBRATING T&B,EA SIDE OF JOWT 2"CLR, TO INTERSECTING M � FORM VOID AT SURFACE AND �' Q r 1�; THOROUGHLY. TyP WATERSTOP,TYP � � �FILL WITH JOINT SEALANT � � " STEP 2 ��NEER*y TO CONFIRM THERE ARE NO AIR VOIDS,LIFT WATERSTOP.A CONTINUOUS IMPRESSION --- � � � � � � � � �� `" 2� 0 g OF THE WATERSTOP,INCLUDWG EDGE OF BU�B,SHOU�D BE VISIB�E IN THE FRESH � � �� CONCRETE. CONTINUE THIS PROCEDURE A�ONG THE ENTIRE POURED JOINT,END TO LOCATION OF BASE SLAB w � _ END. IF A CONTINUOUS IMPRESSION IS CONFIRMED,PROCEED WITH STEP 4. IF A VOID TOP REINF,SEE PIANS ° METAL KEYED BREAK REWFORCING �d � U�`� LARGER THAN 1(4 INCH IN DIAMETER IS PRESENT ANYWHERE IN THE WATERSTOP CONSTRUCTION JOINT 2"FROM JOINT °'� s'�P IMPRESSION,PROCEED WITH STEP 3. + STEP3 S�AB ON GRADE CONSTRUCTION JOINT TYPE B IF A VOID LARGER THAN 1/4 INCH IN DIAMETER IS PRESENT IN THE WATERSTOP NOTE: IMPRESSION,ADDITIONAL CONCRETE SHALL BE PIACED UNDER THE WATERSTOP, COAT SURFACE WITH FILL WITH JOINT SEALANT VIBRATED,AND STEP 2 REPEATED. FOR CONCRETE PLACEMENT AROUND WATERSTOP,SEE 3133 NOTES: BOND BREAKER AND BACKER ROD STEP 4 1. FOR WALLS WITH SINC�LE MAT OF REINFORCING LOCATE WATERSTOP ON LIQUID FACE,1"CLEAR OF REINFORCEMENT. � � � � � � � � FIMSH P�ACING CONCRETE ABOVE TNE WATERSTOP TO TOP OF SLAB. 2. SECURE WATERSTOP IN-PIACE AS SPECIfIED. USE W CONJUNCTION WITH ALL TYPES OF SLAB AND FOOTWG JOINTS. CROSS REFERENCE ON JOINT DETAILS. 1"DIAx 18"SMOOTH DOWE� BREAK REINFORCWG N„ @ 12"OC WITH DOWEL CAP 2"FROM JOINT Y� CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE S�AB CONSTRUCTION JOINT WALL BASE CONSTRUCTION JOINT SLAB ON GRADE CONSTRUCTION JOINT, TYPE C ��°� �z NTS NTS NTS �--�ma: W 3133 3142 3154 CONC SLAB ON GRADE JOINTS 3160 °�a�PMna�°' a= NTS ?,�w EQUIPMENT PAD z � #3@12",1"CLR — �[ � NOTES: ��TOOLED EDGE(3/4") � � W 1. PAD SIZE SHALL BE MINIMUM INDICATED ORAS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ORAS ` NOTE 2 PAD HEIGHT AS #q �2��$ AL�AROUND � Oj � INDICATED BYTHE MANUFACTURERANDAPPROVED BYTNE ENGINEER. #4@12",TYP NOTE 2 @ � EQUIPMENT BASE -��-- � REQD,5"MAX �� -�- �j pAD $„ � > � 2. THE SIZE,NUMBER,TYPE,LOCATION,AND THREAD PROJECTION OF THE ANCHOR ADHESIVE ANCHORS,SIZE BOLTS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER,AND SHALL AND LOCATION PER � � U BE AS APPROVED BY THE ENG WEER. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE HELD IN POSITION 2"MIN A��AROUND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER, UP TO 5/8"ADHESIVE � Q WITH AONE PIECE TEMPLATE,MATCHING THE BASE P�ATE,WHILE PAD IS BEWG 6"TYPICAL � O —� � NOTE 3 ANCHORS,SIZE AND � m W POURED. UNLESSNOTED LOCATIONAS i CONSTRUCTION % 1 1/2"NON-SHRINK TOOLED EDGE(3/4") OTHERWISE ON � JOINT,LEAVE ROUGH � SUSPENDED S�AB OR � � Q 3. ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVES SHALL BE USED TO PROVIDE THE ANCHOR BOLT A MINIMUM g�� RECOMMENDED BY i S�AB ON GRADE,FOR GROUT,TYP�� DRAWINGS — � MOVEMENT OF 1/2"IN ALL DIRECTIONS. THE MINIMUM SLEEVE LENGTH SHALL BE 8 � EQUIPMENT MFR,NOTE 3�- i THICKNESS,SEE PLANS i\ TIMES THE BOLT DIAMETER. SLEEVES SHALL BE FILLED WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT. ��-#4@12" 8" ----- � �J 4. ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WTERNAL DIAMETER 1"GREATER MIN 4 PER BASE, ROUND _ ------�r-- � EQUIPMENT .. ..__............_. . THAN BOLT DIAMETER AND A MAXIMUM INTERNAL DIAMETER 3"GREATER THAN �� . . . EDGE W/ ANCHOR BOLT DIAMETER. SLEEVES SHALL BE FILLED WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT. THICKNESS N� SHORT FINISHED � � PER DWGS �v --2"CLR RADIUS GRADE F- � 5. EQUIPMENT BASES SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. TOOL � y 6. TYPE"D"DETAIL SHALL BE USED ONLY FOR SLABS ON GRADE AND AT GRADE. THE —� � � SURROUNDWG FLOOR SLAB SHALL NOT BE PLACED UNTIL THE EXACT SIZE AND - � � - ' W z LOCATION OF THE PAD IS KNOWN. `� Z __ NOTES: � N �SUSPENDED SLAB OR ��=�LII= =II• =II 7. WEDGES OR SHIMS SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT THE BASE WM�E THE NON-SHRINK CONSTRUCTION JOINT, =I I II ""-� f "i'- 1. SEE 3200 OR GENERAL EQUIPMENT PAD NOTES. W o SLAB ON GRADE.FOR m � GROUT IS PLACED. TEMPORARY LEVELWG NUTS SHALL BE BACKED OFF. IF LEFT IN, LEAVE ROUGH&CLEAN 2. WHEN ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT TO SLAB IS REQUIRED,USE Z _I THE WEDGES OR SHIMS SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED TO VIEW. THICKNESS,SEE � CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH O Q NOTE 5 DRAWINGS 3210 Q 8. HEIGHT OF PADS SHALL BE MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR ANCHOR BOLT CLEARANCE TO #5@12"EW, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. N � I- KEEP ANCHOR BOLT OUT OF SLAB(SEE TABLE BELOW). WHERE EQUIPMENT OR CENTERED T Z � PIPWG ELEVATION REQUIRE A PAD}1EIGHT LESS THAIJ THE MINIMUM SHOWN,USE TYPE B WITH BLOCKOUL THICKENED 4"COMPACTED AGGREGATE J a Q NOTES: EDGE OF SLAB BASE,COMPACT TO 95% � � 2' ALLAROUND RELATIVECOMPACTION W Z p AB DIA(IN.) 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 1. SEE 3200 FOR GENERAL EQUIPMENT PAD NOTES. DENSITY � O Z MIN PAD HT QN.) 7 8 1/2 10 11 12 1/2 15 16 1/2 18 21 24 2. EQUIPMENT PAD SIZE PER DRAWINGS. WHERE PAD SIZE IS NOT SHOWN, � Q SIZE TO FIT EQUIPMENT. � ~ 9. TYPE"F"PADS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR TYPE"A"PADS FOR LOCATIONS NOTES: U � APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER. 3. IF ANCHOR BOLTS ARE CALLED OUT FOR ON DRAWINGS,PROVIDE 1. SEE 3200 FOR GENERAL EQUIPMENT PAD NOTES. Z � ANCHOR BOLTS PER 3210 N LIEU OP ADHESIVE ANCHORS. N 10.SEE ANCHOR BOLT AND BLOCKOUT DETAILS 3210 W 4. ANCHOR BOLT LOCATION SHALL BE WITHIN 4-WCH OF THE FINAL 2. EQUIPMENT PAD SIZE PER DRAW WGS. WHERE PAD SIZE IS NOT SHOWN, EQU I PM ENT PAD-TYPE F � � LOCATION REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTING OR EQUIPMENT SIZE TO FIT EQUIPMENT. � PAD SHALL BE DEMOLISHEDAND RE-CONSTRUCTED. NTS 3ZOOF Q � 3. IF ANCHOR BOLTS ARE CA� ED OUT FOR ON DRAW WGS,PROVIDE 5. IF REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE ANCHOR BOLT LENGTH,PROVIDE ANCHOR BOLTS PER 3210 IN LIEU OF ADHESIVE ANCHORS. oRawwc �vuMeEK: BLOCK-OUT OR CORE DRILL IN SLABS AT AlL ANCHOR BOLT SD-5 LOCATIONS PER 3210 � EQUIPMENT PAD NOTES A-32545 NTS EQUIPMENT PAD—TYPE A oR��NA� S�A�..E: 3200 NTS 3200A EQUIPMENT PAD—TYPE D 3200D "°NE NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 83 OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:43:03 PM STD ACI-318 w`�� NOTE 1 90^HOOK UN�ESS STD HOOK OR OTHERWISE NOTED AS NOTED ON � THE DWGS z ANCHOR BOLT, '��" "�" STD ACI-318 "D" "D" z Q 15'MAX ,� SIZE AS SHOWN OR 90°HOOK OR � � PROJECTION w� CONTROL JOINT, AS REQD �� AS REQO BY MFR NOTE 3 NOTE 3 NOTE 3 AS NOTED ON NOTE 3 NOTE 3 NOTE 3 � ROUND LOCATION(S)AS THE DWGS Q EDGE W/ SHOWN ON DWGS, REMOVE FORM AT TOP � FINISHED TOP OF BY CUTTING AFTER SHORT SEE NOTE 2 GRADE POUNDATION CONC IS CAST& _ - - '- - - J RADIUS �a;��.'�� '�.�.a ,- PRIOR TO GROUTING - - � � - - J- - ` ��_� - - �_ zo z TOOL o. - y Q9 ..o _, d+1",MIN _ c� Q ' p_'Cf� Z ,,. ..,. M M M M � � fV �Wa' g W W W W � I III-II II=. _ z.=II]1=III I �� ,.,,�:,,.. ANCHOR BO�T O � � O O � � TYPICAL WALL � � O � THICKENED IIII C NTER D 4- � ��II= 9 mQ � I� GROUT NOTE 1 o Z i � Z HORIZ WA�L � z r �1 APLWIOTH�CORNER r 1 Z � � o EDGE OF PAD � � REINFORCING AND INTERSECTIO �r',Q Q � 12d REINFORCING o �� ALLAROUND BETWEEN CORNERS -��4"AGGREGATE BASE SEE NOTE 2' AND INTERSECTIONS �� z� o COMPACTT095%RELATIVE AS SHOWN ON WALL J Q r COMPACTION DENSITY MACHINERY ANCHOR PLAN SECTIONS. LAP WITH PLAN a o � BOLT DETAIL SINGLE REINFORCING MAT CORNERAND DOUB�E REINFORCING MAT INTERSECTION ��NEER* FILL BLOCKOUT REINFORCING. E�` M b,�,'�o W/NON-SHRINK g GROUT TOP OF PAD � �� U NOTE: - � I I � � ' PAD HEIGHT �a z U�,° 1. CONCRETE PAD,SIZED PER DRAWINGS. _ NOTES: o P + � ' � , TOP OF 1. TYPICAL HORIZONTAL WALL CORNERAND INTERSECTION 3. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS,THE � *5� 2. CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE FORMED W FRESH CONCRETE M . � . ...........� REW FORCWG LAYOUT IS SHOWN. FOR SIZE AND SPACING, LENGTH INDICATED AS"NOTE 3"SHAL�BE THE LESSER OF D/4, BY NAND TOOLING OR SAW CUTTWG.CONTROL JOINTS � � �� STRUCTURAL SHALL BE FORMED TO A DEPTH OF 1 1/2" �:0 0��.�' �� SLAB OR SEE PLANS. 8 FEET,OR 10 TIMES THE HEIGHT OF THE WALL,EXCEPT BEAM 2. WHERE THE CORNER OR INTERSECTION REINFORCING SIZE AND TNAT IN NO CASE SHALL IT BE LESS THAN 2.0 FEET. _ � SPACING IS NOT SHOWN,NOTED OR TABULATED ON THE PLANS, 4. D=LENGTH OF WALL PARALLEL TO THE BAR LENGTH IN DEPTH AS 3" 3" � v THE SIZE AND SPACWG SHAL�BE THE SAME AS THE WAL� QUESTION. REQUIRED HORIZONTAL REINFORCING SHOWN ON THE WALL SECTIONS OR 5. USE THE LAP LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR THE SMALLER BOLT BEND AS NOTED FOR THE REINFORCING BETWEEN THE CORNERS OR OF THE TWO REINFORCING BARS BEING SPLICED,SEE INTERSECTIONS. CONCRETE REINFORCWG NOTES. ANCHOR BOLT BLOCKOUT CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD 3201 NOTES: NTS 1. ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVE BY THE ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVE COMPANY, Y� s"E��°",��,OREQ1AL TYPICAL WALL CORNERAND <�� w 2. 3d WHERE MANUFACTURER VERIFIES NO BOLT PULLOUT ��° �w ResisrnNCEREQuiReo. INTERSECTION REINFORCING ,�-.� �_ ��z�� iz��N ANCHOR BOLT DET/�IL 321 O N�s �;, m u.�- �o�A��ER�� 3303 ��ma�M>a��° PIPES INSIDE WALL e MIN ��VERT PIPE(WRAPPED) NTS a� �w � r � i � THICKEN AT PIPE z (J� � �� AS REQD TO ��2„ o � IIHIHI�' PROVIDECLEARANCE �N � Z =I1=111=i11 __ __ TOREWF&CONC Q W COVER TO PIPE. c PIPETHRUF -- ------ PROVIDE#4 W Oj G IN PIPE SLEEVE -- _= HORZ,AT PIPE � � � DEEPEN FTG AS REQU�` iz" iz�� U FOR PIPE COVER AND � _ _ � O J Q� C�EARANCES TO REINF, NOTE 3 �'1 SECTION B PLAN 2'-0"DIA � m Q NTs Nrs DEPRESSION � a � U BUNDLE � TYP REIN ' z XT LAP i � A 4 ONE __ 0�W 3 _ ...o �..D.I..... d.a................... � � � � � � � O J I SET FLOOR DRAIN � z NOTE 3 RIM 1/2"LOWER W s w �� NOTE 3 � � t_ SLAB EL�EVATION Z U O � PAD FTG SIMILAR TYP� � °� -I —PROVIDE REINF TO O I MATCH PTG REWF N (� ¢ OPTIONAL BUNDLED PIPE SLEEH � NOTE 8 � r Z Q NOTES: PIPE J Q t. PIPE=ANY PENETRATION THRU OR EMBEDDED IN FOUNDATION. � G 2� 2. ALL PIPES THROUGH FOOTINGS TO BE WRAPPED OR SLEEVED AS FOLLOWS: W Z Q� a.S�EEVES:PROVIDE 1"MIN CLR ALL AROUND O.D.PIPE TO I.D.SLEEVE,UNO. �--" b.WRAPPED VERTICAL PIPES:PROVIDE 1/8"NOMINAL SHEET FOAM WITH O Z (3)WRAPS MINIMUM,UNO. � � c.WRAPPED HORIZONTAL PIPES:PROVIDE tl8"NOMINAL SHEET FOAM WITH (8)WRAPS MWIMUM,UNO. \ d.UNDERGROUND FIRE LINES 4"AND LARGER: U a.S�EEVES:PROVIDE 2"MIN C�EAR A��AROUND O.D.PIPE TO I.O.SLEEVE Z `� b.WRAPPED:PROVIDE 1/8"NOMINAL SHEET FOAM WITH(16)WRAPS MIN. c�.i 3. WRAPPED&SLEEVED PIPES SHALL HAVE 1 1(2"MIN CLEAR TO REINF STEEL. W MIN CONC COVER AT PIPES TO BE 3". CJ� � 4. C�EARANCE BETWEEN PIPES TO BE 3d MIN TYP.WITH A MAXIMUM OF(8)PIPES PER 48". � m GROUPS OF PIPES MAY BE BUNDLED AS SHOWN,EXEPT IN PAD FOOTINGS. Q o 5. NO PIPE TO RUN PARALLEL IN FOOTINGS,STEM OR CURB. 6. PVC CONDUI7(PIPE)EMBEDDED IN CURB/STEM MAY BE WIRED TIED TO HORIZ REINF. DRAWWG NUMBER: 7. NO HORIZONTAI.PIPES ALLOWED THROUGH FOOTING WITH 2'-0"EACH SIDE OF HO�D-DOWNS OR STEEL COLUMNS.NO VERTICAL PIPES ALLOWED IN FOOTWGS AT BRACED FRAMES. SD-6 8. PROVIDE 18"MIN OF COMPACTED FILL ABOVE PIPES UP TO 12"DIA,FOR LARGER PIPES G INCREASE COMPACTED FILL DEPTH 1'-0"FOR EACH 6"INCREASE IN PIPE DIAMETER. A-3254,V' OTHERWISE DEEPIN THE FOOTING AS SHOWN. F LOO R D RAI N ORIGINAL SCFlI..E PIPES THRU FOOTINGS C� NTs O NONE 3305 3600 NTS UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 84 OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:4522 PM ��2-#4 CONT IN DEEP CUT N�' CORNER BARS �AP STANDARD 90? 2 TYP #3 C VERT HORIZ BOND BEAM OR CUT BLOCK UNITS z MATCH TYP HORIZ g� HOOK AT HORIZ IN FIRST CELL � BARS SIZE&SPG FAR FACE lYP ,i BARS AT EACH END T.O. CMU z ,.,.. .._,. ..,.. _. , .. VERT � , Z „ , TOP OF OF LWTEL& z �� . � . -� ftEINF � -- WALL AND C�$,��C .... Q ,. � - . . .......... . ...._� ........L_ ATALL WHERE ......... .. . SOLIDGROUT w� n ROOF AND OPENING I I OVER OPEN'G Q � � 2'-0" PLOOR WIDTH IS u � TO FLOOR OR � �� . . �,: ��., .�� . ��'�:�, 3TYP MIN, LEVEIS GREATER ROOF . 5 TYP VERTS, TYP VERT � VERTS �P THAN 6'-0" • = LOCATE VERTS BARS AT —72 BAR DIA (1)#5 EACH SIDE OF � zo z WITHIN HORIZ 1/2"CLR TYP LAP,TYP, OPENING.EXTEND 2'-0" UNLESS OTHERWISE � a BARS AT OF CELL HORIZ SEE NOTE 2 PAST EACH SIDE OF � NOTED,2-#5 CONT W � � CORNERS ONLY WALLS REINF OPENING B HORIZ BOND BEAM. O �' � � �� CMU = — EXTEND 2'-6"EASIDE � � — OPENING �� "W" �� OPEN NGARS OVER � , SEE REINF SEE OF OPENING,DO NOT ol �� NOTE 2 �� - � - �� - - �� 4003 l TYP WALL � A SEE NOTE#2 n 7 : O HORIZ REINF, ... .. � .... . . - --��- � _ FOOTING DOWELSE z u� �� o NOTE 1 _ � ) Q Q o� ....I. .. WITH MATCHWG r� EXTERIOR CORNER INTERIOR CORNER -�� — o m STANDARD 90? OF OPENING&ENDS OF c� DOUBIE MAT PLAN HOOK AT WALL,UNLESS NOTED FAR FACE TOP OF S6E A8 BAR (1)#4 T&B "' � � � CONCRETE NOTE 7 DIA LAP, EXTEND 2,_�.. OTHERWISE a o � '� ' � ��' " � ' � � �� SEE NOTE 2 PAST EACH , � , � . HORIZ BAR IN ........L ��NEER*y SIDE OF OPNG .,. DOWELS, FIRST COURSE (2)#4 HORIZ �� ti�yo 3 TYP VERTS ( � SEE NOTE 4 _ g � �� ! � > � l-, 2 TYP ELEVATION NOTES: � � ` CORNER BARS °a � ° ° o MATCH TYP HORIZ VERTS 1 THIS DETAI�APP�ICABLE WHERE OPNG�ESS THEN 3'-0" q �N BEAMTIES o� z ��, BAR SIZE&SPACING NOTES: IN ANY DIMENSION.SEE DETAIL 4004 FOR LARGER OPENINGS. �� (2)#5 HORIZ + P " LAP " HORIZREWF CLR 1. FOR TYPICAL WALL REINFORCING,SEE WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS FOR EACH - Q� FACILITY. B OCK � � � 2. LAP VERTICAL REINFORCING WITH WALL DOWELS 48 BAR DIAMETERS(2'-0"MIN), 2. TERMINATE HORZ REINF WITH 180°HOOK AT WALL ENDS AND � LAP AL�OTHER VERTICAL BARS 72 BAR DIAMETERS. CMU CONTROL JOINTS PER DETAIL. � EXTERIOR CORNER INTERIOR CORNER 3. STAGGER SPLICES IN ADJACENT HORIZONTAL BARS IN THE SAME COURSE BY 2'-0". - - (2)#5 VERT SINGLE MAT PLAN 4. PROVIDE DOWEL BARS IN FOUNDATION TO MATCH ALL VERTICAL REINFORCING. SECTION ��A�� SECTION ��B�� NOTES: 5. FOR ADDED REWPORCING AT WALL INTERSECTIONS AND CORNERS,SEE 4001 NOTES: 6. SOIID GROUT ALL CMU WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1. TERMINATE HORIZ REINF WITH 180°HOOK AT WALL ENDS, 1 LAP=48 BAR DIAMETERS OR 2'-0"MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. 00 NOT PIACE VERTICAL CONDUIT IN THE SAME CELL AS VERTICAL REINFORCING. 2. PROVIDE A STANDARD 90?HOOK EACH END ON ANY HORIZONTAL BAR BETWEEN JAMB OPEN WGS AND CMU CONTROL JOINTS. OPENWGS,CONTRO�JOINTS,OR CORNERS�ESS THAN 6'-0"IN�ENGTH. CM U OPEN I NGS LESS THAN 3�-O�� 2. PLACE(2)#5 HORIZAT WINDOW SILLS,SIM TO TOP OF OPENING. Y� CMU WA�� CORNERS REINFORCED CMU WALL NTS CMU OPENINGS GREATER THAN 3'-0" ��4° �z �—� � "�s 4001 "�s 4002 4003 4004 '�� °� w sa M qa� �z �w Z U� � Q � W srs�� W � � SEALANT � �`\ ~ BOND BREAKER TAPE � v Q � J � 3/8" ____----BACK-UP ROD ` m Q � 1- � 8"CMU WALL CMU BLOCK U TERMINATE ALL NON-STRUSTURAI � �- REINPORCING T'FROM E- � CONTROL JOINTS.DO � "' NOT CUT STRUCTURAL z REINFORCING INCLUDING . OPENINGREWFORCING, � � TOP OF WALL `� REINPORCING AND Z m (n CONTINUOUS -� REWFORCING. N a � lJ PROVIDE TYP VERTICA� T Z W REINFORCING IN 2 � CELLS EACH SIDE OF J a JOINT W � � Z p STANDARD 180°HOOK PREFABRICATED � Q Z CONTROL JOINT STRIP � � NOTE: U � 12"CMU WA��WITH 2�AYERS OF REINFORCING IS SIMILAR. Z � a W � � � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: so-� CMU CONTROL JOINT A-32547 NTS 4100 oR��NA� 5��..E: NONE UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 85 OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:31:40 PM W�I Z U Z Z Q w n Q � J Q � Zo z � a � � O � 0 0 2x6 f31..K W/ 2-76d FR END "� � @ IRUSS�S 2x FUL.L DF:PTH � z �, BLKG � JO[STS �' � z n � o Jl7IST OR TRUSS �'� �g � �TM CHORD � � z� z� o DI��C @ 4'.��OC � & 2'-�"MRX F�f?OM � � � a o � FR FNfI OF" WR�_I. �G�NEFR*b .J�IS�� l�h' Th'��5� �R n '�'�yo ��rM cHOHr� o � -� � � � >_ U U O � U p � Z �. � z � 16 oc � � °� S�P� c- U .— U * 2x PT SILL W/ De145"DIR SMOOTH SH�NK SHOT PINS � 24"OC *PLYWOOD �ND FINISHES NOT SHOWN FOR CL�IRITY >�° � �� 'O ° �� 'O.�° � �-° �� '�� O � �� 'O.-° � �oaa�o� �oaa.0 ��oe �o� ��.� Y� 0 0 �f� b �z NON-BRG WALL DETAIL 6010 ��m�� >��°�� a= NTS �j w _......... ......... ' ............. #5 EACH SIDE OF z � � � OPENWG,EXTEND 2'-0"EACH SIDE, DOOR AS SCHED � TOP AND BOTTOM Q � W � . '... ..'. . _ � W � � W ......... ......... ........ � ........._.��CMU OR � I— � x DOOR SWEEP �� CONC WALL � `\ � w U O Q � SHIMAS SEALANTALL O —� � REQUIRED � � N 2 THRESHOLD SETIN W AROUND BOTH � m Q ' ' �� BED OF SEALANT � , SIDES � o U MFR STD � CMU WALL,SEE �� A S S C H E D REMOVABLE � JAMBANCHOR STRUCTFOR � � , SCREEN REINFORCING j o. a°� � .�..,, .. .' ' .'�::� . LANDING—� � � m e a , . _� , ' 3/4" � � � ...�..�SEALANT W/ � "' ^�� :�--�� BACK-UP ROD,TYP 1/2"PREMOLDED NEAD � ' ALLAROUND EACH JOINT FILLER (JAMB SIMILAR) � z N DOORAS SIDE FLUSH LANDING-TYPE A � N `n SCHED � HM FRAME,GROUT _ ,� Q m � Q SOLID AT JAMB _ —REMOVABLE Q o SCREEN ,rt 1/2" 5 3!4" r v W �� DOORAS SCHED ,,,�' LOWER,AS Z p � W = SCHEDULED � a � � � � SEALANT,A�L W � Q W � = AROUND BOTH � Z Q x DOOR SWEEP SILL FLASHING SIDES O Z BY LOUVER MFR Q O a �.. � � o d. q THRESHOLD SET IN �� BED OF SEALANT CMU OR U N � . ' �CONC WALL Z � � #5 EACH SIDE OF '� ' W N �a � � �a - � �a - OPENING,EXTEND ., � � o a � ' � � 2'-0"EACH SIDE, ' � z NOTE � / �J� �° a �� v;a�a .v TOP AND BOTTOM — � � ' Q m HEAD SIMILAR LANDING��-1 a � SILL o DRAWING NUMBER: 1/2"PREMOLDED SD—H DOOR JAMB - 8�� CMU JOINTFILLER OFFSET LANDING-TYPE B A-32548 NTS ORIGINAL SCFlI..E 8100 DOOR THRESHOLD 8110 LOUVER 8115 "°NE NTS NTS ua're Mav 2023 SHEEi 86 OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:33:49 PM W�I Z DIMENSION TABLE z PIPE A z Q SIZE �� n TRANSMITTER/ ��BACKBOARD FOR WALL INSULATION,IF Q CONTROLLER(TYP) � MOUNTWG AS REQ'D CALLED FOR IN 2-112" 2-1/2" PIPE SCHEDU�E 3" 2-��2" v�i � - -1 POWER IN O � 2 1/2"THRU 36"PIPE 4�� 3" a a � � +SIGNALOUT a 6' 3" zo z a OO � � � _NOTE z OO � �- $� � 3�� I I l �� 10, 3�� 0 � II � � e � �Z,. 3�, � �'i MFR COMM — ,� � - � / � - - - -J POWER IN �4� 4�� CABLE _........ _ , - J SIGNALOUT I '.�� 6 ......... 4" � � c� pH SENSOR ADJUSTABIE PIPE w � z CL2 SADDLE SUPPORT 18" 6" y n � o SENSOR MFR COMM WITH U-BOLT, 20" 6" "'a �� - � a CABLE---- o m CHLORINE B-LINE FIG.83092 � I I.- I ANA�YZER �� TURBIDITY OR EQUAL ��. ,24" 6" z� �� o � BUBBLE = � � CLEANING TRAP 30" 6" w � � UNIT � '- 36" 6" � � � �G�NEER*b TUBING BALL VALVE NEEDLE VA�VE STD PIPE FLANGE. I E� �'�'d. NOTE 1, TYP SCHEDULE 40 STEEL � o � � (FLOW CONTROL) ATTACH TO CONC ��PIPE,FOR SIZE SEE ° ° >% OO OO O WITH 3/4"ADHESIVE TABLE � � � � ANCHORS,9" � - EMBEDMENT DEPTH q r ADD 2#5 v EW TO o°�o� z y�P�` NOTES: � ' SLAB REINFORCWG(NEW * COMMON 1"NON-SHRINK INSTA��ATIONS ONLY) 1. PROVIDE SHUT OFF/ISOLATION VALVE FOR EACH ANALYZER. DRAIN GROUT Y PIPE � � � a ` 2. REAGANTLESSCH�ORINEANA�YZERPANE�,PRE-ASSEMBLED �.oaa�.00 �.00a�.00 PANEL,WIRED AND PLUMBED PRIOR TO MOUNTING ON SAMPLE IN BACKBOARD OR WALL _ .o. °-0:�:�.0:�0� o a°o, °oO a / THICKENSLABTO� ��'��o'�� 1'-0"AT PIPE SUPPORT CHLORINEANDTURBIDITYANALYZER LOCATIONS(NEW ,.-o..SQ � NN INSTALLATIONS ONLY) (COMMON SAMP�E) ;.,; �w NTS ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT SADDLE ��° ow PIPE SUPPORT �� _` �� 13405 NTs 15000 � w �w SEE DWG'S Z � � DIMENSION TABLE __ __ ou-rro ou-r � � Z INSULATION,IF P�PE �q� �g� � � HEIGHT,NUMBER � � � CALLED FOR IN SIZE � f AND SPACING OF W �j � PIPESCHEDULE 2-1/2" 2-1(2" 2'-0" ��; CROSSBARSAS � ~ � � � 3" 2-1/2" 2'-0" � c��d��_y=�c-��-� � REQUIRED 2 1/2"THRU 36"PIPE r•�"'-'-'-�'�' � J Q TYPE 304 SST � I t O � 4„ 3,. Z,_�.. � � t m UNISTRUT W 6" 3" 2'-0" P1001 OR EQUAL INSULATION,IF � MOUNT PIPE�INE � � � .-. . . � � i . . 8" 3" 2'-0" ' ' I � CALLED FOR W �� t � TO CROSS BEAM, � � 0 � < ; ; ,_ i i PIPESCHEDULE, -.� �-.y: -y. TYP — 10„ 3�� 2,_p�� TYP .......... U 12" 3" 2'-0" TYPE 304 SST _ — 14" q° p�_p^ UNISTRUT � P1325 OR EQUAL '„_ � � ADJUSTABLE PIPE I 16" 4" 2'-0" I � SADDLE SUPPORT NUMBER OF PIPES, � WITH U-BOLT, 18" 6" 3'-0" ;/ PIPE SIZES,LOCATIONS �j B-LINE FIG.83092 20" 6" 3'-0" AND ELEVATIONS z B-LINE FIG 3147B TYPE I PER DRAWINGS W s OR EQUAL 24" 6" 3'-0" 304 SST,OR EQUAL. (n " ii ii ii ii 30" 6" 4'-0" TRIM INSULATION QF �j.� N � ,. -� � � REQUIRED)AWAY FROM � � ` � � Z � '_ � � , , � � m � 36" 6" 4'-0" PIPE TO ALLOW FOR Q U-BO�T INSTA��ATION � STD PIPE F�ANGE. ( a N C� W , � � , � � Q ATTACH TO CONC SCHEDULE 40 STEEL ' � i i UNISTRUT P2073 A o � Q Q WITH 3/4"ADHESIVE - PIPE,FOR SIZE SEE � � ----a - ANCHORS,9" TABLE TOC � � ----�--- � � OR EQUA� � � � DEPTH MENT �A� � � 1"NON-SHRINK GROUT SEE 15009A j Z Q � �_ � Q Z �EVELINGGROUT � Q.o a�o �.00<�.00 � � FG o � ." o o ao `' U � -:0�0 0•00 �� .00.a-0... � _ N I��I� I��-1 II��-IIII o z 3/4-INCHDIAMETERSST _ Z a � � ADHESIVEANCHOR, W � :��o a.�:.00 �.00:a.�:.o0 4"EMBEDMENT w � � DEPTH,TYP � � > SEE 15009A Q o FIXED PIPE SUPPORT RACK w oRAW�N� N�MBE� cg>,sa _ NTS TOP OF CONC S�-9 ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT ° �°'� � � °� ° �°° A-32549 SADDLE PIPE SUPPORT � �� R��NA� S��E WITH CONCRETE PAD 15000A 15006 FIXED PIPE SUPPORT RACK 15008A "°NE NTS NTS Ua'fE Mav 2023 SHEEi 87 OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:5624 PM W�I CL COLUMN&PLATE 6 WT6 FLANGE � NOTE: z i� — STRUT PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEM — 1 1/4"TYP � �WT6 STEM USE NEOPRENE z �.� N Q S�EEVE ON � � C7x12.2 COPPER AND PVC Q "� PIPWG AT STRAPS � � �� M � AND BRACKETS. `� � 3/16" PIPE STRAPS,TYP BASE ELBOW, zo z � —9/16"DIA �1/2"DIA C�l TEE,ETC c� Q HOLES,TOTAL W � 4/PLATE It A325N BOLTS- � __ O �' TOTAL 4/PLATE � � 4-5/8"ANCHOR BOLTS Q PIPE BRACKETS,TYP I W!DOUBLE NUTS TO � MATCH BASE DRILLING � PL 3/8"x5"x12" �� INSULATION,IF ' �1"MIN NON-SHRINK GROUT � '�,f CALLED FOR IN / w � z ` PIPE SCHEDULE .',:"-.:...-. 3"GREATER THAN BASE y n � o SECTION DETAIL - _,: ,o��ao�°�-4 DIMENSION,12"SQ MIN Q a }� �� '�°� � #3 TIES @ 1'-0"OC z u� `Y' �� 3�� ANCHOR EVERY 12"OC. �' �� ° WTCOLUMN NOTE1 w � � 13/16"DIA �o.o.a o.� ,6„ �d a o � N �HOLES,TOTAL WALL MOUNTED a ��.o�o;a:�ro o TYP �� NeeR* N 4/PLATE � � o � _ �.o `'� °jti�y � � — o.. o.a: w� q_#q, � 0 0 M o - I WT 6x20 .... � � >%, _ _ COLUMN �NOTE 1 � ��-6�� ? � _ I 1 1/2"t NON- a � �a� � U��° N � 3/16" SHRINK GROUT N Q °,�y *y.�P N PL3/8"x8"x9" �.o�OJI.O�c II.0. a�D NOTES: � �� , 1. ALSO USE FOR SUPPORT OF HORIZONTAL TEE OR CROSS. 1.09" ��CL PLATE& � � CG WT TOP OF CONC `\ `—CONCRETE ANCHORS, SECTION DETAI L SIZE AND NUMBER AS F�OOR MOUNTED REQUIRED BY�OADING NOTE: NOTES: 1. ATTACH TO WALL WITH SSTANCHORS, 3/8"DIAMETER MIN,COORDINATED WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION N„ 1. 5/8"DIA SST EXPANSION ANCHOR WITH 4"EMBEDMENT,4 PER BASE PLATE. Y� PIPE SUPPORTS DUCTILE IRON BASE ELBOW <�� w �� o w FIXED PIPE SUPPORT RACK NTS CONCRETE SUPPORT � SECTIONSAND DETAI�S 15009A 15010 NTS 15051 �� W� NTS �'°B,e�.M o=�'° Q� z �w z � � � � � Oj � � > � � tL U Q CL WA�� O m W WRAP PIPE � WITH 1!2"THICK FILLANNULAR SPACE 0,�4;� ;---STEEL SEEP RING 1!4" � � 0 F�E X I B L E P I P E W R A P STEEL PIPE � M I N I M U M T H I C K N E S S — �WITH JOWT SEALANT U FINISHED FLOOR -- - '<� D+2"THRU 12" � � D+4"14"AND � a LARGER � o �".o.ea�.o W z C1� � � '°��`�� SEALWELD W o � � .�..�o. � AROUND Z m � BOTH SIDES n.o...o.o. Q — 9;a: o ,rt ��-4"FOR BURIED PIPWG, �� a� AS REQUIRED FOR N v W UNLESS OTHERWISE PIPE INSTALLATION, r Z � SHOWN ON DRAWINGS UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON J ac � CUT FLUSH FOR PLANS,9"MINIMUM � G Q EXPOSEDAPPLICATIONS PASSINGPIPE � Z Q Q z � � � � U z � W � � � m Q o DRAWING NUMBER: SD-10 PIPE FLOOR PENETRATION STEE� WA�� PIPE A-32550 NTS NTS ORiGiNAL SCaI..E: 15102 15120A "°NE UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 88 OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:59:33 PM W�I Z U Z Z Q 314"THROUGH w� r'' 2"HSV-03,VALVE � SIZE AS SHOWN a FILLANNULAR ON DRAWINGS�� CL WALL SPACE WITH PIPE SLEEVE, � 3/4"OR1 1l2"SUPPLY Q �, NON-SHRINK °�:�0��o�:^:0��;a:° BLOCKOUT OR LINE,TO MATCH HOSE zo z <�o._o o..ao�o.. GROUT .� �� CORE DRILL ' VALVE c� � ��o��a INTEGRAL SEEP RWG 0�4° 0 0 0° ESCUTCHEON � Q a DIP PIPE o,� ' PASSING PIPE PLATE,TYP o ( CONCRETE SLAB,WALK o � � UNION Q� OR 2'-0"x 2'-0"x 5"PAD IF o 3/4" HSV-01 ,OR NO SLAB OR WALK SHOWN `� � ON DRAWINGS � 0 0 � 1 1(2" HSV-02 �� o°� PIPE SUPPORT, DEPTH AS SHOWN � D+2"THRU 12" �"� � AS REQ'D ON DRAW WGS OR � � " D+4^14"AND WRAP PIPE �o DEFINED IN " "�� W ~ z o LARGER WITH 40-LB � SPECIFICATIONS TO �Q�b`�2,� a��o�a�� a � � FELT OR LOCATE DRAIN HOLE � o m OTHER BOND - - - MIN 1 FT BELOW 6"MW COMPACTED z� � BREAKER FROST DEPTH GRAVEL TO UNDISTURBED z� o � � � 0 0°o 0 0 0,-o -o.. i EARTH � � � � " DRAIN HOLE � � � :�o.:�o.o.ra��.o.a`. . . �Q.oe<:�.. � :0;°'da�Qro� �� 2-CU FT SELECTED ��NEER* � AS REQUIRED FOR � y, WALL PENETRATION AS PIPE INSTALLATION, 2"MW I �- I Gb2� 1 1/2"TO 1"GRAVEL E� � '�'d. REQUIRED BY WALL TYPE, � � �, o UNLESS SHOWN 3 � >% OR AS INDICATED ON DWGS OTHERWISE ON � � �� w � > o PLANS,9"MINIMUM N WALL I o� z � o SUPPLY LINE MAY SUPPLY LINE o� y,�P ��o ENTER FROM ANY BRANCH LINE, (SIZE VARIES, i� PROVIDE ADAPTERS DIRECTION SIZE EQUAL TO AS REQUIRED) °o VALVE SIZE FLOOR NOTE: WHERE HOSE VALVE IS SUPPLIED WITH NON-POTABLE WATER,INSTALL NOTE: SIGN S-101 IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE NEXT TO EACH HOSE VALVE. WHERE HOSE VA�VE IS SUPP�IED WITH NON-POTABLE WATER,INSTALL SEE SPEC SECTION 10400 FOR SIGN REQUIREMENTS. WALL SLEEVE SIGN S-101 INACONSPICUOUS P�ACE NEXTTO EACH HOSE VALVE. WITH GROUT SEAL SEESPECSECTION10400FORSIGNREQUIREMENTS. NON-FREEZE POST HYDRANT �w I�TS NTS ��" O�, DUCTI�E IRON WALL PIPE �� NTS THROUGH—WALL HOSE VALVE �� _ 15120B 15131 "�s 15200D 15201 A � °°'� �� 3/8"BOLTS � 2'-0.," . wi P�vsx2xn° 1"BAV-03 z � �- ----I BACKFLUSH Q � W —3f8"BO�TS WI STANCHION - - P�vsxzx4° � CONNECTION Q 1/2"GSP DR W/FEMALE W O> � I I STANCHION ROUTE TO HOSE FITTING � > I— sioewa�K MOUNTED � U � �_p•• DRAIN Q o„:p_ �.o.o:�:a_�av. TOPRAIL� O M � SEE NOTE 4 �� W P�AN-POST MOUNT sia°ao�rs ARV-03,SIZE PER � � Q � wiP� � � DRAWING !\ � vax2xa^ tJ CAP w Posr BAV-03,SIZE PER MIDDIE � P�vaxzxa^, � � DRAWINGS WITH � sEE NorE a � RA�� TYPE 304 SST � � HANDRAIL POST NIPPLES �' BOLTLOCATIONMTG MOUNTED � z ( Ho�es FOR Posr p PIPE TAP 15300 � � MOUNT,TYP FOR4 C I'��'I � cJ o Z � , W `� �� 2"DIASCHED40 0� -- � IPIPE,NOT DIP GALV Q m BpLT � Z m —� �OCATION OF �l MTG HOLES, ¢ - 1/8 WA�LMOUNT, — — — T � W " TYP Z 2'-0"SQ RADIUS H SEE NOTE 3 J Q Q SECTION WALL MOUNTED W � � DIMENSION IN INCHES PROCESS PIPE � O � R4CKTYPE A 8 C � E�'��.F G H J z TYPEA3/4"81"HOSE 9 7-1/2 6 9 3�...''...4 7-i/2 9-3/4 2 � � TYPE B-1 1/2"HOSE 12 10 9 12 4��.''....6 10 13 2 \ � NOTES: � 1. INTERIOR UNITS SNAIL BE FABRICATED FROM 1/8"A-36 STEEL Z a PLATE AND ENTIRE UNIT SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER W FABRICATION. � � z 2 EXTERIOR UNITS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM 3/�6"606�-T6 � m ALUMINUM AILOY PLATE. � 3. ATTACHTOWALLWITHSSTANCHORS,3/8"DIAMETERMIN, DRAWING NUMBER: COORDINATE WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION SD-11 4. ATTACHTOVERTICALHANDRAILORINDNIDUALPOSTWITH AIR RELEASE VALVE INSTALLATION PLATESAND(4)-3/8"STAINLESSSTEE�BOLTS. �/VATER SERVICE A-32551 5. ATTACH TO STEEI.COLUMN WITH(4)-3/8"ROUND HEAD BOLTS, ONE EACH CORNER.INSERT DOUBLE SPACER NUTS BETWEEN NTS COLUMNANDHOSERACK. �C�OC 15230 ORIGINAL SCAI..E: J J NONE HOSE RACK �A�E MAY 2a23 NTS H i � FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/20151:01:08 PM ------- TRANSMITTER--–___� ��/ ',____—PRESSURE GAUGE W`�' 2"MALE ADAPTER r � 2"CHEMICAL NATIONAL U , z � -- --� SNUBBER BAV-06 – �CONNECTION PIPE THREAD PIPE SIZE AS WDICATED '�� ' ON DRAWINGS 1/4"BAV-03�� NOTE 3 z Q � �DIAPHRAGM SEA� � w� NON-METALLIC CORPORATION BARBED SEE NOTES 1,2,3,AND 4 STOP WITN INJECTION QUIL� � FITTING c� PROCESS PIPE�� Q 1(2"BAV-03 / p�pE J 1/2"PIPE NIPPLE � ' CLAMP 2" DIA-01 � � zo z °' I ' PROCESS PIPE PIPE TAP 15300 , � Q �. ,�� NOTE 2 - — - - — - — - PIPE TAP , , o � I - - - - - 15300 � 0 2"Y-STRAWER CHEMICAL � TUBWG Q � � ( DIAPHRAGM SEAL INSTA��ATION I .. saFETv �� ------- � CHAIN o � � PIPE TAPS TRANSMITTER----___� / ; –PRESSURE GAUGE — — - — -� - — - - �� z� o --2" CKV-06 � / � I GONDUIT / � � � � NOTE 1 15901 � � " �-- --� —SNUBBER NOTES: —1/2"BAV-03 � ��NEER*y %� 1/4"PIPE NIPPLE � �E` M `�o 1/2" DIA-01 L FOR STEEL,GALVANIZED STEEL,AND PVC 2 1/2"AND FROM o � SMALLER USE A BUSHING IN A TEE. � `° �� 2"x 1/2"TEE PROCESS PIPE PIPE TAP 15300 I PROCESS PIPE CHEMICAL w U �� FEED PUMP 2 FOR DUCTILE IRON,A�L SIZES,USE SERVICE SADD�E. (MIN 4"DIAMETER) o�o z u� 3. FOR NEW STEE�AND STAW�ESS STEE�PIPES 3"AND�ARGER, - - - - - � *y�P AND PRESSURE VESSELS,USE THRED-O-�ETAS SHOWN. NOTES: 4. FOR EXISTING PVC,STEELAND STAINLESS STEEL PIPES 3"AND DIRECT INSTALLATION 1. INJECTION QUILL SHA��EXTEND INTO PROCESS PIPE SUCH LARGER,USE SERVICE SADDLE. THAT"�"DIMENSION IS BETWEEN ONE-THIRD AND ONE-HA�F 2"CPVC FILL LINE NOTES: OF PIPE DIAMETER. MINIMUM"�"DIMENSION SHA�L BE 2-INCHES. NOTE: 2. �OCATE PIPE TAP ABOVE THE HORIZONTAL PLANE. ORIENT 1. USE DIRECT INSTALLATION FOR POTABLE WATER,RAW WATER, p�pE TAP/INJECTION QUILLAND PROVIDE FITTINGS AS EXACT GEOMETRY MAY VARY,SEE DWGS.INSTALL RECLAIMED WATERAND AIR PROCESS PIPWG. REQUIRED TO A��OW FORACCESS TO INJECTION POINT SO TNAT ENTIRE ASSEMBLY(INCLUDWG CHEMICAL 2. USE DIAPHRAGM SEAL INSTALLATION FOR SEWAGE,SLUDGE, AND A STRAIGHT RUN OF CHEMICA�TUBING TO CONDUIT. CONNECTION)IS INSIDE CONTAWMENTAREA. CHEMICA�AND ALL PROCESS PIPES THATARE NOT WATER ORAIR. 3. ALL PIPE NIPPLES TO BE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL 3. CPVC PIPING,FITTINGS AND VA�VES SHA��BE 1/2"UN�ESS lq" P I PE TAPS 4. FOR MULTIPLE INSTRUMENTS,PROVIDE TEE,PIPE NIPPLES AND NOTED OTHERWISE.COORDINATE PIPEAND TUBING �W ELBOWS AS REQUIRED IN INSTRUMENT LOCATION. CONNECTION SIZES WITH INJECTION QUILL. � C H E M I CA� ��s ��'�� _ PRESSURE GAUGE OR CHEMICAL INJECTION POINT - FsLL CONNECTION 15240 15300 TRANSMITTER INSTALLATION 15310 NTS 15350 �jB�eM��°' a= �w NTS 30' z � � � � W NOTE 1 Q O � 1/2"BAV-05 O 2"CONDUIT � .�j � BARBED 1/2"PVC NIPPLE FITTING SAMPLE TUBWG�� U Q NOTE 1 ��P�PE BARB FITTING�c 1/2"COUPLING� O J � CLAMP PAINT W/SYSTEM 200 - -- m W PIPE TAP 3/4"STRUT � � Q 15300 � 3/4"AC PLYWOOD FAUCEL CNICAGO � PAINT W/SYSTEM 200 $97-CP OR EQUAL U DRILL 1/2"HOLE IN I PLAN SINK BACKSP�ASH�K SAMPLE 2-HOLE � � � � TUBING 1/2"CWS,CONNECT PIPE STRAP* F– � — 1 ', — TO BOTH SIDES OF �� FAUCET 1/2" BAV-03 * � d � z 1/2"BRASS ' � , � s � 1/2"CWS � STREET ELBOW�Ic � ' � v ,r ,r ,r FAUCET 15360A ��-� \ � ' �MOUNTING _ W � � � � �� Z m � BRACKETS Q I CONDUIT / �� °� ATTACH WITH / � N � W PROCESSPIPE–'� 15901 � ��0�� SSTSELF-TAPPING T Z I . - SCREWS ( J Q � � 3/4"ALANGLE _I � � TO �–DRILL&TAP � / � Z QQ SAMPLE m � 3!4"ALUMWUM co BACKSP�ASH AREA I / ANGLE &ATTACHUSWG O z � SST MACHINE KOHLER MODEL � � � – SCREWS K-6718 SERVICE -- -_ - � � N � SINK U NOTES: KOHLER MODEL 1/2"BRASS PIPE � FROM CWS K-6718 SERVICE Z a NIPPLE,LENGTH N 1. ORIENT PIPE TAP AND PROVIDE FITTINGS AS SINK AS REQUIRED�c � o REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR ACCESS TO SAMPLE ��-- ��-------- � z POINT AND A STRAIGHT RUN OF SAMPLE TUBING INSTANT-HOT m TO CONDUIT. Q � SECTION SECTION NO—TE oRawiNc NUMeEr�: SAM PLE POI NT * PROVIDE AS MANYAS NECESSARY FOR SAMPLES REQUIRED, SD'�Z EQUAL�Y SPACED&CENTERED ACROSS SINK. NTS A-32552 SAMP�E SINK DETAIL SAMP�E SINK DETAIL oR��NA� S��E 15352 "�s 15360 "Ts 15360A "°"E UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 90 OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/20151:02:59 PM W�I 2'-6"(MIN) 1"FLANGEAND HEM .Z 3 FLOW � ��1 1/4"IPS PLUGGED SS BOLTS,4"ON CENTER DUCT WORK � CONTROL �� SUPPLY ss ao�7s CMU WALL z i,i Q EMERGENCY ��-1"x 1(8"BAND IRON METAI SE�F TAPPING--- , , � 1 1/2"POCKET 3/8°DIA(3 HO�ES� SCREW,304 SS(TYP) .� ,�.' •, DUCTWORK Q EYEWASH SIGN SLIP 316 SSTANCHORS FLEXIBLE ' : � •' CMU WALL FLANGED ' ��INSU�ATION BATT � � MATERIA�AS � CONNECTION SPECIFIED DUCT �, 't' �:.' OR CAULKING 1!4"TAPCON 410 55 J 8"DIA BC � � ANCHORS 1 3/4" Zo z � � i � �� RETAININGAN6�ESMIN. .', ',•, ' Q c� Q �� 16 GA.GALV STEEL(TYP) • i � ' EMBEDMENT SPACED AS � � O �— - '� � � \ � � 1 1l2"MIN TO 3" � � 2" REQ'D � � o� WASHER MAXINSTALLED � �� I 0 � n PIPE 1 1/4" � 6"NOMIAI,WITH o . � MATEftIALTAUT ��'�� o i IPS X 31° DUCTWORK � ��Q"Q" � z� TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAIL ouC�rwORK� SECURITY � z �, � � � RECTANGULAR FLEXIB�E DUCTWORK � ��FREQ�o� � FASTE"ER EQUARUTA1000R ;Q � � � � o o � CONNECT 1 1/4' � I i. �. P.W.-CPVC o� m 1 1/4"COUPLER DUCTLINER! C�EARANCE 1 1/2"x 16 GA.BAND GALV. � � r m SS BOLTS,4"ON CENTER 1I8"MINIMUM � �� io HAND ACTIVATED INSULATION ALLAROUND VALVE SS BOLTS,4"ON CENTER �� 1"x 1/8"BAND IRON SS SHEET METAL SCREW, ��NEER*b 72"ON CENTER NOTES: �E� �'d- - 1"x 1B"DRAW BAND � � � � � ^ �3/4"DRAIN RNETS,4"ON 2" t. MINIMUM NUMBER OP FASTENERS OF 3 ON 24"WIDTH AND UP, � m �Q r> MOUNTING CENTER ' •• ALONGSIDESNEARESTANCHORS. ci � � BRACKET EYEWASH DETAIL O FLEXIBLE � � .�•' �'•' �a - z � o SEE DETAIL MATERIALAS ��DUCT ' • ` .•; 2. UNISTRUTARE SIZED FOR�0 FEETOF DUCT,MAX SPACING. d .�"� � � SPECIFIED ., � , ' , �v y'�P THIS SHEET) PLUGGED WEATHER :' :.•�• 3. LOCATED DUCTS AGAWST WALL OR MAX OF 2"FROM WALL. � ,� FINISHED FLOOR �� pRooF • : , . � I CAULKING 4. FASTENERS TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL MATERIAL. ....... 1/2' 1/2" I 11l2' I ........ � NOTES: _ ......... -- �'t— 1— 1. PROVIDEANTI-SCALDINGANDANTI-FREEZINGDEVICEWHEN WASHER MOUNTED OUTSIDE. FLANGED 1 1/2"MIN TO 3"MAX NOTES: 2. PROVIDE FLOW SWITCN ALARM WITH(INITIALLY SET TO 20 SECONDS� CONNECTION INSTALLED 6"NOMWAL 1. PROVIDE TAPCON SSANCHOR MIN 1/4",SIZED AS RECOMMENDED. DELAY TIMER AT PLANT SCADA PRIOR TO SOUNDING ALARM. wirH MnrERin�raUr 2. RETAINING ANGLES S2ED TO LAP DUCTA MIN OF 1-1l2"AND LAP 3. PROVIDESTAIN�ESSSTEE�SHOWERHEADANDEYEWASHBOWL ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK WAILSURFACESOFAMIN.OF1".SHEETMETA�SEIFTAPPING SCREWS SPACEDAMAX.OF 1"FROM EACH END OF DUGTAND SPACED A MAX.OF 6"ON CENTER. 4. FINISH AND INSULATE PER SPECIFICATIONS. Y� SAFETY SHOWER / EYEWASH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS DUCT THRU WALL WALL MOUNTED DUCT SUPPORT ``' �W �� o w NTS NTS NTS NTS �--�� ; �� 15420 15550 15552 15554 ��B�B�M�a�°°'� Q= �w z cn � �-DOUBLE ROD � �� HANGER SIZE "� TURNING VANES Q O W � FOR(.OAD SIZE THREADED DRAIN PIPE � � z RODS FOR LOAD ACU DRAIN TO GROUND �� DUCT LINER W � — � — _ _ _ � �\ -� 'G � � � / / �� DUCT INSULATION � � AIR FLOW � � ,� � / � .., e ''e �..:,a� G _ _ _ _ _ ,/ � -t � � U � ( � DUCTSTRAPPING- — � � -.� V O —� � �� \ ROUNDDUCT I GALV I�'� PTRAP L�/V � � Q � SPLASH BLOCK ` CONCRETECURB �V �\ �— / / /V LISTED SIZE �DUCT � � RECTANGULAR DUCT VENT SSHARDWARE � � SS HARWARE _ �DRAIN PIPE OPPOSED BLADE F� "� / OAMPER . � � ACU DRAIN TO ROGK PIT �' z W s ALTERNATEHANGER �,��.��-.6'�� DIFFUSER � �' GCHANNEL —� �--{� o o W o � — � IIII= co c c � - - - - - -' � °' —� CONCRETE CURB AIR FLOW j Q(� Q MAX C o C o C G _ _ _ _ _ , / \ N �/ W DIAMETER P TRAP�� 0'-8"DIAx 3'-0"DEPTH / %�T T Z � DUC OUND MINIMUM STRAP SIZE 1 114"x 1 1/4"x 1/8"ANGLE ROCK PIT,3/4"THRU Z�� J Q � GALV OR DUCTMATE 1-112"LOOSE ROCK /iJ LISTED SIZE � � � TRAPEZE DUCT HANGER 10 INCH 0,0�7 INCH f18 GA)z 2 I�H VENT �DUCT � � Q wIDTN Z � NOTES: DRAIN PIPE z 20 WCH 0,05$ INCN (16 C�L1)x 2 INLM 1. RECTANGUTAR DUCT HANGERS CAN BE � OPPOSED B�ADE � Q WIDT FABRICATED FROM UNISTRUT-GALV. ACU DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAIN DAMPER SSHARDWARE \ � 40WCH I/$ STEEI. x I�I/Y I�H WIOT 2. TRAPEZEMEMBERSARENOTTOEXCEED ' f ' ' ' ' ' U MANUFACTURER'SRECOMMENOEDLOADS. I/8 INCN STEE� ■ 2 i�N Z a 60WCH WIDTN 3. REFERENCE:SMACNASEISMICRESTRAWT = _ ��— W MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT I I I I= REGISTER o 3/I6 INCM STEEL x 2 INLM REQUIRED BY PROJECT. NOTES: CI� z >60 WCH WIDTH CONCRETE CURB � m 4. REFERNCE:SMACNA HVAC DUCT PLOOR DRAIN 1.PROVIDE SPACWG AS REQUIRED FOR DIFFUSER OR REGISTER(GRILLE. Q o CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS METALAND P TRAP FLEXIBLE FIGURE 4-4. 2.PROVIDE TURNING VANES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DRAWWG NUMBER: SD-13 DUCT SUPPORT CONDENSATE DRAIN DUCT MOUNTED DIFFUSER REGISTER A-32553 NTS NTS NTS ORiGiNAL SCFlI...E: 15556 15560 15571 "°NE UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 91 OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/20151:04:48 PM W�I Z U Z CONNECT TO CHEMICAL PIPE W/MANUFACTURER z Q RECOMMENDCONNECTION w� n CHEMICAL TUBING Q NOTE 1 `� � Q � 2"CAP, zo z DO NOT GLUE-- � a EQUIPMENT 0 0 � � CS o w �� z a w " � z illl III-1111 tiil-t111 IIII.� =1111- Q Q �� z� z� o � � �, � > a o � �G�NEER*b F'� 2�p O ]� � j¢ U U O�� U p Z � � O� *y�P 2"CONDUIT NOTES: 1. DRILL NOLE IN CAP TWICE THE DIAMETER OF TNE PASSWG CNEMICALTUBING. ROUND EDGES OF DRILLED HOLE TO MINIMIZE WEAR OF TUBING. NN CHEMICAL TUBING TERMINATION °`�' �� o w � NTS --�� ; a.� 15901 ��8��pa��'� �_ CAST IRON TRAFFIC � COVER WITH"ELECTRIC' Z � MARKING(15"x 10") ��3�$ Q � z CAST IRON COVER Q W AND RING � � � � FINISHED GRADE 0 0 � UQ O mW O ` _ �_ - - = = � _iu�-iuiiii iuuir-iur- � � 0 TOP VIEW EXOTHERMIC WELD U 3/8"BRASS'L'BLOTS WITN (WITH COVER) BRASS HEX NUTS AND � LOCKWASHERS,TYP OF 2 SPLICES,WHERE REQUIRED,IN � � CONDUCTORS SHALL BE MADE > "' W UG J-BOXES USWG COMPRESSION �� CONNECTORAND CAST RESIN KIT. W z FINISHED GRADE SIZE AND QUANTITY OF CONDUCTORS (n N AS WDICATED ON PLANS. o W o � in Z m � III ill M GROUNDACCESS WELL, a � N HARGER CATALOG NO. T � W = 360P36CILS80 OR EQUAL J Q p PRECAST PULL BOX o o u j � Q WITH EXTENSION ......... ................................. i� � Z � Q z � � o � � U ��10"m SCN 80 PVC Z N 2/0 BARE COPPER � CONDUCTOR PACK E�BOWS WITH DUCT � o SEALAFTER SPLICWG IS PVC CONDUIT STUB-UP, � z COMPLETED,TYP SIZE AND QUANTITYAS 3/4"x 10'COPPER CLAD Q o GROUNDING ROD INDICATED ON PLANS DRAWING NUAMBER: NOTE:ALL DIMENSIONS ARE MINIMUM SD'��'7 UNDERGROUND CONCRETE GROUND ROD WITH TEST WELL N-rs A-32554 JUNCTION BOX oR��NA� S��E NTS 16112 16410 "°NE UA"fE MAY 2023 SHEEi 9� OF 93 FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/20151:04:48 PM � � .. .. .. . . .. : .. ... ...,; ... .. ... .. . �a p� g . - .. . .. . . � . .. � a ' � . � . . � .. � a� �9Yi�� As�� ; 1. �ET�II.ED CQNSTRUCTlON RE UIREh�ENTS FOR Yd�RK SH(?WN �N ; Q ; ; ��i� �I..��'i�l� �Wf`I�I�C�` PE1�L1� itJ �iBC [` � � , , ?N N T E CITY CtF REDDING PU�LiC . ESE DF�tNINC�S r4RE DESCRlBED ! H , : � � , : N �t� �1'Rtl�`fICJtV _ J N T S �OOK. S7A(VDARDS REFEREIdCER _, VdORKS CONSTRUCT4Q S ANDARp �l(M�� E�� 1 1'� N � � � ��R P (3 �{��1 � � � i� ' � ��#�' ��L3��L� �� .�'�"�'��C�� I� � . _ _ � i��! � � F��t! � � F �1'A�D�RC� S ;-. S S HERE C1N TtiESE DRAWINGS W4Lt_ - W4L , . Y IP! 1`HE L.EGEND OR !� TED EL ENI � r� � t � �tr � � � �n � � � : - , �e a �� r� � �� d� �r� �. ._._ _ .. � _ , � _ , � ; F R R ING W�RK SH�4VN ON THESE � , �E �LL�1�ED YdHEPJ PE F� �t � , ; ; P RY CONG�UiT - 4 RIt+9AA FtAWIN ON !hl t�R AT TNE PUBUC 520.�0 529 522 543 D GS. STANDARDS ARE AVAILABt.E l. E _ _ _ . , , � � _. . , . . ; . , _. r � . 11 � � 1E i � ��n � � n� rd � �' rr ( r �rr�� t�r�c�n ar�d ba�kf� �r�� Ft�ddrn ��a�� k str �t��t� a s �t�;C�� r/��t�t�rri� �h 11 r� _ � � � � ; K 777 VPR S �4�E. � � . W�R 5 DEPART�ENT CITI° t3F REDDING C ES � P � � . .. . : .. .. . t : 9 . . . ... ... . �. _ � � � O��.... . . ... . �. .,. . � . . ... .. . . �� .... .. .,. . ... .. . . } . � �� l �. .... .... ..: : . . . � . .., ;: �.: ... . .. . � . .. ... . . . . . j y�g+ ¢$^� F'� ,.,} p°5 y Py�g . .. ... .. . . .. .. . . . . .. . .r ... ...�.. . ... ... . . .. . . . .. � � . e �... .. . � � � . . . ..: . . . � �� €A c-.rai.:� 61 f �$`u.� �{.f��Ld 4��. 4'a'4� . � �t� $ �}i E�l� �t� R I G ,_ f EqD N C,�. � 9 � , > . , ; ; � ,: . . . : . . . .... . . . 4 ... . ..... .. i . . �� .... .. ... .... _., . . . . .. ./. . , .... : .. .. . . . � ;, ' 2. �' v� � rs !� u t��rs�� 11 � s� �r��r�� nd� r�� r �'h�t�� 4� �rl us� �r��`! n�� d ir�� ni�� e�n €�t � � �r�aa �' t � t rrt I�ur � t � 4, S 0 ;,4RY CONDUI � _ EC ND , 520.�0 521 52� 5�6 a � _ � 3 � P � .. . . . 9 .4 1� . A . . _. .... . , � , .., . . . - � r� 1 ' r �3 . �� r ir �n� f nd re��1.�car r��w rit� �� r�s�f�e��r� R�t1�il� C} � �€�€�. �� r� ll r� t� � a � � r�t�� ta a a 620` 622 2. Atl SU� G E WOR6C SHAI.L B� INSPECTED �Y REU PRl�R T � � �� u�is�#�� , � A - 9 . . ;.. . . ' . . :..: . .. . ... . . . ... . � ..... . . . :... . .....�: xt �..� . . �.:. .� . .:: .::�. H ....;.:. �..... , ... . .. .. ..... ��...� .. . .. .. .:� � � ' ...: . � . . .. . .. . . .. . � ��s� �� . .. . .g".. .#e.. �#.�. r � � � 4 � i� e��is�� ,$ �1 ��r�. �i� � s r rrd�a � ��(�d� � c�nd� r �rv�� r �� v� I t e s rr ta �t T" r�c� r��#1 f rr�� #��n � ��r d 6 �� rt e t , � 4 . ; COVER �AGKFILL< CAL REU INSPI�CTQ(i CELL. 3Q 7 6 L. TNE � _ � } � �Y, � s �...�15� � Y � . � � . �{ . , , , CC�ST�M R SERIlICE PA � ' ; r E i�E _ . r d c� r�r�� rt �i�� nd�� t�tl�� ftc��the��IJ s�� a e i��►�n, T`h� � 0 ST ��v�(� l��st�r��r��t�.(I b��e urr� t � f t 8 T SCHEDULE AN INSPECTIt3N. SCH�DUI� INSPECTIQNS AT LEd� � R J � � : � .. (7 l�lIRE EXIS ING H , T . . . . , . . ... ,: , ,, 7 .: 4�Q 27 V 3� 600A 1 n r I r r n d d ` � ur� it� n xrs n �E fi ��1 r� � r r �f�� ccsrtd � � � � #€� rel� � �r� �r� � � d � � l� � �. UR �s��i�r d u"Ic� s�a e e c�n�� e� �a � � s r � � 48 NO S PRIf�R TO D SIRE BAC�FI��ING. t I � � l4� � b � t �� t E D � _ � . � _ _ � P � . 9 � � � : , � r '' ' ' ' s �s �ti � ' 3 �3�11�rids� lE I ; ( rrd � t� r��t��r�se��I(��d�s�r�1[b��f `h��ar��t �rr��rs�l� � r�d t�� h��t�re ,�� U'��A6'L�'l �7 h� b� ��on�I�a �t t � A _ .21 �A �a � Y � P � � , � > , � � / : NT [, 3e H t?N ESE DRAWINGS .FtEPR�SE 4 ITE�1S �4 C? TEXT S QVlIN �OLD i'H N . � � �d s.�, �.�, ch,4 h. ; tt ch � � �c �f� . '. , . ..: . .. . . . 8. F F . .I .. i ..� :,., . .: .. . ..�t� � �� s ,... . . ' .. � � � .. . :....:� , .�. .. . . . . :.� . . .. .\/ .. �a! �� ..\/�� ,.. . . _ � HIS WORK G0�lERNED �Y THE E�ECfiRIC UTIUTY T IS P T F 1' � r r v� . , �16��n � Ii�c� � e �la �rt�r� �i � �hall b �l��r�e�b us�r� ru�h��r��3lca s �da� ; �, ��.�� UG C�Bl�E TO REMi(3V� du t�Ens�� b t �C� v �� rr� � b � � Y �, . > ; , . . . . .. . ._ . : . 4 �.. i .. _ _ fJ D TEXT SHOWN THIN UR SCREENED ;REP�ESENT ` �R JECT. :ITEMS AN �c � ; . � 'h ! � 2 �l �s#�r�l.l�.� �' ar � �!�4 ��indu t�c� �[ ' � f�� r�thc��a�ccsndt�ct�rs� �!��r �r�tr��rrrurr� � [3Ib L. "�� tza4 n ��tat�6 {3 ! � , , _ � � � � Y � , T C� Y TNE . � . : . „ , $, , EXIS N 0 P OJECT WQRK Tk�T !S NQ V'ERED � ; o � , TI G IT�RAS R R , l tr� r� ��i d a (E� � ta � �r �el� r. [6 �c�r�d��t � 4 ;�� e��all desE r��#�r � t u �a�� u 1 i � �v �d an n��a d� t�t c �t rr� ic�� . d ��t� t � , �� P Y � � � � � � » , C� u� tJ !A T 11`E�S P E CTR� U ESIG , BOLD TEXT ASS C TED V�I H 1`E , . - _ LE C TI�ITY D N , . s , . 2 4 � , � , � � r �lL i 1 E�n r r� �� I1� r�lr��rr� 5 �� I ��t� � f�P� �r e �a� uC rav c� d rr � s ��ter�h�n 6�� va#� ��du�t �E�� e� ur� � i � T � � � � d _ �i t �t�t � � . R Tt� P F'� ED � K� � P P SHt��+N SC E ED RE RESEiVT �!t} K �E ER R� __... __... _ _ TH(N C►R R EN P '� ; . ; 1 35 512 5 5 543 2 0 , g P T ' SFf�R ER PAD 3� ADMOUN TRAN �A �rt IP�c� ��a��rn r 1 `�r. __ . � . sta � t e r`ci��c� _ Y � ; Oh! THOS IT AS PART OF THIS PRt)JECT. RE�ER T� THE E �P�S , Z--�E-E-&- a , . .. : . . w ; , » � , !� r r I u � �tr 6� ��nd��t� ��r��s#�r��ur�:u�� r�(l��ini��l c��al�t€�st�Il�t��n �h��f�r� C�� l��a�t�r�e s��! ��:�#��r�re �d t � ; , rr� , , D Y � � � IE31 SECTION t?N 'THIS ;SHEET AN � DIVISIOiV �3F' �C�RK RESP NS LITIES , . : r` , . . . , dr� � �a3i�r� c�bl fca� � cc�r�dta� s r� t d�rra� �d. �a n � n�u �t�� t � o ;; , W R t3 FOR �DlTIQNAI. INF4RP�F,TION. �� ORK LOCATION 'C}ES� IPTi IdS � . , a I�MQ UNS �F. R � , 7. ! � �r e�� l�c�� u� r � � I1 b�PII� � 1��? � � u 1' �r� � r�a�7. �81 �n�de�� h�ll be�1��;�h�� , ( d �r�� b �rds ha � h�ds� a tar� � � ar k. �. . ... . . . . .. . I . �. .: . . . . ..t .. . . . :::,�� . . � L ��' � � � � � �,, — -` — — -- 510' : : -,, ,, . , . , . 2 3�Q 0 US 2 RHW 2 3 35Q + 9 4 E r` i� �rt sh I(b er nuf �ur�� tf� � n rt �ar�d�a� ��r��"�c�r b �c3 sh (I b��€►t a c��h�rvr �rr�csd��d.�all c� ts � � I�a�� t �t a � d _ � I � e s � rt�at , � � � � � � � � , 4. THIS DRA !NG (S SCHENiATIC IN N�TURE. EXACT DIMENSlON� �R 9� � W �0`( � .7V , . � , . . < , �... 3 4 � ; � rta � � ' �C�� F'�I $1��t�. , ; LOCATlONS F 1 S 0 UIP Et�lT ,4RE NOT SH(7WN UNI�ESS � � 0 TEPA R E M Q ... � � �� . . � ;.� ., .. ... � �p g p�y �."' j q 1$ �a. f. . .. . . . . . . . (� �q��7 y� �y . .t . . . ��,.� i... � � .,...,. . .. . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . � �. �:U"' �V.d S:A�.�d43,:.i"-:�� 7 GS.$ � �.:s�. ....� . .. ,:.. _ , C i � ll; 1160�a 31 1 � � � �9 .("`i I��P �t t�� l3 .�. �, ��v � �us�rr��r s ii f rr�as nd t� � t� � � � �b 1 � �� 1 t h � � _ n _� _ �� . h , . � � � NCH R U R RAENTS � } � _ SPECIFICALGY DIMENSIONED C?R NOTED. TRE � 1 E Q K� . . . . . .. . .. . 4 . . .. ... `'�� ...:. , ..`. .�. '. . . �.�..� t . : . . � � .. ... �� . .. . . .. ..�:. ..: ��s. . .. .. . � � .. , ':,.•'. ; P31 i` ,C � t�t C�. ,Al�a� ur� � � � �� r�I s��hsr�ass�� e , A� QESC I�ED dN t�r� �. � t CO DUIT SPACI G CLF�4RA,NCES E7`C.' � " �E R , N N � , p _ . .... _ .... . 9 . . , .. .. . .. . . ...�. , ._�.'�.� .�� :,. '� . . ..,.. . �.i .. . . � . .. . ... 9 , .. . . . �.�e . .� � . . ___, T38108 ; a EXIST6NG JOINTLY' O�NED POLE 54 �... �1 t` t �� S� 7� Q �.' „ _ , . a �� vel� �r��t� �r s� ( �� f� bk��rt��s I��n�1a��r� �t�a�r�d ��t��f� �st� � t� d �� t �h ��I�. _ C � 5TANDARDS REFERENCED IN THE � m �[ 13 � � � � th THE PU��i W�RKS CONSTREI 7`i N C _ � � _ _ � � � � � _ � . ; : , _ ,' , ,., _ �{ ` � , . . � 3 2 O EP W`-PRO 0 D RIS R 50 P SE E �[I��9��us�l�i�� 3��c� �i�lJ��' a i��r�r�c��n rrc�,nc�te a��r� 9�a la�l�� . , THIS SH Ef. b t t t tra � S�'�A��L LEGEND ON E �A , : l � � � c � , . , . � . . ., ., .�...:... .. : . . .. .� ... .. . .. . . . . �..�:� A . . . . . . .. . . 1 ..... . . �h � r� 1 s� � � �r��t ll #1� r � r�� 3 x 5 ��s�r��r��iler.��t��[I n��r�a[1 � rr��h��ar e 1� �I�� 11 er�u t r� r�4��I��a�s��r�d � � uf�s�u �� b rr� � t� _ � Y t REU �NLY . , � ,; , . . : , t , , ��v�:! �r�u�t� �� ar��r� � t��r � I � �r tk��n� x 5. ; �r 1 m � r�� Ii�t� e _ e�!�� a � t� P � � � 1��RK L.00,4TI�N It}ENTIFIER � � . � Q . . , �, . ; , � i , r _ r � � r 1�s vu��t� �c� rr��r� � r�� I � _ 1 �csr�d�ast run�sha11 b�i�r�� r�� rrie� ��r�� 3t7 b�n�� a c�r�b��fi��t�f�rt � t � d��t e�r� t ft� � , � � � � T38112: thc�� hca�t th�c�r�du�t r�an�rri��sFt��vr��th�r�n��r��3�t�� rrsv�� I�n�. T381 3 _9 �P P 1 � , ; , z�--� 1 . , . : . . "s 'li n .n��'� . °: 45 ; �� I�c�r�du�t�r�d��s��n v,rslf��b th��l�tr�tJtt � � rr �i�f� � � �Y � � _ Y 4 , : , . , 5 ;, ; , `�` � � ,n E v'' ��r�cl�s�r��, �3 T't�e��h il b�n�-� Ir � �� r� (t� � ��t� ��e�xc � F� �?� r� �d s ( _ �nr � � � l_ � � _ � � t� i� 9 � �t� ; � . r� �� ' " ra :��i �c� , ��r , A�i r��v n�6��r� �} � �n sha�l be s�r�r�d� �n tand�r r�a�a � rcr�� re3 � _ � � �.�r�s �� -66- �� t � � 4 AR � � Y � _ �Y , F� t Y � - m 1466 :, ; , .- . . . ; � . � . . . . f �� rt�h�� r��a�i�� !r�� hs� �r rr� �r� � �sli � � �r s f � i� r�� n��r�d�z��f t �ut � t � �t � , : ��, t� �a�I� e 1� �t�rr� s I��rn�� in t� �t � r� �at ��a rt� � �� 1 _� �1 � ¢ a � _ � � > � � : : � _.: _.:...... . ........� _. .. ....:. ... _..:.:.,... ... .:..:. _:.,:.:. _. .......��. .. ..... ....� . , . • k�` P�e I��e t� er u� rri�r }i��se�vic�entr ' �� I.�I1 �rrr�in °�a ��r€1 ' 16. A�P��r�i�e��r� uc r�s�al � �rrrr�r�� t 4 t� tca �t � t ��s n 1 b�b d t� ! t 1� P 3� Y _ . . . . � r � I i c� r� � 4 ��c�(��J��itf� �d c�rn �� a �u s ex�� r�t?��rr� �ri��r��ll�r ��nt a ane�.�ervrc� dt�c�� l� ��tf��r� Ifl 1�lJIti'D�N�1 :L�N�` r s� r� � � � � � � � , . � > g - = � r� � � aPl ra , r r : ��ns ��d m �tuf � r�� use� h I �I�� c rr� r��n la�'"s.Ai}�c�ra �:�t�r� �e be � i te� ��d� t� �t� � � r�r� rr� � �� ad c� t�,s , P � � i� I� Y � „ ' � �ci�c��icsn�:;A r�ave c r�� i r�i fti�a's ctr�uili b�a li�d�an�aire�nds�t ll��r�rtt�tiar��:, � ci ts s t� � t � t �?P PP ; 17'. �te I ' e r I f ' '� � �si u� r�l ° � r'n�r� ��d Ic��d�t� �1 b� � �s n @bi i , 1 ��r� � �� r srr��r� w��1 ��r� rrd t �� c�� cs � � � �t� r � s i �f _., < � n� � t� l� �� d d t � � 9 R �Y �r�I��v�Po �r6��a�c�r��r. � Y .. _: _: _..,.::, .... ... :. ... _. . �... P : . . . :: .��r�� in � r'�Il �h�I r �i i '��r��(�r� ��r� r �i�� abili 1�. ��t�v��(�d�t�rrr�rr��I� ��rtts�f��r�� s �m i o d�t�t n� t d � � �^�s r�r 9 REU WQRK ON�Y � � I I� P TY ; �zr e ic� � m ' n �� r�� n �r�d ��r�t�na c�. '1 � IU - � , � � � ��'r� ' �t►w,� � r��r� �t� �r s r � �4 tr� 1� � � h [ r �u� ��r h ��d ��r�t �ia�d f e �9. Th�r��t�tr�l c�nd�t�ta �f �r�e�lfi� � 6 �bl � �� t � � I .� g { _ } � � ��_ _ � _� � ; , :. . , , ; , >. .. , . _ _ _ ; r I � I �v r � �n h 91��d�nti#r� � c sd�rt €� s r�.��r� 1�cc�r� �� 'r E�s�s�d��neut� �vtt�a t �Ica t�� k n � �n t�d s � d�� h� I�c�rt t t��t� d tca ��b � _ . � _ 9�4�9 � P � 1 R PRlMAR 4 _ 1 UPR 43 TNREE PHASE R SE Y , _ � ) ; , �/ s�rr��s � rc�v�d vu�ft��1��1 t�" . , � Y �� = : , Il n� �� r' � ��m�r��ff�ar�I��ri��a 3' �ili��a�r uir�cf� �L.�. ; ; �. 1"�e �u�lcr �r �st�mer�h�� c��d�� f� t F� _ 2 � d� � � Y � P �' 1� �� „ . . .. ,.. . : .. , ��' L � � �� '�'�� e � � �` �� 4c sbl� �! � r� c� �rl ��r��!€ fi��l►�e�v�rt�hrrt t��Ea � s�tt��rt s�nd ta � s� r � � c�c � r 1 t f �. t _ � t kal� ��, C��3 e 1��carxt�r�1��61 b�r�� n� �� a _ � � , � P P S�� . r` h caf�a , t t CUST��E t7 FtIRNISH a�ND IN�T�►1.t� 9 Y RT . .r�� r�� i �e ��r€d�� s rt' �n I�rnin ir� r�t��rt�ia�r�r � � r� r e � r` r � t II� 6 �t b� t t� dard �rin � � t r t� d�s�s a ��. C3�v�i� rl� �t�n�� s��ll�� n►sh�r�tl � 't # . . . . . . .. . . . . J . . . . 9 I. A . . . � . . . . . a� � . . � ALt. CC?ND IT A � � � - � 5 s 5�� .rtd 5��. ` � SECQNDd�RY G�NDUGTQRS x , , . , .< , � . . r� � ` �� th�r�s r�s� €ot �f h�[3�� r��rr��r t��11 r � b� �s s�s th� ��b d� ��h �arrr [ �r�� th� M Ai3 IF ECESSAi�Y 23, kt _ b� t �I� _f t _� �t _ a THE TRANSFOR ER P N $ F� Y P � �Y , . , . f r gy j i "r� pyre� �� r� �ar�; . f �t�r�d �§j �x�� ( �� frr��l�1 � ��n saf t��as� �er�t�cd��1k �� c� �,arb� �v�r��r��d � ��i d e� �at �1�� b t� � _ � � _ t � � . . . ..b... .... J . . .. .4 .. .. . .. . . � .. � �`�- t � .P"` �.. .. ..�. . ... `.j .. . �� i � �� I REU T� �URPdISt� 6NS'�ALL� . � ' � f � ` �n °d�v� � ��arb�r ��saier��. �rs# b��t:Ei�� rr�� I�vat��r��nd�lc� � �#� �d�� s� �1 � � t � � I x � .. .. . . . . ..�.:� Al.�... .. P� .. ... . � .. . . ... ... ... .. . � � � � � .. . ... � � .�,� �� . . . . � �.�..�. . , .... ...,. . ��... .. .�.. ;�.: . ...,��m�.�� .. . . ALk_ PRIMARY �t7NDt1CTURS � r; l . �[�r� ��b �r� r�s� li ��. �#i�o�tlu�t�r�d�c� s r��t�� b�u��b ��1��nu;�t��rns ��t�d �c� ta��f�(�� . � t� � s �t��n�a� � t t Y � P � � e . . , y.. . . . , N RISER DETAIL ALL;'PRII�ARY G,4E�E TER�IINATIO S r� t� � � 4 d 9� 4 hr� �� kf h�� s I ��x � n �r lt cafi ��S�tr€e�f �ittfe��c� � � ct��a�.��i( 2 3 � �ar t�� E��rt tcz r� ��r�� r� t�(er t �� h � r t , t � � � � � Y w . : ; „ THE TRANSFORP�ER P� sch��tal��r�sr�s � fi��b ��i trr�[��P� ft�s ��t�ir. �oc�TioN � c �F� �c � � � � s .. . . , . . � EC�N ARY 'CCINDUCTt?R SPLI�E5 , A�L. S R r " � r �r�'sf� 1 �a�I�� r�� af �r�ct d�� tP c� �s. ��. �Il u;i�� c�irt�acrnt�r`��sf� m�rs��€ei��€� e� � �a� rrs t �I �t�� h � � � �� t � # �`F� � � R _P " . r�i r 'i�s�i r� �en�h is ��re� �a��ik�sii '�f t�t��u��r��r�dtar'�i�fr�n��i� r� � r ��, ��ur�d�ra�r��rtr�r�r ter►r�tr�star��d �� t � � � t � � � t � � � Y P #Y � � � if�� i i � (' �d in t�� r��. th 1 � t� �� t tr' A . . �� ic�3 ili �� €� � 'i rt e uir�m��tr�rrttti e�; �t:1��F�� r` ' � �; �� i tr fi t r�t � u m� � t tt t�nd�d� 27. ��ctrs�rn�t�r��r�t�� n�1�m�s m t � ; i t Y 9 � � � � � � c�� t�d b F��€.i, . � � � �� C {�N T G 0 R S i� S ALl.. SEC�ND�R�° GONDU{T AND � ��r�t�c�ria�a��r��cs��r��r��::Ic v��s��r�� '� `� 1 �ORK L� �AT � ADJACENT TQ THE TRANSF RP�E AL � CLUDE ��t � � G�NDUC�4RS ASSf}CfATED �fITH THE SEC�}ND,4RY (}F TNE 1°RARISF�RNIERo �L.��T4�1� ��T�I3�TIC)�1 �T�i�E�C��i�3 ; PU�I:IC �RKS CC}NT �TOR IS R SP NSI�LE F�R UNDER�ROUND C�NDUlT STU� UP AT N R�SER 2 E � �.t?��4TION> THE C�NTRACi'� S R�I TE �tITH REU INSPECT�R �1` 530 510-34�1 T� ; R HAL�. Ct�(3 N� � � . t1 t3P�ER >Sti�LL G41L ER�INE P,�CEPTAEL.� P�� U RANT PRIOR T� 1NST,4Ll.ING � RESER C ST DEI' E A� N Q , . . . � t �a� � � t�t�t�.�vt�. ca� E�' �� t�T t�t�?��C3F�: �� T�tBu�"� 4`� C� i" �t t �alE� � S SUFFI�IENT ��NDU�T(?R AT ��E �F 'P�LE Ft?R REU iNSTALLED ROSEF�. ��c�d�€� �� tI� � Y ` �- � � ��2 � � {��IC��,��7 C��/ 71�� C31�3� � TNE PUBLIC W�iRK� Ct}NSUL�'i0.NT SF��L �E RESP�lVS16�.E Ft�R SU��111TONG �l�T SHEE�'� DESCRI�lNG 3 � � TH� ELECTR9C SER�IGE ENTR�NCE UIPMENT �EIN� PROP�SEd {}R IS PR�JECT TO THE REU . � E F 1'F9 Q ��lJi �t+l lo.'�s t— S RVICE PI�iNER F�R E�IE6Ne �U�NIITfAL SH� ItJCCUC3E PRt�JEGT-�SPE��FEC 1NF4RP�Tl�N. GENERiG E R � PRt�iliD� TFiE RE UIRE� M�PIUFACTURER GATAL{�� lNFU �ATl�N W6L� N��' �E AGCEPTED. F,4ILURE T(} Q R 0 UIPM NT �US�' MEET ELE��"RiC SU�MOlI'AL �I�L DEIAY THE PR�DECT. ELEC`9'RI� SERVI�E ENTRANCE EQ E t� ' U�LITY RVlCE EN7RP�NCE RE UIR E9dTS ��MA�lTTEE EUSERG STAI�DAR�S AS AP��t��ED �Y' REU. A w SE E�9 hq Q � ) � L6NK T� THE MQST �URR NT EUSER� P,CCEPT�IL9TY ��LE �Y �E Ft?UNp C3N THE- Ft}4..I..QWING 0 E INTERNEI' PA�E: ; o � 0 .. . .....�: �. a • ..�� .. e .`: . .♦ �..� a•� .�' �... . �...- . .�.�� :..:. . � .. . � �.�� p . . . . � . . . . .. . . � . . . � . . .. . ��tr�c �►�ai�� Iar�nin h ; w w.ce �freddsn .or de �rtm�r� reddin elec�rsc ut�lit r�u a es �I s tt � w ts P �� 9 9� P � 9 Y� P 9 � P 9 10 CL NCE 1'� VENTURE PKW _ _ R.AN�N 0 E�_D_. . E _�_. } G N i�ND , �QP��UST{�LE SURFh, ES ER�ICCE NTR,ANCE E UiP�ENT' �dILL. RE UERE �URREPlT TRANSFOR�ERS C.T< T� BE �URNIS ED S E (� Q � � _o_ _ ._.__...�.��.�...�.� � � m �fR N� �R�AE R �1°CY' E , �t� { 11� � "Y � } � � D �Y REU. C.T. INSTA�L�lTI�N �I�L RE UIRE 3 4� WEEKS ADVANCE SCMEDULING. FAI�;UR� TCt 9NSTA��.E Q .E � � T fN �D AN�E Ct?ULD RESUE.T 013 UEL,4YS iN THE ENERGIZlNG �F THE' _ SCHEDUl.E THE C. . iNST,4Ll.ATION !! . . .. a . . . :' . . .. . . T G� �1 S�' ��f� � ,,. KVA SE NDAftY P a S RIA ,4� ' > � � E l. NUM�ER , , _ � 3 CLEAR BACK a C NTACT THE REU UTILITY aNSPE�T�R TC3 SCHEC3ULE I�lSTALEATION �F CT S. ; SER1t9CE 0 ( � AND SlDES 480Y 277V T11324L 500 3 ABG - : � I`_�--_-----� � � � ' � � � � � � � � B � � 3 SETBACK FROM BOW i � � ' , i � , I �R 5 BOC WNEN NO �.� '�� ' � � �� a <L � � SIDEWALK PRESENT' c� BQVU 1 � � _ _ ^ _ � _ _ . ,,� 9 t REU TO N T �.w..�. �._: �: . . , _ 3 I S ALLa :-C .--�.:w._� _..___._ : CITY WE�L � - f ' � � o � �. 1 3 2 0 EPR EL�O�S. 1' 1324-L s E12 I gac / # � � � � < WO�KI�IG �A m t , - a0Q I � � �� 't° ��.��__�� I 4� REU TO RELOCAT�, �.�.�._. _��._�..�._� � , _._.�.. FUSE LOCATI4N 1466 FR�h� POLE T38113 t� ?468 ; m �OQK T0 POCE �3�112 �c 4 AR , NORDONA 9466 REU T� R M V e �N.' T L. � mf Il.s E 0 E RISER $e uG C�LE 2�K N�T T� �G�LE � ) N � t � � �� a s ' a�� ,S ... � ...�.,� �.:.. ..�� ,��:�: ::..�: �..n �'ilesi15-142NewDrawin 2023.dw " .. . .. .. . . �� .. ... . . . . . . .. . ... ... .. . .. . �� . ... . .. . . . . .. .... . � . h r r �t Weil 17WTP\WEI��SRE 12 La ce . rn Plannin lt.Plamm��Pro ects\8�:COR Pub c Wo ks P o ec s\ H.\Se ce 9 9 9 9 J 1 R�VfSIONS DESIGN BY E.C: -CHAMBERS W�f�K- F�DE � R t�" o , ' E 4 .... . �A . .. . . . .. ... . . . . . . . �BY CK D . PPR . . . . . P � E.c: H Rs MARK .. DATE �� .� DESCRI T ON � . . . . . . . ��.�� . .. .. .. � QRAWN BY _..-- �E��N �T �. E,C. C.6�. UPD�TE QF �RIGIN�L DESiG N 7C� CURRENT STANDAROS CHEGKED BY 1 BAR IS ONE INCH ON 5 10 23 _ ,� ORIGINAL DRAWING. , E 16 T M F' CfRCUT A _ „ T—38 0 � ATLAS NO e a . � SCALE DATE AF�P t�VE � �l(. � � � T A 32555 � � �t�d Cl IF NOT ONE WCN ON � � EL.E�`TRIG M�NA��R - Kn h o a aw w at s b��W. THIS SNEET ADJUST < , � ' ,�� dd3T'E� � 1 2 � d / E1��1"IC tll! � A CORDINGLY IV U t SCALES C � �`alh1�� t-IE �� befiore ou di : � E�" 93 OF 93 � Y 9 .�-°�--- � � . ""..�-� ,: ,;�-' C A L I F C� R I�I :� :��,� 3�� SPECIFICATIONS For WELL 12 WATER TREATMENT PLANT (Job No. 2422) BID SCHEDU�E NO. 5381 Prepared by: City of Redding Public Works Department Engineering Division ��,R�FESS1�j�� 4 �,`�4� ,�.`' R' �9CJ �Z� � 4 ��' � � t�� p m � Rto. �642Q � * � S'� �f V 11- yP �r�oF CAL}F�4� 6/29/2023 Chuck Aukland, City Engineer Date FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING THIS PROJECT, CONTACT: Kurt Maire, 530-225-4081, kmaire@cityofredding.org TAB�E OF CONTENTS PROPOSA� DOCUMENTS (BOUND SEPARATELY) TITLESHEET.......................................................................................................................... P1 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE........................................................................................................ P2 PUBLIC CONTRACT CODES SECTIONS 10162 & 10232..................................................... P3 PUB�IC CONTRACT CODES SECTION 10285.1................................................................... P4 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ................................................................................................ P5 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS............................................................................................... P6 SIGNATUREPAGE................................................................................................................. P7 BIDDER'S BOND .................................................................................................................... P8 SPECIA� PROVISIONS NOTICE INVITING BIDS ........................................................................................................... 4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ................................................................................................. 6 PUB�IC WORK AGREEMENT.................................................................................................10 PUB�IC WORKS PAYMENT (�ABOR AND MATERIA�S) BOND ..........................................12 PUB�IC WORKS PERFORMANCE BOND..............................................................................13 PUB�IC WORKS MAINTENANCE BOND ...............................................................................14 SUPP�EMENTA� DISPOSAL SITE AGREEMENT .................................................................15 SUBCONTRACTING REQUEST..............................................................................................17 TEMPORARY WASTEWATER DISCHARGE APP�ICATION .................................................19 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS....................................................................................................21 PROJECT INTRODUCTION AND SPECIA� REQUIREMENTS...............................................22 SCOPE OF THE WORK........................................................................................................22 TIME OF COMPLETION .......................................................................................................22 MISCE��ANEOUS REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................22 PrebidConference...........................................................................................................22 Preconstruction Conference...........................................................................................22 Watering ...........................................................................................................................22 Surface Mining and Reclamation Act .............................................................................23 Contract Provision Requiring Personal Certification of all Claims..............................23 Construction Area Signs.................................................................................................24 Sound Control Requirements .........................................................................................24 ErosionControl................................................................................................................24 LocalTopsoil....................................................................................................................28 Rain Event Action Plans (REAPS) ..................................................................................29 PlasticNetting..................................................................................................................29 FiberRolls........................................................................................................................29 2 GravelCheck Dam ...........................................................................................................30 Informational Handouts...................................................................................................30 StagingAreas...................................................................................................................31 CONTRACT ITEM �IST.....................................................................................................32 SECTION 1 GENERAL.........................................................................................................33 SECTION 2 SCOPE OF WORK............................................................................................36 SECTION 3 CONTROL OF THE WORK...............................................................................38 SECTION 4 CONTRO� OF MATERIA�S .............................................................................40 SECTION 5 LEGA� RE�ATIONS & RESPONSIBILITIES....................................................41 SECTION 6 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS...................................................................48 SECTION 7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT....................................................................49 PART 2 MODIFICATIONS TO CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS...............................................54 VOLUME 1 -TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Volume 2 - Drawings...................................................................................A-32463 to A-32555 3 NOTICE INVITING BIDS WELL 12 WATER TREATMENT PLANT (Job No. 2422) BID SCHEDU�E NO. 5381 In accordance with the Municipal Code of the City of Redding, sealed bids will be received at the office of the City Clerk, 777 Cypress Avenue, Redding, CA 96001, until 3 p.m., August 3, 2023 at which time they will be publicly opened and read for the performing of the work as follows: Installation of a new water treatment plant at the City's Enterprise Well 12, at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, to reduce arsenic, iron, and manganese into the City's water system. In general, the work will include procurement and installation of a Greensand Filter, a chemical storage and feed facility, an above grade bolted steel tank, construction of a new mechanical building, sludge dewatering facilities, associated piping and electrical improvements, and offsite storm drain and sewer improvements. The Engineer's Estimate is $5,300,000. There are 350 working days. The Contractor shall possess a valid Class A license at the time the bid is opened. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for this project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. Failure to register prior to bid opening shall cause the bid to be deemed nonresponsive and no exception will be allowed including the renewal exception allowed in Labor Code Section 1725.5(c). No contractor or subcontractor may work on a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. A pre-bid conference is scheduled between staff and interested bidders at 10:00 am on July 12, 2023 at the project site, at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, at which time the project requirements will be reviewed and potential bidders will be allowed access to inspect the existing site and facilities. Each bid shall be made in accordance with the specifications and proposal requirements thereof and no bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the City Engineer. Each bid must be accompanied by cash, certified or cashier's check, or original bidder's bond made payable to the City of Redding for an amount equal to at least ten percent(10%) of the total amount of the bid as a guarantee that the Contractor will execute the contract in conformance with his proposal and the specifications. Such Guarantee shall be forFeited should the bidder to whom the contract is awarded fail to enter into the contract. The City of Redding hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, all businesses will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, gender, disability, or other protected class in consideration for an award. The State of California general prevailing wage rate shall be the current prevailing wage for each craft, classification, or type of workman needed to execute the contract as determined by the 4 Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations, pursuant to California �abor Code Part 7, Chapter 1, Sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1. Copies of the current prevailing wage rates are available on their internet web site at: www.dir.ca.qov/DLSR/PWD Copies of referenced Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, commonly called the "Greenbook," 2021 Edition containing the General Provisions and Standard Technical Specifications may be obtained from Building News, Inc., 990 Park Center Drive, Suite E, Vista CA 92081 (888) 264-2665. Plans, specifications, proposal, contract forms, and addenda may be obtained at www.cityofredding.arg�wbids at no charge. Supporting documents as required (i.e. environmental permits, geotechnical reports, record drawings, etc.) will also be posted on this site. Supporting and informational documents are for informational purposes only and for the convenience of the Bidders and are not considered a part of the Contract. City bid documents are provided electronically and free of charge. It is the responsibility of each prospective bidder to verify the completeness of their printed bid documents before submitting their bid and accompanying executed addenda acknowledgement forms. Users are cautioned that City of Redding does not assume any liability or responsibility based on any defective or incomplete copying, excerpting, scanning, faxing, downloading, or printing of the contract documents. The contract documents shall supersede any information posted on www.cityofredding.orq/pwbids. Be advised that the information contained on .cit�ofreddin .or /pwbids may change and without notice to prospective bidders. It is the responsibility of each prospective bidder to check the City's website (www.cityofredding.arglpwbids) on a daily basis through the close of bids for any applicable addenda or updates. Notifications updates, bidder inquiries, or addenda will not be provided via email or any other method. For general information please contact the City of Redding Public Works — Engineering office at 530-225-4170. For technical questions please contact Kurt Maire at kmaire�a cityofredding.org or 530-225-4081. Bids must be submitted on City supplied forms. No bid will be accepted from a contractor who is not licensed in accordance with the provisions of California Business and Professions Code Sections 7000 et seq. and regulations adopted by the Contractors' State Licensing Board, as amended. The envelope enclosing the proposal shall have stated thereon, "Well 12 Water Treatment Plant, (Bid Schedule No. 5381)." The City Council of the City of Redding reserves the right to accept or reject any and/or all bids and to make that award which is in the best interest of the City. CHUCK AUK�AND, CITY ENGINEER Publishing Dates: 7/3/2023 5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS A. Introduction Each proposal shall be made in accordance with the specifications and contract documents prepared by the City of Redding, Public Works Department, Engineering Division, 777 Cypress Avenue, Redding, CA 96001. B. Bidder's Understanding The Bidder shall examine carefully the site of the proposed work and the Contract Documents therefor. The submission of a proposal shall be conclusive evidence that the Bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality and quantities of work to be perFormed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the contract documents. C. Preparation And Submission Of Proposals Proposals shall be submitted on the forms provided by the City Engineer and must be signed by the Bidder or his authorized representative. When signing the proposal, please set forth whether the entity/individual is a corporation, a partnership, a joint venture, a sole proprietorship, etc. The name of the person signing the documents, as well as their authorized capacity, must be typed or printed below the signature. Any corrections to entries made on proposal forms shall be initialed by the person signing the proposal. Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the Proposal form, unless specific directions allow for partial bids. Failure to quote an item means that the item will be provided at no cost. The bidder shall legibly enter unit or lump sum price in figures, for all items required on the Proposal. When bids on all items are not required, Bidders shall insert the words "NO BID" where appropriate. In case of discrepancy, between unit prices and totals, unit prices will prevail. Failure to legibly quote on items may disqualify the bid. Alternate bids will not be considered unless specifically called for in the proposal form. Telegraphic and facsimile proposals will not be considered. In order to insure consideration, the proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope clearly marked PROPOSAL, including the name of the job, and the opening date and filed with the City Clerk, City of Redding, 777 Cypress Avenue, Redding, CA 96001, before the time set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids. Proposals received after the time indicated will be returned unopened whether or not bids are opened exactly at the time fixed in the Notice Inviting Bids. D. Proposal Guaranty All Bids shall be accompanied by cash, certified check, cashier's check, or bidder's bond executed by a lawfully authorized surety company, made payable to the City of Redding. The Proposal Guaranty must be enclosed in the same envelope with the proposal. The amount of the Proposal Guaranty shall not be less than 10 percent of the total amount of the Proposal unless otherwise noted in the Notice Inviting Bids. The Proposal will not be considered unless one of the forms of Proposal Guaranty is enclosed with it. Bidder's Bond shall be dated. 6 A Bidder's Bond will be accepted only if it is an original made out on either the Bidder's bond form enclosed in these documents or on a form which conforms to it. Bidder's Bond shall be signed by Bidder and by Surety. Surety's signature shall be notarized and the proof of notary and the power of attorney shall also be original and attached to the original bond at the time the bid is opened. Copies will not be accepted in satisfaction of these requirements. E. Public Works Contractor Registration Program All contractors and subcontractors who bid or work on a public works project must register with the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) at: http://www.dir.ca.qov/Public-Works/PublicWorks.html The City will not accept a bid with, enter into a contract with, or allow work on a project from an unregistered contractor. Failure of a prime contractor to register prior to bid opening shall cause the bid to be deemed nonresponsive by the City and no exception will be allowed including the renewal exception allowed in Labor Code Section 1725.5(c). An inadvertent error in listing a subcontractor who is not registered pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5 in a bid proposal will be allowed, provided that within 24 hours after the bid opening, the subcontractor is registered and has paid the penalty registration fee specified in subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Labor Code Section 1725.5. F. List of Subcontractors Each bidder shall submit with his Proposal a list of subcontractors in conformance with Section 3-3, "Subcontractors," of the Standard Specifications. Public Contract Code Section 4104 requires contractors to list subcontractor license numbers at time of bid. Failure to list the license number shall cause the bid to be deemed nonresponsive. Subcontractors may be listed on more than one Prime Contractor bid. G. Addenda and Explanations to Bidders Any explanation regarding the meaning or interpretation of plans, specifications, or other Contract Documents shall be requested in writing, with sufficient allowance of time for receipt of reply before the time set for opening of proposals. Any such explanations or interpretations will be made in the form of Addenda to the documents and will be furnished to all listed planholders. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt via email at canstructionbidsCc7r.cityafreddinq•or_q of all Addenda posted on www.cit�ofreddinq_orqlpwbids prior to bid opening. Failure to acknowledge receipt of all Addenda via email shall cause the bid to be nonresponsive and may be rejected. Oral explanations and interpretations shall not be binding. All bidder inquiries must be received 7 calendar days prior to the bid opening. 7 H. Correction of Withdrawal of Proposals Bid proposal packets shall be submitted to the City Clerk's office prior to the closing date and time indicated in the Notice Inviting Bids. Bid proposal packets shaii not be considered as officially submitted until the Clerk's office has stamped and accepted the proposals. Once bid proposal packets are officially received, the packets shall not be returned to the bidder and any changes or corrections to the bid proposal shall only be allowed as follows: 1. Request for Correction to Bid Proposal Any changes or corrections to the bid proposal shall be made in writing, shall clearly define the nature of the changes, and shall be hand delivered to the City Clerk's office in person prior to the official closing time for submitting proposals. The written changes or corrections shall be submitted in a sealed envelope which has the bidders name and bid schedule number clearly marked on the outside. The envelope shall also clearly indicate on the front that it contains a correction to the original bid. The Clerk's office shall stamp the new envelope as"Received" and sign and date the front of the envelope. The bidder (or the bidder's representative) and the office staff person shall both sign, date, and print their names over the seal of both the original bid proposal packet and the new envelope containing the corrected documents as evidence that the two envelopes were not opened. In the presence of the bidder (or the bidder's representative), the office staff person shall staple the new envelope to the original bid proposal packet. At the bid opening, the person supervising the bid opening shall open and publicly announce the contents of both the original bid proposal packet and the new envelope with the corrections. The material in both envelopes shall be treated as one document and the correction document shall take precedence in determining the corrected bid amount. The Clerk's office shall maintain both documents in the bid file along with both sides of the envelopes. 2. Request for Withdrawal of Bid Prior to Bid Opening Requests for withdrawal of bids shall be made either in person or in writing. No telephonic requests, FAX transmittals, or emails shall be considered for the withdrawal of a bid. If the request is made in person,the requesting party and the office staff person processing the request shall both sign their names and write the date over the seal on the bid proposal envelope as evidence that it was not opened. The office staff person shall then write on the front of the bid proposal envelope "Bid requested to be withdrawn on [date] by[printed name of requesting party]." The office staff person and the requesting party shall then sign, date and print their names on the front of the bid proposal envelope. A copy of the front and back of the bid envelope shall be kept in the bid file. If the request is made in writing, the office staff person shall sign his/her name and write the date over the seal of the bid proposal envelope. The office staff person shall then write on the front of the bid proposal envelope "Bid requested to be withdrawn by letter from [name] dated [date]." The office staff person shall then sign, date, and print his/her name on the front of the bid proposal envelope and shall staple a copy of the letter 8 requesting the bid withdrawal to the bid proposal envelope. The original letter and a copy of the front and back of the signed bid envelope shall be kept in the bid file. At the bid opening, the bid proposal packet will NOT be opened. The bid proposal packet and a copy of the letter requesting withdrawal, if any, shall be returned unopened to the bidder in the same manner as bid securities are returned to unsuccessful bidders. l. B/D OPEN/NG At the time and place fixed for opening of Proposals, the contents of all proposals will be read publicly. All bidders and other interested parties are invited to be present in person or by representatives. J. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Upon request, the Contractor will be provided five (5) sets of plans (11 x 17) and specifications at the Preconstruction Conference. Additional sets will be available from the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. 9 C I T Y C) F �---� � � E �� =��.� �� PUBLIC WORK AGREEMENT � A L I F� � C:� Ft�� N ��l,r ,+��`"` � �.. .�la`� , . THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into in duplicate, on the date below written, by and between the CITY OF REDDING, State of California, a Municipal Corporation and General Law, City through its City Council, hereinafter referred to as City, and Contractor Address Cify hereinafter referred to as Contractor. WITNESSETH, that, for the considerations hereinafter mentioned, the City and the Contractor agree as follows: The Contractor agrees, at his own expense, to furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment, and to perform all the work required to construct and complete in good and workmanlike manner, in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, and to the satisfaction of the City, those improvements entitled: Project Title Bid Schedule No. # Job No. # The Contract Documents herein referred to consist of the following document: Notice Inviting Bids General Provisions Instructions to Bidders Special Provisions Proposal Addendum Bidder's Bond Contract Drawings Agreement Public Liability Insurance Payment Bond Fire Insurance PerFormance Bond' Workers' Compensation Insurance It is expressly agreed between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument, or any of the other Contract Documents, and the bid or proposal of the Contractor, then this instrument, together with the other Contract Documents, shall control and nothing therein shall be considered as an acceptance of the terms of said bid or proposal of said Contractor. The City shall make payments on the account of the Contract as specified in the General Provisions. Except as provided in Section 12940 et seq. of the Government Code, Contractor shall not discriminate against any person because of his/her race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sexual orientation, domestic partners, sex gender identify, gender expression, age or other protected class nor refuse to hire or employ the person or to refuse to select the person for a training program leading to employment, or to discriminate against the person in compensation or in terms, conditions or privileges of employment. The Contractor shall insert in all subcontracts for any work covered by this [agreement/contract] this nondiscrimination provisions. The City agrees to pay the Contractor for the performance of the contract, subject to additions and deductions provided therein, the foliowing prices, and the Contractor agrees to receive and accept said following prices as full compensation for furnishing all materials and for doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this agreement, and for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the aforesaid work or from the action of the elements and from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work until its acceptance by the City, and for all risks of every description connected with the work, and for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the work and for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to the Contract Documents and the requirements of the City Engineer, to wit: The Contractor shall commence work within the time period set forth in the General Provisions and shall diligently prosecute the same to completion within (_) working days from the date of the commencement of work. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have hereto set our hands and seals this_day of , 2023. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY OF REDDING By: By: City Attorney Mayor Name of Contractor ATTEST: Type of Entity By: City Clerk Taxpayer ldentification By: "Name" as Filed with IRS By: Contractor By: (Seal) BOND NO.: C � TY (� F - F-- f =�� PUB�IC WORKS PAYMENT (�ABOR AND MATERIA�S) BOND C A L f F C1 R �1 � � .>.� KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THAT WHEREAS, athe City Council of the City fo Redding, a Municipal Corporation, in the State of California as Owner, has on , conditionally awarded to as Principal, a Contract to do and perform the following work to-wit: as will more full appear in said Contract, the terms and conditions of said contract being fully incorporatred herein by this reference; and WHEREASE, under the terms of the Contract and pursuant to Chapter 5 of Title 3 of Part 6 of Division 4 of the California Civil Code (commencing with Civil Code 9550), Principal is required to furnish a good and sufficient payment bond to secure payment of the claims to which reference is made in Civil Code Section 9554; NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal and , a corporation duly authorized and admitted to transact business and issue surety bonds in the State of California, hereinafter call Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Owner, and unto all persons or entities entitled to assert a claim against a payment bond under any of the aforesaid Civil Code provisions in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLICATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, or subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials or equipment furnished or used in performance of the Contract, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Franchise Tax Board or the Employment Development Department from wages of employees of the Contractor and all subcontractors with respect to such work or labor,then the Surety shall pay the same in an amount not to exceed the sum specified above. If suit is brought upon this bond, Surety shall pay, in addition to the above sum, all costs, expenses and fees, including attorney's fees, reasonably incurred by any party in successfully enforcing the obligation secured hereby, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Should the condition of this bond be fully performed,then this obligation shall become null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and shall bind Contractor, Surety, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally. It is hereby stipulated and agreed that this bond shall insure to the benefit of all persons, companies, corporations, political subdivisions, State agencies and other entities entitled to assert a claim against a payment bond under any of the aforesaid Civil Code provisions, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration, or addition. Furthermore, and for valuable considerations, Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 2819, 2845, and 2849. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereto set our hands and seals on this day of , APPROVED AS TO FORM: Principal City Attorney By: ATTEST: (Seal) Pamela Mize, City Clerk Name of Surety By: (Seal) Attorney-In-Fact 12 Bond No.: CITY QF .,�-- PUB�IC WORKS PERFORMANCE BOND � A L I F 4 R trt��F' A,' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WHEREAS, the City Council of City of Redding, a Municipal corporation, as Owner, at its regular meeting held on , has awarded to as Principal, a contract to do and perForm the following work to-wit: as wiil more fully appear in said contract, the terms and conditions of said contract being fully incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, said Principal is required under terms of said contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said contract; NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Owner in the sum of ($ } lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, or subcontractors, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well truly keep and perForm the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof as there provided, on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, its officers, and agents as therein stipulated then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue. As the Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. If said Owner shall require any further or other bond for its protection in the premises, such further or other bond shall be furnished by the Principal with Surety or Sureties satisfactory to the Owner within ten days after notice of such requirement is given to the Principal, and in case of failure on the part of the Principal to comply with said requirement, the Owner shall have the right, at its option, to terminate said contract with said Principal. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereto set our hands and seals on this_day of , APPROVED AS TO FORM: Principal City Attorney By: ATTEST: (Seal) Pamela Mize, City Clerk Name of Surety By: (Seal) Attorney-I n-Fact 13 C � T � c� F - Bond No.: ; �- PUB�IC WORKS MAINTENANCE BOND C A L i F C} R f�8 l ,�k , � KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WE, the undersigned, as Principal, and a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of California, and authorized to do business in the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF REDDING, hereinafter called Obligee, in the sum of ( ) Dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which well and truly to be made, we do hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs executors, administrators, successors, and assigns firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Principal has heretofore entered into a contract with the Obligee above named for , and WHEREAS, the work called for under said contract has been completed and accepted by said Obligee: NOW, THEREFIREM THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal shall, for a period of one year(s)from and after the day of , , \indemnify the Obligee against any loss or damage directly arising by reason of any defect in the material or workmanship which may be discovered within the period aforesaid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereto set our hands and seals on this_day of , APPROVED AS TO FORM: Principal City Attorney By: ATTEST: (Seal) Pamela Mize, City Clerk Name of Surety By: (Seal) Attorney-In-Fact 14 SUPPLEMENTAL DISPOSAL SITE AGREEMENT Contract B/S No.: Job No.: Chuck Aukland City Engineer 777 Cypress Avenue Redding, CA 96001 Dear Sir: In accordance with Section 401, Removal, of the Standard Specifications, the following agreement for usage of the disposal site for subject contract is submitted, as required prior to disposal of said materials. WHEREAS, Contractor has entered into Contract B/S No. with the City of Redding, hereinafter called "City," for the performance of work on , and WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority of said Contract, , Contractor, and , Owner have entered into an agreement under which Contractor may dispose of materials on Owner's Property. NOW THEREFORE, pursuant to said Contract B/S No. Contractor and Owner hereby notify the City that disposal of materials by Contractor on Owner's property located at will be done pursuant to agreement between Contractor and Owner and not pursuant to the arrangement between the City and Owner, dated , and Owner specifically agrees that the City is hereby released from any and all obligations to Owner under the City's said arrangement with Owner. Date Owner Date Contractor By: Authorized Agent Title c: City Engineer Contractor Property Owner Resident Engineer 15 CONTRACT PROVISION REQUIRING PERSONAL CERTIFICATION OF ALL CLAIMS: I, , being the (must be an officer) of (General Contractor), declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, and do personally certify and attest that I have thoroughly reviewed the attached claim for additional compensation and/or extension of time, and know it's contents, and said claim is made in good faith; the supporting data is truthful and accurate/that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the Contractor believes the owner is liable; and, further, that I am familiar with California Penal Code Section 72, pertaining to false claims, and further know and understand that submission or certification of a false claim may lead to fines, imprisonment and/or other severe legal consequences. Submission of a claim, properly certified, with all required supporting documentation and written rejection or denial of all or part of the claim by owner, is a condition precedent to any action, proceeding, litigation, suit, or demand for arbitration by Contractor. 16 SUBCONTRACTING REQUEST Project: Contractor Name & Address: Subcontractors Bid Item %of Bid Item Describe Work When Less Dollar Amount Based on Bid (Name, Business,Address, Phone Number(s) Subcontracted than 100%of Work is Amount Subcontracted I certify that the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions for labor set forth in the contract apply to the subcontracted work. Contractor Signature: Date: This section is to be completed by the Resident Engineer 1. Total of Bid Items $ 2. Specialty items previously approved (if applicable,see note in the instructions) $ 3. Total (lines 1+2) $ 4. Contractor must perform with own forces(lines 1 minus 2)x % $ 5. Bid items subcontracted $ 6. Balance of work Contractor to perform (line 1 minus 5) $ Approved: Resident Engineer Date: 17 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING SUBCONTRACTING REQUEST FORM All First-tier subcontractors shall be included on a subcontracting request. Submit in accordance with Section 1-6 of these Special Provisions. Type or print requested information. A copy is to be retained by the Contractor. Submit to project's Resident Engineer. After approval, the original will be returned to the Contractor. When an entire item is subcontracted, the value to be shown is the Contractor's bid price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, describe the portion, and show the percent of bid item and value. 18 C 1 T Y O F Return completed application to: f' City of Redding, Public Works � � ��' �:�� ' Industrial Waste Division P.O. Box 496071 C A L I F C) R iV I: A ' Redding, CA 96049-6071 ;� 530-224-4319 Fax 530-224-6052 TEMPORARY WASTEWATER DISCHARGE APPLICATION Submit at least two weeks prior to anticipated discharge to the Public Works Industrial Waste Division. T e or rint clearl , attach additional sheets if necessa . � Company Name: Site Address: Telephone: Responsible Party: Mailing Address, City, State, Zip: Telephone: Contact Person: Mailing Address, City, State, Zip: Telephone: Cell hone: EmaiL Fax: Property Owner: Mailing Address, City, State, Zip: Telephone: Emergency Contact Person: Title: Telephone: After hour phone: Correspondence to be sent to: ❑ Responsible Party ❑ Contact Person ❑ Property Owner ❑ Other: Billing to be sent to: ❑ Responsible Party ❑ Contact Person ❑ Property Owner ❑ Other: B I have read this application and the attached material. The information provided is accurate and complete. Signature: Printed Name, Title Date C Nature of discharge: ❑ Groundwater well purge for sampling ❑ Excavation Water❑ Tank Cleaning Water ❑ Other: Type of Contamination: ❑ Petroleum products ❑ Sediment ❑ Chlorine ❑ Other: Description of liquid treatment, storage, and disposal activity: Discharge will be: ❑ Intermittent ❑ Continuous Flow rate: gal/minute ❑ Estimated ❑ Measured Total Volume: gal ❑ Estimated ❑ Measured Proposed Discharge Dates from: to Discharge location (submit site layout drawing(s), including discharge and sample points): Pollutants and concentrations (submit analytical results): Solid residue disposal method: Notes: 19 p Site proposing temporary discharge must be connected to the City of Redding sanitary sewer. Sewer Account No.: Billed to: Other businesses on account: List other environmental control permits held by this operation: EPA ID Number: Notes: Office Use Only Received by: Permit Number: Issue Date: Expiration Date: Manhole WWTP: Number: ❑ Stillwater ❑ Clear Creek Permit Fee: Volume Unit Cost: Volume Cost: Connection Fee: Total Cost: $500 billed by City Discharge: $6.59/CCF Billed at the end Industrial Waste at (CCF = 748 gallons) of the project the end of the $8.81/1000 gallons project. Prices valid through 12/31/23 Notes: Volume cost is waived on water and sewer line projects managed by the City of Redding Public Works Department. Supplemental Information Required: �x Plumbing Plans � Site Plan � Pretreatment Facilities ❑ Water Meter on Site ❑ City Meter Needed Analytical Reports Required: ❑ Petroleum Products ❑ Solids ❑ Chlorine Residual ❑ Other Notes: Date Requested: Date Received: Approved by: Approval Date: 20 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) the "Greenbook," 2021 Edition and current supplements as amended, prepared by the Southern California Chapter of American Public Works Association, and the Southern California District, Associated General Contractors of California, relates to the Work of this Project and is hereby made a part of this Contract as though fully contained herein. The Contractor is hereby specifically directed, as a condition of the Contract, to obtain the necessary number of copies of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,to acquaint himself with the Articles contained therein, and to notify and apprise all subcontractors and any other parties to the Contract, or individuals or agencies engaged in the work, as to its contents. No contractual adjustments shall be due or become critical as a result of failure on the part of the Contractor to fully acquaint himself with the conditions of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. Copies of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction commonly called the "Greenbook," 2021 Edition and current supplements, may be obtained from Building News, Inc., 990 Park Center Drive Suite E, Vista, CA (888) 264-2665. City of Redding Construction Standards The documents hereinafter referred to as the "City Standards" shall be the current version posted on the City of Redding website: https://www.cifiyofreddin .or /departments/public-works/engineering/canstruction-standards Other Reference Specifications Where other reference specifications such as those of ASTM, AASHTO, etc., have been referred to, the applicable portion of such specifications shall become a part of these Contract Documents. In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, the special provisions shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of the conflicting portions. 21 PROJECT INTRODUCTION AND SPECIA� REQUIREMENTS SCOPE OF THE WORK The work to be performed under this contract consists of the following: Installation of a new water treatment plant at the City's Enterprise Well 12, at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, to reduce arsenic, iron, and manganese into the City's water system. In general, the work will include procurement and installation of a Greensand Filter, chemical storage and feed facility, an above grade bolted steel tank, construction of a new mechanical building, sludge dewatering facilities, associated piping and electrical improvements, and offsite storm drain and sewer improvements. TIME OF COMPLETION Attention is directed to Sections 6-1 and 6-3 of the General Provisions, "Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work" and "Time of Completion." In accordance with the provisions of these Subsections, the Contractor shall begin work within fifteen (15) days after the date of the execution of the construction contract and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion within a period not to exceed three hundred and fifty (350)working days. The contract time shall commence on the fifteenth day after execution of the construction contract or on the date of commencement of the work, whichever occurs first. MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS Prebid Conference A prebid conference is scheduled between staff and interested bidders at 10:00 am on July 12, 2023 at the project site, at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, at which time the project requirements will be reviewed and potential bidders will be allowed access to inspect the existing site and facilities. Preconstruction Conference A meeting will be scheduled between staff and the successful bidder at a time and place determined by the Engineer to review the project plans, specifications, and any special requirements of the funding program. Watering Watering shall consist of developing a water supply and furnishing all water required for the work, including water used in the perFormance of work paid for as extra work, and applying all water. Developing a water supply may include obtaining water for contract purposes from fire hydrant(s) located at or near the work site as determined by the City of Redding Water Division or from private sources provided by the Contractor at his expense. If he obtains water from a fire hydrant, the Contractor shall install a hydrant meter and control valve on the fire hydrant designated as the water source. The Contractor shall obtain the hydrant meter and control valve from the City of Redding Water Division. The cost of the hydrant meter and control valve are as follows: 22 $25.00 (nonrefundable; payable when picked up) $225.00 �refundable deposit for any nonpayment on account and/or repairs to hydrant meter and control valve; payable when picked up) $255.65 (monthly charge for 3-inch hydrant meter and control valve; billed monthly) The cost of water is $1.47/CCF. In the event that a water truck or tank is filled directly from a fire hydrant, there shall be either an air gap or a backflow device acceptable to the City Water Division on the filler pipe. Full compensation for developing a sufficient suppiy of water required for the work shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involving the use of water and no separate payment will be made therefor. Full compensation for applying water will be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items requiring water and no separate payment will be made therefor, except that applying water for work paid for extra work in accordance with Section 7-4,"Payment for Extra Work," will be paid for as a part of said extra work. Surface Mining and Reclamation Act Attention is directed to the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975, commencing in Public Resources Code, Mining, and Geology, Section 2710, which establishes regulations pertinent to surFace mining operations. Material from mining operations furnished for this project shall only come from permitted sites in compliance with the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975, and listed in the California Department of Conservation's Office of Mine Reclamation 3098 list. The requirements of this section shall apply to all materials furnished for the project, except that the Contractor, with the approval of the Engineer, may use in the proposed construction such stone gravel, sand, or other material suitable in the opinion of the Engineer as may be found in excavation. The Contractor will be paid for the excavation of those materials at the contract price paid for excavation, but the Contractor shall replace at the Contractor's expense with other suitable material all of that portion of the material so removed and used which was contemplated for use in the work, except that the Contractor need not replace, at the Contractor's expense, any material obtained from structure excavation used as structure backfill. No charge for materials so used will be made against the Contractor. The Contractor shall not excavate or remove any material from within the project location that is not within the excavation, as indicated by the slope and grade lines, without written authorization from the Engineer. Contract Provision Requiring Personal Certification of all Claims The Contractor's attention is directed to the Contract Provision Requiring Personal Certification of all Claims found in the Agreement. The Contract Provision Requiring Personal Certification of all Claims shall be completed and included with any claim for additional compensation and/or extension of time. 23 Construction Area Signs Construction area signs shall be furnished, installed, maintained, and removed when no longer required in conformance with the plans and these speciai provisions. The Contractor shall be fully and completely responsible for the furnishing, installing, and maintaining all construction area signing. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to working hours. The Contractor shall notify the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least 2 working days, but not more than 14 calendar days, prior to commencing excavation for construction area sign posts. The regional notification centers include, but are not limited to, the following: Notification Center Telephone Number Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 811 Excavations required to install construction area signs shall be perFormed by hand methods without the use of power equipment, except that power equipment may be used if it is determined there are no utility facilities in the area of the proposed post holes. Full compensation for "Construction Area Signs" shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for in the items involved and no separate payment will be made therefor. Sound Control Requirements The noise level from the Contractor's operations, between the hours of 8:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., shall not exceed 86 dbA at a distance of 50 feet without the written approval of the Engineer. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise level. Said noise level requirement shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers, or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Erosion Control Erosion Control shall conform to the provisions in Section 3-12.6, "Water Pollution Control," of these special provisions and shall consist of applying Erosion Control materials to the areas shown on the plans, embankment and excavation slopes and other areas disturbed by construction activities and as directed by the Engineer. Erosion Control is to be placed between September 1 St and March 15t". Areas completed and ready for application of Erosion Control outside of these dates shall be temporarily stabilized until the acceptable window begins, or as directed by the Engineer. Areas may be temporarily stabilized using soil binders, temporary seed and straw, or just straw. Prior to application of permanent seed, areas temporarily stabilized using soil binders must be scarified by track walking 24 or other means to break up crusted soils. If areas were temporarily stabilized using seed and straw or just straw, the straw and thick vegetation must be removed and soils scarified prior to application of permanent seed. Topsoil shall be placed in those areas to receive permanent stabilization prior to application of permanent seed, or as directed by the Engineer. Erosion control materials shall consist of seed, fertilizer, fiber, straw, and tackifier. Seed is required to be labeled under the California Food and Agricultural Code and shall be labeled by the vendors supplying the seed. Seed shall have been tested for purity and germination not more than 12 months prior to the application of the seed. Seed labels furnished by the vendors shall indicate the purity, germination, and pure live seed (P�S) as determined by testing. Results from testing the seed for purity and germination shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to applying seed. Seed shall be delivered to the job site in unopened separate containers with the seed tag attached. Containers without a seed tag will not be accepted. Seed for erosion control work shall consist of one or more of the following types: Temporary Seed for temporary erosion control work shall consist of the following mix: Species Lbs. PLS/Acre Hordeum vulgare 250 Permanent Seed for permanent erosion control work shall consist of the following mix: Species Lbs. PLS/Acre Achillea millefolium 2 Bromus carinatus 15 Eschscholzia californica 3 Trifolium willdenovii 5 Festuca microstachy 5 Hordeum vulgare 100 Total 130 Fertilizer shall consist of a natural based product with a slow release formulation of 7-2-3 (N-P- K), 10 percent sulfur is optional, or as approved by the Engineer. Fertilizer for erosion control work shall conform to the requirements of the California Food and Agricultural Code, shall be pelleted or granular form for hydroseeding, and shall have a minimum guaranteed chemical 25 analysis of 7 percent nitrogen, 2 percent phosphoric acid, 3 percent water soluble potash, and 10 percent sulfur. Fertilizer shall be a formulation suitabie for hydroseeding purposes and soluble in water. Straw for erosion control work shall be sterile upland straw, dry oat, wheat, or rice straw, free from weeds and foreign matter detrimental to plant life. The Contractor shall furnish evidence that clearance has been obtained from the County Agricultural Commissioner, as required by law, before straw obtained from outside the County is delivered to the site of the work. Straw that has been used for stable bedding shall not be used. Hay or chopped cornstalks are not acceptable. Straw shall be chopped and uniformly applied at a rate specified in this section. Fiber must be wood fiber, cellulose fiber, alternate fiber, or a combination of these fibers. • Wood fiber must be long strand, whole wood fiber thermomechanically processed from clean whole wood chips. • Cellulose fiber must be made from natural or recycled pulp fiber, such as wood chips, sawdust, newsprint, chipboard, corrugated cardboard, or a combination of these materials. • Alternate fiber must be a long strand, whole natural fiber made from clean straw, cotton, corn, or other natural feed stock. Fiber must: 1. Disperse into a uniform slurry when mixed with water. 2. Contain 3/4-inch fiber strands for at least 25 percent by total volume. 3. Have at least 40 percent retained when passed through a No. 25 sieve. 4. Have an initial moisture content of no more than 15 percent of its dry weight when tested under CA Test 226. The moisture content must be marked on the packaging. 5. Have a water holding capacity, by weight, of at least 1,200 percent when tested under the procedure designated in Caltrans final report, CA-DOT-TL-2176-1-76-36, "Water holding capacity for hydromulch," available from METS. 6. Be nontoxic to plants and animal life. 7. Be free of synthetic or plastic materials, lead paint, printing ink, varnish, petroleum products, seed germination inhibitors, and chlorine bleach. 8. Contain less than 250 parts per million of boron. 9. Contain less than 7 percent ash when tested under the Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, TAPPI Standard T 413. 10. Be colored to contrast with the area on which the fiber is to be applied. The coloring agent must be biodegradable, nontoxic, and free from copper, mercury, and arsenic and must not stain concrete or painted surfaces. 26 Fiber for temporary hydraulic mulch must be at least 50 percent wood fiber. The remaining percentage must be cellulose fiber, alternate fiber, or a combination. Tackifier must be: 1. Free from growth or germination inhibiting factors. 2. Nonflamable. 3. Nontoxic to aquatic organisms. 4. Functional for a minimum of 180 days. General purpose tackifier may be either a plant-based product or a polymeric emulsion blend as follows: 1. Plant based tackifier must be a natural high molecular weight polysaccharide. A high viscosity hydrocolloid that is miscible in water, and labeled as either guar, psyllium, or starch, as follows: 1.1. Guar gum-based product must be derived from the ground endosperm of the guar plant, Cyanmopsis tetragonoJobus. It must be treated with dispersing agents for easy mixing. It must be able to be diluted at the rate of 1 to 5 pounds per 100 gallons of water. 1.2. Psyllium based product must be manufactured from the finely ground, mucilloid coating of Plantago ovata or Plantago ispaghula seeds and able seeds and able to dry and form a firm but rewettable membrane. 1.3. Starch based product must be a nonionic, water-soluble, granular material derived from corn, potato, or other plant-based source. 2. Polymeric emulsion blend tackifier must be a prepackaged liquid or dry powder, aniomic formulation with a residual monomer content not exceeding 0.05 percent by weight. The tackifier must contain and be labeled with one of the following as the primary active ingredients: 2.1. Acrylic copolymers and polymers. 2.2. Polymers of inethacrylates and acrylates. 2.3. Copolymers of sodium acrylates and acrylamides. 2.4. Polyacrylamide and copolymer of acrylamide. 2.5. Hydrocolloid polymers. Erosion control materials shall be applied in separate applications in the following sequence: A. The following seed and fertilizer mixture shall be applied with hydro-seeding equipment within 30 minutes after the seed has been added to the mixture: 27 Material Temporary Pounds Permanent Pounds Per Acre (Minimum) Per Acre (Minimum) Seed 250 130 Commercial Fertilizer 600 600 Fiber 125 125 B. Straw shall be applied at the rate of 2 tons per acre, or 2.5 tons per acre for slopes greater than or equal to 4 percent slope, based on slope measurements. Incorporation of straw will not be required. Straw shall be distributed evenly without clumping or piling. When weather conditions are suitable, straw may be pneumatically spread. C. The following mixture in the rates indicated shall be applied with hydro-seeding equipment: Material Temporary Pounds Permanent Pounds Per Acre (Minimum) Per Acre (Minimum) Fiber 500 500 Tackifier 150 150 The ratio of total water to total tackifier in the mixture shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Once seed is started in an area, straw and stabilizing emulsion applications shall be completed in that area on the same working day. The rates of erosion control materials may be changed by the Engineer to meet field conditions. Erosion control will be measured by the square yard or acre. Full compensation for"Erosion Control" shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for"Water Pollution Control" and no separate payment will be made therefor. Local Topsoil This work includes excavating, stockpiling, removing from stockpiles, spreading, and consolidating topsoil. Material Topsoil obtained from sources within the right-of-way shall be excavated to the lines and depths as directed by the Engineer. All lumps or clods shall be broken up before the topsoil is spread. Topsoil obtained from within the project will be considered as selected material. Imported topsoil must consist of fertile, friable soil of loamy character that contains organic matter in amounts natural to the region and be capable of sustaining healthy plant life. Imported topsoil must be free from deleterious substances such as litter, refuse, toxic waste, stones larger than 1 inch in size, coarse sand, heavy or stiff clay, brush, noxious weeds, and other substances detrimental to plant, animal, and human health. 28 Construction Preparation shall include all the work required to make ready the areas for application of topsoil and erosion control materials. Rocks and debris larger than 2-1/2 inches in maximum dimensions shall be removed and disposed of outside the highway right-of-way as permitted by the Engineer. Topsoil shall be spread uniformly at the rate specified in the speciai provisions or shown on the plans. The finished surface after spreading topsoil shall be approximately 1 inch below the top of adjacent grade. Topsoil shall not be placed until all equipment, except equipment required for spreading topsoil, is through working in an area. Spread topsoil to a uniform thickness. Topsoil shall be placed a minimum of 6 inches thick on all disturbance areas to be seeded and mulched per "Erosion Control" of these special provisions. Topsoil shall be placed 4 inches thick on cut slopes that are 2:1 and flatter. Cut slopes shall be scarified to a depth of 2 inches prior to placing topsoil to ensure sufficient contact. Topsoil shall be roughened by trackwalking or rolling with a sheepsfoot roller prior to seeding and mulching. Trackwalk topsoil with tracked equipment run perpendicular to slope contours. Water may be used to assist this process but must not cause erosion. Finished surFaces after topsoil placement must achieve a minimum of 85 percent compaction. Full compensation for local topsoil shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for "Water Pollution Control" and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Rain Event Action Plans (REAPS) See Section 3-12.6, "Water Pollution Control" and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit-Water Quality Order 2009-009 DWQ and its amendments. REAPS will not be subject to cost adjustments per Section 7-3.5, "Contract Unit Prices," of the Standard Specifications. The contract unit price paid for"Rain Event Action Plans (REAPS)"shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in REAPS, complete in place, including uploading REAPS to the State SMARTS website as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Plastic Netting Photodegradable or biodegradable plastic netting shall not be used in fiber rolls, erosion control blankets, or any other erosion control BMP unless specified or approved by the Engineer. Fiber Rolls Fiber rolls shall conform to the provisions in Section 3-12.6, "Water Pollution Control," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and shall consist of applying fiber rolls materials to the areas shown on the plans, embankment, and excavation slopes and other areas disturbed by construction activities and as directed by the Engineer. 29 Fiber rolls shall be premanufactured roll of rice or wheat straw, wood excelsior, or coconut fiber encapsulated within a biodegradable jute, sisal, or coir fiber netting. The netting shall have a minimum durability of one year after installation. The netting shall be secured tightly at each end of the roll. Rolls shall be between 8 inches and 10 inches in diameter and shall have a minimum weight of 1 pound per linear foot and a minimum length of 20 feet. Wood stakes shall be a minimum of 1" x 1" x 24" in size and made of untreated fir, redwood, cedar, or pine and cut from sound timber. They shall be straight and free of loose or unsound knots and other defects which would render them unfit for the purpose intended. Metal stakes shall not be used. Fiber rolls shall be installed by constructing a furrow to a depth between 2 inches and 4 inches, and to a sufficient width to hold the fiber roll. The bedding area for the fiber rolls shall be cleared of obstructions including rocks, clods, and debris greater than one inch in diameter before installation. Stakes shall be installed 48 inches apart along the length of the fiber rolls and stopped at 12 inches from each end of the rolls. Stakes shall be driven to a maximum of 2 inches above, or flush with the top of the roll. Fiber rolls shall be placed parallel to the slope contour and 8 feet apart on 2:1 slopes and as shown on the plans. If the intended function of the fiber rolls to disperse concentrated water runoff and to reduce runoff velocities is impaired, the Contractor shall take action to repair or replace the fiber rolls. Split, torn, or unraveling rolls shall be repaired or replaced. Broken or split stakes shall be replaced. Sagging or slumping fiber rolls shall be repaired with additional stakes or replaced. Locations where rills and other evidence of concentrated runoff have occurred beneath the rolls shall be corrected. Fiber rolls shall be repaired or replaced within 24 hours of identifying the deficiency. Fiber rolls will be measured by lineal foot. Full compensation for"Fiber Rolls" shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for"Water Pollution Control" and no separate payment will be made therefor. Gravel Check Dam Gravel check dams shall consist of natural 3/4-inch rock. Check dams shall be placed parallel to the contour on finish graded surFaces as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Check dams shall be placed in a linear fashion to a single peak height of 10 to 12 inches with a natural angle of repose. The contract price paid per ton for "Gravel Check Dam" shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in installing check dams, complete in place, including surface preparation, repairing, or replacing check dams as shown on the plans, as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Informational Handouts Informational handouts are posted on the City's webpage at www.cityofredding.orqlpwbids. Informational handouts include but are not limited to: • Geotechnical Report—Well 12 Arsenic/ Iron / Manganese WTP 30 Informational handouts are for the convenience of the Bidders and do not constitute a part of the contract. Staging Areas The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 3-12.4 for storing materials. The Contractor may utilize some of the project site for its staging and storage, as needed. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure its staging and storage areas and obtain additional temporary staging areas that may be needed during construction from individual property owners prior to use. Staging areas are for temporary working space, vehicle and equipment parking, and material storage. The space shall not be used in any manner that will cause permanent defacement of the property. The Contractor shall restore all temporary staging areas to their original condition at project closeout and provide the Engineer with a signed statement from each property owner stating that the end condition of the property is satisfactory as required by special provisions Section 400-Protection and Restoration. Full compensation for obtaining temporary staging areas shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items requiring staging areas and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. As-Built/Record Documents The Contractor shall keep and maintain on the Project Site, one record set of the Contract Documents, which shall be updated weekly to reflect current as-built conditions of the Work as it progresses and document changes to the Work shown on the Project Plans. Record Documents shall be produced by marking a full-size copy of the Project Plans. The Contractor's as-built information shall be clear and legible, marked in red, and at a minimum identify the following: the exact horizontal and vertical location of all installations in their finished condition, including all underground work and components; all electrical, plumbing and mechanical installations; all changes in construction, materials and installed equipment; and buried or concealed construction and utility features that are revealed during the course of construction. Special attention shall be given to recording of all buried utilities that differ from locations indicated in the Contract Documents. The updated drawings shall be available for review by the Engineer and Inspector. Failure to comply with the preparation and submission of as-builts may result in the Engineer withholding the current progress payment, or be subject to administrative deductions as per Section 7-3.2. Where specified in the Special Provisions or Technical Specifications as a condition to certification of final completion, the Contractor shall provide the original Record Documents, together with a certification by the Contractor that the Record Documents are a true representation of the Work as actually constructed. Timely submission of complete Record Documents shall be a condition to certification of final completion and to final payment. Delays in the submission of complete Record Documents may subject the contractor to liquidated damages. Full compensation for As-Built/Record Documents shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 31 CONTRACT ITEM LIST Water Pollution Control Attention is directed to Special Requirements for "Erosion Control" and Section 3-12.6, "Water Pollution Control," of the special provisions. Trench Sheeting and Shoring The Contractor shall design, furnish, install, and maintain a system of temporary supports, including all bracing and associated items, to retain excavations in a safe manner and to control ground movements. Upon completion of the required excavation and pipe and/or structure installation, the Contractor shall remove the support system and backfill the excavation in accordance with the Plans and Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall be solely responsibility for designing and constructing trench sheeting and shoring systems and shall submit a Shoring Plan in accordance with 5-7.2.2 of the Standard Specifications. The contract lump sum price paid for"Trench Sheeting &Shoring" shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in Trench Sheeting & Shoring, complete in place, including all planning, design, engineering fees, labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved with the installation and removal of temporary sheeting, shoring, and bracing for excavations, as required by the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, Technical Specifications, Cal-OSHA, and as directed by the Engineer. Well 12 Water Treatment Plant The contract lump sum price paid for "Well 12 Water Treatment Plant" shall include full compensation for furnishing materials (unless otherwise noted in the Plans or Specifications), labor, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all the work involved in construction of the new water treatment plant at Well 12, complete in place, including but not limited to all the work involved with the required planning, engineering, permitting, mobilization, surveying, demolition, civil improvements, structural improvements, mechanical improvements, electrical improvements, and instrumentation improvements, as well as testing, training, startup, cleanup, and demobilization, except for items of work and costs included in Contract Items for"Water Pollution Control" and "Trench Sheeting and Shoring" listed above as required by these Contract Documents. 32 PART 1 GENERA� PROVISIONS SECTION 1 GENERAL 1-1 General The following terms are added: "Wherever in these documents the words "City" or "Agency" appear, it shall be understood to refer to and indicate the City of Redding, a general law city, existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended or if delivered at or sent by registered mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice." 1-2 Terms and Definitions Definitions are amended or added as follows: 1. Bid Guaranty—The cash, cashier's check, certified check, or bidder's bond accompanying the Bid as a guaranty that the Bidder will enter into a contract with the Agency for the performance of the work. 2. Board, Council, and Agency— The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency. 3. City, Contractor, and Engineer- The City, Contractor, and Engineer are those as defined in the Standard Specifications. They are treated throughout the contract document as if each were of the singular number and masculine gender. 4. Date of Execution of the Contract — The date on which the Contract is signed by the Agency's authorized representative. 5. Plans — The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Plans may either be bound in the same book as the Specifications or bound in separate sets, and are part of the Contract Documents regardless of the method of binding. 6. Standard Specifications — Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) the "Greenbook,"2021 Edition and current supplements as amended, prepared by the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association, and the Southern California Districts, Associated General Contractors of California. 33 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID 1-6.1 General Add the following paragraph: "When an item of work is designated as (S) in the Bid or Proposal, the estimated quantity for that item of work shall be designated as a "Specialty Item." 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 1-7.1.1 Acceptance or Rejection of Proposals The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any proposal which is incomplete, illegible, or irregular may be rejected; any proposal having erasures or corrections in the price sheet may be rejected; any proposal in which the unit price is omitted or in which the unit price is obviously unbalanced may be rejected; any proposal accompanied by an insufficient or irregular bid security may be rejected. 1-7.1.2 Forfeiture of Proposal Guaranty If a bidder should, after being awarded the contract, fail to execute the contract and furnish the necessary bonds, certifications, and insurance in the manner and within the time provided in these specifications, the bid security shall be forfeited to the City as liquidated damages, and the award of the contract shall be annulled. 1-7.1.3 Return of Proposal Guaranties All securities will be returned except that of the successful bidder and that of the next lowest bidders up to four(4), which the City will hold until the contract documents have been executed and the required contract bonds and insurance have been submitted by the successful bidders and accepted by the City or until bids are rejected. 1-7.1.5 Award of Contract Any contract awarded will be to the lowest responsible bidder who submits a responsive bid. Any award will be made within 90 days after the opening of the proposals. The period of time specified above within which the award of contract may be made shall be subject to extension. All bidders who submitted a bid that was not rejected will be asked to extend their bids. All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's estimate of the quantities of work to be done. 1.7.1.5 Execution of Contract The contract in form and content satisfactory to the City shall be executed by the bidder to whom the contract is awarded and returned, together with all required bonds, policies, and certificates, within 10 days, (not including Sundays and legal holidays), after award of the contract. No proposals shall be considered binding on the City until the contract has been executed by all parties thereto. 34 1-7.1.6 Early Start to Work The Contractor may start job site activities before receiving notice of Contract approval under the following conditions; 1. Submit the contract, bonds, and insurance listed in 1-7.1.5, Execution of Contract. 2. Provide a letter to the City with at least 72-hour notice requesting an early start of work. 3. Request and obtain an encroachment permit from the City. 4. Receive written approval from the City Engineer to start work. 5. Perform work at your own risk. 6. If the Contract is approved, work already performed that complies with the Contract is authorized. 7. If the Contract is not approved, the Contractor shall leave the job site in a neat condition, restore the site or facility to its former condition or equal. The City will not pay for this work. 8. The City does not adjust working days for work performed before Contract approval. 9. Ground disturbing/job site activities are still subject to the requirements of the Water Pollution Control Plan or Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. 1-7.2 Contract Bonds Delete this section in its entirety and add the following: "Before execution of the Contract by the Agency, the Bidder shall file with the Agency surety bonds satisfactory to the Agency in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds shall be duly executed by a responsible corporate surety, authorized to issue such bonds in the State of California shall be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest revision of the U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570, is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract. The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the surety shall be notarized. The Bidder shall provide two good and sufficient surety bonds. The"Payment Bond" (Material and Labor Bond) shall be for not less than 100 percent of the contract price, to satisfy claims of material suppliers and of inechanics and laborers employed by it on the work. The bond shall be maintained by the Contractor in full force and effect until the Work is accepted by the Agency, and until all claims for materials and labor are paid, and shall otherwise comply with the Civil Code. The "Performance Bond" shall be for 100 percent of the contract price to guarantee faithful performance of all work, within the time prescribed, in a manner satisfactory to the Agency, and that all materials and workmanship will be free from original or developed defects. In 35 addition, the Performance Bond shall include a one-year Maintenance Bond which shall begin upon acceptance of the Work. The amount of the Maintenance Bond shall be for 50 percent of the final contract price. The Maintenance Bond shall be submitted on the form contained in these specifications or on a form which conforms to it prior to release of final payment (less retention)for the work. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within ten (10)days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Agency, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the Contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Agency. Changes in the Work, or extensions of time, made pursuant to the contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from their obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety." SECTION 2 SCOPE OF WORK 2-2 PERMITS Add the following paragraph(s): "The Contractor and any subcontractor working under the Contractor shall obtain a City business license prior to doing any work on a job site in the City. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, who is signature to the Contract, to notify their subcontractor(s) to abide to this requirement. In the event a required business license is not obtained, the City shall give the Contractor written notice of 10 days to correct the deficiency. In the event the business license(s) is not obtained, the City shall withhold the estimated cost of the license(s)from the next payment to the Contractor until the license is obtained. If during the course of construction, a City business license expires and the Contractor or subcontractor continues to work, these same provisions will apply." The Contractor shall obtain all required Building Division permits for the work on this project. Project plans, not including deferred submittals have been checked and approved by the Building Division and are ready to be released to the Contractor at time of permitting. The shade structure is a deferred submittal item which requires a separate Building Division Permit. Following review and approval by Engineer, the Contractor shall submit the shade structure drawings, structural calculations, and permit application to the Building Division to obtain the building permit. Permit fees, development fees, etc., will be waived for all work associated with this project. 2-10 DISPUTED WORK Delete the first paragraph in its entirety and replace with the following: "In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 9204 the following shall apply to any claim by Contractor: "Claim" means a separate demand by a contractor, which includes any of the following. (1) a time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by the City, (2) payment by the City of money or damages arising from 36 work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled, (3) payment of the amount that is disputed by the City. Upon receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, the City will conduct a review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, will provide a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, the City and Contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. The Contractor shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement. If the Contractor disputes the City's written response, or if the City fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the City shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the City shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the City and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The City and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If inediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the time frames in this section. Unless otherwise agreed to by the City and the Contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Public Contractor Code Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. This section does not preclude the City from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if inediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute. Failure by the City to respond to a claim from a Contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section 37 shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the City's failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against the City because privity of contract does not exist, the Contractor may present to the City a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the Contractor present a claim for work which was perfiormed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be presented to the City shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the clam. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the Contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the Contractor presented the claim to the City and, if the original Contractor did not present the claim, provided the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2)the City may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the time frames and procedures set forth in this section." The second paragraph of Section 2-10 is amended to read: "Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep records of Disputed Work in accordance with Section 7-4, and shall furnish the records to the Agency by the close of the next working day following each date that the Disputed Work is performed. Failure to create and maintain the required records will operate as a waiver of the Disputed Work claim. Failure to present the records to the Agency in the time required herein shall operate as a waiver of the Disputed Work claim for each date that the records are not timely presented." SECTION 3 CONTRO� OF THE WORK 3-3 SUBCONTRACTORS The second paragraph is amended to read: "...before work starts, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a Subcontracting Request form listing the name, business address, contractor license number, Department of Industrial Relations Public Works Contractor Registration Number, and a description and value of each portion of Work..." 3-51NSPECTION Add the following paragraph: 38 "The City will not make inspections on weekends, holidays, or outside the normal work hours of 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. except when agreed to by the Engineer. At the Engineer's direction compensation may be demanded of the Contractor if overtime inspections are required (withheld from monies due the Contractor)." 3-8 SUBMITTALS 3-8.4 Supporting Information Delete Item M and add the following: m) Data, including, but not limited to, make model, serial number, manufacturer, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. The City will furnish the Contractor with electronic spreadsheet forms (Microsoft Excel)to be completed and submitted to the Engineer. This information is required for motors, instruments, electrical equipment and panels, valves, and pumps as specified in the technical specifications, shown on the plans, directed by the Engineer or these Special Provisions. n) Operations and Maintenance (O&M) manuals shall be furnished as specified in the technical specifications and these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall furnish an electronic Adobe Acrobat (pdf) copy of the O&M manual. o) Training shall be provided as specified in the technical specifications and these special provisions. Where applicable the Contractor shall provide video training electronically. 3-10 SURVEY 3-10.1 General Replace with the following: "The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all survey, layout, and staking required for construction. Location and elevation of bench marks are shown in the Plans for the Contractor's use. The Contractor shall locate and protect survey control points and bench marks prior to starting site preparation 3-12.6.4 Dewatering Add the following after the second paragraph: Temporary Wastewater/Discharge In the event that the Contractor proposes to discharge any groundwater, runoff, or other project required dewatering to the City's wastewater collection system, the Contractor will be required to submit a Temporary Wastewater Discharge Application. The Contractor shall submit the application to the City Industrial Waste Division a minimum of two weeks prior to any temporary discharge into the City sanitary sewer system. The Contractor may be responsible for water sampling prior to discharge if the City determines contamination may exist. At no time shall the Contractor discharge any groundwater, run-off, potable water, or other non-storm water into the storm drain system, creeks, streams, ditches, or other conveyances 39 whereby the water could enter such areas without obtaining written approval from the Regional Water Quality Control Board and the Engineer. Existing discharge permits obtained by the City of Redding for Water Utility operations shall not be used for this purpose. The cost for the Temporary Wastewater Discharge Application is as follows: $500 Filing Fee $8.81/1,000 gallons (Prices valid through 12/31/2023) Volume Cost Full compensation for temporary wastewater discharge shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involving temporary wastewater discharge and no separate payment will be made therefor. 3-13 COMP�ETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY 3-13.3 Warranty Delete the fourth paragraph and add the following: "The Contractor shall repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Engineer any or all such work that may prove defective in workmanship or materials within that period, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted, together with any other work which may be damaged or displaced in so doing. In the event of failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable time after being so notified in writing, the Engineer is authorized to have the defects repaired and made good at the expense of the Contractor who will pay the costs and charges therefore immediately upon demand. The signing of the agreement by the Contractor shall constitute execution of the above guaranties. A contract maintenance bond shall remain in full effect during the guaranty period and will not be released until the expiration of such period. Said bond shall be in an amount equal to 50 percent of the final contract price. The Maintenance Bond shall be submitted on the form contained in these specifications or on the form which conforms to it prior to release of final payment (less retention)for the work." SECTION 4 CONTRO� OF MATERIA�S 4-1 GENERA� Add the following sentence to the first paragraph: "If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish duplicate invoices to the Engineer on all material furnished to the job." Add the following paragraph: "If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work and materials within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the City may remove them and may store the material at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay for the expense of the removal 40 within 10 days written notice, the City may sell such material at auction or at private sale, and may account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs and expenses that should have been borne by the Contractor." 4-1.2 Protection Add the following after the first sentence of the first paragraph: "Unless otherwise specifically stated in the special provisions, any existing equipment or material either to be salvaged or reused in the work shall be restored and protected by the Contractor and shall remain the property of the Agency. Equipment shall be removed with care to prevent unnecessary damage." SECTION 5 LEGA� RE�ATIONS & RESPONSIBILITIES 5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Add the following after the first paragraphs: "Contractor shall post job site notices as prescribed by regulation." Title VI Assurances During the performance of this Agreement, the Contractor, will ensure that no person is excluded from participating in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination under any of its projects, activities, or services and business opportunities on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, sex, or disability as afforded by Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and related statutes, as amended. All persons, regardless of their citizenship status, are covered under this regulation. Equal Employment Opportunity Clause During the perFormance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, medical disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, or sexual orientation of such persons. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, domestic partners, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous spaces, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisement solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, domestic partners, or national origin. 41 3. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order NO. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of �abor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 6. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further City contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1)and the provisions of paragraphs(1)through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the Contractor may request the City to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the City." 42 5-3 �ABOR 5-3.2 Prevailing Wage Add the following paragraphs: "All contractors and subcontractors shall furnish electronic certified payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner (aka Division of Labor Standards Enforcement). The Contractor and its agents shall comply with Sections 1771, 1774-1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815 of the �abor Code. Attention is directed to Section 1735 of the Labor Code, which reads as follows: A contractor shall not discriminate in the employment of persons upon public works on any basis listed in subdivision (a) of Section 12940 of the Government Code, as those bases are defined in Sections 12926 and 12926.1 of the Government Code, except as otherwise provided in Section 12940 of the Government Code. Every contractor for public works who violates this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter." 5-3.3 Payroll Records Add the following paragraph: "When submitting certified payroll, eliminate the social security number. Should the City request certified payrolls with social security numbers, hard copies shall be provided. Disclaimer: Electronic submission of information is offered for convenience of the submitting party. When submitting any information electronically, the submitting party agrees and accepts full responsibility for such submission(s), including, but not limited to, any subsequent disclosure by the City, intentional, or otherwise. The City accepts no responsibility or liability for any information submitted electronically." 5-3.5 Apprentices Add the following after the first paragraph: "The provisions in Section 1777.5 and Section 1777.6 of the California Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices shall be complied with by the Contractor or any subcontractor under him. The responsibility for compliance with this section for all apprenticeship occupations shall rest solely with the prime Contractor. Compliance with California Labor Code Section 1777.5 requires all public works contractors and subcontractors to: Submit contract award information to the applicable joint apprenticeship committee which shall include an estimate of journeyman hours to be performed under the contract, the 43 number of apprentices to be employed, and the approximate dates the apprentices will be employed. Employ apprentices on the public work in a ratio to journeymen of no less than one hour of apprentices work for every five hours of labor perFormed by a journeyman. Pay the apprentice rate on pubiic works projects only to those apprentices who are registered, as defined in Labor Code Section 3077. Contribute to the training fund in the amount indicated in the PWR publication for journeymen and apprentices. Contractors who choose not to contribute to the local training trust fund must make their contributions to the California Apprenticeship Council, P. O. Box 420604. Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wages schedules, and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from Sacramento of Division of Apprenticeship Standards, Telephone (916) 263-2877." 5-4 INSURANCE Delete Sections 5-4.1 through 5-4.4 in its entirety and replace with following: "Liability Insurance and Auto Insurance The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the perFormance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. The Contractor shall furnish the Agency a policy or certificate evidencing liability insurance with original endorsements effecting coverage required by this subsection. The endorsements are to be signed by a person authorized by the insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All endorsements are to be received and approved by the Agency before work commences. Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement attached thereto, the Agency shall be the insured or named as an additional insured covering the work, whether liability is attributable to the Contractor or the Agency. Except as provided for in Subsection 6-5, the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, and agents are to be covered as insured for general liability and automobile liability, and contractor's pollution insurance as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; with limits of liability indicated below and including coverage no less than the following: 1 Premises and operations. 2 Products and completed operations. Completed Operations �iability shall be kept in force for one year after the date of final acceptance by the City. 3 Contractual liability insuring the obligations assumed by the Contractor in this contract. 44 4 Broad form property damage (including completed operations). 5 Fire legal liability, Explosion, Collapse and Underground Nazards. 6 Personal Injury Liability. 7 Independent Contractors. 8 Contractor's Pollution Insurance. The coverage shall provide the following minimum scope and limits: 1. Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 001) in the amount of$2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. 2. Insurance Services Office Automobile Liability Code 1 (any auto) (form CA 0001, Ed 1/87), in the amount of$1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. 3. Course of Construction Insurance providing coverage for all "risks" of loss in the amount of the completed project value. 4. Contractor Pollution Liability, in the amount of$2,000,000, to include but not limited to coverage for bodily injury, property damage and cleanup arising from pollution conditions created by the Contractor or encountered during work at job site. Coverage must apply to cleanup, damage or injury that occurs on, or that originates from, the site. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with current A.M. Best's rating of not less than A-: VII. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the Agency. At the option of the Agency, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, and agents; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses. All liability policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that: 1. The Agency, its officers, officials, employees and agents are added as additional insureds. 2. For any claims related to this project; the Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 3. Any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies including breaches of warranties shall not affect coverage provided to the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, or agents. 45 4. The Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. 5. In the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail return receipt requested, giving a sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with any applicable law or statue but in no event less than 30 days before expiration or cancelation is effective. Course of construction policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that: 1. The Agency shall be named loss payee. 2. The insurer shall waive all rights of subrogation against the Agency. The Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsement of each subcontractor. All coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. Workers' Compensation Insurance Said certification is included in the contract by reference and signature and return of the contract shall constitute signing and filing of said certificate. The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract Workers' Compensation Insurance, with limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employee's Liability with limits of $1,000,000 per accident. The Workers' Compensation insurance must be accompanied by a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement. The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The agency, its officers, officials, employees, and agents, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure to the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. No separate payment will be made for insurance. Payment shall be considered as included in the contract price. 5-4.5 Contractor's PerFormance To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City and its officials, employees, agents, representatives and volunteers from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, attorney's fees, or liability of every nature arising out of or in any way connected with the perFormance or attempted performance of the provisions of this Contract, caused in whole or in part by any negligent or willful act or omission of the Contractor, regardless of whether caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Nothing contained in the foregoing indemnity provisions shall be construed to require the Contractor to 46 indemnify the indemnified party in contravention of Section 2782 of the Civil Code for the active or sole negligence or willful misconduct of that indemnified party. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor's duty to defend shall extend, without limitation, to any suit or action founded upon any losses, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, attorney's fees, or liability of every nature arising out of or in any way connected with the performance or attempted performance of the provisions hereof, or in any way arising out of or connected with this Contract. The defense and indemnity obligations expressly extend to and include any and all claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, liability occasioned as a result of the violation by the Contractor, the Contractor's agents, employees, or independent contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers of any provisions of federal, state or local law, including applicable administrative regulations. The defense and indemnity obligations also expressly extend to and include any claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, or liability occasioned by injury to or death of any person, or any property damage to property owned by any person while on or about the site or as a result of the Work, whether such persons are on or about the site by right or not, whenever the Work is alleged to have been a contributing cause in any degree whatsoever. In claims against any person or entity herein indemnified that are made by an employee of the Contractor or an employee of any of the Contractor's agents, independent contractors, subcontractors or suppliers, a person indirectly employed by the Contractor or by any of the Contractor's agents, independent contractors, subcontractors or suppliers, or anyone for whose acts the Contractor or any of the Contractor's agents, independent contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers may be liable, the defense and/or independent contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers under workers' compensation acts, disability acts, or other employee benefit acts. The defense and indemnification obligations herein shall not be limited by any assertion or finding that the person or entity indemnified is liable by reason of non-delegable duty. The defense and indemnities set forth herein shall not be limited by the insurance requirements set forth in the Contract. The defense and indemnification requirements herein set forth shall extend to claims occurring after this Contract is terminated as well as while it is in force. Indemnification of Adjacent Property Owners In the event the Contractor enters any agreement with the owners of any adjacent property to enter upon or adjacent to such property for the purpose of performing this Contract,the Contractor shall fully indemnify, defend and save harmless such person, firm, or corporation, state or other governmental agency which owns or has any interest in the adjacent property. The form and content of the indemnification agreement shall be approved by the Agency prior to commencement of any work on or about such property. The Contractor also shall indemnify the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, agents, representatives, and volunteers a provided in the Contract. These provisions shall be in addition to any other requirements of the owners of adjacent property." 47 5-7 SAFETY 5-7.1 Work Site Safety 5-7.1.1 General Add the following: "Accidents The Contractor shall provide at the site, such equipment and medical facilities as are necessary to supply first aid service to anyone who may be injured in connection with the work. The Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer all incidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work whether on, or adjacent to the site, which caused death, personal injury, or property damages, giving full details and statements of witnesses. In addition, if death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the incident shall be reported promptly by telephone or messenger to both the Engineer and owner, if other than Agency. If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim." 5-7.4 Hazardous Substances Add the following paragraphs: "When applicable, the Contractor shall file with the Redding Fire Department and the Shasta County Department of Public Health, hazardous materials release response plans and inventories (business plans) and Shasta County Department of Public Health fees for the prevention and mitigation of hazardous material releases in accordance with Chapter 6.95 of the California Health and Safety Code. Contractors, including subcontractors, shall not perform work on or around City of Redding Asbestos Cement Pipe (ACP) infrastructure unless the Contractor has had and can provide appropriate documentation of approved ACP initial and refresher training in compliance of all federal, State and local laws, regulations and standards. Training Requirements No employee or contractor is permitted to handle or work on or around ACP without completing an approved training course on ACP." SECTION 6 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 6-1.1 Construction Schedule Add the following after the first paragraph: 48 "A weekly construction schedule shall be furnished in writing, if required by the Engineer, one working day prior to the first working day of the week to which the schedule is pertinent. The weekly construction shall be in such form and in such detail as to accurately and clearly show the major type and location of the work to be performed during the work week. In addition, all requests for survey work required to be provided by the City shall be a part of this schedule." 6-2 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK Add the following paragraph: "Work Done by the Agency for the Contractor The City will not perform any work for the Contractor except in emergency situations or as otherwise agreed to by the Engineer. The City will be reimbursed for any work done for the Contractor (withheld from monies due the Contractor). This will include all costs (direct straight time or overtime wages, all overhead, administration, engineering, vehicle, and equipment costs)." 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Delete this section in its entirety and add the following: "Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. Such damages are, and will continue to be, impracticable and extremely difficult to determine. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified, as adjusted in accordance with Subsection 6-4, for completion of the Work the Contractor shall pay to the Agency, or have withheld from monies due it, the sum of$1,000. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1,000 per day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time, that such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as penalty, and that such sum may be deducted from payment due the Contractor if such delay occurs." SECTION 7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7-2 �UMP SUM WORK Add the following section: "Lump Sum Cost Schedule of Values The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a schedule of values for each contract lump sum item of work described in this section. The Contractor shall determine the quantities required to complete the work shown on the plans. The quantities and values shall be included in the schedule submitted to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the quantities and values used in the schedule submitted for approval. Any quantities shown on the plans or noted in these specifications are approximate and shall be considered as informational only. 49 No adjustment in compensation will be made in the contract lump sum prices paid for the various work items due to any differences between the quantities shown in the cost break- down furnished by the Contractor, or the planned quantities, and the quantities required to complete the work as shown on the plans and as specified in these special provisions. The sum of the amounts for the units of work listed in the cost break-down shall be equal to the contract lump sum price bid for the work. Overhead, profit, bond premium, temporary construction facilities, plant and other items shall be included in each individual unit listed in the cost break-down and shall not be listed separately. The cost break-down shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within 15 days after the contract has been approved. The cost break-down shall be approved, in writing, by the Engineer before any partial payment for the lump sum items of work will be made. At the Engineer's discretion the approved cost break-down schedule may be used to determine partial payments during the progress of the work and as the basis of calculating the adjustment in compensation for the item or items of work due to changes ordered by the Engineer. When an ordered change increases or decreases the quantities of an approved schedule, the adjustment in compensation may be determined at the Engineer's discretion in the same manner specified for increases and decreases in the quantity of a contract item of work in accordance with Section 2, "Scope of the Work" of the Standard specifications and elsewhere in these special provisions." 7-3 PAYMENT 7-3.1 General Add the following paragraphs: "'In accordance with Labor Code Section 3700, every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to his or her employees. Attention is directed to the provisions of Sections 10262 and 10262.5 of the Public Contact Code and Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code concerning prompt payment to subcontractors. The Contractor shall return all moneys withheld in retention for the subcontractor within 30 days after receiving payment for work satisfactorily completed, even if the other contract work is not completed and has not been accepted. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the Contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the Contractor or deficient subcontract performance or noncompliance by a subcontractor." Delete the last sentence of the eighth paragraph and substitute the following: "Prior to the expiration of 60 days from the date of completion, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final progress pay estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor, except 125 percent of such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the contract to be further retained. Upon settlement of all notices to stop payment, any remaining funds held by the Agency, less an amount for expenses incurred by the Agency in conjunction with the notice(s) to stop payment will be paid to the Contractor." 50 Add the following paragraph: "Manufacturers warranties and guarantees furnished for materials used in the work and instruction sheets and parts lists supplied with materiais shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the project." 7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment The first paragraph shall read: "The closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments shall be the last Friday of the month." Delete the third paragraph and substitute the following: "From each progress payment, 5 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. Administrative deductions for missing documents including, but not limited to, as-builts, product warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, and bonds may be taken. Each administrative deductions withheld will be a minimum of$5,000 and a maximum of$25,000. In accordance with Labor Code Section 1771.5(b)5, the Agency shall withhold contract payments when payroll records are delinquent or inadequate. In accordance with Labor Code Section 1771.5(b)6, the Agency shall withhold contract payments equal to the amount of underpayment and applicable penalties when, after investigation, it is established that underpayment has occurred." Add the following after the last paragraph: "Final Pay Quantities When an item of work is designated as (F) or (S-F) in the Engineer's Estimate, the estimated quantity for that item of work shall be the final pay quantity, unless the dimensions of any portion of that item are revised by the Engineer, or the item or any portion of the item is eliminated. If the dimensions of any portion of the item are revised, and the revisions result in an increase or decrease in the estimated quantity of that item of work, the final pay quantity for the item will be revised in the amount represented by the changes in the dimensions. If a final pay item is eliminated, the estimated quantity for the item will be eliminated. If a portion of a final pay item is eliminated,the final pay quantity will be revised in the amount represented by the eliminated portion of the item of work. The estimated quantity for each item of work designated as (F) or (S-F) in the Engineer's Estimate shall be considered as approximate only, and no guarantee is made that the quantity which can be determined by computations, based on the details and dimensions shown on the plans, will equal the estimated quantity. No allowance will be made in the event that the quantity based on computations does not equal the estimated quantity. In case of discrepancy between the quantity shown in the Engineer's Estimate for a final pay item and the quantity or summation of quantities for the same item shown on the plans, payment will be based on the quantity shown in the Engineer's Estimate." 51 7-3.3 Delivered Materials Add the following paragraph: When an item of work is designated as (P) the Agency will include in the progress payments 50 percent of the cost of materials delivered but not incorporated in the work when requested by the Contractor. Before these costs will be included, the Contractor must present to the Engineer, copies of his invoices. 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK 7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs 7-4.2.1 Labor The first paragraph is amended to read: "The cost of labor shall be the actual wages paid which shall include any employer payments to or on behalf of the workers for health and welfare, pension, vacation, and apprenticeship funds. To the actual wages paid will be added a labor surcharge set forth in the Department of Transportation publication entitled �abor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates found at the following web site. http://www,dot.ca. og v/hq/construc/equipmnt.html The rates are in effect on the date upon which the work is accomplished. The labor surcharge shall constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by State and Federal laws including, but not limited to, workers' compensation insurance, and liability insurance." 7-4.2.3Tool and Equipment Rental Delete the second paragraph and add the following: "Regardless of ownership; the latest edition of the State of California Department of Transportation equipment rental rates shall be used to determine equipment rental costs." 7-4.3 Markup Delete this section in its entirety and add the following: a. Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute full payment for all overhead and profit. Overhead costs shall include, but not be limited to such items as project superintendence, project managers, field and home office expenses. 1) �abor 35% 2) Material 15% 52 3) Equipment Rental & Other Items 15% 4) Subcontractor Work 10% (this markup may be applied a maximum of one time to the extra work bill) b. Work by Subcontractor. When extra work is performed by a subcontractor, the following percentages shall be added to the subcontractor's costs and shall constitute full payment for all overhead and profit. Overhead costs shall include, but not be limited to such items as project superintendence, project managers, field and home office expenses. 1) Labor 35% 2) Material 15% 3) Equipment Rental & Other Items 15% 4) Second-Tier Subcontractor 10% (this markup may be applied a maximum of one time to the extra work bill) 53 PART 2 MODIFICATIONS TO CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Refer to the Technical Specifications, and the City of Redding Construction Standards at: https:l/www.citvofreddinq.orq/de,partments/�ublic-works/en�ineeringlconstruction-standards 54 DOCUMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF CITY OF REDDING WE�L 12 ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WATER TREATMENT PLANT 70B NUMBER 21-065 BID SCHEDULE NUMBER 5381 VOLUME 1 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (DIVISIONS i-16) � � May 2023 BID DOCUMENTS ENGINEER: �. �� :+� ,Y;y �..-,.�, �� .��C��E�� N c i r� E E p � ��,�� ',. �� , � �� '� �� It�. ��5� � WATER WORKS ENGINEERS, �LC. � CONTACT: �'�'9��V 1�-��`'� SAMI KADER, (530) 355-7646 ��£�� ;�,'�� _.�� 5-31-23 Project No. 21-065 City of Redding Well 12 - Arsenic/Iron/Manganese Water Treatment Plant Section Title DIVISION 1 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK 01130 SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRAINTS 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01310 PRO)ECT MEETINGS 01320 PROGRESS SCHEDULE 01330 SUBMII-I"AL PROCEDURES 01330 C� O&M MANUAL REVIEW CHECK�IST 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01420 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND ABBREVIATIONS 01500 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES 01505 MOBILIZATION 01610 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01700 INITIAL SUPPLY OF TREATMENT CHEMICA�S 01750 TESTING, TRAINING AND START-UP 01800 OPERATIONA� COMP�ETION AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01810 CLEANING DIVISION 2 02200 SITE PREPARATION 02220 DEMOLITION 02300 EARTHWORK 02390 RIPRAP 02770 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02830 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES DIVISION 3 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03251 CONCRETE )OINTS 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE 03600 GROUT TOC-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Section Title DIVISION 4 04200 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS DIVISION 5 05051 ANCHORS, INSERTS, AND DOWELS 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS DIVISION 6 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 GLUED LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 06610 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED P�ASTIC FABRICATIONS DIVISION 7 07211 BUILDING INSU�ATION 07320 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF 07600 METAL FLASHING, GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS AND OTHER ROOFING SPECIA�TIES 07900 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 08100 METAL DOORS 08700 DOOR HARDWARE DIVISION 9 09890 CHEMICAL RESISTANT CONCRETE COATINGS 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 10 10400 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES 10520 SAFETY EQUIPMENT TOG2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Section Title DIVISION 11 11205 END SUCTION CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 11400 CHEMICAL METERING PUMP SYSTEM 11405 FILTER RO�� OFF CONTAINER 11540 GREENSAND FILTRATION SYSTEM 11805 INLINE RAPID MIXER DIVISION 12 NOT USED DIVISION 13 13006 PRE-ENGINEERED FRP ENCLOSURE 13008 PRE-ENGINEERED META� SHADE STRUCTURE 13204 FRP CHEMICAL STORAGE TANKS 13210 BOLTED STEEL WATER STORAGE TANK 13212 SACRIFICIA� ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 13300 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS (IC) - GENERAL PROVISIONS 13305 I&C - CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS 13306 I&C - APPLICATIONS ENGINEERING SERVICES 13311 I&C - PLC HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 13330 I&C - CONTROL PANE�S AND PANEL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT 13341 I&C - FLOW DEVICES 13342 I&C - �EVEL DEVICES 13343 I&C - PRESSURE DEVICES DIVISION 14 NOT USED DIVISION 15 15010 PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS 15080 PIPING INSULATION 15100 PIPE AND FITfINGS 15100 PS PIPE SCHEDULE 15100 PSDS CHE PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET - CHEMICAL TUBING AND CONDUIT 15100 PSDS CPVC PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET - SO�VENT WELDED CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE 15100 PSDS DIP PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET - DUCTILE IRON PIPE 15100 PSDS GSP PIPING SYSTEM DATA SNEET - GALVANIZED STEE� PIPE 15100 PSDS PVC1 PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET - SOLVENT WELDED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE 15100 PSDS PVC3 PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET - POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPE 15120 PIPING SPECIALTIES TOC-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Section Title 15200 VALVES AND OPERATORS 15200 VS VALVE SCHEDU�E 15400 PLUMBING FIXTURES 15500 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 15990 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS 15995 DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS DIVISION 16 16000 ELECTRICAL GENERA� REQUIREMENTS 16050 REFERENCE FORMS 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING 16073 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR E�ECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CAB�E 16123 CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICA� POWER CABLES 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16135 OUTLET, PULL AND ]UNCTION BOXES 16136 UNDERGROUND DUCTBANKS 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16269 VFD 600V 16442 PANELBOARDS 16443 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 16461 LOW VO�TAGE TRANSFORMERS 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICA� REPORT TOC-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Work covers the construction of the EW-12 (Well 12) Water Treatment Plant and performing related required work, located as shown on these Drawings and Specifications. This generally includes: 1. Construction of a new mechanical building. 2. Procurement and installation of a Greensand Filter and associated piping. 3. Construction of a new chemical storage and feed facility. 4. Installation of an above grade steel bolted tank. 5. Construction of a sludge dewatering facility. 6. Construction of approximately 550 feet of 21" storm drain piping and associated structures and manholes. 7. Construction of approximately 650 feet of 8" sewer piping and manholes. B. The Work is located at the Well 12 pump station building located at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, Redding CA, 96002 and the adjacent southern property located at 5110 Old Oregon Trail, Redding CA, 96002. C. The Work will be constructed under one contract. The Contract Documents include the following: 1. Volume 1 - Technical Specifications. 2. Volume 2 - Drawings 1.2 COORDINATION A. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for coordination of all of the Work of this Contract. B. The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, direct and cooperate fully with all Subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, distributors, installers, testing agencies and all others whose services, materials or equipment are required to ensure completion of the Work within the Contract Time. C. Work of Others: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with and coordinate CONTRACTOR's Work with the work of any other contractor, utility service companies, or OWNER's employees performing work at the site. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall also coordinate their Work with the work of others to assure compliance with schedules. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall attend and participate in all project coordination or progress meetings and report on the progress of all Work and compliance with schedules. 4. If any part of the work depends upon the work of others for proper execution or results, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to the ENGINEER any 01110-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final apparent discrepancies or defects in such work of others that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. 5. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of others as fit and proper except as to defects which may develop in the work of others after execution of the work by the CONTRACTOR. D. Interference with work on utilities: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the OWNER or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the work. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule the work so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities. E. Responsibility for Damage: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for damage done by CONTRACTORs not under their jurisdiction. 2. The CONTRACTOR will not be liable for any such loss or damage, unless it is through the negligence of the CONTRACTOR. 1.3 WORK BY OTHERS A. OWNER will perform the following work: 1. Operation of all existing system valves and equipment, unless specified otherwise. 1.4 SITE CONDITIONS A. Site Investigation and Representation 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, tide stages, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. 2. The CONTRACTOR further acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from inspecting the site and from evaluating information derived from exploratory work that may have been done by the OWNER or included in these Contract Documents. Any failure by the CONTRACTOR to become acquainted with all the available information will not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. 3. Field Verification: a. Before undertaking each part of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. b. As the work proceeds, the CONTRACTOR shall field verify the depth and location of all buried utilities, and existing systems, and location of hazardous waste and contaminants. c. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to the ENGINEER any conflict, error, or discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a 01110-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final written interpretation or clarification from the ENGINEER before proceeding with any work affected thereby. B. Existing Utilities and Improvements 1. Location of Underground Utilities: a. Known existing underground conduits, pipelines and other utilities have been shown on the contract drawings in their approximate locations (within 3 feet of actual location). However, the accuracy or completeness of utilities indicated on the drawings is not guaranteed. b. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to determine the exact location of all utilities and their service connections. c. All potholing or other procedures for verifying utility location shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR as necessary to prepare for excavation at least 4 working days in advance of scheduled excavation. d. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the ENGINEER as to any utility located by him which has been incorrectly shown or omitted from the drawings. e. If the CONTRACTOR cannot locate an underground utility whose presence is indicated on the Drawings, the ENGINEER shall be notified in writing. f. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the exact locations of underground utilities whose presence is indicated on the Drawings, the locations of their service laterals work and of service laterals or appurtenances of any other underground utilities which can be inferred from the presence of visible facilities such as buildings, meters and junction boxes prior to doing work that may damage such utilities or interfere with their service. g. Utilities Not Shown on Drawings: 1) Attention is directed to the possible existence of underground utilities not indicated on the Drawings and to the possibility that underground utilities may be in a location different from that indicated on the Drawings. 2) If the ENGINEER determines that the underground utility for which such notice has been given has not been depicted on the Drawings with reasonable accuracy (within 3 feet of actual location), the additional cost incurred in locating the utility will be paid for as extra work as provided in the General Conditions. 3) If the CONTRACTOR discovers underground an utility not indicated on the Drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately give the ENGINEER and the Utility Company written notification of the existence of such utility. 4) Such utilities shall be located and protected from damages as directed by the ENGINEER and the cost of such work will be paid for as extra work as provided in the General Conditions. 2. Utility Coordination: a. The CONTRACTOR shall notify Underground Service Alert (USA) at least 4 days prior to excavation, telephone (800) 642-2444. b. The CONTRACTOR shall also contact all utility owners not registered with USA but known to have utilities in the project area to field locate underground utilities at least 4 days prior to excavation. c. The CONTRACTOR shall notify all owners of utilities when the Work is in progress and shall make arrangements as are necessary to make any emergency repairs. d. Existing utilities that are shown or that are made known and located to the CONTRACTOR prior to excavation, and that are to be retained; and all utilities that are constructed during excavation operations shall be properly supported and protected from damage during the progress of the work. 01110-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Utility Protection and Damage: a. Existing utilities that are shown or that are made known and located to the CONTRACTOR prior to excavation, and that are to be retained, and all utilities that are constructed during excavation operations shall be properly supported and protected from damage during the progress of the work. b. Should any damage to a utility occur during the progress of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER or the utility at once and render all assistance possible to repair the damage and restore the service. c. No extra compensation will be made for the repair of any services or utility damaged by the CONTRACTOR nor for any damage incurred through neglect or failure to provide adequate protection to existing utilities. d. The provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. e. Damaged water pipelines will be repaired by the OWNER at the CONTRACTOR's expense. If the CONTRACTOR fails to pay the cost of repairs to water pipelines within thirty days of receipt of the invoice, the OWNER reserves the right to withhold the amount owed from the CONTRACTOR's Progress Payment. f. Damage Report: 1) In the event that the CONTRACTOR damages any underground utilities not shown on the Drawings or not depicted on the Drawings with reasonable accuracy (within 3 feet of actual location) or any lateral service the location of which could not be inferred by the CONTRACTOR, a written report thereof shall be made immediately to the ENGINEER. 2) The CONTRACTOR's report shall also advise the ENGINEER of any schedule delays. Compensation for such delays will be determined in accordance with the General Conditions. The CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no other compensation for any such damage. 4. All utilities encountered along the line of the work shall remain continuously in service during all work under the Contract, unless otherwise shown on the drawings, or unless other arrangements satisfactory to the ENGINEER are made with the owner of said utilities. C. CONTRACTOR's Responsibility for Utility Facilities and Service 1. Where the CONTRACTOR's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telephone, television, power, oil, gas, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely and directly responsible to the owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. 3. Neither the OWNER nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the CONTRACTOR for damages as a result of the CONTRACTOR's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. 4. In no event shall interruption of any utility service be allowed outside working hours unless granted by the owner of the utility. 5. No sand, mud, rocks or other construction debris shall be disposed of in the sanitary sewers or storm sewers. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall replace, at its own expense, any and all existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, to their existing condition unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents. 01110-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 7. The CONTRACTOR shall repair or replace, at its own expense, all pavement damaged during the construction, to its existing condition unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents. D. Names of Known Utilities Serving the Area 1. The following is a list of the known public utilities serving the area: a. Water - City of Redding b. Sewer - City of Redding c. Telephone - AT&T d. Electric - City of Redding e. Gas - Pacific Gas and Electric E, Railroads 1. The CONTRACTOR shall not perform work or occupy any part of railroad property without a permit authorizing the same. F. Interfering Structures 1. The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. While the information has been compiled from the best available sources, its completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented as a guide to avoid possible difficulties. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all existing structures, trees, shrubs, and other items on the project site that are to be preserved, by substantial barricades or other devices commensurate with the hazard, from injury or destruction by vehicles, equipment, workmen, or other agents. 3. Where existing fences, gates, buildings, or any other structure must be removed to properly carry out the work, or are damaged during the work, they shall be restored at the CONTRACTOR's expense to their original condition or better. 4. Without additional compensation, the CONTRACTOR may remove and replace in a condition as good as or better than original, any small structures such as fences, and signposts that interfere with the CONTRACTOR's operations. G. Field Relocation l. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary. 2. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the ENGINEER. 3. If existing structures are encountered that will prevent construction as shown, notify the ENGINEER before continuing with the work in order that the ENGINEER may make such field revisions as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. 4. If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to notify the ENGINEER when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the work despite this interference, CONTACTOR shall do so at their own risk. 5. Any CONTRACTOR request(s) for additional compensation or contract time resulting from necessary field relocations will be considered as set forth in the General Conditions. 6. If the CONTRACTOR fails to notify the ENGINEER when a structure which interferes with construction is encountered, and proceeds with the work despite this obstruction, the CONTRACTOR shall do so at their own risk and at no additional cost to the OWNER. 01110-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.5 REFERENCE POINTS AND SURVEYS A. Location and elevation of bench marks are shown on Drawings. B. Dimensions for lines and elevations for grades of structures, appurtenances, and utilities are indicated on Drawings, together with other pertinent information required for laying out Work. If conditions vary from those indicated, notify OWNER immediately, who will make minor adjustments required. C. OWNER may perform checks to verify accuracy of CONTRACTOR's layout Work and that completed Work complies with Contract Documents. D. Any existing survey points or other control markers destroyed without proper authorization will be replaced by owner of the survey points or control markers at CONTRACTOR's expense. E. CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities: 1. Provide all survey and layout required. 2. Locate and protect reference points prior to starting site preparation. 3. Notify OWNER at least 3 working days in advance of time when grade and line to be provided by others will be needed. 4. Check and establish exact location of existing facilities prior to construction of new facilities and any connections thereto. 5. In event of discrepancy in data provided by OWNER, request clarification before proceeding with Work. 6. Provide cut sheets for all staking. 7. Preserve and leave undisturbed control staking until ENGINEER has completed checks it deems necessary. 8. Re-establish reference points resulting from destruction by CONTRACTOR's operations. 9. Cooperate with ENGINEER so that checking and measuring may be accomplished with least interference to CONTRACTOR's operations. 1.6 SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Construction Schedule covering the entire Work in accordance with Section 01320, Progress Schedule. B. The CONTRACTOR shall incorporate the requirements of Section 01130, Special Project Constraints, into the Construction Schedule. C. Alternate Sequence: 1. The CONTRACTOR's schedule may use a different sequence from that shown or specified, if techniques and methods known to the CONTRACTOR will result in cost and time savings to the OWNER, still achieve the required objective and maintain the same or greater level of treatment. 2. The ENGINEER's determination on the acceptability of any alternative sequence from that shown or specified shall be final. 01110-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate use of the premises, for the CONTRACTOR's storage and the operations of the CONTRACTOR's workmen, with OWNER and utility service companies. B. Restriction of Work Area: 1. The full use of the premises for storage, the operations of workmen and for all other construction activities will not be available to the CONTRACTOR. 2. The CONTRACTOR must operate entirely within the space allowed to the CONTRACTOR. 3. The Drawings defines the area allocated to the CONTRACTOR. C. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for obtaining and paying all costs in connection with any additional work area, storage sites, access to the site or temporary right-of-way, which may be required for proper completion of the Work. D. Limitations on Use of Work Area: 1. It shall be understood that responsibility for protection and safe-keeping of equipment and materials on or near the site will be entirely that of the CONTRACTOR and that no claim shall be made against the OWNER or their authorized representatives by reason of any act. 2. It shall be further understood that should any occasion arise necessitating access to the sites occupied by these stored materials or equipment, the ENGINEER shall direct the CONTRACTOR owning or responsible for the stored materials and equipment to immediately move the same. 3. No materials or equipment may be placed upon the property of the OWNER, other than in the designated areas as shown on the Drawings, unless the ENGINEER has agreed to the location contemplated by the CONTRACTOR to be used for storage. 4. All stored materials shall be labeled according to the appropriate contractor or Subcontractor with the manufacturer's label as well. 5. Appropriate material safety data sheets (e.g., MSDS) shall be provided. E. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to share use of the premises with other Contractors whose services the OWNER has obtained or will obtain for construction of other facilities on the site. 1.8 USE OF OWNER'S FACILITIES A. The CONTRACTOR may tase existing facilities or equipment in the Work for construction purposes, only if the OWNER's written permission is obtained. B. Restore existing facilities and equipment used for temporary purposes to original condition in a manner satisfactory to OWNER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� ++ END OF SECTION ++ 01110-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01130 SPECIAL PRO�ECT CONSTRAINTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 LIMIT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON WORK SITE A. Traffic Control: 1. During non-work hours, the CONTRACTOR shall keep all lanes of traffic open and clear. All trenches shall be backfilled or covered with suitable steel plates and open to traffic. 2. No equipment, construction material or excavated material that will interfere with traffic shall be stored on streets or roadways at any time. 1.2 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. General: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule and sequence their work in order to complete the Work by the specified completion date. 2. Re-vegetation of graded areas shall take place as quickly as possible as weather permits. 1.3 PROJECT CONSTRAINTS A. Maintenance of OWNER's Operations: 1. Constraints listed herein involve limits on activities during construction. These limits relate to the critical nature of the existing water system. 2. Continuous operation of OWNER's facilities is of critical importance. Schedule and conduct activities to enable existing facilities to operate continuously, unless otherwise specified. 3. Work Plan: a. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed Work Plan and time schedule for all construction activities that will make it necessary to remove a tank, pipeline, electrical circuit, equipment, structure, road or other facilities from service, including the critical outages identified herein. b. The Work Plan shall, at a minimum, identifying: 1) the date and time when each activity will occur; 2) what equipment will be present including standby equipment; 3) what assistance will be required by OWNER's operating personnel; 4) an emergency backup plan identifying what action will be taken if Work cannot be completed within the ailotted time; and 5) what individual will be in charge of the activity. c. Submit Work Plan 10 days prior to the scheduled activity. 4. Perform Work continuously during critical connections and changeovers, and as required to prevent interruption of OWNER's operations. 5. Shutdowns: a. Coordinate proposed Work with OWNER and facility operations personnel before affecting unit shutdowns. The CONTRACTOR shall provide written confirmation of the shutdown date and time two (2) working days prior to the actual shutdown. 01130-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Under no circumstances shall the CONTRACTOR cease Work at the end of a normal working day or at the end of a working week if such actions may inadvertently cause a cessation of any facility operating process, in which case, remain onsite until necessary repairs are complete. 6. Do not close lines, open valves or gates, shut down equipment, or take other action which would affect the operation of existing systems, except as specifically required by the Contract Documents and after approval of OWNER. 7. Do not proceed with Work affecting a facility's operation without obtaining OWNER's advance approval of the need for and duration of such Work. B. Relocation of Existing Facilities: 1. During construction, it is expected that minor relocations of Work will be necessary. 2. Provide complete relocation of existing structures and Underground Facilities, including piping, utilities, equipment, structures, electrical conduit wiring, electrical duct bank, and other necessary items. 3. Use only new materials for relocated facility. Match materials of existing facility, unless otherwise shown or specified. 4. Perform relocations to minimize downtime of existing facilities. 5. Install new portions of existing facilities in their relocated position prior to removal of existing facilities, unless otherwise accepted by OWNER. C. Overtime: 1. Conduct Work outside regular working hours on prior written consent of OWNER to meet Project schedule and avoid undesirable conditions. 2. All overtime Work by the CONTRACTOR necessary to conform to the requirements of this Section and related Sections shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR, at no cost to the OWNER and shall be performed in accordance with the General Conditions. The CONTRACTOR shall make no claims for extra compensation as a result thereof. 1.4 SHUTDOWNS AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING CONSTRAINTS A. Scheduled Shutdowns: 1. All Work requiring the OWNER's facilities to be out-of-service shall be performed during scheduled shutdowns which are identified in the Contractor's overali project schedule. 2. The OWNER's staff will continue to perform administrative, operation and maintenance functions during shutdowns. B. Key work sequencing constraints are as follows: 1. Old Oregon Trail and Rancho Road must remain open to vehicular traffic during the installation and tie-in of the new storm drain facilities. CONTRACTOR to utilize a traffic control plan during the sewer force main installation. 2. Tie-in of the sewer line to the Rancho Industrial �ift Station will require a short duration shutdown and will be required to be done at night. 3. The existing Well 12 system must be on-line as much as possible during construction, especially during the summer/high demand months (May-October). Contractor shall take steps to sequence construction and protect the functionality of the existing Well 12 system as much as possible during construction. The following are significant considerations for this to be possible: a. Installation of new electrical transformer and electrical service prior to demolition of existing transformer and electrical service so that the shut-down period for transition from the existing transformer to the new transformer is minimized. 01130-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Timing the demolition and reconstruction of the existing Well 12 discharge piping to occur during the winter/low-flow months (November-April). c. Coordinating the timing of modifications to controls and communication systems. This is not an exhaustive list of necessary coordination of the construction schedule with OWNER operations. CONTRACTOR shall work with OWNER to coordinate the construction schedule, minimize the impacts of construction on ongoing operation of the facility and keep facility shut-down durations to as short as possible, timed during low demand periods when feasible. PART 2 - PRODUCTS �NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01130-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Payment will be made at the price bid for each item listed on the bidding form or as extra work as provided in the General Conditions. B. No initial progress payment (other than a single mobilization payment as described in Article 1.3 below) will be made prior to acceptance by the ENGINEER of the CPM Construction Schedule, the associated Schedule of Costs, and the list of anticipated submittals. C. No subsequent progress payment will be made prior to receipt by the ENGINEER of the monthly update of the Construction Progress Schedule, as specified in Sections 01310, Project Meetings and 01320, Progress Schedule. D. No subsequent progress payment will be made prior to receipt by the ENGINEER of Certified Payrolls for the previous month. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF COSTS FOR PAYMENTS A. Submit to the ENGINEER, within 5 days of acceptance of the Construction Schedule, five (5) copies of a Schedule of Costs. The Schedule of Costs shall be a form showing a detailed breakdown of quantities and prices of work and materials required to perform and complete the contract. B. The Schedule of Costs shall provide a cost breakdown for each element detailed in the approved Construction Schedule. The total of the price breakdown must agree with the lump-sum price bid. The elements listed and price breakdown shall not be front end loaded or unbalanced, shall be subject to adjustment between the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, and will be used as a basis for progress payments. C. The Schedule of Costs will be used as a basis for determining the amount of the monthly progress payments. D. Acceptance of the Schedule of Costs by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility of performing all the work needed to complete the project at the lump-sum price bid. 1.3 PAYMENT FOR MOBILIZATION A. Mobilization Cost Breakdown: 1. As soon as practicable after receipt of the Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a breakdown to the ENGINEER for approval, which shall show the estimated value of each major component of mobilization. 2. When approved by the ENGINEER, the breakdown will be the basis for initial progress payments in which mobilization is included. 01200-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Said breakdown shall not be "front end loaded" or unbalanced. B. One CONTRACTOR payment may be made prior to acceptance of the Construction Schedule, Schedule of Costs, and list of anticipated submittals. 1. Payment shall be limited to mobilization items only. 2. The Construction Schedule is described in Section 01320, Construction Schedule. 3. Mobilization items are described in Section 01505, Mobilization. 4. The Schedule of Costs is described in Article 1.2 of this Section. 5. The list of anticipated submittals is described in Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 1.4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Progress Payment Request Submittal: 1. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, by the 25th of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit monthly progress payment requests for work completed through the 25th day of the month. 2. Said payment request shall be based on the breakdown of activities as specified in the Schedule of Costs described in Article 1.2 above. 3. The monthly schedule update shall be submitted as part of the monthly progress payment report. B. The ENGINEER will review progress payment requests and make a determination of the percent completion of all activities (rounded to the nearest whole percent) based on an approximate measurement of all materials supplied and work performed. C. In the event that the CONTRACTOR fails to provide the OWNER with an acceptable Monthly Contract Record Drawing Submittal in accordance with Section 01330, the OWNER shall deduct compensation for such monthly submittal as provided in Section 01320. Said deduction shall become the sole property of the OWNER. D. Retention: 1. From the amount thus determined, five percent thereof will be deducted as retention by OWNER for performance security. 2. Acceptance of separate components shall not operate to release performance retention. 3. The amount of all payments previously made to the CONTRACTOR and any amounts due the OWNER from the CONTRACTOR for supplies, materials, services, damages, or otherwise deductible under the terms of the contract will be deducted from the remainder. 4. The remaining amount will be paid as a progress payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR on the third Friday of the succeeding month or as soon thereafter as is practical. E. In addition to the retention under Paragraph D above, the whole or part of any payment of the estimated amount due the CONTRACTOR may be withheld as an additional retention if such course be deemed necessary to protect the OWNER from loss due to the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform any of the following: (1) meet CONTRACTOR's payment obligations; (2) execute the work; (3) correct defective work; (4) settle damages as provided; or (5) produce substantial evidence that no stop notices will or have been filed, and/or if it has been determined that unpaid balances may be insufficient to complete the work. 01200-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. All material and work covered by progress payments thereupon become the sole property of the OWNER, but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the CONTRACTOR from sole responsibility for all materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work or as a waiver of the OWNER's right to require fulfillment of all of the contract terms. Said CONTRACTOR's obligation extends through the close of the warranty period. G. Payment for Materials: 1. No payment shall be made for materials stored offsite. 2. Payment may be made for those materials delivered to the site but not incorporated in the work to the extent that the materials are included in the Construction Schedule as cost-loaded material delivery activities. 3. Only material items manufactured specifically for this project and that cost individually in excess of $20,000 will be considered for partial payment as stored materials. 4. Partial payment for materials delivered will not be made before the respective shop drawings, installation instructions and O&M manuals have been submitted, reviewed, and accepted in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 5. To receive partial payment for materials delivered to the site, but not incorporated in the work, it shall be necessary for the CONTRACTOR to submit to the ENGINEER, at least 7 days prior to the end of said month, a list of such materials. 6. At their sole discretion, the ENGINEER will approve items for which partial payment is to be made. 7. The list of materials and invoices shall be clearly identified by referencing the associated activity or item on the price breakdown. 8. Partial payment for materials delivered to the site or a bonded warehouse will be made in an amount equal to 75% of the respective suppliers' invoices(s) for the actual net cost for the item(s) delivered plus delivery charges. 9. The CONTRACTOR's actual net cost for the materials must be supported by invoices of suppliers. 10. Proper storage and protection of materials shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. Final payment shall be made only for materials actually incorporated in the work and, upon acceptance of the work, all materials remaining for which advance payments had been made shall revert to the CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for these items shall be deducted from the final payment for the work. 1.5 FINAL PAYMENT AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS 1. Upon the compietion of the work as determined by the ENGINEER, a Notice of Acceptance will be issued and recorded with the County. 2. The OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR within 35 days after filing of the Notice of Acceptance, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the remaining amount due the CONTRACTOR including retainage, less all prior payments and advances whatsoever to or for the account of the CONTRACTOR for supplies, materials, services, damages, stop notices, or otherwise deductible under the terms of the contract. 3. All prior estimates and payments including those relating to extra work shall be subject to correction by this payment, which throughout this contract is called "Final Payment". 01200-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.6 RELEASE OF CLAIMS: A. Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the CONTRACTOR shall have delivered to the OWNER a complete release of all claims against the OWNER arising under and by virtue of this contract and related to undisputed amounts, including claims of Subcontractors and suppliers of either materials or labor. B. If disputed contract claims in stated amounts are unresolved 35 days after issuance of the Notice of Acceptance, a progress payment of undisputed amounts and retained funds will be made by OWNER upon receipt of a release specifically excluding the disputed contract claims. C. Claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR for liquidated damages or actual damages or other causes will be a valid basis for withholding of funds by the OWNER. D. Upon resolution of disputed claims the CONTRACTOR shall execute a supplemental release and, upon delivery the OWNER will make final payment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01200-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01310 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Upon receipt of the Notice to Proceed, or at an earlier time if mutually agreeable, the ENGINEER will arrange a preconstruction conference to be attended by the CONTRACTOR's superintendent or other project representative authorized to commit on the behalf of the CONTRACTOR and to direct the performance of the work by others, the OWNER, the ENGINEER or ENGINEER's representative, and representatives of utilities, major subcontractors, and others involved in the execution of the work. B. The purpose of this conference will be to establish a working relationship and understanding between the parties and to discuss subjects as may be pertinent for the execution of the work. C. CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to discuss the following subjects, as a minimum: 1. Required schedules. 2. Status of Bonds and insurance. 3. Sequencing of critical path work items. 4. Progress payment procedures. 5. Project changes and clarification procedures. 6. Use of site, access, office and storage areas, security and temporary facilities. 7. Major product delivery and priorities. 8. CONTRACTOR's safety plan and representative. 1.2 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The ENGINEER will arrange and conduct progress meetings. The ENGINEER will prepare and circulate a draft agenda of each meeting. The CONTRACTOR may add items as appropriate to the draft agenda. B. Progress meetings will be conducted on a regular basis, at such frequency as the OWNER and CONTRACTOR may mutually agree. Progress meetings shall be attended by the ENGINEER, OWNER Operations personnel, CONTRACTOR's superintendent or other project representative, and representatives of all subcontractors involved in the work at the time of the meeting, required by the CONTRACTOR, or requested by the OWNER. C. The purpose of the meetings will be to facilitate the work of the CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor or other organization that is not up to schedule, resolve conflicts, identify and resolve any potential delays or necessary changes in the work and in general, coordinate and facilitate the execution of the work. D. The agenda of progress meetings shall include review of work progress, the latest Construction Schedule submittal (monthly), potential project delays, the status of key shop drawings, submittal reviews, information requests, safety concerns, record drawings, and extra work items. 01310-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.3 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE REVIEW A. The Construction Schedule will be reviewed monthly during an agreed upon progress meeting to verify at a minimum: 1. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since the last progress meeting. 2. Durations and progress of all activities not completed. 3. Critical submittals/materials delivery problems. 4. Potential project delays. 5. Any activity behind schedule and CONTRACTOR's plan to bring it back on schedule. 6. Reason, logic, time, and cost data for Change Order work that is to be incorporated into the Construction Schedule or payment request form. 7. Payment due to the CONTRACTOR based on percentage complete of items in the submittal payment request form. B. At the progress meeting, the CONTRACTOR shall provide an update of the Construction Schedule as described in Section 01320, Progress Schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� ++ END OF SECTION ++ 01310-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01320 PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. The work specified in this Section includes the preparation and submittal of a computerized Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule and of updates and revisions to the Construction Schedule. B. The computerized CPM schedule shall be completed using Microsoft Project for Windows or Primavera Project Planner scheduling system and software. C. The requirements specified under Section 01330, Submittal Procedures, also apply to the Construction Schedule initial submittal(s) and subsequent updates and revisions. 1.2 REFERENCE A. General: 1. Applicable Reference shall be the Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) Publication No. 1107.1, ��Construction Planning and Scheduling", latest edition. 2. The preparation of the Construction Schedule, its principles, definitions and terms shall be as set forth in that reference. 3. In case of conflict, the provisions specified in this Section shall govern and supersede conflicting provisions in such reference. 1.3 PREPARATION AND SUBMIITAL PROCEDURE A. Responsible Person: 1. Within five days after Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall designate, in writing, the person responsible for the preparation of the Construction Schedule. 2. Such person shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR and be knowledgeable in the preparation of CPM schedules of similar complexity. 3. This person shall meet with the Engineer, within 10 days of the Notice to Proceed for a joint review and approval of the CONTRACTOR's approach. B. Initial Schedule Submittal: 1. The Construction Schedule shall be completed and submitted to the Engineer within 30 days after Notice to Proceed. 2. If the initial Construction Schedule submittal is not acceptable to the Engineer, it shall be revised in coordination with observations and comments from the Engineer and resubmitted within 7 days of the return of the schedule to the CONTRACTOR. C. By preparing and submitting the Construction Schedule the CONTRACTOR represents that the CONTRACTOR can and intends to execute the work and portions thereof within the specified times and constraints and that the CONTRACTOR's bid covers the costs associated with the execution of work in accordance with the Construction Schedule. 01320-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Submittal package. 1. Submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include the following: a. Network Diagram: 1) A graphic network diagram with legible letters with individual sheets sized approximately 24" by 48". 2) Each activity shall be shown on the diagram with the activity number, description and duration in working days. 3) Five copies and one reproducible shall accompany the submittal. b. Five sets of supporting data, if not indicated on the graphic network diagram, including: 1) Number of work days per week. 2) Holidays that will be observed during construction. 3) Number of shifts per day. 4) Major construction equipment used identifying the time period and activity of use. 5) Average manpower for each week and for each trade. 6) �ost time allowance for weather or other conditions that can be anticipated. c. Five computer printouts as follows: 1) �isting of all activities sorted by total float including early start (ES), late start (LS), early finish (EF), late finish (LF) and Total Float duration for each activity or work item. Each activity or work item will not take more than two lines. 2) Lists of all activities sorted numerically including ES, LS, EF, LF, Total Float. 3) �ist of all activities sorted numerically with Predecessor/Successor information of precedence network. 2. Submittals of updated Construction Schedules shall include, in addition to the items specified in the preceding subparagraph la, 1c, and id, the following: a. Changes in the schedule due to approved Change Order or Change Directives or Force Account work. b. CONTRACTOR elected changes in schedule logic, activity duration, or activity start or stop dates. c. A narrative report as needed to define: 1) Changes in logic, activity duration, and manpower and equipment utilization. 2) Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 3) Corrective action recommended and its effect. 4) The effect of changes on schedules of other contractors involved with the work. 5) Coordination of work with others. d. Percentage completion for each activity as agreed to for the monthly progress payments. E. If the Construction Schedule, its updates or its revisions, reflect anything not accepted by the Engineer, such Construction Schedule, update, or revision shail be considered as not having been accepted by the Engineer. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE CONTENT A. The Construction Schedule shall be calendar-based, time-scaled, manpower and cost-loaded, using a precedence method diagram in the Critical Path Method (CPM) format indicating the critical path for the execution of the work utilizing the entire contract time. 01320-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. In the preparation of the Construction Schedule, the CONTRACTOR shall take into account all constraints and requirements specified. 2. Allowance in the Construction Schedule shall be made for normal rainfail, as defined in the General Conditions, and modified by the Supplementary General Conditions. 3. The diagram shall be clear, legible, and accurate, and show complete sequence of construction by activity and interdependence of activities. Separate discrete lines shall connect linked activities. 4. Activities related to the same physical areas of the work shall be grouped in the same area of the diagram. 5. Activities within each area of the work shall be numbered in separate sequential series, with no overlap of activity numbers between different areas of the work. 6. The diagram shall clearly show a continuous critical path, all constraints, and all required project milestones. 7. The schedule shall describe work activities in appropriate segments so that work in specific areas can be assessed for progress and completion. Activities labeled "start", "continue", or "completion" without measurable increments of work will not be acceptabie. 8. The individual work activities in the schedule shall: a. Identify major submittals and submittals for long-lead time Critical Path items and associated review times. Twenty (20) working days shall be used for OWNER review times, unless otherwise specified. b. For equipment with a cost in excess of $20,000 and all control systems the CONTRACTOR shall allow adequate time for an initial submittal and OWNER review plus (at a minimum) a second (re) submittal and associated OWNER review. c. Identify at a minimum, the execution of the following as separate items for each area of work. 1) Notice to Proceed. 2) Mobilization. 3) Dewatering. 4) Shoring. 5) Excavation. 6) Pile Driving. 7) Backfill. 8) Grading, subbase, base, paving, and curb and gutters. 9) Other site work. 10)Concrete, including installation of forms and reinforcement, placement of concrete, curing, stripping, patching and finishing. 11)Masonry. 12)Metal fastenings, framing structures, and fabrications. 13)Wood structures, finish carpentry, architectural woodwork, and plastic fabrications. 14)Waterproofing and dampproofing, insulation, roofing and flashing, and sealants. 15)Doors and windows (including glass walls), including hardware and glazing. 16)Finishes including coating and painting, flooring, ceiling, and wall covering. 17)Building specialties including furnishings, equipment, and toilet and bath accessories. 18)Process equipment, including separate activities for manufacturing, delivery, and installation. 01320-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 19)Pumps and drives, including separate activities for manufacturing, delivery, and installation. 20)Conveying equipment including hoists and cranes, conveyor systems, and materials handling equipment, including separate activities for manufacturing, delivery and installation. 21)Other mechanical equipment including fans and heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment, with separate activities for manufacturing, delivery and installation. 22)Case work, including separate activities for fabrication, delivery and installation. 23)Storage shelving, including separate activities for fabrication, delivery and installation. 24)Trenching and pipe laying. 25)Piping, including a separate activity for ordering lead time. 26)Valves and gates, including a separate activity for ordering lead time. 27)Plumbing specialties. 28)Electrical transmission, service, and distribution equipment, including separate activities for ordering, manufacturing, delivery, installation. 29)Other electrical work including lighting, heating and cooling, and special systems, including separate activities for ordering, manufacturing, delivery and installation. 30)Instrumentation and controls, including separate activities for ordering lead time, manufacturing, delivery and installation. 31)Separate activities for functional, performance, and operational testing, for each major system. 32)Separate activities for operation and maintenance training for each major system. 33)Site cleanup. 34)Demobilization. 35)Procurement of critical (long lead time) equipment. 36)Separate activities for design, ordering, delivery and installation of turn key systems. 37)Separate activities for Operational Completion, Contract Completion and other contractually required milestones. 38)Any items to be OWNER-furnished which are to be incorporated into the work as part of these Contract Documents. d. Provide a monthly activity for preparation of Contract Record Drawings, in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures with a minimum monthly cost of $5,000. e. Have a duration of not more than 15 working days. 9. Information on each activity shall include: a. Concise description of the activity. b. Duration in working days. c. The dates for the beginning and completion of each activity. d. Total float. e. Numerical designation of work items. f. Cost with a breakdown by labor (by man-hours by trade), materials (by type and quantity), equipment (by type and hours) and overhead and profit. 10.The schedule shall be referenced to calendar dates, and the beginning of the contract time shall be the date of receipt of the Notice to Proceed. 11.The schedule shall indicate for every month the total dollar amount of work planned in such month. The sum of monthly amounts shall equal the total bid amount. 01320-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Failure to include an activity required for the execution of the work shall not excuse the CONTRACTOR from completing the work and portions thereof within the specified times and at the price specified in the Agreement, and from meeting the constraints specified for sequence of work and control dates. 1.5 UPDATING THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. The CONTRACTOR shall update the Construction Schedule prior to the progress and schedule review at the monthly progress meetings, as specified in Section 01310, Project Meetings. B. The schedule update shall reflect progress to date. The schedule update shall incorporate all revisions to logic and duration, as described below. C. The updated Construction Schedule shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR as specified herein and under Subparagraph 1.3.D.2 in this Section. 1. �ogic changes to the schedule shall be approved by the Engineer prior to incorporating them into the schedule. 2. The schedule update submittal shall be provided to the Engineer three working days prior to the monthly progress meeting. 3. If at the progress meeting the Engineer determines that the updated schedule does not accurately reflect the progress of the work to date or project the anticipated progress to date or is otherwise unacceptable to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall revise the schedule within 5 working days thereafter. 4. If the CONTRACTOR fails to submit to the Engineer the updated Construction Schedule, in accordance with the findings at the progress meeting, as described above, or if it is submitted and found unacceptable by the Engineer, no monthly progress payment will be made. D. Updates shall be performed on the most recent accepted version of the Construction Schedule. 1.6 REVISIONS TO CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. The cost of revision to the Construction Schedule not resulting from contract change orders shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. B. Except as specified in the preceding Subparagraph A, the cost of revisions to the Construction Schedule resulting from contract change orders in the work shall be included in the cost for the contract change orders. C. Corrections resulting from the Engineer's review and comments shall be carried out as specified for Construction Schedule update. D. Revisions shall be made on the most recent accepted version of the Construction Schedule. 01320-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.7 ADJUSTMENT OF THE CONTRACT TIME AND CHANGE ORDERS A. Adjustments of the contract time due to delays, additional work, or any other cause will only be issued through a contract change order in accordance with the General Conditions. 1. In the event the CONTRACTOR requests an adjustment of the contract time, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish such justification, Construction Schedule data, and supporting evidence as the Engineer may deem necessary, for a determination as to whether or not the CONTRACTOR is entitled to an adjustment of time under the provisions of the Contract. a. The CONTRACTOR shall submit proof based on revised activity logic, durations, and costs with each request. 2. The Construction Schedule shall clearly indicate that the CONTRACTOR has used, in full, all the float time available for the work involved in the request. 3. Total and free float is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR, but is a resource available to both parties for the benefit of the project on a first needed basis. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to additional compensation due to schedule impacts for change order work that extends the contract beyond the scheduled completion date, but not beyond the contract completion date. 5. The Engineer's determination as to the adjustment of the contract time will be based upon the latest version of the Construction Schedule accepted at the time of the alleged delay, and all other relevant information. 6. Actual delays in activities which, according to the Construction Schedule, do not affect the critical path work, will not be the basis of for an adjustment to the contract time. 7. If the Construction Schedule shows that the project is behind schedule (i.e., has negative float) then no time extensions will be allowed for contract change orders unless they create a critical path delay in excess of that already occurring. In that case, the time extension allowed will only be that amount which exceeds the already occurring delay. B. Change Order Requests: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall include, as part of each change order request for which the Contractor is requesting an adjustment in the contract duration, a subnetwork showing logic revisions, duration changes, and cost changes, for the work in question and its relationship to other activities on the Construction Schedule. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall incorporate each Change Order into the Project Schedule. C. The Engineer will, within 15 working days after receipt of such request and supporting evidence, review the facts and advise the CONTRACTOR in writing thereof. D. The new Construction Schedule data, if accepted by the Engineer, shall be included in the next monthly updating of the schedule. E. Where the Engineer has not yet made a final determination as to the adjustment of the contract time, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment to be reflected in the Construction Schedule, the CONTRACTOR shall reflect that amount of time adjustment in the Construction Schedule as the Engineer may determine as appropriate for such interim purpose. 1. It is understood and agreed that any such interim determination by the Engineer shall not be binding and shall be made only for the purpose of continuing to schedule 01320-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final the work, until such time as final determination as to any adjustment of the contract time acceptable to the Engineer has been made. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall revise the Construction Schedule prepared thereafter in accordance with the final decision. PART 2 - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUT=ON 3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITI"ALS A. Completely identify each Construction Schedule submittal and resubmittal by showing at least the following information: 1. Name and address of submitter, plus name and telephone number of the individual who may be contacted for further information. 2. Name of project as it appears in this Specification and specification number. 3. Whether this is an original or updated submittal or resubmittal. 4. Number ali submittals sequentially in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. + + END OF SECTION + + 01320-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�I" BLANK 01320-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. General: 1. This Section outlines in general the items that the CONTRACTOR must prepare or assemble for submittal during the progress of the work. 2. There is no attempt herein to state in detail all of the procedures and requirements for each submittal. 3. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the individual Specification Sections in these Contract Documents, which may contain additional and special submittal requirements. 4. The OWNER reserves the right to direct and modify the procedures and requirements for submittals as necessary to accomplish the specific purpose of each submittal. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall anticipate resubmitting submittals for major pieces of equipment and for control systems. 6. Should the CONTRACTOR be in doubt as to the procedure, purpose, or extent of any submittal, inquiries shall be directed to the ENGINEER. B. Schedule of Submittals: 1. Within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a complete list of anticipated submittals, including specification/drawing references. 2. This list shall be updated with "late start" submittal dates within 15 days of submittal of the CONTRACTOR's Construction Schedule. 3. The submittal dates shall be updated upon approval of the Construction Schedule and periodically thereafter. 4. Any additionai submittals shall also be included in updates. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMIITALS A. The CONTRACTOR is reminded of their obligation as required by law to make required submittals promptly to the applicable federal, state, or local agency. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in the withholding of progress payments and make the CONTRACTOR liable for other prescribed action and sanctions. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER a copy of all letters relative to the Contract, transmitting notifications, reports, certifications, certified payrolls, and the like, that the CONTRACTOR submits directly to a federal, state, or other governing agency. C. During the performance of the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain on a daily basis, and submit to the ENGINEER as requested, full and correct information as to the number of persons employed in connection with each subdivision of the work, the classification, rate of pay, citizenship status, and address of each person, and the cost, source, and amount of each class of materials delivered, equipment received, and major construction equipment used in each subdivision of the work. 01330-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Certified Payroll: 1. No later than the 25th day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER a copy of the CONTRACTOR's certified payroll for the previous month, and if requested, copies of certified payrolis for Subcontractors. 2. The payrolls shall include for each employee the full name, address and social security number; the correct classification and rate of pay (including rates of contributions for, or costs assumed to provide various fringe benefits); daily and weekly hours worked; itemized deductions and actual wages paid. 3. The certified payrolls shall be on State of California forms. 1.3 TECHNICAL SUBMITfALS A. General: 1. Requirements in this Section are in addition to any specific requirements for submittals specified in other divisions and Sections of these Contract Documents. 2. Submittal Contents and Numbering: a. Each submittal shall contain material pertaining to no more than one equipment or material item and shall have the specification Section and applicable paragraph number clearly identified on the front of the submittal transmittal form. b. Each submittal shall be sequentially numbered starting with the first one delivered. c. Resubmittals shall include the number of the original submittal plus the suffix ".1" for the first resubmittal, ".2" for the second resubmittal, etc. (e.g. submittal 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, etc.). d. Submittals not conforming to these requirements will be rejected. 3. Submitted data shall be fully sufficient in detail for determination of compliance with the provisions and intent of the Contract Documents. 4. Coordination Responsibilities: a. Shop drawing submittal and coordination are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR; this responsibility shall not be delegated in whole or in part to Subcontractors or suppliers. b. Designation of work "by others," if shown on shop drawings, shall mean that the work wiil be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR rather than the Subcontractor or supplier who has prepared the shop drawings. 5. No equipment or material for which listings, drawings, or descriptive material is required shall be fabricated, purchased, or installed until the ENGINEER has reviewed and accepted such lists, final shop drawings, or other descriptive material. Installation of such equipment or material without accepted submittals will be considered defective work. 6. Submittal Review Time: a. Submittals will be acted upon by the ENGINEER as promptly as possible, and returned to the CONTRACTOR not later than the time allowed for review in Paragraph B.2 below. b. The CONTRACTOR shall provide in their Construction Schedule the time for OWNER review of each submittal (and resubmittal for major equipment and control systems) in accordance with the allowable time specified herein and in Section 01320, Progress Schedule. c. This required time for OWNER review shall not be a cause for delay in contract compietion nor shall it be a reason for an extension of contract time. d. If the CONTRACTOR is required by the OWNER to resubmit data, then neither the time required for the CONTRACTOR to prepare and resubmit such data, nor the 01330-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final required time for OWNER review, shall be a cause for delay in contract completion or for an extension of contract time. e. Responsibility for time required for preparing and submitting required data shall be assigned solely to the CONTRACTOR. 7. Excessive Submittal Review: a. It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the ENGINEER by the second submission of a submittal item. b. Additional costs of the ENGINEER's review beyond the second submission shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and may be deducted from the monthly progress payments. c. This applies to all submittals including shop drawings. 8. Changes After Review: a. After a submittal has been reviewed and accepted, no changes or substitutions in that submittal will be allowed without the ENGINEER's approval. b. If allowed, the CONTRACTOR will be responsible for the additional costs for engineering, administrative, clerical or other work required for additional review. 9. Intent of Review: a. Shop drawings will be reviewed for general conformance with the drawings and specifications. b. The intent of the review is to determine if the CONTRACTOR is submitting materials and equipment which are in general conformance with the Contract Documents. c. Detailed review of dimensions, sizes, space requirements, coordination with other equipment, and other construction details is not performed. d. Additional work and costs, resulting from errors in the shop drawings shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility and liability. e. Accuracy, coordination, and completeness of shop drawings shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, including responsibility to backcheck comments, corrections, and modifications from the ENGINEER's review before fabrication. 10.The CONTRACTOR shall indicate on the submittal transmittal form if and how the submittal deviates from the contract requirements. 11. Rebar Shop Drawings: a. The CONTRACTOR shall supply the ENGINEER with a copy of all reinforcing steel detail drawings. b. Changes to the Contract Documents made by the CONTRACTOR in reinforcing steei shop drawings shall be called out in the letter of submittal. c. Such changes will not be acceptable unless the ENGINEER has expressed consent to such changes in writing. 12. Shop drawings, layout diagrams, catalog cuts and data, test reports, and information in sufficient detail to show complete compliance with all specified requirements shall be furnished to the ENGINEER, covering but not limited to the following items: Aggregate Base Course Air compressors Asphalt mixes Block masonry Building specialties Cabinets Caulking and sealing compounds Chemical systems Concrete mixes 01330-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Control panels Demolition plan Detection systems Doors and frames Electrical conduit, wire and specials Electrical fixtures and appliances Electrical load centers Electrical substations Electrical conduit, wire and specials Engineered fill Engines and appurtenances Equipment provided by the CONTRACTOR Fences, barricades and gates Gas monitoring systems Generators and appurtenances Glazing Grating Gravel bedding Grout Hardware Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment Imported fill Indicators Instrumentation �andscaping �ights and lighting fixtures Louvers Meters Miscellaneous fabricated metals Miscellaneous furnishings Mixers Motor control centers Motors, starters and controls Office equipment and furnishings provided by CONTRACTOR Paints, coatings and finishes Piles Pipe, fittings and speciais Pipe supports and anchors Plumbing fixtures Precast concrete elements Pressure gauges Primary elements Programmable logic controllers Pumps Recorders Reinforcing steel and layout drawings Roofing and waterproofing Sheet pile, shoring and bracing Shelving Signs Structural steel Ta n ks 01330-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Temporary bypasses Temporary dewatering systems and equipment Valve and gate operators and controllers Valves and gates Variable frequency drives Water heaters Windows Workstations B. Submittal Procedure: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review eight (8) copies of each submittal (shop drawings, electrical diagrams, and catalog cuts for fabricated items and manufactured items furnished under this Contract, etc.) Three (3) copies wiil be returned to the CONTRACTOR. 2. Shop drawings shall be submitted in sufficient time to allow the ENGINEER not less than twenty (20) working days for examining the shop drawings except for designs for turnkey items for which thirty (30) working days will be allowed, and substitutions for which (40) working days will be allowed. 3. Shop drawings shall be accurate, distinct, and complete, and shall contain all required information, including satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 4. CONTRACTOR Certification: a. Shop drawings shall be submitted only by the CONTRACTOR, who shall indicate by a signed stamp on the shop drawings, or other approved means, that the CONTRACTOR has checked and approved the shop drawings, and that the work shown is in accordance with Contract requirements and has been checked for dimensions and relationship with work of all other trades involved. b. Submitting incomplete or unchecked shop drawings for the ENGINEER to correct or finish will not be acceptable, and shop drawings that, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, indicate that they have not been checked by the CONTRACTOR will be rejected and returned to the CONTRACTOR for resubmission in the proper form. 5. Return of Reviewed Submittals: a. When the shop drawings have been reviewed by the ENGINEER, the appropriate number of submittals will be returned to the CONTRACTOR appropriately stamped. b. If major changes or corrections are necessary, the shop drawing will be rejected and returned to the CONTRACTOR with the need for such changes or corrections indicated. c. The CONTRACTOR shall correct and resubmit rejected shop drawings in the same manner and quantity as specified for the original submittal. d. If changes are made by the CONTRACTOR (in addition to those requested by the ENGINEER) on the resubmitted shop drawings, such changes shall be clearly explained in a transmittal letter accompanying the resubmitted shop drawings. 6. The review of such shop drawings and catalog cuts by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for correctness of dimensions, fabrication details, coordination with other work, and space requirements, or for deviations from the Contract Drawings or Specifications, unless the CONTRACTOR has called attention to such deviations in writing by a letter accompanying the shop drawings and the ENGINEER approves the change or deviation in writing at the time of submission; nor shall review by the ENGINEER relieve the CONTRACTOR from the responsibility for errors in the shop drawings. 01330-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 7. The CONTRACTOR agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the ENGINEER do not become Contract Documents and are not Change Orders; that the purpose of the shop drawing review is to establish a reporting procedure and to permit the ENGINEER to monitor the CONTRACTOR's progress and understanding of the design. C. Shop Drawing Requirements: Shop drawings referred to herein shall include shop drawings, catalog cuts and information schematic diagrams, and other submittals for both shop and field-fabricated items. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, as applicable, the following for all prefabricated or manufactured structural items, material, and equipment: 1. General: a. For structures, submit all shop, setting, equipment, miscellaneous iron and reinforcement drawings and schedules necessary for construction. The foregoing shall include detailed "pour drawings" which shall show the sequence of concrete placement, and the type, quantity and location of all embedment items (sleeves, anchor bolts, door frames, etc.) b. For pipelines, submit a detailed layout of the pipeline with details of bends, closure pieces and fabricated specials and furnish any other details necessary. c. For trench excavation, submit detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions necessary for safety. d. For boring and jacking, submit a detailed description of the process to be used. e. For equipment which requires electrical service, submit detailed information to show power supply requirements, MCC and control panel, elevations, wiring diagrams, control and protection schematics, shop test data, operation and maintenance procedures, outline drawings, and manufacturer's recommendation of the interface/interlock among the equipment. f. For mechanical equipment submit all data pertinent to the installation and maintenance of the equipment including shop drawings, anchorage requirements, manufacturer's recommended installation procedure, detailed installation drawings, test data and curves, operation and maintenance manuals, and other details necessary. g. For architectural fabrication submit all data pertinent to the installation of the fabrications, including shop drawings, manufacturer's recommended installation procedure, detailed installation drawings, and other details necessary. h. For shop drawings or equipment drawings, including dimensions, size and location of connections to other work, and weight of equipment. i. Installation or placing drawings for equipment, drives, and bases. j. Supporting calculations for equipment and associated supports, or hangers required or specified to be designed by equipment manufacturers, including seismic restraint information and details. k. Complete coating manufacturer's specifications, including materials description and paint system. I. Performance data and head vs. flow curves for compressor and pumps. m. Suggested spare parts list with current price information. n. �ist of special tools required for checking, testing, parts replacement, and maintenance. (Special tools are those which have been specially designed or adapted for use on parts of the equipment, and which are not customarily and routinely carried by maintenance mechanics.) o. �ist of special tools furnished with the equipment. p. �ist of materials and supplies required for the equipment prior to and during startup. q. Installation instructions. 01330-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final r. �ist of materials and supplies furnished with the equipment. s. Samples of finish colors for selection. t. Special handling instructions. u. Requirements for storage and protection prior to installation. v. Requirements for routine maintenance required prior to plant startup. w. Startup and operating instructions. x. Seismic design calculations and restraint details for equipment and piping supports. Calculations shall be stamped by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. 2. Electrical: a. Wiring and control diagrams of systems and equipment. Local control panel details. b. �ist of special motor features being provided (e.g., space heaters, altitude corrections, thermal protectors, mounting arrangement, etc.). c. Complete motor rating for all motors, including motor no-load, starting, and full-load current at rated voltage; full-load speed and full-load current at 110 percent voltage; motor service factor; motor efficiency and power factor at i/2, 3/4, and full-load at rated voltage; recommended maximum kVAR of power factor correction capacitors when capacitors are switched with motor. d. See Division 16, ELECTRICA�, for additional specific submittal requirements. 3. Instrumentation and Control: a. See Technical Sections for additional specific submittal requirements. b. The submittals shall include satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Specification Section number, and the system or equipment identification or tag number shown on the Drawings, the Process and Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID), or as provided in applicable Specification Section. D. Submittals required for foreign-manufactured items: 1. In addition to the submittal requirements stated above, suppliers of foreign-manufactured items shall submit the names and addresses of companies within the United States that maintain technical service representatives and a complete inventory of spare parts and accessories for each foreign-made item proposed for incorporation into the work. Failure to provide the foregoing capabilities shall be just cause for rejection of the foreign-manufactured items. E. Final shop drawings to be submitted to OWNER: 1. Complete sets of reproducible (full size mylar or vellum base) final shop drawings shall be submitted to the OWNER before, or at the time of, delivery of equipment onto the site. F. Seismic loading design provisions: 1. All equipment supports that are not specifically detailed on the Drawings or specified herein shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturers and shall be designed by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. 2. The design shall be in accordance with the seismic provisions of the latest edition of the International Building Code and of the seismic design requirements listed in Section 01610, General Equipment Requirements, in addition to all other loading conditions. G. Submittal of interface information (connection and correlation with other work): 01330-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Where called for in the Specifications, and as determined necessary by the ENGINEER to provide proper correlation with other equipment, complete interface information shall be submitted. 2. This interface information shall be accurate, and contain all information necessary to allow the completion of detailed design and construction of the interfacing or connecting work. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall include in their negotiation for subcontract work, such agreements as may be necessary to ensure the accuracy of Subcontractor's interface submittal information. 4. In the event additional costs are incurred due to subsequent changes to information given in said interface information, such additional costs shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. H. Record Drawings 1. The CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER one complete set of final Record Drawings for OWNER records before the contract will be accepted by the OWNER. The Record Drawings will consist of a set of reproducible drawings of all CONTRACTOR supplied equipment (including control systems) and a marked-up set of Contract Record Drawings. 2. Record Drawings of CONTRACTOR-Supplied Equipment a. The drawings shall be silver imaged, positive, reverse-reading duplicates (image reversed when viewed from emulsion side), and at the same dimensional scale as the originals. They shall be on a polyester translucent base material with a matte surface on the side opposite the emulsion side. The image emulsion side shail be without a matte surface. The matte surface shall have a sufficient tooth to take a solid opaque line from a 4H pencil and be compatible to the use of ink. Minimum sheet thickness shall be (.08 mm) .003 inch. b. The legibility and contrast of each drawing submitted to the OWNER shall be such that every line, number, letter, and character is clearly readable in a full size blow back from a 35 mm microfilm negative of the drawing. c. The overall dimensions of each drawing submitted to the ENGINEER shail be equal to one of the OWNER's standard sheet sizes. The title block area in the lower right hand corner of each drawing shall be clear of all linework, dimensions, details, and notes, except for the CONTRACTOR's title block. The dimensions of the title block area are minimum and are measured from the edges of the drawing sheet. DRAWING FORMAT Sheet Sizes Title Block Area Height x Width Height x Width 11" x 8-1/2" 2-1/2" x 3-3/4" 11" x 17" 3" x 4" 22" x 34" 3-1/2" x 8" 3. Contract Record Drawings 01330-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. The CONTRACTOR shall keep an up-to-date set of marked-up Contract Drawings on an OWNER-supplied set of Drawings. b. The OWNER-supplied set of Drawings will consist of one set of full-size sepia reproductions of the Contract Drawings, supplied to the CONTRACTOR at the start of the work. c. During the progress of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall record on the Contract Record Drawings any changes from or additions to the work described in the Plans and Specifications. d. All information recorded on the Contract Record Drawings shail be clearly legible. e. Information to be recorded on the Contract Record Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1) Actual routing of electrical conduits, whose routing is only indicated in general on the Drawings. 2) Actual location of manhole structures. 3) Actual alignment of all installed pipe. 4) Specific details of pipe connections, and manhole structures. 5) Specific details on the installation and connection of inechanical and electrical equipment. 6) Field dimensions where they differ from those shown on the Drawings. 7) Additions to and/or deletions from the work, including ali contract change orders. 8) Other details showing as-built conditions, which are shown differently or only in general on the Drawings. 9) Addenda. 10)�ocation of buried features located during construction except utility service connections. f. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to ensure that any changes, deletions, specific construction details, etc., performed by a Subcontractor are recorded on the Contract Record Drawings. g. �ocation Survey: 1) The CONTRACTOR shall professionally survey the lateral and vertical position of anything buried underground as part of this Contract to within one inch accuracy of the benchmark and baseline provided by the OWNER. 2) The survey information shall be included on the record drawings and the CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed to cover the buried materiais until after the OWNER's inspector has verified the information as accurate and complete, and is shown on the record drawings. h. Once every month, starting from the completion of mobilization as defined in Section 01505, Mobilization, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with a copy of the then up-to-date set of marked-up Contract Record Drawings in accordance with the provisions under Section 01200, Measurement and Payment, and Section 01320, Project Schedule. i. At the end of the work, prior to Project Closeout, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the Contract Record Drawings, showing all "as-built" conditions. j. See also Section 01800, Operational Compietion and Project Closeout. I. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish five (5) hard-copies and one (1) electronic copy of a complete instruction manual for installation, operation, maintenance, and lubrication requirements for each component of inechanical and electrical equipment or system. 01330-9 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. All equipment manufacturers shall be made aware of these requirements and all associated costs shall be included in the costs for furnishing the equipment or system. 3. 0&M Submittal Review Checklist: a. The CONTRACTOR shall include a completed O&M Manual Submittal Review Checklist (copy included at the end of this Section) with each 0&M manual submittal. b. The checklist shall indicate that the O&M manual as submitted complies in all respects to the contract requirements. c. Any 0&M manuai submitted without a completed checklist will be rejected. 4. The manuals shall be furnished to the ENGINEER upon the delivery of the respective equipment. 5. No payment will be made for equipment or materials or equipment installation before the respective 0&M manuals have been approved by the ENGINEER. 6. Each 0&M manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment, controls, accessories, and associated appurtenances. 7. Each 0&M manual shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Diagrams and illustrations, including pump curves indicating operating points. b. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. c. Performance and namepiate data. d. Installation instructions. e. Starting procedure f. Proper adjustment procedure. g. Test procedures. h. Operating procedure. i. Shutdown instructions. j. Emergency operating instructions and troubleshooting guide. k. Safety instructions. I. Maintenance and overhaul instructions which shall include detailed assembly drawings with part numbers, parts list, instructions for ordering spare parts, and complete preventive maintenance instructions required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of the equipment. m. �ubrication instructions which shall list points to be greased or oiled, shall recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants, and shall recommend frequency of lubrication. n. �ist of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings. o. Electrical interconnection wiring diagram for equipment furnished, including all control and lighting systems. p. Recommendations for spare parts and special toois. 8. Hard-Copy 0&M Manuals: a. Each copy of the manual shall be assembled in one or more hard-back type three- ring binders, each with title page, typed table of contents, and heavy section dividers with numbered plastic index tabs. b. Cover label and title page shall be clearly labeled to designate the project title, project number, Specification Section where the item is specified, system or equipment for which it is intended with reference to the facility, equipment number, and equipment manufacturer name. c. Typed table of contents for the entire set, identified by volume number, shall appear in each binder. d. Each manual shall be divided into sections paralleling the equipment specifications. 01330-10 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final e. All data shall be hole-punched for binding and composition and printing shall be arranged so that punching does not obliterate any data. f. Pages larger than 8-1/2" x 11" shall be folded, showing title block or optionaily included in binder pockets. g. Where more than one binder is required, they shail be labeled "Vol. 1", "Vol. 2", and so on. h. Submit manual organization and format to the ENGINEER for approval prior to manual preparation. 9. Electronic O&M Manuals: a. In addition to the designated number of hard-copies for each required Manufacturer's O&M manual, provide an electronic copy, each on its own separate compact disc/s (CD-ROM). b. The CD-ROM shall contain one full version of the 0&M manual in Adobe's Portable Document File (PDF) format. c. In addition, the CD-ROM shall contain the separate text and drawing files used to create the PDF O&M manual. d. An index shall be provided on the CD-ROM as a separate text file with the name "index" and shall include the file name and detailed description of each individual file included on the CD-ROM. e. The CD-ROM and the CD-ROM case shall be labeled with the Project title, Project number, Specification section, equipment number, equipment name, and equipment manufacturer name. 10. Manuais shall be transmitted to the ENGINEER upon delivery of the equipment and all equipment shall be serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations prior to operation. A service record shall be maintained on each item of equipment and shall be delivered to the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance of the project. J. Manufacturers' certificates and proper installation: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturers' certificates of proper installation for items of equipment as specified under Section 01750, Testing, Training and Startup. K. Samples and test specimens: 1. Where required in the Specifications, and as determined necessary by the ENGINEER, test specimens or samples of materials, appliances, and fittings to be used or offered for use in connection with the work shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at the CONTRACTOR's expense, with information as to their sources, with all cartage charges prepaid, and in such quantities and sizes as may be required for proper examination and tests to establish the quality or equality thereof, as applicable. 2. All samples and test specimens shall be submitted in ample time to enable the ENGINEER to make any tests or examinations necessary, without delay to the work. The CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for any loss of time due to their neglect or failure to deliver the required samples to the ENGINEER, as specified. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall submit additional samples as required by the ENGINEER to ensure equality with the original approved sample and/or for determination of Specification compliance. 4. Laboratory tests and examinations that the OWNER elects to make in its own laboratory will be made at no cost to the CONTRACTOR, except that, if a sample of any material or equipment proposed for use by the CONTRACTOR fails to meet the Specifications, the cost of testing subsequent samples shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. 5. All tests required by the Specifications to be performed by an independent laboratory shall be made by a laboratory approved by the ENGINEER. Certified test results of all 01330-11 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final specified tests shall be submitted in duplicate to the ENGINEER. The samples furnished and the cost for the laboratory services shall be at the expense of the CONTRACTOR and included in the prices bid for the associated work. 6. Approved sample items (fixtures, hardware, etc.) may be incorporated into the work upon approval, and when no longer needed by the ENGINEER for reference. �. Material and equipment colors: 1. The ENGINEER will provide a schedule of selected colors within 30 days after approval of materials and equipment, and after receiving samples of the manufacturers' standard colors for those items requiring OWNER's selection. M. Certificates of Compliance: 1. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished for materials specified to a recognized standard or code prior to the use of any such materials in the work. 2. The ENGINEER may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance. 3. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that the materials involved compiy in all respects with the requirements of the Specifications. 4. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of material delivered to the work and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the certificate. N. Quality Assurance 1. Source limitations: To the greatest extent possible for each unit of work, the CONTRACTOR shall provide products, materials, or equipment of a singular generic kind from a single source. 2. Compatibility of options: a. Where more than one choice is available as options for CONTRACTOR's selection of a product, material, or equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall select an option which is compatible with other products, materials, or equipment already selected. b. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of product/material selections. 0. Review by ENGINEER 1. After review by the ENGINEER of each of the CONTRACTOR's submissions, the material will be returned to the CONTRACTOR with actions defined as follows: a. NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN: Accepted subject to its compatibility with further submittals and additional partial submittals for portions of the work not covered in this submittal. Does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown in the partial submittal. b. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED: Same as l.a., except that minor corrections as noted shall be made by the CONTRACTOR. c. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Rejected because of major inconsistencies or errors which shall be resolved or corrected by the CONTRACTOR prior to subsequent review by the ENGINEER. d. REJECTED - RESUBMIT: Submitted material does not conform to Plans and Specifications in major respect, e.g., wrong item, wrong size, model, capacity, or material. 01330-12 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Review actions (a) and (b) above constitute acceptance by the ENGINEER of the submittal. P. Requests for Information 1. Requests for Information about the Contract Documents shall be directed by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER using a Request for Information (RFI) form as agreed to by the OWNER and the ENGINEER. Such requests shall not be transmitted directly to the ENGINEER from a Subcontractor or Supplier. 2. A separate form shall be used for each specific item for which information is required. Requests for Information for more than one item using a single RFI form will be permitted only when the items are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group of items as a whole. 3. The ENGINEER will reply to the CONTRACTOR's Request for Information as soon thereafter as practicable. Q. Construction Photographs 1. Provide photographs showing the preconstruction site, construction progress, and the post-construction site. 2. Format: Photographs shall be digital format a. Digital Format: 1) Digital photos shall be taken with a minimum 3.5 mega pixel density and provided in JPG format. 2) Digital photo files shall be provide on a CD accompanied by a text file that lists the file name, date photo was taken, and brief description of the photograph and location where the photograph was taken. 3. Take a minimum of 36 photos of the preconstruction site and the property adjacent to the perimeter of the construction site. Particular emphasis shall be directed to structures both inside and outside the site, or as directed by OWNER. 4. Take a minimum of 72 photos monthly showing the progress of construction. The location of these photographs shall be determined by OWNER. 5. Take a minimum of 36 photos of the post-construction site and the property adjacent to the perimeter of the site. Particular emphasis shall be directed to structures both inside and outside the plant boundary, or as indicated by OWNER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS �NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01330-13 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final O&M MANUAL REVIEW CHECKLIST SUBMITTAL NO. DATED SPEC. SECTION. REVIEW DATE SUB�ECT REVIEWER EQUIP. ITEM SUPPLIER MANUFACTURER ACCEPTABLE PROJECT TITLE: UNACCEPTABLE PROJECT NO. ACCEPTABLE? DISPOSITION YES NO NA COMMENTS HARD-COPY O&M MANUALS ■ Minimum five (5) copies........................................... ■ Three-ring binder with hard-back cover...................... ■ Cover Label and Title Page: Project title and Project number ............................. Specification section ............................................. System/Equipment names..................................... FaciI ity................................................................ Equipment number............................................... ■ Typed table of contents............................................ ■ Heavy section dividers w/numbered plastic index tabs.. ■ Sections parallel equipment specifications .................. ■ Pages punched for 3 ring binder (punching does not obliterate data)....................................................... ■ Info larger than 8-1/2"x11"folded showing title block, or included in binder pockets .................................... ■ Multiple volumes labeled "Vol. 1", ��Vol. 2", etc. ........... ■ Table of contents for entire set in each binder............. E�ECTRONIC O&M MANUALS ■ Minimum one (1) copy on CD-ROM............................ ■ Full version of O&M manual in PDF format.................. ■ Separate text and drawing files used to create PDF O&M manual........................................................... ■ Index on CD-ROM as separate file titled "index" .......... ■ CD-ROM and case labeled......................................... TECHNICAL CONTENT ■ Diagrams and illustrations, including pump curves....... ■ Detailed description of function of principal components ........................................................... ■ Performance and nameplate data .............................. ■ Installation instructions............................................ 01330 CL-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final ACCEPTABLE? DISPOSITION YES NO NA COMMENTS ■ Starting procedure .................................................. ■ Proper adjustment procedure.................................... ■ Test procedures...................................................... ■ Operating procedure................................................ ■ Shutdown instructions ............................................. ■ Emergency operating instructions &troubleshooting .... ■ Safety instructions .................................................. ■ Maintenance and overhaul instructions....................... ■ Lubrication instructions............................................ ■ List of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings ...................................................... ■ Electrical interconnection wiring diagrams, including control and lighting systems..................................... ■ Recommended spare parts and special tools ............... 01330 CL-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 OBSERVATION AND SUPERVISION A. The ENGINEER or ENGINEER's appointed representative will review the Work and the CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities and access to the Work at all times as required to facilitate this review. B. Responsibility: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible to supervise and direct the entire Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality control, and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto. 3. The foregoing includes work performed by the CONTRACTOR's Subcontractors. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. C. Superintendent: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall designate in writing and keep on the work site at all times during its progress a technically qualified, English-speaking superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written acceptance of the ENGINEER. 2. The superintendent shall be the CONTRACTOR's representative at the job site and shall have authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. 3. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. 4. The CONTRACTOR's superintendent shall be present at the site of the Work at all times while work is in progress. Failure to observe this requirement shall be considered as suspension of the Work by the CONTRACTOR until such time as such superintendent is again present at the site. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for conducting all testing and inspection specifically required by the Specifications and otherwise necessary to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Approval of Testing Laboratories: a. All laboratory work under this contract shall be performed by a laboratory approved by the ENGINEER, whether the laboratory is employed by the CONTRACTOR, or is owned and operated by the CONTRACTOR. b. The basis of approval includes the following: 1) Testing laboratories performing work in connection with concrete, steel, and bituminous materials shall comply with ASTM E 329 and ASTM D 3666, respectively. 01400-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2) Testing laboratories performing work not in connection with concrete, steel, bituminous materials, soils and non-destructive testing shall comply with ASTM E 548. B. The ENGINEER may conduct periodic independent testing and inspection to verify compliance with the Contract Documents. C. Retesting: 1. The OWNER reserves the right to back-charge the CONTRACTOR for retesting of deficient or defective work or products upon written notification. 2. Compensation for retesting on behalf of the OWNER will be made through deductions from the Progress Payments. D. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for correcting all defective work discovered prior to final acceptance of the Contract, despite the failure of the Inspector(s) to discover it. 1.3 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for scheduling all inspections and tests required. l. The ENGINEER shall be given a minimum 48 business hours notice prior to any inspections or tests. B. The CONTRACTOR shall pay for all tests including, but not limited to: 1. Inspections and tests necessary to comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of public authorities pursuant to General Conditions. 2. Mix designs, including tests of trial batches, on concrete mixes. 3. Tests of materials, inspections, and certifications required by the Specifications. 4. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of equipment and systems required by the Specifications. 5. One tension and elongation test for each 5 tons of steel or fractional part thereof for each size will be required, unless the steel can be identified by heat or melt numbers and is accompanied by mill analysis and test reports. Commercial stock may be used, subject to approval of the ENGINEER. 6. Any testing performed by the CONTRACTOR for their own quality control (e.g., compaction tests). 7. Retests or re-inspections by the OWNER, if required, and tests or inspections required due to CONTRACTOR error or lack of required identifications of material. 8. Any and all water used by the CONTRACTOR in any testing. C. Two copies of the agency or laboratory report of each test or inspection shall be provided to the ENGINEER. All tests of materials shall be made in accordance with the commonly recognized standards of national technical organizations, and such other special methods and tests as are prescribed in the Contract Documents. D. Purchase Orders: 1. One copy of each of the CONTRACTOR's purchase orders for materials forming a portion of the work shall be furnished to the ENGINEER, if requested. 2. Each such purchase order shall contain a statement that the materials included in the order are subject to inspection by the OWNER. 3. Materials purchased locally will be inspected at the point of manufacture or supply, and materials supplied from points more than 50 miles from the job site will be 01400-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final inspected upon arrival at the job, except when other inspection requirements are provided for specific materials in other Sections of this Specification. E. Samples: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish samples of materials as are required by the ENGINEER, without charge. 2. No material shall be used until the ENGINEER has had the opportunity to test or examine such materials. 3. Samples will be secured and tested whenever necessary to determine the quality of the material. 4. Samples and test specimens prepared at the job site, such as concrete test cylinders, shall be taken or prepared by the ENGINEER in the presence and with the assistance of the CONTRACTOR. 1.4 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTOR A. Inspectors employed by the OWNER shail be authorized to inspect all work done and materials and equipment furnished to complement the CONTRACTOR furnished independent inspector. 1. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials and equipment to be used. 2. The Inspector will not alter or waive the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3. The Inspector will keep the ENGINEER informed as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being done. 4. The Inspector will call the CONTRACTOR's attention to nonconformance with the Contract Documents that the Inspector may have observed. 5. The Inspector will not be responsible for the adequacy or correctness of the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures for construction. 6. The Inspector will not approve or accept any portion of the work, issue instructions contrary to the Contract Documents, or act as foreman for the CONTRACTOR. 7. The Inspector may reject defective materials, equipment, or work when it is not in compliance with the Contract Documents. 8. The Inspector will not be responsible for: a. The CONTRACTOR's quality control program. b. The CONTRACTOR's safety program. c. Coordinating the work or activities of the CONTRACTOR or their Subcontractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01400-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 01400-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01420 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND ABBREVIATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The standards referred to, except as modified, shall have full force and effect as though printed in this Specification, and shall be the latest edition or revision thereof in effect on the bid opening date, unless a particular edition or issue is indicated. Copies of these standards are not available from the OWNER. B. The ENGINEER will furnish, upon request, information as to how copies may be obtained. C. Abbreviations and terms, or pronouns in place of them, shall be interpreted as follows: AAMA: Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association AAN: American Association of Nurser men AAR: Association of American Railroads AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Standard S ecifications AATCC: American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ACI: American Concrete Institute, Standards AFBMA: Anti-Friction Bearin Manufacturer's Association, Inc. AGA: American Gas Association AGC: Associated General Contractors AGMA: American Gear Manufacturer's Association AHAM: Association of Home A liance Manufacturer's AI: The As halt Institute AIA: American Institute of Architects AISC: American Institute of Steel Construction, Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, and the AISC Code of Standard Practice AISI: American Iron and Steel Institute AITC: American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA: Air Movin and Conditionin Association, Standards ANS: American Nuclear Societ ANSI: American National Standards Institute APA: American PI wood Association API: American Petroleum Institute APWA: American Public Works Association, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ASA: Acoustical Societ of America ASAE: American Societ of A riculture En ineers ASCE: American Societ of Civil En ineers ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning En ineers ASLE: American Societ of Lubricatin En ineers 01420-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final ASME: American Societ of Mechanical En ineers AS C: American Societ of ualit Control ASSE: American Societ of Sanitar En ineers ASTM: American Societ for Testin and Materials, Standards AWG: American Wire Gau e AWPA: American Wood-Preservers' Association, Standards AWPI: American Wood Preservers Institute AWS: American Weldin Societ AWWA: American Water Works Association Standards BBC: Basic Building Code, Building Officials and Code Administrators International BHMA: Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association CAL/OSHA: California/Occu ational Safet and Health Administration, Standards CBM: Certified Ballast Manufacturer's CCR: California Code of Re ulations CEMA: Conve ors E ui ment Manufacturer's Association CGA: Com ressed Gas Association CISPI: Cast Iron Soil Pi e Institute, Standards CLPCA: California Lathin and Plasterin Contractors Association CLFMI: Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute CMAA: Crane Manufacturers' Association of America CMA: Concrete Masonr Association COR: Cit of Reddin CORCS: Cit of Reddin Construction Standards CRSI: Concrete Reinforcin Steel Institute Standards CSS: CalTrans Standard Specifications, State of California, Department of Trans ortation DCDMA: Diamond Core Drill Manufacturer's Association DOSN: Division of Occupational Safety and Health, State of California, De artment of Industrial Relations EIA: Electronic Industries Association ET�: Electrical Test �aboratories FED/OSHA: Federal Occu ational Safet and Health Administration, Standards FM: Facto Mutual ICBO: International Conference of Buildin Officials ICEA: Insulated Cable En ineers Association IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic En ineers IES: Illuminatin En ineerin Societ IME: Institute of Makers of Ex losives IP: Institute of Petroleum London IPC: Institute of Printed Circuits IPCEA: Insulated Power Cable En ineers Association ISA: Instrument Societ of America ISO: International Or anization of Standardization ITE: Institute of Traffic En ineers MBMA: Metal Buildin Manufacturer's Association MPTA: Mechanical Power Transmission of Association MTI: Marine Testin Institute 01420-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Societ NAAM: National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE: National Association of Corrosion En ineers Standards NBS: National Bureau of Standards NCC�S: National Committee for Clinical �aborator Standards NEC: National Electric Code NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers' Association, Standards NFPA: National Fire Protection Association NFPA: National Forest Products Association NGLI: National Lubricatin Grease Institute NMA: National Microfilm Association NWMA: National Woodwork Manufacturers Association OSHA: Occu ational Safet and Health Administration PCA: Portland Cement Association PCI: Prestressed Concrete Institute RIS: Redwood Ins ection Service, Standard S ecifications RVIA: Recreational Vehicle Industr Association RWMA: Resistance Welder Manufacturer's Association SAE: Societ of Automotive En ineers SAMA: Scientific A aratus Makers Association SDI: Steel Door Institute SIS: Swedish Standards Association SMA: Screen Manufacturer's Association SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditionin Contractors National Association SPR: Sim lified Practice Recommendation SSBC: Southern Standard Buildin Code, Southern Buildin Code Con ress SSPC: Steel Structures Paintin Council, S ecifications SSPWC: Standard S ecifications for Public Works Construction TAPPI: Technical Association of the Pul and Pa er Industr TFI: The Fertilizer Institute UBC: Uniform Building Code of the International Conference of Building Officials UPC: Uniform Plumbin Code U�: Underwriters Laboratories WCLA: West Coast Lumbermen's Association, Standard Grading and Dressing Rules WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Ins ection Bureau WCRSI: Western Concrete Reinforcin Steel Institute WIC: Woodwork Institute of California WRI: Wire Reinforcement Institute Inc. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association 1.2 OTHER ABBREVIATIONS A. Other common abbreviations that may be found in the Specifications are, but may not be limited to: American wire gauge AWG acrylonitrile butadiene ABS ante meridiem am styrene ampere A, amp alternating current a-c, AC average avg 01420-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final air conditioning biochemical oxygen BOD Hertz Hz demand hour hr brake horsepower bhp horsepower hp British thermal unit Btu inch in Centigrade C inch-pound in-Ib chlorinated polyvinyl CPVC input/output I/O chloride inside diameter ID company Co instrumentation and I&C cubic inch cu in, in3 control cubic foot cu ft, CF, ft3 cubic yard cu yd, CY, yd3 kilovolt kV cubic feet per minute cfm, ft3/min kilovolt-ampere kVA cubic feet per second cfs, ft3/s kilowatt kW kilowatt-hour kWhr decibel dB decibels, A-weighted dBA length L degree Centigrade (Celsius) °C, C length to least radius L/r degree Fahrenheit °F, F of gyration diameter diam, � light emitting diode LED direct current d-c, DC linear lin dollars $ linear foot lin ft ductile iron DI liter I each ea, @ manhole MH efficiency eff maximum max elevation EI., Elev mean sea level MSL ethylene proplylene rubber EPDM mercury Hg exhaust fan EF miles per hour mph milli-amp mA Fahrenheit F milliampere DC mAdc feet ft milligram mg feet per hour fph, ft/h milligrams per liter mg/I feet per minute fpm, ft/min milliliter ml feet per second fps, ft/s millimeter mm fiberglass reinforced FRP million gallon mil plastic million gallons per day mgd figure Fig. minimum min flange flg motor control center MCC foot-pound it-Ib net positive suction gallon gal head available NPSHA gallons per hour gph, gal/hr net positive suction gallons per minute gpm, gal/min head required NPSHR gallons per second gps, gal/s number No., # gram g National Pipe Thread NPT ground fault current GFCI interrupter Operation and Maintenance O&M ounce oz hand/off/automatic HOA heating, ventilating, and HVAC 01420-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final outside diameter OD square inch sq in, in2 square yard sq yd, SY, yd2 parts per million ppm stainless steel SS post meridiem pm standard std plus or minus +/-, � standard cubic feet polytetrafluorethylene PTFE per minute scfm polyvinyl chloride PVC symmetrical sym. pound Ib pounds per square foot psf, Ib/ft2 total dynamic head tdh pounds per square inch psi, Ib/in2 totally-enclosed, fan- pounds per square inch cooled TEFC absolute psia totally-enclosed, non- pounds per square inch ventilated TENV gage psig twisted shielded TWSH Process and Instrumentation Diagrams P&ID ultraviolet UV United States US, USA random access memory RAM reinforced concrete pipe RCP variable frequency drive VFD, AFD reinforced concrete cylinder volt V pipe RCCP volts alternating current VAC relative humidity RH volts direct current VDC revolutions per minute rpm water to cement W/C, wc second sec, s water column W.C. specific gravity sp gr square foot sq ft, SF, ft2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01420-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE1=f BLANK XXXX-6 WWE 8/19/2008 Master Guide Specifications 00-000 Master SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CONTRACTOR'S STAGING AREA AND WORK ACCESS PLAN A. The CONTRACTOR shall limit the location of the storage of equipment and materials to the staging area(s) designated on the Drawings and as directed by the ENGINEER. B. The CONTRACTOR shall make their own arrangements for additional space that may be required and shall bear all associated costs. C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a work access plan showing the planned access route for deliveries of supplies and mobilization of work force for ENGINEER's approval prior to mobilization. D. On-Site Project Office: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain near the work in progress a suitable office or other protected area in which shall be kept project copies of the Contract Documents, project progress records, project schedule, shop drawings and other relevant documents which shall be accessible to the OWNER and ENGINEER during normal working hours. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall make their own arrangements for additional space that may be required and bear all associated costs. E. Temporary Facilities Plan: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for approval, as part of the mobilization effort, the proposed plan and layout for all temporary offices, sanitary facilities, temporary construction roads, storage buildings, storage yards, temporary water service and distribution, temporary telephone and temporary power service and distribution. 2. The plan shall show all temporary fencing and gates and all proposed access to the work areas. 3. Prior to the removal of existing fence, the CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary security fencing at least equal to the existing chain link and barbed wire fencing to protect the existing facilities and structures. F. Access Roads: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall "winterize" all access roads to provide a surface reasonably satisfactory for traffic during wet winter months. 2. The roads shall be gravel surfaced, even, free from humps and depressions. 3. All costs of complying with this requirement shall be included in the lump sum bid. 1.2 STORAGE - GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide any temporary storage required for the protection of equipment and materials as recommended by manufacturers of such materials. 01500-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.3 STORAGE BUILDINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall erect or provide temporary storage buildings of the various sizes as required for the protection of inechanical and electrical equipment and materials as recommended by manufacturers of such equipment and materials. B. The buildings shall be provided with such environmental control systems that meet recommendations of manufacturers of all equipment and materials stored in the buildings. C. The buildings shall be of sufficient size and so arranged or partitioned to provide security for their contents and provide ready access for inspection and inventory. D. At or near the completion of the work, and as directed by the ENGINEER, the temporary storage buildings shall be dismantled, removed from the site, and remain the property of the CONTRACTOR. E. Combustible materials (paints, solvents, fuels, etc.) shall be safely stored and separated in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and in compliance with hazardous material storage requirements. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing proper storage buildings for combustible materials. 1.4 STORAGE YARDS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary storage yards as required for the storage of materials that are not subject to damage by weather conditions. B. Materials such as pipe, reinforcing and structural steel, shall be stored on pallets or racks, off the ground, and stored in a manner to allow ready access for inspection and inventory. C. Temporary gravel surfacing of the storage yards shall meet with the approval of the ENGINEER. 1.5 PARKING AREAS A. Control vehicular parking to preclude interference with public traffic or parking, access by emergency vehicles, OWNER's operations, or construction operations. 1.6 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC A. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding closing or restricting use of public streets or highways. No public or private road shall be closed, except by written permission of proper authority. Assure the least possible obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. B. Conduct the Work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. C. Whenever it is necessary to cross, close, or obstruct roads, driveways, and walks, whether public or private, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for accommodation of public and private travel. 01500-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.7 DELIVERY-STORAGE-HANDLING A. General: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall deliver, handle, and store materials and equipment in accordance with supplier's written recommendations and by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft. 2. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage at the site and overcrowding of construction spaces. 3. In particular, the CONTRACTOR shall provide delivery/ installation coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage for material or equipment recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss. B. Transportation and Handling: 1. Materials and equipment shall be transported by methods to avoid damage and shall be delivered in dry, undamaged condition in supplier's unopened containers or packaging. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide equipment and personnel to handle the materials, and equipment by methods that will prevent soiling and damage. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging packaging, and surrounding surfaces. C. Storage and Protection: 1. Materials and equipment shall be stored in accordance with supplier's written instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Exposed metal surfaces of valves, fittings and similar materials shall be coated with grease in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent corrosion. Sensitive materials and equipment shall be stored in weather-tight enclosures and temperature and humidity ranges shall be maintained within tolerances required by supplier's written instructions. 2. For exterior storage of fabricated materials, they shall be placed on sloped support above ground. Materials or equipment subject to deterioration shall be covered with impervious sheet covering; ventilation shall be provided to avoid condensation. 3. Loose granular materials shall be stored on solid surfaces in a well-drained area and shall be prevented from mixing with foreign matter. 4. Inspection: a. Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. b. The CONTRACTOR shall periodically inspect to assure materials and equipment are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. 5. Storage shall be arranged in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items. 1.8 PROJECT SECURITY A. The CONTRACTOR shall make adequate provision for the protection of the work area against fire, theft and vandalism, and for the protection of the public and OWNER personnel against exposure to injury, and for the security of any off-site storage areas. B. All costs for this protection shall be included within the CONTRACTOR's bid. 01500-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.9 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all necessary temporary telephones, fuel, power, potable water, sanitary, and proper toilet accommodations. CONTRACTOR shall not use OWNER-owned utilities. B. The temporary facilities to be provided by the CONTRACTOR as described above shall conform to all requirements in regard to operation, safety, and fire hazards of State and local authorities and of Underwriters. C. CONTRACTOR shall return the site and facilities to their original "as-found° condition, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, at the completion of the project. 1.10 SOUND CONTROL A. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances which apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract. B. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the job or related to the job, shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer, so as to produce a maximum noise level of 85 dBA at 5 feet. C. No internal combustion engine shall be operated on the project without said muffler. D. Special Precautions for Inhabited Areas: 1. In inhabited areas, particularly residential, operations shall be performed in a manner to minimize unnecessary noise generation. 2. In residential areas, special measures shall be taken to suppress noise generated by repair and service activities during the night hours. 1.11 DUST/AIR POLLUTION CONTROL A. The CONTRACTOR shall take whatever steps, procedures, or means as are required to prevent dust conditions being caused by operations in connection with the execution of the Work; and on any road which the CONTRACTOR or any of their Subcontractors are using, excavation or fill areas, demolition operations, or other activities. B. Control shall be by sprinkling, use of dust palliatives, modification of operations, or any other means acceptable to agencies having jurisdiction. C. Damage to personal property, etc., resulting from the CONTRACTOR's construction operations shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the OWNER. D. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the streets and work area clean at all times by means of mechanical sweepers or hand sweeping. Water will be used for dust control only, and not for cleaning streets. E. Burning of waste, rubbish, or other debris will not be permitted on or adjacent to site. 01500-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.12 WASTE DISPOSAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of surplus materials, waste products, and debris and shall make necessary arrangements for such disposal. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain written permission from property owner prior to disposing surplus materials, waste products, or debris on private property. B. All waste disposal shall be done in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. C. Landfill Disposal: 1. If the CONTRACTOR proposes to dispose of construction debris, trench spoils, excavation spoils, etc., at a landfill, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide and pay for all permits and analyses required by the landfill. 2. If the analyses determine that the material is hazardous, then an equitable adjustment of the Contract for the cost of hazardous waste disposal will be made in accordance with the General Conditions, and the following: a. Time extension or contract costs will not be granted for delays that could have been avoided by the CONTRACTOR redirecting their forces and equipment to perform other work on the contract. D. Ditches, washes, or drainageways shall not be filled. E. Disposal operations shall not create unsightly or unsanitary nuisances. F. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the disposal site in a condition of good appearance and safety during the construction period. G. Prior to final acceptance of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall have completed the leveling and cleanup of the disposal site. 1.13 CLEAN UP A. Throughout the period of construction, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the work site free and clean of all rubbish and debris, and shall promptly remove from the site, or from property adjacent to the site of the work, all unused and rejected materials, surplus earth, concrete, plaster, and debris. B. Upon completion of the work, and prior to final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall remove from the vicinity of the work all plant, surplus material, and equipment belonging to the CONTRACTOR or used under their direction during construction. 1.14 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. When sandblasting, spray painting, spraying of insulation, or other activities inconveniencing or dangerous to property or the health of employees, the public or construction workers, are in progress, the area of activity shall be enclosed adequately to contain the dust, over spray, or other hazard. B. In the event there are no permanent enclosures of the area, or such enclosures are incomplete or inadequate, the CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable temporary enclosures as required by the ENGINEER to meet field conditions in accordance with the 01500-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final recommendations of the owner-furnished equipment supplier (if applicable) and the CONTRACTOR's equipment supplier requirements. C. Said temporary or permanent enclosures shall be adequately ventilated to ensure the safety of the workers. 1.15 DRAINAGE A. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary actions as required to meet discharge requirements of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board and other pertinent local ordinances and regulations pertaining to dewatering and/or site drainage discharged into storm drains and creeks. This may include, but may not be limited to, the use of retention basins and silt basins to settle most of the solids prior to discharge. B. In excavation, fill, and grading operations, care shall be taken to disturb the pre- existing drainage pattern as little as possible. C. Particular care shall be taken not to direct drainage water onto private property or into streets or drainageways inadequate for the increased flow. D. Drainage means shall be provided to protect the work. 1.16 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary lighting in all work areas sufficient to maintain a lighting level during working hours not less than the lighting level required by OSHA standards. 1.17 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A. Construction hoists, elevators, scaffolds, stages, shoring, and similar temporary facilities shall be of ample size and capacity to adequately support and move the loads to which they will be subjected. Railings, enclosures, safety devices, and controls required by law or for adequate protection of life and property shall be provided. B. Temporary supports shall be designed with an adequate safety factor to assure adequate load bearing capability. Whenever required by safety regulations, the CONTRACTOR shall submit design calculations for staging and shoring prior to application of loads. 1.18 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES A. At such time or times as any temporary construction facilities and utilities are no longer required for the work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER of their intent and schedule for removal of the temporary facilities and utilities, and obtain the ENGINEER's approval before removing the same. B. As approved, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the temporary facilities and utilities from the site as CONTRACTOR's property and leave the site in such condition as specified, as directed by the ENGINEER, and/or as shown on the Drawings. 01500-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. In unfinished areas, such as planted medians, the condition of the site shall be left in a condition that will restore original drainage, evenly graded, seeded or planted as necessary, and left with an appearance equal to, or better than original. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01500-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 01500-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01505 MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all bonds, insurance, and licenses; moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary buildings, and other construction facilities; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the work. B. Mobilization shall include but not be limited to the following principal items: 1. Moving on to the site of all CONTRACTOR's plant and equipment. 2. Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 3. Establishing fire protection system. 4. Developing construction water supply. 5. Furnishing the work access plan as specified in Section 01500, Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities. 6. Providing all on-site CONTRACTOR communication facilities, including telephones, and radio pagers and any radio communications facilities required for the CONTRACTOR to coordinate their forces. 7. Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified in Section 01500, Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities. 8. Arranging for and erection of the CONTRACTOR's work and storage yard, including site security. 9. Posting all EPA and OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs. 10. Post all required labor and EEOE notices. 11. Have the CONTRACTOR's superintendent at the job site full time. 12.Submittal and OWNER acceptance of the Construction Schedule. 13. Establishing site security, lighting, fencing, and signing. 14.Obtaining all bonds, insurance and licenses. 15. Providing an organization chart of the project and for the CONTRACTOR's firm. The project chart shall include the name, title and responsibilities of each position which is involved in the work. 16.Other mobilization items approved by the ENGINEER required to support the complete work (e.g., Health and Safety Plans for Hazardous Waste). PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01505-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 01505-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01610 GENERALPRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. All products furnished and installed under this contract shall conform to the general stipulations set forth in this Section except as otherwise specified in other Sections. 1.2 COORDINATION A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all details of the products and equipment with other related parts of the work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring, and equipment components are compatible. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all structural and other alterations in the work required to accommodate products or equipment differing in dimensions or other characteristics from that contemplated in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Where CONTRACTOR design is specified, design and installation of systems, equipment, and components, including supports and anchorage, shall be in accordance with provisions of 2022 edition of the California Building Code (CBC). 1. Basic Wind Speed: 105 mph, Exposure C. 2. Snow: 30-psf, non-reducible. 3. Seismic: a. SS (maximum short-term spectral response acceleration) = 1.078 b. S1 (maximum 1-second spectral response acceleration) = 0.431 c. Sps (design short-term spectral response acceleration) = 0.768 d. Sol (design 1-second spectral response acceleration) = 0537 e. Ie (Seismic Importance Factor) = 1.5 f. Risk Category = IV g. Seismic Use Group = III 4. Maximum Rain Intensity: 3-inches/hour B. Proof of Compliance: 1. Structural integrity and anchorage shall be certified by an approved calculation that demonstrates the adequacy of the anchorage system for seismic forces. This calculation may be based on principles of structural analysis and engineering mechanics, or based on similarity to approved shake-table tests. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit for review and approval test data or calculations certified by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California to show compliance with the above requirements. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Altitude: Provide materials and equipment suitable for installation and operation under rated conditions at 500 feet above sea level. 01610-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Provide equipment and devices installed outdoors or in unheated enclosures capable of continuous operation within an ambient temperature range of 20 degrees F to 120 degrees F. 1.5 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all equipment against faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship or materials, and leakage, breakage, or other failure. Materials shall be suitable for service conditions. B. All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with recognized and acceptable engineering and shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gages so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests. C. Except where otherwise specified, structural and miscellaneous fabricated steel used in equipment shall conform to AISC standards. All structural members shall be designed for shock or vibratory loads. Unless otherwise specified, all steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operation of the equipment shall be at least 1/4 inch thick. D. Except where otherwise specified, all metal which will be exposed to weather, submerged or otherwise exposed to moisture shall be either non-ferrous or stainless steel, as the application may require. 1.6 LUBRICATION A. Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems which require attention no more frequently than weekly during continuous operation. Lubrication systems shall not require attention during startup or shutdown and shall not waste lubricants. B. Lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be provided in sufficient quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs and to replace all consumption during testing, startup, and operation prior to acceptance of equipment by OWNER. Unless otherwise specified or permitted, the use of synthetic lubricants will not be acceptable. C. �ubrication facilities shall be convenient and accessible. Oil drains and fill openings shall be easily accessible from the normal operating area or platform. Drains shall allow for convenient collection of waste oil in containers from the normal operating area or platform without removing the unit from its normal installed position. 1J ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Unless otherwise specified, motors furnished with equipment shall meet the following requirements: 1. Designed and applied in accordance with NEMA, ANSI, IEEE, AFBMA, and NEC for the duty service imposed by the driven equipment, such as frequent starting, intermittent overload, high inertia, mounting configuration, or service environment. 2. Rated for continuous duty at 40oC ambient, unless the application is well recognized for intermittent duty service as a standard industry practice. 01610-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Insulated with Class F insulation and designed for a service factor of 1.15, or greater. 4. Three phase motors used in conjunction with variable speed drives shall have Class F insulation with a Class B temperature rise at rated nameplate horsepower, and 1.15 service factor. 5. When operating at service factor load, maximum observable temperature rise of insulation and motor parts, as determined by resistance or thermometer methods, shall not exceed the NEMA allowable limits for the type of motor, the type of enclosure, and the particular application with regard to continuous or intermittent duty. 6. To ensure long motor life, nameplate horsepower, regardless of service factor, shall be at least 115 percent of the maximum load imposed by the driven equipment. 7. Designed for full voltage starting. 8. Designed to operate from an electrical system that may have a maximum of 5 percent voltage distortion per IEEE Standard 519. 9. Derated, if required, for the altitude at which the equipment is installed. 10. Clamp-type grounding terminal shall be inside motor conduit box. 11. External conduit boxes shall be oversized at least one size larger than NEMA standard. 12.Totally enclosed motors shall have a continuous moisture drain which also excludes i nsects. 13. Bearings shall be either oil or grease lubricated. 14. Manufacturer's standard motor may be supplied on integrally constructed, packaged assemblies such as appliances, tools, unit heaters, and similar equipment specified by model number, in which case a redesign of the unit would be required to furnish motors of other than the manufacturer's standard design. However, in all cases, totally enclosed motors are preferred and shall be furnished if offered by the manufacturer as a standard option. 15.Totally enclosed motors shall be furnished on: a. Equipment for installation below grade. b. Equipment operating in wet or dust-laden locations. 16. Drip-proof motors, or totally enclosed motors at the supplier's option, shall be furnished on equipment in indoor, above-grade, clean, and dry locations. 17. Explosion-proof or submersible motors shall be furnished as required by applicable codes, as specified in other Sections, or at the supplier's option. 18. Motors shall be rated and constructed as follows: a. Below 1/2 hp: 1) 115 volts, 60 Hz, single phase. 2) Built-in manual-reset thermal protector, or integrally mounted stainless steel enclosed manual motor starter. b. 1/2 hp and above: 1) 460 volts, 60 Hz, 3 phase. 2) Where specified or required by the drawings, motors used on 240 volt systems shall be 230 volts, 60 Hz, 3 phase. 1.8 DRIVE UNITS A. The nominal input horsepower rating of each gear or speed reducer shall be at least equal to the nameplate horsepower of the drive motor. Drive units shall be designed for 24 hours continuous service. B. Unless otherwise specified, the use of gearmotors will not be acceptable. 01610-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Gear reducers: 1. Each gear reducer shall be a totally enclosed unit with oil or grease lubricated antifriction, rolling element bearings throughout. 2. Helical, spiral bevel, combination bevel-helical, and worm gear reducers shall have a service factor of at least 1.50 based on the nameplate horsepower of the drive motor. Shaft-mounted and flange-mounted gear reducers shall be rated AGMA Class II. Helical gear reducers shall have a gear strength rating to catalog rating of 1.5. Each gear reducer shall bear an AGMA nameplate. 3. The thermal horsepower rating of each unit shall equal or exceed the nameplate horsepower of the drive motor. During continuous operation, the maximum sump oil temperature shall not rise more than 100°F above the ambient air temperature in the vicinity of the unit and shall not exceed 200°F. 4. Bearings: a. Each grease lubricated bearing shall be installed in a bearing housing designed to facilitate periodic regreasing of the bearing by means of a manually operated grease gun. b. Each bearing housing shall be designed to evenly distribute new grease, to properly dispose of old grease, and to prevent overgreasing of the bearing. c. The use of permanently sealed, grease lubricated bearings will not be acceptable. d. An internal or external oil pump and appurtenances shall be provided if required to properly lubricate oil lubricated bearings. e. A dipstick or sight glass arranged to permit visual inspection of lubricant level shall be provided on each unit. 5. Gear reducers that require the removal of parts or periodic disassembly of the unit for cleaning and manual regreasing of bearings will not be acceptable. 6. Certification shall be furnished by the gear reducer manufacturer indicating that the intended application of each unit has been reviewed in detail by the manufacturer and that the unit provided is fully compatible with the conditions of installation and service. D. V-belt drives: 1. Each V-belt drive shall include a sliding base or other suitable tension adjustment. V-belt drives shall have a service factor of at least 1.6 at maximum speed based on the nameplate horsepower of the drive motor. 1.9 SAFETY GUARDS A. All belt or chain drives, fan blades, couplings, and other moving or rotating parts shall be covered on all sides by a safety guard. B. Safety guards shall be fabricated from 16 USS gauge or heavier galvanized or aluminum-clad sheet steel or 1/2 inch mesh galvanized expanded metal. C. Each guard shall be designed for easy installation and removal. D. All necessary supports and accessories shall be provided for each guard. Supports and accessories, including bolts, shall be galvanized. 01610-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. All safety guards in outdoor locations shall be designed to prevent the entrance of rain and dripping water. 1.10 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Equipment suppliers shall furnish suitable anchor bolts for each item of equipment. B. Anchor bolts, together with templates or setting drawings, shall be delivered sufficiently early to permit setting the anchor bolts when the structural concrete is placed. C. Anchor bolts shall comply with Section 05051, Anchors, Inserts and Epoxy Dowels and, unless otherwise specified, shall have a minimum diameter of 1/2-inch. D. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, anchor bolts for items of equipment mounted on baseplates shall be long enough to permit 1-1/2 inches of grout beneath the baseplate and to provide adequate anchorage into structural concrete. 1.11 EQUIPMENT BASES A. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, all equipment shall be installed on concrete bases at least 6 inches high. B. Cast iron or welded steel baseplates shall be provided for pumps, compressors, and other equipment. C. Each unit and its drive assembly shall be supported on a single baseplate of neat design. D. Baseplates shall have pads for anchoring all components and adequate grout holes. E. Baseplates for pumps shall have a means for collecting leakage and a threaded drain connection. F. Baseplates shall be anchored to the concrete base with suitable anchor bolts and the space beneath filled with grout as specified in Section 03600, Grout. 1.12 SPECIAL TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES A. Equipment requiring periodic repair and adjustment shall be furnished complete with all special tools, instruments, and accessories required for proper maintenance. Equipment requiring special devices for lifting or handling shall be furnished complete with those devices. 1.13 SHOP PAINTING A. Surface Protection: 1. All steel and iron surfaces shall be protected by suitable paint or coatings applied in the shop. 2. Surfaces that will be inaccessible after assembly shall be protected for the life of the equipment. 01610-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Exposed surfaces shall be finished smooth, thoroughly cleaned, and filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base for painting. 4. Electric motors, speed reducers, starters, and other self-contained or enclosed components shall be shop primed or finished with a high-grade oil-resistant enamel suitable for coating in the field with an alkyd enamel. 5. Coatings shall be suitable for the environment where the equipment is installed. B. Shop Primer: 1. Surfaces to be painted after installation shall be prepared for painting as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the intended service, and then shop painted with one or more coats of the specified primer. 2. Unless otherwise specified, the shop primer for steel and iron surfaces shall be: a. Cook "391-N-167 Barrier Coat", b. Koppers "No. 10 Inhibitive Primer", c. Tnemec "37H Chem-Prime HS", d. Valspar "13-R-28 Chromox Primer", e. Or equal. C. Machined, polished, and nonferrous surfaces which are not to be painted shall be coated with rust-preventive compound, Houghton "Rust Veto 344", Rust-Oleum "R-9", or equal. 1.14 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT A. All equipment shall be suitably packaged to facilitate handling and protect against damage during transit and storage. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipment, handling, and storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to the elements and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. B. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. All painted surfaces which are damaged prior to acceptance of equipment shall be repainted to the satisfaction of ENGINEER. C. Grease and lubricating oil shall be applied to all bearings and similar items. D. Each item of equipment shall be tagged or marked as identified in the delivery schedule or on the Shop Drawings. Complete packing lists and bills of material shall be included with each shipment. 1.15 STORAGE A. Upon delivery, all equipment and material shall immediately be stored and protected until installed in the work. B. Pumps, motors, electrical equipment, and all equipment with antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in weathertight structures maintained at a temperature above 60° F. Equipment, controls, and insulation shall be protected against moisture and water damage. All space heaters furnished in equipment shall be connected and operated continuously. C. Equipment and materials shall not show any pitting, rust, decay, or other deleterious effects of storage when installed in the work. 01610-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.16 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION A. Equipment shall not be installed or operated except by, or with the guidance of, qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results. When so specified, or when employees of the CONTRACTOR or their subcontractors are not qualified, such personnel shall be field representatives of the manufacturer of the equipment or materials being installed. B. Qualified field representatives shall be provided by the equipment manufacturers as required by Section 01750, Testing, Training and Startup. C. All equipment installed under this Contract, including that furnished by OWNER shall be placed into successful operation according to the written instructions of the manufacturer or the instructions of the manufacturer's field representative. All required adjustments, tests, operation checks, and other startup activity shall be provided. D. Acceptance of work in connection with the installation of equipment furnished by others will be subject to approval of the field representative. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the installation of work, and the approval or acceptance of ENGINEER or the field representative will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for defective work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01610-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEF-1"" BLANK 01610-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01700 INITIAL SUPPLY OF TREATMENT CHEMICALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Delivery of treatment chemicals as indicated herein. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Chemicals shall meet standards specified in this Section. 1.3 SUBMII-fALS A. Product Data: 1. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). 2. Manufacturer's delivery and unloading information including available volumes for delivery and packaging information. 3. Chemical supplier's certification that the chemical meets applicable standards. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Chemicals shail be delivered, stored, and handled in accordance with the Manufacturer's supplied MSDS and applicable sections of the 2012 International Fire Code. B. Chemicals shall be delivered to the site by manufacturer's representative with proper identification and manufacturer's name clearly visible. C. Chemicals shall be stored indoors, protected from damage, extreme temperature variation, and contamination. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� 2.1 TREATMENT CHEMICALS A. Provide the following: Chemical Name and Form Strength Storage Container Standard Formula Volume Ferric Chloride Li uid 38% 4,600 allons AWWA B407 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USEDj ++ END OF SECTION ++ 01700-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 01700-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01750 TESTING, TRAINING AND STARTUP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Scope: 1. This Section covers general equipment and system testing and startup requirements, services of the manufacturer's representatives and special coordinating services required of the CONTRACTOR that shall apply during construction and training of the OWNER's personnel for facilities operation. 2. Specific testing and tracking procedures and requirements found in the Technical Specifications shall also apply. B. The CONTRACTOR shall inform all Subcontractors and manufacturers of the requirements herein and include the required services in their costs for the work specified in these Contract Documents. Where a minimum amount of time is stated in the Technical Specifications for manufacturers' services, any additional time required to perform the specified services shall be provided at no additional cost to the OWNER. C. Scheduling: 1. Equipment testing and plant startup are requisite to satisfactory completion of the Contract and, therefore, shall be completed within the contract time. 2. All equipment testing and plant startup activities shall be realistically allowed for and shown on the CONTRACTOR's Construction Schedule, in accordance with Section 01320, Progress Schedule. 3. All equipment testing and plant startup activities shall be scheduled in conformance with the restrictions specified in Section 01130, Special Project Constraints. D. Equipment testing shall be satisfactorily completed prior to commencing plant startup associated with the particular equipment item or equipment package. The equipment shall not be considered ready for testing until the following conditions are satisfied: 1. Manufacturer's certification of equipment installation has been accepted by the ENGINEER. 2. Electrical and/or instrumentation Subcontractor certification of motor control logic has been accepted by the ENGINEER. 3. Related Technical Submittals, O&M Manual and Final Shop Drawings have been accepted by the ENGINEER. 4. Operator training services have been furnished by the CONTRACTOR (operational testing only). 5. Testing procedures have been submitted in writing and accepted by the ENGINEER in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. All testing procedures and results shall be submitted in writing. E. The requirements of plant startup specified herein shall also apply to the startup of individual treatment plant processes and facilities. 01750-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Startup Plan: 1. Not less than 3 months prior to initial equipment or system startup, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review, a detailed Facilities Startup Plan for the associated items of equipment and/or systems. 2. The Startup Plan shall include: a. A detailed sub-network of the CONTRACTOR's Construction Progress Schedule including the following activities: 1) Manufacturer's Services; 2) Installation Certifications; 3) Operator Training; 4) 0&M Manual; 5) Functional Testing; 6) Perfiormance Testing; 7) Operational Testing; 8) All other activities necessary to affect a coordinated and successful Testing, Training and Startup. b. Written testing plan with proposed data logs for each item of equipment to be tested. c. A discussion of any coordination required with the Owners staff and/or any system or equipment outage requirements. d. The Plan shall be updated and/or revised as necessary prior to subsequent Construction Progress Meetings. e. Testing shall not be scheduled earlier than 30 days after approvai of the Plan. 1.2 SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION A. General: 1. Manufacturer's Representative: a. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of competent and experienced technical representatives of the manufacturers of all equipment and systems furnished under the contract, for as many days as may be necessary for assembly, installation, testing assistance and operator training. b. Manufacturer's field representatives shall observe, instruct, guide, and direct CONTRACTOR's erection or installation procedures, or perform an installation check, as required. c. In each case, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange to have the manufacturer's representative revisit the job site as often as necessary until operator training is complete and testing and startup problems have been resolved to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. d. This requirement applies to manufacturers of all equipment furnished (excluding manually operated valves smalier than 24 inches in size, and any other items of equipment specifically exempted by the ENGINEER in writing), whether or not specifically set forth in the Technical Specifications. e. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a service record on each item of equipment and shall deliver these service records to the ENGINEER prior to acceptance of operational testing. 01750-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Fulfillment of Specified Minimum Services: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain prior written approval from the ENGINEER for providing manufacturers' services. 2. All requests to the ENGINEER for prior approval shall (1) be in writing, (2) be submitted not less than 10 calendar days prior to the providing of the subject services, (3) state the service to be provided, and (4) state the reason(s) why the timing of the service is appropriate. 3. Request made to the ENGINEER less than 10 calendar days prior to the manufacturers' services may not receive consideration and response prior to the times the services are provided. 4. Visits of manufacturers and their representatives to the jobsite or training classroom without prior approval as provided herein may not act to fulfill the specified minimum man-day requirements. C. Certificate of Proper Installation: 1. Equipment requiring factory tests shall not be delivered to the jobsite until the CONTRACTOR submits acceptable certified test results to the ENGINEER. 2. Equipment shall not be considered ready for functionai testing until after the following certifications have been submitted and accepted by the ENGINEER. a. Manufacturer Representatives: 1) The CONTRACTOR shall require that each manufacturer's representative furnish to the ENGINEER a written and signed report addressed to the OWNER certifying that the equipment has been properly installed, adjusted, lubricated, is in accurate alignment, is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts, has been operated satisfactorily under full-load conditions and is ready for full-time operation. 2) For pumps, compressors, blowers, engines, motors, and other rotating or reciprocating equipment, the report shall certify that the equipment operates within the manufacturer's allowable limits for vibration. 3) The report shall also certify that all controls, protective devices, \instrumentation, and control panels furnished as part of the manufacturer's equipment package are properly installed and calibrated; and that the control logic for equipment startup, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, and emergency shutdown has been tested and is properly operating. 4) The CONTRACTOR shall also sign said certification. 5) The CONTRACTOR shall submit "Manufacturer's Certification of Proper Installation" on the OWNER form. b. Electrical and Instrumentation Subcontractor: 1) The CONTRACTOR shall require that the electrical and/or instrumentation Subcontractor shall furnish a written and signed report to the ENGINEER certifying that the motor control logic for the equipment item that resides in motor control centers, control panels, control boards, microprocessors, distributed processing units, computers, and the like furnished by the electrical and/or instrumentation Subcontractor has been properly tested and calibrated. 2) The report shall certify that the control logic for equipment startup, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, and emergency shutdown has been tested and is properly operating. 3) The CONTRACTOR shall also sign said certification. 01750-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.3 STARTUP AND TESTING A. General: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the effective coordination of all parties necessary for the successful project startup. 2. The ENGINEER shall not be responsible to instruct the CONTRACTOR in the startup of the project, however, the ENGINEER will be available prior to and during startup to provide operational and technical support to the CONTRACTOR. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, consumables (power, water, chemicals, air, etc.) tools, equipment, instruments, and services required and incidental to completing all functional, performance and operational testing of installed equipment. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the proposed test procedures to the ENGINEER for review at least 30 days prior to testing. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER written notice confirming the date of testing at least five working days before the time the equipment is scheduled to be tested. 6. All testing shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER to be considered valid. 7. Test Reports: a. CONTRACTOR shall submit written detailed results of all functional, performance and operational testing. b. Upon successful completion of Operational testing all equipment installation, testing and maintenance records shall be submitted to the ENGINEER. c. Said records shall be bound separately for each piece of equipment or system and shall be collected by type of record. 8. For factory tests, written test results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at least 10 days prior to shipment. B. Functional testing: 1. All items of inechanical and electrical equipment shall be functionally tested by the CONTRACTOR after installation for proper operation. 2. A minimum of ten (10) days prior to the start of functional testing, the CONTRACTOR shall submit interconnection diagrams for the equipment and for the alarms, controls and instruments associated with the equipment. This requirement shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of ineeting any requirements in the technical specifications for earlier submittal of the interconnection diagrams. 3. Minimum Test Requirements a. The functionai test of each piece of inechanical equipment shall continue for not less than eight (8) continuous hours without interruption. b. The functional test shall include checking for proper rotation, alignment, speed, flows, pressure, vibration, sound level, etc. Initial equipment and system adjustment and calibrations shall be performed in the presence of and with the assistance of the manufacturer's representative. c. The functional test shall include a demonstration of the proper performance of all alarms, local and remote controls, instrumentation, equipment functions, and all other electrical, mechanical and piping systems. d. All parts shall operate satisfactorily in all respects, under continuous full load, and in accordance with the specified requirements, for the full duration of the eight-hour test period. e. If any part of a unit shows evidence of unsatisfactory or improper operation during the eight-hour test period, correction or repairs shall be made and the full 01750-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final eight-hour test operation, as specified herein, shall be repeated after all parts operate satisfactorily. C. Performance testing: 1. Where performance testing is required by the Technical Specifications, the testing shall be supervised by the manufacturer's representative. These services shall continue until such times as the applicable equipment or system has been successfully tested for performance and has been accepted by the ENGINEER for operational testing. 2. Performance testing shall take place after functional testing is successfully completed in accordance with Article 1.3 B. 3. Performance testing shall demonstrate that the equipment meets all performance requirements specified. D. Startup/operational testing: 1. Upon successful completion of operator training and the functional, performance and leakage testing, the CONTRACTOR shall startup the plant facilities and test the equipment operation and performance by conducting a seven (7) day, continuous operational test of the completed facilities as an operational process unit to demonstrate to the ENGINEER's satisfaction that all equipment and systems required by these specifications will operate in the manner in which they are intended to perform. 2. The OWNER will provide CONTRACTOR-trained operating personnel for the duration of the operational test. Said operation shall be conducted and under the supervision and direction of the CONTRACTOR and/or manufacturer's representative. 3. Operational Defects: a. All defects in materials or workmanship which appear during the operational test shall be immediately corrected by the CONTRACTOR. b. In the event of a malfunction or deficiency that results in shutdown or partial operation of a system or process unit or results in performance that is less than that specified, the startup duration shall be repeated for that corresponding system or process unit and any other affected equipment so its proper operation and performance as required by the Contract Documents is demonstrated for a minimum of seven (7) continuous and trouble free days. 4. If the operational test is interrupted through no fault of the CONTRACTOR the test may resume at the earliest mutually agreeable time. 5. No unit process or part thereof shall be placed in service until it has successfully completed operational testing. 6. During plant startup, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the appropriate construction trades and the services of authorized Manufacturer's representatives for operational testing and as necessary, to correct faulty equipment operation. 7. After completion of all startup/operational testing, the CONTRACTOR shall repaint, hose, scrub, clean up and otherwise return the work to a "like new" condition, prior to OWNER acceptance. 1.4 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. General: 1. Operation and maintenance training of OWNER's personnel shall be provided for mechanical, electrical, instrumentation and control equipment as listed in this Section or elsewhere in the Specifications. 01750-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. For the purposes of this requirement, operations training is considered to be separate from maintenance training. Instructions are to be tailored to the needs of each group. 3. These training services shall be conducted by the manufacturer's representative and shall ensure measurable and observable means that OWNER personnel are qualified to perform equipment task requirements, including essential knowledge, skills and abilities. 4. Training shall be conducted by competent representatives who are certified by the manufacturer to be thoroughly familiar with the subject matter as well as instructional methods. 5. Training materials shall be submitted to the OWNER (see Paragraph 1.4 C below) for review. Acceptance of training materials is required prior to start of training. 6. All training shall be completed prior to beginning operational testing. 7. The OWNER shall have the right to videotape any or all training sessions, or may designate separate sessions or portions thereof for the sole purpose of videotaping. B. Training coordinator: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall designate and provide one or more persons to be responsible for coordinating and expediting training duties. 2. The person or persons so designated shall be present at all training coordination meetings with the OWNER. C. Training schedule: 1. The CONTRACTOR's coordinator shall coordinate the training periods with OWNER's personnel and manufacturer's representatives, and shall submit a training schedule and the training materials for each piece of equipment or system for which training is to be provided. 2. The training schedule shall be submitted not less than 21 calendar days prior to the time that the associated training is to be provided and shall be based on the then current Plan of Operation. 3. Equipment and/or systems shall be deemed suitable for use in training upon satisfactory compietion of functional testing. 4. All training with regards to a unit process or part thereof shall be completed prior to the start of operational testing. 5. As a minimum, training shall be provided on the following equipment and systems: a. Greensand Filtration System b. Chemical Feed System c. Backwash Reclaim Pump and Surface Wash Pump 6. The CONTRACTOR shall provide distinct and separate training sessions for both operations and maintenance personnel, meeting the following criteria: a. Maintenance Training: 1) Maintenance training shall be provided for all items in 1.4.C.5 above. 2) The CONTRACTOR shall provide two (2) separate training sessions on a day agreed to by the ENGINEER. 3) Training shall emphasize theory of operations, troubleshooting, and preventative maintenance and repair procedures. 4) The discussion shall encompass issues relating to instrumentation, electrical, and mechanical systems. b. Operations training: 01750-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1) Operations training shall be provided for each piece of equipment listed in Paragraph 1.4.C.5 above. 2) The CONTRACTOR shall provide two (2) separate training sessions for each three (3) operating shifts. 3) Sessions are to be provided for each shift within the following time periods. a) Day Shift 8:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m. b) Swing Shift 4:00 p.m. - 10:00 p.m. c) Grave Shift 12:00 a.m. - 6:00 a.m. c. Training session schedules shall be approved by the ENGINEER. d. Training shall emphasize theory of operations, startup instructions, emergency and normal shutdown instructions, lockout procedures, troubleshooting, preventative maintenance, and alarm and control logic. 7. The CONTRACTOR shall confirm each training period a minimum of three working days prior to the schedule time. 8. If a manufacturer's representative fails to conduct a scheduled training class, the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to compensate the OWNER for labor costs, including overhead, for all OWNER personnel in attendance for the entire scheduled training period. 9. If the CONTRACTOR or the manufacturer's representative fails to provide training that qualifies the OWNER personnel to perform equipment task requirements, the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to provide remedial training to ensure OWNER personnel proficiency at no additional cost to the OWNER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON 3.1 RECORD KEEPING A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain as a minimum, the following records: 1. Equipment manufacturer's shop drawings. 2. Daily logs indicating all equipment testing and startup activities. 3. �og and time sheets of ail manufacturer's representatives performing services on the jobsite. 4. Updated equipment testing and startup schedules. 5. Records of system cleaning. 6. Hydrostatic and pressure test records. 7. Equipment alignment and vibration measurements and corrective actions. 8. Equipment lubrication records. 9. Insulation resistance measurements. 10. Electrical phase, voltage and amperage measurements. 11. Electrical breaker inspection, test, and adjustment records. 12. Logs of abnormal circuits and lifted wires. 13.Testing and validation of all central and alarm functions. 14. Data sheets of all testing and calibration of instrumentation devices and control loops inciuding documentation of set points. 15. Equipment and system release logs (from construction to startup). 16. Daily work reports. 01750-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.2 GENERALPROCEDURES A. The general work procedures listed below outline the work to be performed by the CONTRACTOR. Additional procedures applicable to specific equipment items are specified elsewhere. B. Technical assistance and support: 1. Obtain the assistance of the appropriate construction trades and the manufacturer or vendor, as required for technical assistance during equipment installation, testing, and startup by the CONTRACTOR and for training of the OWNER's Operation and Maintenance personnel. 2. Furnish names and telephone numbers of manufacturer's and vendor's current technical service representatives for use by the ENGINEER. C. Instructions: 1. Maintain an adequate manufacturer's instruction file so that the information will be readily available during equipment testing and startup. 2. Prior to equipment testing, finalize, and transmit to the ENGINEER the applicable technical manuals as required under Section 01330, Submittal Procedures of the Contract Specifications. D. Removal of rust preventives: 1. Prior to equipment testing, remove all rust preventives and oils used to protect the equipment during the construction period whenever these protective materials will be detrimental to operation or equipment maintenance. E. Lubricants: 1. At least 60 days prior to startup, provide a list of the manufacturer's recommended lubricants for use in the plant. All equipment lubrication shall be listed with the lubricant types and quantities recommended and approved by the equipment manufacturers. 2. Provide the necessary lubricants for startup and the initial 60 days of operation. 3. Flush systems and install the initial charge of all lubricants. Dispose of flushing oil in accordance with applicable regulations. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall lubricate the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations until the equipment is accepted by the OWNER. 5. Maintain a lubrication record for each item of equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the lubrication records to the ENGINEER prior to equipment testing. F. Packing and seals: 1. Install, adjust, and replace packing, mechanical seals, and accessories, as necessary, during the equipment testing and startup period. 2. Adjust seal water and flushing water flow rates in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. G. Removai of temporary bracing: 1. Prior to equipment testing, remove all temporary supports, bracing, or other foreign objects that were installed in vessels, transformers, rotating machinery, or other equipment to prevent damage during shipping, storage, and erection, and repair any damage sustained. H. Rotation, alignment, and vibration: 01750-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Prior to equipment testing, check rotating machinery for correct direction of rotation and for freedom of moving parts before connecting the driver. 2. Prior to equipment testing, perform the cold alignment and hot alignment to the manufacturer's tolerances. 3. Prior to equipment testing, test equipment vibration and correct any vibration in excess of the manufacturer's recommendation. I. Tie-ins at the contract limits: 1. Provide proper notification, preparation, and coordination for safe tie-ins and minimal interference with the plant operation. 2. Obtain approval and make the necessary tie-ins at the unit limits as required by the Contract Documents and as approved by the ENGINEER. 3. Prior to startup, remove the temporary blind flanges, plugs, bulkheads, seals, etc. J. �eak and pressure tests: 1. Provide the ENGINEER with 3-day advance notification in writing of the schedule for non-operating field leak tests or field pressure tests on piping and field fabricated equipment, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. 2. Provide the water, air and any special media required for the test purposes. 3. Prior to startup, conduct all leak and pressure tests in accordance with applicable codes, regulations, and the Contract Documents, and as approved by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR is advised that the tests shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER, to be considered valid. 4. Maintain a record of the leak and pressure test data and work completed. 5. Dispose of the test media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and applicable regulatory agencies. 6. Isolate in-line equipment as necessary for protection against test pressure. K. Pressure/vacuum safety relief devices: 1. Prior to equipment testing, test and adjust all safety devices as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 2. Prior to plant startup, provide the ENGINEER with a list of all field or factory equipment settings. �. Flushing and chemicai/mechanical cleaning: 1. Prior to equipment operation, conduct all flushing, blowing, and chemical/mechanical cleaning operations without using the permanently installed equipment. 2. Provide any special media needed for flushing and/or cleaning purposes. 3. Dispose of all media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and the appiicable regulatory agencies. 4. All systems shall be free of trash and construction debris before initiating startup. 5. Maintain a record of the work completed. M. Screens, strainers, and blind flanges: 1. Provide and install temporary strainers, screens, and blind flanges as necessary to protect the equipment and to test the equipment and pipelines. 2. Prior to startup, remove all of the temporary blinds and temporary appurtenances. 3. Clean the screens and strainers as required during startup. 4. At the end of startup, clean all of the permanently installed screens and strainers. N. Purging/inerting: 1. Prior to startup, purge and/or passivate the facilities as specified. 01750-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Install purge/inerting connections in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Provide purge or inerting materials and conduct the necessary operations as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 0. Drying out: 1. Prior to startup, dry out the facilities as specified or recommended by the equipment manufacturer to prevent contamination of catalysts, operating materials, and/or product. 2. Dry out systems, protective coatings, refractories, and linings as specified or recommended by the equipment manufacturers. 3.3 SPECIFIC PROCEDURES A. In addition to the work responsibilities described in Subsection 3.2, the procedures outlined below further define the work responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR for specific systems and items of equipment. B. Mechanical equipment: 1. Level baseplates and soleplates and grout under all load bearing surfaces. 2. Install suitable supports and flexible connections to alleviate any piping stresses that may be imposed on pumps, compressors, and drivers. 3. In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, chemically clean lube oil, seal oil, and cooling systems. Dispose of waste and cleaning media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and applicable regulatory agencies. 4. In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, charge the lube oil, seal oil, and cooling systems with flushing media and circulate for cleaning purposes. Dispose of any flushing media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and applicable regulatory agencies. 5. Charge the lube oil systems, seal oil systems, and cooling systems with the amount and type of operating oil or coolant recommended by the manufacturer. 6. Operate the equipment and check for excessive vibration, abnormal operating noises, overheating and lubricant leakage, etc., and test any safety shutdown/alarm devices for proper operation, and make any operating tests required by the ENGINEER. The adjustments required for proper operation shall be made prior to operational testing. 7. Utilize manufacturer's representative for technical assistance during installation and sta rtu p. 8. Prior to startup, all sidewalks, gratings, handrails, safety chains, safety shields, etc., shall be installed. 9. Prior to startup, demonstrate to the ENGINEER's satisfaction that all chemical solution pipelines are connected to the intended tank(s), feeder(s), pump(s), and application points, and that the pipes, appurtenances contained therein and diffusers will operate at the intended flow rates. 10. Prior to startup, the applicable safety equipment, emergency shower and eyewash units, fire extinguishers, fire suppression equipment, self-contained breathing apparatus, toxic and/or combustible gas detectors (including the respective personnel warning system), protective clothing, emergency repair kits, etc., shall be installed in an acceptable manner-subject to the ENGINEER's approval, and be fully ready for operation. 01750-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 11.All safety hazards, e.g., exposed drive shafts or rotating equipment members, exposed electrical circuitry, open electrical junction boxes and panels, improperly supported piping and conduits, missing safety devices, etc., shall be corrected prior to supplier training of the OWNER's personnel. 12.The CONTRACTOR shall perform a comprehensive safety inspection and correct any safety deficiencies found before implementing plant startup. 13. Roadways that are required for ambulance service, fire fighting access, delivery of treatment chemicals and supplies, and disposal of the treatment byproducts shall be completed prior to startup. 14. Prior to startup, install all warning and safety signs, labels, and devices. C. Tanks: 1. Test all tanks and internals, as required to demonstrate conformance to the Contract Documents. Dispose of test media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and the applicable regulatory agencies. 2. Prior to startup, conduct chemical cleaning or flushing operations as specified. Dispose of wastes and cleaning media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and the applicable regulatory agencies. 3. Prior to startup, install all chemical identification, warning, and safety signs and labels. D. Electrical power and lighting systems: 1. Provide the ENGINEER with 3-day advance notification in writing of the test schedule. The CONTRACTOR is advised that the tests shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER. 2. Perform insulation resistance tests on all wiring 120 volt and larger. Do not meggar instruments or solid-state devices. 3. Perform insulation resistance tests on all motor and transformer windings from phase to phase and phase to ground. 4. Perform grounding system tests to determine the continuity of connections and the value of resistance to ground. 5. Fill electrical gear with oil and/or other media as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 6. Prior to substantial completion and startup, test and set switchgear and circuit breaker relays for proper coordination and operation. 7. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the services of a qualified "independent testing service", member of the National Electric Testing Association, to perform a thermographic survey on all switchgear buses, insulators and power connections when energized and under at least 20 percent load. Significant hot spots shall be further checked by infrared pyrometer for exact temperature rise. The CONTRACTOR shall troubleshoot and correct the thermographic hot spots. Correction shall be verified by repeating the thermographic survey at no additionai cost to the OWNER. 8. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the services of a qualified "independent testing service", member of the National Electric Testing Association, to inspect and test the protective relays and the 800-ampere and larger drawout breakers for proper installation, adjustment, and operation in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations. 9. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the services of a qualified "independent testing service", member of the National Electrical Testing Association, to perform DC high potential tests on all cables that will operate at more than 2,000 voits to ground. 10. Obtain local electrical inspector's approval where required. 11. Energize all substations, with approval of the Utility Company and the ENGINEER after completion of all electrical testing. 01750-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 12. Prior to startup, perform tests and adjustments on all switchgear and motor control equipment to demonstrate proper operation and conformance to the Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommended settings. 13. Prior to startup, test installation of emergency power and lighting systems for proper operation, including light intensity. 14. Prior to startup, provide the ENGINEER with a record of all test data and the work completed. 15.Vacuum clean all electrical equipment prior to startup and acceptance. E. Piping systems: 1. Provide the ENGINEER with 3-day advance notification in writing of test schedule. 2. Hydrostatically or pneumatically test all piping as required by the codes and contract documents. 3. After successful testing of the piping, slowly drain the system and then flush the system. Orifice plates shall be installed after testing. If installed with the piping, they will be removed and replaced with spacers or pipe spools of equal length prior to the pressure test. 4. Dewater the system, remove blind flanges, and perform tightness tests, as required by the ENGINEER. 5. Insulate or paint piping, flanges, threaded joints, or field welds after the specified testing of each item has been completed unless instructed otherwise by the ENGINEER. 6. �eave exposed all welded joints (longitudinal, girth, and nozzle) in underground piping that have not been shop tested until the specified testing has been completed. After final testing of these joints, cover the system. 7. Prior to substantial completion and startup, check pipe hangers, supports, guides, and pipe specialties for the removal of all shipping and erection stops and for the correctness of the cold and hot settings for the design service, make adjustments as necessary to obtain proper installation. Provide the ENGINEER with instructions for the hot settings. 8. As necessary during equipment testing and at the end of substantial completion and startup, clean or replace the screens and filter elements as appropriate for the filter type and service. 9. Prior to startup, verify, to the extent required by the ENGINEER, that specified valve packing has been provided on valves installed in the plant. 10. Prior to startup, install all of the valve and piping system identification labels. 11. Prior to startup, check and record the position of all process system valves. 12. Prior to startup, correct support, vibration, and thermal expansion problems detected during the preliminary equipment testing. 13. Prior to the startup, retorque all hot and cold service bolting as required to ensure a permanent and proper installation. 14. Prior to startup, demonstrate to the ENGINEER's satisfaction that each piping system (e.g., chemical, sample, utility, irrigation process, etc.) functions as designed and required by the Contract Documents. + + END OF SECTION + + 01750-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01800 OPERATIONAL COMPLETION AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. The Work will be considered operationally complete when all technical and administrative submittals, testing, training and startup are completed satisfactorily in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Operational completion shall apply to the project in its entirety. 1.2 CERTIFICATION OF OPERATIONAL COMPLETION A. Prior to requesting the ENGINEER's inspection for certification of each phase as operationally complete, the CONTRACTOR shall certify in writing that each phase of the Work is operationally complete and shall submit a list of known items still to be completed or corrected (punchlist) prior to Contract Completion. B. The following items shall be completed: 1. OWNER has been advised of any pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Specific warranties, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents have been submitted. 3. All tools, spare parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items have been delivered to OWNER. 4. Instruction of OWNER's operation/maintenance personnel, and start up testing has been completed. 5. Submittal and acceptance of all O&M manuals. 6. Changeover of locks to OWNER's cores/keys. C. Punchlist: 1. When the CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion or phase thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is operationally complete, the CONTRACTOR shall certify in writing that the work is operationally complete and shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to Contract Completion (punchlist). 2. The ENGINEER may add additional work items to the punchlist. 3. Failure to include an item on the punchlist does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4. Upon receipt of the CONTRACTOR's punchlist, the ENGINEER will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is operationally complete. 5. If the ENGINEER's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the CONTRACTOR's list, that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, upon notification by the ENGINEER and before an issuance of the Certificate of Operational Completion is provided, complete or correct such item. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall then submit a request for another inspection by the ENGINEER. 01800-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 7. When the Work or designated portion thereof is accepted by the ENGINEER to be operationally complete, the ENGINEER will prepare a Certificate of Operational Completion. 8. The date of Operational Completion shall be the date of the ENGINEER's inspection and acceptance. 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Closeout is hereby defined to include general requirements near the end of the Contract Time, in preparation for Final Acceptance, Final Payment, normal termination of Contract, occupancy by OWNER and similar actions evidencing completion of the Work. B. Specific requirements for individual units of Work are specified in Sections of Divisions 2 through 16. 1.4 FINAL CLEANUP A. At compietion, leave project clean and ready for use. 1. Legally dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the site. 2. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from exposed and enclosed surfaces. 3. Repair, patch and touch up all affected curbs, gutters, and sidewalks to match adjacent surfaces. 4. Broom clean paved surfaces, rake clean other surfaces of grounds. Vacuum clean all interior surfaces, rake clean other surfaces of grounds. 1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit Contract Record Drawings for the OWNER. l. The CONTRACTOR shall make a record of changes during construction on prints of the Drawings provided by the OWNER for this purpose (Contract Record Drawings) as described in Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 2. The reproducible drawings on which changed conditions are recorded shall be returned to the ENGINEER prior to project completion. 1.6 GUARANTEES A. The Generai Conditions cover the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to remedy defects due to faulty workmanship and materials which appear within one year from the date of Final Acceptance. B. Special guarantees are required by various Sections of the Specifications. Assemble written guarantees, label and submit to the ENGINEER. 1. Equipment guarantees shall be written in the manufacturer's standard form and shall be countersigned by the Subcontractor or supplier and the CONTRACTOR. 2. All other guarantees shall be written on the Subcontractor's or supplier's letterhead and shall be countersigned by the CONTRACTOR. 01800-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.7 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Spare parts and maintenance materiais are required by various Sections of the Specifications. 1. Parts and materials shall be packaged so as to preclude damage in normal handling and storage. 2. Packages shall be labeled with full description of contents and project name and clearly identified as to which item of equipment they belong to. CONTRACTOR shall maintain a spare parts inventory list which shall be provided to the OWNER prior to Final Acceptance. 3. Submit packaged parts and materials to ENGINEER. 4. Submit the value of all spare parts. 1.8 FINAL INSPECTION A. Prior to requesting ENGINEER's final inspection for certification of Final Acceptance and Final Payment, complete the following and list known exceptions (if any): l. Submit Final Payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. 2. Submit copy of final punchlist of itemized work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, endorsed and dated by ENGINEER. 3. Submit Consent of Surety. 4. Revise and submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Certify in writing that the work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and request ENGINEER's final inspection. C. Reinspection: 1. Within seven (7) days after receipt of the CONTRACTOR's notice that the work has been completed, including punchlist items resulting from earlier inspections, and excepting incomplete items delayed because of acceptable circumstance, the ENGINEER will reinspect the work. 2. Upon completion of reinspection, ENGINEER will either prepare a certificate of Final Acceptance or advise the CONTRACTOR of work not complete or obligations not fulfilled as required for Final Acceptance. 3. If necessary, inspection procedure will be repeated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON (NOT USED� + + END OF SECTION + + 01800-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 01800-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 01810 CLEANING PART 1 - GEWERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. This Section covers the work necessary for cleaning during construction and final cleaning on completion of the Work. 1.2 GENERA� A. At all times maintain areas covered by the Contract and public properties free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations. B. Pollution Control: 1. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti- pollution laws. 2. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. 3. Volatile wastes shall be properly stored in covered metal containers and removed daily. 4. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. 5. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. C. Construction materials such as concrete forms and scaffolding shall be neatly stacked by the CONTRACTOR when not in use. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove splattered concrete, asphalt, oil, paint, corrosive liquids, and cleaning solutions from surfaces to prevent marring or other damage. D. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. E. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. During execution of Work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish to assure that buildings, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. C. Provide approved containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Empty containers within one day after they are full. 01810-1 City of Redding March 2023 Wel) 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. E. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces. F. Vacuum clean all interior spaces, including inside cabinets. Broom clean paved surfaces, rake clean other surfaces of grounds. G. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. H. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. I. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting and continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis until building is ready for substantial completion or occupancy. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING A. See Section 01800, Operational Completion and Project Closeout, for additional requirements. B. At the completion of Work on all Contracts and immediately prior to final inspection, cleaning of the entire Project will be accomplished according to the following provisions: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly clean, sweep, wash, and polish all work and equipment, including finishes. The cleaning shall leave the structures and site in a complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. 2. Should the CONTRACTOR not remove rubbish or debris or not clean the building and site as specified above, the OWNER reserves the right to have the cleaning done at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. 3. Employ professional cleaners for final cleaning. 4. In preparation for substantial completion of occupancy, conduct final inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and of concealed spaces. 5. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish surfaces so designated to shine finish. 6. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces. 7. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. 8. Replace air-handling filters if units were operated during construction. 9. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils, if air-handling units were operated without filters during construction. 10.Clean luminaires in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Clean all light fixtures. li. Remove from the OWNER's property all temporary structures and all materials, equipment, and appurtenances not required as a part of, or appurtenant to, the completed work. See Section 01500 -Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities. + + END OF SECTION + + 01810-2 City of Redding March 2023 Wel) 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 02200 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Interfering or Objectionable Material: Trash, rubbish, and junk; vegetation and other organic matter, whether alive, dead, or decaying; topsoil. B. Clearing: Removal of interfering or objectionable material lying on or protruding above ground surface. C. Grubbing: Removal of vegetation and other organic matter including stumps, buried logs, and roots greater than 0.5 inch caliper to a depth of 6 inches below subgrade. D. Stripping: Removal of topsoil remaining after applicable scalping is completed. E. Project Limits: Areas, as shown or specified, within which Work is to be performed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON 3.1 GENERAL A. Clear, grub, and strip areas actually needed for waste disposal, borrow, or site improvements within limits shown or specified. B. Do not injure or deface vegetation that is not designated for removal. 3.2 LIMITS A. As follows, but not to extend beyond Project limits. 1. Excavation 5 feet beyond top of cut slopes. 2. Trench Excavation: 4 feet from trench centerline, regardless of actual trench width. 3. Waste Disposal: a. Clearing: 5 feet beyond perimeter. b. Scalping and Stripping: Not required. c. Grubbing: Around perimeter as necessary for neat finished appearance. 4. Structures: 5 feet outside of new structures. 5. Roadways: Clearing , grubbing and stripping 50 feet from centerline. 6. Overhead Utilities: a. Clearing and Grubbing: Entire width of easements and rights-of-way. b. Scalping and Stripping: Wherever grading is required. 7. Other Areas: As shown. B. Remove rubbish, trash, and junk from entire area within Project limits. 02200-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 CLEARING A. Clear areas within limits shown or specified. B. Fell trees so that they fall away from facilities and vegetation not designated for removal. C. Cut stumps not designated for grubbing flush with ground surface. D. Cut off shrubs, brush, weeds, and grasses to within 2 inches of ground surface. 3.4 GRUBBING A. Grub areas within limits shown or specified. 3.5 STRIPPING A. Do not remove topsoil until after scalping is completed. B. Strip areas within limits to minimum depths shown or specified. Do not remove subsoil with topsoil. 3.6 DISPOSAL A. Clearing and Grubbing Debris: Dispose of debris offsite. B. Strippings: 1. Dispose of strippings that are unsuitable for topsoil or that exceed quantity required for topsoil offsite or approved by ENGINEER. 2. Stockpile topsoil in sufficient quantity to meet Project needs. Dispose of excess strippings as specified for clearing and grubbing. + + END OF SECTION + + 02200-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 02220 DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. "Demolish": CONTRACTOR shall remove from the site as property of CONTRACTOR. Demolition includes disconnecting, removal, loading, repairs, cleanup, transportation, unloading, disposal permits and fees, disposal, and all other items required to remove the material from the site. B. "Salvage": CONTRACTOR shall remove from area of Work and place in location designated by ENGINEER. Equipment is property of OWNER. Salvage includes disconnecting, removal, repairs, cleanup, loading, transportation, unloading, and all other items required to remove and relocate the material. C. "OWNER to Remove": OWNER will remove from area of Work prior to CONTRACTOR commencing demolition Work for this area. D. "Relocate": CONTRACTOR shall relocate material shown to new locations shown on Drawings or stated herein. Relocation includes disconnecting, removal, reconnecting, attaching, repairs, and all other items required to relocate material to new location. E. "Abandon": CONTRACTOR shall disconnect and leave in place as specified. F. "Materials": Any and all items and objects that are scheduled, specified, or shown to be demolished, salvaged, removed, relocated, or abandoned. 1.2 SUBMITfALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Information: Grout, sealants, and bonding agents to be used for patching. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Plan and schedule phased demolition, including limits of demolition, as part of and consistent with the progress schedule specified in Section 01320, PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 2. Methods of demolition and equipment proposed to demolish materials. 3. Copies of any authorizations and permits required to perform Work. 4. Copies of Hazardous Materials Inspection Reports. 5. Repair procedures for demolition of materials beyond limits shown on Drawings. 02220-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials and equipment in suitable and adequate quantity as required to accomplish the Work shown, specified herein, and as required to complete the Project. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Drawings are based on available information. The Work may differ slightly from what is shown. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for determining the work required by inspecting the site. 3.2 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. All Work shall be done in conformance with all applicable rules and regulations pertaining to safety. B. Hazardous Materials: 1. See General Conditions. 2. Existing facilities, or portions thereof, to be demolished may contain hazardous materials such as asbestos cement piping, residual chemicals in existing or abandoned piping, lead-based paint, mercury seals, or other unknown hazardous materials. 3.3 SEQUENCE A. Be responsible for the sequence of Work. B. Conform to constraints as specified in Section 01130, SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRAINTS. 3.4 COORDINATION A. Coordination with ENGINEER: 1. Only materials specified herein, shown on the Demolition Photographs or the Drawings, or approved by ENGINEER in the field shall be demolished, salvaged, removed, relocated, or abandoned. 2. Verify materials scheduled to be demolished, salvaged, removed, relocated, or abandoned with ENGINEER prior to performing Work. 3. Do not remove materials without prior approval of ENGINEER. 4. Provide at least 3 working days' notice to ENGINEER prior to start of Work. 5. Notify ENGINEER to turn off affected services or facilities before starting Work. 6. Provide temporary services during interruptions to affected services or facilities as acceptable to ENGINEER. 7. ENGINEER will indicate limits of Work if not clearly shown. B. Coordination with Utility Owners: 1. Notify utility owners to turn off affected services or facilities before starting Work. 02220-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Provide not less than 72 hours notice to utility owners prior to shutdown, unless otherwise directed by utility owners. 3. Provide temporary services during interruptions to affected services or facilities as acceptable to utility owners. 3.5 LIMITS A. Drawings define minimum portions of materials to be demolished. Unless otherwise shown, rough cuts or breaks may be made to limits of demolition shown. If rough cuts or breaks are made exceeding limits shown, CONTRACTOR shall repair the cuts or breaks back to the dimensions shown on Drawings at CONTRACTOR's expense. B. If limits are not clear on the Drawings or Demolition Photographs, limits shall be as directed by ENGINEER. C. All areas not within the limits of demolition Work shown on the Drawings, or as specified herein, shall be left undisturbed, unless necessary for demolition of materiais. 3.6 DEMOLITION A. General: 1. Inspect condition of materials to be demolished prior to bidding to assess potential for salvage value. 2. Remove all materials associated with existing equipment that is to be demolished. 3. Materials within limits of demolition will become the property of CONTRACTOR. 4. All materials from the demolition process shall be removed safely from the project site as soon as possible. They shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable federal, state, and city regulations. CONTRACTOR is responsible for determining these regulations and shall bear all costs associated with disposal of the materials. B. Pavement and Curbs: 1. Provide saw cut at all concrete and pavement surfaces and curb removal limits and where neat connection lines are required. 2. Surfaces exposed by demolition activities shall be repaired and finished to provide a uniform, smooth, level transition between adjacent surfaces. C. Concrete, CMU, and Reinforcing: 1. In areas where concrete or CMU portions are to be removed from a structure, the edge of removal shall be cut with a concrete saw to leave a perpendicular edge or by core- drilling where a circular hole is required. 2. Damaged concrete shall be removed to solid concrete. Damaged concrete shall include concrete that is soft, spailed, cracked, or otherwise damaged as determined by ENGINEER. 3. Depth of removal shall be as determined by ENGINEER unless otherwise shown or specified. 4. Reinforcing shall be cut and removed unless otherwise shown or instructed by ENGINEER. 5. Spailed edges may be required to be resawn at the discretion of the ENGINEER. 6. Protect adjacent structures and equipment from damage during Work. 02220-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 7. Exposed surfaces following demolition activities shall be repaired and finished to provide a uniform, smooth, and level transition between adjacent surfaces. 8. Remove and repair designated cracked and damaged concrete areas shown in accordance with this section and Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. D. Concrete Embedded Items: 1. Except for core drills, demolish anchor bolts, reinforcing steel, conduit, and other materials that are concrete embedded to a minimum of 1 inch below final finished surface. For core drills, coat rebar exposed by core drilling with System No. 304 in accordance with Section 09900, PAINTING. 2. Plug empty pipes and conduits with fireproof sealant to maintain fire ratings for floors or walls. 3. Patching: a. Demolish damaged concrete. Damaged concrete shall be removed to solid concrete. Damaged concrete shall include concrete that is soft, spalled, cracked, or otherwise damaged as determined by ENGINEER. b. Coat with approved bonding agent. c. Patch with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. E. Piping: 1. Pressurized Services: Install restrained caps or plugs at the demolished ends, unless otherwise shown. 2. Gravity Services: Install concrete plugs, 5-foot minimum length. F. Utilities: 1. Excavate utility lines serving structures to be demolished. 2. Demolish electrical, sanitary, and storm drainage lines serving structures to be demolished. 3. Support or relocate utility lines exposed by Work. 4. For water and gas lines to be demolished or capped and terminated, provide a permanent leakproof closure. Closure type shall be as recommended by utility owner. G. Electrical; 1. Remove conduits and wiring from materials to be demolished back to nearest junction box. 2. For existing circuits to remain operational, intercept existing conduit at the most convenient location, or as shown, and splice and extend conduit to new location. Install new conductors as required to accomplish intended results. New conductors shall be continuous without splices between junction boxes. 3. For existing circuits no longer needed, demolish conductors from conduits. 4. Demolish all surface-mounted conduit which is no longer needed. 5. For conduit below grade or concealed within walis, cap and abandon in place. 3.7 SALVAGE A. Salvage materials for OWNER's own use where shown. B. Remove materials with extreme care so as not to damage. 02220-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Promptly remove materials from Work area. D. Store materials in location designated by ENGINEER. E. Clean and protect materials from dust, dirt, natural elements, and store as directed. 3.8 RELOCATION A. ENGINEER will determine condition of materials prior to removal. B. Remove all materials associated with items to be relocated. C. Existing materials shall not be damaged during removal. D. Properly store and maintain materials in same condition as when removed. E. Ciean and protect materials from dust, dirt, natural elements, and store as directed. 3.9 ABANDONMENT A. Structures: Break holes into or core drill floor slabs, catch basins, and other below-grade concrete structures to be abandoned in place to allow water to freely migrate through. B. Piping and Conduits: 1. General: Piping and conduits to be abandoned shall be capped with a watertight plug at demolished end in a manner that will prevent entrance of soil, groundwater, or moisture. 2. Pressurized Services: Install restrained caps or plugs at the demolished ends, unless otherwise shown. 3. Gravity Services: Install concrete plugs, 5-foot minimum length. 3.10 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. Any damaged materials scheduled to be salvaged or relocated shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR to the satisfaction of ENGINEER or replaced at the CONTRACTOR's expense. B. Any damage to areas not within the limits of demolition Work shown on the Demolition Photographs, Drawings, or as specified herein shail be repaired or replaced to original precontract conditions at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. 3.11 DISPOSAL A. Dispose of materials offsite in licensed landfills and in accordance with all local, state, and federal regulations. CONTRACTOR is responsible for obtaining any and all necessary permits for disposal. + + END OF SECTION + + 02220-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFI" BLANK 02220-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTZON A. Section includes: All excavating, backfilling, filling, grading, subgrade preparation and disposing of earth materials as required. It also includes all temporary means needed to prevent discharge of sediment to watercourses from dewatering systems or erosion. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Aggregate Material. 2. ASTM D422, Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils. 3. ASTM D423, Liquid Limit of Soils. 4. ASTM D427, Shrinkage Factors of Soils. 5. ASTM D4355, Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles. 6. ASTM D4491, Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Geotextiles. 7. ASTM D4533, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles. 8. ASTM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 9. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile. 10. ASTM D6241, Standard Test Method for Static Puncture Strength of Geotextiles. 11. ASTM D698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil. 12. ASTM D1556, Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soii in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. 13. ASTM D2922, Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 14. ASTM D2166, unconfined compressive strength of soils. B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 1. Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1926 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Permits and Regulations: 1. Perform excavation Work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Obtain all necessary permits for Work in roads, rights-of-way, railroads, etc. Also, obtain permits as required by local, state and federal agencies for discharging water from excavations, for erosion control, and for prevention of air and water pollution. 1.4 SUBMITfALS A. Test Reports - Borrow, Backfill, and Grading: Testing laboratory shall submit copies of the following reports directly to ENGINEER: 1. Tests on borrow material. 02300-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Tests on footing subgrade. 3. Field density tests. 4. Optimum moisture - maximum density curve for each soil used for backfill. 5. Reports of observations for conformance of borrow material to the Project Geotechnical Report. 6. Quality Control Plan: Names and phone numbers of independent testing companies that will be used to perform soil and asphalt concrete testing, qualifications, and proposed procedures for performing tests and providing test results to ENGINEER. B. Submit to the ENGINEER samples of all materials, including select backfill, general backfill, bedding, crushed stone, sand and topsoil. Submit sampies of the proposed material at least seven days in advance of its anticipated use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. All material will be tested by the laboratory and approved by the ENGINEER. 2. No material shall be placed without the approval of the ENGINEER. B. Marking Tape: 1. Plastic: a. Inert polyethylene, impervious to known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in soil. b. Thickness: Minimum 4 mils. c. Width: 12 inches. d. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. e. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Reef Industries; Terra Tape. 2) Allen; Markline. 3) Or equal. 2. Metallic: a. Solid aluminum foil, visible on unprinted side, encased in a protective high visibility, inert polyethylene plastic jacket. b. Foil Thickness: Minimum 5.5 mils. c. Width: 12 inches. d. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. e. Joining Clips: Tin or nickel-coated, furnished by tape manufacturer. f. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Reef Industries; Terra "D". 2) Allen; Detectatape. 3) Or equal. 3. Marking tape shall be marked with the following statements: a. Backwash Waste (BWW), Finished Water (FW), Pump to Waste (PTW), Raw Water (RW), Backwash Recycle (REC), Sample (SA) Pipelines: `�CAUTION - WATER PIPELINE BURIED BELOW." b. Drain (DR) Piping: ��CAUTION - DRAIN PIPELINE BURIED BELOW." 02300-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Ferric Chloride (FECL) and Sodium Hypochlorite (SHC) Pipeline: "CAUTION - CHEMICAL PIPELINE BURIED BELOW." d. Sludge (SLD) Pipeline: "CAUTION - SLUDGE PIPELINE BURIED BELOW." e. Sewer Force Main (SFM) Pipeline: "CAUTION - SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPELINE BURIED BELOW." f. For Existing Utilities Within Trench Limits: ��CAUTION - BURIED PIPELINE/CONDUIT" or as specified by utility owner. 4. Color: a. Effluent Pipeline: Purple, as specified in ANSI Z53.1 Safety Color Code. b. Sanitary Sewer Pipeline: Green, as specified in ANSI Z53.1 Safety Color Code. c. Others Disturbed: Color, as specified for specific utility in ANSI Z53.1 Safety Color Code. C. Pipe Locating Wire: 1. Pipe locating wire shall be bare AWG No. 10, soft drawn, single-strand copper wire. Locating wire shall be PVC, HDPE or HMWPE insulated and rated for direct bury. Insulation color shall be per APWA uniform color code. 2. Provide at least 6-mil PVC electrical tape insulation around wire where adjacent to metal pipe, valves, and in all valve boxes. D. Geotextile Fabric 1. Mechanical Properties a. Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632): 200 Ibs b. Grab Tensile Elongation (ASTM D4632): 15% c. Trapezoid Tear Strength (ASTM D4533): 75 Ibs d. CBR Puncture Strength (ASTM D6241): 700 Ibs e. Apparent Opening Size (ASTM D4751): 40 sieve f. Permittivity (ASTM D4491): 0.05 sec-1 g. Flow Rate (ASTM D4491): 4 gal/min/ft2 h. UV Resistance (at 500 hours)(ASTM D4355): 70% Strength retained 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Tencate; Mirafi 500x b. Or Equal E. Fill Material: 1. Classification: a. Fill adjacent to structures to a distance measured horizontally from the structure that is equal to the depth from the finished grade is classified as Select Fill. b. Outside these limits, the fill is classified as Common Fill, unless otherwise specified. 2. Common Fill: a. Common Fiil materials shall consist of soils obtained from on-site excavations or off-site sources that are uniformly mixed, contain no organic material, and have been passed through a 3" screen. b. The maximum expansion of off-site materials shall be 1.5% as performed on a sample remolded to approximately 9% of the maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 698 at 2% below optimum moisture content under a 100 psf surcharge pressure. c. If on-site material is unsuitable as determined by the ENGINEER, imported fill shall be used. 3. Select Fill: 02300-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. Select fill or backfill is material selected by the ENGINEER from the excavation. b. Select material shall be free of organic or other unsuitable materials and shall not contain rocks, or unbroken masses of soil larger then 4" in greatest dimension. F. Aggregate Base: 1. Class 2, 3/a" maximum conforming to Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. G. Granular Bedding: 1. Well-graded sand and gravel materials. 2. Unfrozen, friable, and no clay balls, roots, or other organic material. 3. Clean or gravelly sand with less than 5 percent passing No. 200 sieve, as determined in accordance with ASTM D1140, or gravel or crushed rock within maximum particle size and other requirements as follows unless otherwise specified. 4. 3/4-inch maximum particle size, except 1/4 inch for stainless steel pipe, copper pipe, tubing, and plastic pipe under 3-inch diameter. 5. Conduit and Direct-Buried Cable: a. Sand, clean or clean to silty, less than 12 percent passing No. 200 sieve. b. Individual Particles: Free of sharp edges. c. Maximum Size Particle: Pass a No. 4 sieve. d. If more than 5 percent passes No. 200 sieve, the fraction that passes No. 40 sieve shall be non-piastic as determined in accordance with ASTM D4318. H. Sand: 1. Natural or manufactured granular material, containing no organic material. 2. Sand will be non-plastic, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318, 100% passing a 1/2" screen and no more than 20% passing a No. 200 screen. I. Crushed Stone : 1. Crushed stone will be crushed rock or gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33, Size #57. J. Gravel Surfacing 1. Gravel Surfacing will be crushed rock, angular, and well-graded. 2. Maximum size of 3/a", at least 50% passing the No 4. screen, between 10 and 30% passing the No. 10 screen and no more than 15% passing the No. 40 screen. 3. Color to be selected by OWNER. K. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM): 1. Select and proportion ingredients to obtain compressive strength between 50 and 150 psi at 7 days in accordance with ASTM D4832. Sufficient cement shall be added to meet the strength and material requirements given below and as required to provide sufficient strength for compacting overlying trench backfill. Provide certified mix design and test results in accordance with submittal requirements. 2. Materials: a. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, two sacks minimum per cubic yard. b. Aggregate: ASTM C33, maximum Size 7. The amount of material passing a No. 200 sieve shall not exceed 12 percent. The above No. 200 sieve material shall be well graded so as to avoid segregation. The minus #200 sieve fraction shall be nonplastic. 02300-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Fly Ash (if used): ASTM C618, Class C or F. d. Water: Ciean, potable, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides. 3. Mix Design: a. The CONTRACTOR and its suppliers shall determine the materials and proportions used to meet the requirements of these Specifications. Make daily checks of the aggregate gradation and adjust the mix design as required. Modify the CLSM mix as necessary to meet the flowability, pumpability, and set time requirements for each individual pour. b. At least 30 days before placing CLSM, submit to the ENGINEER a mix design for each CLSM to be used. The mix design shall include trial lab and field data, with pairs of 6-inch by 12-inch cylinder breaks performed at 7, 14, and 28 days. Molds shall be plastic or waxed cardboard. The mix design shall be performed by an independent laboratory under the direction of an engineer licensed in California. c. No CLSM shall be placed until the ENGINEER has approved the mix design. The ENGINEER's approval of the mix design shall be understood to indicate conditional acceptance. Finai acceptance will be based on tests conducted on field samples and conformance with these Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Inspection: 1. Provide ENGINEER with sufficient notice and with means to examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed. 2. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR if conditions are found that may be detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. 3. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. B. "Pot-holing": 1. Excavate and backfill, in advance of the construction, test pits to determine conditions or location of the existing utilities and structures. 2. Definite the location of each existing facility involved within the area of his excavation for Work under this Contract. 3. Exercise care during such location work to avoid damaging and/or disrupting the affected facility. 4. CONTRACTOR is responsible for repairing, at his expense, damage to any structure, piping, or utility caused by his Work. C. Temporary Fencing: 1. Furnish and install a temporary fence surrounding excavations and work area, including the stockpile and storage areas. 2. Provide fence openings only at vehicular, equipment and worker access points. 02300-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.2 EROSION CONTROL A. General: Implement the construction procedures outlined herein to assure minimum damage to the environment during construction. Take ail additional measures required to conform to the requirements of applicable codes and regulations. 1. Whenever possible, locate and construct access and temporary roads to avoid environmental damage. Make provisions to regulate drainage, avoid erosion and minimize damage to vegetation. 2. Where areas must be cleared for storage of materials or temporary structures, provisions will be made for regulating drainage and controlling erosion, subject to the ENGINEER'S approval. 3. Remove only those shrubs and grasses that must be removed for construction. Protect the remainder to preserve their erosion-control value. B. Control Measures: Apply measures to control erosion and to minimize the siltation of the existing waterways, and natural ponding areas. Such measures include, but are not limited to, the use of berms, baled straw silt barriers, gravel or crushed stone, mulch, slope drains and other methods. 1. Install erosion and sediment control practices where shown and according to applicable standards, codes and specifications. The practices will be maintained in effective working condition during construction and until the drainage area has been permanently stabilized. 2. Temporary measures will be coordinated with the construction of permanent drainage facilities and other Work to the extent practicable to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion and siltation control. 3. CONTRACTOR will provide special care in areas with steep slopes. Disturbance of vegetation will be kept to a minimum to maintain stability. 4. After stabilization, remove all straw bale dikes, debris, etc., from the site. C. Dust Control: 1. Prevent blowing and movement of dust from exposed soil surfaces and access roads to reduce on- and off-site damage and health hazards. 2. Control may be achieved by irrigation in which the site is sprinkled with water until the surface is moist. 3. Repeat the process as needed. D. Failure to Comply: In the event CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to satisfactorily control erosion and siltation, the OWNER reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use its own forces to provide the corrective measures indicated. The cost of such work, plus engineering costs, will be deducted from monies due CONTRACTOR. 3.3 DEWATERING A. General: 1. Continuously control all water during the course of construction, including surface water and ground water, to prevent any damage to any excavation or to the construction activities occurring within those excavations. 2. Maintain all dewatering systems full time (24-hours/day) during the entire time the excavation is open. Do not shut down dewatering systems at night, on weekends or on holidays, or any other time the excavation is open. 02300-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Each excavation will be kept dry during subgrade preparation and continually thereafter until the structure to be built, or the pipe to be installed therein is inspected by the ENGINEER and backfill operations have been completed. 4. Provide adequate alarm, monitoring and back-up systems for all dewatering systems to maintain control of all water during all times any excavation is open. B. Surface Water: 1. Provide and maintain adequate drainage and dewatering system to prevent surface water from entering excavations and to remove and dispose of all rainwater entering excavations, trenches, or other parts of the Work. 2. Keep the different working areas on the site free of surface water at all times. Special care will be taken to eliminate depressions that could serve as mosquito pools. 3. The diversion and removal of surface water will be performed in a manner that will prevent the accumulation of water behind temporary structures or at any other locations within the construction area where it may be detrimental. C. Ground Water: 1. Provide, operate and maintain dewatering system to permit excavation and subsequent construction activities in a dry, safe environment. 2. System shall be of sufficient size and capacity to maintain groundwater level a minimum of 2 feet below the lowest point of excavation. 3. Contractor shall make an assessment of the potential for dewatering induced settlement of surrounding soils and structures. Contractor shall provide ail necessary equipment and facilities, including re-injection wells, cutoff walls, infiltration trenches, etc, to prevent damage to adjacent structures. D. Disposal of water: 1. Disposal of discharge water shall conform to any and all applicable permit requirements. 3.4 EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Trench Support 1. Provide, install and maintain trench shields for all trench excavations for which trench shields are required (at a minimum, as required by OSHA). 2. Follow all OSHA guidelines and other applicable laws and ordinances. 3. Elevation of Bottom: a. Excavation of earth material below the bottom of a shield will not exceed the limits established by ordinances, codes, laws and regulations. b. When using a shield for pipe installation, the bottom of the shield will not extend below the mid-diameter of installed pipe at any time. c. When using a shield for the installation of structures, the bottom of the shield shall not extend below the top of the bedding for the structures. 4. Moving Shield: When a shield is removed or moved ahead, extreme care will be taken to prevent the movement of pipe or structures or the disturbance of the 02300-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final bedding for pipe or structures. Pipe or structures that are disturbed are to be removed and reinstalled as specified. B. Below Grade Structure Excavation Support 1. Provide, install and maintain excavation support systems for all structural excavations where excavation support is required (at a minimum, as required by OHSA). 2. Follow all OSHA guidelines and other applicable laws and ordinances. 3. Prepare excavation support plan addressing the following topics: a. Details of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions for worker protection from the hazards of caving ground b. Design assumptions and calculations c. Methods and sequencing of instailing excavation support d. Proposed locations of stockpiled excavated materials e. Minimum lateral distance from the crest of slopes for vehicles, equipment and materials f. �ocation of vertical and horizontal monitoring points on structures and recommended frequency of monitoring for excavation support system stability and performance 4. Design of excavation support systems and excavation support plan shall be prepared by a civil or structural engineer registered in the state in which the system is installed. a. Excavation support system shall consist of h-pile and lagging, sheet piles, or other reliable method of excavation support. b. The use of below-ground tiebacks is allowed, however, Contractor is responsible for locating and avoiding potential conflicts with existing utilities in the area in which the tie-backs are installed. Ail tiebacks shall be further than 3 feet from any conflicting utility. Tiebacks shall not use existing structures for support. C. Removal of Excavation Support 1. Completely remove all excavation support unless ENGINEER specifically allows requested excavation support to remain in place after backfill. 2. Remove all excavation support in a manner that will maintain support as excavation is backfilled and wiil not leave voids in the backfill. 3.5 EXCAVATION A. General: 1. Material removed: Excavations include earth, sand, clay, gravel, hardpan, boulders, rock, pavements, rubbish and all other materials within the excavation limits. 2. Excavations for structures and pipelines will be open excavations. Provide excavation protection system(s) required by ordinances, codes, law and regulations to prevent injury to workmen and to prevent damage to new and existing structures or pipelines. Unless shown or specified otherwise, protection system(s) will be utilized under the following conditions. a. Excavation Less Than 5' deep: Excavations in stable rock or in soil conditions where there is no potential for a cave-in may be made with vertical sides. Under all other conditions, excavations wiil be sioped and benched, shielded, or shored and braced. b. Excavations More Than 5' deep: Excavations in stable rock where there is no potential for a cave-in may be made with vertical sides. Under all other 02300-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final conditions, excavations will be sloped and benched, shielded or shored and braced. c. Excavation protection system(s) will be installed and maintained in accordance with the excavation plan submitted. B. Structural Excavation: 1. The elevation of the bottom of footings shown is approximate only. ENGINEER may order such changes in dimensions, and elevations as may be required to secure a satisfactory footing. 2. Hand-trim all structure excavations to permit the placing of full widths and lengths of footings on horizontal beds. Rounded and undercut edges will not be permitted. 3. Excavations shall allow for aggregate base, forms, working space, installation of shoring or bracing or the safe sloping of banks. C. Pipe Trench Excavation: 1. No more than 100' of trench may be opened in advance of pipe laying. 2. Minimize trench width to the greatest extent practical, but conform to the following: 3. Sufficient to provide room for installing, jointing and inspecting piping, but in no case wider at top of pipe than pipe barrel outside diameter plus 3'. 4. Enlargements at pipe joints may be made, if required, and approved by ENGINEER. 5. Sufficient for shoring and bracing, or shielding and dewatering. 6. Sufficient to allow thorough compaction of backfill adjacent to bottom half of pipe. 7. Depth of trench wiil be as shown. If required and approved by ENGINEER, depths may be revised. D. Subgrades: 1. Subgrades for roadways, structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; free from mud, muck, and other soft or unsuitable materials; and remain firm and intact under all construction operations. 2. Subgrades that are otherwise solid, but which become soft or mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with select fill. 3. The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades shall not be above subgrade elevations shown. E. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials in approved areas, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 1. Locate and retain soii materiais away from edge of excavations. 2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as specified hereinafter. F. Unauthorized Excavation: 1. All excavation outside the lines and grades shown, and which is not approved by ENGINEER, together with the removal and disposal of the associated material is at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. 2. Unauthorized excavations shall be filled and compacted with select fill by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. 3.6 PLACEMENT OF FILL AND BACKFILL A. General: 1. Backfill excavations as promptly as Work permits, but not until completion of the following: 02300-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. Acceptance by the ENGINEER of construction below finish grade. b. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording of locations of underground piping and ductwork. c. Removal of concrete formwork. d. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. e. Removal of trash and debris. 2. Remove and replace with approved fill material, as specified, fill containing organic materials or other unacceptable material. 3. Compact all fill and backfill as specified in Subsection 3.7. B. Structural Backfill: 1. Select fill shall be placed as structural backfill where shown on the Drawings or indicated herein. 2. Constraints a. Backfill water-holding basins or structures only after satisfactory leakage tests have been conducted as specified in Sections Concrete and Precast Concrete. b. No backfill or fill material shall be placed when free water is standing on the surface of the area. c. No compaction of fill will be permitted with free water on any portion of the fill to be compacted. d. No fill shall be placed or compacted in a frozen condition or on top of frozen material. e. Any fill containing organic materials or other unacceptable material previously described shall be removed and replaced with approved fill material prior to compaction. 3. �evels of backfill against concrete walis are not to differ by more than 2' on either side of walis, unless walls are adequately braced or all floor framing is in place up to and including grade level slabs. 4. Wherever a pipe passes through a structure backfill, the structure backfill shall be placed and compacted to an elevation 12" above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. C. Backfill in Pipe Trenches: 1. Pipeline trenches may be backfilled prior to pressure testing, but no structure shall be constructed over any pipeline until it has been tested. 2. Unless otherwise shown, place all pipe on a minimum 6" thick layer of Granular Bedding. The bedding shall extend 12" above the top of the pipe. 3. Install bedding as follows: a. Spread bedding and grade to provide a uniform and continuous support beneath the pipe at all points between bell holes or pipe joints. b. After each pipe section is placed, deposit and compact sufficient bedding material under and around each side of the pipe to hold the pipe in proper position and to maintain alignment during subsequent pipe jointing and bedding operations. c. Bedding material shall be deposited and compacted uniformly and simultaneously on each side of the pipe to prevent lateral displacement. Then place and compact the bedding materiai to an elevation 12" above the top of pipe. 02300-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4. Above the level of bedding, place Select or Common Fill, as specified elsewhere in these specifications. 5. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM): a. When CLSM pipe zone material is indicated, the pipe may be supported above the trench floor on pea gravel bags or sandbag supports. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the ENGINEER, 7 days prior to full pipeline backfill installation, placement of CLSM as described below. This demonstration shall occur on the first 300 feet of trench, The CLSM pipe zone material shall be installed as indicated. 1) Bedding and Embedment: Place and compact CLSM pipe zone material using the following techniques: a) Following placement and anchoring of the pipe, remove all loose soil from trench walls and floor. Remove any unstable soil at the top of the trench which might fall into the trench during placement of the CLSM. b) Deliver the CLSM to the trench in ready mix trucks or traveling pug mill and utilize pumps or chutes to place the CLSM in the trench. Direct CLSM to one side of the pipe, taking care not to displace the pipe at any time. Continue placing CLSM on one side of the pipe until CLSM has gone under the pipe and up the other side to a depth of 6 inches above the pipe bottom. Use at least two handheld vibrators to continuously liquefy and move CLSM into all voids. Adjust water in mixture to maintain fluid consistency but maintain strength requirements. Continue placing CLSM on both sides of the pipe continuously using two vibrators for every 30 feet of pipe run. c) Maintain stability of pipe and conduit throughout CLSM placement and curing. CLSM will likely require placement in lifts to prevent pipe flotation. No movement of the pipe caused by flotation will be allowed. If any movement occurs, the C�SM material shall be removed and/or repaired in full conformance with these Contract Documents at no additional cost to the OWNER. Remove all sloughed material or other debris from top of previously placed CLSM. d) CLSM shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 4 hours prior to placing each lift as well as trench zone material. A smaller cure period will be allowed if it can be demonstrated to the ENGINEER that it will support the individual lift or trench zone material. The CLSM shall be sufficiently strong to support trench backfill material and the compaction effort required to achieve the specified compaction. D. Marking Tape: 1. Continuously install marking tape along centerline of all buried piping, on top of last lift of pipe zone material unless otherwise shown. Coordinate with piping installation drawings. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. a. Metallic Marking Tape: Install with nonmetallic piping and waterlines. Join ends with clips provided by the manufacturer. b. Plastic Marking Tape: Install with metallic piping. E. Pipe-Locating Wire: 1. Pipe-locating wire shall be provided for the entire length of all buried pipelines and shall be continuous around restrained joint sections. 2. Install pipe locating wire by strapping to the top of the pipe with PVC tape, polyethylene-backed tape, or tie locks. Test pipe locating wire with pipe locator equipment prior to final acceptance. 02300-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Stub the pipe-locating wire up inside each valve box or flush-mounted Type C corrosion monitoring stations. Sufficient excess length shall be provided at terminal connections to allow continuation of the pipe-locating wire to the terminal connection. 4. Wire splices shall be made with compression fittings or soldering; wrapped with Tac- Tape, Aqua-Seal, or equal, and wrapped with electrical tape. Prevent bare copper wire from contacting metallic appurtenances including, but not limited to, pipe, buried valves, or fittings. F. Geotextile Fabric 1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. G. Resume backfilling operations using the techniques described above to complete the pipe zone backfill. ENGINEER will approve the pipe zone backfill prior to initiating the trench zone backfill. H. Embankments: 1. To the maximum extent available, use excess earth obtained from structure and trench excavations for construction of embankments. Obtain additional material from borrow pits, if such pits are shown, otherwise obtain additional material from offsite sources as necessary. 2. Strip, scarify, level and roll the subgrade so that surface materials of the subgrade will be compact and well bonded with the first layer of the embankment. 3. Wherever a pipe is to pass through a fill or embankment, place and compact the fill or embankment material to an elevation 12" above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. I. Crushed Stone: 1. Place where shown on the Drawings, to the limits shown. 2. Place in hand-tamped lifts, not to exceed 6". J. Replacement of Unacceptable Excavated Materials: In cases where over-excavation for the replacement of unacceptable soil materials is required, backfill the excavation to the required subgrade with select backfill material and thoroughly compacted. 3J COMPACTION A. General: 1. Compaction by inundation with water will not be permitted. 2. Provide equipment capable of discing, aerating, and mixing the soil to ensure reasonable uniformity of moisture content throughout the material and to reduce the moisture content by air drying, if necessary. 3. Perform compaction with equipment suitable for the type of fill material being placed. Select equipment that is capable of providing the minimum density required by these Specifications. Use hand-operated compacting equipment within a distance of 10 feet from the wall of any completed below grade structure. Provide equipment that is capable of compacting in restricted areas next to structures and around piping. B. Compaction Density Requirements: The degree of compaction required for several types of fill is listed below. Moistened or aerated material as necessary to provide the moisture content specified, or if not specified, that will facilitate obtaining the specified compaction. 02300-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final MATERIAL Required Maximum Minimum Density Uncompacted Lift* ASTM D 1557 Common Fill/Prepared Subgrade: 90% 8" Select Fill/Trench Backfill above pipe: More than 2 feet below final grade 90% 8" Less than 2 feet below final grade 95% 8" Aggregate Base: 95% 8" Granular Bedding 90% 6" Sand 90% 6" Gravel Surfacing 95% 6" *Where large areas of backfill allow for use of large, heavy equipment, ENGINEER may, at their option, allow uncompacted lifts up to 12". C. Moisture Content: All fill and backfill shall be prepared and thoroughly mixed to achieve optimum moisture content, �3%, with the following exception: On site clayey soiis optimum to +3%. D. Testing: Testing will be as specified under Paragraph 3.10, ��Field Quality Control". 3.8 GRADING A. General: 1. Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this Section, including adjacent transition areas. 2. Smooth subgrade surfaces within specified tolerances, and compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown or between such points and existing grades. B. Adjacent to Structures: Grade areas adjacent to structures to drain away from structures (including masonry fences) and to prevent ponding. C. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1" above or below the required subgrade elevation. D. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, and grade and cross-section with finish surface not more than 1/2" above or below the required subgrade elevation. E. Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2" when tested with a 10' straightedge. F. Special Areas: In turfed areas or areas covered with gravel, stone, wood chips, or other special cover, grade to within not more than 1-inch above or below the required subgrade elevations. G. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surFaces to the depth and percentage of maximum density for each area classification. 02300-13 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Area Required Minimum Density ASTM D 1557 Beneath Treatment Structures and Buildin s 95% Beneath Pavement 95% �andsca ed and other areas 85% 3.9 PAVEMENT BASE COURSE A. Shoulders: 1. Place shoulders along edges of base course to prevent lateral movement. 2. Construct shoulders of acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each base course layer. 3. Compact and roll at least a 12" width of shoulder simultaneously with compacting and rolling of each layer of base course. B. Placing: i. Place base course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness. 2. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting base material during placement operations. 3.10 FIELD QUA�iTY CONTROL: A. General: Testing by a testing laboratory of materials, testing for moisture content during placement and compaction of fill materials, and of compaction requirements for compliance with technical requirements of the Specifications. B. The CONTRACTOR shall retain one or more independent testing agencies to perform all quality control testing required for all materials except portland cement concrete. The required testing is for soil, aggregates, imported gravel, aggregate base, asphalt concrete, and C�SM. Each independent testing agency shall perform the testing under the supervision of an engineer registered in California. Technicians performing the testing shall be certified to operate the equipment and have at least 1 full year of experience in the type of tests being performed. C. A Quality Control Plan shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER at least 30 days before field testing is required. It shall include the names, addresses, and phone number of the companies, the major personnel that will be involved, and resumes of the individuals that will be supervising and performing the tests. Copies of certificates held by the companies and the testing personnel shall be included. D. CONTRACTOR's independent testing agency shall perform all field and laboratory testing as described in these Specifications. Test shall include specific gravity, sand equivalent, durability, abrasion resistance, soundness, gradation, compaction curves, lab and field moisture contents, compressive strength, and field density. Other tests shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR's independent testing agency as may be required to meet the Specifications. Mix design testing for portland cement concrete, CLSM, and asphalt concrete shall also be performed by the CONTRACTOR. Field testing for portland cement concrete will be performed by the ENGINEER. E. CONTRACTOR shall schedule all lab testing so that materials arriving at the site have been approved by the ENGINEER for use on the Project. 02300-14 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. All lab tests shall be performed on Samples obtained from the source of actual material that will be used on the Project. No test results more than 90 days old shall be submitted for review. G. The location of field density tests shall be determined by the ENGINEER. H. Frequency of tests: Frequency will be not less than as follows: 1. For trenches: a. In open fields: 2 locations every 1,000 linear feet, for each layer b. Along dirt, gravel, or paved roads or off traveled right-of-way: 2 locations every 500 linear feet, for each layer c. Crossing roads: 2 locations along each crossing, for each layer 2. For structural backfill: 1 every 50 cubic yards. 3. In embankment or fill: 1 every 200 cubic yards. 4. Base material: 1 every 50 cubic yards. 5. Footing Subgrade: 1 every 50 linear feet, for each layer. 6. Paved Areas and Building Slab Subgrade: 1 every 500 square feet, but in no case less than 3 tests, for each layer. I. The ENGINEER may modify the frequency or spacing of tests to provide for testing at specific structures or locations where the ENGINEER deems additionai testing is required. The CONTRACTOR shall perform such additional testing up to 10 percent above the frequency and total number of tests specified at no additional cost to the OWNER. J. Verbal and hand-written test results shall be provided to the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR immediately following the field testing. Written test data sheets shall be provided to the ENGINEER not more than 12 hours following completion of the field test. Typed lab test results shall be provided to the ENGINEER not more than 7 calendar days following completion of the tests; however, the results must be reviewed and approved by the ENGINEER prior to placing the material in the trenches or incorporating it in the Work. A. Any location where a failing test occurs shall be recompacted and retested until a passing test is obtained. Specified testing values are minimums and no tests shall be accepted below the specified minimums. No material shall be placed over the failing test area until the failing material is recompacted and a passing test is obtained, and the area is approved by the ENGINEER. The limits of the failing test shall be assumed to be halfway between the failing location and the nearest passing location. Additional tests may be taken to determine the limits of unsatisfactory compaction. B. At the first of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall provide to the ENGINEER a typed summary of all tests performed for the previous month including test location by station, depth below finished grade, material tested, wet density, moisture content, dry density, maximum density curve used, and percent relative compaction. Lab test results shall also be included in the monthiy report with clear description of material tested, intended use on the Project, and a statement of compliance or noncompliance with the Project Specifications. C. Any material which does not meet the Specifications shall be removed from the site and replaced with material in compliance. 02300-15 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Material which has been softened or modified prior to placing the overlying lift shall be removed down to material which is in compliance. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Material removed from the excavations that does not conform to the requirements for fill or is in excess of that required for backfill shall be hauled away from the Work site and disposed of by CONTRACTOR in compliance with ordinances, codes, laws and regulations at no additional cost to the OWNER. B. A site is not availabie to dispose of excess material. + + END OF SECTION + + 02300-16 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 02390 RIPRAP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMII"I"ALS A. Administrative Submittals: Trip tickets showing source, type, and weight of each load of material delivered to site. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Certified Test Results for Each Class of Riprap for Each Quarry Used to Supply Material: a. Gradation. b. Abrasion resistance. c. Bulk density. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GEOTEXTILES A. Provide geotextile under all Riprap. B. Geotextile shall be non-woven, synthetic, UV resistant fabric. 2.2 RIPRAP A. Riprap shall conform to the following specification: 1. Conforming to Section 72-2 of the CalTrans Standard Specifications B. Free of roots and other organic or deleterious matter. C. Hard and durable quarry stone free from fractures, bedding planes, pronounced weathering, and earth or other adherent coatings. D. Minimum Dimension of Individual Pieces: Not less than 1/3 maximum dimension. E. Abrasion Resistance: Maximum 35 percent wear as determined in accordance with ASTM C535. F. Bulk Density: Minimum 150 pounds per dry cubic foot. G. Gradation: Smaller pieces shall generally fill voids between larger pieces without either excess or deficiency of one or more sizes of stone. 02390-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLACING RIPRAP A. Utilize power and hand tools to produce a subgrade that is true to the slope or grades indicated. B. Place geotextile prior to placing riprap. Overlap seams at least 24 inches. C. Place riprap as follows: 1. Intermix different sizes of pieces to eliminate segregation and to fill voids between larger pieces with smaller pieces and work surface free from irregularities. 2. Use placement and intermixing methods that avoid disturbing prepared subgrade or damaging existing facilities, completed Work, or adjacent property. + + END OF SECTION + + 02390-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 02770 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITI"ALS A. Information Submittals: 1. Asphalt Concrete Mix Formula: a. Submit minimum of 15 days prior to start of production. b. Submittal to include the following information: 1) Gradation and portion for each aggregate constituent used in mixture to produce a single gradation of aggregate within specified limits. 2) Bulk specific gravity for each aggregate constituent. 3) Measured maximum specific gravity of mix at optimum asphalt content determined in accordance with ASTM D2041. 4) Percent of asphalt lost due to absorption by aggregate. 5) Percentage of asphalt cement, to nearest 0.1 percent, to be added to mixture. 6) Optimum mixing temperature. 7) Optimum compaction temperature. 8) Temperature-viscosity curve of asphalt cement to be used. 2. Test Report for Asphalt Cement: a. Submit minimum 10 days prior to start of production. b. Show appropriate test method(s) for each material and the test results. 3. Statement of qualification for independent testing laboratory. 4. Test Results: a. Mix design. b. Asphalt concrete core. c. Gradation and asphalt content of uncompacted mix. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Independent Testing Laboratory: In accordance with ASTM E329. 2. Asphalt concrete mix formula shall be prepared by approved certified independent laboratory under the supervision of a certified asphalt technician. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temperature: Do not apply asphalt materials or place asphalt mixes when ground temperature is lower than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) or air temperature is lower than 4 degrees C (40 degrees F). Measure ground and air temperature in shaded areas away from heat sources or wet surfaces. B. Moisture: Do not apply asphalt materials or place asphalt mixes when application surface is wet. 02770-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Asphalt Material: Conform to the following specification: 1. Asphalt Material shall be a hot mix asphalt concrete, Type A, 1/2-inch maximum aggregate size, consisting of a mixture of mineral aggregate and paving asphalt conforming to Section 92 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, PG 64-10. B. Seal Coat: Conform to the following specification: 1. Seal coat material shall be conforming to Section 37 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Traffic Control: 1. In accordance with all applicable specification sections and laws. 2. Minimize inconvenience to traffic, but keep vehicles off freshly treated or paved surfaces to avoid pickup and tracking of asphalt. B. Driveways: Repave driveways from which pavement was removed. Leave driveways in as good or better condition than before start of construction. 3.2 LINE AND GRADE A. Provide and maintain intermediate control of line and grade, independent of underlying base, to meet finish surface grades and minimum thickness. B. Shoulders: Construct to line, grade, and cross-section shown. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Prepare subgrade as specified. B. Thoroughly coat edges of contact surfaces with emulsified asphalt or asphalt cement prior to laying new pavement. Prevent staining of adjacent surfaces. 3.4 PAVEMENT APPLICATION A. General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on approved, prepared base in conformance with this section. B. Pavement Mix: l. Prior to Paving: a. Sweep primed surface free of dirt, dust, or other foreign matter. b. Patch holes in primed surface with asphalt concrete pavement mix. 2. Place asphalt concrete pavement mix in one single lift. 3. Total Compacted Thickness: 3 inches. 4. Apply such that meet lines are straight and edges are vertical. 02770-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 5. Collect and dispose of segregated aggregate from raking process. Do not scatter material over finished surface. 6. After placement of pavement, seal meet line by painting a minimum of 150 millimeters (6 inches) on each side of joint with cut-back or emulsified asphalt. Cover immediately with sand. C. Compaction: Roll until roller marks are eliminated and density of 92 percent of ineasured maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D2041. D. Tolerances: l. General: Conduct measurements for conformity with crown and grade immediately after initial compression. Correct variations immediately by removal or addition of materials and by continuous rolling. 2. Completed Surface or Wearing Layer Smoothness: a. Uniform texture, smooth, and uniform to crown and grade. b. Maximum Deviation: 1/8 inch from lower edge of a 3.6-meter (12-foot) straightedge, measured continuously parallel and at right angle to centerline. c. If surface of completed pavement deviates by more than twice specified tolerances, remove and replace wearing surface. 3. Transverse Slope Maximum Deviation: 1/4 inch. E. Seal Coat: 1. General: Apply seal coat of paving grade or emulsified asphalt to finished surface at longitudinal and transverse joints, joints at abutting pavements, areas where asphalt concrete was placed by hand, patched surfaces, and other areas as directed by ENGINEER. 2. Preparation: a. Surfaces that are to be sealed shall be maintained free of holes, dry, and clean of dust and loose material. b. Seal in dry weather and when temperature is above 2 degrees C (35 degrees F). 3. Application: a. Fill cracks over 1.5 millimeters (1/16 inch) in width with asphalt-sand slurry or approved crack sealer prior to sealing. b. When sealing patched surfaces and joints with existing pavements, extend minimum 150 millimeters (6 inches) beyond edges of patches. + + END OF SECTION + + 02770-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFf BLANK 02770-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 02830 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMII"I"ALS A. Shop Drawings: Detailed information and specifications for materials, finishes, and dimensions. B. Samples: Approximately 6 inches square, or 6 inches long of posts, rails, braces, fabric, wire, ties, and fittings. C. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. 2. Evidence of Supplier and installer qualifications. 1.2 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Complete necessary site preparation and grading before installing chain link fence and gates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Match style, finish, and color of each fence component with that of other fence components. 2.2 CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC A. Galvanized fabric conforming to ASTM A392, Class 2. B. Height: 72 inches, unless otherwise shown. C. Wire Gauge: No. 9. D. Pattern: 2-inch diamond-mesh. E. Diamond Count: Manufacturer's standard and consistent for fabric furnished of same height. F. Loops of Knuckled Selvages: Closed or nearly closed with space not exceeding diameter of wire. G. Wires of Twisted Selvages: 1. Twisted in a closed helix three full turns. 2. Cut at an angle to provide sharp barbs that extend minimum 1/4-inch beyond twist. 02830-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.3 POSTS A. General: 1. Strength and Stiffness Requirements: ASTM F669, Heavy Industrial Fence, except as modified in this section. 2. Steel Pipe: ASTM F1083. 3. Roll-Formed Steel Shapes: Roll-formed from ASTM A570, Grade 45, steel. 4. Protective Coatings: a. Zinc Coating: ASTM F1234, Type A external and internal coating. 5. Color Coating: ASTM F1043, minimum 10 mils thickness over zinc coating to match color of chain link fabric. B. Line Posts: 1. Steel Pipe: a. Outside Diameter: 2.375-inch. b. Weight: 3.65 pounds per foot. 2. Roll-Formed Steel C Shape: a. Outside Dimensions: 2.25-inch by 1.625-inch. b. Weight: 2.70 pounds per foot. 3. Steel H-Section: a. Outside Dimensions: 2.25-inch by 1.70-inch. b. Weight: 3.26 pounds per foot. C. End, Corner, Angle, and Pull Posts: 1. Steel Pipe: a. Outside Diameter: 2.875-inch. b. Weight: 5.79 pounds per foot. D. Posts for Removable Fence Panels: As specified for end, corner, angle, and pull posts. E. Posts for Swing Gates: 1. Material: ASTM F1043 Group IA ASTM F1083 schedule 40 pipe. 2. Gate Post Size er ASTM F900: For ate fabric hei ht u to and includin 6 feet Gate Leaf Width Post Outside Diameter U to 4 ft 2.375-inch Over 4 ft to 10 ft 2.875-inch Over 10 ft to 18 ft 4.0-inch For ate fabric hei ht over 6 feet to 12 feet U to 6 ft 2.875-inch Over 6 ft to 12 ft 4.0-inch Over 12 ft to 18 ft 6.625-inch Over 18 ft to 24 ft 8.625-inch a. Roll-formed steel shapes may be substituted for steel pipe posts for gate leaf widths up to 6 feet and fabric heights up to 8 feet. 1) Outside Dimensions: 3.5-inch by 3.5-inch. 2) Weight: 4.85 pounds per foot. 2.4 TOP RAILS AND BRACE RAILS A. Galvanized steel pipe or roll-formed steel C shapes, color-coated. 02830-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Protective Coatings: As specified for posts. C. Color Coating: ASTM F1043, minimum 10 mils thickness over zinc coating to match color of chain link fabric. D. Strength and Stiffness Requirements: ASTM F669, Top Rail, Heavy or Light Industrial Fence. E. Steel Pipe: 1. ASTM F1083. 2. Outside Diameter: 1.66-inch. 3. Weight: 2.27 pounds per foot. F. Roll-Formed Steel C Shapes: 1. Roll formed from ASTM A570, Grade 45. 2. Outside Dimensions: 1.625-inch by 1.25-inch. 3. Weight: 1.40 pounds per foot. 2.5 FENCE FITI'INGS A. General: In conformance with ASTM F626, except as modified by this article. B. Post and Line Caps: Designed to accommodate passage of top rail through cap, where top rail required. C. Tension and Brace Bands: No exceptions to ASTM F626. D. Tension Bars: 1. One-piece. 2. Equal in length to full height of fabric. E. Truss Rod Assembly: 3/8-inch diameter. F. Barb Arms: 45-degree arms for supporting three strands of barbed wire. 2.6 TENSION WIRE A. Zinc-coated steel marcelled tension wire conforming to ASTM A824, Type II, Class 2. 2.7 GATES A. General: 1. Gate Operation: Opened and closed easily by one person. 2. Welded Steel Joints: Paint with zinc-based paint. 3. Chain Link Fabric: Attached securely to gate frame at intervals not exceeding 15 inches. B. Swing Gates: ASTM F900. 1. Hinges: a. Furnished with large bearing surfaces for clamping in position. 02830-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Designed to swing either 180 degrees outward, 180 degrees inward, or 90 degrees in or out, as shown, and not twist or turn under action of gate. 2. Latches: Plunger bar arranged to engage stop, except single gates of openings less than 10 feet wide may each have forked latch. 3. Gate Stops: Mushroom type or flush plate with anchors, suitable for setting in concrete. 4. Locking Device and Padlock Eyes: Integral part of latch, requiring one padlock for locking both gate leaves of double gates. 5. Hold-Open Keepers: Designed to automatically engage gate leaf and hold it in open position until manually released. C. Fabric Salvage: Knuckled. D. Appurtenances and Framework: As specified. 2.8 REMOVABLE FENCE PANELS A. Panel Length: 1. Equal division of total length of removable fence section. 2. Maximum 10 feet. B. Frames: ASTM F1184, Type I. 2.9 CONCRETE A. Provide as specified in Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install chain link fences and gates in accordance with ASTM F567, except as modified in this section, and in accordance with fence manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by ENGINEER. Erect fencing in straight lines between angle points. B. Provide all necessary hardware for a complete fence and gate installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Establish locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. 3.3 POST SE'I"I"ING A. Driven posts are not acceptable. B. Post Hole Depth: 1. Minimum 3 feet below finished grade. 2. 2 inches deeper than post embedment depth below finish grade. C. Backfill post holes with concrete to 2 inches above finished grade. D. Before concrete sets, crown and finish top of concrete to readily shed water. 02830-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.4 BRACING A. Brace gate and corner posts diagonally to adjacent line posts to ensure stability. 3.5 TOP RAILS A. Install top rail sleeves with springs at 105 feet maximum spacing to permit expansion in rail. 3.6 CHAIN LINK FABRIC A. Do not install fabric until concrete has cured minimum 7 days. B. Install fabric with twisted and barbed selvage at top. 3 J GATES A. Hang gates and adjust hardware so gates operate satisfactorily from open or closed position. B. Set gate stops in concrete to engage center drop rod or plunger bar. 3.8 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING A. Ground fences in accordance with applicable requirements of IEEE C2, National Electrical Safety Code. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Gate Tests: Prior to acceptance of installed gates and gate operator systems, demonstrate proper operation of gates under each possible open and close condition specified. + + END OF SECTION + + 02830-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 02830-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Formwork as required to construct cast-in-place concrete, including placing of all items such as sleeves, anchor bolts, inserts and all other items to be embedded in concrete for which placement is not specifically provided under other Sections. B. REFERENCES C. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 347, Guide for Concrete Formwork. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be instalied with the formwork. 2. Coordinate formwork specifications herein with the requirements for finished surfaces specified in Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.3 SUBMITI"ALS A. Submit for information purposes the following: Copies of manufacturer's data and installation instructions for all proprietary materials, including form coatings, manufactured form systems, ties and accessories. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Allowable Tolerances: Construct formwork to provide completed concrete surfaces complying with tolerances specified in ACI 347, Chapter 3.3, except as otherwise specified. B. Furnish and install all items for permanent or temporary facilities in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 03100-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood overlaid with MDO or HDO specifically designed for concrete forms, metal, metal-framed plywood-faced or other acceptabie panel materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth as-cast surfaces. Furnish in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to remain watertight and withstand pressure of newiy placed concrete without bow or deflection. B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces that will be unexposed in the finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least 2 edges and 1 side. C. Form Ties: 1. Form ties on exposed surfaces shall be located in a uniform pattern or as indicated on the Drawings. Form ties shall be constructed so that the tie remains embedded in the wall, except for a removable portion at each end. Form ties shall have conical or spherical type inserts, inserts shall be fixed so that they remain in contact with forming material, and shall be constructed so that no metal is within 1 inch of the concrete surface when the forms, inserts, and tie ends are removed. Wire ties will not be permitted. Ties shall withstand all pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable limits. 2. Flat bar ties for panel forms shall have plastic or rubber inserts having a minimum depth of 1 inch and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the tie hole. 3. Ties for water-holding structures or dry structures with access such as basements, pipe galleries, etc., that are below finish grade, shall have either an integral steel water stop 0.103 inch thick and 0.625 inch in diameter that is tightly and continuously welded to the tie, or a neoprene water stop 3/16-inch thick and 15/16 inch in diameter whose center hole is �/z the diameter of the snap tie, or a molded plastic water stop of comparable size. Flat snap ties complying with above requirements and other sections of this Specification may be used. The water stop shall be considerably larger in area than the tie cross sectional area, and shall be oriented perpendicular to the tie and symmetrical about the center of the tie. The ties shall be constructed to provide a positive means of preventing rotation or disturbance of the center portion of the tie during removal of the ends. D. Alternative Form Ties - Through-Bolts: 1. Alternate form ties consisting of tapered through-bolts at least 1 inch in diameter at smallest end, or through-bolts that utilize a removable tapered sleeve of the same minimum size may be used at the CONTRACTOR's option. Clean and roughen, fill, and seal form tie hole as shown on the Drawings; or where not shown on the Drawings, the CONTRACTOR shali provide a shop drawing submittal of his proposed method of sealing the through-bolt hole by sandblasting or mechanically cleaning and roughening the entire interior surface of the hole, epoxy coating the roughened surface and driving a vinyl plug and then dry packing the entire hole on each side of the plug with nonshrink grout, meeting these Specifications. Dry packing shall be done while the epoxy is tacky or remove the epoxy by mechanical means and reapply new epoxy. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for watertightness and any repair 03100-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final needed. Any leaks or dampness on the exterior of through-bolt patches during or after water testing shall require repair or replacement of the patch. 2. The elastic plug to be inserted into the form tie hole as shown on the Drawings shall be a Dayton Sure Plug, or approved equal, sized to allow insertion using the insertion tool to elongate the plug, place it at the correct location, and ailow the plug to return to its original length and diameter upon removal to form a watertight seal. The plugs shall be as manufactured and supplied by Dayton Superior, Dayton OH, phone: 888/977-9500. E. Forms Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds. 2.2 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall design all formwork prior to fabrication. The design shall account for all the tolerances, form ties, finishes, architectural features, rebar supports, construction joint locations, and other features and other nonstructural formwork requirements specified. Forms shall contain pouring and observation windows to allow placement of concrete through windows or shall be staged to allow visual observation at all times of the fresh concrete to ensure correct placement and vibration. Provide a formwork and placement design that will limit free fall of concrete in forms 8-inch or less in width to 5 feet; and for forms wider than 8 inches, limit this fall to 8 feet, except as hereinafter specified. Review methods with ENGINEER prior to start of work. Use placement devices, such as chutes, pouring spouts, pumps, as required. B. Wall forms shall be designed such that wall sections can be poured full height without creating horizontal cold joints and without causing snapping of form ties which shall be of sufficient strength and number to prevent spreading of the forms during the placement of concrete and which shall permit ready removal of the forms without spalling or damaging the concrete. C. Reuse of forms will be permitted only if a "like new" condition, unless otherwise approved in writing, is maintained. The ENGINEER shall be notified 1 full working day prior to concrete placement so that the forms can be inspected. The CONTRACTOR shall correct any defective work, found in the ENGINEER's inspection, prior to delivery of concrete to the project. Formwork surfaces that were in good condition and accepted for use, but were damaged during removal and handling shall not be reused on additional pours. The CONTRACTOR is expected to take care in the handling of forms and to obtain approval of form surfaces prior to each reuse. D. All forms and other structural formwork required shall be structurally designed by the CONTRACTOR and the design shall comply with all applicable safety regulations, current OSHA regulations, and other codes. Comply with applicable portions of ACI 347, ACI 318 current edition, and theses Specifications. All design, supervision, and construction for safety of property and personnel shall be the CONTRACTOR's full responsibility. 03100-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPEGTION A. Examine the substrate and the conditions under which Work is to be performed with installer and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 3.2 FORM CONSTRUCTION A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347; to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown; as required to obtain accurate alignment, location and grades; to tolerances specified; and to obtain level and plumb work in finish structures. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. B. Fabricate forms for easy removal without damaging concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where the slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and assure ease of removal. C. Provide temporary form windows where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Brace temporary closures and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate form windows on forms in locations as inconspicuous as possible, consistent with requirements of the Work. Form intersecting planes of openings to provide true, clean-cut corners, with edge grain of plywood not exposed as form for concrete. D. Forms for Exposed To View Concrete: 1. Do not use metal cover plates for patching holes or defects in forms. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections. 3. Use extra studs, walers and bracing to prevent bowing of forms between studs and to avoid bowed appearance in concrete. Do not use narrow strips of form material that will produce bow. 4. Assemble forms so they may be readily removed without damage to exposed concrete surfaces. 5. Form molding shapes, recesses, rustication joints and projections with smooth-finish materials, and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. E. Corner Treatment: 1. Form exposed corners of beams, walis, foundations, bases and columns to produce smooth, solid, unbroken lines, except as otherwise shown. Except as specified below for reentrant or internal corners, exposed corners shall be chamfered. 2. Form chamfers with 3/4"x 3/4" strips, unless otherwise shown, accurately formed and surfaced to produce uniformly straight lines and tight edge joints. Use rigid PVC chamfers for all architecturally formed concrete. Extend terminal edges to require limit and miter chamfer strips at changes in direction. 3. Reentrant or internal corners and unexposed corners need not be formed chamfered. 03100-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Openings and Built-In Work: 1. Provide openings in concrete formwork shown or required by other Sections or other contracts. 2. Accurately place and securely support items to be built into forms. G. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is to be placed. Retighten forms immediately after concrete placement as required to eliminate mortar leaks. 3.3 FORM COATINGS A. Coat form contact surfaces with a non-staining form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with surfaces that will be bonded to fresh concrete. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Set and build into the formwork, anchorage devices and other embedded items, shown, specified or required by other Sections and other contracts. Use necessary setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions. B. Edge Forms and Screeds Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in the finished slab surface. Provide and secure units to support screeds. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Before concrete placement, check the formwork, including tolerances, lines, ties, tie cones, and form coatings. Make corrections and adjustments to ensure proper size and location of concrete members and stability of forming systems. B. During concrete placement check formwork and related supports to ensure that forms are not displaced and that completed Work is within specified tolerances. C. If forms are unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during placing of concrete, postpone or stop placement of concrete until the defects have been corrected, and reviewed by ENGINEER. 03100-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.6 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Conform to the requirements of ACI 301, Chapter 2 and ACI 347, Chapter 3.7 except as specified below. 1. Removal of Forms and Supports Continue curing in accordance with Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete, Paragraph 3.7. Forms are to remain in-place for the time specified below. The temperature cited is the average of the daily high and low. Temperature: Above 50°F Below 50°F or when retarders are used Walls 24 hours 48 hours Sides of Beams and Slabs 12 hours 24 hours 3.7 RE-USE OF FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re-used in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form coating compound material to concrete contact surfaces as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces. Form surfaces shall be subject to ENGINEER'S approval. + + END OF SECTION + + 03100-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Fabrication and placement of reinforcement including bars, ties and supports, encasements and fireproofing. 1.2 SUBMIITALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all materials and reinforcement accessories. 2. Drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315, Parts A and B. For walls, show elevations to a minimum scale of 1/4- inch to 1 foot. For slabs, show top and bottom reinforcing on separate plan views. Show bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies, as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement, unless otherwise noted. Keep splices to a minimum. Avoid splices in regions of maximum tension stresses whenever possible. B. Certificates: Submit one (1) copy of steel producer's certificates of mill analysis, tensile and bend tests for reinforcing steel. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 315, Manual of Engineering and Placing Drawings for Reinforced Concrete Structures. b. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute: a. Manual of Standard Practice, includes ASTM standards referred to herein. B. Allowable Placing Tolerances: Comply with ACI 318, Chapter 7 - Details of Reinforcement. 1.4 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver concrete reinforcement materials to the site bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams. B. Store concrete reinforcement material at the site to prevent damage and accumulation of dirt or excessive rust. Store on heavy wood blocking so that no part of it will come in contact with the ground. 03200-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIA�S A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 for all non-welded bars. ASTM A706, Grade 60 for welded bars. B. Mechanical Couplers: Reinforcement bars may be spliced with a mechanical connection. Provide a full mechanical connection which shall develop in tension or compression, as required, at least 125% of specified yield strength (fY) of the bar in accordance with ACI 318 Section 12.14.3.4. The locations of the connections are subject to the approval of the ENGINEER. C. Stee) Wire: ASTM A82. D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place. 1. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, except as specified below. Do not use wood, brick, or other unacceptable materials. 2. For slabs on grade, use 5000 psi concrete blocks. 3. At all formed surfaces, provide supports complying with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice" as follows: Plastic protected or stainless steel legs. 2.2 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practice". In case of fabricating errors, do not re-bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will injure or weaken the material. B. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the Work: 1. Bar lengths, bends, and other dimensions exceeding specified fabrication tolerances. 2. Bends or kinks not shown on approved Shop Drawings. 3. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine substrate and conditions under which concrete reinforcement is to be placed with installer, and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with the applicable recommendations of specified codes and standards, and CRSI, Manual of Standard Practice, for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports. 03200-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, oil, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement during formwork construction or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. 1. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum concrete cover as shown. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with 16-gage wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Siab and wall bars shall be tied at every intersection around the periphery of the slab or wall and not less than every 48 inches in the field at walis and 60 inches in the field at slabs. 2. Bar supports shall be placed no further than 4 feet apart in each direction. Supports must be completely concealed in the concrete and shall not discolor or otherwise mar the surface of the concrete. 3. Set wire ties so that twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces. 4. Do not secure reinforcing steel to forms with wire, nails or other ferrous metal. Do not permit metal supports subject to corrosion to touch or be within the required clearance to formed or exposed concrete surfaces. D. Provide sufficient numbers of supports of strength required to carry reinforcement. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2-inches beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment or similar construction loads. E. Splices: Provide reinforcement lap splices by placing bars in contact, and tying tightly with wire. Comply with requirements shown for minimum lap of spliced bars. F. Mechanical Couplers in Lieu of Lap Splicing: 1. Provide mechanical butt splices in accordance with the recommendation of the manufacturer of the mechanical splicing device. Butt splices shall develop 125 percent of the specified minimum yield tensile strength of the spliced bars or of the smaller bar in transition splices. Flame dry bars before butt splicing. Provide adequate jigs and clamps or other devices to support, align, and hold the longitudinal centerline of the bars to be butt spliced in a straight line. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Bar-Lock (MBT) Coupler, as manufactured by Bar-Lock (MBT) Coupler Systems. b. Dayton-Superior DBR Coupler - Ailow for the reduction of bar area at threads. c. Or approved equal. G. Reinforcement Around Openings: Place an equivalent area of steel around the pipe or opening and extend on each side sufficiently to develop bond in each bar. See the Details on Drawings for bar extension length each side of opening. Where welded wire fabric is used, provide extra reinforcing using fabric or deformed bars. H. Field Bending: Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted when rebending will later be required to straighten bars. Rebending of bars at the same place where strain hardening has taken place due to the original bend will damage the bar. Consult with the ENGINEER prior to any pour if the CONTRACTOR foresees a need to work out a solution to prevent field bending. 03200-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Do not place concrete until the reinforcing steel is inspected and permission for placing concrete is granted by ENGINEER. All concrete placed in violation of this provision will be rejected. + + END OF SECTION + + 03200-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 03251 CONCRETE JOINTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes installation of concrete joints including, construction joints, expansion joints and fillers, waterstops, and contraction (control) joints. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM D1752, Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion ]oint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. C. United States Army Corps of Engineers 1. CRD-0572, Specifications for Polyvinyl-Chloride Waterstop. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. All joints subject to hydrostatic pressure shall be provided with continuous waterstop. 1.4 SUBMITfALS A. Product Data: Submit for approval, Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all materials required. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval: 1. �ayout of all construction joint locations prior to the submittal of steel reinforcing drawings. The concrete pour sequence and placement schedule shall be stated in the construction joint shop drawing layout. 2. Detail for joining polyvinyl chloride to steel waterstops. C. Samples: Submit for approval: 1. Waterstops for joints. 2. Expansion joint fillers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Install all manufactured items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Store materials off the ground and protected from moisture, dirt and other contaminants. Protect installed and uninstalled materials from UV exposure in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. 03251-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WATERSTOPS A. Polyvinyl Chloride: 1. Reference Standard: ASTM D570. 2. Construction Joints: Minimum of 3/8-inch thick, ribbed, width as shown, or if not shown, 6-inch minimum, center bulb type may be provided but is not required. 3. Control ]oints: Minimum of 3/8-inch thick, ribbed, center bulb type, width as shown, or if not shown, 6-inch minimum. 4. Expansion Joints: Minimum thickness of 3/8-inch and 9-inch minimum width. Provide with "O" or "U" shaped center bulb. The "0" shall have an outside diameter of 3/a-inch minimum unless shown otherwise. 5. Product and Manufacturer: Provide polyvinyl chloride waterstops of one of the following: a. W.R. Meadows b. Sika Greenstreak c. Or approved equal 2.2 PREFORMED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER A. Bituminous type conforming to ASTM D994 or D1751, unless otherwise shown or specified. 2.3 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION JOINT ROUGHENER A. Provide a water-soluble non-flammable, surface-retardant roughener. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Rugasol-S, as manufactured by Sika Corporation for horizontal joints. 2. MBT EAC-S, as manufactured by Master Builders for horizontal joints. 3. MBT Tuf-Cote (Deep Etch), as manufactured by Master Builders for vertical joints. 4. Or approved equal. 2.4 EPDXY BONDING AGENT A. Provide an epoxy-resin bonding agent, two component type. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod LPL, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2. Eucopoxy LPL, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. 3. Epoxtite Binder (Code # 2390), as manufactured by A.C. Horn, Incorporated. 4. Or approved equal. 2.5 MORTAR A. Mortar must be composed of cement, sand and water. Materials for mortar must comply with Section 03300. The proportion of sand to cement measured by volume must be 2 to 1 respectively. Mortar must contain only enough water to allow placing. 03251-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.6 BOND BREAKER A. Tape for 7oints: Adhesive-backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape, same width as joint that will adhere to premolded joint material or concrete surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed with installer and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptabie to ENGINEER. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Comply with ACI 301, Chapter Z2, and as specified below. B. Locate and install construction joints as shown. Locate additional construction joints as required to satisfactorily complete all Work. C. Horizontal Joints: 1. Roughen concrete at the interface of construction joints by sandblasting to expose the aggregate (1/4-inch minimum amplitude) and remove accumulated concrete on rebar immediately subsequent to form stripping. When sandblasting adjacent to installed waterstops, shield installed waterstops from the sandblasting operation. Immediately before placing fresh concrete, thoroughly clean the existing contact surface using a stiff brush or other tools and a stream of water under pressure. The surface shall be clean and wet, but free from pools of water at the moment the fresh concrete is placed. 2. Remove laitance, waste mortar or other substance that may prevent complete adhesion. 3. Place a 3" thick coat of mortar over the surface of the old concrete. Place fresh concrete before the mortar has attained its initial set. D. Vertical Joints: 1. Apply roughener to the form in a thin, even film by brush, spray or roller in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. After roughener is dry, concrete may be placed. 2. When concrete has been placed and the form removed, wash loosened material off with high-pressure water spray to obtain roughened surface subject to approval by ENGINEER. 3.3 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Locate and install expansion joints as shown. Install bituminous joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install caulking and sealants as specified in Section 07900, ]oint Sealants. 3.4 WATERSTOPS A. General: 03251-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Comply with ACI 301, Chapter 2, and as specified below. Make all joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval for waterstop locations not shown. 3. Provide waterstops in all basements, tanks and other substructures up to an elevation at least 12" above grade or to an elevation at least 12" above highest liquid level in tanks, whichever is higher, except where otherwise shown or noted. B. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstop: 1. Tie waterstops to reinforcing steel at 12-inches on center, in each direction, so that it is securely and rigidly supported in the proper position, centered in the joint, during concrete placement. Hog rings shall be used to facilitate placing and tying of waterstops to reinforcing steel forms or form-ties. 2. Continuously inspect waterstops during concrete placement to ensure their proper positioning. 3. Provide fused waterstops using equipment as supplied by or recommended by the manufacturer. Joints shall be inspected for strength and pinholes after splicing. Splices shall be strong enough to develop a pulling force of 75 percent of the strength of the waterstop, and shall be watertight. 4. Cover and protect installed waterstops from UV if the pour of concrete will be delayed more than 30 days. 5. Shield installed waterstops from sandblasting when performing surface roughening adjacent to installed waterstops. 3.5 BONDING WITH EPDXY ADHESIVE A. Use adhesive for the following: 1. Bonding of fresh concrete to concrete cured at least 45 days or to existing concrete. 2. Bonding of horizontal surfaces, which will receive a topping. B. Handle and store epoxy adhesive in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, including safety precautions. C. Mix the epoxy adhesive in complete accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. D. Before placing fresh concrete, thoroughly roughen and clean hardened concrete surfaces and coat with epoxy adhesive not less than 1/16" thick. Place fresh concrete while the epoxy material is still tacky, without removing the in-place grout coat, and as directed by the epoxy manufacturer. + + END OF SECTION + + 03251-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Place, finish, cure, strip, and repair concrete. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211.1, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 214, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. 3. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, (includes ASTM Standards referred to herein). 4. ACI 304, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 5. ACI 305, Hot Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 306, Cold Weather Concreting. 7. ACI 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 8. ACI 311, Guide for Concrete Inspection. 9. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 10.ACI 347, Guide to Formwork for Concrete 11.ACI 350, Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Class A Concrete shall be steel reinforced and includes: 1. Foundations. 2. Walls. 3. Slabs. 4. Equipment bases. 5. Pipe supports. B. Class B Concrete shall be placed without forms or with simple forms, with little or no reinforcing, and includes: 1. Concrete fill. 2. Curbs and gutters. 3. Sidewalks. 4. Thrust blocks. 5. Encasements. 1.4 SUBMIITALS A. Samples: Submit samples of materials as specified and as otherwise may be requested by ENGINEER, including names, sources and descriptions. B. Product Data: Submit for approval the following: 03300-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Manufacturer's specifications with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including admixtures and bonding agents. 2. �ist of concrete materials and concrete mix designs proposed for use. Include the results of all tests performed to qualify the materials and to establish the mix designs. C. �aboratory Test Reports: Submit copies of laboratory test reports for materials and mix design tests D. Delivery Tickets: Furnish to ENGINEER copies of all weighmaster certificate delivery tickets for each load of concrete delivered to the site. Provide items of information as specified in ASTM C94, Section 16. Delivery tickets shall be signed by a Certified Weighmaster. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests for Concrete Materials: Submit written reports to ENGINEER, for each material sampled and tested, prior to the start of Work. Provide the Project identification name and number, date of report, name of CONTRACTOR, name of concrete testing service, source of concrete aggregates, material manufacturer and brand name for manufactured materials, values specified in the referenced specification for each material, and test results. Indicate whether or not material is acceptable for intended use. B. If the concrete mix designs specified herein have not been used previously by the ready- mix supplier, mix proportions and concrete strength curves for regular cylinder tests shall be established by an approved ready-mix supplier or an independent testing laboratory based on the relationship of 7, 14 and 28 day strengths versus slump values of 2, 4 and 6 inches, all conforming to these Specifications. A laboratory, independent of the ready-mix supplier, shall be required to prepare and test all concrete cylinders. The costs for preparation of mix designs, not previously used by the ready-mix supplier, and testing of concrete and materials shall be borne by CONTRACTOR. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: 1. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type II; or blended hydraulic cement, ASTM C595, Type 1L. 2. Do not use cement which has deteriorated because of improper storage or handling. B. Aggregates: ASTM C33 and as herein specified. 1. Do not use aggregates containing soluble salts, substances such as iron sulfides, pyrite, marcasite, ochre, or other materials that can cause stains on exposed concrete surfaces. 2. Fine Aggregate: Provide clean, sharp, natural sand free from loam, clay, lumps or other deleterious substances. 3. Coarse Aggregate: Provide clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter, as follows: a. Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone. 03300-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Coarse Aggregate Size: Size to be ASTM C33, Nos. 57 or 67, except that No. 467 may be used for footings, foundation mats and walls 16" or greater in thickness. C. Water: Ciean, free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, organic materials or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel. 2.2 CONCRETE ADMIXTURES A. Provide admixtures produced by established reputable manufacturers, and use in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instruction. Do not use admixtures that have not been incorporated and tested in the accepted mixes, unless otherwise authorized in writing by ENGINEER. B. Air-Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260. 1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. SIKA AER, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. b. Micro Air, as manufactured by BASF. c. Daravair, as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Conn. d. Or approved equal. C. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture (`�Superplasticizer"): ASTM C494, Type F/G. 1. Superplasticizer shall be used in all Class A Concrete. Do not use high range water-reducing admixture containing more chloride ions than are contained in municipal drinking water. Add only at the job site to concrete in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instruction. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Sikament 320, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. b. Glenium, as manufactured by BASF. c. Daracem-100, as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Conn. d. Or approved equal. D. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 1. A water-reducing, aqueous solution of a modification of the salt of polyhydroxylated organic acids. Do not use admixture containing any lignin, nitrates or chlorides added during manufacture. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Eucon WR-75, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Pozzolith, as manufactured by BASF. c. WRDA series, as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Conn. d. Or approved equal. E. Pozzolanic Admixtures: 1. Pozzolanic admixtures shall be used in water-retaining structures, and may be used in other concrete. 2. Provide Mineral admixtures, when used, meeting the requirements of ASTM C618 Class F. 3. A substitution by weight, of the portland cement by pozzolan, so that the total tricalcium aluminate content of the resulting cement plus pozzolan is not greater than 8%, will be considered. However, the pozzolan shall not exceed 20% by weight of the cement plus pozzolan. F. Set-Control Admixtures: ASTM C494, as follows 03300-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Type B, Retarding. 2. Type C, Accelerating. 3. Type D, Water-reducing and Retarding. 4. Type E, Water-reducing and Accelerating. 5. Type F, Water-reducing, high range admixtures. 6. Type G, Water-reducing, high range, and retarding admixtures. G. Calcium Chloride: Do not use calcium chloride in concrete, unless otherwise authorized in writing by ENGINEER. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride where concrete is placed against galvanized steel. 2.3 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare design mixes of concrete. Mixes subject to the following limitations: 1. Class A Concrete a. Specified 28-day Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi. b. Air content: 2% � 1%. For concrete placed at least 2 feet below the adjacent grade, an air-entraining admixture is not required unless otherwise specified. c. Slump, before addition of superplasticizer: 3�/z" � �/z" d. Slump, after addition of superplasticizer: 8" maximum Coarse Cementitious Water-Cement Aggregate Content-Pounds Per Ratio With Size Cubic Yard Su er lasticizer 3/a" 625 min 800 max 0.375 1" 600 min, 800 max 0.385 1 '/z" 590 min, 800 max 0.400 e. Use superplasticizer in all Class A Concrete. Use water reducers in combination with superplasticizers as required for mixing. 2. Class B Concrete a. Specified 28-day Compressive Strength: 2,500 psi. b. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio by Weight: 0.49. c. Slump: 3" Minimum, 5" Maximum. B. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to ENGINEER for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: i. Use air-entraining admixture in all concrete, except interior slabs subject to abrasion, unless otherwise shown or specified. Add air-entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content within the prescribed limits. 2. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control. 2.4 EPDXY BONDING AGENT A. For use in all dry-packed holes, concrete repair and for unplanned cold-joints. B. Provide an epoxy-resin bonding agent, two component, polysulfide type. 03300-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod LPL, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2. Eucopoxy �PL, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. 3. Or approved equal. 2.5 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 10 ounces per square yard and complying with AASHTO M182, Class 3. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C171. 1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 3. White burlap-polyethylene sheet. C. Curing Compound: ASTM C309 Type 1-D (water retention requirements): 1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Super Aqua Cure VOX, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sealtight 1100, as manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Incorporated. c. Or approved equal. D. Concrete Densifier and Chemical Hardener (Surface Applied) 1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. �S, as manufactured by Consolideck. b. Liqui-Hard, as manufactured by W. R. Meadows. c. Duro-Nox LS, as manufactured by Nox-Crete. d. Or approved equal. 2.6 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Provide and install items such as plates, angles, inserts, bolts and similar items not specified elsewhere under this Section. Carbon steel embedded items shall be hot dip gaivanized after fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE MIXING A. Provide concrete produced by the ready-mixed process. B. Comply with the requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein specified. Proposed changes in mixing procedures, other than herein specified, must be accepted by ENGINEER before implementation. 1. Plant equipment and facilities: Conform to National Ready- Mix Concrete Association "Plant and Delivery Equipment Specification." 2. Mix concrete in revolving type truck mixers that are in good condition and which produce thoroughly mixed concrete of the specified consistency and strength. 3. Do not exceed the proper capacity of the mixer. 4. Mix concrete for a minimum of two minutes after arrival at the job site, or as recommended by the mixer manufacturer. 5. Mix concrete during transit only as recommended by the mixer manufacturer. 03300-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 6. Mix at proper speed until concrete is discharged. 7. Maintain adequate facilities at the job site for continuous delivery of concrete at the required rates. 8. Provide access to the mixing plant for ENGINEER at all times. 3.2 TRANSPORTING CONCRETE A. Transport and place concrete not more than 90 minutes after water has been added to the dry ingredients or before 250 revolutions of the drum or blades, whichever occurs fi rst. B. If an admixture is used to retard the set time and the concrete temperature does not exceed 85 degrees F, the travel and placing time may be extended to 120 minutes or 300 revolutions of the drum or blades, whichever occurs first. C. Take care to avoid spilling and separation of the mixture during transportation. D. Do not place concrete in which the ingredients have been separated. E. Do not retemper partially set concrete. F. Use suitable and approved equipment for transporting concrete from mixer to forms. 3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. General: Place concrete continuously so that no concrete will be placed on concrete, which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified in Section 03251, Concrete Joints. Deposit concrete as nearly as practical in its final location to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Do not subject concrete to any procedure that will cause segregation. 1. Screed concrete that is to receive other construction to the proper level to avoid excessive skimming or grouting. 2. Do not use concrete which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does not meet the required quality control limits, or which has been contaminated by foreign materials. Do not use retempered concrete. Remove rejected concrete from the job site and dispose of it in an acceptable location. 3. Do not place concrete until all forms, bracing, reinforcement, and embedded items are in final and secure position. 4. Do not place in cold weather, unless adequate precautions are taken against frost action. 5. Do not place footings, piers or pile caps on frozen soil. 6. Unless otherwise approved, place concrete only when ENGINEER is present. 7. Allow a minimum of 3 days before placing concrete against a slab or wall already in place. B. Concrete Conveying: 1. Handle concrete from the point of delivery and transfer to the concrete conveying equipment and to the locations of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods that will prevent segregation and loss of concrete mix materials. 2. Provide mechanical equipment for conveying concrete to ensure a continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end. Provide runways for wheeled concrete conveying 03300-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final equipment from the concrete delivery point to the locations of final deposit. Keep interior surfaces of conveying equipment, including chutes, free of hardened concrete, debris, water, ice and other deleterious materials. 3. Pumping concrete is permitted, however do not use aluminum pipe for conveying. C. Placing Concrete into Forms: 1. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place concrete at such a rate that concrete that is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. 2. Do not permit concrete to free fall within the form from a distance exceeding 8'-0", except as noted in Section 03100. Use "elephant trunks" or ��wall pipes" to prevent free fall and excessive splashing on forms and reinforcement. 3. Remove temporary spreaders in forms when concrete placing has reached the elevation of such spreaders. 4. Consolidate concrete placed in forms by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with the applicable recommended practices of ACI 309. Vibration of forms and reinforcing will not be permitted. 5. Vibrators shall have a frequency of at least 8,000 vpm, with amplitude required to consolidate the concrete in the section being placed. At least one stand-by vibrator in operable condition shall be at the placement site prior to initiating placement of the concrete. 6. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate the layer of concrete and at least 6" into the preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary to consolidate the concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of the mix. 7. The forms shall contain sufficient windows or be limited in height to allow visual observation of the concrete and the vibrator operators shall be required to see the concrete being consolidated to ensure good quality workmanship or the CONTRACTOR shall have a person who is actually observing the vibration of the concrete at all times and advising the vibrator operators of any changes needed to assure complete consolidation. 8. Do not place concrete in beam and slab forms until the concrete previously placed in columns and walls is no longer plastic. 9. Force concrete under pipes, sleeves, openings and inserts from one side until visible from the other side to prevent voids. D. Placing Concrete Slabs and Footings: 1. Deposit and consolidate concrete in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. 2. Consolidate concrete during placing operations using mechanical vibrating equipment, so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 3. Consolidate concrete placed in beams and girders of supported slabs, and against bulkheads of slabs on ground, as specified for formed concrete structures. 03300-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4. Bring surfaces to the correct level. Smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. E. Bonding for Next Concrete Pour: Per Section 03251, Concrete ]oints. F. Quality of Concrete Work: 1. Make all concrete solid, compact and smooth, and free of laitance, cracks and cold joints. 2. All concrete for liquid retaining structures, and all concrete in contact with earth, water, or exposed directly to the elements shall be watertight. 3. Cut out and properly replace to the extent ordered by ENGINEER, or repair to the satisfaction of ENGINEER, surfaces which contain cracks or voids, are unduly rough, or are in any way defective. Thin patches or plastering will not be acceptable. 4. Repair all leaks through concrete, and cracks, holes or other defective concrete in areas of potential leakage and make watertight. 5. Repair, remove, and replace defective concrete as ordered by ENGINEER at no additional cost to OWNER. G. Cold Weather Placing: 1. Protect all concrete Work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with the requirements of ACI 306 and as herein specified. 2. When the air temperature has fallen to or may be expected to fall below 40°F, provide adequate means to maintain the temperature, in the area where concrete is being placed, at between 50°F and 70°F for at least seven days after placing. Provide temporary housings or coverings including tarpaulins or plastic film. Maintain the heat and protection, if necessary, to ensure that the ambient temperature does not fall more than 30°F in the 24 hours following the seven-day period. Avoid rapid dry-out of concrete due to overheating, and avoid thermal shock due to sudden cooling or heating. 3. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40°F, uniformiy heat all water and aggregates before mixing as required to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 55°F and not more than 85°F at point of placement. 4. Do not use frozen materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. Ascertain that forms, reinforcing steel, and adjacent concrete surfaces are entirely free of frost and ice before placing concrete. 5. When temperatures are expected to be below 32°F the night before the concrete is placed, then all reinforcing steel, forms and the ground shall be preheated, for a minimum of 12 hours, under a minimum temperature of 50°F. 6. Do not use salt and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, or set-control admixtures, unless approved by ENGINEER, in mix designs. 7. Weather predictions made by the nearest NOAA station, and corrected for the local elevation and environmental conditions, may be used to determine whether cold weather protection shall be required. Thermometers will be used by ENGINEER and these readings shall determine whether cold weather protection shall be required and whether cold weather protection is adequate. H. Hot Weather Placing: 03300-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. When hot weather conditions exist as any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity that would seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete as recommended by ACI 305 and as herein specified. 2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 85°F. No concrete shall be placed if its temperature exceeds 90°F. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used, or liquid nitrogen may be added. Ice, when introduced into the mixer shall be in such form that it will be completely melted and dispersed throughout the mix at the completion of the mixing time. The addition of ice shall not increase the specified water to cement ratio. 3. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. 4. Thoroughly wet forms before placing concrete. Forms shall be free of standing water when concrete is placed. 5. Do not use set-control admixtures, unless approved by ENGINEER in mix designs. 6. Fog spray shall be used during finishing operations whenever necessary to avoid surface plastic shrinkage cracking. Fog spray shall also be used after finishing and before the specified curing is commenced to avoid surface plastic shrinkage cracking. 7. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval of other methods and materials proposed for use. I. Removal of Forms: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage resulting from improper and premature removal of forms. Satisfy all applicable OSHA requirements with regard to safety of personnel and property. 2. Forms and shoring for elevated structural slabs or beams shall remain in place in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 6, and until the concrete has reached a compressive strength equal to the specified 28-day compressive strength as determined by test cylinders unless noted otherwise in Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. Removal of all supports prior to obtaining adequate field cured cylinder results and reshoring shall not be permitted. J. Backfill Against Walls: 1. Do not place backfiil against walls until the concrete has obtained a compressive strength equal to the specified 28-day compressive strength. Where backfill is to be placed on both sides of the wall, the backfill shall be placed simultaneously on both sides to prevent differential pressures. 2. Since the walls of some structures are laterally restrained or supported by suspended slabs and/or slabs on grade and are not designed as cantilever retaining walls, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a schedule of wall shoring, bracing, and backfilling that is coordinated with the concrete curing, test cylinder reports and the design assumptions and obtain a review from the ENGINEER prior to proceeding. K. Patching: 1. Patching of concrete shall provide an acceptable and structurally sound surface finish uniform in appearance or the CONTRACTOR shall upgrade the finish by other means at no additional cost. 2. Tie Holes: All tie holes, except where sealant is indicated, shall be filled with dry pack nonshrink grout. White cement shall be added as needed so the color of grout after curing matches the color of adjacent concrete. Tie holes shall be thoroughly sandblasted or roughened. Flush the patch area with water and allow to dry. Coat the surface of the existing concrete with an approved bonding agent prior to filling 03300-9 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final with nonshrink grout. Complete the repair in the time duration specified by the bonding agent manufacturer. The grout shall be rammed into place in thin layers and leveled to the plane of the surrounding concrete. Cure in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Defective Areas: Remove all defective concrete such as honeycombed areas and rock pockets out to sound concrete. Small shallow holes caused by air entrapment at the surface of the forms shall not be considered defects unless the amount is so great as to be considered not the standard of the industry and due primarily of poor workmanship. If chipping is required, the edges shall be perpendicular to the surface. Feather edges shall not be permitted. The defective area shall be filled with a nonshrink, nonmetallic, grout. Use an approved bonding agent on horizontal patches prior to placing nonmetallic, non shrink grout. Since some bonding agents may not be compatible for some vertical surface patching techniques, demonstrate all methods for repair of vertical surfaces using the actual materials, methods, and curing procedures required by the manufactures of the materials on the project site. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with representatives of the bonding agent manufacturer and the nonshrink grout manufacturer, and these representatives shall be onsite and assist in the demonstration. 4. Blockouts at Pipes or Other Penetrations: Conform to details shown or submit proposed blockouts for review. Use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. 3.4 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES A. Rough Form Finish: 1. Standard rough form finish is with concrete surface having the texture imparted by the form material, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched with mortar of 1 part cement to 1�/z parts sand & all fins and other projections exceeding 1/4" in height rubbed down or chipped off. 2. Use rough form finish for the following: a. Exterior vertical surfaces up to 1' below grade. b. Interior exposed vertical surfaces of liquid containers up to 1' below liquid level. c. Interior and exterior exposed beams and undersides of slabs. d. Other areas shown. B. Smooth Form Finish: 1. Produce smooth form finish (Class A, as defined by ACI-347) by selecting form materials that will impart a smooth, hard, uniform texture. Arrange panels in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas as above with all fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed. 2. Use smooth form finish for surfaces that are to be covered with a coating material. The material may be applied directly to the concrete or may be a covering bonded to the concrete such as waterproofing, damp proofing, painting or other similar system. C. Smooth Rubbed Finish: 1. Provide smooth, rubbed finish to concrete surfaces which have received smooth form finish as follows: a. Rubbing of concrete surfaces not later than the day after form removal. b. Moistening of concrete surfaces and rubbing with carborundum brick or other abrasive until a uniform color and texture is produced. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 03300-10 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Except where surfaces have been previously covered as specified above, use smooth rubbed finish for the following: a. Interior exposed walls and other vertical surfaces. b. Other areas shown. D. Sack Rubbed Finish: 1. Before applying the sack-rubbed finish, fill all tie rod holes and large cavities and remove or correct all fins and irregularities as specified in the Smooth Rubbed Finish. 2. Produce a sack rubbed finish by rubbing the concrete surface with a clean rubber float or wad of burlap and mortar. Use mortar made of premixed sacking mortar or one part portland cement and 1.5 parts, by volume, clean sand passing a No. 16 sieve, mixed with sufficient water to provide a consistency equal to that of a thick cream. Use the same type and brand cement as used in the concrete or colored premixed sacking mortar. The mortar finish color shall match the surrounding concrete. If necessary, blend white cement into the mortar to match the surrounding concrete surface. 3. Thoroughly wet the surface of the concrete and then perform sack rubbing while the surface is damp but not wet. Thoroughly rub the mortar over the area with a rubber float or wad of burlap, filling all pits. While the mortar is still plastic in the pits, rub the surface with the rubber float or burlap using a dry mix of the above proportions, removing all excess plastic material and placing enough dry material in the pits to stiffen and solidify the mortar, then finish the mortar fillings flush with the surface. At the end of the rubbing, no mortar or material shall remain on the surface other than that within the pits. 4. Ensure the compieted surface is free of surface voids and blemishes, and is uniform in appearance and texture, except for the difference in texture between the filled voids and the remainder of the surface. 5. A thorough wash-down with stiff bristle brushes shall follow the final bagging or stoning operation. No extraneous materials shall remain on the surface of the wall. The wall shall be sprayed with a fine fog spray periodically to maintain a continually damp condition for at least 3 days after the application. 6. Use a sack rubbed finish for the following areas or as indicated in the Drawings: a. Exterior exposed walis and other vertical surfaces down to 1' below grade. b. Or other areas shown. E. Related Unformed Surfaces: 1. At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching the adjacent formed surfaces. Continue the final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across the adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise shown. 3.5 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A. Float Finish: 1. After placing concrete slabs, do not work the surface further until ready for floating. Begin floating when the surface water has disappeared or when the concrete has stiffened sufficiently. Check and level the surface plane to a tolerance not exceeding 1/4" in 10'when tested with a 10' straightedge. Cut down high spots and fill all low spots. Uniformly slope surface to drains as shown. Immediately after leveling, refloat the surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 2. Use float finish for the following: 03300-11 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. Interior horizontal surfaces of liquid containers, except those to receive grout topping. b. Exterior below grade horizontal surfaces. c. Surfaces to receive additional finishes, except as shown or specified. B. Trowel Finish: 1. After floating, begin the first trowel finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface. 2. Consolidate the concrete surface by the final hand troweling operation. Finish shall be free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1/8" in 10' when tested with a 10' straight edge. Grind smooth surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system. 3. Use trowel finish for the following: a. Interior exposed slabs, unless otherwise shown or specified. b. Slabs to receive resilient floor finishes. C. Non-Slip Broom Finish: 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightiy roughen the concrete surface by brooming in the direction perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use fiber-bristle broom, unless otherwise directed. Coordinate the required final finish with ENGINEER before application. 2. Use Non-Slip Broom Finish for the following: a. Exterior exposed horizontal surfaces subject to light foot traffic. b. Interior and exterior concrete steps and ramps. c. Horizontal surfaces which will receive a grout topping or a concrete equipment base slab. 3.6 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: 1. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for the period of time necessary for hydration of the cement and proper hardening of the concrete. 2. Start initial curing after placing and finishing concrete as soon as free moisture and bleed water sheen has disappeared from the concrete surface. Keep concrete continuously moist during initial curing. 3. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before the concrete has dried. The total curing duration shall not be less than ten (10) days. For concrete sections over 30" thick, continue curing for an additional seven (7) days, minimum. Avoid rapid drying at the end of the final curing period. B. Use one of the following methods as approved by ENGINEER: 1. Walls: a. Method 1: Leave concrete forms in place and keep entire surfaces of forms and exposed concrete surfaces wet for the entire curing duration. If forms are loosened and the contact between the concrete surface and forms is broken then the entire wall shall be wet cured. b. Method 2: Continuously sprinkle or fog with water 100 percent of the exposed surfaces for the curing duration immediately after removal of forms. 03300-12 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Method 3: When approved by ENGINEER and as noted below, apply curing compound immediately after removal of forms. 2. Slab and Curbs: a. Method 1: Protect surface by water ponding for the entire curing duration. b. Method 2: Cover concrete surfaces and exposed edges with the specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating the cover with water, and keeping the absorptive cover continuously wet with sprinklers or porous hoses during the curing duration. Lap adjacent absorptive cover sections 3-inches minimum. c. Method 3: Cover the concrete surfaces and exposed edges with the specified moisture-retaining cover during the curing duration. Seal edges and seams with waterproof tape, adhesive or sand berm. Water must be introduced between the moisture-retaining cover and the concrete surface whenever moist drops cannot be detected on the concrete side of the cover or the concrete surface is noticeably dry. d. Method 4: Continuously sprinkle or fog exposed surfaces for the curing duration. e. Method 5: When approved by ENGINEER and as noted below, apply liquid curing compound immediately after final finishing when surface will no longer be damaged by traffic necessary to apply curing compound. C. �iquid curing compound: 1. Apply the specified curing compound to concrete surfaces when permitted by ENGINEER. Slabs to receive terrazzo floors, concrete/grout topping or ceramic tile, concrete of water bearing structures, and concrete that will receive coatings shall not be cured with liquid curing compound. The compounds shall be applied by power spray equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas, which are subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain the continuity of the coating and repair damage to the coat during the entire curing period. Remove curing compound from exposed surfaces at the end of the curing duration. For concrete surfaces, which will be in contact with potable water, the manufacturer shall certify that the curing compound used is NSF 61 approved. D. Temperature of Concrete During Curing: 1. When the nighttime low temperature may drop to 40°F or below, maintain the concrete temperature between 50°F and 70°F continuously throughout the curing period, by heating, covering, insulation or housing as required. 2. When the daytime high temperature may rise to 90°F or above, maintain the concrete temperature at a minimum and reduce temperature variations by providing moist curing continuously for the concrete curing period. 3. During either of the conditions specified above, the minimum curing time shall be 10 days (240 hours), after which coverings, housings, and insulation shall remain on the work for an additional 3 days, to allow gradual temperature equalization with the atmosphere. E. Protection from Mechanical Injury: During the curing period, protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances including load stresses, heavy shock, excessive vibration, and from damage caused by rain or flowing water. Protect all finished concrete surfaces from damage by subsequent construction operations. 03300-13 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The OWNER will employ a testing laboratory to perform field quality control testing. ENGINEER will direct the number of tests and cylinders required. Furnish all necessary assistance required by ENGINEER. B. Quality Control Testing During Construction: 1. Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows: a. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172. b. Slump: ASTM C143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge; and one for each set of compressive strength test specimens. c. Air Content: ASTM C231; one for the first concrete load, and one for every two concrete loads thereafter, or when required by an indication of change. Adjust mix if test results are unsatisfactory and resubmit for ENGINEER'S approval. d. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39; one set of 4 standard compression cylinders for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof, of each mix design placed in any one day; 1 specimen tested at 7 days, and 2 specimens tested at 28 days, 1 held. Cast, store and cure specimens as specified in ASTM C31. 1) Adjust mix if test results are unsatisfactory and resubmit for ENGINEER'S approval. 2) Concrete that does not meet the strength requirements is subject to rejection and removal from the Work, or to other such corrective measures as directed by ENGINEER, at the expense of CONTRACTOR. e. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a slump test is made. 2. Where questionable field conditions may exist during placing concrete or immediately thereafter, strength tests of specimens cured under field conditions will be required by ENGINEER to check the adequacy of curing and protecting of the concrete placed. Specimens shall be molded at the same time and from the same samples as the laboratory cured specimens. a. Provide improved means and procedures for protecting concrete when the 28-day compressive strength of fieid- cured cylinders is less than 85% of companion laboratory-cured cylinders. b. When laboratory-cured cylinder strengths are appreciably higher than the minimum required compressive strength, field-cured cylinder strengths need not exceed the minimum required compressive strength by more than 500 psi even though the 85 percent criterion is not met. 3. The testing laboratory shall submit certified copies of test results directly to ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR after tests are made. C. Evaluation of Quality Control Tests: 1. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement that has slump or temperature outside the specified values, nor that which is older than 90 minutes from batching. 2. Compressive strength tests for laboratory-cured cylinders wiil be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28 day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete; and, no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 3. If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to replacement, reconstruction or to other action approved by ENGINEER. 03300-14 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Testing Concrete Structure for Strength: 1. When there is evidence that the strength of the in-place concrete does not meet specification requirements, provide the services of a concrete testing service to take cores drilled from hardened concrete for compressive strength determination at no additional expense to OWNER. Provide tests complying with ASTM C42 and the following: a. Take at least three (3) representative cores from each member or suspect area at locations directed by ENGINEER. b. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered satisfactory if their average compressive strength is at least 85% and no single core is less than 75% of the 28 day required compressive strength. c. Report test results, in writing, to ENGINEER on the same day that tests are made. Include in test reports the Project identification name and number, date, name of CONTRACTOR, name of concrete testing service, location of test core in the structure, type or class of concrete represented by core sample, nominal maximum size aggregate, design compressive strength, compression breaking strength and type of break (corrected for length-diameter ratio), direction of applied load to core with respect to horizontal plane of the concrete as placed, and the moisture condition of the core at time of testing. 2. Fill core holes solid with non-shrink, high strength grout, and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. 3.8 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling-In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for the passage of work by other contractors, unless otherwise shown or directed, after the work of other contractors is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide all other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: 1. Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. 2. Exterior curbs shall have rubbed finish for vertical surfaces and a broomed finish for top surfaces. C. Equipment Bases: 1. Unless specifically shown otherwise, provide concrete bases for all pumps and other equipment. Construct bases to the dimensions shown, or as required to meet manufacturers; requirements and drawing elevations. Where no specific elevations are shown, bases shall be 6-inches thick and extend 3-inches outside the metal equipment base or supports. Bases to have smooth trowel finish, unless a special finish such as terrazzo, ceramic tile or heavy duty concrete topping is required. In those cases, provide appropriate concrete finish. 2. Include all concrete equipment base work not specifically included under other Sections. 3. In general, place bases up to 1-inch below the metal base. Properly shim equipment to grade and fill 1-inch void with non-shrink grout as specified in Section 03600, Grout. D. Installation of embedded items 03300-15 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Install all embedded items prior to concrete placement, or, if necessary, as soon after concrete placement as possible, before concrete is set. 2. Use temporary support and bracing to keep embedded items in place while concrete cures. 3. Protect all embedded items from damage during concrete instaliation. 3.9 CONCRETE REPAIRS A. Repair of Formed surfaces: 1. Repair exposed-to-view formed concrete surfaces that contain defects which adversely affect the appearance of the finish. Surface defects that require repair include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, and holes left by the rods and bolts; fins and other projections on the surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 2. Repair concealed formed concrete surfaces that may contain defects that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. Surface defects that require repair include cracks in excess of 0.01-inch wide, cracks of any width and other surface deficiencies which penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced sections, honeycomb, rock pockets, holes left by tie rods and bolts, and spalis except minor breakage at corner. 3. Repair structural cracks and cracks in water-holding structures. B. Method of Repair of Formed Surfaces: 1. Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms and as directed by ENGINEER. 2. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/2" diameter, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case, to a depth of less than 1". Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Before placing the cement mortar, thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat the area to be patched with the specified bonding agent. a. For exposed-to-view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portiand cement so that, when dry, the patching mortar color will match the color of the surrounding concrete. CONTRACTOR shall impart texture to repaired surfaces to match texture of existing adjacent surfaces. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture, texture and color match before proceeding with the patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than the surrounding surface. 3. Cracks which require repair shall be pressure grouted, epoxy injected, using one of the following in accordance with Section 03740. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. a. Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod L.V. and Sikadur 31, Hi-Mod Gel, as manufactured by Sika Corporation Company. b. Euco Epoxy #452 Epoxy System, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. c. Or approved equal. 4. Fill holes extending through concrete by means of a plunger- type gun or other suitable device from the least exposed face, using a flush stop held at the exposed face to ensure completely filling. 5. Sandblast exposed-to-view surfaces that require removal of stains, grout accumulations, sealing compounds, and other substances marring the surfaces. Use sand finer than No. 30 and air pressure from 15 to 25 psi. 03300-16 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and to verify surface plane to the tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. 2. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having the required slope. Correct high and low areas as herein specified. 3. Repair finish of unformed surfaces that contain defects which adversely affect the durability of the concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01-inch wide or which penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 4. Repair structural cracks and cracks in water-holding structures. D. Methods of Repair of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after the concrete has cured sufficiently so that repairs can be made without damage to adjacent areas. 2. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out the low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Use one of the following. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. a. Euco Poly-Patch, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikatop 122, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. c. Or approved equal. 3. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 2" diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts, and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4" clearance all around. Dampen all concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and brush with the specified bonding agent. Place patching concrete before grout takes its initial set. Mix patching concrete of the same materials and proportions to provide concrete of the same type or ciass as the original adjacent concrete. Place, compact and finish as required to biend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in the same manner as adjacent concrete. 4. Repair isolated random cracks, as approved be ENGINEER, and single holes not over 2" diameter, by the dry-pack method. Groove the top of cracks, and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen all cleaned concrete surfaces and brush with the specified bonding agent. Place dry-pack before the cement grout takes its initial set. Mix dry-pack, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2�/z parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched areas continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. 5. Cracks which extend through the full member section, or any cracks determined by ENGINEER to require pressure grouting repair, shall be pressure grouted, epoxy injected, using one of the following in accordance with Section 03740. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. a. Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod L.V. and Sikadur 31, Hi-Mod Gel, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. b. Euco Epoxy #452 Epoxy System, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. c. Or approved equal. 03300-17 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 6. Assure that surface is acceptable for flooring material to be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Other Methods of Repair: 1. Repair methods not specified above may be used if approved by ENGINEER. + + END OF SECTION + + 03300-18 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes all plant-precast products, including wet wells, catch basins, manholes, vaults, and wheel stops. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Precast products shall be designed for the indicated service, the loadings specified in the Contract Documents, and all transportation, handling, and erection loads, in accordance with requirements and recommendations of the references. 1. Precast products not subjected to traffic loads shall be designed to meet and exceed the requirements of ACI 318-11. 2. Precast products subjected to traffic loads shall be designed to meet and exceed the requirements of the current AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. 3. �iquid containing precast products shall be designed for the additional requirements of ACI 350-06. B. If precast products are proposed as substitutes for cast-in-place designed structures, such precast products shall meet the above requirements and any other requirements for which the cast-in-place structures were designed by the ENGINEER. Such products shall be designed by an engineer licensed to practice in the State where the project is performed. C. Items located in or adjacent to traffic areas shall be designed to resist AASHTO HL93 loading, unless otherwise indicated. D. �ifting inserts shall have a minimum safety factor of 4. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Manufacturer shall have at least 5 years experience in the design and manufacture of precast concrete products substantially similar to those required for this project. B. Installer: 1. Precast Items shall be in stalled by the Manufacturer or by an installer regularly engaged for at least 5 years in erection of precast products similar to those required on this project. 03400-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.4 SUBMITfALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit to the Engineer for review, shop drawings of the proposed details, and design calculations; all calculations and shop drawings shall be stamped and signed by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. 2. Material specifications. 3. All dead, live and other applicable loads used in the design. 4. Applicable standards (from "References") met by the item(s). 5. Setting plans locating and designating all items furnished by the manufacturer, with all major openings shown and located. 6. Details to indicate quantities, location and type of reinforcing and prestressing steel. 7. Sections and details showing connections, edge conditions, support conditions, and connections of the items. 8. Description of all embeds, including stripping, lifting and erection inserts, with piece mark and location, including those cast into products or sent loose to the job site. 9. Description and drawings of all frames and covers. 10. Dimensions and special finishes. B. Mix Designs: Submit all precast mix designs for approval. Mix designs shall be prepared by an independent testing facility or qualified employee of the Precast Manufacturer. C. Design Modifications: 1. Submit design modifications necessary to meet performance requirements and field conditions. 2. Variations in details or materials shail not adversely affect the appearance, durability or strength of products. 3. Maintain general design concept without altering size of inembers, profiles and alignment unless otherwise approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In-Plant Quality Control 1. The Manufacturer shall have an established PCI quality control program in effect prior to bidding. If requested, a copy of this program shall be submitted to the ENGINEER. 2. Testing of materials and inspection of production techniques shall be the responsibility of the Manufacturer's Quality Control Department. 3. Keep quality control records available for two years after final acceptance. 4. Keep certificates of compliance available for five (5) years after final acceptance. B. All other testing and inspection, if any, to be provided by OWNER. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Nandle and transport products in a position consistent with their shape and design in order to avoid excessive stresses or damage. B. �ift or support products only at the points shown on the Shop Drawings. C. Installer shall be responsible for the repair of damage to items except that caused by others. 03400-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. After items are installed in their final positions, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for their protection. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the repair of any damage to the items caused by someone other than the Manufacturer/Installer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement ASTM C150 Type I, II or III cement or ASTM C595 Type 1L. B. Aggregates: 1. Fine and coarse aggregate for mix shall conform to ASTM C33 or C330. 2. Aggregates shall be clean, hard, strong, durable, inert, and free of staining and deleterious materials. C. Water Potable, free from deleterious material. D. Admixtures: 1. Conforming to ASTM C260 and/or ASTM C494. 2. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing chlorides shall not be used. E. Concrete Strength: Concrete strength shall be determined by design with a minimum 28 day design strength of 4,000 psi. 2.2 STEEL MATERIALS A. Products: 1. Structural Shapes, Bars & Plates (1.6mm and thicker): ASTM A36 2. Pipe: ASTM A53 Grades A or B 3. Tube Steel: ASTM A500 Grades A or B 4. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615 Grades 300 & 420 or ASTM A706 5. Prestressing Strand: ASTM A416 Grade 270, low relaxation 6. Deformed Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A184 7. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A496 8. Deformed Welded Wire Fabric: ASTMA497 9. Plain Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 10. Welded Headed Studs: AWS D1.1 Type B 11. Standard Machine Bolts: ASTM A307 Grade A or SAE J429 Grade 2 12. Standard Studs/Threaded Round Stock: ASTM A307 Grade C, ASTM A572 Grade 345 13. Nuts for Standard Machine Bolts and Threaded Studs: ASTM A563 Grade A Hex Nuts 14. High Strength Bolts: ASTM A325 Type 1, ASTM A449 Type 1, or SAE J429 Grade 5 15. Nuts for High-Strength Bolts and Threaded Studs: ASTM A563 Grade DH Heavy Hex N uts 16. Coil Rods and Bolts: ASTM A108 - SAE 1016 to 1026, Fu/FY = 480/380 MPa minimum 17. Coil Nuts for Coil Rods and Bolts: Nuts passing a proof load stress of 80 ksi, based on the tensile stress area of the matching coil rods and bolts. 18. Carbon Steel Castings: ASTM A27 Grade 415-205 03400-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Protective Coatings: 1. All connection hardware permanently exposed to weather after completion shall be protected. All connection hardware not exposed to weather after completion may be uncoated, except as otherwise explicitly required by the contract drawings. Fasteners can have either an electroplated zinc or cadmium coating. 2. Alkyd Rust Inhibitive Primers (shop primers such as red iron oxide) : a. Tnemec Series FD88 Azeron Primer b. Ameron 5105 c. Weld-Thru Primer, Red, 2-0101 & Gray, 2-0102 3. Zinc Coatings: a. Hot-Dip Galvanizing: ASTM A123, or ASTM A153 b. Electroplated Zinc for Steel Products and Steel Hardware: ASTM B633 c. Zinc Rich Paints: DOD-P-21035 4. Cadmium Coatings: a. Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium: ASTM B766 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Grout: 1. Cement Grout: Portland cement, sand and water sufficient for placement and hydration. 2. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed, packaged non-ferrous aggregate shrink resistant. 3. Epoxy Resin Grout: Two-component mineral-filled resin: ASTM C881. B. Joint Sealing Compound: The joint sealing compound shall be a permanently flexible plastic material complying in every detail to Federal Specification SS S-00210 (GSA- FSS) dated July 26, 1965. "Quickseal", or approved equal. C. Frames and Covers: Catch basins, manholes, and vaults shall be provided with fabricated aluminum or steel frames and covers as specified or shown on the drawings and shall be built up so that the cover is flush with the surrounding surface unless otherwise specified. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Unless otherwise noted, precast concrete structure dimensions called out on the Drawings are interior dimensions. B. Manufacturing procedures shall be in general compliance with PCI MNL-116. C. Manufacturer shall provide for those openings 10 in. or larger, round or square as shown on the drawings. Other openings shall be located and field drilled or cut by the trade requiring them after the units have been erected. Openings and/or cutting of prestressing strand shall be approved by ENGINEER and manufacturer before drilling or cutting. D. Forms: 1. Forms for precast products shall be rigid and constructed of materials that will result in finished products conforming to the profiles, dimensions and tolerances indicated by this Section, the Contract Documents and the reviewed Shop Drawings. 2. Construct forms to withstand vibration method selected. 3. Release agents shall be applied and used according to manufacturer's instructions. 03400-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Concreting: 1. Batching of Concrete shall be in accordance with approved Mix Design(s). 2. Convey concrete by methods which wiil prevent separation, segregation or loss of material. 3. Consolidate all concrete in the form to minimize honeycombing or entrapped air. F. Curing: Procedures sufficient to insure specified concrete strength of all products must be employed. Stripping of a panel shall not occur until concrete strength is sufficient to prevent cracking or damage of the panel. G. Manufacturing Tolerances: 1. Cross Sectional Dimensions: a. Less than 24 inches: �1/4" b. 24 to 36 inches: �3/8" c. Over 36 inches: �1/2" 2. �ength: a. Less than 25 ft: fl/2" b. 25 to 50 ft: �3/4" c. Over 50 ft: �1" 3. Variation from square or designed skew (difference in length of two diagonal measurements): Max. f3/4" H. Identification: Mark each precast item to correspond to identification mark on Shop Drawings for product location, and with casting date. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Access: Clear unloading areas and access roadways to point of component placement shall be provided and maintained by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all required traffic controls, barricades, warning lights and/or signs to insure a safe installation. B. Sitework: The CONTRACTOR shall excavate and prepare the subgrade, including 2 inches of clean sand, graded level and to the proper elevation. C. Installer Responsibility: Prior to installation of the precast products, notify the CONTRACTOR of any discrepancies discovered which affect the work under this contract. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Precast products shall be lifted with suitable lifting devices at points provided by the Manufacturer to prevent excessive stresses or damage to the products. Brace and secure items before unhooking. B. Sitework: 03400-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Openings or "knockouts" shall be located as shown on the drawings and shall be sized sufficiently to permit passage of the largest dimension of pipe and/or coupling flange. Upon completion of installation, all voids or openings in the vault walls around pipes shall be filled with 4,000-psi concrete or mortar, using an approved epoxy for bonding concrete surfaces. 2. All joints between precast sections shall be made watertight using preformed mastic material. The sealing compound shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations to provide a watertight joint which remains impermeable throughout the design life of the structure. All joints shall be filled with dry-pack non-shrink grout. If plastic liner system is used, after the joint has been made and is cured, install plastic liner weld strip at all joints and seams. 3. Frames and covers shall be built up so that the cover is flush with the surrounding surface unless otherwise specified. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for placing the cover at the proper elevation where paving is to be installed and shall make all necessary adjustments so that the cover meets these requirements. 4. After the structure and ail appurtenances are in place and approved, and after any required disinfection or testing, backfill shall be placed to the original ground line or to the limits designated on the plans. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Nydrostatic Testing: 1. All Manholes, Wetwells, �unction Boxes, or other water bearing structures shall be hydrostatically tested prior to acceptance. 2. Test Procedure: a. Plug all inlets and outlets with temporary plugs b. Fill water bearing structure with clean, potable water c. �et stand for 24 hours, if desired, to allow for"soaking-in" d. Fill to rim elevation e. �et stand for a minimum of 2 hours f. Check distance from rim to water surface g. Calculate water loss. Leakage in each manhole may not exceed 0.1-gallon per hour per foot of water depth during the test. 3. Repair all manholes which do not meet the above test requirements with a method approved by the ENGINEER and re-test until passing. 3.4 PATCHES AND REPAIRS: A. Patching of products, when required, shall be performed to industry standards for structural concrete. Repairs shall be sound, permanent and flush with adjacent surface. 3.5 WARRANTY: A. All labor and materials under the Precast Manufacturers contract shall be warranted by the Precast Manufacturer for a period of one (1) year after substantial completion. + + END OF SECTION + + 03400-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes epoxy, non-metallic, non-shrink, and ordinary Portland cement-sand grouts. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 3. ASTM C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. 4. ASTM C1107, Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Furnish ordinary cement-sand grout for the following: 1. Foundation grout. 2. Construction joint grout. 3. As shown in the Drawings. B. Furnish non-shrink, non-metallic grout for the following: 1. Equipment bases, 25 hp or less. 2. Base plates. 3. Guardrail and railings. 4. Through-bolt and form tie openings. 5. As shown in the Drawings. C. Furnish epoxy grout for the following: 1. Equipment bases, 26 hp or more and/or sole plates with vibration, thermal movement, etc. 2. Blockouts for gate guides. 3. Retrofit waterstop installation. 4. As shown in the Drawings. 1.4 SUBMITI'ALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all proprietary materials. 2. Proposed method for keeping existing concrete surfaces wet prior to placing grout. 3. Forming method for fluid grout placements. 4. Curing method for grout. B. �aboratory Test Reports and Certificates: 1. For proprietary materials, submit copies of reports on quality control tests. 03600-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Submit certification that materials meet specification requirements for nonproprietary materials. 3. For ordinary cement-sand grout, copies of grout mix design and laboratory strength test reports. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: Deliver grout materials from manufacturers in unopened containers and bearing intact manufacturer's labels. B. Storage of Materials: Store grout materials in a dry shelter and protected from moisture. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. High-Strength Epoxy Grout. 1. Use 100% solids, prepackaged, solvent-free, moisture insensitive, high-strength epoxy grout. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. E3-HP, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur 42 Grout Pak, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. c. Five Star HP Epoxy Grout by Five Star Products, Incorporated. d. Or approved equal. B. Non-shrink, Non-metallic Grout: 1. Prepackaged non-staining cementitious grout which shall meet the minimum requirements of ASTM C1107 and requiring only the addition of water at the jobsite. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. NS, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Five Star Grout, as manufactured by Five Star Products, Incorporated. c. Sika Grout 212, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. d. Or approved equal. C. Ordinary Cement-Sand Grout: Prepare design mixes of ordinary cement grout. 1. Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type II; or blended hydraulic cement, ASTM C595, Type 1L. 2. Aggregates: ASTM C33 and as herein specified. a. Do not use aggregates containing soluble salts or other substances such as iron sulfides, pyrite, marcasite, ochre, or other materials that can cause stains on exposed concrete surfaces. b. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand, free from loam, clay, lumps or other deleterious substances. 1) Dune sand, bank run sand and manufactured sand are not acceptable. c. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter, as follows: 1) Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone. 2) Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of slag and pit or bank run gravel is not permitted. 3) Coarse Aggregate Size: Coarse aggregate not permitted in ordinary grout. 03600-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Admixtures: Provide admixtures produced by established reputable manufacturers and use in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instruction. Do not use admixtures that have not been incorporated and tested in the accepted mixes, unless otherwise authorized in writing by ENGINEER. Refer to Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete, for additional admixture requirements. 4. Proportioning and Design of Mixes: Prepare design mixes for grout. Mixes are subject to the following limitations: a. Specified 28-day Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi. b. Minimum amount of water necessary for the mixture to flow under its own weight. c. Fine Aggregate meeting ASTM C33. d. Air Content Percentage: �1.5%. e. Minimum Cement Content in Pounds per Cubic Yard: 658. f. Slump at point of placement: 5"�1". 5. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the Project for grout required. Comply with ACI 211.1 and provide a complete report, from an independent testing laboratory, to ENGINEER, at least 30 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin grout production until ENGINEER has approved mixes. 6. �aboratory Trial Batches: When laboratory trial batches are used to select grout proportions, prepare test specimens and conduct strength tests as specified in ACI 301, Chapter 3 - Proportioning. 7. Field Experience Method: When field experience methods are used to select grout proportions, establish proportions as specified in ACI 301, Chapter 4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the substrate and conditions under which grout is to be placed with installer and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Mix, place and cure grout as shown and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. If manufacturer's instructions conflict with the Specifications, do not proceed until ENGINEER provides clarification. 2. Manufacturers of proprietary products shall make available upon 72 hours notification the services of a qualified, full time employee to aid in assuring proper use of the product under job conditions. The cost of this service, if any, shall be borne by CONTRACTOR. 3. When placing grout conform to temperature and weather limitations in Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. B. Through-bolt and form-tie holes: Fill space with dry pack dense grout hammered in with steel tool and hammer. Coordinate dry pack dense grout application with bonding agent in Section 03251 - Concrete Joints. 03600-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Columns, Beams and Equipment Bases: Prepare concrete surface by sandblasting, chipping, or by mechanical means to remove any soft material prior to setting base plates and machinery. After shimming columns, beams and equipment indicated to be grouted on the plans to proper grade, securely tighten anchor bolts. Properly form around the base plates allowing sufficient room around the edges for placing the grout. Adequate depth between the bottom of the base plate and the top of concrete base must be provided to assure that the void is completely filled with grout. D. Guardrails and Railings: After posts and rails have been properly inserted into holes or sleeves, fill the annular space between posts and cast-in-place sleeves and/or below base plates with non-shrink grout. Bevel grout at juncture with post so that moisture flows away from posts. E. Construction Joints: Ordinary cement grout may be used in place of mortar over the contact surface of the old concrete at the interface of horizontal construction joints as outlined in Section 03251 - Concrete Joints, and Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete, of these Specifications. F. Curing: Cure all grout in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Wet cure ordinary cement-sand grout and non-shrink non-metallic grout for a minimum of three (3) days unless directed otherwise by the ENGINEER. + + END OF SECTION + + 03600-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 04200 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: All masonry work shown on the Drawings. It also includes providing openings in masonry, to accommodate the Work under other Sections, and building into the masonry all items such as sleeves, anchor bolts, inserts and all other embedded items for which placement is not specifically provided under other Sections. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures." B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A36, Carbon Structurai Steel, Standard Specification for. 2. ASTM A82, Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement, Standard Specification for. 3. ASTM A153, Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware, Standard Specification for. 4. ASTM A167, Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip, Standard Specification for. 5. ASTM A240, Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels, Standard Specification for. 6. ASTM A366, Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality, Standard Specification for. 7. ASTM AS69, Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent), Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commerciai Quality, Standard Specification for. 8. ASTM A580, Stainless Steel Wire, Standard Specification for. 9. ASTM A615, Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Standard Specification for. 10.ASTM A663, Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, Mechanical Properties, Standard Specification for. 11.ASTM C5, Quicklime for Structural Purposes. 12.ASTM C67, Standard Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick. 13.ASTM C90, Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units, Standard Specification for. 14.ASTM C91, Masonry Cement. 15.ASTM C136, Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 16.ASTM C140, Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units, Standard Test Methods of. 17.ASTM C144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 18.ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 19.ASTM C180, Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 20.ASTM C207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 21.ASTM C270, Mortar for Unit Masonry. 22.ASTM C331, Lightweight Aggregates for Concrete Masonry Units, Standard Specification for. 04200-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 23.ASTM C404, Aggregates for Masonry Grouts. 24.ASTM C426, Linear Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Masonry Units, Standard Test Method for. 25.ASTM C476, Grout for Masonry. 26.ASTM C744, Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units, Standard Specification for. 27.ASTM C1019, Standard Test Method of Sampling and Testing Grout. 28.ASTM D2240, Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness, Standard Test Method for. 29.ASTM E84, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, Standard Test Method for. 30.ASTM E119, Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, Standard Test Methods for. C. Brick Institute of America 1. "Technical Notes on Brick and Tile Construction." 2. Technical Bulletin lA, "Construction and Protection Recommendations for Cold Weather Masonry Construction." D. National Concrete Masonry Association, 1. "Guide Specifications" 2. "Technical Bulletins." E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. Design Numbers U901 through U914. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed with the masonry Work. 2. Masonry Work advanced without built-in flashings and other items shall be removed and rebuilt, at no additional cost to OWNER, even if discovered after masonry has been completed. 3. Coordinate the work of other Sections to avoid delay of the masonry Work. 1.4 SUBMIITALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Complete layout of all masonry walls showing modular planning and all special shapes to be used. Show all details for each condition encountered in the Work. Provide plans and elevations drawn at 1/4-inch scale and details drawn at 1�/z-inch scale. Show all items required to be built into masonry. 2. Masonry control joint locations and details. 3. Fabrication, bending, and placement of reinforcing bars. Show bar schedules, diagrams of bent bars, stirrup spacing, lateral ties and other arrangements and assemblies as required for fabrication and placement of reinforcing for masonry Work. 4. Explanation of where each masonry accessory will be used in the Work, quantities purchased and intended spacings. B. Samples: 1. One unit of each type of concrete masonry unit specified. 04200-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. One unit or one modular length of each accessory item specified. 3. Each type of colored mortar, showing the range of color that can be expected in the Work. C. Product Data: 1. Complete selection of manufacturer's standard and custom colors. 2. Mix designs for grout and mortar. 3. Manufacturer's specifications and instructions for each manufactured product. Include data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Comply with the applicable requirements of International Building Code, including the requirements for Special Inspection. 2. Wherever a fire-resistance classification is shown or scheduled for masonry Work (4-hour, 3-hour, and similar designations), comply with applicable requirements for materials and installation established by UL and other governing authorities. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Obtain all concrete masonry units from one manufacturer, cured by one process and of uniform texture and color or in an established uniform blend thereof. Cure units by autoclave treatment at minimum temperature of 350°F, and a minimum pressure of 125 psi. 2. Do not change source or brands of materials during the course of the Work. 3. No change shall be made in the proportions for mortar or grout, unless resubmitted and re-approved by the ENGINEER. C. Construction Tolerances: 1. Variation from Plumb: For lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and expansion joints, do not exceed 1/4-inch in 10-feet, or 3/8-inch in one story height or 20-feet maximum, nor �/z-inch in 40-feet or more. 2. Variation from �evel: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4-inch in any bay or 20-feet maximum, nor 1/2-inch in 40-feet or more. 3. Variation of Linear Building �ine: For position shown and related portion of columns, walls and partitions, do not exceed 3/8-inch in any bay or 20-feet maximum, nor 1/2-inch in 40' or more. 4. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, do not exceed +1/2-inch-1/4-inch from dimensions shown. D. Preconstruction Conference: Prior to the installation of masonry Work, CONTRACTOR shall schedule a Preconstruction Conference at the project site. 1. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to the masonry Work including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: a. Project requirements, including Contract Documents. b. Method of sequence of masonry construction. c. Special masonry details. d. Required submittals, both completed and yet to be completed. e. Standards of workmanship. f. Quality control requirements. 04200-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final g. Job organization and availability of materials, tradesmen, equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. h. Modular planning requirements. i. Weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions. j. Required inspection, testing and certifying procedures. k. Regulations concerning building code compliance. 2. Attendance is mandatory for the following: a. CONTRACTOR'S job superintendent. b. Masonry subcontractor's job superintendent. c. Masonry subcontractor's foreman. d. Authorized representative of concrete unit masonry supplier. e. ENGINEER'S authorized representative. 3. Reconvene the meeting at the earliest opportunity if additional information must be developed in order to conclude the subjects under consideration and to resolve any outstanding issues. 4. CONTRACTOR shall record the discussions of the conference and the decisions and agreements (or disagreements) and furnish a copy of the record to each party attending. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: 1. Deliver concrete masonry units in original, unopened and undamaged packages and pallets, plainly marked with identification of materials and name of approved manufacturer. Delivery shail be by the manufacturer or manufacturer's agent. 2. Deliver reinforcing to the site, bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags indicating size, lengths and other markings shown on approved Shop Drawings. 3. Manufactured materials, such as cement and lime, shall be delivered and stored in their original containers plainly marked with identification of materials and manufacturer. B. Storage of Materials: 1. Store materials off the ground, protected from dirt, construction traffic and contamination. Cover using tarpaulins or polyethylene sheets to prevent damage such as wetting, staining, and chipping. 2. Do not stack concrete masonry units higher than recommended by manufacturer. C. Handling Materials: 1. Handle materials in a manner that minimizes chips, cracks, voids, discolorations or other defects that might be visible or cause staining in finished Work. 1.7 ]OB CONDITIONS A. Site Facilities: Supplemental heat sources, as may be required, should CONTRACTOR wish to continue masonry Work in cold weather if not available at the project site. The provision of all supplemental heat energy sources and equipment is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR. B. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not place any masonry Work when air temperature is below 28°F, on rising temperatures or below 36°F, on falling temperatures, without temporary heated 04200-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final enclosures or without heating materials or other precautions necessary to prevent freezing. 2. No frozen materials shall be used, nor shall frozen masonry Work be built upon. 3. Remove and replace all masonry Work damaged by frost or freezing. C. Protection: 1. Protect all masonry against freezing for at least 48 hours after being placed. a. Mean Daily Air Temperature 40°F to 32°F: Protect masonry from rain for 48 hours after installation. b. Mean Daily Temperature 32°F to 20°F: Completely cover masonry with insulating blankets for 48 hours. c. Mean Daily Air Temperature 20°F and Below: Maintain masonry above 32°F for 48 hours by enclosure and supplementary heat. 2. Protect partially completed masonry against rapid heat loss and from water entering it when Work is not in progress, by covering top of walls with strong, waterproof, nonstaining membrane. Extend membrane at least 2' down both sides of walls and secure in place using wall cover clamps spaced at intervals of 4' and at each end and joint of covering. 3. Do not apply distributed floor or roof loading for at least 3 days after completing masonry columns or walls. 4. Do not apply concentrated loads for at least 7 days after completing masonry columns or walls. D. Cold Weather Masonry Work: 1. All mortar for use in masonry Work, when the mean daily temperature is below 40°F, shall be portland cement- lime-sand mortars using high early strength portland cement. 2. Air Temperature 40°F to 32°F: Heat sand or mixing water to 70°F-160°F. 3. Air Temperature 32°F to 20°F: Heat sand and mixing water to 70°F-160°F. Provide heat on both sides of wall under construction to heat constructed masonry to 40°F. Employ wind breakers when wind is in excess of 15 mph. 4. Air Temperature below 20°F: Heat sand and mixing water to 70°F-120°F. Provide enclosure and auxiliary heat to maintain air temperature above 32°F. Heat constructed masonry to 40oF. Temperature of masonry units when laid shall not be less than 20°F. E. Hot Weather Masonry Work: 1. Preparation - Prior to conducting masonry work: a. When the ambient air temperature exceeds 100°F, or exceeds 90°F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph: 1) Maintain sand piles in a damp, loose condition. 2) Provide necessary conditions and equipment to produce mortar having a temperature below 120°F. b. When the ambient air temperature exceeds 115°F, or exceeds 105°F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph implement the requirements above and shade materials and mixing equipment from direct sunlight. 2. Construction - While masonry work is in progress: a. When the ambient air temperature exceeds 100°F, or exceeds 90°F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph: 1) Maintain temperature of mortar and grout below 120°F. 04200-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2) Flush mixer, mortar transport container, and mortar boards with cool water before they come into contact with mortar ingredients or mortar. 3) Maintain mortar consistency by retempering with cool water. 4) Use mortar within 2 hours of initial mixing. b. When the ambient temperature exceeds 115°F, or exceeds 105°F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph implement the requirements listed above and use cool mixing water for mortar and grout. Ice is permitted in the mixing water prior to use. Ice is not permitted in the mixing water when added to the other mortar or grout materials. 3. Protection - When the mean daily temperature exceeds 100°F, or exceeds 90°F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph, fog spray newly constructed masonry until damp, at least three times a day until the masonry is three days old. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY A. General: Unless specifically modified by other requirements specified, provide concrete masonry units in compliance with the following classifications, weights, grades, colors, textures, scores, thermal resistance values and other features specified. B. Hollow Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units: Provide the following: 1. ASTM C90 medium weight. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 1,900 pounds per square inch average of three units; 1,700 pounds per square inch minimum for an individual unit. The manufacturer shall certify that the masonry units meet all requirements of ASTM C90 including the moisture content and linear shrinkage requirements for intermediate conditions. C. Color and Texture: Provide the following: 1. Manufacturer's complete selection of all standard and all custom colors. Submit preliminary color selection for review by ENGINEER. 2. Color, surface texture and aggregate uniform within the normal range established by sample submission and as approved by ENGINEER. D. Special Shapes: Provide the following where required: 1. Lintels, bond beams, reinforcing units, and flush-end reinforcing units, interior and exterior corner shapes, solid jambs, sash block, coves, premolded control joint blocks, headers, and other special conditions. 2. Split-face, scored, and other facings, and special sizes, as shown on the Drawings. E. Waterproofing Admixture: Manufacture all types of concrete unit masonry, used in construction of exterior walls with an integral waterproofing admixture as follows: 1. Material: Cross-linking acrylic polymer. 2. Proportion: In strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. DRY-BLOCK Admixture by W. R. Grace & Company Construction Products Division. 04200-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Or equal. 2.2 MORTAR A. General: Anti-freeze admixture or agents, including calcium chloride are not permitted. B. Mortar for All Unit Masonry: Type S. Comply with ASTM C270, Table 2, except limit materials to those specified herein. 1. Portland cement-Lime: Provide the following proportions by volume: a. Portland Cement: 1 part. b. Hydrated Lime or Lime Putty: 1/4 to 1/2. c. Aggregate (sand in damp, loose condition): 2�/4 to 3 times the sum of cementitious materials. d. Pigment: as required to match approved sample. 2. Properties: a. Average Compressive Strength, ASTM C270: 1,900 pounds per square inch. b. Minimum Water Retention, ASTM C270: 75%. c. Maximum Air Content, ASTM C270: 12% for Portland cement - lime mortars. 2.3 MASONRY GROUT A. Proportion coarse grout mixes subject to the following limitations: 1. Specified 28-day Compressive Strength: 2,000 psi 2. Minimum Cementitious Content: 550 Ib/cu yd a. Fly ash per ASTM C618 may be used replace cement but shall not exceed 20% by weight of cement plus fly ash. 3. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio by Weight: 0.52 4. Slump at point of placement: 8" �1" B. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the Project for grout required. Comply with ACI 211.1. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: 1. ASTM C150: Use Type II or ASTM C595 Type 1L 2. Nonstaining and of natural color or as required to be compatible with the approved pigment. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S, or lime putty ASTM C5. C. Aggregates: ASTM C33 and as herein specified. 1. Do not use aggregates containing soluble salts or other substances such as iron sulfides, pyrite, marcasite, ochre, or other materials that can cause stains on exposed surfaces. 2. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand, free from loam, clay, lumps or other deleterious substances. For mortar, ASTM C144, except for mortar for joints less than 1/4-inch use aggregate graded with 100% passing the No. 16 sieve. 3. Colored/ White Mortar Aggregates Provide ground marble, granite or other sound stone, as required to match the approved sample. 4. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter, as follows: 04200-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone. b. Washed gravel, natural or crushed. Use of slag and pit or bank run gravel is not permitted. c. Coarse Aggregate Size: ASTM C33, No. 8 or 89. D. Admixtures: 1. Provide admixtures produced by established reputable manufacturers and use in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instruction. Do not use admixtures that have not been incorporated and tested in the accepted mixes. Refer to Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete, for additional admixture requirements. 2. Waterproofing Admixture for Exterior Concrete Unit Masonry: Provide a cross-linking acrylic polymer integral waterproofing system, proportioned and mixed in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide one of the following: a. DRY-BLOCK Mortar Admix by W.R. Grace & Company Construction Products Division. b. Or equal. E. Colored Mortar Pigments: 1. Commercial iron oxide, manganese dioxide, ultramarine blue, chromium oxide, or carbon black, compounded for use in mortar mixes. 2. Do not exceed pigment to cement ratios, by weight, of 1 to 35 for carbon black and 1 to 7 for other pigments. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Truetone Mortar Colors by Frank D. Davis Co., subsidiary of Rockwood Industries, Inc. b. Sonobrite by Sonneborn Building Products Division Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. c. Or equal. F. Water: Ciean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, or organic matter. 2.5 REINFORCING A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 for all bars. Shop-fabricate reinforcing bars that are shown or required to be bent or hooked. Comply with ACI 315 for the fabrication of reinforcing steel for masonry Work. B. Wire products: Ties, and rebar positioners shall be fabricated from cold-drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A82 and hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication with 1.5 ounces per square foot of zinc coating complying with ASTM A153. C. Rebar Positioners: Nine gage reinforcing bar positioners which accommodate both horizontal and vertical reinforcing steel. Provide one of the following: 1. #RB Series Rebar Positioners by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 2. Or equal. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Provide watertight joint filler where masonry abuts structural framework members, and as shown. Provide the following: 1. Polyurethane foam strip saturated with polybutylene waterproofing material which when installed at A compression ratio of 2:1 is impermeable to water. 04200-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Resilient to -40°F with 100% movement recovery. 3. Elongation of 140% with a tensile strength of not less than 53 psi. 4. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Polyseal by Sandell Construction Solutions. b. Or equal. B. Premolded Control Joint Strips: Provide complete selection of solid extruded rubber strips with a Shore A durometer hardness of 80 to 90 complying with ASTM D2240, designed to fit standard sash block and maintain lateral stability in masonry wall. Provide one of the following: 1. #RS Series - Rubber Control Joints by Hohmann & Barnard, Incorporated. 2. Or equal. C. Sealants: Refer to Section 07900, Joint Sealants. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR and his installer shall examine areas and conditions under which masonry Work is to be installed, and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. B. Special Masonry Inspection: 1. The OWNER will employ a testing laboratory to perform Special Masonry Inspections in accordance with Chapter 17 of the current Building Code. 2. Masonry inspection services will be provided during the following construction activities: a. During laying of units: 1) During the first day of the masonry construction, inspect proportions of site prepared mortar, construction of mortar joints, location of all reinforcing and connectors, size and location of structural elements, type, size and location of anchors, protection of masonry during cold weather. 2) Inspection to be continuous the first full day of masonry construction which requires special inspection. a) Thereafter, a minimum of 3 hours every third day of construction until the concrete masonry work is complete. 3) Inspection while laying masonry units may be made concurrently with other inspection duties provided all inspection duties are adequately performed. 4) When deficiencies are found, additional inspection shall be provided as required until deficiencies have been corrected. 5) If masonry crews change, an additional full day of inspection is required during the first day the new crew is on-site. b. Placement of reinforcing steel: 1) Verification of all reinforcing including size, grade, lap lengths, and type. 2) Inspection may be periodic as required to verify all reinforcing at Risk Category II and III structures. Inspection of all reinforcing shall be continuous at Risk Category IV structures. 3) Inspector to be present during the concrete pour in which any dowels connecting concrete to masonry are cast to verify proper location of dowels. 04200-9 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Prior to each grouting operation, verify that grout space is clean, reinforcing and connectors are properly placed, proportions of site-prepared grout are correct and mortar joints have been properly constructed. 1) Inspection may be periodic as required to verify proper grout space at Risk Category II and III structures. 2) Inspection shall be continuous prior to and during grout placement at Risk Category IV structures. d. Verify compliance with International Building Code and Specifications continuously during all grouting operations. e. Provide special inspection in accordance with TMS 602 Tables 3 and 4 for masonry structures including observation of masonry work for conformance to the Contract Documents: 1) Provide inspection reports to the ENGINEER, Building Official and OWNER. a) Notify Contractor of discrepancies for correction. b) Notify ENGINEER, Building Official and OWNER, in writing, when discrepancies have been satisfactorily corrected. 2) Submit final signed report stating that Work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance to the Contract Documents and the applicable workmanship previsions of the International Building Code. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Build chases and recesses as shown or required by others. Provide not less than 8-inch of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings, and between adjacent chases and recesses. B. �eave openings for equipment, piping, ducts, and other items to be installed subsequent to starting of masonry Work. After installation of said items, complete masonry Work to match Work immediately adjacent to openings. C. Cut masonry units using motor driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining Work neatly. Use full size units without cutting wherever possible. 3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. General: 1. �ay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface pattern bond with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, masonry control joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of less than half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. 2. �ay up walls plumb and true to comply with specified tolerances, with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other Work. 3. Pattern Bond: a. Lay all concrete masonry Work in running bond with vertical joints in each course centered on units in courses above and below unless otherwise shown. b. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. c. Do not use units with less than 8-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. B. Mortar Bedding and ]ointing: 04200-10 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. �ay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or filled with concrete or grout. a. �ay walls with 3/8-inch joints. 2. Cut joints flush for masonry walls that are to be concealed or to be covered by other materials, except paint, unless otherwise shown. 3. Tool exposed joints when mortar is '�thumbprint" hard, slightly concave, unless otherwise required to match existing joint treatment. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where required. 4. Concave-tool exterior joints below grade. 5. Do not use mortar that has begun to set or if more than 30 minutes have elapsed since initial mixing. Do not retemper mortar. 6. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and reset in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar and reset in fresh mortar. C. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2-unit masonry length in each course, and do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly, if required, and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying new masonry. D. Built-in Work: As the Work progresses, build in items shown, specified or required by others. Fill cores in one block width solidly with masonry grout around built-in items. E. Structural Reinforced Masonry: 1. Shape and dimension reinforcement as shown and are required by governing codes. 2. Position reinforcing accurately at the spacing shown. Support and secure vertical bars against displacement with rebar positioners. 3. For columns, piers and pilasters, provide a clear distance between vertical bars as shown, but not less than 1�/z-inch. Provide lateral ties. 4. For horizontal bars, provide fully-lapped "L" shaped corner bars at corners and intersections. 5. Provide lapped splices with reinforcing steel placed in contact with rebar positioners or tied. Provide 48 bar diameter lap length, unless otherwise shown. F. Grouting Structural Reinforced Masonry: 1. Place grout within 1.5 hours from introducing water in the mixture and prior to initial set. Discard grout that does not meet the specified slump, has exceeded the 1.5 hour timeframe or has reached initial set. 2. Solid grout all walls, beams, piers and pilasters, unless noted otherwise. 3. Provide temporary dams where required or barriers to control horizontal flow of grout at ends of wall sections. Buiid dams full height of grout pour. If masonry units are used, do not bond into permanent masonry wythes. Remove temporary dams after completion of grout pour. 4. Grout pour height shall not exceed 5.33 feet for grouting cells of hollow units with dimensions equal to or greater than 2.5"x3". 5. Grout pour height shall not exceed 1 foot for grouting cells of hollow units with dimensions less than or equal to 1.5"x3". 6. Terminate pour 1�/z-inch below top of highest course in pour. 7. Provide metal wall ties, if required, to prevent blow outs. 04200-11 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.4 ANCHORING MASONRY WORK: A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces, such members to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space, not less than 1/2-inch in width, between masonry and structural member, unless otherwise shown. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. Provide anchors with flexible tie sections, unless other- wise shown. 3. Space anchors as shown, but not more than 8-inch on center vertically and 36-inch on center horizontally. 4. Provide end blocks, where masonry abuts structural support, to facilitate installation of compressible fiiler, backer rod and sealant. B. �intels and Bond Beams: Provide masonry lintels and bond beams where shown. Use specially formed "U" shaped lintel and bond beam units with reinforcing bars placed as shown, filled with grout. Temporarily support formed-in-place lintels and bond beams. 3.5 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up all joints at corners, openings and adjacent Work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepared for application of sealant compounds. C. Cleaning Exposed, Unglazed Masonry Surfaces: 1. Wipe off excess mortar as the Work progresses. Dry brush at the end of each day's Work. 2. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean sample wall area of approximately 20-square feet as described below. Obtain ENGINEER'S acceptance of sample cleaning before proceeding to clean remainder of masonry Work. a. Dry clean to remove large particles of mortar using wood paddles and scrappers. Use chisel or wire brush if required. b. Presoak wall by saturating with water and flush off loose mortar and dirt. c. Acid type cleaners shall not be permitted. d. Protect other Work from cleaning operations. D. Protection: Protect the masonry Work from deterioration, discoloration or damage during subsequent construction operations. + + END OF SECTION + + 04200-12 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 05051 ANCHORS, INSERTS, AND DOWELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes all post-installed anchors and inserts required to anchor parts of the Work to supporting concrete or masonry construction, and plaster. This Section also includes adhesives for anchoring reinforcing dowels into existing concrete. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM F15S4, Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. 2. ASTM A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 3. ASTM A320, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for Low-Temperature Service. 4. ASTM D746, Standard Test Method for Brittleness of Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact 5. ASTM D1505, Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient Technique 6. ASTM D1525, Standard Test Method for Vicat Softening Temperature of Plastics 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide the size, type, and length of anchor shown on the drawings or, if not shown, as specified in the detailed sections of these specifications. B. When the size, length or load carrying capacity of an anchor bolt, expansion anchor, toggle bolt, or concrete insert is not shown or specified, provide the size, length and capacity required to carry the design load times a minimum safety factor of 4. C. For equipment anchors, if the design load is not specified by the manufacturer, provide anchors of diameter no less than the diameter of the hole minus 3/16 inch. When the design load is not specified by the manufacturer, provide structural calculations in accordance with Section 01610. 1.4 SUBMITI"ALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval copies of material certification, manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams and installation instructions for the devices. B. Installer's Qualifications: When installing adhesive anchors subject to sustained tension loading or when specifically noted in the Drawings, submit for approval copies of the installer's qualifications certified by the ACl/CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installer Certification program. 05051-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Post-installed concrete anchors shall be ICC approved for seismic applications in cracked concrete and prequalified in accordance with ACI 355.2 or ACI 355.4. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Nonsubmerged Use in areas of wet use, washdown areas, or areas outside heated buildings: 1. Stainless steel Type 316, unless otherwise shown. 2. Diameter, Length and Bend Dimensions: As required by equipment or machinery manufacturer. Unless otherwise required, provide 3/4-inch minimum diameter by 12- inches long and other geometry as shown. 3. Furnish minimum two A320 nuts and two washers of same material for each bolt, unless otherwise shown. 4. Provide sleeves as required or as shown for location adjustment. B. Submerged Use: 1. Submerged use is defined as any connection 1 foot 6 inches below the normal water surface elevation in a water holding basin. 2. As specified for nonsubmerged use, for equipment, machinery or other connections except as follows: a. Coating of anchor bolt threads is not required. b. Where threads are covered with fusion bonded coating, provide nut of proper size to fit and provide connection of equal strength to embedded bolt. C. For anchoring fabricated metalwork, structural steel, or other components where connections will be protected or dry: 1. Galvanized Steel, 36 ksi, minimum. 2. Minimum Size: 3/4-inch diameter by 12-inch long, unless otherwise shown. 3. Furnish two nuts and two washers per bolt of same material as bolt, unless otherwise shown. 2.2 STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS LUBRICANT (ANTISEIZING� A. Provide for stainless steel nuts and machined bolts, anchor bolts, concrete anchors, and all other threaded fasteners. B. Lubricant shall contain substantiai amounts of molybdenum disulfide, graphite, mica, talc, or copper as manufactured by: 1. Loc Tite Co., Permatex. 2. Or equal 2.3 ADHESIVE (EPDXY) ANCNORS AND DOWELS A. Provide adhesive anchors where specifically shown and where adhesive anchors are allowed. Unless otherwise shown, adhesive anchors are allowed for anchoring: 1. Supports for pipe, conduit, and electrical boxes, devices, and panels, on floors and walls 05051-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Handrails, guardrails, sunshades, stairs, 3. Fixtures and equipment on floors and walls, and 4. Single pipes and conduits <2 inch in diameter to ceilings and soffits. B. Adhesive shall be epoxy resin. Vinylester resin anchors are NOT allowed. C. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Installation to Concrete: a. HIT-HY 200 as manufactured by Hilti, Inc. b. SET-XP as manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie, Inc. c. Or approved equal meeting ACI 355.4. 2. Installation to solid-grouted Masonry: a. HIT-HY 70 as manufactured by Hilti, Inc. b. SET as manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie, Inc. c. Or approved equal. 2.4 EXPANSION ANCHORS A. Provide expansion anchors only where specifically shown and where expansion anchors are allowed. Unless otherwise shown, and except as noted below, expansion anchors are allowed for anchoring: 1. Supports for pipe, conduit, and electrical boxes, devices, and panels, to floors and walls. 2. Handrails, guardrails, and sunshades. 3. Fixtures and equipment which have no moving parts, to floors and walls. B. Expansion anchors are NOT allowed in any submerged or chemical containment areas or for anchoring mechanical equipment, pumps, fans, HVAC or any other rotating or vibrating equipment. C. Leveling nuts shall not be used with expansion anchors. If leveling nuts are required, provide adhesive anchors, unless otherwise shown. D. Wedge anchors: Provide one of the following: 1. Installation to Concrete: a. Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ by Hilti, Inc. b. Strong-Bolt 2 by Simpson Strong-Tie, Inc. c. Or approved equal meeting ACI 355.2. 2. Installation to solid-grouted Masonry: a. Hilti Kwik Bolt-3 by Hilti, Inc. b. Wedge-All by Simpson Strong-Tie, Inc. c. Or approved equal. 2.5 OTHERS A. Powder actuated fasteners and other types of anchors not specified herein shall not be used, unless approved by ENGINEER. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Provide Belleville washers, or approved equal, at anchorage connections used to transfer anchorage loads at sheet metal equipment housings. 05051-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF ANCHORS A. Obtain anchor bolts in sufficient time so as not to delay concrete or masonry work. B. Adhesives shail be stored and installed at the service temperature ranges recommended by the manufacturer. C. Locate and accurately set the anchor bolts using templates or other devices as necessary. D. Protect threads and shank from damage during installation of equipment and structural steel. E. Post-installed anchors are NOT acceptable substitutes for cast-in-place anchor bolts. F. Assure that embedded items are protected from damage and are not filled in with concrete. G. Unless otherwise shown, the minimum diameter of anchor bolts for structural steel is 3/a inch, and for other applications, 3/8 inch. H. Unless otherwise shown, provide the following minimum embedment, where "d" is the nominal anchor diameter: 1. Cast-in-place anchors: 12d. 2. Adhesive anchors: 12d. 3. Expansion anchors: 8d. I. Unless otherwise shown, provide a minimum edge distance equal to six times the bolt diameter for adhesive anchors, eight times the boit diameter for expansion anchors and a bolt spacing equal to twelve times the bolt diameter. J. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi and a minimum age of 21 days at the time of post-installed anchor installation. 1. Concrete temperature at the time of adhesive anchor installation shail be at least 50°F. K. Existing reinforcing bars in the concrete structure may conflict with specific anchor locations. Unless noted on the Drawings that the bars can be cut, the contractor shall review the existing structural drawings and shall undertake to locate the position of the reinforcing bars at the locations of the concrete anchors by ferroscan, ground penetrating rebar (GPR), x- ray, chipping or other means. L. Drilling equipment used and installation of post-installed anchors shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. M. For the adhesive and expansion anchors, CONTRACTOR shall comply with the manufacturer's printed installation instructions on the drilled hole diameter and depth. N. CONTRACTOR shall properly clean out the hole utilizing a wire brush and compressed air in accordance with the manufacturer's printed installation instructions to remove all loose 05051-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final material from the hole, prior to installing adhesive or expansion anchors. Drilled and cleaned anchor holes shall be protected from contamination untii the anchor is installed. A drilled anchor hole shall be re-cleaned assuming the hole was just drilied, if in the opinion of ENGINEER or Inspector that the hole has become contaminated after initial cleaning. 0. Unless otherwise indicated by the manufacturer, adhesive shall be dispensed through a tube or cartridge extension, beginning at the maximum depth of the hole and withdrawn as adhesive is injected, followed by insertion and rotating the anchor to the specified depth. Where necessary, spaces around anchors at the surface shall be sealed at horizontal to vertically overhead locations to prevent loss of the adhesive during curing. P. Anchors to be installed in the adhesive shall be clean, oil-free, and free of loose rust, paint, or other coatings. Q. Installed anchors shall be securely fixed in-place to prevent displacement. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, anchors shall be installed perpendicular to the concrete surface. R. Reinforcing adhesive dowel bars or all-threaded adhesive bars shall not be bent after being adhesively embedded in hardened, sound concrete. S. In lieu of the use of stacked standard washers, if threads of an anchor bolt protrude beyond the attachment, the installers shall use a fabricated filler plate of equal or greater size of the washer. Hole on the filler plate shall be 1/16" (or 2 to 3 mm) greater than the bolt size. Coat as appropriate in accordance with the material and installation location requirements. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Anchors shall be installed by qualified personnel in accordance with the manufacturer's printed installation instructions. Installation of adhesive anchors shall be performed by personnel trained to install adhesive anchors. B. Installation of adhesive anchors horizontally or upwardly inclined to support sustained tension loads shall be performed by personnel certified by the ACl/CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installer Certification program. C. OWNER shail employ a special inspector to perform field inspection services in accordance with Chapter 17 of the CBC for all post-installed anchors. 1. The special inspector must be periodically on the jobsite during post-installed anchor installation. 2. Adhesive anchors installed to resist sustained tension loads shall be continuously inspected during installation by an inspector specially approved for that purpose by the building official. D. CONTRACTOR shall correct improper workmanship, remove and replace, or correct as instructed by the ENGINEER, all anchors or bars found unacceptable or deficient, at no additional cost to the OWNER. 05051-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. The independent testing and inspection agency shall complete a report on each area. The report shouid summarize the observations made by the inspector and be submitted to ENGINEER. F. Provide access for the testing agency to places where Work is being produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. + + END OF SECTION + + 05051-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work necessary to furnish and install, complete, fabricated metalwork and castings as shown or as required to secure various parts together and provide a complete installation. 1.2 SUBMITI'ALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for the fabrication and erection of the miscellaneous metal Work. Include plans, elevations and details of sections and connections. Clearly show all field connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. B. Product Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimensions, diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions for manufactured products. C. Samples: Submit representative samples of manufactured products. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting of the Work. B. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units to the extent necessary for shipping limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. C. Qualifications: Qualify welding operators in accordance with requirements of current AWS Standard Qualification Procedure D1.1, Chapter 5. 1. Qualification Tests: Performed by a recognized testing laboratory. D. Certification: Certify welders of structural and reinforcing steel for all positions of welding in accordance with such procedure. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Like Items of Materials: Provide end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, replacement, and manufacturer's service. B. �ifting Lugs: Provide on equipment and equipment components weighing over 100 pounds. 05500-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Furnish miscellaneous items: 1. Miscellaneous metalwork and castings as shown, or as required to secure various parts together and provide a complete installation. 2. Items specified herein are not intended to be all-inclusive. Provide metalwork and castings shown, specified, or which can reasonably be inferred as necessary to complete the project. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Carbon steel structural shapes: 1. Wide flange sections: ASTM A992 Grade 50. 2. Steel pipe columns: ASTM A53 Grade B. 3. Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): ASTM A500 Grade C. 4. Plates, Angles, Channels, and S Shapes: ASTM A36. B. Stainless Steel: 1. Plates and Sheets: ASTM A240, Type 304L or 316 2. Structural shapes: ASTM A479, Type 304L or 316. 3. Fasteners and fittings: ASTM A320, Type 316 a. Where stainless steel bolts are in contact with dissimilar metals provide insulating sleeves and phenolic washers to electrically isolate the bolts and nuts. C. Aluminum, Structural Shapes and Plates: Alloy 6061-T6, meeting Aluminum Assoc. Specification for Aluminum Structures D. Cast Iron: A48, Class 30 E. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagonal structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows: 1. Quenched and tempered medium carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers, complying with ASTM A325 or: 2. Quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, nuts and washers, complying with ASTM A490. 3. Provide two ASTM F436 washers for all bolts. 4. Provide beveled washers at connections of sloped/tapered sections. 5. Unless noted otherwise, high-strength fasteners shall be used for all non-stainless steel fasteners. F. Cast-in-Place Anchor Rods: 1. ASTM F1554, Grade 36 with weldability supplement S1, galvanized, unless shown otherwise. 2. Provide ASTM F436 washers at all nuts unless shown otherwise. 3. Provide anchor bolt sleeves as required or as shown for location adjustment. 4. Provide stainless steel anchors where shown on the Drawings or listed in another specific specification section. G. Galvanizing: 1. Zinc coated hardware: ASTM A153. 2. Fabrications: ASTM A123. H. Surface preparation and Finish: 05500-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Steel: Where not indicated to be galvanized, steel shall be primed in the shop. Comply with Section 09900, Painting. 2.3 ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVE A. High Density Polyethylene Plastic: 1. Single unit construction with deformed sidewalls such that the concrete and grout lock in place. 2. The top of the sleeve shall be self-threading to provide adjustment of the threaded anchor blot projection. 3. Material requirements shall conform to the following: a. Plastic: High density polyethylene. b. Density: 0.956, ASTM D1505. c. Vicant Softening Point: 256°F, ASTM D1525 d. Brittleness Temperature: -180°F, ASTM D746 B. Fabricated Steel Sleeve: 1. Material: A36 steel. 2. Dimensions, welding, and sizes as shown. 2.4 FABRICATIONS A. Miscellaneous Framings and Supports: 1. Fabricate units to the sizes, shapes, and profiles shown, or if not shown, of the required dimensions to receive the adjacent gratings, plates, tanks, doors, or other work to be retained by the framing. 2. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural shapes, plates, and bars of compatible material, all-welded construction, using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice plates, and a minimum number of joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware and other items to be anchored to the work. 3. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or integrating into masonry. Furnish inserts for casting in, if units must be installed after concrete or grout is placed. Anchor spacing shall be 24" on-center, unless otherwise shown. 4. Galvanize where shown. B. Miscellaneous Fabricated Metals: 1. The following additional items are listed as a guide. Some items on list may not be required, and list may not be all-inclusive. Submittal data for materials and products must be approved before they are incorporated in the work. a. �ifting Eyes. b. Pipe Supports. c. Steel Bases and Anchors. C. Anchors, Fasteners, and Fittings: Provide zinc-coated carbon steel for steel fabrications, and stainless steel for aluminum and stainless steel fabrications, unless shown otherwise. D. Pipe Sleeves 1. Provide as follows: a. Hot-dip galvanized, Schedule 40 steel pipe sleeves where shown for piping passing through concrete or masonry. b. Holes drilled with rotary drill may be provided in lieu of sleeves in existing walls. 05500-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Provide a center flange for water stoppage on sleeves in exterior or water- bearing walls. d. Provide a rubber caulking sealant or a modular mechanical unit to form a watertight seal in the annular space between pipes and sleeves. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Exposed Surfaces Finish: Smooth, sharp, well-defined lines. 2. Provide necessary rabbets, lugs, and brackets so work can be assembled in neat, substantial manner. 3. Conceal fastenings where practical. 4. Drill metalwork and countersink holes as required for attaching hardware or other materials. 5. Fabricate materials as specified. 6. Weld connections, except where bolting is directed. 7. Methods of fabrication not otherwise specified or shown shall be adequate for stress and as approved. 8. Grind exposed edges of welds smooth on walkways, guardrails, handrails, stairways, channel door frames, steel column bases and where shown. 9. Round sharp edges to 1/8-inch minimum radius. Grind burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects smooth. B. Aluminum: 1. Fabricate as shown, and in accordance with the Aluminum Association Standards and manufacturer's recommendations as approved. 2. Grind smooth sheared edges exposed in finished work. 3.2 WELDING A. General 1. Meet codes for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the AWS and AISC for techniques of welding employed, appearance, quality of welds made, and the methods of correcting defective work. 2. Welding Surfaces: Free from loose scale, rust, grease, paint, and other foreign material, except mill scale which will withstand vigorous wire brushing may remain. 3. A light film of linseed oil may likewise be disregarded. 4. Do not weld when temperature of base metal is lower than zero degrees F. 5. Finished members shall be true to line and free from twists. 6. Prepare welds and adjacent areas such that there is: a. No undercutting or reverse ridges on the weld bead. b. No weld spatter on or adjacent to the weld or any other area to be painted. c. No sharp peaks or ridges along the weld bead. 7. Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with adjacent surface of weld bead. B. Welding Operators: As specified in PART 1, Article 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE. 05500-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 I N STA LLATI O N A. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, level, plumb, true, and square, measured from established lines and levels. Brace or anchor temporarily in formwork where units are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. B. Anchor securely as shown or as required for the intended use, using concealed anchors wherever possible. C. Fit exposed edges accurately together to form tight, hairline joints. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of galvanized or anodized units which are intended for bolted or screwed connections. D. Field Welding: Where field welding is necessary, grind joints smooth and touch-up the shop paint. Comply with the applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 for the procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods used in correcting welding. E. Field Coat all miscellaneous ferrous and steel metals per Specification Section 09900 - Painting, System 300. F. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, or embedded in masonry or concrete, protect surfaces as specified in Section 09900 - Painting, System 305. + + END OF SECTION + + 05500-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEF-1"" BLANK 05500-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Lumber, plywood, and other wood products for building framing and sheathing and miscellaneous supports. Items include wood blocking, framing, sheathing, furring, nailers, sub-flooring, rough hardware, and light wood construction. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Forest and Paper Association (AFPA): 1. National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) B. American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC): 1. A190.1 Structural Glued Laminated Timber C. The Engineered Wood Association (APA): 1. E30 - APA Engineered Wood Construction Guide D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B18.2.1A Square and Hex Bolts and Screws 2. B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts 3. B18.6.1 Wood Screws 4. B18.6.4 Thread Forming and Thread Cutting Tapping Screws and Metallic Drive Screws E. American Society for Testing And Materials (ASTM): 1. A47 Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings 2. A48 Gray Iron Castings 3. A653 Steel Sheet Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process 4. C954 Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 inch to 0.112-inch in thickness 5. C1002 Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases 6. D143 Small Clear Specimens of Timber, Method of Testing 7. D1760 Pressure Treatment of Timber Products 8. D2559 Adhesives for Structural Laminated Wood Products for Use Under Exterior (Wet Use) Exposure Conditions 9. D3498 Adhesives for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems 10. E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 11. F844 Washers, Steel, Plan (Flat) Unhardened for General Use 12. F1667 Nails, Spikes, and Staples F. American Wood Preservers Association(AWPA): 1. AWPA Book of Standards 06100-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final G. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.): 1. MM-L-736CLumber; Hardwood H. Commercial Item Description (CID): 2. Tf-W-571 Wood Preservation Treating Practices 3. A-A-55615 Shield, Expansion (Wood Screw and Lag Bolt Self Threading Anchors) H. International Code Council (ICC): 1. California Building Code (CBC) 1.3 SUBMITI"ALS A. Product Data: Provide product data for fasteners, connectors, adhesives, fire-retardant treatment, and preservative treatment. 1. Certification: Submit certificates of compliance for preservative treated lumber, fire retardant treated lumber and lumber grades. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: Store lumber indoors at the site on raised platforms. If outdoor storage is temporarily incorporated, set the material on raised platforms and cover with suitable weatherproof protective coverings, such as tarpaulins or heavy polyethylene film. Batten down covers with sufficient weights, ties or anchors to prevent blowoffs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER: A. Product Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, provide materials conforming to the requirements of the National Design Specification for Stress Grade Lumber as recommended by the National Forest Products Association. B. Maximum Moisture Content: 19%. C. Grading: Provide visually graded dimension lumber, timbers and decking of the following minimum grades unless otherwise shown or specified. Minimum Grade Studs, Plates & Sills: Douglas Fir-Larch 2x4 No. 2 Douglas Fir-Larch 2x6 and larger No. 1 Joists, Rafters & Ledgers, 2x and 4x: Douglas Fir-Larch No. 1 Decking: Douglas Fir-Larch Select Dex D. Preservative Treatment: 1. Do not treat Heart Redwood and Western Red Cedar. 2. Treat wood members and plywood exposed to weather or in contact with plaster, masonry or concrete, including framing of open roofed structures; sills, sole plates, furring, and sleepers that are less than 24 inch from ground; nailers, edge strips, blocking, crickets, curbs, cant, vent strips and other members used in connection with roofing and flashing materials. 06100-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Treat other members specified as preservative treated (PT). 4. Provide pressure-treated lumber complying with the requirements established in the latest AWPA P5. Use water-borne preservative with 0.25% retainage. Brand all lumber accordingly. 2.2 PLYWOOD AND STRUCTURAL-USE PANELS A. Product Standards: Provide material conforming to the requirements of The Engineered Wood Association (APA), with the appropriate DFPA grade mark. B. Temporary Protection: APA rated Exposure 1 or Exterior; panel grade DD or better, 23/32" thick. 2.3 ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS A. Structural Glued Laminated Timber: 1. See Section 06200 for glued laminated timber. 2.4 FASTENERS: A. Nails: 1. Size and type best suited for purpose unless noted otherwise. 2. Use zinc-coated or stainless steel nails, for nailing wood work exposed to weather and on roof blocking. 3. Wood-wood: Common nails (ASTM F1667, Type I, Style 10) unless otherwise noted. B. Screws: ANSI B18.6.1 (Wood screws) or ASTM C1002 (Drywall Screws). C. Framing and Timber Connectors: 1. Provide connectors as manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc. (Simpson) or approved equal. Designations on the drawings are those of Simpson. 2. Use the number and type of fastener recommended by the connector manufacturer for full load value, unless otherwise shown. D. Anchor Bolts, Bolts, Nuts, & Washers: 1. Anchor Bolts - F1554, galvanized where exposed to weather. a. Provide 3" square by 0.229" minimum thickness washers at all anchor bolts. 2. Common Bolts - A307. a. Provide standard cut washers where nut and bolt head contacts wood. 3. Square-headed bolts, or "L" anchors with bend of 5 times bolt diameter. 4. Embed a minimum of 12 times the bolt diameter, unless otherwise shown. 5. Size: 5/8 inch diameter unless otherwise shown. E. Wedge Anchors and other post-installed anchoring devices. 1. As required by Section 05051 - Anchors, Inserts, and Dowels. 2. Post-installed anchors shall not replace cast-in-place anchors. 06100-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTAL�ATION-GEN ERAL A. Conform to applicable requirements of the following: 1. AFPA National Design Specification for Wood Construction for timber connectors. 2. AITC Timber Construction Manual for heavy timber construction. 3. IBC, International Building Code for nailing and framing unless specified otherwise. 4. APA for installation of plywood or structural use panels. 5. ASTM F 499 for wood underlayment. 6. TPI for metal plate connected wood trusses. B. Fasteners: 1. Nails. Nail in accordance with CBC Table 2304.10.1, unless otherwise shown. 2. Bolts: a. Fit bolt heads and nuts bearing on wood with washers. b. Countersink bolt heads flush with the surface of nailers. c. Embed in concrete and solid masonry. d. Use toggle bolts to hollow masonry or sheet metal. e. Use bolts to steel over il gage in thickness. Secure wood nailers to vertical structural steel members with bolts, placed one at ends of nailer and 24 inch intervals between end bolts. 3. Screws a. Use to join wood to steel less than 11 gage thick. b. May be used instead of nails to join wood to wood, at same spacing as nails. c. Provide minimum 1 inch penetration into anchorage member. 4. Powder actuated drive pins may be used where practical to anchor to solid masonry, concrete, or steel. 5. Do not anchor to wood plugs or nailing blocks in masonry or concrete. Use metal inserts or similar fastening. C. Set sills or plates level in full bed of mortar on masonry or concrete walls. 1. Space anchor bolts within 9 inch of ends and 4 feet on center unless shown otherwise. Stagger bolts from side to side on plates over 6 inch in width. 2. Use shims of slate, tile or similar approved material to level wood members resting on concrete or masonry. Do not use wood shims or wedges. 3. Closely fit, and set to required lines. 3.2 BLOCKING NAILERS, AND FURRING: A. Use longest lengths practicable. B. Blocking: Furnish blocking required for the attachment of ADA appurtenances, copings, roof ventilators, ducts and other sheet metal work and wood grounds for other work and as shown and required. C. �ayers of Blocking or Plates: 1. Stagger end joints between upper and lower pieces. 2. Nail at ends and 16 inch on center. 3. Stagger nails from side to side of wood member over 4 inch in width. 06100-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Furring: Unless otherwise shown, use 1"x3" continuous wood strips installed plumb on walls, using wood shims where necessary so face of furring forms a true, even plane. Space furring 16 inch on center, butt joints over bearings and rigidly secure in place. Anchor furring on 16 inch centers. E. Preservative Coating: Liberally coat all field-cut edges and surfaces of treated lumber with a concentrated solution of preservative. 3.3 ROOF FRAMING: A. Set rafters with crown edge up. B. Form a true plane at tops of rafters. C. Connect rafters to wall plate with framing connectors. D. Frame openings in roof with headers and trimmer rafters. Double headers carrying more than 2 rafters unless shown otherwise. 3.4 DECKING A. Install decking with joints staggered, and over rafters. B. Nail decking to rafters with 2-16d nails at each rafter and 8d toe-nails at 12 inch on center. C. Provide a bead of joint sealant as specified in Section 07900 - Joint Sealants, under each tongue and groove at outside wall supports, to seal airtight. D. Provide temporary waterproof covering to protect exposed decking prior to application of finished roofing. + + END OF SECTION + + 06100-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEF-1"" BLANK 06100-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 06200 GLUED LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Structural glued laminated timber beams and columns. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Forest and Paper Association (AFPA): 1. National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) B. American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC): 1. A190.1 - Structural Glued Laminated Timber 2. AITC 110 - Standard Appearance Grades for Structural Glued Laminated Timber C. The Engineered Wood Association (APA): 1. E30 - APA Engineered Wood Construction Guide D. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): 1. AWPA Book of Standards 1.3 SUBMII-fALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Plan of structural glulam system with actual dimensions and camber of each member. Large-scale details of connections, connectors, and accessories. Indicate species and laminating combination and adhesive type required for Work. B. Product Data: 1. Lumber. 2. Adhesives. 3. Fabrication process. 4. Accessories. C. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Instructions. 2. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance indicating conformance of glulam units with ANSI/AITC A190.1. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: AITC licensed; qualified to apply the AITC "Quality Inspected" mark. 06200-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Delivery: 1. Wrap each member with a moisture resistant paper before shipment. 2. Time delivery and installation of glulams to avoid extended onsite storage. B. Storage: 1. Keep glued laminated structural units dry during delivery, storage, handling, and erection by maintaining factory applied protective covering in weathertight and light-proof condition. Maintain protective covering until building enclosure is completed to extent necessary for protection of interior glulam Work, and until final finishing of exterior Work is ready to proceed. Do not store glulam units in areas of either excessively high or excessively low relative humidity; comply with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Place individual or bundle wrapped units on blocks off ground with individual members separated for air circulation. Leave wrappings intact, but slit or puncture lower side to permit drainage of water which may otherwise accumulate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLUED LAMINATED UNITS A. General: l. Comply with ANSI/AITC A190.1 ��Structural Glued Laminated Timber". 2. Factory mark each piece of glulam structural units with an AITC Quality Inspected mark. 3. Place AITC mark on timber surfaces which will not be exposed in completed Work. B. Lumber Species: Douglas Fir-Larch. C. Grade: 24F-1.8E 1. Simple span members: 24F-V4. D. Appearance Grade: Industrial, Architectural, or Premium Appearance Grade E. Adhesives: Conform to ASTM D2559, for exterior (wet use) exposure conditions for all glulam units regardless of actual use. Comply with wet use adhesive requirements of ANSI/AITC A190.1. F. Connectors, Anchors, Accessories: Fabricated steel shapes, plates and bars, welded into assemblies of types and sizes as shown on Drawings in accordance with ASTM A36. Steel bolts in accordance with ASTM A307. 1. Coat surfaces of connectors, anchors, and accessories with rust-inhibitive primer. G. Fabrication: 1. Comply with ANSI/AITC A190.1 for furnishing units; where dimensions are not completely documented, provide manufacturer's standard sizes and shapes. Shop fabricate connections and connecting hardware to greatest extent feasible, including drilling of bolt holes. 06200-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Preservative Treatment: Where required, after laminating, dressing, sanding, and end cutting each member to final size and shape, pressure treat fabricated glued laminated members in accordance with AWPA C28 with creosote or pentachlorophenalin AWPA Type A, C, or D solvent preservatives. 3. End Cut Sealing: Immediately after end cutting each member to final length, apply a saturation coat of end sealer to ends and other cross-cut surfaces, keeping surfaces "flood coated" for not less than 10 minutes. 4. Seal Coat: After fabrication and sanding of each unit, and end coat sealing, apply a heavy saturation coat of penetrating sealer on surfaces of each unit, except for treated wood where treatment has included a water repellent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide steel connectors, anchors, and accessories as necessary for a complete installation. B. Install such that joints provide a close fit and neat appearance. C. When hoisting members into place, use padded or nonmarring slings, and protect corners with wood blocking. Handle and temporarily support members to prevent visible surface damage. D. Adequately brace members as they are placed to maintain safe position until full stability is provided. E. Avoid cutting glulam members during erection, to greatest extent possible. Except for fastener drilling and other minor cutting, coat cuts with end sealer. Where treated members must be cut during erection, apply a heavy brush coat of the same preservative treatment, complying with AWPA M4. F. Maintain expansion spaces as shown and as recommended by decking manufacturer. + + END OF SECTION + + 06200-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 06200-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 06610 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GEWERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) fabrications including: 1. Grating 2. Prefabricated Parshall Flume Metering Manhole 1.2 SUBMITfALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide detailed layout and installation drawings. B. Product Data: 1. Provide complete specifications and data describing the materials to be furnished. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Per Manufacturer's standard instructions, specifications and recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GRATING AND COVERED GRATING A. General: 1. Provide either grating or covered grating as indicated on the Drawings. B. Manufacturer: 1. Strongwell, Duradek/Duragrid. 2. Fibergrate Composite Structures, Pultruded Grating. 3. McNichols Co., Pultruded Grating. 4. Or Equal. C. Materials: l. Core: Unidirectionally aligned glass fibers. 2. Mat: Submit standard corrosion liner. 3. Veil: Submit standard corrosion liner. 4. Ultra Violet Stabilizer: Added to the exterior surfaces in the type and amount recommended by the resin manufacturer. 5. Resin: Fire retardant premium vinyl ester, antimony trioxide or pentoxide added to meet Class I flame spread rating of ASTM E 84 and self-extinguishing requirements of ASTM D 625, as manufactured by one of the following or equal as recommended by the resin manufacturer for the specific operating environment: a. Dow Derakane 530. b. Ashland Hetron 992. c. Interplastic VE 8400. 06610-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final d. Reichhold Dion VER 9300FR. 6. Color: Grey or as indicated on the Drawings. 7. Anti-Slip Coating: Permanently bonded grit of selected color. Apply to grating or cover plate. D. Design Criteria and Chemical Exposure, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings: 1. Deflection and Concentrated Load: Maximum 0.15 inches at span of 48 inches under concentrated load of 250 pounds. 2. Deflection and Uniform Distributed Load: Capable of carrying uniform distributed load of 100 pounds per square foot on simple span of 64 inches without deflecting more than 0.25 inches. 3. Suitability: Use stairs and grating suitable for use in environments containing chlorine and sulfuric acid solutions at the temperatures and concentrations specified for the application. E. Components: l. Bearing Bars: I-bars, 2 inch high, spaced at 1-1/2 inches on center. 2. Cross Bars: 3/8 inch diameter spaced at 6 inches on center. 3. Hold Downs, Connectors and Accessories: As recommended by grating manufacturer. 4. Covering Plate: Integral molded cover plate with a minimum of 1/8 inch thick. 5. Embedded Supports: FRP EZ Angle Embed. F. Fabrication: 1. Produce grating, bearing, and cross bars and cover plate when used by pultrusion process. Do not use hand lay-up construction methods. 2. Coat ends of grating with resin. 3. Fabricate single sections for each span. Do not clamp 2 or more grating sections together within spans. 4. Type 316 Stainless Steel Plates And Angles At Openings: a. Install 5/8 inch thick plate or angle where required to fill openings at changes in elevation and at openings between equipment and grating. b. Install angle stops at ends of grating to prevent grating from sliding. 5. Maximum 1/8 inch clearance allowed between ends of grating and inside face of vertical leg of support angles. 6. Covered Grating: a. Provide with integral molded cover. b. Provide anti-slip grit as specified in Section 2.3.C.7. G. Cutouts: 1. Provide where required for equipment access or penetrations, including valve operators, stems, and gate frames. 2. Seal cut edges with resin. 2.2 PREFABRICATED FRP PARSHALL FLUME METERING MANHOLE A. Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Tracom Inc., Packaged Metering Manhole 2. Warminster Fiberglass, Metering Manhole 3. Or Equal. B. Design 06610-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final l. The manhole shall be 48 inch in diameter by 4-ft high from invert of pipe. 2. Construction: a. Fiberglass reinforced plastic, complying with ASTM D 3753-81. b. Factory-assembled, ready for installation except for field-installed equipment. c. The exterior surface shall be relatively smooth with no sharp projections. The surface shall be free of blisters larger than 0.5 inch in diameter, delamination and fiber show. d. The interior surfaces shall be resin rich with no exposed fibers. The interior surface shall be smooth for improved corrosion resistance and reduced sludge build-up. The surface shall be free of crazing, delamination, blisters larger than 0.5 inch in diameter, and wrinkles of 0.125 inch or greater in depth. e. Minimum 0.480 inches wall thickness. f. Integral fiberglass ladder bolted and glassed to the manhole wall with 1 �/z inch by 1 1/2 inch pultruded fiberglass rungs with a photoluminescent high visibility non-slip top surface and reinforced with threaded T-304 5/6 inch diameter stainless steel rods. g. Integrally molded inlet and outlet flat-faced fiberglass flanges, size to match inlet and outlet piping shown on drawings (ANSI 150 pound standard). h. A 3/a inch thick expanded polystyrene bead board shall be supplied to place under the manhole on the concrete hold-down pad. i. A four (4) inch integrally mounted flange shall be molded around the circumference of the manhole for anchoring to concrete. j. An OSHA approved "Confined Space Entry"sign shall be applied to the interior of surface of the manhole above the first ladder rung. k. One (1) 2 inch NPT coupling to facilitate the installation of sample or bubble tubing, electrical power, or other cabling into the manhole. C. Materials 1. The resins used shall be unsaturated, supplier certified, isophthalic polyester resins. Mixing lots of resin from different manufacturers, or��odd-lotting" of resins shall not be permitted. Quality assurance records on the resin shall be maintained. Non-pigmented resin is required to allow for light or"sand" color of manhole surface in order to facilitate easy from grade interior inspection. U.V. inhibitors shall be added directly to the resin to prevent photodegradation. 2. 15 mil Isophthalic U.V. resistant gel coat on all exterior surfaces. 3. Reinforcing materials shall be commercial grade E-glass with a coupling agent that will provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and the resin. 4. The laminate shall consist of multiple layers of glass matting and resin. The surface exposed to the sewer/chemical environment shall be resin rich and shall have no exposed fibers. 5. Tensile strength (ASTM D 638): 14,000 psi. 6. Flexural strength (ASTM D 790): 25,000 psi. 7. Flexural modulus (ASTM D 790): 1,000,000 psi. 8. Barcol hardness (ASTM D 2583): 40. 9. Stiffness (ASTM D2412): Manhole Length (ft.) PSI 3-6 0.72 7-12 1.26 13-20 2.01 21-25 3.02 26-35 5.24 06610-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Manhole Type: Provide metering manholes of the following type: 1. Fiberglass Dome Top a. Full diameter access b. Stainless steel hinge and lockable hasp c. Stainless steel locking lifting arm 2. Height: a. The manhole shall be 4-ft high from pipe invert. 3. Construction a. One-piece construction b. Fiberglass instrument shelf 12 inches deep by 18 inches wide. c. Fiberglass instrument mounting plate 18 inches high by 24 inches wide. E. Flume Type: l. Parshall flume, 3 inch throat width with integral inlet and outlet end adapters. 2. Parshall flume hydraulic capacity range of 7 gpm to 835 gpm F. Flume Options: 1. 5-mil mylar, laminated, high visibility staff gauge: a. Graduated in tenth and hundredths of a foot. 2. 2 inch bushing for ultrasonic mounting stand. 3. 1 3/4 inch T-304 stainless steel ultrasonic mounting stand (for 3/4 inch NPT sensor). 4. FRP grating over flume. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION AND INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Install products where indicated on the Drawings in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Install plumb, level, rigid and neat, as applicable. C. Furnish and install all required fasteners and anchors for a complete installation. 3.2 GRATING AND COVERED GRATING A. Install hold downs per manufacturer. B. Provide cutouts at all penetrating and seal edges as specified 3.3 PREFABRICATED PARSHALL FLUME MANHO�E A. Examination 1. Verify that the flume dimensions are correct and project conditions are suitable for installation. Do not proceed with installation until condition deficiencies have been corrected. B. Installation l. Install products in accordance with engineer's instructions, plans, blueprints, etc, local codes, and in a manner consistent with the installation instruction and recommendation of the manufacturer. 06610-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Ensure that the product is installed plumb and true, free of twist or warp, within the tolerances specified by the manufacturer and as indicated in the contract documents. 3. Nylon or fabric slings should be used in conjunction with a spreader bar to lift or move the manhole. 4. UNDER NO CONDITIONS SHALL CHAINS OR CABLES BE USED. 5. Excavate an area large enough to contain the manhole and the concrete hold-down slab while allowing for sufficient space to allow for a safe work environment. 6. Follow all OSHA requirements for open trench construction. 7. Clean the hold-down slab of all sharp objects and debris before laying the foam pad provided with the manhole. 8. Lower the manhole onto the concrete hold-down pad. 9. Drill holes in the foam and concrete hold-down pads to accept the stainless steel anchor bolts supplied by others. 10.Check to ensure that the flume is level form side to side and from front to back, adjust the hold-dwon pad and anchor bolts as necessary. 11.Connect and secure piping. 12.Grout under all section of the manhole above the concrete hold-down pad. 13. Backfill with pea gravel, �/4 inch to 3/a inch in diameter, using uniform lifts of no more than 12 inches. 14.WARNING : METERING MANHOLES MAY BE CLASSIFIED AS CONFINED SPACE ENTRY LOCATIONS. CONSULT AL� APPROPRIATE LOCA�, STATE, AND FEDERA� REGULATIONS BEFORE ENTERING. C. Adjust and clean 1. Clean surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Remove trash and debris, and leave the site in a clean condition. + + END OF SECTION + + 06610-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY �EFT BLANK 06610-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 07211 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERA� 1.1 DESCRTPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install all building insulation. 2. Extent of each type of building insulation is shown. 3. Types of products required include the following: a. Extruded polystyrene plastic insulation. b. Miscellaneous materials and accessories. e. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed with the building insulations. 2. Notify other contractors in advance of the installation of the building insulations to provide other contractors with sufficient time for the installation of items included in their contracts that must be installed before the building insulations. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer/Installer Qualifications: 1. Engage single installers for each type of building insulation who are skilled, trained and have a record of successful experience in the application of each product and who have a successful record of performing work in accordance with the recommendations and requirements of the manufacturer or who can submit evidence in writing of being acceptable to the manufacturer for production of guaranteed construction and who agree to employ only tradesmen with specific skill and successful experience in each type of Work. 2. Submit names and qualifications to ENGINEER along with the following information on a minimum of three successful projects: 07211-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) a. Names and telephone numbers of OWNERS, architects or ENGINEERs responsible for projects. b. Approximate contract cost of the building insulation system installed. c. Amount of area installed. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Obtain building insulations, requiring a hydrochlorofluorocarbon blowing agent, from manufacturers who manufacture specified insulation using a blowing agent acceptable for use until the year 2020 complying with the requirements of the Copenhagen Amendments to the Montreal Protocol in all ways. 2. Provide a manufacturer who will provide complete technical services including preparation and review ofi Shop Drawings, installation methods and proposed detailing for the Work. C. Performance Criteria: 1. Thermal Conductivity: The thicknesses shown are for the thermal conductivity, k-value at 75 F, specified for each material. 2. Provide adjusted thicknesses, based on thicknesses shown or specified for building insulations, as required to comply with required thermal resistances for use of material having a different thermal conductivity. D. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Comply with fire-resistance and flammability ratings as shown and specified; and comply with code interpretations by governing authorities. E. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified: �. ASTM C 165, Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulations, Test Method for. 2. ASTM C 177, Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus, Standard Test Methods for. 3. ASTM C 203, Breaking Load and Flexural Properties of Block-Type Thermal Insulation, Test Method for. 4. ASTM C 236, Steady-State Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box, Standard Test Method for. 5. ASTM C 272, Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Constructions, Standard Test Method for. 6. ASTM C 303, Dimensions and Density of Preformed Block-Type Thermal Insulation, Standard Test Method for. 07211-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) 7. ASTM C 518, Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of Heat Flow Meter Apparatus, Standard Test Method for. 8. ASTM C 520, Density ofi Granular Loose Fill Insulations, Standard Test Method for. 9. ASTM C 531, Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concrete, Standard Test Method for. 10.ASTM C 549, Perlite Loose Fill Insulation, Standard Specification for. 11.ASTM C 553, Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications, Specifiction for. 12.ASTM C 578, Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation, Standard Specification for. 13.ASTM C 612, Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation, Specification for. 14.ASTM C 665, Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation fior Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing, Standard Specification for. 15.ASTM C 764, Mineral Fiber Loose-Fill Thermal Insulation, Specification for. 16.ASTM D 696, Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics between -30 Degrees C and 30 Degrees C, Standard Test Method for. 17.ASTM D 1621, Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics, Standard Test Method for. 18.ASTM D 1622, Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics, Standard Test Method for. 19.ASTM D 2126, Response of Rigid Cellular Plastics to Thermal and Humid Aging, Standard Test Method for. 20.ASTM D 2842, Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics, Standard Test Method for. 21.ASTM E 84, Surfiace Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, Standard Test Method for. 22.ASTM E 96, Water Vapor Transmission of Materials in Sheet Form, Standard Test Method for. 23.ASTM E 119, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 24. Underwriters Laboratories, Incorporated, UL 1479, Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. F. Codes: Comply with the applicable requirements of the 2006 International Building Code for types of building insulation work specified. 07211-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) 1.3 SUBMII-fALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Copies of material specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations from the building insulation manufacttarers, for each type of building insula�ion product. Include manufacturer's data substantiating that the materials comply with specified requirements. 2. Indicate by copy of transmittal form that installer has received copy of manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Test Reports: Submit for approval the following: 1. Copies of test reports verifying compliance with physical properties and environmental features specified herein. 2. Copies of testing agencies background and experience in preforming similar tests to those specified. C. Certificates: Submit for approval copies of certificates stating that the manufacturer of the foam-type rigid board insulation has used an environ- mentally safe blowing agent complying with specified requirements. 1.4 PRODUCT DE�IVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: 1. Deliver building insulation products in manufacturer's original, unopened, factory-sealed containers, bearing manufacturer's name and labels, accurately representing container contents as shown on approved Shop Drawings. 2. Damaged materials shall be permanently removed from Site by CONTRACTOR. 3. Do not deliver insulation materials to the Site before the time of installation. 4. Deliver materials in sufficient quantities to allow uninterrupted continuity of the Work. g. Storage of Materials: 1. Store materials in original, undamaged containers with manufacturer's labels and seals intact. 2. Store all materials in a dry, enclosed area, off the ground and away form all possible contact with water, ice or snow. 07211-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) 3. Prevent damage to materials during storage, primarily by minimizing the amount of time they are stored on-Site before being incorporated into construction systems. Store only sufficient quantity of building insulation materials on-Site as necessary for the continuous advancement of the Work without causing delay. C. Handling of Materials: 1. Handle materials carefully in order to avoid damage and breakage or compressing of boards to less than their specified thickness, or other damage. 2. Do not open containers, or expose materials to detrimental conditions or physical damage. Materials which are so exposed shall be removed from the Site and shall not be incorporated into the Work. If incorporated into the Work they shall be removed at no additional expense to OWNER. 3. Handle materials in a manner which prevents inclusion of foreign materials. 4. Do not open packages or containers until all necessary preparatory Work is complete and installation will begin immediately. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection: 1. Do not allow building insulation materials to become wet or soiled, or covered with ice or snow. Provide continuous protection of materials against damage, wetting and moisture absorption primarily by storing materials under cover and above ground and away from all other construction traffic. 2. Protect foam plastic building insulation from exposure to sunlight. 3. Do not allow building insulations to come into contact with welding operations or other fire or ignition sources. 4. Do not overload the building structure or damage in-place construction system with the weight of stored materials or use of equipment. 5. Protect materials against damage by construction activities. B. Scheduling: 1. Proceed with building insulation Work only when preceding Work is ready to receive the Work of this Section. 2. Proceed with the building insulation and associated Work only after 07211-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) curbs, blocking, substrate board, nailer strips, vents, drains and other projections through the substrates have been installed, and when the substrate construction and framing of openings is complete. 3. Proceed with and complete the Work only when materials, equipment and tradesmen required for the installation of the building insulation and backfilling operations are at the Site and are ready to follow with the Work in a manner which will not leave the Work vulnerable to damage or deterioration. 4. Do not advance the installation of building insulation materials beyond that which is necessary for proper sequencing of the Work. Do not advance Work when there is no proper and secure protection from damaging weather and construction activities. C. Environmental Conditions: 1. Complete the installation and concealment of building insulation materials as rapidly as possible in order to avoid damage from adjacent construction operations and adverse weather conditions. 2. Install building insulations only when weather and temperature conditions comply with building insulations manufacturers' written recommendations. 3. Install building insulations only when damaging environmental condition are not forecasted for the time when exposed systems materials components would be exposed to potential damage. 4. Protect Work from precipitation, frost and direct sun. 5. Do not apply pressure sensitive tape when temperature is below 35 F or above 110 F. 6. Record decisions, conditions and agreements to proceed with the Work when weather conditions might be unfavorable. State the reasons for proceeding, along with the names of persons involved, and any changes or revisions, if required, to allow the Work to proceed. 1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Do not change products, system components, or manufacturers after Shop Drawing approval by ENGINEER. B. Clearly identify, in a manner which is highlighted to ENGINEER, all proposed substitutions, modifications, variations and unspecified features. Provide complete comparative data with specified products at time of Shop Drawing submission. 07211-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Foam Plastic Insulations: Provide the following types: i. General: Rigid, closed-cell, thermally stabilized, extruded, hydrochloroflurocarbon blown, foam board insulation consisting of 100 percent virgin extruded polystyrene modified resin complying with ASTM C 578. 2. Provide a blowing agent with lowest available ozone depletion potential, such as HCFG142b, or better. HCFC-141b will not be approved by ENGINEER. 3. Perimeter Foundation Insulations: Provide very high-load-resisting, rigid foam board insulation complying with ASTM C 578, Type V. a. Physical Properties: Provide the following: i) Thermal Conductivity (k), ASTM C 177 and ASTM C 518: 0.20 Btu/in./hr./sf/°F. 2) Compressive Strength (psi at 5% deformation) ASTM D 1621: 100 psi minimum. 3) Flexural Strength, ASTM C 203: 100 psi minimum. 4) Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, ASTM D 696: 3.5 x 10-5 inches/in./°F. 5) Water Vapor Absorption, ASTM C 272: Less than 0.1% by volume maximum. 6) Water Vapor Permeance, ASTM E 96: 0.3-0.8 perms/inch maximum. 7) Flame Spread, ASTM E 84: 5. 8) Smoke Developed, ASTM E 84: 165 maximum. b. Thickness: 1 layer each 2-inches. c. Width: 24-inches. d. Length: 96-inches. e. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: i) STYROFOAM 100 HIGH �OAD by The Dow Chemical Company. 2) Foamular 1000 by Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. 3) Or equal. 4. Cavity Wall Rigid Insulation Board: Provide the following: a. Rigid, rectangular boards of extruded polystyrene complying with ASTM C 578, Type X and IV. b. Physical Properties: Provide the following: 07211-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) 1) Minimum Compressive Strength, (at 10 percent deformation), ASTM D 1621: 25 psi. 2) Flame Spread, ASTM E 84: 10 maximum. 3) Smoke Development, ASTM E 84: 165 maximum. 4) Vapor Transmission, ASTM E 96: i.i perms/inch. 5) Thermal Resistance, ASTM C 177: 5.0/inch. 6) Maximum Water Absorption, ASTM C 272: 0.10% by volume. c. Size: 1 layer of 16-inches by 96-inches by 2-inches thick. d. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) CAVITYMATE Plus by The Dow Chemical Company. 2) Foamular 250 Square Edge by Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. 3) Or equal. B. Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories: Provide the following: 1. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: The type recommended by the insulation manufacturer, and complying with fire-resistance requirements. 2. Mechanical Anchors: Type and size shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the insulation manufacturer for the type of application shown and condition of substrate. 3. Protection Board: Fiberboard sheathing or heavy duty asphaltic panels as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. 4. Adhesive Tapes: Complete selection of insulation manufacturer's recommended taping materials. 5. Bitumen: Asphalt, ASTM D 449. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR and his installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which the building insulation Work is to be performed, and notify ENGINEER in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 07211-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) 3.2 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION A. Verify that surfaces to receive building insulation are clean of all debris, dirt and o�her contamination before installation begins in any area. 3.3 I N STALLATI O N A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to Site conditions, submit to ENGINEER specific recommendations from manufacturer for approval before proceeding with the Work. 2. Extend all insulations full thickness over entire surface to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. 3. Apply the number of layers of insulation specified, each of the required thickness, or the required thickness to provide the thermal value indicated, unless otherwise shown or required, to make up the total thickness. B. Unit-Type Building Insulation: 1. Apply insulation units of the type shown to the substrate by the method indicated. If not otherwise indicated and except for units resting on horizontal surfaces, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 2. Seal joints between closed-cell (non-breathing) insulation units by applying mastic or sealant, of the type recommended by the manufacturer, to the edge of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with mastic or sealant. 3. Exercise extreme care to avoid damage and soiling of faces on insulation units which will remain exposed-to-view. Align joints accurately, with adjoining surfaces set flush. 4. Set vapor barrier faced units with vapor barrier to warm side of construction, (usually toward inside), except as otherwise shown. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping. 5. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor barriers, using adhesive tape of type recommended by insulation manufacturer, and seal each continuous 07211-9 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) area of insulation to surrounding construction so as to ensure vapor-tight installation of the units. 6. Set reflective foil-faced units accurately with air space in front of foil as shown. Provide not less than 0.75 inch air space wherever possible. 7. Support underfloor blanket insulation with vapor barrier up (if any). In wood frame construction, support by continuous wire mesh stapled to bottom of joists, or on wire arches impaled into joist walls, at 12 inch spacing near bottom of joists; or provide type of blanket insulation which has permeable kraft paper face with nailing flanges. C. Cavity Wall Rigid Insulation Board: 1. Install exterior wall rigid insulation board after all concrete unit masonry Work is complete. 2. Apply a single layer of insulation cut to fit snugly and uniformly and in continuous contact with edges of continuous masonry horizontal joint reinforcement over the entire plane of the wall. 3. Set units in adhesive applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use type of adhesive recommended by manufacturer of board-type cavity wall insulation. 3.4 PROTECTION A. All components of the Work shall be protected from detrimental weather conditions and until construction operations including, but not limited to, backfilling, framing and sheathing, aluminum siding and concrete unit masonry Work, is completed and acceptable to ENGINEER. B. Work which cannot for reasons acceptable to ENGINEER be covered with complete construction system before onset of weather detrimental to the Work, shall be completely covered and protected in such a manner as to deflect precipation from the installation without damaging adjacent Work. C. Protect building insulations from all damage and abuse from all other contractors and installers involved on the Site until final acceptance by OWNER. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit results of all testing to ENGINEER along with recommendations for remedial Work. Do not delay job progress. Coordinate the submission of tests and remedial Work in a manner which does not impact the 07211-10 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Fina) acceptability of substrate and which permits expeditious completion of finishing Work. 3.6 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. System components which are dislodged, damaged, expanded, broken, penetrated, or crushed by subsequent installation operations or damaged by detrimental weather shall be immediately replaced with undamaged material in compliance with the Specifications and properly protected as specified. g. Only the original installer shall repair or replace deteriorated or defective Work. 3.7 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Do not allow construction traffic which is not associated with the installation of building insulation in the area of Work. Protect the area from access by other installers and contractors until the Work of this Section has been incorporated into finished construction systems. B. Building insulations which have become wet, damaged, or deteriorated shall be promptly removed from the Site and replaced with materials meeting the requirements of this Specification. + + END OF SECTION + + 07211-11 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 07320 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTZON A. Scope: This Section applies to design, manufacture and installation of standing seam metal roof paneling and associated materials. 1.2 qUALITY ASSURANCE A. References 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A653: Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated by the Hot Dip Process b. ASTM A792: Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Zinc Alloy Coated by the Hot Dip Process c. ASTM B209: Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate 2. Underwriters Laboratory a. UL Building Materials Directory 3. Sheet Metal and Air Condition Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) a. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, 1993 Edition 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) a. AISI Cold Formed Steel Design Manual 5. Aluminum Association a. Aluminum Design Manual 6. Metal Construction Association (MCA) a. Preformed Metal Wall Guidelines 7. Code References: a. ASCE 7, Minimum Loads for Buildings and Other Structures b. CBC, California Building Code B. Experience: 1. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in manufacturing standing seam metal roofing. 2. Panel installer shall have a minimum of two (2) years experience in the installation of standing seam metal roofing and shall show evidence of successful completion of at least three (3) projects of similar size, scope, and complexity. 1.3 SUBMITfALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings showing roof plan with layout of panels, clips, clip attachment, underlayment and sections of each flashing/trim condition for approval prior to fabrication. Drawings shall contain material type, metal thickness and finish. Drawings shall distinguish between factory and field fabrication. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard profile sheet, product data brochure and finish warranty. C. Samples: 07320-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Submit sample 12" long x full panel width showing proposed metal gauge, seam profile and specified finish. 2. Submit manufacturer's standard colors for OWNER's selection. Color shall match the existing pump station building roofing. D. Test Reports: Submit the test reports prepared by Underwriters Laboratory indicating wind uplift rating of the proposed roof system. The manufacturer must be listed by name in the UL Directory. E. Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that materials and finishes meet specification requirements. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Panels and flashings shall be protected and properly packaged to protect against transportation damage in transit to the jobsite. B. Upon delivery, exercise care in unloading, stacking, moving, storing and erecting panels and flashings to prevent twisting, bending, scratching or denting. C. Store panels and flashings in a safe, dry environment under a waterproof covering to prevent water damage. Allow adequate ventilation to prevent condensation. Panels and flashings with strippable film shall not be stored in direct sunlight. D. Upon installation immediately remove strippable film from panels and flashings. Protect panels and flashings from foot traffic and from all other trades. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Standing seam metal roof manufacturer shall provide a twenty (20) year warranty on the paint finish covering chalking, cracking, checking, chipping, blistering, peeling, flaking, and fading. B. Applicator shall furnish written warranty for a two (2) year period from date of substantial completion of building covering repairs required to maintain roof and flashings in watertight condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A. Roofing shall match the color and profile of the existing pump station building roofing. B. Performance Requirements: Provide factory formed, prefinished, concealed clip structural standing seam metal roof system that has been pretested and certified by manufacturer to comply with specified requirements under installed conditions. 1. Roof system shall meet the wind uplift test requirements in accordance with UL 580 Class 90 when the panels are attached to a substructure meeting the assembly requirements of UL 580. 07320-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Structural Requirements: Engineer panels for structural properties in accordance with the latest edition of American Iron and Steel Institute's Cold Formed Steel Design Manual using ��effective width" concept and Aluminum Association's Aluminum Design Manual. 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE A. System shall be designed to withstand service conditions described in 01610 - General Equipment Requirements and be in compliance with all applicable codes and regulations. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Roof Panels: 1. Panels shall be constructed from 24 gauge minimum, Grade 50 (50 ksi yield strength) structural steel with AZ50 (0.50 oz./ft.z) aluminum-zinc alloy coating, both conforming to ASTM A792. 2. Each panel shall be formed with a �1-1/2" seam height 3. Panel width will be 18-inches from seam to seam. 4. Each panel shall be designed to be screwed to the roof substrate, then have the adjacent panel snapped together or mechanically seamed, with a field-operated electric- seaming machine provided by the manufacturer, in such a way that all screws are concealed. 5. Roof panels shall use a standard UL 90 one-piece roof clip allowing for thermal movement of the panel system. 6. Panels shall be designed for use on roofs with pitch as shallow as 3-inch per foot 7. The panel system shall be a true standing seam shape requiring no trapezoidal foam closures, plugs, or fiilers at eaves. 8. Texture: panels shall be smooth or have striations to eliminate oil canning potential. B. Underlayment: 1. Asphalt-saturated organic felt meeting ASTM D226, Type II (No. 3). 2. Ice and Water Shield Waterproofing Membrane: 40 mii self-adhered roofing underlayment meeting ASTM E96. C. Flashing, Roof 7acks, and Trim 1. All flashing, roof jacks, and trim shall be of the same material, gauge, finish, and color as the roof panels and fabricated in accordance with standard SMACNA procedure and details. 2. Provide transition rib covers where roofing changes pitch or Z-closure made from the same material. 3. Provide rake and eave trim at the roof perimeter. 4. Provide roof jacks at all roof penetrations. 5. Fabricate gutters and downspouts in the same gauge, material, finish and color as the roof panels. 6. Flashings shall be designed and installed to allow thermal expansion of the roofing system. D. Closures: 1. Ridge and hip closures shall be protected and supported by a formed metal closure manufactured from the same materiai, color and finish as the panels. 2. Metal closures shall be factory fabricated and field-cut as needed. E. Finish: 07320-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Metal Preparation: all metal shall have the surfaces carefully prepared for painting on a continuous process coii coating line by alkali cleaning, hot water rinsing, application of chemical conversion coating, cold water rinsing, sealing with an acid rinse, and thorough drying. 2. Prime Coating: a base coat of epoxy paint, specifically formulated to interact with the top-coat, shall be applied to the prepared surfaces by roll coating to a dry film thickness of 0.20 � 0.05 mils. This prime coat shall be oven cured prior to application of finish coat. 3. Exterior Coating: a Kynar� 500/Hylar� 5000 finish coating shall be applied over the primer by roll coating to a dry film thickness of 0.80 � 0.05 mils for a total dry film thickness of 1.00 � 0.10. This finish coating shall be oven-cured. 4. Interior Finish Coating: a washcoat shall be applied on the reverse side over the primer by roll coating to a dry film thickness of 0.30 � 0.05 mils for a total dry film thickness of 0.50 � 0.10 mils. The washcoat shall be oven-cured. 5. Color: Color shall be as noted on Drawings, or as selected by OWNER. F. Fasteners: 1. Clips to Substrate: screws shall be #10 diameter, self-tapping type, zinc-plated steel, with Phillips style pancake head. 2. Flashings to Panels: exposed screws shall be zinc plated with a #14 x 1" combination steel and neoprene washer, color to match panel. G. Sealants: 1. Shall not contain oil, asbestos or asphalt. 2. Field applied panel end sealant shall be mastic tape sealant. 3. Exposed sealant shall be one-part polyurethane joint sealant, color to coordinate with roof panels. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Field dimensions shall be taken prior to fabrication to verity jobsite conditions. B. Roof panels shall be formed in continuous lengths. End-laps will not be allowed. C. Panels shall be roll formed on a stationary industrial type rolling mill. Portable roll formers, rented or owned by the installer, are not acceptable. D. Fabricate flashings from the same material as the roof system. E. Follow tolerances in MCA's Preformed Metal Wall Guidelines. 2.5 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: A. ATAS International: Dutch Seam B. Fabral: Thin Seam C. MBCI: LokSeam D. Or Equal. 07320-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine roof deck for conditions that would prevent proper application of roofing. Immediately notify Contractor and Engineer of defects, and do not proceed with roofing operation until defects are corrected. B. Verify that surfaces to receive roofing are smooth, sound, clean and dry. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturers written instructions, the standard set forth in the SMACNA architecturai sheet metal manuals and the approved shop drawings detailed for the project. B. Underlayment: 1. Provide a double layer of underlayment. 2. Provide 18" wide starter strip of underlayment at the eaves, followed by a 36" wide strip of underlayment which completely overlaps the 18" wide starter strip. 3. Continue with consecutive 36" wide strips of underlayment, overlapping 19" at each course, shingle-style. 4. Total of a double layer of underlayment plus 2" overlap at the horizontal seams is required. 5. Overlap vertical seams 6" and minimize their occurrence. 6. Provide ice and water shield membrane at all valley and eave conditions as well as any area at less than a 3:12 slope. C. PanelInstallation: 1. Install panels straight with the seams parallel, conforming to the design as indicated. 2. Install panel system so it is watertight, without waves, warps, buckles or distortions, and allow for thermal movement considerations. 3. Abrasive devices shall not be used to cut on or near the roof panel system. 4. Apply sealant tape or caulking as necessary at flashing and panel joints to prevent water penetration. 5. Remove any strippable film immediately upon exposure to direct sunlight. 3.3 CLEANING A. Dispose of any excess materials and debris from jobsite. B. Remove filings, grease, stains, marks, or excess sealants from roof panel system to prevent staining. C. Protect work from damage from other trades until final acceptance. + + END OF SECTION + + 07320-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 07600 META� F�ASHING, GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS AND OTHER ROOFING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITfALS A. Shop Drawings: Show joints, types and location of fasteners, and special shapes. 1.2 DELIVERY HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Package and protect during shipment. B. Inspect for damage, dampness, and wet storage stains upon delivery to the Work site. C. Remove and replace damaged or permanently stained materials that cannot be restored to like-new condition. D. Carefully handle to avoid damage to surfaces, edges, and ends. E. Do not open packages until ready for use. F. Store materials in dry, weathertight, ventilated areas until immediately prior to instailation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A653, G90, commercial quality copper bearing steel, thickness 24 gauge, unless otherwise shown. 2.2 DOWNSPOUTS AND GUTfERS A. Same as galvanized metal flashing. 07600-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.3 ANCI�LARY MATERIALS A. Solder: ASTM 832, alloy composition Sn 50. B. Soldering Flux: ASTM B32, Type RA. C. Sealer Tape: Polyisobutylene sealer tape as specified in Section 07900, JOINT SEALANTS. D. Isolation Paint: As specified in Section 09900, PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS, System No. 27. E. Isolation Tape: Butyl or polyisobutylene, internally reinforced, or 20-mil thick minimum polyester. F. Plastic Roof Cement: ASTM D4586, Type II. G. Fasteners: 1. For Galvanized Steelwork: Steel, galvanized per ASTM A153 or stainless steel fasteners. 2. Nails: Roofing nailhead, 10-gauge spiral or ring shank, lengths as required to penetrate wood at least 3/4-inch. H. Gutter Guard (Cover): Provide low profile perforated metal gutter guards compatible with the gutter style supplied. Gutter guards shall be riveted or screwed to the lip of the gutter. 2.4 FABRICATION OF FLASHING A. Field measure prior to fabrication. B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. C. Accurately form flashings to shapes shown and detailed, with angles and lines in true alignment. D. Form angles true to line and surfaces free of waves and buckles. E. Form bends to 1/16-inch inside radius. 07600-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Hem exposed edges. G. Reinforcements and Supports: Provide same material as flashing unless other material is shown. Steel, where shown or required, shall be galvanized or stainless. H. Rigid Joints and Seams: Make mechanically strong. Solder galvanized and stainless steel metal joints. Do not use solder to transmit stress. I. At exposed ends of counterflashing furnish weathertight closures. ]. Neutralize soldering flux. K. Solvent clean sheet metal. Surfaces to be in contact with roofing or otherwise concealed shall be coated with isolation paint. 2.5 FABRICATION OF DOWNSPOUTS AND GUTI�ERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. B. Form downspouts and gutters in maximum lengths as practicable to sizes and shapes indicated on Drawings or to field-fit the locations shown on the drawings. C. Telescope end joints 1-1/2 inches and lock longitudinal joints of downspouts. D. Furnish elbows at bottom where downspouts empty onto splash blocks. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTA�I.ATION A. Flashing: 1. Coordinate flashing Work with roofing Work for weathertight and watertight assembly. 2. Isolate metal from wood and concrete and from dissimilar metal with isolation tape or two coats of isolation paint. 3. Use only stainless steel fasteners to connect isolated dissimilar metals. 07600-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4. Set flanges of flashings and roof accessories on continuous sealer tape or in plastic roof cement on top of deck. Nail flanges through sealer tape and at 3-inch maximum spacing. Touch up isolation paint on flanges. 5. ]oints, Fastenings, Reinforcements, and Supports: Sized and located as required to preclude distortion or displacement due to thermal expansion and contraction. 6. Provide continuous holddown clips at counterflashing and edge drips. 7. Conceal fastenings wherever possible. 8. Set flashing and sheet metal to straight, true lines with exposed faces aligned in proper plane without bulges or waves. B. Downspouts and Gutters: Anchor downspouts to wall with straps of same material as downspouts. Install gutters, scuppers, and conductor heads as indicated on Drawings. 3.2 FINISH A. Exposed Surfaces of Flashing and Sheet Metalwork: Free of dents, scratches, abrasions, or other visible defects, and clean and ready for painting where applicable. + + END OF SECTION + + 07600-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMII"I"ALS A. Shop Drawings: Surface preparation and installation instructions. Indicate where each product is proposed to be used. Provide sealant certified to NSF/ANSI Standard 61 where sealant is in direct contact with potable water. B. Samples: Material proposed for use showing color range available. C. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Applicator Qualification: Documentation showing minimum of 5 years' experience installing sealants in projects of similar scope. 2. Certificates of Compliance: Proposed materials meet Specification requirements. 1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Ambient Temperature: Between 40 and 80 degrees F (4 and 27 degrees C) when sealant is applied. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealant Characteristics: 1. Uniform, homogeneous. 2. Free from lumps, skins, and coarse particles when mixed. 3. Nonstaining, nonbleeding. 4. Hardness of 15 minimum and 50 maximum, measured by ASTM C661 method. 5. Immersible may be substituted for nonimmersible. B. Sealant Color: To match adjacent surfaces or as selected by ENGINEER. C. One-Part Polyurethane, Immersible: 1. Polyurethane base, single-component, moisture curing; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS or P, Class 25. 2. Capable of being continuously immersed in water. 3. Designed to be used where the maximum depth of sealant will not exceed 1/2 inch. 4. Provide sealant certified to NSF/ANSI Standard 61 where sealant is in direct contact with potable water. 5. Manufacturers and Products for Nonsag: a. Sika Construction: Sikaflex-1a. b. Tremco: Vulkem 116. c. Or approved equal. 07900-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 6. Manufacturers and Products for Self-Leveling: a. Sika Construction: Sikaflex-1C SL. b. Tremco: Vulkem 45 SSL. c. Or approved equal. D. Two-Part Polyurethane, Immersible: 1. Polyurethane elastomeric, two-part, self leveling (or gun grade), non-staining, which cures at ambient temperature and conforms to ASTM C920. 2. Designed to be used where the maximum depth of sealant will exceed 1/2 inch or where chemical curing is required. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Sika Construction: Sikaflex-2C. b. Tremco: Dymeric 240FC. c. Or approved equal. 2.2 BACKUP MATERIAL A. Nongassing, extruded, closed-cell round polyethylene foam rod, compatible with sealant used, and as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Size: As shown or as recommended by sealant material manufacturer. Provide for joints greater than 1/2-inch deep. Backup material should be sized to maintain 2:1 width to depth ratio to the greatest extent possible. C. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Dow Corning; Ethafoam SB. 2. Sonneborn; Sonofoam. 3. Or approved equal. 2.3 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. Provide bond breaker tape in the bottom of joints to prevent 3-sided joint sealant adhesion when backup material is not used. B. Joint Cleaner: Noncorrosive and nonstaining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Primer: Nonstaining type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Use of more than one material for the same joint is not allowed unless approved by the sealant manufacturer. B. Install joint sealants in accordance with ASTM C1193. 07900-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Horizontal and Sloping Joints of 1 Percent Maximum Slope: Use self-leveling (Grade P) joint sealant. D. Steeper Sloped Joints, Vertical Joints, and Overhead Joints: Use nonsag (Grade NS) joint sealant. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Verify that joint dimensions, and physical and environmental conditions, are acceptable to receive sealant. B. Surfaces to be sealed shall be clean, dry, sound, and free of dust, loose mortar, oil, and other foreign materials. 1. Mask adjacent surfaces where necessary to maintain neat edge. 2. Starting of work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces. 3. Apply primer to dry surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. C. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. E. Carefully follow manufacturer's instructions for mixing multi-component products. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Use joint filler to achieve required joint depths, to allow sealants to perform intended function. 1. Install backup material as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2. Where possible, provide full length sections without splices; minimize number of splices. 3. Tape sealant may be used as joint filler if approved by sealant manufacturer. B. Use bond breaker where recommended by sealant manufacturer and in the bottom of joints to prevent 3-sided joint sealant adhesion. C. Seal joints around window, door and louver frames, expansion joints, and elsewhere as indicated. D. Joint Sealant Materials: Follow manufacturer's recommendation and instructions, filling joint completely from back to top, without voids. E. Joints: Tool slightly concave after sealant is installed. 1. When tooling white or light color sealant, use a water wet tool. 2. Finish joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Tape Sealant: Compress to 50 percent of expanded thickness and install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces next to the sealed joints of smears or other soiling resultant of sealing application. 07900-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Replace damaged surfaces resulting from joint sealing or cleaning activities. + + END OF SECTION + + 07900-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide and install metal doors. 1.2 SUBMITI"ALS A. Shop Drawings: Applicable information for each type of door and frame, including: l. Frame conditions, complete anchorage details, dimensions, glazing, fire ratings, etc. 2. Reference door numbers used on Drawings and in Door Schedule on shop drawings. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Identify each door with number used on Drawings and in Door Schedule. B. Store doors upright, in protected dry area and provide for air circulation around each door. Store doors at least 4-inches off of the floor to prevent water damage and wear of door bottom on floor. Do not cover doors in plastic tarps or other storage provisions which promote water damage and rust. If door packaging becomes wet, remove it immediately. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HOLLOW STEEL DOORS A. General: 1. Doors and Frames shall conform to SDI 100, except as modified herein. 2. Doors and Frame cutouts, anchors and reinforcement shall conform to SDI 107 and ANSI A115 to receive hardware as specified elsewhere. B. Materials: 1. Doors, frames and frame components shall be manufactured from commercial quality carbon steel conforming to ASTM designation A366, with an A60 zinc-iron alloy coating conforming to ASTM designation A653. C. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Flush Panel Doors: 16-gauge, Grade III, Model 1, with honeycomb or polyurethane core. 2. Trim for doors with glass cutouts shall be 18-gauge galvanized steel. If the trim is installed using screws, screws shall be only visible from the non-secure side of the door. Trim shall be flush or shall protrude no more than 1/16" from the door face, and shall be the same on both sides of the door. 3. All doors shall have flush end closure at top of doors to eliminate moisture penetration. Door tops shall no have holes or openings. 08100-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4. All doors shall include a self-adjusting, concealed door sweep installed in the bottom channel. The bottom seal shall not include springs. 5. Glass Lites a. Provide door with a narrow lite (N) located along the lock edge of the door with exposed glass dimensions of approximately 4" x 25" where indicated in the door schedule. b. Provide door with a half glass (G) where indicated in the door schedule. c. Glazing: 1) All glass shall be �/4" thick fully tempered safety glass, manufactured by a horizontal process. 2) The tempered glass shall meet, at the time of installation, quality and strength requirements of ASTM C-1036 and ASTM C-1048 and the safety criteria of CPSC 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1-1984. 3) Glass shall be appropriate for service in environmental conditions from -10 degrees Fahrenheit air temperature to 130 degrees Fahrenheit air temperature. 4) Glass shall be labeled as follows: Each pane of safety glass shall be identified by a label specifying the labeler, whether the manufacturer or installer, the type and thickness of glass, and the safety glazing standard with which it complies. Label shall be acid etched, sand blasted, ceramic fired or an embossed mark or otherwise written so that it cannot be removed without destroying the glass. 6. Door swing shall be as shown on Drawings. D. Metal Frames: 1. Products of hollow metal door manufacturer, constructed to coordinate with hollow metal door. 2. Frames for poors 14-Gauge: Welded type, of cross-section shown. 3. Finished size, shape, and profile of frame members as shown. 4. Concealed fasteners or welding are preferred to through-the-face fasteners. 5. Identification: Stamp opening number, as shown on Drawings and in Door Schedule, on center hinge reinforcement of each frame. E. Finish: 1. Doors and frames shall be cleaned and phosphate treated. 2. Doors and frames shall be galvanized with A60 or G60 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A525 (Wipe Coat galvanized coating is not acceptable). 3. Doors and frames shall be finished with a baked-on rust-inhibiting primer in accordance with ANSI A250.3. Doors shall be field finished in accordance with Section 09900. F. Manufacturers and Models: 1. Steelcraft L series with F series frame 2. Curries 727 series with M type frame 3. Or equal. 08100-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare rough opening to accept metal frame. Identify and report any deficiencies in rough opening to Engineer prior to installing metal frame. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Metal Frames: 1. Set all frames in accordance with SDI 105. 2. Set welded frames in position prior to beginning partition work. 3. Brace frames until permanent anchors are set. 4. Set anchors for frames as work progresses. 5. Install anchors at hinge and strike levels. 6. Use temporary setting spreaders at all locations. 7. Use intermediate spreaders to assure proper door clearances and header braces for grouted frames. 8. Install frames in prepared openings in concrete and masonry walls using countersunk bolts and expansion shields. B. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Install hollow metal doors in frames using hardware specified in Section 08700 Door Hardware. 2. Clearances at edge of doors a. Between door and frame at head and jambs: 1/8 inch. b. At meeting edges pairs of doors and at mullions: 1/8 inch. c. At transom panels, without transom bars: 1/8 inch. d. At sills without thresholds: 5/8 inch maximum above finish floor. e. At sills with thresholds: 1/8 inch above threshold. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Remove dirt and excess sealants, mortar or glazing compounds from exposed surfaces. B. Adjust moving parts for smooth operation. Use shims if necessary to allow for proper closing. C. Fill all dents, holes, etc. with metal filler and sand smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces - Reprime/paint to match finish. + + END OF SECTION + + 08100-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 08100-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 08700 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide all materials, equipment, and accessories to furnish and install door hardware. 1.2 SUBMII�I'ALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Product Data: Manufacturers' literature for each item of finish hardware required herein, clearly marked. 2. Finish Hardware Schedule: Furnish complete and detailed schedule, show product items, numbers, and finishes for all hardware for each separate opening. 3. Special Tools: Provide listing and description of usage. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Supplier: A recognized supplier of architectural finish hardware, with warehousing facilities, who has been furnishing hardware in the vicinity of the Project for not less than 5 years, and who is, or who employs, an architectural hardware consultant. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Provide secure storage for all finish hardware until installation is made. B. Before delivery, clearly identify and tag each item of hardware with respect to specified description and location of installation. 1.5 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide two sets of special tools for installation and maintenance of hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOOR HARDWARE A. Provide all door hardware from a single manufacturer in order to have consistency in appearance, function and maintenance procedures. B. Fasteners: 1. All fasteners shall be type 304 stainless steel. 08700-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Butt Hinges: 1. Conforming to ANSI A156.1-88. 2. Quantit er poor Leaf Minimum : DOOR HEIGHT MINIMUM NUMBER OF HINGES PER LEAF U to 5'-0" 2 ea 5'-0" to 7'-7" 3 ea 7'-7" to 10'-0" 4 ea 10'-0" to 12'-6" 5 ea Over 12'-6" One for eve 30" of door hei ht, roundin u 3. Hinge Size: Except as otherwise specified or as required to comply with UL and NFPA, provide hinges of the following sizes: a. Up to 36" wide: 41/z" heavy weight. b. Over 36" to 48" wide: 5" heavy weight. c. Over 48" wide: 6" heavy weight. 4. Types of Hinges: Full-mortise type, ball-bearing hinges swaged for mortise applications, inner leaf beveled, square cornered. 5. Width: Minimum for clearance of trim and 180-degree swing. 6. Exterior Hinges: Non-removable pin. 7. Joint Tolerance: 0.012-inch maximum, gauged in CLOSED position. 8. Material: type 304 stainless steel. a. Finish: Satin stainless steel No. 630. 9. Hinge Manufacturers and Models: a. Stanley F6B191-32D b. McKinney TB2314 c. Or Equal. D. Exit Devices 1. Provide exit devices on all exit doors complying with ANSI A156.3. 2. Furnish cylinder where required. 3. Trim: a. Levers: Sargent LNL; Von Duprin 06, or equal. b. Strikes: Use open back strike. 4. Finish: Satin chromium-plated No. 626. 5. Exit Device Manufacturers and Models: a. Sargent 8313ET X LNL b. Von Duprin 9975L-996-06 c. Or Equal. E. Closers: 1. Provide closers on all exterior doors or as indicated in the door schedule which comply with ANSI A156.4. 2. Size closers in accordance with manufacturer's standards. Mount regular arm closers on pull side of doors. Mount parallel arm closers on push side of doors. On pair of doors provide closer on active leaf only, unless noted otherwise. 3. Closer Manufacturers and Models: a. �CN 4110 Series b. Sargent 351 Series c. Or Equal. 08700-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Thresholds: 1. Provide threshold at each door: One-piece full width of opening; extend beyond jamb where indicated. 2. Provide with stainless steel machine screws in threaded expansion anchors at concrete. 3. Finish: Mill finish aluminum, unless indicated otherwise. 4. Threshold Manufacturers and Models: a. Pemko 274X4AFG b. Reese Enterprises, Inc. S407A c. Or Equal. G. Weatherstrip: 1. Provide complete weatherstrip system at exterior doors, including rubber or vinyl at jambs and head, door sweep, rain drip, astragal seal for 2-leaf doors, and all other weatherstripping necessary to provide a weather-sealed door system which does not allow air or moisture movement through the gap between the door and frame. H. Stops and Holders: 1. Provide stops and holders for all doors in accordance with ANSI A156.16. 2. Finish: Satin chromium-plated No. 626. 3. Stop/Holder Manufacturers and Models: a. Ives WS445 b. Hager Companies 256 c. Or Equal. 2.2 KEYING A. Coordinate Keying System with OWNER. Provide master-keying and local-keying to match OWNER's keying system. B. Provide removable construction core system for use during construction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. In accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Make Work neat and secure, develop full strength of components, and provide proper function. C. Prevent marring, scratching, or otherwise damaging adjacent finishes during hardware installation. D. Latchbolts: Install to engage in strikes automatically, whether activated by closers or manually. In no case shall additional manual pressure be required to engage latchbolt i n stri ke. E. Wall Mounted Hardware: Install over solid structural backing or solid blocking in hollow walls. 08700-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Thresholds: 1. Cope ends neatly to profile of jamb. 2. Set in sealant and seal ends to jambs. G. Hardware: Adjust for easy, noise-free operation. H. Replace damaged hardware items. 3.2 MOUNTING DIMENSIONS A. Standard Door Hardware Locations: As recommended and published by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as noted or detailed otherwise. B. Door Silencers: Install 3 inches from top and bottom of jamb and 1 inch above strike at single doors, and 3 inches from edges of doors in head for pairs of doors. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Deliver permanent lock cores to the site. B. Remove temporary construction cores and insert permanent cores. C. Inspect each lock set to ensure permanent cores are operating satisfactorily. D. Deliver to OWNER change and control keys for the permanent system. E. Return temporary construction cores to the manufacturer. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Cover and protect exposed surfaces of hardware during installation and until Substantial Completion. B. Fit, dismantle, and reinstall finish hardware as required for finish painting work. C. Protect and prevent staining of hardware during construction in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. D. Remove protective measures and permanent lock cylinders installed prior to final cleaning. + + END OF SECTION + + 08700-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 09890 CHEMICAL RESISTANT CONCRETE COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTiON A. Scope: This section covers the supply and application of chemical-resistant coatings for the protection of concrete surfaces from corrosive chemicals. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall have been manufacturing proposed coating system for a minimum of five (5) years. Upon request, manufacturer shall provide a minimum of ten (10) reference installations where the coating system has been used in a similar application. B. Applicator shall have a minimum of three (3) years experience applying similar coating systems. C. Coating system manufacturer shall provide extended guarantee or warranty, with OWNER named as beneficiary. Guarantee shall provide for correction, or at the option of the OWNER, removal and replacement of coating system if it is found defective within 2 years of initial application. D. Provide detailed information on all materials in the proposed coating system, including: 1. MSDS 2. Detailed product specification 3. Test results for chemical services listed herein 4. Complete application instructions including detailed information on application of coating system around drains and at concrete joints. 1.3 SUBMITfALS A. Shop Drawings: Coatings Manufacturer shall submit for approval the following: 1. Copies of manufacturer's technical information and application instructions for each material proposed for use. Specify exactly which product is being proposed for each coating type (as specified below). This may be accomplished through a reference table along with information on the various products, or by a separate, tabbed section with information on products being submitted for each system in a separate tab of a binder. Submittal of general manufacturer's literature without detailing which product is proposed for each paint system will be unacceptable. 2. �etter from the Coatings Manufacturer certifying the Coatings Installer as factory trained and qualified. 3. Furnish copies of the final, approved submittal to the coatings installer so that it is clear which product is to be used for which each system. 4. Test reports from an independent testing laboratory confirming chemical resistance of coating for chemicals contained in chemical service areas, described below. 09890-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be delivered in original factory packaging, clearly marked. B. Materials shall be stored according to manufacturer's written storage instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: PROVIDE: A. General Polymers Brands, The Sherwin-Williams Co., Tom Jakubik, (208) 520-1010 B. Or equal. 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE A. Coating system shall be applied to outdoor chemical containment area. Area will be subjected to light foot traffic and maintenance equipment. 1. Chemical containment area: concrete floors, walis, and sump 2. Chemical Service Areas: a. 12.5% Sodium Hypochlorite b. 38% Ferric Chloride 2.3 COATING SYSTEM A. Flexible Epoxy/Urethane System (System CRG1): l. Primer: 100% solids penetrating epoxy primer. a. General Polymers 3579 Standard Primer/Binder. b. Or Equal. 2. Basecoat: 100% elastomeric epoxy. Fillers may be required by the coating manufacturer for application of basecoat to vertical surfaces. a. General Polymers 3555 Epo-Flex ND Epoxy Coating. b. Or Equal. 3. Horizontal Surface Wear Coat: 100% solids elastomeric epoxy. 60-mesh sand shall be provided for slip resistance. a. General Polymers 3555 Epo-Flex HD Epoxy Coating. b. Or Equal. 4. Topcoat: General Polymers 4685 100% solids aliphatic urethane, zero VOC, suitable to 72- hour exposure to chemical services listed herein. 5. Colors: As selected by OWNER. B. Provide 2 gallons of unopened top-coating material for future use by OWNER. 09890-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Surfaces to be coated shall be prepared per coating system manufacturer. 2. Provide ENGINEER minimum 3 days notice prior to start of surface preparation and coating system application. 3. Perform surface preparation in the presence of ENGINEER, unless ENGINEER grants prior approval to perform the work in ENGINEER's absence. 4. Schedule inspection with ENGINEER for both surface preparation and coatings system application. B. Concrete Surfaces: 1. Allow concrete 30 days cure time prior to application 2. Remove all foreign substances from the surface using solvent, detergent, or other suitable means. 3. Brush-Off Blast Clean surface to remove all laitance, curing compounds, contaminants, loose concrete, and provide a surface similar to 20-40 grit sandpaper. 4. Secure coating manufacturer's recommendations for additional preparation as required for excessive bug holes exposed after blast cleaning. 5. Apply fillers/surfaces as required by the coating systems manufacturer. 6. Ensure surfaces are dry prior to coating. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Application of coating system shall comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply coating system to areas shown in the Drawings. 1. Where equipment is shown within the area to be coated, coatings shall be applied prior to equipment installation. 2. Coatings shall be applied to all construction joints, drains, and other fittings within the designated application area. C. Components shall be mixed per manufacturer's instructions until homogeneous. D. Temperature: Apply coating only when substrate, ambient air, and coating material are 65 degrees F or above. E. Ventilation: Adequately ventilate application area to comply with all health and safety regulations. F. Coating System Application: 1. Primer: Single coat to all surfaces, 250 square feet per gallon. 2. Base Coat: a. Vertical surfaces: Two coats, 10 mils minimum dry thickness per coat. Recommended fillers shall be used as necessary for correct application. b. Horizontal surfaces: Single coat, 25 to 30 mils minimum dry film thickness. c. Wear Coat: Single coat to horizontal surfaces, 20 mils minimum dry film thickness. Broadcast 60-mesh sand to refusal for slip-resistance. d. Topcoat: Two coats to all surfaces, 7 mils minimum dry film thickness per coat. 09890-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 INSPECTION A. Coating system shall be inspected for complete and uniform application. All evident defects, including but not limited to uneven application, improper tie-in with fittings or joints, and appearance defects, shall be corrected. + + END OF SECTION + + 09890-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide and install coatings on all exposed surfaces as indicated herein, in other Specification Sections, and on the Drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Experience: Both Coatings Manufacturer and Coatings Installer shall have a minimum 5 years' experience in production and application, respectively, of specified products. Coatings Installer shall be approved and endorsed, in writing, by Coatings Manufacturer. B. Regulations: Meet federal, state, and local requirements which apply to the work, including, but not limited to those regulations limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds. C. Coatings Manufacturer Recommendations: Coatings Installer shall follow all recommendations of the Coatings Manufacturer regarding storage, handling, surface preparation, application of coatings, recoat times, environmental conditions during storage, preparation and application of coatings, and all other Coatings Manufacturer recommendations. D. Warranty: Both Coatings Manufacturer and Coatings Installer shall provide a 1-year complete replacement warranty for all coatings. Manufacturer shall provide 5-year warranty for long-term performance of coatings in addition to 1-year warranty. 1.3 SUBMITI'ALS A. Shop Drawings Coatings Manufacturer shall submit for approval the following: 1. Copies of Manufacturer's technical information and application instructions for each material proposed for use. Specify exactly which product is being proposed for each coating type (as specified below). This may be accomplished through a reference table along with information on the various products, or by a separate, tabbed section with information on products being submitted for each system in a separate tab of a binder. Submittal of general Manufacturer's literature without detailing which product is proposed for each paint system will be unacceptable. 2. Copies of Manufacturer's complete color charts for each coating system. 3. �etter from the Coatings Manufacturer approving and endorsing Coatings Installer. 4. Furnish copies of the final, approved submittal to the Coatings Installer so that it is clear which product is to be used for which each system. B. Reference Samples: 1. Provide reference samples of paint colors and textures as required by the ENGINEER. Reference samples will show the color and texture of the final paint to be applied and shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to painting. Reference samples should be applied to similar substrates to the final surfaces to be painted. If ENGINEER chooses 09900-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final to forego reference samples, CONTRACTOR must receive the allowance to forego reference samples before painting begins or all painted surfaces will be re-painted at the ENGINEER's discretion and at no additional cost to the OWNER. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protection: Protect all pre-coated items from coating damage during shipping. B. Store products in accordance with Manufacturer's directions. C. Store products in a neat, orderly fashion. Protect products from damage. Protect storage area from damage from stored products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: A. Provide coating types as listed in the following table. The systems referenced in the tabie are those provided by Tnemec. Sherwin-Williams, or Equal are also acceptable manufacturers. If manufacturers other than Tnemec are desired, the CONTRACTOR shall submit equivalent paint systems. COATING TYPE DESCRIPTION TNEMEC SERIES Clear Polyamine Clear Polyamine Epoxy, high solids, moisture Series 201, E ox resistant, desi ned as a one-coat wood sealer. E oxo rime Acrylic Filler Waterborne Cementitious Acrylic designed for Series 130, application on porous surfaces such as rough-faced Envirofill concrete masonr units Acr lic Latex Sin le com onent, finish as re uired N/A �atex Primer/ Waterborne vinyl acrylic primer/sealer for interior N/A Sealer gypsum wallboard/plaster. Capable of providing uniform seal and suitable for use with specified finish coats. Polyamine Epoxy Waterborne Polyamine Epoxy, penetrating, flexible Series 151, Elasto- and low-odor primer designed for sealing porous Grip FC substrates. Acrylate Modified Waterborne Acrylate designed for Series 156, Enviro- application on porous surfaces such as rough-faced crete concrete masonry units or wood surfaces. Flexible and breathable, moisture and UV resistant. Matte Finish Polyamidoamine Polyamidoamine Epoxy designed for use on steel or Series V69, Hi- Epoxy other ferrous metals not in contact with potable Build Epoxoline II water. Polyamidoamine Epoxy designed for use on steel or Series 140, Pota- other ferrous metals in contact with otable water. Pox Plus Polyurethane Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane designed for exterior Series 750, Endura- weatherin abrasion and corrosion resistance Shield Silicone Sealant Silane/Siloxane penetrating water repellent blend Series 636, Dur A designed for application on above-grade concrete, Pell 20 stucco block masonr and stone surfaces 09900-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.2 COLOR A. Color Pigments: Pure, nonfading, lead-free applicable types to suit the substrates and service indicated. B. Provide colors as described in the drawings or specifications, or as selected by ENGINEER from standard color palette. For piping system colors, reference pipe schedule. C. Where existing colors are to be matched or satisfactory color is not available from standard color palette, provide custom-mixed colors. D. Provide samples of each color on the substrate to be coated for approval by the ENGINEER prior to beginning coating application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Coatings Installer shall prepare all surfaces to be painted in strict accordance with Coatings Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Coatings Manufacturer representative shall observe Coatings Installer's methods of preparing surfaces and approve of the work prior to Coatings Installer beginning coating installation. If, after a period of time, Coatings Manufacturer is satisfied with Coatings Installers methods, Coatings Manufacturer can allow Coatings Installer to proceed without inspection following surface preparation. Coatings Manufacturer and installer will still both be held equally accountable for any coatings failure. C. Wood surface preparation 1. Coatings Installer shall clean and prepare all wood surfaces in accordance with the Coating Manufacturer's recommendations. Patching may be required where approved by the Engineer. All joints in wood members including trim, siding, soffits, and joints between wood and dissimilar materials shall be filled with joint sealant prior to coating. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect all adjacent surfaces from overspray, dripping or other transfer of coatings not intended for those surfaces. Use masking, tape, drop cloths, plastic and other protective materials as appropriate. 1. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, stainless steel surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. 2. Protect working parts of inechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Mask openings in motors, fan housings, etc. to prevent coatings from falling inside. 3. Correct all damages by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as accept- abie to ENGINEER. 09900-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Completely remove all masking, tape, drop cloths, plastic and other protective materials within 48 hours of completion of application of finish coat. Take special care to remove masking and plastic which cover tank vent openings, HVAC registers, vents, motor vents, and other areas where airflow is critical to proper operation. C. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Paint all exposed surfaces not specifically excluded in 3.3.C, below. Provide and install Coatings in accordance with the following Table, unless otherwise specified in other Sections: COATING SURFACE TO BE PRIMER NO OF PRIME COAT FINISH NO OF FINISH COAT SYSTEM COATED COATING PRIMER THICKNESS COATING FINISH THICKNESS NO. COATS EACH COAT COATS EACH COAT 100 Concrete Acrylic Filler 1 70 SF/Gal crylate 2 135 SF/Gal Masonry Application Application U n its Rate Rate Interior 101 Concrete Silicone Sealant 1 250 None Masonry SF/ Gal Units Application Exterior Rate 102 Concrete Silicone Sealant 1 250 None Roof Slab SF/Gal (Exterior) Application Rate 200 Wood Polyamine Epoxy 1 250 crylate 2 135 SF/Gal (Interior and SF/Gal Application Exterior) Application Rate Rate 201 Wood No primer Clear 1 350 SF/Gal (Interior, Polyamine Application where Epoxy Rate noted 202 Gypsum Latex 1 350 crylic Latex 2 400 SF/Gal Board Primer/Sealer SF/Gal (Semigloss) Application (Interior) Application Rate Rate 300 Exposed Polyamidoamine 2 4-6 MDFT Polyurethane 2 2-3 MD�i" Ferrous Pipe Epoxy Systems and Exposed Steel Items 301 Exposed, Polyamidoamine 1 350 Polyurethane 2 350 SF/Gal Non-metallic Epoxy SF/Gal Application Pipe Application Rate S stems Rate 09900-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final COATING SURFACE TO BE PRIMER NO OF PRIME COAT FINISH NO OF FINISH COAT SYSTEM COATED COATING PRIMER THICKNESS COATING FINISH THICKNESS NO. COATS EACH COAT COATS EACH COAT 302 Immersed Polyamidoamine 1 4-6 MDFT Polyamidoamine 1 4-6 MDFT Ferrous Pipe Epoxy* Epoxy Systems and Steel Ttems 303 Immersed Polyamidoamine 1 350 Polyamidoamine 1 350 SF/Gal Non-metallic Epoxy SF/Gal Epoxy Application Pipe Application Rate S stems Rate 304 Buried Polyamidoamine 1 8-10 MDFT Polyamidoamine 1 8-10 MDFT Ferrous and Epoxy Epoxy Steel Items 305 Aluminum Polyamidoamine 1 4-6 MDFT None Surfaces in Epoxy Contact with Concrete Steel Tank Per 09871, Coating of Steel Water Storage Tank Pumps ouch up factory applied coatings, per Pump Specifications * Where in contact with potable water, coating shall be NSF-61 certified. B. Items Delivered with Factory Applied Primer: 1. For items delivered with a factory applied primer and requiring painting under this Section, the factory applied primer may be used in lieu of field applied primer only under the following conditions: a. The ENGINEER approves the use of the factory applied primer in lieu of field applied primer. b. The factory applied primer is certified by the Coatings Manufacturer as compatible with the field applied finish coat. c. The Coatings Manufacturer's recommended recoat time for the factory applied primer has not been exceeded. 2. If all of the above conditions are not met, the Coatings Installer shall re-prepare all surfaces to be painted in strict accordance with Coatings Manufacturer's recommendations and primer applied, in accordance with this Section. C. Table Definitions: 1. SF/Gal: Square foot of coverage per gallon of coating used. 2. MDFT: mil dry film thickness 3. mil: 1/1000 of an inch paint thickness 4. Ferrous Pipe: Includes Ductile Iron, Cast Iron, Steel, and Galvanized Steel piping 5. Steel Items: Includes steel and galvanized steel items such as structural steel, doors, window frames, overhead coiling doors, bollard posts, steel gates, steel fences, and all other steel and galvanized steel items. 6. Non-Metallic Pipe: Polyvinyl Chloride, Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride, Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic, High Density Polyethylene 7. Exposed: Located above grade, exposed to the atmosphere not submerged. Includes surfaces inside and outside of buildings. 09900-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 8. Submerged: In an area which normally is under water or other liquid or is intermittently under water or other liquid. 9. Buried: Located below grade, surrounded by backfill. D. Surfaces Not Requiring Painting: 1. Unless otherwise stated or shown below or in other sections, the following areas or items will not require painting or coating: a. Concrete surfaces. b. Reinforcing steel. c. Copper, bronze, brass, Monel, aluminum, chromium plate, and stainless steel surfaces, except where: 1) Required for electrical insulation between dissimilar metals. 2) Aluminum and stainless steel are embedded in concrete or masonry, or aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry. 3) Color coding of equipment and piping is required. d. Pipe unions or portions of piping systems where painting would make disassembly difficult or impossible. e. Prefinished electrical, mechanical and architectural items such as motor control centers, switchboards, switchgear, panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches, HVAC equipment enclosures, ductwork, acoustical tile, cabinets, louvers, and wall panels. f. Electrical conduits. g. Cathodic protection anodes. h. Insulated piping and insulated piping with jacket will require prime coat only. i. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) surfaces with an integral ultra-violet resistant colored gel coat do not require painting, provided the color is as selected. j. Glass, plexiglass or other transparent or translucent material intended to allow passage of light. k. Civil/site materials such as asphalt, gravel, rock, chain-link fence, and plantings. 3.4 RECOAT TIMES: A. Coatings Installer shall observe all requirements of the Coatings Manufacturer regarding recoat times. 3.5 PAINT LOG A. Coatings Instailer shall keep a paint log 1. Specific details of the contents and format paint log shall be determined by the Coatings Installer and approved by the ENGINEER. 2. At a minimum, paint log shall record, on a daily basis for any day when coating work is performed: a. Weather conditions, including 3-day forecast b. Which surfaces were prepared for coating c. Approval of surface preparation by the Coatings Manufacturer representative d. Which surfaces or systems were coated that day e. Who the instalier was (specific names of persons on crew) f. Which coating type was used 09900-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final g. Which coat was installed h. What the application rate or MD�I" was (as approved by ENGINEER) 3. Paint log shall be kept on-site. Paint log shall be signed on a daily basis, for any day when coating work is performed, by the supervisor of the coatings installer field crew and by the ENGINEER. 4. Any painted surface which was not recorded in the paint log shall be stripped, re- prepared, and recoated at the ENGINEER's discretion. 3.6 WARRANTY INSPECTION A. Warranty inspection shall be conducted during the eleventh month following completion of the Work. All defective Work shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with this Specification and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. B. Any location where paint has peeled, bubbled, or cracked and any location where rusting is evident shall be considered to be a failure of the system. The CONTRACTOR shall make repair at all points where failures are observed by removing the deteriorated paint, cleaning the surface, and recoating or repainting with the same system. If the area of failure exceeds 25 percent of the total coated or painted surface, the entire coating or paint system may be required to be removed and repainted in accordance with this specification as determined by the ENGINEER. C. All costs for CONTRACTOR'S inspection, Manufacturer's inspection and all costs for repair shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. + + END OF SECTION + + 09900-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�I" BLANK 09900-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 10400 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Furnish and install signs, placards, and labels for safety equipment, hazards, and equipment and piping identification. 1.2 SUBMITfALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide manufacturer's literature showing available letter sizes and styles, standard and custom colors, and standard mounting details. 2. Provide drawings showing layouts, actual letter sizes and styles, colors, and project- specific mounting details. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION SIGNS A. Material: 1. Subsurface silkscreened graphics on a transparent acrylic sheet, 0.08" thick with Helvetica Medium alphabet and matching arrows type face. 2. Provide 2" high upper case letters and 1" high lower case letters. B. Fire Extinguisher ldentification Sign: 1. Provide 15"x 15" with 1" radiused corners, unframed. 2. Provide one for each surface mounted fire extinguisher. 3. Background color shall be red with white lettering. 4. Signs shall incorporate a white directional arrow as located by ENGINEER. C. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. ASI/SPE MH (Four Corners) Plaque by ASI Sign Systems, Incorporated. 2. Or equal. 2.2 FIRE PROTECTION PLACARDS A. Fire Protection Placards: 1. Provide diamond-shaped placards: 15" square of 0.125" rigid polyethylene. 2. The placard shall meet NFPA 704. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. W.H. Brady Company 2. Seton Name Plate Company 3. Or Equal 10400-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Provide fire protection placards in accordance with the following schedule: DRAWING REFERENCE NUMBER MATERIAL NEALTH FLAMMABILITY REACTIVITY SYMBOL S-302 Ferric Chloride 2 0 0 COR 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY SIGNAGE A. Safety signs shall comply with the following standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Standards for General Industry, Subparts 1910.200 Hazard Communication (]uly, 1986). 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard No. 704 - Label System. 3. Uniform Fire Code, Latest Edition. 4. Uniform Fire Code Standard 79-3. B. Safety signs shall be of height and width required by layout and shall be formed from semi- rigid butyrate, polyethylene or fiberglass. Lettering shall be 3-inches high and 1/2-inch in stroke. C. Provide the following safety signs: DRAWING REFERENCE TEXT BACKGROUND LETfERING NUMBER CO�OR COLOR S-303 SAFETY SHOWER/ EYEWASH Green White S-304 CAUTION: Yel low Black EQUIPMENT STARTS AUTOMATICALLY S-305 CAUTION:WEAR EAR Yellow Black PROTECTION 2,4 EXIT SIGNS A. Material: Plastic, 1/8-inch minimum thickness. B. Lettering: 6 inches high, 3/4-inch stroke, white letters on red background. 2.5 IDENTIFICATION �ABELS A. Pipe Labels and Flow Direction Arrows: 1. Label, Lettering Color, Size and Placement: In accordance with ANSI A13.1, and as listed below. 10400-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Label Colors: Fluid Service Back round Color Letter Color Fire uenchin fluids Safet red White Toxic and corrosive fluids Safet oran e Black Flammable fluids Safet ellow Black Combustible fluids Safet brown White Potable, cooling, boiler feed, Safety green White and other water Com ressed air Safet blue White 3. Label Size: Outside Diameter of Length of Color Field, Size of �etters, Pi e Coverin inches inches inches 3/4 to 1-1/4 8 'h 1-1/2 to 2 8 3/4 2-1/2 to 6 12 1-1/4 8 to 10 24 2-1/2 Over 10 32 3-1/2 4. Label Placement: a. Labels shall be positioned on the pipes so they can be easily read. Proper label placement is on the lower side of the pipe if the employee has to look up to the pipe, on the upper side of the pipe if the employee has to look down towards the pipe, or directly facing the employee if on the same level as the pipe. Labels should be located near valves, branches, where a change in direction occurs, on entry/re-entry points through walls or floors, and on straight segments with spacing between labels that allows for easy identification. 5. Material: Manufacture from or encase in outdoor grade plastic or vinyl that will resist damage or fading from washdown, sunlight, mildly corrosive atmosphere, dirt, grease, and abrasion. 6. Message: See Piping Schedule. 7. Labels: a. Snap-Around Type; Size for finished outside diameter of pipe and insulation. b. For 6 Inches and Over Diameter Pipe: May furnish strap-on type fastened without use of tools with plastic or stainless steel straps. c. Firmly grip pipe so labels remain fixed in vertical pipe runs. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. T & B/Westline, Rariton, N), Model WSS Snap-Around. b. Seton Name Plate Corp., New Haven, CT, Setmark Series. c. Or equal. B. Equipment Labels: 1. Applies to equipment with assigned tag numbers wherever specified. 2. Lettering: Black bold face, 3/4-inch minimum high. 3. Background: OSHA safety yellow. 4. Materials: Either of the following: a. Aluminum or stainless steel base with a baked-on finish that is suitable for use on wet, oily, exposed, abrasive, and corrosive areas. b. Fiberglass with fiberglass-encased lettering. 10400-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 5. Furnish 1-inch margin on each end of label for mounting. On fiberglass labels furnish grommets at each end for mounting. 6. Size: a. As appropriate for lettering provided. b. Provide same-size labels for equipment series which are adjacent. 7. Message: Equipment names and tag numbers as used in Sections where equipment is specified and/or on Drawings. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. T & B/Westline Co., Rariton, NJ; Type KQ. b. Seton Name Plate Corp., New Haven, CT; Style EB. c. Or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTA�LATION OF SIGNS A. Install Fire Extinguisher location signs at all fire extinguisher locations, approximately 12" above fire extinguisher mounting bracket. B. Install Exit Signs mounted to each door which leads to the outside of the building, on the panic bar side of the door, mounted to the door approximately 5'-6" above finished floor. C. Install all other signs at locations as shown on the drawings. Signs should be installed approximately 5'-6" off of finished floor, attached to doors where appropriate. Where two signs are indicated in the same location, signs should be mounted side-by-side, where possible. D. Install all signs plumb and level. They shall be attached with four stainless steel screws or anchor bolts as required for substrate. Provide theft/tamper-resistant fasteners on all signs. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPE IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Provide pipe identification label with flow arrows on all exposed piping systems as follows: 1. At ail connections to equipment, valves, tees or wall penetrations. 2. At intervals along piping not greater than 18 feet on center with at least one label applied to each exposed horizontal and vertical run of pipe. B. Install pipe identification labels after all painting has been completed. 10400-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Install equipment identification labels on all equipment which has been given an equipment number in the Drawings or Specifications. Provide identification label which includes equipment name and tag number. B. Where no damage will be caused to equipment, mount equipment identification label directly to equipment. Otherwise, mount equipment identification labels to concrete equipment base or wall space. Install equipment identification label such that it is clear which piece of equipment is being labeled. C. Anchor to equipment or base for easy removal and replacement with ordinary hand tools. + + END OF SECTION + + 10400-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFI" BLANK 10400-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 10520 SAFETY EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. The following safety equipment is to be provided and installed by CONTRACTOR so that it may be integrated into OWNER's safety program for operation of the facility into which it is installed. 2. The following safety equipment does not represent a complete package of safety equipment required to operate the facility. Refer to OWNER's safety program for all required safety equipment and procedures. 1.2 SUBMITI"ALS A. Shop Drawings: Provide manufacturer's product data for each item including sizes, ratings, UL listings, OSHA certifications or other certifications, and mounting/installation information. B. Warranty: Provide manufacturer's 5-year warranty on all products provided. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect all equipment provided from ail damage until such time as it is turned over to the OWNER. B. Safety equipment provided under this specification shall not be used by the CONTRACTOR in the construction of the facility. Safety equipment shall be turned over to the OWNER in new condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Provide at all locations labeled ��FEXT" on Drawings. B. Provide Fire Extinguishers which Conform to NFPA-10 and as follows: 1. Tri-class dry chemical extinguishing agent. 2. Pressurized, red enameled steel shell cylinder. 3. Activated by top squeeze handle. 4. Agent propelled through hose or opening at top of unit. 5. For use on A, B, and C class fires. 6. Minimum UL Rating: 4A-60B:C, 10-pound capacity. C. Mounting Hardware: 1. Furnish heavy-duty brackets with clip-together strap for wall mounting. 2. Use all stainless steel fasteners for attaching brackets to wall. 10520-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Manufacturers: 1. Walter Kidde. 2. Master Protection Enterprises. 3. Or Equal. 2.2 FALL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT A. Hatch Safety Net: l. Standards: a. Comply with all applicable OSHA, UL, ANSI and other applicable standards. 1) Including, but not limited to, OSHA 1926.502(c), safety net systems 2. General Purpose: a. Designed to allow visual inspection and wash down of confined space through net while preventing falls into open hatches. Designed to be easily removed for confined space entry once entrant is properly harnessed and utilizing proper retrieval system. 3. Features: a. Materials: 1) Metallic parts shall be Aluminum and/or stainless steel 2) Netting shall by UV-resistant, highly visible synthetic netting (polyester, or equal) in safety orange or safety yellow. 3) Netting shall be stitched with UV-resistant PTFE thread. b. Netting shall have approximately 4-inch openings to allow for visual inspection and wash-down through netting. 4. Manufacturer and Product: a. U.S. Netting, Hatch Net 121 b. U.S.F. Fabrication, Hatch Safety Net c. Or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all safety equipment per manufacturers written instructions. B. Install fire extinguishers where "FEXT" is called out on the drawings, 48" above finished floor or adjacent grade. + + END OF SECTION + + 10520-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 11205 END SUCTION CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: This section includes the manufacture, supply, testing and installation of End Suction Centrifugal Pumps complete and operational. Contractor shall coordinate pump and adjustable speed drive systems, where specified. B. The following Equipment Identification Numbers have been assigned to the equipment that shall be provided under this specification section: 1. EW12_PMP_04160 Surface Wash Booster Pump 2. EW12_PMP_02170 Backwash Reclaim Pump 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements and recommendations of the following references, except as otherwise specified: 1. Hydraulic Institute (HI) 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 3. National Electric Code (NEC) 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 6. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA) 7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 8. ASTM International (ASTM) 9. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA) 10. American Petroleum Institute (API) B. All pumping equipment furnished under this Section shall be of a design and manufacture that has been used in similar applications and it shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Owner that the quality is equal to equipment made by that manufacturer specifically named herein. C. Unit responsibility: All equipment specified herein shall be furnished by one pump manufacturer to insure compatibility and integrity of the individual components, and provide the specified warranty for all components. D. Pump(s) are to be engineered and manufactured under the certification of ISO-9001. E. Pump(s) shall be NSF-61 approved/certified. F. Factory Tests: The selected manufacturer shall provide the following factory tests for approval upon acceptance of shop drawings: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard functional test on all equipment. a. At minimum, functional test shall include hydrostatic testing at 250 PSIG in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards. 011205-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Performance Test: a. Conduct on each pump in conformance with the test standards and procedures specified in the Hydraulic Institute Standards. b. Conduct the test using complete assembly at manufacturer's minimum NPSHa, from shut-off head to 140% of design flow. Record resulting curve showing head, flow, brake horsepower, speed, pump efficiency, and net positive suction head required (NPSHr). Plot results for a minimum of seven (7) evenly spaced measurements, including shut-off head, primary design point, best efficiency point, and maximum capacity. At least one point of the six shall be taken as near as possible to each specified section. c. Pump performance results compared to rated speed and capacity at the primary design point shall be within tolerances specified by Hydraulic Institute Standards. d. Pumps shall not be shipped prior to ENGINEER's approval of test results. 3. Hydrostatic Test: test at either twice the total dynamic head or one and a half times the shutoff head, whichever is greater. 4. Motor Test: Provide short commercial motor test per IEEE 115. G. Warranty: Provide a 1-yr warranty on all equipment from date of start-up. Warranty shall cover defects in workmanship, design, and materials. If any component should fail during the warranty period, it shall be corrected and the unit restored to service at no expense to the OWNER. 1.3 SUBMITI'ALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330 and as specified herein. B. Submit the following items to the ENGINEER for approval: 1. Shop drawings: a. Detailed drawings showing component and assembly dimensions, location of mechanical and electrical connections, weights of all equipment, installation details, and accessory details. b. Power and control wiring diagrams, including terminals and numbers. c. Drawings, tempiates and directions for installation of anchor bolts. 2. Product data: a. Descriptive literature, specifications, and engineering data. b. Materials of construction for all components and accessories. c. Impeller type and diameter, including rated diameter and minimum and maximum diameter available for the pump model. d. Pump weight, motor weight, and complete assembly weight. e. Complete motor nameplate data, as defined by NEMA. f. Where specified, complete variable frequency drive information. g. Factory finish system description. h. Critical speeds of the pumps supplied. 3. Performance data: a. Pump rated speed. b. Rated and maximum pump horsepower, and driver horsepower. c. Minimum NPSHr. d. Maximum down and up thrust. e. Submit Pump Performance Curves: 1) Provide pump curves showing head, brake horsepower, pump efficiency, and NPSHr and capacity, for the entire operating range of the pump. 011205-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2) Correct curves for pump losses and shaft friction horsepower losses. Include pump losses, column and discharge head losses. 3) All curves shall ciearly display the specified operating conditions and the manufacturers Allowable Operating Region (AOR) and Preferred Operating Region (POR) as defined under ANSI/HI 9.6.3. 4) Where variable speed drives are specified, curves shall have at least five (5) speeds plotted between maximum and minimum speed. 5) Speed shall be clearly shown on all curves. 4. Operations and Maintenance Manuals: The selected manufacturer shall provide six sets of operation and maintenance manuals for the equipment provided. The manuals shall contain the following information at minimum: a. Equipment description. b. Recommended and limiting operational range. c. Installation instructions including assembly, alignment, and adjustment procedures. d. Operation instructions including start-up and shutdown procedures, and troubleshooting guide. e. �ubrication and regular maintenance instructions. f. Shop drawings. g. Parts list with catalog numbers. h. Performance curves. i. Suggested spare parts list to maintain the equipment in service for a period of 2 years. Include any special tools required to maintain or test the equipment. 5. Quality Control Submittals: a. A list of any and all instances where the equipment proposed deviates from these specifications. b. Names and addresses of the factory authorized service organization nearest to project site. c. Guarantee pump efficiency and NPSHr at the specified operating points. d. Upon approval of shop drawings, manufacturer shall provide certified copies of factory test reports for functional, performance and hydrostatic tests. e. Upon approval of shop drawings, manufacturer shall provide printed installation instructions. f. Upon completed installation, manufacturer shall provide Certificate of Proper Installation. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All equipment and accessories shall be properly protected during shipment such that no damage or deterioration shall occur between shipment and installation. 1. Finished surfaces shall be protected by wooden blanks. 2. Finished ferrous metal surfaces not painted shall be protected from corrosion. 3. Each box and package shall be clearly marked with the contents and total weight. B. Manufacturer shall provide any special storage and handling instructions. 011205-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: PROVIDE: A. 05_PMP_70 Surface Wash Pump 1. Goulds Model 3656/3756 M&L Group, Constant Speed, Model Number: 14BF2M9H0 2. Or Equal B. 06_PMP_10 Backwash Reclaim Pump 1. Goulds Model 3656/3756 M&� Group, Variable Speed, Model Number: 8BF1R9A0. 2. Or Equal 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE A. Service Conditions: As shown in the attached Pump and Drive Data Sheet. B. Performance Requirements: As shown in the attached Pump and Drive Data Sheet. 2.3 COMPONENTS: A. General: 1. Provide two (2) horizontal closed-coupled, end suction centrifugal pumps complete with driver. 2. Provide pumps with performance curves with constantly increasing head from maximum capacity to shut-off head. 3. Balancing: Pump assemblies shall be dynamically and statically balanced. Vibration at any point of pumps operation shall not exceed the upper limits of the Hydraulic Institute Standards. B. Casing: 1. 05_PM P_70 a. Spiral volute type, back pull-out design with ANSI Class 150 flat faced flanged suction and discharge connections. 2. 06_PM P_10 a. NPT suction and discharge connections. 3. Material: Close grained ASTM A48 CL30 cast iron. 4. Discharge nozzle shall be tangentially oriented. 5. Complete unit shall be supported by power frame. 6. Pump casing shall have drain with zinc-plated steel pipe plug. C. Wear Ring: 1. Replaceable casing and seal housing wear ring. 2. Material: Lead free Bismuth Bronze. 3. Interference fit. D. Impeller: 1. Enclosed design. 2. Material: ASTM B584 Lead Free Sil-Brass 011205-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Key driven. 4. Impeller shall be bolted to motor shaft. Bolt and washer shall be Type 304 stainless steel. E. Seal Housing: 1. 1-piece design. 2. Material: ASTM A48 CL20 cast iron. 3. Registered mating fits to pump casing and power frame shall maintain positive alignment and support. 4. Sealing of casing pressure shall be by Buna-N or viton 0-ring. 5. Motor and casing connection shall be by grade 5 high strength hex cap screws. Bottom drainage port shall be provided. F. Mechanical Seal: 1. General purpose elastomer bellows type. 2. Materials: a. Elastomers: Buna-N or Viton b. Rotating face: Carbon c. Stationary face: Ceramic d. Metal components: Type 316 stainless steel e. 250 PSIG pressure rating 3. Manufacturer: a. John Crane Type 21 b. Or Equal G. Shaft Sleeve: 1. Hook-type, locked in place by impeller. 2. AISI Type 300 stainless steel. H. Power Frame Assembly: 1. The pump unit shall be supported by means of a foot-mounted frame. Frame shall carry all thrust and radial loads imposed by the pump during operation. 2. Bearings: a. Ball-type, grease lubricated thrust and radial bearings. b. Outboard bearing shall carry all pump thrust load and shail be locked in place on the pump shaft by means of a bearing locknut and locking washer. c. Minimum B-10 life of 50,000 hours. d. Provide grease fitting. 3. Pump shaft: a. Material: AISI 4140 4. Bearing Assembly and Shaft Seals: a. Protect inboard and outboard bearings from entry of pumpage, washdown water and grit with Buna-N lip seals. b. Inboard bearing end shall have an additional Buna-N deflector ring. I. Bedplate: 1. Rigid channel steel 2. Shall maintain support and alignment of the complete pump and drive motor assembly. Bedplate shall be suitable for anchor bolt mounting to concrete floor with provisions for grout-in-place. 011205-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final J. Drive Coupling: 1. Spacer-type, key-driven allowing back pull-out 2. 1.5 minimum safety factor over motor nameplate rating 3. Manufacturer: a. T.B. Woods Type SC b. Or Equal K. Coupling Guard: 1. Rotating components of drive assembly shall be protected by formed metal coupling guard in compliance with OSHA standards and bolted in place to the unit bedplate. L. Electric Motor: 1. Non-overloading NEMA standard design T-frame suitable for horizontal mounting and coupling connection to the pump. 2. Motors shall be solid shaft, squirrel-cage induction motors meeting the requirements of NEMA MG l. 3. Motor manufacturer shall be IS09000 certified. 4. Continuous duty for constant speed pump. Inverter duty for variable speed pump. 5. Motors shall be adequately sized to prevent overload above nameplate horsepower at maximum pump brake horsepower. 6. Motors shall be 460V, 3 PH, 60 Hz 7. Motor Speed shall be: a. 3600 rpm (06_PMP_10) b. 1800 rpm (05_PMP_70) 8. Motor Power shall be: a. 40 hp (06_PMP_10) b. 15 hp (05_PMP_70) 9. Motors shall have the following guaranteed minimum efficiencies at full load as determined by IEEE 112-B: a. 50 hp: 88% b. 100 hp and above: 92% 10. Motors shall have minimum power factor of 87%. 11. Service factor on all motors shall be 1.15. 12. Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled enciosures shall be provided. 13. Manufacturer's recommended bearing lubrication shall be provided. 14. Provide oversized terminal box with terminal for connection of equipment grounding wire. 15. Provide stainless steel nameplate with the following information, at minimum: a. Manufacturer's name, make, and serial number b. Type c. Voltage d. Frame e. Insulation f. Class g. HP h. Full load amps i. RPM M. Spare Parts: Provide the following: 011205-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Mechanical seal. 2. Impeller wear ring. 3. Drive coupling. 4. Complete set of gaskets and O-ring seals. 5. Complete set of bearings. 6. Complete set of keys, screws, plugs, etc. 7. Any special tools required to dismantle the pump. N. Equipment Identification Plate: 16-gauge stainless steel with �/a-inch die-stamped equipment tag number securely mounted in an easily visible location. 0. �ifting Lugs: For all equipment assemblies weighing in excess of 100 pounds. P. Anchor Bolts: 1. Type 304 stainless steel, sized by equipment manufacturer. 2. �/z-inch diameter minimum. Q. Factory Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Level base using steel plates and shims with taper no greater than �/a inch per foot. Adjustment shall be made to prevent changing in level or springing of the baseplate when anchor bolts are tightened. C. Adjust pump assemblies such that driving units are properly aligned with shafts and all couplings. The use of flexible couplings for misalignment correction will not be accepted. D. Grout the bedplate to floor slab after anchor bolts have been tightened. Grout shall be non-shrinking. Remove wedges after grout is set and grout voids left by wedges. E. Connect suction and discharge piping without imposing strain to the pump flanges. F. Accurately place anchor bolts using equipment templates. G. Upon complete installation, test assemblies for proper alignment, rotation, connection, and quiet operation. 3.2 FIELD FINISHING A. Finish equipment as specified in Section 09900, PAINTING. 3.3 SUPPLEMENTS A. Pump and Drive Data Sheets + + END OF SECTION + + 011205-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Section 11205 Pump and Drive Data Sheet Pro"ect Cit of Reddin Well 12 WTP E ui ment Number 05 PMP 70 E ui ment Location Surface Wash Booster Pum Drive Descri tion: Drive T e Constant S eed Motor 3 PH 460V 60 HZ Motor Horse ower 15 h Pum Descri tion: Pum T e End Suction Centrifu al Im eller T e Enclosed Radial Im eller Maximum Im eller Diameter 13 1/16 in Desi n Im eller Diameter 10 1/8 in Suction Diameter 4 in Dischar e Diameter 3 in O eratin Conditions: Li uid Pum ed Potable water Tem erature 50 to 80 de rees F 60 de avera e S ecific Gravit 1.0 N 6.5 to 8.5 Site Altitude 500 ft Pum O eratin Conditions: Pum Rated S eed 1800 r m Minimum NPSHa 296 ft Minimum Continuous Stable Flow 150 m Minimum Shutoff Head 108 ft Pum Desi n Points: ist O eratin Point: Ca acit m 200 m Total D namic Head ft 105 ft Minimum Efficienc 65% Znd O eratin Point: Ca acit m 423 m Total D namic Head it 87 ft Minimum Efficienc 75% 3'"d O eratin Point: Ca acit m 600 m Total D namic Head it 60 ft Minimum Efficienc 60% A urtenances: Motor Windin Thermostat Yes Bearin Thermostat Switch No Vibration Switch No 011205-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Section 11205 Pump and Drive Data Sheet Pro"ect Cit of Reddin Well 12 WTP E ui ment Number 06 PMP 10 E ui ment Location Backwash Reclaim Pum Drive Descri tion: Drive T e Variable Fre uenc Drive Motor 3 PH 460V 60 HZ Motor Horse ower 40 h Pum Descri tion: Pum T e End Suction Centrifu al Im eller T e Enclosed Radial Maximum Im eller Diameter 10 1/16 in Desi n Im eller Diameter 10 1/16 in Suction Diameter 2 in Dischar e Diameter 1 '/z in O eratin Conditions: Li uid Pum ed Potable water Tem erature 50 to 80 de rees F 60 de avera e S ecific Gravit 1.0 N 6.5 to 8.5 Site Altitude 500 ft Pum O eratin Conditions: Pum Rated S eed 3600 r m Minimum NPSHa 27 ft Minimum Continuous Stable Flow 40 m Minimum Shutoff Head 400 ft Pum Desi n Points: ist O eratin Point: Ca acit m 150 m Total D namic Head ft 459 ft Minimum Efficienc 54% Znd O eratin Point: Ca acit m 200 m Total D namic Head it 420 ft Minimum Efficienc 59% 3'"d O eratin Point: Ca acit m 253 m Total D namic Head it 364 ft Minimum Efficienc 57% A urtenances: Motor Windin Thermostat Yes Bearin Thermostat Switch No Vibration Switch No 011205-9 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 11400 CHEMICAL METERING PUMP SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: This specification covers the supply and testing of completely functional, skid-mounted chemical metering pump systems. The chemical metering pump system shall include skid assembly containing chemical metering pumps, all necessary piping, valves, fittings, supports, electrical controls and accessories as shown on the drawings and the attached schematic, and specified herein. The chemical metering pump system supplier shall be responsible for supplying all components of the skid-mounted chemical metering pump system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 13006 — Pre-Engineered FRP Enclosure 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A single metering pump system supplier shall be responsible for the assembly, supply and coordination of all equipment and appurtenances specified herein. B. System supplier shall provide reference list of no less than three installations where fully integrated chemical metering pump systems were provided. C. Provide a factory operational and performance test on the pre-assembled system and documentation of results prior to shipment. D. Provide operational and performance field test. E. Warranty: The chemical metering pump system supplier shall provide a two-year warranty on the metering pump mechanical drive and a one-year warranty on the liquid end, pump accessories, and the skid-mounted system. 1.4 SUBMII�1'ALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detailed metering pump diagram 2. Control and power wiring diagrams 3. Enclosure dimensions 4. Connection point locations and sizes 5. Skid mounting details 6. Piping and fittings details 7. Control panel dimensions, connection details, and wiring diagrams 8. Location of all specified appurtenances 11400-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Product Data: 1. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, and specifications, including but not limited to the following: a. Total assembly weight b. Materials of construction 1) Confirmation that all wetted parts are compatible with specified service chemical c. Control system details d. Appurtenance details e. Hydraulic calculations confirming pump sizing and range for service conditions f. Documentation of accuracy over flowrate range specified herein 2. Recommended spare parts list 3. Complete motor nameplate data 4. Factory finish system 5. Complete O&M manual for each pump model and control system D. Quality Assurance Submittals 1. Factory operational and performance testing results 2. System Suppliers certificate of compliance with these specifications 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. System supplier shall provide special shipping, handling, and storage instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT AND SYSTEM SUPPLIER: PROVIDE: A. LMI (Milton Roy) B. Classic Engineering (Pulsafeeder) C. Or Equal 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE A. Ferric Chloride Metering Pump System 1. Location: As shown on Drawings 2. Equipment Identification Numbers: a. Ferric Chloride Pump No. 1: EW12_PMP_7210 b. Ferric Chloride Pump No. 2: EW12_PMP_7220 3. Service Chemical: 38% Ferric Chloride a. Specific Gravity: 1.26-1.48 b. Temperature: 50 to 100 deg F 4. Flowrate Range: a. EW12_PMP_7210: 2.6 to 4.4 gph b. EW12_PMP_7220: 2.6 to 4.4 gph 5. Rated Pressure: 150 psig 6. Minimum NPSHa: 31 FT 7. Piping/pump arrangement: Reference Detai) 11280 - METERING PUMP SCHEMATIC, attached. 11400-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.3 SYSTEM ASSEMBLY A. System Design: 1. Chemical Metering Pump System supplier shall provide completely assembled, rack-mounted Chemical Metering Pump Systems. 2. The Chemical Metering Pump Systems shall not include any loose-shipped parts. It shall be completely shop or factory assembled and shall require no field assembly other than field connections of piping and wire. 3. The Chemical Metering Pump Systems shall be designed in accordance with the attached system schematics, providing the shown inlet and outlet connections, features and appurtenances. 2.4 COMPONENTS A. General: All wetted materials shall be specifically selected for resistance to specified service chemical. B. Piping: CPVC conforming to ASTM D2846 l. Socket welded pipe fittings with solvent weld cement specific for specified service chemical compatibility. C. Calibration column: l. Provide calibration column on the common suction header for each pump skid assembly. 2. Column shall be sized for a minimum 30-second draw down test. 3. Scale shall indicate both milliliters and gallons in 0.01-gallon increments printed on the side of the column. 4. Calibration chamber shall be piped and valved such that each pump may be calibrated without interfering the operation of other pumps. 5. Column to be clear PVC or equal translucent material suitable for specified service chemical. 6. Provide threaded connection at top of column for connection to common vent. D. Strainer: Provide y-strainer as shown on the system schematic. a. 100-mesh basket, all CPVC construction. b. Hex cap clean-out c. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psi d. FPM seals e. Manufacturer: 1) Hayward Flow Control Systems 2) Or Equal E. Diaphragm Valves (DIA-01): Provide diaphragm valves for all shut-off, isolation, and flow control applications. Ball valves will not be accepted. l. Features: a. PVC body and bonnet b. Flanged or true union as shown on the Drawings c. Diaphragms shall be three-piece: 1) PTFE 2) PVDF gas barrier 3) EPDM backing 11400-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final d. EPDM o-rings e. Bubble-tight sealing f. Travel stop for over-tightening prevention g. Position indication h. 115 psi minimum pressure rating 2. Manufacturers: a. Asahi/America Inc. Type 14 b. Or Equal F. Metering Pumps: 1. 07_PMP_21, 07_PMP_22: Positive Displacement, motor driven, mechanically actuated diaphragm type. a. Simplex pumping head with double suction and discharge valves. b. Pumps shall include integral motor, oil-lubricated or permanent grease lubricated bearings gear reducer and cam-and-spring drive mounted in aluminum housing. Aluminum housing shall be sealed into an outer corrosion resistant housing with heat sink fins. 2. Features: a. The liquid end shall be fully separated from the drive unit by a back plate with weep hole creating an air gap. An elastomer shaft wiper seal shall prevent contamination of the drive if the primary diaphragm fails. Sodium Hypochlorite pumps shall have integral design features to prevent the build-up of vapor in the pump head. b. Diaphragm shall be Fluorofilm. c. Liquid end shall be PVC. d. Suction and discharge check valves shall be PVDF with PTFE faced Viton gaskets and ceramic ball valves. e. Pumps shall have integral design features to prevent the build-up of vapor in the pump head. f. A manually actuated bypass feature shall be provided to allow gas purging and instantaneous priming. g. Power input shall be single phase 120V, 60 hz. h. Remote Input/Output signal shall be 4-20 mA. i. Control: Pump shall be capable of both AUTO and MANUAL stroke length and stroke speed adjustment. j. Minimum guaranteed accuracy shall be �1% at 3:1 turndown to steady state accuracy of the pump, and �2% over 50:1 turndown. k. Maximum NPSHr shall be 3 psi 3. Products: a. 07_PMP_21, 07_PMP_22: 1) LMI Series SD Model SD42-282 2) Blackline Series MD Model MD1A 3) Or Equal G. Pressure Gauge: Provide pressure gauges for the discharge of each pump. 1. Pressure gauge shall indicate pressure in psi. 2. Gauge shall accurately indicate pressure from 0 to 150 psi. 3. Gauge shall have diaphragm seal isolation. H. Pressure Relief Valve: Provide adjustable pressure relief valve for each pump discharge. 11400-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Sized for the maximum pump flow and initially set at pressure recommended by pump manufacturer. I. Pulsation dampeners: Provide pulsation dampener for each pump discharge. 1. Single diaphragm type 2. Pulsation dampener shall be air-filled and shall have a Schraeder valve fitting at the fill port. 3. Pulsation dampener shall be sized by the Manufacturer to reduce pulsation by a minimum of 97%. The dampener volume shall be a minimum of 26 times the stroke displacement volume. 4. The Manufacturer shall provide calculations to the Engineer showing the method used to calculate the pulsation dampener volume. J. Backpressure Valves: Provide adjustable diaphragm backpressure sustaining type for each pump discharge. 1. Initial setpoint shall be as recommended by pump manufacturer. K. Equipment Identification: Provide stainless steel plate with �/4-inch die-stamped equipment identification numbers mounted in a visible location. L. Lifting lugs: Provide for equipment weighing over 100 pounds. M. Anchor Bolts: Provide all anchor bolts necessary for proper installation of the metering pump system frame or rack. 1. All metals shall be Type 316 stainless steel 2. Sized by equipment manufacturer N. Skid-Mount: Each Chemical Metering Pump System shall be completely assembled, calibrated, tested mounted and shipped on a single skid. 1. Components to be mounted include metering pumps, piping, valves, and all piping appurtenances specified herein. Vertical back panels and frame-mounted enclosures shall be provided as required to fully support all equipment and appurtenances. 2. Forklift truck cut-outs shall be provided. 3. The strength of the skid and supporting frame shall be suitable for shipping, offloading, installation and long-term support of the metering pumps. 4. Frame or rack shall have accommodations for concrete floor mounting. 5. No bare metal parts shall be allowed. O. Spare Parts 1. Provide a spare chemical metering pump separate from each of the Chemical Metering Pump Systems. 2. Loosely shipped, separate from the skids. 2.5 CONTROLS A. Chemical Metering Pump System shall be capable of receiving 4-20 mA signals from Plant SCADA system for stroke and speed control of each pump. The signals may be received and processed at the pump. Each pump shall have an integral microprocessor/keypad/LCD display having the following control features: 1. Each pump shall have the following: a. Manual ON/OFF/AUTO switch b. Membrane keypad and LCD display: 11400-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1) Manual ON/OFF/AUTO switch 2) Stroke length indication 3) Speed indication 4) Manual stroke length adjustment 5) Manual speed adjustment 6) Access code shall be required to prevent unauthorized adjustments to pump operation 2. Each pumps controls/display shall be clearly marked with the pump equipment number B. Provide all cables, connectors, and a terminal junction box for termination of remote signal circuits. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in complete accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Installation shall include furnishing and applying an initial supply of any pump spare parts, lubricants, rebuild kits, etc, recommended by manufacturer. C. Check and align all pumps, motors, valves, piping, etc. after pump assemblies have been installed to ensure alignment and assembly has been unchanged from factory assembly conditions. Make adjustments required to place system in proper operating condition. D. Install chemical metering skid in to Pre-Engineered FRP enclosure per Specification 13006. Contractor to coordinate installation with FRP enclosure supplier. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIE�D SERVICES A. A factory trained representative shall be provided for installation supervision, start-up and test services, and operation and maintenance personnel training services. The serviceman shall make three (3) visits to the site. The first visit shall be for assistance in the installation of equipment. The second visit shall be for checking the completed installation and start-up of the system. The third visit shall be for instruction of operations personnel. 3.3 SUPPLEMENTS A. The following supplements are attached to this Specification section and incorporated herein by reference: l. Detail 11280 — METERING PUMP SCHEMATIC + + END OF SECTION + + 11400-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final � — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — � � �— CAP F�USH LINE T4 FEED � � 2"x 314" PC.31NT#1 � RDCR 1 I ,----------------------------------------------------------------------, , —�d--� u �w ; ' � � � � � I I � ' ; METERING PUMPS , Tt7 FEED , , 2�, i EW12_PMP_7210 EW12_PMP_7220� ; PC)�NT#2 SUCTIC�N ; SIMILIAR , � HEADER � � � , , - ; ; � m_�w �� PRESSURE PULS�ITION � I GAUGE � DAMPENER T� FEED � 2"x 3/4" � � PRESSURE Pt�1NT#3 � REE R RELIEF � I �,P VALVE 1 I � _m �� 1 � GA�IBRATIC?N UMPRING BACKPRESSURE � I COLUMN �- 8a� VALVE ' � P1 * DRAIN - 1 � - - - - - - - —� � I � r STRAINER I � /� I � I � � DIA-09 , TYP � I � �— - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � NOTES: � 3/4"VENT TQ 1. ALL PIPING TO BE � � STC?RA�E �/4" P'VC UN�ESS �` TANK OTHERWISE NOTED. 2°FEC�FRt)M STQRAGE TANK METERINC� PIJ�P ��HE�ATIt� NTS 1128� WORKS > E N G 1 N E E R 5 FILENAME:�at1286.dgn PLOT DATE:01-MAR-2Wfi � � THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 11400-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 11405 FILTER ROLL-OFF CONTAINER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Work of this Section includes providing the following: 1. Three (3) - 15 cubic yard Filter Roll-Off Containers with cover. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Filter Roll-Off Container Manufacturer must be actively engaged in the manufacture of the type of equipment specified, and shall submit a minimum of five (5) references for installations of similar equipment of their own design and manufacture in actual service for a period of not less than five (S) years. B. Warranty: 1. Provide a one (1) year warranty on all equipment from date of start-up. Warranty shall cover defects in workmanship, design, and materials. If any component should fail during the warranty period, it shall be corrected and the unit restored to service at no expense to the OWNER. 1.3 SUBMITfALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop Drawings showing all dimensional information, piping connection sizes and type, interior configuration, filter cloth details, and equipment weights. B. Product Data: 1. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, and specifications, including but not limited to the following: a. Total assembly weight. b. Materials of Construction: 1) Provide details on materials of construction for container and all appurtenances. 2) Confirmation that all wetted parts and coatings are compatible with specified service chemicals. c. Complete 0&M manual. C. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Factory performance testing results. Manufacturer shall test the unit for complete water tightness before shipping, and submit documentation of test results prior to shipment. 2. Names and addresses of the factory authorized service organization nearest the project site. 3. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance with these Specifications. 11405-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer shall provide special shipping, handling, and storage instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: PROVIDE: A. Flo Trend Systems, Inc. 1. 15 cu. yd Roll-Off Sludge MateT"' Model SM-15-0-RB B. Or Equal. 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE A. Design Criteria: Sludge Description Ferric Hydroxide and Manganese Dioxide Greensand Filter Backwash Waste Slud e Sludge Origin Drain From Backwash Waste Equalization / Settlin Tank Average Filter Backwash Waste Sludge Volume o @ 0.5% solids 286 Ibs/day (solids), 6,700 gal/day (@0.5 /o) Slud e Tem erature Ambient Filter Roll-Off Container Location Outdoors 2.3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. The Filter Roll-Off Container shall be an epoxy-coated carbon steel container with filter panels that retain solids in the container with supernatant drained through the filter cloth and out of the container. Solids shall be dewatered to the point that they are able to pass EPA Method 9095A: Paint Filter �iquids Test. B. Filter Roll-Off Container: 1. Minimum quantity and volume for each container shall be 15 cu yd with a 12 cu yd minimum useable capacity. 2. Dimensions of each unit shall not exceed 13'-1 0" L x 8'-6" W x 6'-4" H, and the maximum empty weight shall be 7,000 Ib. 3. Filter Roll-Off Container drainage system shall be constructed in such a way so the side walls and vertical center panel drain into a common cavity with drainage ports. 4. Filter Roll-Off Container shall be specifically designed and fabricated for compatibility with OWNER's roll-off truck. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for verifying necessary information regarding OWNER's roll-off truck system required by the Manufacturer during the ordering process to ensure compatibility of the Filter Roll-Off Container with the truck. 5. Materials: a. Structural Members: 1) Floor shall be A-36 carbon steel minimum 7-gauge plate. Floor cross members are structural channels spaced on 24" centers. 2) Walls shall be A-36 carbon steel minimum 10-gauge plate. Wall gussets are 7 gauge formed plate. 11405-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3) Door sealing face will be totally watertight and have an SBR/neoprene blend gasket on the surface area. Door frame shall be made of 4" x 3" x 3/16" structural tubing and with three steel hinges located on the side. Door sealing shall have 1" ratchet chain binders, one on each side and one in the middle of the door. Hinges shall be constructed of 1/2" wall steel tubing and 1" diameter hot-rolled bar pins with welded retainer washers. 4) Internal filter system shall be comprised of a support structure constructed of 1/4" angles, cold formed channels and removable filter support panels with frames made from 1-1/2 No. 9, flat both sides, A-36 carbon steel expanded metal and reinforced with flat bars. The vertical center panel will be self supporting and made with 1/4" structural angels and flat bars. 5) Rails shall be constructed of 6" x 2" x 3/16" structural tubing with 36-1/2" inside spacing. b. Container shall be seal-welded on all interior surfaces and seal welded on top of all exterior surfaces. Welded and seamless steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A53 grade B. Hot-formed welded and seamless carbon steel tubing shall conform to ASTM A500 grade. c. All fasteners that may contact sludge shall be 316 stainless steel. 6. Door: a. Door sealing face will be totally watertight and have an EPDM gasket on the surface area. Door frame shall be made of 4" x 3" x 3/16" structural tubing and with three steel hinges located on the side. Door sealing shall have 1" ratchet chain binders, one on each side and one in the middle of the door. Hinges are constructed of �/z" wall steel tubing and 1" diameter hot rolled bar pins with welded retainer washers. 7. Wheels: a. The Filter Roll-Off Container shall be equipped with 4 wheels, 8" diameter x 8" wide, diagonally braced. Tracking wheels shall be 4" diameter x 6" wide. 8. Filter Panels: a. Filter media shall be installed on each long side wall and both faces of the vertical center panel. The filter media shall be 57 �/z" minimum in vertical height on all faces. All filter panel supports, bars and media are bolted into place with stainless steel fasteners consisting of studs, flat washers, and acorn nuts. b. All removable filter panels shall have a �/a" x 2" wide neoprene gasket installed between the panel and framework. c. Each filter panel shall be covered with a filter cloth: 1) Polyester-nylon blend with cross-pattern and maximum 600 x 800 micron openings. 2) Minimum 26% open area. 3) Minimum thickness: 0.047". 4) Tensile Strength: 747 pounds per linear inch. 9. Paint: a. All exposed welds shall be cleaned of welding slag and rounded. All exposed sharp edges and corners shall be rounded. b. All steel metal surfaces shall be sandblasted to near white metal and commercially coated with a two-part epoxy primer. c. The external final surface shall receive S mils dry Urethane enamel coating. d. Interior surfaces will have a final coating of epoxy mastic totaling 5 mils dry. e. Filter support panels and tie-down bars shall be hot-dipped galvanized as a protective coating. 11405-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 10. Connections: a. Single point inlet connection at the top shall be 3" NPT and equipped with femal cam hose connector. b. Two 3" drain outlets with Type A camlock fittings with caps on each side of the container at opposing ends (four total outlets). Drainage system shall be constructed in such a way so the side walis and vertical center panel drain into a common cavity. Drainage can be either by gravity of by a pump assist. c. Two 3" clean-out ports with Type A camlock fittings and caps located on front end of container. d. Two sight gauges. e. One 2" sample port. f. Three 2"x 12" removable clean-out panels at the door end. 11. Access Ladders: One ladder, located on side of the container. 12. Cover: a. Side to side 18 oz. rolling tarp with tarp supports and hardware to fasten to container to be provided. Provide tarp ratchets and tarp hooks to secure cover. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in complete accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Unit shall be water tested for complete water tightness. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIE�D SERVICES A. A factory trained Manufacturer's Representative shall be provided for installation supervision, start-up and test services, and operation and maintenance personnel training services. The serviceman shall make one (1) visit to the site to inspect the installation, assist with startup, and instruct operations and maintenance personnel. + + END OF SECTION + + 11405-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 11540 GREENSAWD FILTRATION SYSTEM PART 1 - GEWERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section specifies the requirements for the design, fabrication, shipment, installation, startup and performance-testing of a Greensand Filtration System (GFS) for the removal of iron, manganese and arsenic from groundwater by oxidation/filtration. B. Design Configurations: 1. The GFS configurations are as follows: a. Single Multi-Cell Horizontal Pressure Filter Tank C. System Description: 1. The GFS shall be a fully engineered pressure filtration system designed to continuously remove iron, manganese and arsenic from groundwater using greensand media. 2. The GFS will receive groundwater from Well 12, operated by the OWNER. The raw water supply will be pre-chlorinated with sodium hypochlorite to oxidize the soluble iron, manganese and arsenic, and to continuously regenerate the greensand. 3. The raw water supply will be coagulated with ferric chloride upstream of the GFS to allow for arsenic co-precipitation. 4. The GFS shall include, at a minimum, pressure vessel, media, filter internals, piping, valves, instrumentation and controls for a fully automated system. 5. The GFS shall be capable of manual or automatic operation, including the complete control of the backwash and backwash recycle systems. 6. The GFS shall include provisions to recycle backwash water from an external backwash tank (backwash tank separate from GFS) to minimize backwash waste disposal. 7. The GFS system shall use internal filtered water for backwash. No backwash supply water shall be supplemented from an outside source. 8. System components shall be as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. D. Equipment Numbers: l. Major Equipment: Equipment numbers have been assigned for the major mechanical equipment included as part of the GFS, as shown on the Drawings. 1.2 QUA�ITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: The GFS shall be supplied by a single system supplier who shall be fully responsible for the design, fabrication, coordination, and testing of the GFS. B. Qualification: The GFS system supplier shall have provided a minimum of five (5) GFS systems of similar size, service conditions, and loading rates, with a satisfactory performance record. References for such installations shall be provided. 11540-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Field Representative 1. The GFS system supplier's trained field representative shall meet the following experience requirements: a. Have overseen the installation and start-up of not less than five pressure filters including three using surface wash. b. Have overseen the start-up of not less than three water treatment facilities removing iron and manganese. D. Pressure Vessel 1. The filter pressure vessel shall be fabricated in an ASME Code certified manufacturing facility. E. Filter System Control Supplier 1. The filter system control supplier shall meet the following technical qualifications. a. The control panel shall be designed, fabricated and programmed in house as a UL508 listed panel shop. b. The filter system control supplier shall maintain on call technicians and provide control systems with remove access capability. F. Performance Guarantee: 1. A system performance guarantee shall be provided with the bid to ensure the system and media consistently produce a plant effluent having maximum concentrations of iron, manganese and arsenic as noted below: a. Iron: 0.3 ppm b. Manganese: 0.02 ppm c. Arsenic: 0.08 ppb 2. Samples for determining performance will be the responsibility of the OWNER and will be reported to the GFS supplier at least quarterly during the first year of operation. At a minimum, the system must attain less than the treatment goals for the first year of operation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: l. Shop drawings showing fabrication, assembly, installation, and wiring diagrams. Shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. A title page, drawing index, and legend/symbols/abbreviation sheet. b. A General Arrangement drawing of the GFS c. A Process and Instrumentation diagram of the GFS. d. Electrical control schematics and system wiring diagram. e. Control panel drawings (including annotated panel front view and internal layout/wiring diagrams). 2. Manufacturer's list of recommended spare parts. B. Product Data: l. Manufacturer's literature, illustrations, specifications, and engineering data, including dimensions, materials, size, weight, and performance data. 2. Oxidation/Filtration media manufacturer's technical information, including physical and chemical characteristics, volume and weight to be provided in each contactor vessel, and empty bed contact time at service conditions. 11540-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Spent media disposal methods, procedures and costs, including analytical methods used to assure disposal in accordance with the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act for hazardous wastes. C. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. D. Operations and Maintenance Manuals: 1. The selected manufacturer shall provide six sets of operation and maintenance manuals for the equipment provided. The manuals shall contain the following information at minimum, and shall be in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures: a. Equipment description. b. Recommended and limiting operational range. c. Installation instructions including assembly, alignment, and adjustment procedures. d. Operation instructions including start-up and shutdown procedures, and troubleshooting guide. e. Lubrication and regular maintenance instructions. f. Shop drawings. g. Parts list with catalog numbers. E. Quality Control Submittals: l. A list of any and all instances where the equipment proposed deviates from these specifications. 2. Names and addresses of the factory authorized service organization nearest to project site. 3. Performance Guarantee. 4. Certification that pressure vessels were designed and fabricated in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, latest edition. 5. Upon approval of shop drawings, manufacturer shall provide certified copies of factory test reports for functional, performance and hydrostatic tests as specified. 6. Upon approval of shop drawings, manufacturer shall provide printed installation instructions. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All equipment and accessories shall be properly protected during shipment such that no damage or deterioration shall occur between shipment and installation: 1. Finished surfaces shall be protected by wooden blanks. 2. Finished ferrous metal surfaces not painted shall be protected from corrosion. 3. Each box and package shall be clearly marked with the contents and total weight. B. Factory assembled parts and components shall not be dismantled for shipment until permission is received in writing from the ENGINEER. C. Manufacturer shall provide any special storage and handling instructions. 11540-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER A. Single Multi-Cel) Horizontal Pressure Filter Tank 1. �oprest Water Treatment Company; 12-ft diameter x 45.5-ft sideshell 3-cell filter. 2. Or Equal; to be considered for substitution, submittals and sufficient demonstration for ENGINEER's evaluation and consideration of acceptance must be provided and approved a minimum of 10 days before bid due date. 2.2 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Design Flow: 2330 gpm (2563 gpm with recycle). B. Influent Water Quality: 1. The system shall be designed based on the influent water quality data listed in the following table: Constituent Well 12 Flow (gpm) 2330 Iron (ug/�) 100 Manganese (ug/L) 130 Arsenic (ug/L) 25 pH 7.6 C. The filter shall be designed to consistently meet the following effluent water quality requirements: 1. Iron: 0.3 ppm, maximum 2. Manganese: 0.02 ppm, maximum 3. Arsenic: 0.08 ppb, maximum D. Maximum Filter Loading Rate: 4.4 gpm/sq. ft at maximum design flow rate. E. Maximum Backwash Rate: 12 gpm/sq. ft. F. Maximtam Operating Pressure: 150 psi. G. Maximum headloss: 10 psi above clean filter headloss. H. Supplemental Backwash Water Available: None. I. Filter Vessel Design Requirements: l. Fabricate tanks in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, latest edition. 2. Plate Thicknesses: Determine in accordance with allowable stresses listed in the Code for material, pressure, and temperature specified. 3. Heads: As specified in ASME Code, Section VIII, Division 1. 11540-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.3 SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. General: 1. System shall consist of one (1) horizontal 3-cell horizontal pressure vessel, filtration media, face piping, valves, instrumentation, and controls. 2. Maximum Operating Weight: 300,000 Ibs. B. Filter Tank: 1. System will consist of one (1) horizontal 3-cell pressure filter, 12' O.D. by 45.5' straight shell for the 2330 GPM unit. The system will be designed for complete filter backwash approximately once every 24 hours of filter runtime or as scheduled by the OWNER. 2. The filter tank shall be of welded steel construction using SA-516 Grade 70 steel, and shall be tested to withstand a hydrostatic pressure 30% in excess of the designed maximum operating pressure. The tank shall be designed with a safety factor and shall be constructed per ASME code section VIII, including stamp. 3. Tank shall include the following features: a. One (1) 24" round and One (1) 12" x 16" elliptical manhole per cell. b. Flanged nozzles and coupling connections as shown on the drawings. c. Two (2) lifting lugs. d. Two (2) structural steel I-beam type saddle support legs. e. NSF/ANSI certified manway gaskets. 4. Tank interior shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all dirt, grease, etc. prior to sand blasting and coating, see specification on filter tank paint system. 5. Tank exteriors shall be commercial sandblasted per SSPC-SP6, and painted with one (1) shop coat (2-4 mils DFf) of white oxide primer, see Paint System. 6. Finish painting of the tank exterior shall be field applied by the equipment installer in accordance with Section 09900, Painting of these Specifications. 7. Each filter tank shall be designed to be installed in a seismic region in accordance with the ASCE-7-10 Chapter 15 and local seismic requirements (provided by others). Site Class D and occupancy category III shall be used. All calculations shall be signed by a Structural of Civil Engineering licensed in the State of California. C. Filter Inlet Distributor: 1. Each filter cell shall be furnished with a 12-inch full-length header inlet distributor/backwash collector system, constructed of 316L S.S. SCH 10 pipe. The distributing system shall be designed for uniform distribution of inlet water over the entire filter bed and for the uniform collection of the backwash water during the backwash operation. D. Underdrain System: l. Filter shall be furnished with a header lateral underdrain system designed to uniformly distribute backwash water and for collection of filtered water. The header shall be a 12-inch SCH 10 316L Stainless Steel. The header shall have 2-inch 3000 Ib Stainless Steel couplings welded in place for lateral connection. The laterals shall be of 316L S.S. constructions and shall be the slotted, wedge wire, pipe based design. Slot size shall be a maximum of 0.01 inches. E. Surface Wash System: 1. The filter shall be furnished with a header lateral surface wash system designed to uniformly distribute surface wash water. The header shall be constructed of 6-inch 11540-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 316L Stainless Steel and laterals shall be constructed of 11/2-inch Stainless Steel and shall contain 316 SS spray nozzles. 2. The surface wash supply system shall require pressure at a maximum of 30 psi above the backwash supply water pressure. A small booster pump is to be provided by the CONTRACTOR and in accordance with Section 11205 of these Specifications. 3. CONTRACTOR to provide a backflow prevention device in accordance with Section 15200 of these Specifications to allow connection of surface wash supply system to distribution water. F. Sampling cocks and valves, including filter inlet, filter outlet and individual cell outlet ports shall be furnished. G. Gravel Supporting Bed: 1. Concrete a. Place lean concrete (1000 psi) in the bottom of the vessel up to the base of the gravel support bed (18"). Concrete shall be supplied and installed by equipment installer. b. Concrete used for filter gravel supporting bed shall be NSF/ANSI Certified in accordance with the following: 1) Cement shall be NSF/ANSI 61 certified. 2) Admixtures shall be NSF/ANSI 61 certified. 3) Aggregates shall be tested and approved by one of the following methods: a) Provide test cylinders using the proposed mix designs for the concrete that come in direct contact with potable and test as a Barrier Material per Chapter 5 of NSF/ANSI 61 - 2005. Concrete shall be tested for all CA title 22 radionuclides listed in table 64442. b) Gross Alpha radionuclides testing of the dry aggregates using test procedures acceptable to the California Department of Public Health. 4) Testing shall be conducted by an ANSI or ELAP accredited product certification body for Drinking Water Quality. 5) If NSF/ANSI 61 certified cement and admixtures are not available the following testing procedure shall be required: a) Provide concrete test cylinders for each mix design that will come in direct contact with potable water to an approved testing laboratory. b) Concrete specimens shall be soak-tested to verify water quality is in compliance with NSF/ANSI 61-2011 Chapter 5 - Barrier Materials. Concrete specimens shall be tested for the items listed in NSF/ANSI 61 Table 3.1 - Portland and Hydraulic Cements. c) Testing shall be conducted by an ANSI or ELAP accredited product certification body for Drinking Water Quality. 6) If it is impractical to provide NSF-61 certified concrete for the filter gravel supporting bed, alternately an NSF-61 concrete coating can be applied on top of the concrete to separate the concrete from the potable water within the filter. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for product preparation and application. a) Product: Masterseal S81. 2 coats at a 2 Ib/sq yd application rate for each coat., or equal. 2. Gravel a. A gravel support bed shall be incorporated in the bottom of each vessel, consisting of two (2) layers of graded gravel, with the largest size gravel loaded into the filter first and the succeeding smaller sizes placed on top. The gravel graduations shall be as follows: 11540-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 6 x 12.......................................... (3.0) inches 1/8" x 1/4"......................................... (6.0) inches b. The gravel shall be "Water Treatment" quality, washed and screened, and shipped in clearly marked one hundred (100#) pound bags. The gravel must meet the requirements of the American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specification number B-100-89 and be NSF/ANSI 61 Certified. c. All gravel shall be installed by the equipment installer. H. Filtration Media: 1. Provide filter with Manganese Greensand filter media to form an 18-inch bed depth. 2. In addition to the Greensand filter media, the equipment supplier shall furnish specifically graded Anthracite to form a 12-inch bed depth. The Anthracite is to meet the following criteria: a. Specific Gravity: Approx 1.6. b. Effective Size: 0.6 to 0.8 mm. c. Uniformity Coefficient: Less than 1.6. 3. The combined Greensand and Anthracite bed depth shall total 30-inches. 4. All filtration media shall be shipped in one (1) cubic foot bags on pallets. 5. Greensand shall be loaded into the filter and conditioned in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Greensand fines must be removed from the filter prior to loading the Anthracite. 6. All filter media shall be installed by equipment installer. 7. All filter media must meet the requirements of the AWWA specification number B- 100-89 and be NSF/ANSI 61 certified. I. Filter Exterior Valving: The filter shall be furnished with an exterior automatic valve nest consisting of the following: 1. Butterfly Valves: a. Butterfly Valves: 1) Pressure Class: 125/150 Ib. 2) Fittings: Wafer-style ends 3) Body: Polyester coated cast iron 4) Disk: Ductile iron nylon 11 coated 5) Stem: 416 stainless steel. 6) Seat: EPDM. 7) The valves shall be bi-directional with removal seats to provide a bubble tight shutoff pressure at 175 psi. 8) Each valve shall be equipped with electric motor operators for actuation. 9) Provide automatic valves for the following filter sequences: a) Tank Cell Inlets: 12-inch. b) Tank Outlet: 12-inch. c) Tank Cell Backwash Outlets: 12-inch. d) Tank Rinse Outlet: 12-inch. e) Surface Wash Inlets: 6-inch. 10)Manufacturer and Product: a) Bray; Series 30/31 with electric actuators b) Or equal. b. Electric Actuators 1) General a) Control drive shall have integrated electronics and be able to operate in ambient temperatures of -40°F. (-40°C.) to 185°F. (85°C.). 11540-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b) The drive shall be furnished with a 120 volt AC, single phase, 60 Hz, synchronous motor. Motor shall be capable of withstanding 60 starts / stops per minute or a temporary stall condition without overheating. Design of the motor shall be such that electrical and thermal overloads are not required. c) Motor bearings shall be maintenance-free. Motor shall be non-coasting with instant magnetic braking, and shall be self-locking and selfreleasing without the use of a separate brake winding, mechanical brake or worm gear mechanism. Control drive shall be designed to stay in place upon loss of power and shall be capable of holding a load equal to at least 200% of the model's rated output without AC power. The drive motor shall be a TENV with Class H insulation. d) Control drive shall be rated for torque output as required by and coordinated with the valve manufacturer. Stall torque shall be self- limiting, not exceeding two and one half times the rated torque; torque switches shall not be required. Drive shall operate CCW on increasing signal, with timing as required by the process function of the valve installation and dictated by the filter system manufacturer. Gear train shall have high efficiency spur gears constructed of heat treated alloy steel or ductile iron only. Readily available gear modules shall provide for a range of torque and timing combinations within the drive's rated capacity, and shall be field interchangeable. Drive train parts shall be lubricated with a premium, heavy-duty lithium-based lubricant. No oil baths shall be used for lubrication. Control drives shall be able to operate in any mounting orientation. e) Two SPDT over-travel limit switches shall be provided for over-travel protection. In addition, the drive shall have auxiliary SPDT switches which are infinitely adjustable over the full range of travel. Switches shall be rated for 6 amps at 120 volts AC. Drive shall have integral mechanical stops capable of limiting travel of the drive and load. � A low-speed, disc-type motor Handwheel shall permit manual operation of the drive without electrical power and without a declutching mechanism. g) A five-position, drive-mounted electric Handswitch shall be provided to permit local electrical operation of the unit for control adjustment or operation on loss of control signal. With the Handswitch in AUTO mode, drives shall respond to control signals automatically. Additional dry contact to be provided to the PC to indicate that the actuator is in "Remote". h) Enclosure shall be totally enclosed, cast, weatherproof, dust-tight, NEMA 4X construction. All field connections shall be made in one terminal compartment. Separate conduit entrances shall be available for power and control wiring. 2) Controls: a) Where modulating control is required, drive shall meet the following requirements: 1. Drive shall provide modulating control through an integral, digital control module which positions the drive in proportion to the 4-20 mA range control input signal. 2. The control module shall be capable of initiating shaft movement in steps down to 0.1°. 3. Upon loss of input signal, the drive shall be field configurable to move to any predetermined position. 11540-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4. Standard control features should include: Field-configurable, pre-determined action upon loss of input signal Stall protection Split signal operation for control of multiple drives External position feedback signal b) Where only open/close control is required, drive shall meet the following requirements: l. Drive shall provide open / close operation to pre-set travel limits upon closure of an automatic controller or by a manually operated switch, and have a 0.1% position repeatability, with end-of-travel limits adjustable over the full range of travel of the drive. c) Position Feedback l. Drive shall be equipped with a contactless position sensing device and be capable of providing an isolated feedback signal with a 4-20 mA or 1-5 V dc range. The sensing device shall have infinite resolution. 3) Manufacturer and Product a) Beck Electric Actuators Group 11 Quarter-Turn Rotary Actuator b) No Equal 2. Combination Air Valves: a. Body: Cast iron. b. Floats: Stainless steel. c. Connections: 1-inch, threaded d. Manufacturer and Product: 1) ARI, Model 40. 2) Or equal. 3. Rate of Flow Control Valve (Field Adjustable): a. Sized based on maximum flow rates required. b. Backwash Flow Control Valve: 1) The size of the filter backwash flow control valve shall be based on the maximum backwash flow rate required, with a maximum pressure loss of three (3) psi through the globe valve excluding the loss caused by the orifice plate. 2) Filter backwash rate of flow control valve shall be a 12", 125# class connection with reduced port, Y-strainer and isolation valves where necessary on the copper tubing. 3) Valves shall be flanged flat face, ductile iron main body and cover, epoxy coated, bronze trim, O-ring of Buna-N and pilot control valves. 4) Furnish stainless steel tubing pilot lines with stainless steel fittings. 5) Manufacturer and Product: a) Cla-Val Company; Model 640. b) Or equal. 4. Manual Valves: a. Filter Drain: 1) Size: 4-inch. 2) Type: Same as automatic valves specified above. 3) Ends: Flanged. 4) Manufacturer and Product: a) Bray; Series 30/31. b) Or equal. b. Air Vent Valves: 1) Size: 1-1/2 inch. 11540-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2) Type: 316 S.S ball valves. 3) Manufacturer and Product: a) Nibco; Model T585-70. b) Or equal. J. Filter System Piping: 1. General: a. All pipe supports for face and interconnecting piping shall be furnished by the equipment installer. b. All system face and interconnecting pipe shall be furnished with the required bolts, studs, nuts, and gaskets as follows: 1) Bolts: 316 Stainless Steel. 2) Studs: 316 Stainless Steel. 3) Nuts: 316 Stainless Steel. 4) Gaskets: NSF/ANSI 61 Certified, 1/8" thick. 2. All filter face piping 4-inches and above is to consist of schedule 40 ASTM-A53 steel pipe with 150# flanges (flat face) and 125# flanged cast iron fittings. 3. All filter face piping 3-inches and below shall be 316�stainless steel pipe and fittings (no paint). 4. All fabricated steel piping shall be sandblasted per SSPC SP-10 and shop applied NSF epoxy. Cast iron fittings are AWWA cement lined. 5. All piping exterior surfaces shall be sandblasted per SSPC SP-6 and shop applied primer plus top coat. 6. Finish painting of the filter system exterior piping shall be field applied by the equipment installer. K. Paint System: l. Filter Tank Internal: a. Surface preparation shall be an abrasive blast. Conform to the requirements of SSPGSPIO °Near White Blast Cleaning". Paint all blasted surfaces within 8 hours of blasting. Remove all weld splatter by grinding or chipping prior to sandblasting. b. Apply all material in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply first coat immediately after surface preparation. Apply each coat to a uniform, even coating; lay material in one direction and finish at right angles. Allow material to thoroughly dry between coats. Scuff, sand and remove all runs, sags, over spray, surface roughness and other defects between each coat. c. Products shall be NSF 61 and NSF 600 certified for potable water application. Product shall be a high solids epoxy, Tnemec Series 22, L140 or equal. Coating shall be applied to give a finish DFT of 16 mils minimum. Apply as many coats as needed to meet manufacturer's recommendation for thickness per coat. 2. Filter Tank Exterior: a. Surface preparation shall be an abrasive blast. Conform to the requirements of SSPGSP6 °Commercial Blast Cleaning". Paint all blasted surfaces within 8 hours of blasting. Remove all weld splatter by grinding or chipping prior to sandblasting. b. Apply all material in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply first coat immediately after surface preparation. Apply each coat to a uniform, even coating; lay material in one direction and finish at right angles. Allow material to thoroughly dry between coats. Scuff, sand and remove all runs, sags, over spray, surface roughness and other defects between each coat. 11540-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Apply System 300 (two 4-6 MDFT coats of Polyamidoamine Epoxy followed by two 2-3 MDFT coats of Polyurethane - reference Specification Section 09900) to the tank exterior prior to shipping. Color selection of the Polyurethane finish coating by OWNER. d. Provide color-matched touch-up paint for the CONTRACTOR to touch-up the tank after installation. L. Accessories: 1. Filter Pressure Devices: a. One (1) differential pressure transmitter with a NEMA 4 enclosure to detect the d/p across the filter common inlet and common outlet headers. 1) Manufacturer: IFM Efector, no equal. b. Two (2) liquid filled pressure gauges with 4.0" diameter dials, and bronze bourdon tubes shall be furnished for each filter unit inlet and outlet. c. Each pressure switch and gauge shall be furnished with brass fittings and manual isolating valves. d. Sampling cocks and valves, including filter inlet, filter outlet and individual cell outlet ports shall be furnished. 2. Flowmeter: a. The electromagnetic flow meter shall include an integral mounted transmitter/signal converter in a NEMA 4X enclosure. The meters shall have an ebonite liner, Hallestoy C electrodes, internal grounding probe, 150 Ib flanges. b. Flow meter shall be provided for the combined surface wash and backwash wastewater flow (12-inch size). c. Integral converter/transmitter direct mount to sensor with 4-20mA readout, 24 VDC. d. Manufacturer and Product: 1) Endress+Hauser Promag 500 2) No Equal. 3. Filter Controls: a. General 1) The filter manufacturer shall ftarnish an Automatic Filter Control System Program for integration with the overall plant control PLC. Overall plant control P�C shall be Allen-Bradley Compact�ogix L19 and automatic filter control system programming will be consistent with the requirements of that PLC. 2) Tagging for the filter system components in the Automatic Filter Control System Program shall be consistent with the contract drawings and OWNER standards. 3) Operator Control Description a) Overview — The Automatic Filter Control System Program shall automatically control raw water pumping, filtration, backwashing, backwash water reclaiming and chemical dosing. Manual control of these functions is available using the "HAND" mode. b) The control system shall be configured and programmed to provide control functions as described in this Section and in accordance with Section 13305, Control Descriptions, of these Specifications. c) Backwash Triggers 1. Differential Pressure — Backwash starts when the pressure difference between the filter inlet and outlet exceeds a preset value. 2. Runtime - Runtime accumulates while the filter is in service. Backwash starts when the filter's runtime timer reaches a preset value. 11540-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Scheduler - A backwash may be scheduled for any day of the week and any hour of the day. Up to one backwash per day, seven days per week can be programmed. 4. Manual - When this mode is selected, the backwash will begin when the operator presses the Start button. d) Backwash Operation -The backwash procedure has three main processes with valves sequenced to minimize pressure spikes. The backwash waste water shall be collected, settled and re-filtered to minimize waste discharge. l. Simultaneous backwash and surface wash expands and agitates the filter media to loosen and remove the waste solids. 2. Backwash only allows media layers to recompose into their original order while continuing to remove solids from the filter. 3. Rinse to Waste to remove mobilized solids prior to resuming service. e) Alarms 1. Filter operation is monitored for alarm conditions while the filter is in service or backwashing. Alarms are not monitored while the system is off. New alarms will flash on the alarm screen until acknowledged or reset. Acknowledged alarms are highlighted but not flashing. The Reset button clears all alarms and resets their timers. Alarms that will cause the filter system to shut down are selected during programming. After a shutdown alarm is displayed for 30 seconds, the system will shut down to prevent escalation of the alarm condition. Alarm history and details are available from the OIT's built-in event logger. This function is available from the alarm screen. 4) Power Failure a) If power to the PLC is lost all valves shall fail to "service" condition, meaning that all filters shall be placed into normal service mode. If a filter is in backwash then the backwash process will be placed in hold until the return of power at which time it will resume and complete the process. 5) Alarms a) The following alarms shall be provided in the control programming: b) Backwash required c) Backwash abort d) High waste tank water level e) high filter differential pressure � low chlorine residual g) high turbidity h) backwash not allowed pump(s) fail to run; and i) other alarm conditions affecting filter operation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect all equipment and materials against approved Shop Drawings at time of delivery. Equipment and materials damaged or not conforming to the approved Shop Drawings shall be noted. The GSF Supplier shall be notified immediately and steps taken to rectify, repair, or correct the deficiencies. 11540-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Equipment and materials received are under the care and responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. These items shall be stored by the CONTRACTOR in a dry location and protected from the elements according to the GSF Supplier instructions for the treatment system. C. Equipment and materials shall be handled in an approved manner according to the GSF Supplier's instructions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation of the GSF and appurtenances shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR and shall be in accordance with the Engineer's Drawings and with the GFS Supplier's drawings, instructions and recommendations. Conflicts of information shall be called to the attention of the ENGINEER. B. The GSF shall be delivered by the supplier and offloaded, placed appropriately, and secured by the CONTRACTOR with anchor bolts to the building concrete foundation in accordance with the supplier's recommendations. C. CONTRACTOR shall support piping independent of equipment. Equipment shall be free from all loads and stresses induced by the piping. D. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect all equipment as it arrives and is offloaded, before installation and if damaged; notify the carrier and the GSF supplier promptly. Do not install damaged equipment until the CONTRACTOR makes repairs in accordance with supplier's written instructions and approval. 3.3 START-UP: A. The filter manufacturer shall assist in the start-up and commissioning the water treatment system. B. The filter manufacturer shall provide instructions on the placement of the filter media. C. The filter manufacturer shall be responsible for original start up of equipment furnished. A certificate of "operational readiness" shall be issued prior to OWNER operation. D. The filter manufacturer shall conduct two days of operator training with hands on operation at the plant. E. Submit certifications from the manufacturer stating that the complete filtration system and associated equipment have been properly sized, installed, seismically restrained, adjusted and tested, and ready for full time operation including, but not limited to: l. Testing of internal pipes for clogging and uniform flow. 2. Placement of concrete fill, support gravel, and filter media, including washing and skimming of all media fines. 3. Conducting performance tests. + + END OF SECTION + + 11540-13 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 11805 INLINE RAPID MIXER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: This section includes the manufacture, supply, testing and installation of Inline Rapid Mixers complete and operational. B. Equipment Tag Numbers: The following equipment identification numbers have been assigned to the equipment that shall be provided under this Section: l. EW12_MXR_02130 Inline Rapid Mixer 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with the requirements and recommendations of the following references, except as otherwise specified: 1. National Electric Code (NEC) 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 4. ASTM International (ASTM) B. All equipment furnished under the Section shall be of a design and manufacture that has been used in similar applications, and it shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the OWNER that the quality is equal to equipment made by the manufacturer(s) specifically named herein. C. Provide a factory operational and performance test on the pre-assembled system and documentation of results prior to shipment. D. Warranty: Provide a 1-yr warranty on all equipment from date of start-up. Warranty shall cover defects in workmanship, design, and materials. If any component should fail during the warranty period, it shall be corrected and the unit restored to service at no expense to the OWNER. 1.3 SUBMII-fALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330 and as specified herein. B. Submit the following items to the ENGINEER for approval: l. Shop Drawings: a. Detailed drawings showing component and assembly dimensions, location of mechanical and electrical connections, weights of all equipment, installation details, and accessory details. b. Power and control wiring diagrams, including terminals and numbers. c. Drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts. 2. Product Data: a. Descriptive literature, specifications, and engineering data. b. Materials of construction for all components and accessories. 011805-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Impeller type, number, and size. d. Mixer weight, motor weight, and complete assembly weight. e. Complete motor nameplate data, as defined by NEMA. f. Where specified, complete variable frequency drive information. g. Factory finish system. 3. Operations and Maintenance Manuals: Provide in accordance with Section 01330. 4. Quality Control Submittals: a. A list of any and all instances where the equipment proposed deviates from these specifications. b. Names and addresses of the factory authorized service organization nearest the project site. c. Upon approval of shop drawings, manufacturer shall provide printed installation instructions. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All equipment and accessories shall be properly protected during shipment such that no damage or deterioration shall occur between shipment and installation. 1. Finished surfaces shall be protected by wooden blanks. 2. Finished ferrous metal surfaces not painted shall be protected from corrosion. 3. Each box and package shall be clearly marked with the contents and total weight. B. Manufacturer shall provide any special storage and handling instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: PROVIDE: A. Hayward Gordon Model HIM-20-12 B. Or equal. 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE A. Water Quality: City of Redding Groundwater 1. Flow: 2,330 gpm. 2. Specific Gravity: 1.0. 3. Viscosity: 1.0 centipoise. 4. Temperature: 55 to 75 deg F. 5. Coagulant: Up to 15 mg/L FeCl3. 6. Preoxidant: Up to 4 mg/L free chlorine. B. Performance: Inline rapid mixer shall provide near instantaneous dispersion of coagulant and preoxidant. C. Operational Characteristics: 1. Constant Speed. 2. Operating Speed: 1200 rpm maximum. 3. Maximum pressure drop: 1.0 psi. 011805-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Vessel: 1. 150 PSIG minimum design pressure. 2. Test Pressure: 225 PSIG. 3. Flange connections: a. 12-inch ANSI 150# flanges for piping connection conforming to AWWA G207 Class D sizes for 12-inch diameter pipe. b. ANSI 150# flange connection for mixer mounting. 4. Provide internal baffling for mixing pattern optimization. 5. Provide two (2) 1/2-inch female NPT connections on upstream side of mixer. Provide plugs for these connections. 6. Material: Type 316 stainless steel. B. Drive: l. Direct drive bearing-frame support. 2. All drive bearings shall be antifriction type, roller or ball bearings. 3. All bearings within the drive shall be rated for a minimum Blo life of 100,000 hours. C. Mechanical Seal: a. The mixer will be sealed by a stuffing box fitted with a ]ohn Crane Teflon packing and a Teflon lantern ring. b. �/4-inch NPT ports shall be provided for addition of packing flush water and a 3/8-inch NPT packing drain port shall be provided. Packing leakage shall be piped to a floor drain. D. Impellers: 1. Two (2) turbines shall be provided. 2. Minimum impeller diameter: 5.5 inches. 3. Material: Type 316 stainless steel. 4. Blades shall be welded to the hub. 5. Hubs shall be fixed to the shaft using set screws. 6. Maximum combined stress shall not exceed 11,000 PSI under maximum operating load. E. Shaft: 1. Overhung design, underwater bearings shall not be allowed. 2. Operating speed shall not exceed 70% of first lateral critical speed. 3. Material: Type 316 stainless steel. 4. Shaft diameter: 1-3/4 inch minimum. 5. Maximum combined stress shall not exceed 9,000 PSI under maximum operating load. 6. Shaft straightness shall be such that the maximum total indicated runout at the lower end of the shaft does not exceed 0.125-inch for every 10-feet of shafting, as measured when turning over by hand. 011805-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Motor: 1. Squirrel cage induction type. 2. 2.0 HP 3. Synchronous speed shall be 1200 rpm 4. 3 PH, 60 HZ, 460 V. 5. TEFC. 6. 1.15 SF. 7. Class F insulation. 8. Design B. G. Spare Parts and Special Tools: Provide the following: 1. One complete stuffing box. 2. Any special tools required for assembly, disassembly, or adjustment of the mixer drive, shaft, and impellers. H. Equipment Identification Plate: 16-gauge stainless steel with �/a-inch die-stamped equipment tag number securely mounted in an easily visible location. I. Lifting Lugs: Provide for all equipment assemblies weighing in excess of 100 pounds. J. Factory Finish: 1. VesselInterior a. 316 stainless steel vessel interiors to remain unpainted. 2. Exterior Surfaces: a. All non stainless steel metals will be hand tool cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP-2 prior to priming, and prime painted at the factory with Amercoat 370. Paint will be applied 4-6 mils per coat and shall not exceed 15 mils. Allow a minimum of ninety (90) minutes drying time before handling, and a total curing time of twenty (20) hours. b. CONTRACTOR shall provide finish painting per Specification Section 09900- Painting. c. All corrodible non-painted carbon steel and cast iron surfaces will be given a liberal coating of easily removable rust preventative such as Rust Veto Spray or Equal. 3. The following surfaces are not to be painted: a. Non-corrodible surfaces b. Corrodible finished machined surfaces c. Electric motors are given motor manufacturers standard finish suitable for the intended installation location. 011805-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTAL�ATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Connections to piping shall be properly aligned so as not to impose strain on the connection. All piping and valves shall be supported in accordance with Specification Section 15010 — Pipe Support Systems. Support piping independent of Inline Rapid Mixer. C. Check and align motor, vessel, and piping, etc. after mixer is installed to ensure alignment and assembly has been unchanged from factory assembly conditions. Make adjustments required to place system in proper operating condition. D. Installation shall include furnishing and applying an initial supply of grease and oil, recommended by manufacturer. E. Unit as furnished and installed shall not vibrate or produce noise in excess of mixer manufacturer's recommendations. F. Motor vibration shall not exceed limits as required by latest revision of NEMA MG 1 standards. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. A factory trained representative shall be provided for installation supervision, start-up and test services, and operation and maintenance personnel training services. The serviceman shall make one (1) visit to the site to inspect the installation, assist with startup, and instruct operations and maintenance personnel. + + END OF SECTION + + 011805-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE1=f BLANK 011805-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13006 PRE-ENGINEERED FRPENCLOSURE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre-engineered enciosures. B. Electrical wiring and devices for pre-engineered enclosures. C. Heating equipment for pre-engineered enclosures. D. Ventilation equipment for pre-engineered enclosures. E. Air conditioning equipment for pre-engineered enclosures. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete Equipment Pad B. Section 11400 - Chemical Metering Pump System C. Division 16 - Electrical Connections 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. B. ASTM D 256 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Pendulum Impact Resistance of Notched Specimens of Plastics. C. ASTM D 618 - Standard Practice for Conditioning Plastics for Testing. D. ASTM D 638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. E. ASTM D 732 - Standard Test Method for Shear Strength Plastics by Punch Tool. F. ASTM D 790 - Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. G. ASTM D 792 - Standard Test Method for Specific Gravity (Relative Density) and Density of Plastics by Displacement. H. ASTM D 1622 - Standard Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 13006-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final I. ASTM D 2583 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impressor. J. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.4 SUBMII-fALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals. B. Submit the following items to the ENGINEER for approval: 1. Shop drawings: a. Complete drawings and details of the enclosure, appurtenances, and anchorage system, including critical dimensions, jointing and connections, fasteners and anchors. b. Materials of construction. c. Sizes, spacing, and location of structural members, connections, attachments, openings and fasteners. d. Wiring diagrams. 2. Product Data: a. Complete design calculations for enclosure, reinforcement, and anchorage system. Calculations shall be signed by a registered Civil or Structural Engineer licensed to practice in California. 3. Samples: 8-inch square sample of representative wall construction. 4. Quality Control Submittals: a. A list of any and all instances where the enclosure and/or equipment proposed deviates from these specifications. b. Names, addresses and phone numbers of the factory authorized service organization nearest the project site. c. Upon approval of shop drawings, manufacturer shall provide printed installation instructions. 5. Operations and Maintenance Manuals, in accordance with Section 01300. 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Size: provide one-piece molded construction FRP enclosures: 1. Size: a. Provide enclosure large enough to mount Chemical Metering Skid per Specification section 11400 and all enclosure components. b. Minimum dimensions: 1) 3 feet - 6 inches (W) x 2 feet - 4 inches (D) x 3 feet - 3 inches (H) B. Construction: 1. One-piece construction. 2. Paneled construction shall not be acceptable. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products indoors or in weather protected area until installation. Protect from construction traffic and damage. 13006-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Tracom B. Warminster Fiberglass Company C. Or Equal. D. D. Warranty: Enclosures shall be warranted to be free of defects in workmanship and materials for a period of two years from date of shipment. 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. Size: As shown on the drawings. B. Wind Load: 135 miles per hour. C. Snow Load: 40 pounds per square foot. D. Seismic Zone 4. E. Ambient Temperature: 1. Minimum: 20 deg F. 2. Maximum: 115 deg F. F. Suitable for continuous outdoor use in direct sunlight. G. Enclosure shall not allow rainwater entry, and shall protect stored equipment as well as attached electrical devices from rain. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Enclosure: 1. General: a. One-piece, molded, composite FRP construction. b. Smooth interior and exterior satin finish. c. Integral walls and roof with smooth radii for all corners, without floor. 2. Laminate: a. Isophthalic polyester resin with high performance, chopped, commercial grade glass strand fiber reinforcement with a suitable coupling agent. b. Minimum glass content: 30 percent. c. Exterior surface: Minimum 15 mil gel coat with UV inhibitors and satin finish, lightly textured and free from fiber pattern, roughness, or other irregularities. d. Exterior laminate: Minimum 1/8 inch thick, chemically bonded to the exterior surface gel coat and encapsulating the foam core. e. Interior laminate: Minimum 1/8 inch thick, chemically bonded to the interior gel coat and encapsulating the foam core. 13006-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final f. Interior surface: Minimum 15 mil gel coat with UV inhibitors and textured finish, free from exposed glass or other irregularities. g. Laminate properties: 1) Tensile strength: 14,000 psi. 2) Flexural strength: 27,000 psi. 3) Flexural modulus: 1,000,000 psi. 4) Shear strength: 12,000 psi. 5) Barcol hardness: 40. 6) Density: 93.6 pounds per cubic foot. 7) Specific gravity: 1.5. h. Foam Core: 1) Rigid, closed cell, self-extinguishing (Class 1), polyisocyanurate foam, with a density of 2.3 pounds per cubic foot. 2) 1-inch thickness, with minimum insulating value of R-7. 3) Core Properties: a) Thermal conductivity: 0.14S BTU/inch/hr/SF/deg-F. b) Density: 2.3 pounds per cubic foot. c) Shear Strength: 25 psi. d) Tensile strength: 45 psi. e) Compressive strength (7 percent deflection/yield): 35 psi. 3. The manufacturer shall maintain a continuous quality control program and upon request shall furnish to the engineer certified test results of the physical properties. 4. Door: a. Fully opening gullwing front/top access door with (2) self-locking door support arms. b. Construction: 1) One-piece molded fiberglass construction. 2) Mount door with stainless steel continuous piano hinge. 3) Provide stainless steel lockable hasp (for user supplied pad lock) for each door. 4) Neoprene strip gasket with flexible lock to retain permanent grip. 5) Provide cushioned door lift handle identical to enclosure lift handles. 5. Lift Handles: a. Provide (4) cushioned lift handles (2 — per enclosure end). 6. Floor: None, enclosure shall be installed on equipment pad. 7. Internal Mounting Flange: a. 3-inches wide by 1/4-inch thick (minimum) with closed cell neoprene sponge rubber gasket 2-inches wide by 3/8-inch thick to provide a weather tight seal around the enclosure perimeter. 8. Molded-in Rain Gauge Cavity. B. Electrical: 1. Circuit Breaker Panel: a. 120/240 VAC, 1 phase, surface mount. b. 125 amp, main breaker, 12 branch, NEMA 1 metallic body. c. Electrical Wiring: 12 gauge stranded, color-coded THHN/THWN/MTW electrical wiring in rigid, U.L. listed, corrosion/impact resistant, non-conductive, schedule 40 PVC conduit. 2. GFCI Receptacles: a. Provide interior GFCI receptacles as shown on the drawings. 13006-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. 20A, 125V feed-through, with 5mA +/- 1mA trip threshold. 3. Switches: a. Provide two single ON/OFF switches in duplex box, one for interior light, one for fan. 4. Interior Lighting: a. 100 watt, vapor-tight LED light. b. Wire to single ON/OFF light switch. C. HVAC: 1. Fan: a. Exhaust fan with fiberglass gravity shutter and PVC shroud with insect screen. b. Aluminum frame with steel blades. c. Wire to single ON/OFF fan switch. d. 140 cfm, 7-inch diameter. e. Input power: 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz 2. Gravity operated fiberglass intake shutter, with heavy duty fiberglass frame an exterior removable stainless steel insect screen. 3. Unit Heater a. Line powered wall heater. b. 500 watt (1707 BtuH), 120 VAC, powder coated finish with automatic reset thermal overload protection with indicator light and built in thermostat. 4. Thermostat: a. NEMA 4X electric line voltage thermostat for remote operation of heater. b. 30 to 110 deg F range. 2.4 ANCHORAGE AND FASTENERS A. Enclosure manufacturer is responsible for sizing anchor bolts. Include recommended bolt size and calculations in submittal. Anchor bolts shall be minimum �/z-inch diameter. 2.5 FINISHES A. Exterior Color: Tan/Sand. B. Interior Color: White. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Enclosure and accessories shall be properiy protected such that no damage or deterioration shall occur between shipment and installation. B. Each box and package shall be clearly marked with the contents and total weight. C. Factory assembled parts and components shall not be dismantled for shipment until permission is received in writing from the ENGINEER. D. Manufacturer shall provide any special storage and handling instructions. 13006-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.2 PREPARATION A. Verify that concrete is level and true to plane and of correct dimensions to receive structure. Correct any deficiencies before proceeding. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Layout anchor bolt pattern according to drawings. Drill holes of depth and diameter required by anchor bolt manufacturer. B. Erect structure as shown in Drawings and/or in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Erect structures true to line and plumb, free of twist and warp. D. Furnish and install all required fasteners and anchors for a complete installation. E. Install and test accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust components for proper operation. B. Leave project site clean and free of debris. + + END OF SECTION + + 13006-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13008 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL SHADE STRUCTURE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install a pre-engineered commercial-grade metal shade structure. B. The shade structure shall be a permanent metal structure designed to shield people, products, and materials from rain, snow, sun, and ultraviolet radiation. The structure shall consist of all structural members, fasteners, and metal roofing. The completed structure shall be as generally shown on the Drawings. C. The shade structure is a deferred submittal item which requires a separate building permit from the City of Redding Building Department. Following review and approval by ENGINEER the shade structure drawings and structural calculations shall be submitted to the Building Department for a building permit. CONTRACTOR shall include in their bid all time and effort required to obtain a building permit. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system to be furnished under this section shall be the product of firms regularly engaged in the design and manufacture of pre-engineered metal structures and canopies. B. Qualifications: The Manufacturer and Installer shall have experience in producing similar structures, and shall show evidence of five (5) installations in satisfactory operation for at least five (5) years. C. Warranty: Furnish manufacturer's extended guarantee or warranty, with OWNER named as beneficiary, in writing, as special guarantee. Special guarantee shall provide for correction, or at the option of manufacturer, removal and replacement of Work specified in this Specification section found defective during a minimum period of 5 years and as stated below after date of Substantial Completion. Duties and obligations for correction or removal and replacement of defective Work as specified in the General Conditions. 1. Conditions: Finish on metal panels, flashing, and trim shall not chalk, crack, check, blister, peel, flake, chip, or lose adhesion for twenty (20) years. 1.3 SUBMITI'ALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. B. Submit the following items to the ENGINEER for approval: 1. Shop drawings, stamped and signed by a registered Civil or Structural Engineer licensed to practice in California: a. Design load criteria. b. Complete drawings and details of the shade structure and anchorage system, including members, critical dimensions, jointing and connections, and fasteners 13008-1 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final and anchors for all primary and secondary framing systems and components and cladding. c. Column reactions. d. Materials of construction. e. Material specifications for framing members and connections. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature and technical data. b. Complete design calculations for structure and anchorage system. Calculations shall be signed by a registered Civil or Structural Engineer licensed to practice in California. c. Protective coatings system. 3. Quality Control Submittals: a. Certificate of Compliance with these specifications. b. Copy of the manufacturer's Quality Assurance Program. c. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. d. Manufacturer's warranty. e. Metal Roofing: Submit sample 12" long x full panel width showing proposed metal gauge, seam profile and specified finish. f. Provide reference samples of paint colors and textures as required by the ENGINEER. Reference samples will show the color and texture of the final paint to be applied and shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to erection. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Manufacturer's directions. B. Any damage that occurs to the shade structure components in storage or handling shall be corrected prior to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Steel Truss and Supply, Redding, CA 530-365-3700 B. Borga Steel Buildings and Components, Fowler, CA, 559-834-5375 C. Butler Manufacturing Company, Visalia, CA, 559-651-5300 D. Or equal. 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. Size: As shown on the Drawings. B. Suitable for continuous weather exposure at the project location. 13008-2 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final C. Seismic (design shall be in accordance with the 2013 edition of the California Building Code): 1. Seismic Risk Category: IV. 2. Seismic Importance Factor: 1.5. 3. Seismic Design Category: D. 4. SS=1.078g. 5. S1=0.431g. 6. Sp5=0J68g. 7. Sp1=0.S37g. 8. Site Class=D (assumed). D. Roof Load: 1. Minimum Live Load: 20 psf (Reducible). 2. Roof Snow Load: 30 psf (Non-reducible). E. Wind Load: 1. Basic Wind Speed: 105 miles per hour (ASCE 7-16). 2. Exposure Category: C. F. Deflection: 1. Roof and column members shall meet the deflection limits of CBC Table 1604.3. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Steel Structures and Framework: 1. Anchor system: The shade structure shall be anchored in reinforced, poured concrete footings as shown on Drawings. 2. Steel Components: a. The steel components of the structure shall be designed to meet the design loads specified. b. Steel greater than 16 gauge thickness shall be manufactured per ASTM A1003 and AISI standards with yield strengths in excess of 50 ksi. c. Carbon steel, when used, shall be ASTM A36 for plates, angles and channels, ASTM A53, Grade B for pipe members, ASTM A500, Grade B for HSS members, or high-strength ASTM A992 for wide flange members, unless otherwise noted. 3. All welded connections shall be welded by certified welders with a minimum experience of five (5) years following procedures in compliance with the latest edition of the American Welding Society. 4. Bolted Connections: Galvanized ASTM A307 or A325. B. �ateral Support System: Portal/rigid frames as shown on the Drawings. Cross-bracing shall not be allowed. C. Metal Roofing Panel System: 1. Panels shall match the roofing panels used at the mechanical building. Reference 073250 — Standing Seam Metal Roofing for additional information. 13008-3 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final D. Trim: Factory-formed and factory-painted ridge cap, rake trim, simple eave trim, panel side trim, corner trim, flashing, wall panel closure, and other trim as necessary. E. Gutter, Fascia and Downspouts: 1. Material: ASTM A6S3/A653M 26-gauge galvanized steel. 2. Gutter Fascia: a. Prefinish. b. Furnish hangers with factory-applied paint. 3. Preformed Corner Closures: Furnish to match configuration of gable fascia. 4. Downspouts: a. Configuration: Nominal 4-inch corrugated rectangular box with minimum 11 square inches of cross-section area. b. Factory finish to match wall panels. F. Miscellaneous: Furnish fasteners, metal-backed neoprene washers, weatherstripping, sealants, flashing, trim, closures, gaskets, and other items as required for a complete installation. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Factory fabricate to manufacturer's written standards and AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. B. Structure Sections: Accurate and dimensionally correct to facilitate structure erection without field alteration. C. Welded connections shall be in accordance with AWS standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify that concrete is level and true to plane and of correct dimensions to receive structure. Correct any deficiencies before anchoring structural members. 3.2 I N STA LLATI O N A. Install the shade structure in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. B. Furnish and install all required fasteners and anchors for a complete installation. 3.3 REPAIR, CLEANING, AND PAINTING A. Immediately following erection, remove all unused material, screws, fasteners, and other debris from completed installation. Use caution in removing metal cuttings from surface of prefinished metal panels. 13008-4 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final B. Replace damaged, dented, buckled, or discolored metal panels. C. Repair damaged painted and galvanized surfaces as specified in Section 09900, PAINTING. D. Finish Painting: As specified in Section 09900, PAINTING. + + END OF SECTION + + 13008-5 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEF-1"" BLANK 13008-6 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final SECTION 13204 FRP CHEMICA� STORAGE TANK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: Design and fabricate helically wound fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) chemical storage tank complete with appurtenances, including overflow pipe with braces, inlet and outlet pipe connections, ladder, manway, anchorage system, and other details as shown on the attached tank data sheet and specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Tanks and appurtenances shall be designed, fabricated and inspected according to the latest edition of the following standards: 1. ASME RTP-l: Reinforced Thermoset Plastic Corrosion Resistant Equipment 2. ASTM C581: Standard Practice for Determining Chemical Resistance of Thermosetting Resins Used in Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Structures Intended for Liquid Service. 3. ASTM D2563: Standard Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Glass-Reinforced Plastic Laminate Parts. 4. ASTM D2583: Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impresser. 5. ASTM D2584: Standard Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins. 6. ASTM D3299: Standard Specification for Filament-Wound Glass-Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Resin Corrosion-Resistant Tanks. 7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B16.5: Flange Dimensions. B. Tank dimensions and fittings design shall be as per attached Tank Data Sheet. 1.3 qUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tanks shall be designed, fabricated, and inspected in accordance with ASME RTP-1 specifications. Tanks do not need to be ASME RTP-1 certified. 13204-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Quality Assurance Inspection: 1. An independent inspector having a minimum of ten years experience in the design and fabrication of FRP storage vesseis and professionally independent of fabricator shall be provided by the fabricator. 2. Quality Assurance Inspector shall perform the following duties: a. Observe manufacturing methods and fabrication techniques to assure compliance with specifications. b. Inspect a minimum of three stages of the tank fabrication: 1) At completion of corrosion barrier prior to structural winding 2) After tank has been removed from mandrel prior to attachment of nozzles and other appurtenances. 3) Final inspection prior to shipment. a) Visual inspection conforming to ASTM D2563. b) Barcol Hardness testing conforming to ASTM D2583. c) Acetone sensitivity test for internal bonding. d) Ignition loss test for glass content analysis. e) Hydrostatic Leak Test: fill tank to invert of overflow nozzle. c. Certify the results of all tests by signature. C. Field Test: 1. Provide twenty-four (24) hour minimum hydrostatic leak test upon installation of the tank. D. Warranty: 1. Fabricator shall warrant the tanks to the owner against defects in workmanship and materials for a minimum of two (2) years from date of delivery. 1.4 SUBMIl-fA�S A. In accordance with specification Section 01330 ��Submittal Procedures". 1. Shop Drawings: a. Complete drawings and details of the tank and all connections, appurtenances, and anchorage system. 13204-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Tank dimensions including thickness of corrosion barriers and structural layers. 2. Product Data: a. Detailed descriptive literature including tank weight, materials of construction, fabrication details, resin system description, and thickness of corrosion barriers and structural layers. b. Confirmation from resin manufacturer that the proposed resin system is suitable for storage of the specified chemical(s) using the fabrication technique proposed. c. Complete design calculations for tank, reinforcement, and anchorage system. Calculations shall be signed by a registered Civil or Structural Engineer licensed to practice in California. d. Tank capacity chart indicating storage volume in gallons and height in feet. e. Fabricator's recommended unloading, handling, and installing the tank and appurtenances, including recommended bolt torque for all bolted connections. f. Color chart showing available colors for external gei coating. 3. Quality Control Submittals: a. A list of any and all instances where the equipment proposed deviates from these specifications. b. Copy of the fabricator's Quality Assurance Program. c. Qualifications of fabricator's Quality Assurance Supervisor. d. Qualifications of independent Quality Assurance Inspector. e. Initial Quality Assurance Inspection Report f. Factory Testing Certification 1 5 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Tank shall not be shipped until ENGINEER has approved Factory Testing Certification and Initial Quality Assurance Inspection Report. B. Tank and all components shall be protected from damage during shipment and handling. Details of protection procedures shall be the full responsibility of the fabricator, with the following minimum measures taken: 1. Tank shall be supported during shipment to prevent contact with bulkhead or bed of vehicle. a. Tank shipped horizontally shall have padded cradle supports b. Tank shipped vertically shall be placed on a skid. 13204-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Prevent damage to flanged connections using wooden blinds bolted to the flange and having a diameter two (2) inches greater than the outside diameter of the flange. 3. All unflanged components shall be plugged to prevent deflection and protected by adequate exterior wrapping. 4. All components shipped shall be firmly fastened and padded to prevent shifting or flexing during transport. 5. No items shall be shipped loose inside the tank. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: A. Belco Manufacturing Co. Inc. / Ershigs Inc. B. Tankinetics, Inc. C. Xerxes Corporation D. Or Equal 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Service Conditions Table: Tank EW12_TNK_07200 Liquid Stored Ferric Chloride Concentration 38% Specific Gravity 1.4 pH < 2 Operating Pressure Atmospheric Max. Liquid Temperature 110 deg F Min. �iquid Temperature 30 deg F Surface Veil / Corrosion Barrier Type 2 13204-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Design Loads: 1. Resistance of both wind and seismic loads shall be provided for both tank full and tank empty conditions and in accordance with Section 01610, General Product Requirements. Manufacturer shall be fully responsible for design and provision of adequate anchorage system for the service conditions. 2. Snow load: None. 3. Uniform person load of 250 Ibs/sq ft on tank roof. 2.3 TANK REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Tank shall be fabricated as per ASTM D3299 Type 1, Grade 1 2. Tank shall have dome top and flat bottom 3. Desert color exterior gel coat shall be applied after all inspections of exterior laminate have been completed. 4. Tanks shall have a laminate construction comprising a structural outer layer, a set of interior corrosion barriers including an inner surface veil and an interior layer. The combined thickness of the inner surface veil and interior layer shall not be less than 0.10 inch. 5. Tanks shall have a minimum structural wall thickness of 5/16-inch, not including the thickness of the surface veil and interior layers. The filament-wound tank design stress shall be determined using an allowable strain value of 0.0010 inch per inch maximum at 70°F. B. Tank working capacity, defined as tank outlet invert to overflow invert, shall be per tank data sheet. C. Materials and Fabrication: 1. Resin: a. Premium grade and chemically resistant to the chemicals listed in the Service Conditions Table as determined according to ASTM C581-03. b. One resin shall be used throughout. 13204-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Ultraviolet absorbers shall be added to surface resin. d. No fillers or thixotropic agents shall be used. e. Product: 1) Hetron 922 2) Derakane 411 3) DION 382 2. Reinforcement: a. Surfacing Veil: 1) Surfacing veil for each service shall be resin rich, with a minimum total thickness of 20 mils 2) Nominal resin content 90% 3) Silane finish 4) Binder compatible with lay-up resin 5) Surfacing veil and corrosion barrier for each service as follows: a) Type 1: One carbon veil followed by one Type C glass veil b) Type 2: One Type C glass veil c) Type 3: Double Nexus Polyester veil b. Chopped Strand Mat: 1) Chopped Strand Mat shall be constructed from 3 plys of 1.5 ounce per sq ft chopped strand E glass. 2) Minimum total thickness 130 mils. 3) Minimum resin content shall be 70% by weight. 4) Silane finish 3. Structural Layers: a. Woven Roving for Hand Lay-Up: Alternating layers of 1.5 ounce per sq ft Type E glass and 24 ounce per yd, 4 x 5 weave woven roving with silane finish. b. Continuous Roving for Filament Winding: Type E glass with silane finish, nominal yield of 110 strand yds per pound. 4. �aminate: a. Meet visual inspection requirements of ASTM D2563 for appearance, defects, cut edges, and construction joints. 13204-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 5. Curing System: a. Catalyst: 1) For Sodium Hypochlorite service, surface veil shall be cured with benzoyl peroxide-dimethyl aniline (BPO/DMA). No methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (MEKP) cobalt catalyst shall be used in the surface veil of sodium hypochlorite ta n ks. 2) For all other chemical service, MEKP cobalt catalyst curing system shall be used for the surface veil. 3) Structural layers may be cured with either catalyst system. b. Heated post cure shall be provided for a minimum of four (4) hours at a minimum temperature of 200 degrees F. c. Barcol hardness shall be measured as per ASTM D2583. 1) Barcol hardness shall exceed the minimum recommendation of the resin manufacturer. D. Nozzles: 1. All nozzles shall be gusseted with conical or plate-type gussets. 2. Finish flush with inside wall of tank. 3. Each nozzle shall have two elastomer gaskets compatible with chemical to be stored in tank. 4. Flanged nozzles shall have a minimum rating of 100 psi. 5. Flanged outer diameter and drilling shall be per ANSI 16.5. 6. The back face of the flange shall be spot-faced, flat and parallel to the flange face of sufficient diameter to accept an SAE metal washer under the bolthead or nut. 7. Nozzles shall project six (6) inches from the inner tank wall. E. Supports: Provide FRP pipe supports for fill and vent piping. F. Tank Anchorage System: 1. Fabricator shall be fully responsible for design and provision of adequate anchorage system for the service conditions. 2. All anchor boits, hold-downs, nuts and washers shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 13204-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final G. Tank Identification Plate: 1. Each tank shall be provided with a nameplate indicating the equipment number and title as shown on the tank data sheet. 2. Each tank shall be provided with the Fabricator's standard identification plate indicating the following, at minimum: a. Name of Fabricator b. Date of Manufacture c. Chemical to be stored d. Maximum chemical concentration and temperature that may be safely stored within the tank. H. Tank Vents: 1. Each tank shall be properly vented for a tank fiiling rate of 100 gallons per minute. 2. The minimum vent size shall be 3-inches. 3. The vent shall be the manufacturer's U-vent design, constructed of FRP and provided with an aluminum insect screen and stainiess steel retainer clamp. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. General: 1. Provide accessories where indicated on the Tank Data Sheet. 2. Uncoated or exposed carbon steel appurtenances, fasteners, or anchorage will not be accepted. B. �ifting �ugs: 1. Provide a minimum of three (3) Type 316 stainless steel lifting lugs filament wound into the tank shell. 2. Each lug shall be capable of withstanding 2 times the empty weight of the tank. C. Access Manway: 1. 24-inch gasketed bolted access manway shall be provided as shown on the tank data sheet. 2. Manway gaskets shall be Viton and fasteners shall be FRP or titanium. 3. Manway cover shall be FRP. 13204-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Sight Gage: 1. Where indicated in the tank schedule, provide a sight gage that gives a visual indication of tank liquid level from a point 6 inches above the bottom of the tank to a point 6 inches below the junction of the side and top of the tank. 2. Gage shall be one or two-piece design and a minimum of 3/a-inch diameter. 3. The glass tube shall be adequately protected from breakage by use of corrosion resistant cast or heavy-duty sheet metal guards, extending the length of the gage. 4. At the connections to the tank, the gage shall be provided with shutoff valves equipped with ball checks to prevent tank leakage in case of tube breakage. 5. All wetted hardware shall be resistant to the chemical stored in the tank. E. �evel Gage Connection: a. Provide 4-inch 150 pound ANSI type flange connection for mounting radar level indicator. b. See Specification 13342 IC for details on the level gage. F. Siphon Drain 1. Siphon drains shall extend to 1 inch above tank bottom. G. Insulation 1. Insulate tank where indicated on the Tank Data Sheet. 2. Insulation shall be 2 inches of urethane foam applied at the factory. 3. The insulation shall have a minimum rating of R-12. 4. The exterior surface of the insulation shall be factory-coated with white latex mastic paint. 5. The installation of the insulation shall be coordinated with the installation of the heat tracing system, where both are required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTA�I.ATION A. Install tank in complete conformance with Fabricator's written instructions and Engineer's approved shop drawings 13204-9 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Concrete tank pad shall be level and smooth to the tolerances recommended by the tank fabricator. 3.2 FIE�D TESTING A. �eakage Testing 1. Prior to installation of the piping but after placement and anchorage of the tank, conduct a leakage test on the tank. 2. Provide the ENGINEER with 3-day advance notification in writing of the schedule for the field leak tests, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR is advised that the tests shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER, to be considered valid. 3. Install blind flanges on all tank nozzles. 4. Fill the tank with clean water to the working volume and record the starting level. Allow the tank to remain filled for at least 24 hours. After 24 hours, measure the level again. If the level has changed, the tank has failed the test and must be repaired or replaced. 5. Upon completion of the leakage test, drain the water from the tank and dispose of the water as directed by the ENGINEER. 6. After draining the tank, dry out the inside of the tank prior to filling with chemical. + + END OF SECTION + + 13204-10 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final TANK DATA SHEET � General � Item No. EW12_TNK_07200 � Name Ferric Chloride Storage �'�� a ��'� Tank � � � •�''" �� Liquid Stored 38% Ferric Cnloride � � o v�a ,, � � � Working 4,600 gallons , � �' ., , ; ' Capacity �� r�� Tank Inside 10'-0" ,�� _ _. _ _ _ _ � ��,�: - ��- .- � -�7�� Diameter ��°� ,� � Design Code ASTM D1998 , * � �` � � Materials: �� , �a� ` , �,,r Resin HDLPE �`�., i � Gaskets Viton , � �� .. � � Bolts Titanium ��° ,�� Roof Domed � Shell Vertical Cylinder i ,�� Bottom Flat �� Nozzle Schedule MK Size/Type Service N1 3" FLG Drain N2 3" FLG Overflow � �� ; � N3 2" BLKHD Outlet �� N4 3/4" BLKHD Sight Gage �,,r,,--��""�- N5 3" FLG U-Vent � N6 2" BLKND Fill �, N7 4" FLG Level Element N8 18"THRD Access Manway Accessories Sight Gage X N4 Level Gage Ladder Flush Bottom X N1 Drain Sump �7,' Vortex Breaker ..: Inlet Baffle �a � �� Lifting Lugs X Thief Hatch Access Manway X N8 IE�IE1/�TI Cl�I Down-Comer Heat Trace Insulate X Handrails on Roof 13204-11 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 13204-12 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13210 BOLTED STEEL WATER STORAGE TANK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Scope: Section includes design, fabrication, and installation of a bolted steel water storage tank complete with appurtenances including, but not limited to, overflow pipe, brackets for pipe supports, inlet and outlet pipe connections, ladder, manways, coatings, safety climb device, and other details as shown on the Drawings and as required within these Specifications. A. The following Identification Number has been assigned to the tank that shall be provided under this specification section: 1. EW12 TNK 06170: Backwash Reclaim Tank 1.2 SUBMITI"ALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Manufacturer's catalog data including accessories, components, exterior coating and interior coating systems. 2. Detail Fabrication Drawings showing steel tank, plan and elevation details, details of tank bottom, roof, shell plates, interior and exterior tank coating system, openings, bolted joints, connections for fittings and appurtenances. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 4. Statements of Qualification: a. Tank manufacturer. b. Tank installer. c. Registered professional engineer. d. Tank manufacturer's site representative. 5. Written test reports of inspections for steel plates and sheets. 6. Structural design calculations and drawings, prepared, stamped, and signed by an engineer who is registered as a Civil or Structural Engineer in the State of California. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE A. Tank Manufacturer: 1. At least five tanks presently in service, of similar size and character required for this Project, and minimum of 5 years' satisfactory operation. 2. The Manufacturer shall be quality certified, having an active API-Q1 and an ISO 9001 registration. B. Tank Installer: Certified by tank manufacturer that installer is qualified to do the Work. Registered Professional Engineer: Licensed in the State of California. 13210-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Tank Manufacturer's Site Representative: Certified by tank manufacturer that the representative is qualified and experienced in type of Work to be performed. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect sheets from damage prior to packing for shipment. B. Place heavy paper or plastic foam sheets between each panel to eliminate sheet-to- sheet abrasion during shipment. C. Wrap individual stacks of panels in heavy mil black plastic and steel banded to wood pallets built to the roll-radius of the tank panels. This procedure eliminates contact or movement of finished panels during shipment. 1.5 WARRANTY A. The tank manufacturer shall warrant the tank against any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year from date of shipment. In the event a defect should appear, it shall be reported in writing to the manufacturer during the warranty period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. CST Industries/Columbian TecTank. B. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 BOLTED TANK DESIGN CRITERIA A. Type of Liquid: Backwash Waste Water with up to 4 mg/L chlorine. B. Specific Gravity: 1.0 C. Seismic (design shall be in accordance with the 2022 edition of the California Building Code, ASCE 7-16 and AWWA D103-19): 1. Risk Category: IV. 2. Seismic Importance Factor: 1.5. 3. Seismic Design Category: D. 4. S1=0.431g. 5. SS=1.078g. 6. Sp5=0J68g. 7. Sp1=0.537g. 8. Site Class=D (assumed). D. Roof Load: 1. Roof Snow Load: 30 psf (non-reducible). 2. Roof Live Load: 20 psf. 13210-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Wind Load: 1. Basic Wind Speed: 105 mph, 3-second gust, per ASCE 7-16 and AWWA D103-19. 2. Exposure Category: C. ANCHORAGE F. Provide anchors as required by structural seismic and wind calculations. G. Minimum anchor bolt size shall be 3/4 inch diameter, or as shown in the Drawings. Anchor bolts shall be ASTM F1554 Grade 36, bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanized. Bolts shall be spaced equally around the tank perimeter with a minimum total quantity of 12 anchors, or as shown in the Drawings. H. At the top of anchor bolts, lock nuts shall be provided or the threads shall be peened to prevent loosening of the nuts. If peening is used, provide sufficient projection to allow peening of the threads. I. All attachments and fastenings for these anchors shall be sized and designed to develop the full yield strength of the anchor bolts. J. Anchor bolt chairs shall be designed in accordance with AISI T-192. Design of anchor embedment in concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 2.3 BOLTED TANK STRUCTURE A. The materials, design, fabrication, and erection of the bolted steel tank shall conform to the Principles of Standard Specification 12B of the American Petroleum Institute, or to the manufacturer's specifications which are derived from engineering principles, industry experiences, and the aforementioned standards and specifications. B. Standard shell height and diameter meeting requirements for the selected capacity and the freeboard requirements of AWWA D103-19 Section 14.4. 1. Floor Type: Flat steel bottom. C. Roof Slope: 1:12. D. Storage Capacity: 125,000 Gallons (Nominal) E. Tank Outside Diameter: 29.7 ft. F. Tank Sidewall Height: 24.2 ft. G. Steel: 1. Hot Rolled Steel Sheets and Plates: a. Hot Rolled Steel Sheets and Plates shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM A1011 Grade 40 with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi. b. Minimum thickness shall be 12 gauge (0.0972 in.) 2. Structural Shapes: a. Structural shapes shall conform to ASTM A36 or ASTM A992. b. Other grades of carbon steel that meet or exceed these standards may be utilized. 13210-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final H. Bolts/Nuts/Washers: 1. Galvanized Bolts: a. Galvanized bolts, nuts, washers used in tank joints shall be minimum �/z" diameter and shall meet or exceed the requirements of API 12B or AWWA D103. 2. Encapsulated Bolts: a. Encapsulated bolt heads shall be used for additional corrosion protection. 3. Anchor Bolts: a. Anchor bolts shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM F1554. 4. Other Bolts: a. Other bolts shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM A307 or ASTM A325. I. Gaskets: 1. All bolted connections shall incorporate an EPDM prefabricated gasket with a minimum width of 1-3/4". 2. A single piece double punched gasket shall be used at vertical seams which require two vertical rows of punching. 3. Field caulking (NSF Standard 61 Approved) will be allowed when joining a discontinuous gasket section and at certain joint connections. 4. Neoprene backed steel washers shall be provided at all bolts in contact with the stored liquid. 2.4 COATING A. All metal plates, supports, members, and miscellaneous parts, except bolts, certain accessories, and appurtenances, shall be factory coated in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. Color: Tan. B. Field coating, except for touch-up, will not be permitted. C. Surface Preparation: 1. Tank parts are to be thoroughly washed (Alkaline at 130 deg F) and rinsed to remove grease, oil and foreign matter. 2. Parts are then to be immediately oven dried. 3. Parts are to be grit-blasted to SSPC-SP 10 (Near-White Blast Cleaning) to 1-2 mils profile, minimum. 4. All parts must be coated by Automated Powder Applicators on both sides within 15 minutes after blasting, and no further processing other then coating application shall be done. D. Interior Coating: 1. Thermally cured modified epoxy powder, Trico-Bond EP by Columbian TecTank Company (includes underside of the steel floor), or equal. 2. First coat is to be a powder application of NSF 61 approved modified epoxy Trico- Bond EP, 5.0 mils average dry film thickness. 3. Coating system to have 5.0 mils average dry film thickness, minimum. 13210-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Exterior Coating: 1. Thermally cured modified epoxy powder, Trico-Bond EP and acrylic polyurethane by Columbian TecTank Company, or equal. 2. First coat is to be a powder application of modified epoxy Trico-Bond EP, 3.0 mils average dry film thickness. 3. Second coat of acrylic polyurethane, 1.5 mil average dry film thickness. 4. Coating system to have 4.5 mils average dry film thickness, minimum. F. Curing: 1. Baking ovens to be used after each coat 2. Initial curing shall take place after powder is applied. A combination of IR boosters and convection ovens will be used to heat parts to approximately 300 deg. F to gel the powder (partial cross-linking). 3. Final curing shall take place after top coat is applied. A combination of IR boosters and convection ovens will be used to heat parts to approximately 350 deg. F for 5-6 minutes to finish curing powder and topcoat. G. Inspection: 1. MEK rub test to verify proper curing of coating. 2. Wet sponge test to check for holidays. H. Preparation for Transport: 1. Material to be marked or tagged with part number for ease of field assembly. 2. Tank materials to be placed in racks or on pallets to facilitate transportation to jobsite. 3. Touch-up paint with instructions for application by erection personnel. 2.5 APPURTENANCES A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the appurtenances as shown in the contract drawings and as specified below. Unless otherwise noted, standard appurtenances shall be as follows: B. Roof Hatch: 1. The tank roof hatch shall have a curbed, upward opening 30" square. 2. The curb shall extend at least 4" above the roof surface. 3. The hatch cover shall be hinged and have provisions for locking. 4. The hatch cover lip shall extend 2" below the top of the 4" curb. C. Inlet, Outlet and Overflow Connections: 1. Inlet, outlet, and overflow connections shall conform to the sizes and locations specified on the contract drawings. D. Pressure Transducer Connection: 1. Provide 3" flanged fitting located 3" vertically above tank floor, and orientation as determined during shop drawing review. 2. Provide 3" blind flange, tapped for 3/4" FNPT threads, for pressure transducer connection. E. Vent: 1. A mushroom screened vent shall be furnished above maximum water level of sufficient size to accommodate normal inlet and outlet flow. 13210-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. The overflow pipe shall not be considered to be a tank vent. 3. The vent shall be designed and constructed as to prevent the entrance of birds, animals, or insects. 4. Screen shall be stainless steel. F. Flush Type Cleanout: 1. The cleanout shall be flush type, 24" x 46", and located as shown on the contract drawings. G. Outside Ladder: 1. An outside galvanized ladder with safety cage, meeting OSHA specifications, shall be furnished at the location shown on the Drawings. H. �iquid Level Indicator (Gauge Board): 1. Stainless steel float with target board mounted on the exterior of the tank. I. Guardrail and Toeboards: 1. When indicated on Drawings, galvanized guardrail with toeboard shall be furnished as shown on the Drawings. 2. Guardrail shall have a self-closing gate at top of ladder per OSHA requirements. J. Pipe Support Brackets: 1. Provide structural steel pipe support brackets at min 5'-0" spacing to support piping shown on the Drawings. K. Identification Plate: 1. Furnish nameplate listing the tank serial number, tank diameter and height, maximum design capacity, intended storage use and date of installation. L. Cane-Fiber: 1. For tanks supported on concrete slabs, the tank bottom shall be supported on a �/z- inch thick cane-fiber joint filler meeting the requirements of ASTM D1751. M. Cathodic Protection Provide a sacrificial anode cathodic protection system per Section 13212, Sacrificial Anode Cathodic Protection System. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 I N STA L�ATI O N A. Erection: 1. Field erection of factory coated bolted steel tanks shall be in strict accordance with the tank manufacturers recommendations. 2. Handle and install sheets and bolts to avoid damage to the coating system. Particular care shall be exercised in handling and bolting of the tank plates, supports, and members to avoid abrasion or scratching of the coating. 3. If major leakage repairs are required, complete holiday testing following leak repairs. 4. Repair all damaged coating in accordance with the tank manufacturer's written instructions as reviewed and approved by the ENGINEER. 13210-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 5. Retest coating repairs. If coating is damaged to the underlying steel surface for an area larger than 1/2 inch by 6 inches, replace the full sheet. B. Testing: 1. Following completion of erection and cleaning of the tank, the tank shall be tested for liquid tightness by filling the tank to its overflow elevation. 2. Any leaks disclosed by this test shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the tank manufacturer's recommendations. 3. The OWNER will provide clean water free of charge at the time of erection completion, for hydrostatically testing the tank. 4. Filling and emptying the tank shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Manufacturer's Representative: Present at site for minimum person-days listed below, travel time excluded: 1. 1 person-day for installation assistance. 2. 1 person-day for inspection of tank coating. + + END OF SECTION + + 13210-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEF-1"" BLANK 13210-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13212 SACRIFICIAL ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Design, furnish, and install sacrificial anode cathodic protection systems for water storage tank interior. 2. The cathodic protection system shall be adequate to mitigate corrosion and provide protection to the portions of the structure immersed in water for a period of 20 years. 3. Anodes shall be replaceable. 4. The tank shall be equipped with a means of monitoring the effectiveness of the cathodic protection system. 5. The cathodic protection system shall protect the tank in accordance with the latest edition of NACE Recommended Practice RP-0196. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit test report as specified herein. 1.3 SUBMII-I"ALS A. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature and technical data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Anodes: 1. Anodes shall be high potential magnesium conforming to ASTM B843 Grade M1C. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SACRIFICIAL ANODES A. The quantity, radius and configuration of anodes installed in each reservoir shall conform to the drawings and manufacturer's design. B. Anodes shall be suspended or attached to the floor and shall be replaceable. C. Anodes shall be inspected for damage to lead wires. Anodes with nicked, cut, abraded or otherwise damaged lead wires shall not be installed and shall be removed from the jobsite. 13212-1 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final D. The design of the cathodic protection system shall not require penetrations of the tank shell below the water line. 3.2 TESTING A. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct tests to demonstrate that the cathodic protection system is functional and protects the tank's interior in accordance with the latest edition of NACE RP-1069. B. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct tests on all insulating devices (insulating unions, flanges, etc.) to ensure that they are functional as installed. C. Test results shall be in report form and shall be submitted to ENGINEER for acceptance. + + END OF SECTION + + 13212-2 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final SECTION 13300 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS (I&C) — GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall procure the services of a single Process Control System Supplier (PCSS) to furnish all materials, equipment, labor and services, except for those services and materials specifically noted, required to achieve a fully integrated and operational system as specified herein and in other Specification Sections listed below. B. Items specifically excluded from the scope include the following: 1. Control panel including programmable logic controller (PLC), panel mounted operator interface terminal (OIT), network components, and uninterruptible power supply (UPS). The control panel and all internal components are part of the Filter Control System and shall be provided as part of a package with the Greensand Filtration System specified in Section 11540. Panel construction and programming and configuration of the PLC and OIT shall be provided by the Greensand Filtration System vendor. The vendor shall be responsible for startup/training activities associated with the configured portions of the PLC system. Specifications for the control system components and the control descriptions are included in this Division for reference and are related to the scope of work for the Greensand Filtration System vendor. 2. Human Machine Interface (HMI) graphics development, HMI software configuration, database development, report development, and startup/training activities associated with the configured portions of the HMI system. This work shall be provided by the Owner. C. The work shall include furnishing, installing and testing the equipment and materials detailed in the following Sections: Section No Title 13300 Instrumentation and Controls (I&C) - General Provisions 13341 I&C - Flow Devices 13342 I&C - Level Devices Requirements specified in this Section apply to all equipment specified in the above sections, unless otherwise specified. 13300-1 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final D. Auxiliary and accessory devices necessary for system operation or performance, such as transducers, relays, signal amplifiers, intrinsic safety barriers, and signal isolators, to interface with existing equipment or equipment provided by others under other Sections of tnese specifications, shall be included whether they are shown on the Drawings or not. E. Substitutions on functions or type of equipment specified shall not be acceptable unless specifically noted. In order to confirm compatibility between all equipment, coordinate all interface requirements with mechanical and electrical systems and furnish any signal isolation devices that might be required. F. Equipment shall be fabricated, assembled, installed and placed in operating condition in full conformity with the project Specifications, Drawings, engineering data, instructions, and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer as approved by the Engineer. G. To facilitate the Owner's future operation and maintenance, similar products (e,g., differential pressure transmitters, flowmeters) shall be supplied from the same manufacturer. N. All equipment and installations shall satisfy applicable Federal, State and local codes. I. Use the equipment, instrument, and loop numbering scheme that has been developed and shown on the Drawings and specifications in the development of the submittals. Do not deviate from or modify said numbering scheme without the Engineer's approval. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Process &Instrumentation Diagrams (P&ID) are included in the Drawings. B. Control System Architecture Block Diagram is included in the Drawings, C. Specific control system and instrumentation materials and requirements are included in related Sections of Division 13. D. Instrumentation and Controls conduit systems are specified in related Sections of Division 16. E, Instrumentation signal cable and alarm and status wiring are specified in related Sections of Division 16. F. Control System network, communication, and fiber optic cabling are specified in related Sections of Division 16. 13300-2 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final 1.3 SUBMITI�A�S A. General submittal requirements include: 1. Refer to Section 01300 for general submittal requirements. 2. Other Division 13 Sections may have additional submittal requirements. 3. Shop drawings shall be submitted as detailed herein. Shop drawings shall demonstrate that the equipment and services to be furnished comply with the provisions of these specifications and shall provide a complete record of the equipment as manufactured and delivered. 4. Submittals shall be complete; giving equipment specifications, details of connections, wiring, ranges, installation requirements, and specific dimensions. Submittals consisting of only general sales literature shall not be acceptable. 5. Submittals shall be bound in separate three-ring binders, with an index and sectional dividers, with all drawings reduced to a maximum size of 11-inch by 17-inch, then folded to 8.5 inch by 11 inch for inclusion within the binder. Maximum binder size shall be 3 inches. 6. The submittal drawings' title block shall include, as a minimum, the PCSS's registered business name and address, Owner and project name, drawing name, revision level, and personnel responsible for the content of the drawing. 7. Incomplete or partial submittals not complying with the submittal arrangements outlined in this Section will be returned without review, 8. Separate submittals shall be made as follows: a. Qualifications Submittal b. Field Instrument Submittal c. Spares, Expendables, and Test Equipment Submittal d. Final System Documentation B. Qualifications Submittal 1. Submit, within 30 calendar days after Contract Award, detailed information on their staff and organization to show compliance with the Quality Assurance requirements of this Section. The Qualifications submittal shall be submitted and approved before any further submittals will be accepted. Failure to meet the minimum requirements shall be grounds for rejection as an acceptable PCSS. The Qualifications Submittal shall, as a minimum, contain the following: 2. Copies of ISA CCST Level 1 certificates for all field technicians or resumes demonstrating field experience. 3. Notarized statement from the firm's financial institution demonstrating ability for the firm to meet the obligations necessary for the performance of the work. 4. Project references for water or wastewater projects as defined in the Quality Assurance paragraphs. 5. Sufficient documentation to demonstrate the PCSS's capabilities to complete this project including: resumes of key staff, bonding capacities, details on engineering, design, fabrication, and field service capabilities, and location of staff responsible for responding to the site within four hours to resolve startup issues. 13300-3 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final C. Field Instruments Submittal 1. Submit complete documentation of all field instruments using ISA-S20 data sheet formats. Submit a complete Bill of Materials (BOM) or Index that lists all instrumentation equipment ordered by the loop numbering system as shown in the Contract Documents. 2. Submit separate data sheets for each instrument including: a. Plant Equipment Number and ISA tag number per the drawings b. Product (item) name used herein and on the Contract Drawings c. Manufacturer's complete model number d. �ocation of the device e. Input - output characteristics f. Range, size, and graduations in engineering units. g. Physical size with dimensions, enclosure NEMA classification and mounting details in sufficient detail to determine compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. h. Materials of construction for enclosure and wetted parts. i. Instrument or control device sizing calculations where applicable j. Certified calibration data for all flow metering devices. k. Two-wire or four-wire device type as applicable. 3. Submit index and data sheets in electronic format as well as hard copies on 8-1/2" x 11" formats. Electronic format shall be in Microsoft Excel or Word, Submit electronic copy on CD-ROM or DVD disk. D. Spares, Expendables, and Test Equipment �ists Submittal 1. This submittal shall include for each Subsystem: a. A list of, and descriptive literature for, spares, expendables, and test equipment as specified in Division 13. b. A list of, and descriptive literature for, additional spares, expendables, and test equipment recommended by the manufacturer. c. Unit and total costs for the additional spare items specified or recommended for each subsystem. E, Final System Documentation 1. Submit in accordance with section 01330. 2. The Final System Documentation shall consist of operations and maintenance manuals as specified herein. The manuals shall be bound in three-ring binders, maximum size of three inches, with Drawings reduced to 11 inch by 17 inch, then folded to 8.5 inch by il inch for inclusion. Each section shall have a uniquely numbered tab divider, and each component within each section shall have a separate binder tab divider. 3. The operations and maintenance manuals shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: a. Table of Contents 1) A Table of Contents shall be provided for the entire manual with the specific contents of each volume clearly listed. The complete Table of Contents shall appear in each volume. b. Instrument and Equipment Lists 1) The following lists shall be developed in Excel and provided not only as a hardcopy in 0&M but also electronically on a CD, 13300-4 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final 2) An instrument list for all devices supplied including tag number, description, specification section and paragraph number, manufacturer, model number, serial number, range, span, location, manufacturer phone number, local supplier name, local supplier phone number, completion year replacement cost, and any other pertinent data. 3) An equipment list for all non-instrument devices supplied listing description, specification section and paragraph number, manufacturer, model number, serial number, location, manufacturer phone number, local supplier name, local supplier phone number, completion year replacement cost, and any other pertinent data. c. Data Sheets with Vendor Operations and Maintenance Information 1) ISA S20 data sheets shall be provided for all field instruments. 2) Cover page for each device, piece of equipment, and OEM software that lists, at a minimum, date, specification number, product name, manufacturer, model number, Location(s), and power required. Preferred format for the cover page is ISA S20, general data sheet; however, other formats will be acceptable provided they contain all required information. 3) Final vendor 0&M documentation for each device, piece of equipment, or OEM software shall be either new documentation written specifically for this project, or modified standard vendor documentation. All standard vendor documentation furnished shall have all portions that apply clearly indicated with arrows or circles. All portions that do not apply shall be neatly lined out or crossed out. Groups of pages that do not apply at all to the specific model supplied shall be removed, 4) For any component requiring dip switch settings or custom software configuration, that information shall be included along with the corresponding data sheets and 0&M information. d. Original Licensed Software 1) Submit original software CD-ROMs of all software provided under this Contract. Submit original paper based and electronic documentation for all software provided. Submit license agreement information including serial numbers, license agreements, User Registration Numbers and related information. All software provided under this Contract shall be licensed to the Owner at the time of purchase. Provide media in software sleeves within 0&M manual. e. Electronic 0&M Information 1) In addition to the hard copy of 0&M data, provide an electronic version of all equipment manuals CDROM or DVD. Electronic documents shall be supplied in Adobe Acrobat format. 2) Provide electronic files for all custom-developed manuals. Text shall be supplied in both Microsoft Office format and Adobe Acrobat format. 13300-5 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final 3) Provide electronic files for all drawings produced. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD ".dwg" format and in Adobe Acrobat format. Drawings shall be provided using the AutoCAD eTransmit feature to bind external references, pen/line styles, and fonts into individual zip files along with the drawing file. 4} Each computer system hardware device shall be backed up onto CDROM or DVD after Substantial Completion and shall be turned over to the Owner. 5) If specified in the training section, provide digital copies of all training videos. Videos shall be in a format that is readable by standard DVD players and by standard PC DVD drives. Format and shall be a minimum of 800 by 600 pixels and shall include sound. 4. The cover and edge of each volume shall contain the following information: Project Name (refer to Contract Documents) Contract Number (refer to Contract Documents) Instrumentation and Control System Hardware [or Applications Engineering] Operations and Maintenance Manual Specification Sections , , Subcontractor Name Date Volume X of Y (Where X is the volume number and Y is the number of volumes) 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. Where a date is given for reference standards, that edition shall be used. Where no date is given for reference standards, the latest edition in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply, B. International Society of Automation (formerly the Instrumentation, Systems and Automation Society) (ISA) 1. ISA S5.2, Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations 2. ISA S5.3, Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display Instrumentation Logic and Computer Systems. 3. ISA S5.4, Instrument Loop Diagrams. 4. ISA S20, Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Controi Instruments, Primary Elements and Control Valves. 5. ISA RP60.3, Numan Engineering for Control Centers 6. ISA RP60.6, Nameplates, Labels, and Tags for Control Centers C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) D. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 13300-6 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final E, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1. UL 508 - Industrial Control Equipment F. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Process Control System Supplier (PCSS) shall be a "systems integrator" regularly engaged in the design and the installation of instrumentation systems and their associated subsystems as they are applied to the municipal water and wastewater industry. For the purposes of this Specification Section, a "systems integrator" shall be interpreted to mean an organization that complies with all of the following criteria: l. Employs personnel on this project who have successfully completed ISA or manufacturers training courses on general process instrumentation and configuration and implementation of the specific programmable controllers, computers, and software proposed for this project. Key personnel shall hold ISA CCST �evel 1 certification or have a minimum of 10 years of verifiable plant startup experience. Key personnel shall include, as a minimum, the lead field technician. 2. Has successfully completed work of similar or greater complexity on at least three previous projects within the last five years. Successful completion shall be defined as a finished project completed on time, without any outstanding claims or litigation involving the PCSS, Potential references shall be for projects where the PCSS's contract, was of similar size to this project. 3. Has been actively engaged in the type of work specified in this Specification Section for a minimum of five years. B. The PCSS shall maintain a permanent, fully staffed and equipped service facility within 250 miles of the project site with full time employees capable of designing, fabricating, installing, calibrating, and testing the systems specified herein. At a minimum, the PCSS shall be capable of responding to on-site problems within 12 hours of notice. Provide an on-site response within four hours of notification starting at two months before scheduled startup to two months after startup completion. C. Actual installation of the instrumentation system need not be performed by the PCSS's employees; however, the PCSS as a minimum shall be responsible for the technical supervision of the installation by providing on site supervision to the installers of the various components. 1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery, storage, and handling shall be in accordance with Section 01600. B, Shipping Precautions 13300-7 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final l. After completion of shop assembly, factory test and approval of all equipment, cabinets, panels and consoles shall be packed in protective crates and enclosed in heavy duty (5 mil) polyethylene envelopes or secured sheeting to provide protection from damage, dust and moisture. Dehumidifiers shall be placed inside the polyethylene coverings. The equipment shall then be skid-mounted for final transport. Lifting rings shall be provided for moving without removing protective covering. Boxed weights shall be shown on shipping tags together with instructions for unloading, transporting, storing and handling at the job site. 2. Manufacturer's special instructions for field handling, storage and installation required for protection, shall be securely attached to the packaging for each piece of equipment prior to shipment. The instructions shall be stored in resealable plastic bags or other means of protection. 3. If any apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired at no additional cost to the owner. 1.7 NOMENC�ATURE AND IDENTIFICATiON A. Field Instrument Tags 1. A permanent stainless steel or other non-corrosive material tag firmly attached and permanently and indelibly marked with the instrument tag number, as indicated in the Drawings, shall be provided on each piece of equipment supplied under this Section. Equipment shall be tagged before shipping to the site. 2. Provide 1/8-in by 3/8-in, Type 316 stainless steel button head machine screws. 3. All supplied field instrument transmitters and field instrument transmitter elements shall have a stainless steel identification tag attached to each transmitter and element prior to shipment. Tag shall be attached via stainless steel chain or stainless steel wire (24 gauge min) to a non-removable part of the device. The tag size shall be a minimum of 1.5 square inches. Tag shall include the ISA alphanumeric instrument number as indicated in the P&ID, loop, and detail drawings. The alphanumeric instrument number shall be stamped into the tag and shall have a minimum of 3/16- in high alphanumeric characters. B. Panel Nameplates l. See Section 13330. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide equipment warranty per Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds, and as specified herein. B. Provide software updates throughout the warranty period. Provide latest official released version for all software provided under this Contract. Owner shall have the latest software releases at the end of the warranty period. 13300-8 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final 1.9 MAINTENANCE CONTRACT A. A written proposal for a maintenance contract executed by the PCSS shall be provided to the Owner for on-site preventive maintenance services related to the Instrumentation and Control system. The cost of this maintenance contract shall not be included in the Contract Price. B. This proposal shall be provided within 30 days after final acceptance for the purpose of entering a contract for annual maintenance subsequent to the first year of maintenance. Standard per diem rates for providing breakdown service shall be set forth in the contract. Such rates shall be fair and reasonable and reflect the lowest rates offered to most favored customers. The fee quoted shall be firm for a minimum of 90 days from date of issue. C. This maintenance contract shall include all labor, parts, and emergency calls providing on-site response within 24 hours, to provide complete system maintenance for a period of one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the system for all equipment and software provided as part of the PCSS scope of work. D. The maintenance contract shall also include a minimum of 4 preventive maintenance visits by qualified service personnel of the Supplier who is familiar with the type of equipment provided for this project. Each preventive maintenance visit shall include routine adjustment, calibration, cleaning and lubrication of system equipment and verification of correct operation. E. Visits to the sites to correct deficiencies under warranty shall not be included in this preventive maintenance service contract. F. Emergency maintenance procedures or plant visits may coincide with a preventive maintenance visit, however, they shall not replace the work intended to be performed during a preventive maintenance visit. The Supplier shall have full responsibility for the system hardware preventive and corrective maintenance, G. During the one-year maintenance period, observation of maintenance operations by plant personnel and the instruction of said personnel in the details of the maintenance work being performed, shall be provided, 1.10 PROJECT/SITE REQUIREMENTS A. Environmental Requirements. Refer to Section 16000 for specific environmental and hazardous area classifications. B. Elevation: Equipment shall be designed to operate at the project ground elevation. 13300-9 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final C. Temperature: 1. Outdoor areas' equipment shall operate between -30 to 50 C degrees ambient. 2. Equipment located in indoor locations shall operate between 10 to 35 C degrees ambient minimum. 3. Storage temperatures shall range from 0 to 50 C degrees ambient minimum. 4. Additional cooling or heating shall be furnished if required by the equipment as specified herein, D. Relative Humidity. Air conditioned area equipment shall operate between 20 to 95 percent relative, non-condensing humidity. All other equipment shall operate between 0 to 100 percent relative, condensing humidity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS GENERA� A. All instrumentation and electronic equipment shall be of the manufacturer's latest design, utilizing printed circuitry and epoxy or equal coating to prevent contamination by dust, moisture and fungus. The field mounted equipment and system components shall be designed for installation in dusty, humid and slightly corrosive service conditions. B. All instruments shall be provided with mounting hardware and floor stands, wall brackets, or instrument racks unless otherwise noted, Fasteners for securing control panels and enclosures to walls and floors shall be either hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication or stainless steel. Provide stainless steel fasteners only in corrosive areas rated NEMA 4X on the Drawings or as defined under Section 16000. Provide and size anchors in accordance with Division 1 and 5 as required per the seismic calculations. Provide minimum size anchor of 3/8-inch. C. All indicators shall be linear in process units, unless otherwise noted. All transmitters shall be provided with indicators in process units, accurate to two percent or better. D. All equipment, cabinets and devices furnished shall be heavy-duty type, designed for continuous industrial service. The system shall contain similar products of a single manufacturer, and shall consist of equipment models, which are currently in production. All equipment provided shall be of modular construction and shall be capable of field expansion. E, All electronic/digital equipment shall be provided with radio frequency interference protection, 13300-10 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final F. Electrical 1. Equipment shall operate on a 60 Hertz alternating current power source at a nominal 120 volts, plus or minus 10 percent, except where specifically noted. Regulators and power supplies required for compliance with the above shall be provided between power supply and interconnected instrument loop. Where equipment requires voltage regulation, constant voltage transformers shall be supplied. 2. With the exception for field device network connected devices, all electronic instrumentation shall utilize linear transmission signals of isolated 4 to 20 mA DC capable of driving a load up to 750 ohms, unless specified otherwise. Nowever, signals between instruments within the same panel or cabinet may be 1-5 VDC. 3. Outputs of equipment that are not of the standard signals as outlined, shall have the output immediately raised and/or converted to compatible standard signals for remote transmission. No zero based signals will be allowed. 4. All switches shall have double-pole double-throw contacts rated at a minimum of 600 VA, unless noted otherwise. 5. Switches and/or signals indicating an alarm, failure or upset condition shall be wired fail-safe to the SCADA system. A fail-safe condition is an open circuit when in an alarm state. 6. Materials and equipment shall be UL approved. Where components are not available with U� approval, integrate the device with ground fault protective devices, isolation transformers, fuses, or other protective equipment necessary to achieve compliance with UL 508 requirements. 7. All equipment furnished shall be designed and constructed so that in the event of power interruption, the systems specified herein shall go through an orderly shutdown with no loss of inemory, and shall resume normal operation without manual resetting when power is restored, unless otherwise noted. 8. All transmitter output signals shall include signal and power source isolation. 2.2 LIGHTNING/SURGE PROTECTION A. General - Lightning/Surge protection shall be provided to protect the electronic instrumentation system from induced surges propagating along the signal and power supply lines from lightning, utility, or the internal plant electrical distribution system. The protection systems shall be such that the protective level shall not interfere with normal operation, but shall be lower than the instrument surge withstand level. Protection shall be maintenance free and self-restoring. Ground wires for all instrumentation device surge protectors shall be connected to a good earth ground in accordance with Section 16060. B. Field Instrumentation Protection - Provide individual device protection for the 4-20 mA signal and, if 4 wire field instrument, the power supply of each field instrument mounted outside of the building or facility housing the control panel. Instruments mounted within the structure as the associated control panel shall not require surge protection. Instruments shall be housed in a 13300-11 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final grounded metallic case. Device surge protectors shall be mounted within the instrument enclosure or a separate junction box coupled to the enclosure. Provide gas tube or metal oxide varisters (MOVs) surge protection devices as manufactured by Phoenix Contact, EDCO, Emerson Network Power Control Concepts, or equal. C. Control Panel Power Feed - Provide protection of all 120 VAC power feeds into the control panels. Source voltage to cabinets/panels regardless of location (indoor or outdoor), shall be protected by isolation transformers and surge suppressors. Provide gas tube surge suppressors or metal oxide varisters (MOVs) located at the point where the 120V source supply enters the enclosure. Install the surge device to in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendation for maximum allowable circuit length between protective device and incoming circuit. Provide signal surge suppression devices as manufactured by Phoenix Contact, EDCO, Emerson Network Power Control Concepts, or equal. D. 4-20 mA Signal Lines and Non-Fiber Based Data Highway Circuits - Provide protection on all signal and data highway circuits that leave a building or are routed external to a building. Provide gas tube surge arrestors, and Zener diode protectors. Circuit protection shall be provided at both ends of the signal or data highway lines within the control panel at one end and as close to the instruments or termination device as possible. Provide signal surge suppression devices as manufactured by Phoenix Contact EDCO, Emerson Network Power Control Concepts, or equal. E, Inductive Loads - At a minimum, provide coil surge suppression devices, such as varistors, or interposing relays on all process controller outputs or switches rated 120 VA or less that drive solenoid, coil, or motor loads. F. Telephone Circuits - At a minimum, provide Telephone Company approved line protection units for all telephone lines used for telemetry or SCADA system use under this Contract. 2.3 TUBING AND FITTINGS A. All instrument air header takeoffs and branch connections less than 2-in shall be 316 stainless steel. B. All instrument shut-off valves and associated fittings shall be supplied in accordance with the piping specifications and all instrument installation details. The materials for fittings and valves shall be compatible with process fluids. Where metallic fittings and valves are compatible, wetted materials shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 13300-12 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final C. The materials for instrument tubing shall be compatible with process fluids, Where metallic tubing is compatible, tubing shall be fully annealed ASTM A269 Seamless 316 grade free of OD scratches having the following dimensional characteristics as required to fit the specific installation: 1. 1/4-in to 1/2-in O.D. by 0.035 wall thickness. 2. 5/8-in to 1-in O.D. by 0.049 wall thickness. 3. 1-in O.D. by 0.065 wall thickness. 4. 1-1/4-in O.D. by 0.065 wall thickness. 5. 1-1/2-in O.D. by 0.083 wall thickness. 6. 2-in O.D. by 0.095 wall thickness. D. All process connections to instruments shall be annealed 1/2-inches O.D. stainless steel tubing, Type 316. E. All tube track shall be supported by stainless steel and installed as per manufacturer's installation instructions. 2.4 SPARE PARTS A. Spare parts of the type and quantity as recommended by the manufacturer shall be furnished for all devices furnished under these sections. B. All spare parts shall be wrapped in bubble wrap, sealed in a polyethylene bag complete with dehumidifier, then packed in cartons and labeled with indelible markings. Complete ordering information including manufacturer's part number, part ordering information including manufacturer, part number, part name, and equipment name and number(s) for which the part is to be used shall be supplied with the required spare parts. The spare parts shall be delivered and stored in a location directed by the Engineer, C. The following field Instrument related Spare Parts shall be furnished: 1. One flow indicating transmitter for each type of flow element provided. 2. One level indicating transmitter for each type of level element provided. 3. One temperature transmitter for each type provided. 4. One pressure transmitter for each type provided. 5. One spare ultrasonic level switch for each type provided. 6. One spare float type level switch for each type provided. 7. One spare gas detection system sample pump module for each type provided. 8. Miscellaneous: One year supply of items recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment including all reagents, pH probes, batteries, chart paper, calibration standards as needed to operate and maintain the furnished equipment. 13300-13 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final 2.5 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Provide all test equipment, instruction manuals, carrying/storage cases, unit battery charger, special tools, calibration fixtures, cord extenders, patch cords, test leads, and miscellaneous items for checking field operation of all supplied equipment. B. All test equipment shall be wrapped in bubble wrap, sealed in a polyethylene bag with a dehumidifier, then packed in cartons and labeled with indelible markings. Complete ordering information including manufacturer's part number, and equipment name shall be supplied. The test equipment shall be delivered and stored in a location directed by the Engineer. C. As a minimum, furnish the following test equipment: 1. One complete electronic process calibrator sets with rechargeable batteries, cases, spare fuses, test leads, and PC based software. Provide model 830 as manufactured by Altek, or equal. 2. One calibration pump, Model A-396A as manufactured by Dwyer Instruments, Inc., or equal, 3. One hand-held HART communicator, with case and all necessary accessories, Model 375 by Rosemount, or equal. 4. One (1) portable digital multi-meter (DMM) with rechargeable battery and test leads, and carrying-case, Fluke 189 Series Digital Multimeter, or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Instrumentation and accessory equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The locations of equipment, transmitters, alarms and similar devices indicated are approximate only. Exact locations of all devices shall be as approved by the Engineer during construction. Obtain in the field, all information relevant to the placing of process control equipment and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Contractor and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The P&IDs and Drawings indicate the intent and not the precise nature of the interconnection between the individual instruments. Where indicated on the P&IDs or Drawings as not requiring installation, provide the instruments suitably packaged for storage. C. All equipment used in areas designated as hazardous shall be designed for the Class, Group and Division as required for the locations as shown on the Drawings and specified in Division 16. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rulings. 13300-14 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final D. Unless specifically indicated, direct reading or electrical transmitting instrumentation shall not be mounted on process piping. Instrumentation shall be mounted on instrument racks or stands. All instrumentation connections shall be provided with shutoff and drain valves. For differential pressure transmitters, 5-valve manifolds for calibration, testing and blow down service shall also be provided. For chemical or corrosive fluids, diaphragm seals with flushing connections shall be provided. E. All piping and tubing to and from field instrumentation shall be provided with necessary unions, calibrations and test tees, couplings, adaptors, and shut-off valves. Process tubing shall be installed to slope from the instrument toward process for gas measurement service and from the process toward the instrument for liquid measurement service. Provide drain/vent valves or fittings at any process tubing points where the required slopes cannot be maintained. F. Brackets and hangers required for mounting of equipment shall be provided. They shall be installed as shown and not interfere with any other equipment. G. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination and be grounded at only one ground point for each shield. H. Investigate each space in the building through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, ship material in sections sized to permit passing through restricted areas in the building. Provide on-site service to oversee the installation, the placing and location of system components, their connections to the process equipment panels, cabinets and devices, subject to the Engineer's approval. Certify that field wiring associated with his/her equipment is installed in accordance with best industry practice. Schedule and coordinate work under this section with that of the electrical work specified under applicable Sections of Division 16. I. Installation of fiber optic cable within control panel and console assemblies. Refer to cable manufacturer's specifications for bend radius. Use cable breakout assembly as recommended by the cable manufacturer. Provide wire basket, strain relief as required to meet manufacturer's strain requirements. J. Provide local electrical shutoffs and disconnects for all 4-wire field instruments requiring 120 VAC power. Electrical disconnects shall be suitably rated disconnect switches or manual motor starters as specified under Division 16. K. Provide sunshades for equipment mounted outdoors in direct sunlight. Sunshades shall include standoffs to allow air circulation around the cabinet. Orient equipment outdoors to face to the North or as required to minimize the impact of glare on �ED, LCD, or other digital readouts. 13300-15 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final L. Loop Tuning - All electronic control stations incorporating PID controllers shall be tuned following device installation but prior to commencement of the field tests. 1. Optimal loop tuning shall be achieved either by auto-tuning software or manually by trial and error, Ziegler-Nichols step-response method, or other documented process tuning method. Assigning common PID factors for identical loops following field tuning of a single typical loop is acceptable. However, tuning documentation shall be submitted for each loop individually as specified in Part 1 of these Specifications. 2. Determine and configure optimal tuning parameters to assure stable, steady state operation of final control elements running under the control of field mounted, dedicated PID controllers or software based PID controllers residing as part of the programmable logic controller system. Each control loop that includes anti-reset windup features shall be adjusted to provide optimum response following startup from an integral action saturation condition. 3. Tune all PID control loops to eliminate excessive oscillating final control elements. Loop parameters shall be adjusted to achieve 1/4 amplitude damping or better. In addition, loop steady state shall be achieved at least as fast as the loop response time associated with critical damping. 4. Loop performance and stability shall be verified in the field following tuning by step changes to setpoint. Submit loop tuning methodology and verification as part of the final system documentation as specified in Part l. 5. For cascade loops, tune both sets of controllers so that the cascade loop achieves the loop tuning characteristics specified herein. 3.2 TESTING - GENERA� REQUIREMENTS A. The PCSS shall coordinate all required testing with the Contractor, all affected Subcontractors, the Engineer, and the Owner. B. The PCSS shall provide assistance to the Greensand Filtration System vendor for testing of field instruments that shall be monitored by the Filter Control System. All field instruments shall be installed, tested and calibrated prior to the start of field testing of the control system. C. The PCSS shall furnish the services of field service technicians, all special calibration and test equipment, and labor to perform the field tests, D, The Engineer reserves the right to test or retest all specified functions, whether or not explicitly stated on the Test Procedures, as required to determine compliance with the functional requirements of the overall system, Such testing required to determine compliance with the specified requirements shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. The Engineer's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and completeness of all testing. 13300-16 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final E, Correction of Deficiencies 1. All deficiencies in workmanship and/or items not meeting specified testing requirements shall be corrected to meet specification requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Testing, as specified herein, shall be repeated after correction of deficiencies is made until the specified requirements are met. This work shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Upon successful completion of the 30-day operation test and subsequent review and approval of complete system final documentation, the system shall be considered substantially complete and the warranty period shall commence, G. Certification of Installation: Following successful completion of the 30-day test, the PCSS shall issue a Certification of Installation. Certification shall be on PCSS corporate letterhead and signed by an officer of the firm. Certification shall state that the process control system has been completed in conformance with plans and specifications. Certification shall be submitted to the Engineer as specified herein, 3.3 TRAINING A. The cost of training programs to be conducted with plant personnel shall be included in the Contract price. The training and instruction shall be directly related to the system being supplied. The PCSS is responsible for training associated with the primary sensors/transducers and field instruments. 1. The Contractor shall retain the services of the system supplier to provide operation and maintenance training for all plant monitoring and control system equipment as specified herein. 2. For equipment items not manufactured by the system supplier, the Contractor shall provide for on-site training by an authorized representative of the equipment manufacturer as part of his services. The representative shall be fully knowledgeable in the operation and maintenance of the equipment. B. On-site Training: On-site (field) training shall be conducted at the plant site and shall provide detailed hands-on instruction to plant personnel covering system debugging, troubleshooting, maintenance procedures, calibration procedures, and system operation. The training shall run at times chosen by the Owner. C. Additional Training; After completion of all training specified above, the Contractor shall provide additional training on subjects selected by the Owner. This training shall be conducted by the individual most familiar with the configuration of this project. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 13300-17 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONA�LY LEFT BLANK 13300-18 City of Redding July 2022 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Draft Final SECTION 13305 I&C - CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section is provided to clarify the control strategies to be used to program the system. B. All SCADA PLC controller programming and Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) graphics and programming shall be provided by the Filter Control System supplier as specified in Section 11540, Greensand Filtration System. C. The PLC and OIT program shall comply with the City of Redding programming standards. The Filter Controi System supplier shall obtain programming standards from the Owner prior to start of program configuration. The control system shall conform to the Owner's requirements including, those listed in Section 13306, Paragraph 3.1.B. D. Application programming and configuration of Existing Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system located at the City of Redding Foothill WTP shall be performed by Owner. Contractor and Filter Control System supplier shall assist the Owner Representative Programmer to test SCADA system with PLC. Filter Control System supplier shall force PLC statuses and setpoints in order for the SCADA programmer to test his application. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System. PART 2 - PRODUCTS �NOT USED�, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERA� A. The control descriptions are broken into a hierarchical layer concept. There may be one layer or multiple layers per loop, depending upon that loop. An example of multiple layered loop is as follows. The lowest layer of control, local control, is at that piece of equipment or that piece of equipment's panel or drive. The second layer of control is at an intermediate control panel between the equipment and the PLC I/O or vendor's I/O. The highest layer of control is by the PLC System and the SCADA system. The PLC control system includes its associated operator interface terminal (OIT) mounted locally on the P�C cabinet. The SCADA system consists of the existing operator workstations and servers for the City of Redding system. The P�C does the actual monitoring and control logic for the process equipment associated with 13305-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final the Well 12 water treatment system. The OIT serves as a local graphical user interface with software that will interface with the PLC logic for monitoring and implementing all operator-required tasks to control the process equipment. B. The P�C system shall be provided with an Ethernet interface to communicate to the plant SCADA system. The SCADA system will receive data from the PLC to monitor and control the Well 12 water treatment system process equipment and instrumentation at the SCADA operator workstations. C. The PLC system described in this section is is the new PLC to be provided for the Well 12 water treatment system and shall be provided by the Filter Control System supplier. Unless otherwise noted, control descriptions apply to the logic program to be provided for the new PLC and its associated OIT. Packaged equipment systems may be provided with their own PLCs that will be programmed and configured by the equipment manufacturer. Interface requirements to packaged system PLCs are described in applicable individual loop descriptions. PLC brand and model, type and program must meet OWNER's standards as described in Specification Section 13311 IC. 3.2 CONTRO� FUNCTION DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL CRITERIA The hardware and/or software functions noted by this paragraph reference are to be implemented by the PLC control system specified herein. A. The following list of ISA abbreviations is typical of those utilized. The description, following the abbreviation, summarize the basic function to be implemented in the PLC software. Not all abbreviations are used for this project. 1. HS: Represent selector switches or pushbuttons, which shall be implemented by keyboard entry. Function shall be similar to their hardware counterparts. Examples are as follows: a. HSD- Hand Switch Auto b. HSR- Hand Switch Reset c. HSB- Stop Command 2. QI: Represents equipment status (i.e., availability, running, in remote, etc.) implemented by a change of color on the operator interface symbol for this equipment. For motor driven equipment such as pumps, blowers, compressors, etc., availability contact represents remote operation and no alarm conditions. Examples are as follows: a. QI-Motor running status b. QA- Motor failure or overload status 3. PAL, AAH, UA, etc.: Represent high or low alarms implemented on the OWS. 4. FIC, PIC, AIC, etc.: Represent PID process controllers implemented in a computer logic algorithm incorporating proportional, integral, and/or derivative modes. Local/remote and manual/auto capabilities shall be provided. 5. FIK, PIK, AIK, etc.: Represent control stations implemented in logic (via keyboard entry and CRT display) to allow downloading of a set point to a FIC, PIC, AIC, etc., and display of the process variable or controller output. 13305-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 6. FI, PI, AI, etc.: Represent digital output display on the operator interface of a process variable in engineering units and/or a dynamic representation of the variable by symbol or graphical means. 7. FIR, PIR, AIR, Represent values stored on the hard disk to provide the data for historical trend graphics of process variables against time (or other selected variables). 8. ZSH, ZSL, ZSO, ZSC etc.: Represent high or low, open or close limit positions implemented on the operator interface B. The hardware and/or software functions noted by this paragraph reference are to be implemented by the PLC control system specified herein. These are general function descriptions and not all functions may be used on this project. C. Any interlocks that are represented, before the local operational descriptions, or are stated as hardwired interlocks, shall interlock all the controls locally and at the local control panel. All hardwired interlocks shall be wired to the P�C. D. Any interlocks that are represented in a particular layer of the operational descriptions, shall interlock all the controls in that layer and the layer after it. However, the interlock shall not interlock the commands in the layer before it. E. The PLC system shall stop a motor or drive in its program if it does not receive the auto or remote status or one of its software interlocks trip. If the drive or motor is in hand or remote it will continue to run but the P�C start/stop output will be open. F. Any motor that is requested to start by an operator or an automatic program shall alarm if the run confirm status for that motor does not activate. The initial programming time delay shall be within five seconds of the request and modified as needed during testing. If a motor stops by an interlock or stops without any operator or PLC intervention then that motor shall go into alarm. Any motors that are stopped by a program or the operator shall not go into an alarm. G. Any valve that is requested to open by an operator or an automatic program shall alarm if the open feedback status for that valve does not activate. The initial programming time delay shall be within ten seconds of the request and modified as needed during testing. Any valve that is requested to close by an operator or an automatic program shall alarm if the close feedback status for that valve does not activate within ten seconds. H. Motors that have an H/O/R shall indicate to the operator that the pump is being run in the "Hand" position. A motor is being run in "Hand" when the "Remote" position is not true and the run confirm status is true. If not in "Remote" the PLC shall open up its output contact to stop (shutdown) the pump from the P�C. I. If a motor stops and the H/O/R switch is not in Remote, the motor shall not be restarted automatically by the PLC system without operator or PLC logic intervention. Thus, the only way that motor when placed back in auto can be started by the PLC system is if the operator reinitiates the start command for that motor on the operator interface or when that motor control at the 13305-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final operator interface is placed in complete automatic mode and the P�C logic requests the motor to run. J. The run status confirmation of all motors shall seal in the control output to the motor once the start command is initiated. The run status confirmation shall be on a five second timer delay in that if the run confirm is not present after five seconds, the contact output to the motor from the P�C shall drop out. Thus, the only way a motor can be restarted after five seconds by the PLC system is if the operator reinitiates the start command for that motor on the operator interface or when that motor control at the operator is placed in complete automatic mode and the PLC logic requests the motor to run. K. Terminology associated with interlocks is as follows: l. When a contact or status is true, the P�C will receive power to its input channel. The PLC registers this as a binary bit of one. 2. When a contact or status is false, the PLC will receive no power (open circuit) to its input channel. The P�C registers this as a binary bit of zero. L. When an analog signal goes outside the 4-20 mA range due to a failure at the instrument or P�C card, the following P�C programming shall take place: 1. If the analog signal is associated with a control loop or ratio control loop that loop shall go into manual. 2. If the analog signal is used in a calculation, that calculation shall use the last good analog signal. The logic shall place the control loop in manual if using the calculation. M. All high analog alarms shall be initially programmed to trip at 90 % of the calibrated range. All low analog alarms shall be initially programmed to trip at 10 % of the calibrated range. Reference equipment specifications for ranges. N. All interlocks that shutdown (Stop a piece of equipment and prevent it from being restarted or moved) shall be shown on the faceplate pop-up graphic for that piece of equipment. O. All alarm interlocks shall be wired failsafe to the discrete input cards and thus shall be programmed as fail-safe. A fail-safe alarm is input that opens when it is in alarm. P. The run confirmation or ON status of all motors and lamps shall be accumulated to get a run time status of the equipment on the operator interface screen. Each run time accumulation shall come with a reset button on the operator interface screen. 13305-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 INDIVIDUA� CONTRO� DESCRIPTIONS AND CONTRO� SEQUENCES Greensand Filter P&ID Sheet: N-1 General: This control description describes automatic operation of the Greensand Filter and its associated equipment including motorized valves and instrumentation. Control sequences for backwash initiation, backwash/surface wash operation and rinse to waste are described herein. Descriptions for chemical systems, backwash recycle and the waste stream are included in subsequent control descriptions. Well Pump: The existing well pump is currently monitored and controlled by the existing Well Control PaneL The Filter Control Panel shall send signals to and receive signals from the Well Control Panel via Ethernet. The Filter Control Panel will control the well pump and chemical feed systems as well as the filtration system. The existing Well Control Panel will be used as a sub-PLC to the new Filter Control PaneL The Well Control Panel will serve to collect and distribute field I/O to the field devices it currently controls and relay that I/O to the Well Control Panel. Well Pump Control logic will be provided by the OWNER to include in the programming of the Filter Control Panel. Greensand Filtration Treatment: �ocal: All automated valves are manually operated at the OIT. Remote: When the well pump is running and not failed, the filter influent and effluent valves shall open. The filter valves shall close when the system is off. Chemical Feed Systems: Sodium hypochlorite and ferric chloride dosing shall be as described in the control description '�Chemical Systems." Backwash Service: Backwash Descri�tion: Backwash initiation, backwash and surface wash operation, and rinse to waste shall be as described in Section 11540. Setpoints that are adjustable by the Operation shall be available on the OIT. Surface Wash Booster Pump: a. �ocal: Switch in Local mode at pump motor starter. Pump starts when manually started at the pump motor starter. b. Remote: Switch in Remote mode at the pump motor starter. Pump is automatically controlled by the Filter Control Panel PLC. The pump starts when called to start by the PLC for backwash/surface wash operation. The pump 13305-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final shall operate on a timer and will stop when the surface wash timer has timed out to indicate the end of the surface wash cycle. Recycle Stream And Solids Disposal: Backwash waste water will be stored in the Backwash Reclaim Tank. Operation of the recycle stream and solids disposal is described in the control description "Backwash Waste Recycle and Solids Disposal". Setpoints: Setpoints such as differential pressure and timers for backwash, surface wash and rinse to waste, shall be made available for Operator input on the OIT as recommended by the Greensand Filtration System supplier. Monitoring and Alarms: P�C I/O and Program Logic: a. Analog Inputs: 1. Differential pressure 2. Backwash wastewater flow 3. Chlorine level 4. Turbidity 5. pH 6. Temperature b. Discrete Inputs (surface wash booster pump): l. Pump running 2. Pump in remote 3. Pump fault c. Calculated: 1. Surface wash booster pump run hours. 2. Finished water flow: Calculated as the raw water flow rate minus the recycle water flow rate. Raw water flow is measured by an existing flowmeter at the well pump and monitored by the Well Control Panel. The Filter Control Panel receives the raw water flow signal via Ethernet. Recycle water flow rate is measured at the discharged of the Backwash Reclaim Pump. d. Monitoring and alarms as described in Section 11540. OIT displa� a. Differential pressure b. Recycle water flow c. Chlorine level d. Turbidity e. pH f. Temperature g. Finished water flow h. Surface wash booster pump Indications and Alarms: Typical for three pumps. 13305-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final l. Pump running 2. Pump in remote 3. Pump fault 4. Pump run hours i. Displays as described in Section 11540 and as recommended by the Greensand Filtration System supplier. 13305-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Backwash Waste Recycle and Solids Disposal P&ID Sheet: N-2 General: Backwash waste water is stored in the Backwash Reclaim Tank. The solids in the waste water will be allowed to settle and the supernatant water will be collected and recycled back to the filtration system by the backwash reclaim pump. Settled solids will be drained to filter roll off containers or by gravity to sewer. Backwash Reclaim Pump: �ocal: Pump is manually started at the OIT. Pump speed is manually adjusted at the OIT. Remote: Switch in Remote mode at the pump VFD. Pump is automatically controlled by the Filter Control Panel PLC. The pump starts when called to start by the P�C after settling timer has timed out. Pump speed shall be adjusted to operate at a user defined flowrate. The pump shall stop when a low level setpoint is reached in the Backwash Reclaim Tank. Solids Disposal: Filter Roll Off Containers: Settled solids will be manually drained to the filter roll off containers. There will be no automatic operation by the PLC. Sewer Disposal: Manual valves will be located at the bottom of the tank for solids disposal to sewer or to the filter roll-off containers. There will be no automatic operation by the PLC. Overall flow to sewer will be measured using a Parshall Flume and level indicating transmitter. Setpoints: Backwash recycle: a. Backwash reclaim pump flowrate b. Backwash tank high level alarm c. Backwash tank low level pump stop d. Backwash tank low level alarm Setpoints such as timers shall be made available for Operator input on the OIT as recommended by the Greensand Filtration System supplier. Monitoring and Alarms: PLC I/O and program logic: a. Analog Inputs: l. Backwash reclaim tank level 2. Backwash tank drain valve position (% open) 3. Recycle water flow 4. Wastewater flow to sanitary sewer 5. Backwash reclaim pump speed b. Backwash Reclaim Pump Discrete Inputs: 1. Pump running 13305-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Pump in remote 3. Pump fault c. Calculated: 1. Backwash reclaim pump run hours. 2. Recycle water total flow 3. Wastewater total flow to sanitary sewer OIT displa� a. Backwash reclaim tank level and alarms b. Recycle water flow and total flow c. Wastewater flow and total flow to sanitary sewer d. Backwash Reclaim Pump: 1. Speed 2. Pump running 3. Pump in remote 4. Pump fault 5. Pump run hours 13305-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Chemical Systems P&ID Sheet: N-4 General: Chlorine solution (CS), made from chlorine gas, and ferric chloride (FeCI) will be added to the influent line to the filter. Chemical dosing is based on the raw water and recycled water flow rates. The chlorine system (existing) consists of 150-Ib cylinders on scales, a gas chlorinator and an injector and a chlorine booster pump. The Ferric Chloride chemical system will consist of a skid with two metering pumps and a control panel. The Filter Control Panel will monitor status and alarms for the chlorine gas system, but that system is otherwise operated manually/locally. The Filter Control Panel shall send signals to and receive signals from the Ferric Chloride pump skid control panel for monitoring and control of chemical feed. Chlorine Feed: Local: Chlorinator set point is set locally at the chlorinator. Chlorine Booster Pump is started locally. Remote: Switch in Remote mode at the Chlorine Booster Pump control panel in MCG12. Chlorine Booster Pump start controlled by P�C and interlocked with Well Pump start with OWNER provided well pump control logic. Ferric Chloride Feed: �ocal: Pump is manually started at the Local Control Panel. Pump speed is manually adjusted at the Local Control Panel. Remote: Switch in Remote mode at the pump control panel. Chemical feed initiated by the PLC when the filtration system is in operation. Chemical dose is flow paced based raw water flow + recycle water flow. Flow setpoint is adjustable at the Local Control Panel. Rapid Mixer: Local: Mixer is manually started at the local hand switch. Remote: Switch in Remote mode at the mixer motor starter. Rapid mixer is initiated by the P�C when the filtration system is in operation. Rapid mixer stops when called to stop by the PLC. Rapid mixer can also be started and stopped from the OIT. Setpoints: Ferric Chloride: a. Flow rate: 8-10 mg/L (adjustable) b. Tank high level alarm c. Tank low level alarm Monitoring and Alarms: PLC I/O and Program Logic: a. Analog Inputs: l. Chlorine Cylinder No. 1 Weight 2. Chlorine Cylinder No. 2 Weight 13305-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. FeCI Tank Level 4. FeCI Pump speed (typical of 2) b. Chlorine Discrete Inputs: 1. Chlorine Booster Pump running 2. Chlorine Booster Pump in remote 3. Chlorine gas alarm 4. Chlorinator Vacuum Low alarm c. FeCI Discrete Inputs: (pump status typical of 2 pumps) l. Pump running 2. Pump in remote 3. Pump fault 4. �eak alarm d. Eyewash/Safety shower flow switch alarm OIT displa� a. Chlorine Cylinder Weight (typical of 2) b. Chlorine Pump Status; 1. Pump run 2. Pump in remote c. FeCI Tank Level and alarms d. FeCI Leak alarm e. FeCI Pumps (typical of 2); l. Pump run 2. Pump in remote 3. Pump fault 4. Pump speed f. Eyewash/Safety shower flow switch alarm 13305-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.4 ADDRESS ASSIGNMENTS A. Process controller address assignments shall be as designated by the Owner. Confirm address and memory range assignments with the Owner prior to developing programming logic. Program structure will utilize symbolic addressing and user defined data types according to Owner standards. B. IP Addresses l. PLC: 10.4J8.3 2. OIT: 10.4.78.4 3.5 PROCESS CONTRO��ER INPUT/OUTPUT (I/O) SCHEDULE A. Process controller I/O schedule itemizes the process controller Local and Remote I/O associated with the hardware provided under this contract. Provide additional I/O signals and hardware as required to furnish a complete and functional system. Process controller I/O schedule is included at the end of this Section. B. If assigned in this I/O list, do not modify the PLC I/O addresses without approval by the Engineer. C. This I/O �ist is included for reference only. The determination of the exact number and type of I/O points shall be the responsibility of the PCSS based on the Drawings, the Specifications, Process Control Loop Descriptions, auxiliary device requirements, and spare requirements. D. Each column of the process controller I/O schedule is defined as follows: 1. TAG NUMBER(S): The identifier assigned to a device that performs a function in the control system. 2. DESCRIPTION: A description of the function of the device and/or loop. 3. I/O TYPE: a. DO - Discrete Output b. DI - Discrete Input c. AO - Analog Output d. AI - Analog Input 4. P&ID - the P&ID or drawing where the I/O point appears on. 13305-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final I/O �ist Well 12 PLC EQUIPMENT TAG# P&ID DESCRIPTION I�� TYPE EW_12_MXR_2130 N-2 Rapid Mixer Running DI EW_12_MXR_2130 N-2 Rapid Mixer Fault DI EW_12_MXR_2130 N-2 Rapid Mixer In Auto Local DI EW_12_MXR_2130 N-2 Rapid Mixer Start Command DO EW_12_MXR_2130 N-2 Rapid Mixer Reset DO DPIT 04110 N-2 Filter Differential Pressure AI EW 12 MOV 04120 N-2 Filter Cel) 1 Recycle Water DI — — — Valve In Auto Local EW_12_MOV_04120 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Recycle Water DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 04120 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Recycle Water DI — — — Valve Closed EW 12 MOV 04120 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Recycle Water DO — — — Valve O en Command Filter Cell 1 Recycle Water EW_12_MOV_04120 N-2 Valve Gosed Command DO EW 12 MOV 06100 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Backwash Waste DI — — — Valve In Auto Local EW_12_MOV_06100 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Backwash Waste DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 06100 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Backwash Waste DI — — — Valve Gosed EW 12 MOV 06100 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Backwash Waste DO — — — Valve O en Command EW 12 MOV 06100 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Backwash Waste DO — — — Valve Closed Command EW 12 MOV 04170 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Surface Wash DI Valve Zn Auto Local; EW_12_MOV_04170 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Surface Wash DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 04170 N-2 Filter Cell 1 Surface Wash DI — — — Valve Closed Filter Cell 1 Surface Wash EW_12_MOV_04170 N-2 Valve O en Command DO EW 12 MOV 04170 N-2 Filter Cel) 1 Surface Wash DO — — — Valve Closed Command EW 12 MOV 04130 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Recycle Water DI — — — Valve In Auto Local EW_12_MOV_04130 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Recycle Water DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 04130 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Recycle Water DI — — — Valve Closed Filter Cell 2 Recycle Water EW_12_MOV_04130 N-2 Valve O en Command DO EW 12 MOV 04130 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Recycle Water DO — — — Valve Closed Command 13305-13 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final EQUIPMENT TAG# P&ID DESCRIPTION I�� TYPE EW 12 MOV 6110 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Backwash Waste DI — — — Valve In Auto Local EW_12_MOV_6110 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Backwash Waste DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 6110 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Backwash Waste DI — — — Valve Closed Filter Cell 2 Backwash Waste EW_12_MOV_6110 N-2 Valve O en Command DO EW 12 MOV 6110 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Backwash Waste DO — — — Valve Closed Command EW 12 MOV 04180 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Surface Wash DI — — — Valve In Auto EW_12_MOV_04180 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Surface Wash DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 04180 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Surface Wash DI — — — Valve Closed EW 12 MOV 04180 N-2 Filter Cell 2 Surface Wash DO — — — Valve O en Command Filter Cell 2 Surface Wash EW_12_MOV_04180 N-2 Valve Closed Command DO EW 12 MOV 04140 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Recycle Water DI — — — Valve In Auto EW_12_MOV_04140 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Recycle Water DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 04140 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Recycle Water DI — — — Valve Closed EW 12 MOV 04140 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Recycle Water DO — — — Valve O en Command EW 12 MOV 04140 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Recycle Water DO — — — Valve Closed Command EW 12 MOV 06120 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Backwash Waste DI — — — Valve In Auto Local EW_12_MOV_06120 N-2 Filter Cel) 3 Backwash Waste DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 06120 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Backwash Waste DI — — — Valve Gosed Filter Cell 3 Backwash Waste EW_12_MOV_06120 N-2 Valve O en Command DO EW 12 MOV 06120 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Backwash Waste DO — — — Valve Closed Command EW 12 MOV 04190 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Surface Wash DI — — — Valve In Auto Local EW_12_MOV_04190 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Surface Wash DI Valve O en EW 12 MOV 04190 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Surface Wash DI — — — Valve Closed Filter Cell 3 Surface Wash EW_12_MOV_04190 N-2 Valve O en Command DO 13305-14 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final EQUIPMENT TAG# P&ID DESCRIPTION I�� TYPE EW 12 MOV 04190 N-2 Filter Cell 3 Surface Wash DO — — — Valve Closed Command EW_12_MOV_06130 N-2 Finished Water Recycle Valve DI In Auto EW_12_MOV_06130 N-2 �nen ed Water Recycle Valve DI EW_12_MOV_06130 N-2 Finished Water Recycle Valve DI Closed EW_12_MOV_06130 N-2 Finished Water Recycle Valve DO O en Command EW 12 MOV 06130 N-2 Finished Water Recycle Valve DO — — — Closed Command EW 12 MOV 05110 N-2 Finished Water Valve In Auto DI EW_12_MOV_05110 N-2 Finished Water Valve Open DI EW 12 MOV 05110 N-2 Finished Water Valve Closed DI EW_12_MOV_05110 N-2 Finished Water Valve Open DO Command EW_12_MOV_05110 N-2 Finished Water Valve Closed DO Command EW 12 FIT 06150 N-3 Backwash Reclaim Water Flow AI EW12-PMP-04160 N-2 Surface Wash Booster Pump DI Runnin Surface Wash Booster Pump EW12-PMP-04160 N-2 Fault DI EW12-PMP-04160 N-2 Surface Wash Booster Pump In DI Auto Local EW12-PMP-04160 N-2 Surface Wash Booster Pump DO Start Command EW12-PMP-04160 N-2 Surface Wash Booster Pump DO Reset AIT 15120 N-2 Finished Water Chlorine AI AIT 15120 N-2 Finished Water pH AZ AIT 15130 N-2 Finished Water Turbidity AI TIT 15110 N-2 Finished Water Temperature AI LIT 06230 N-3 Wastewater Flow to Sanitary AI Sewer LIT 07200 N-4 Ferric Chloride Tank Level AI LSH 07300 N-4 Ferric Chloride Leak Alarm DI EW12_PMP_07210 N-4 FECL Pump No. 1 Running DI EW12_PMP_07210 N-4 FECL Pump No. 1 Fault DI EW12_PMP_07210 N-4 FECL Pump No. 1 In Auto Local DI EW12_PMP_07210 N-4 FECL Pump No. 1 Start DO Command EW12_PMP_07210 N-4 FECL Pump No. 1 Speed AI EW12_PMP_07210 N-4 FECL Pump No. 1 Speed AO Command EW12_PMP_07220 N-4 FECL Pump No. 2 Running DI 13305-15 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final EQUIPMENT TAG# P&ID DESCRIPTION I�� TYPE EW12_PMP_07220 N-4 FECL Pump No. 2 Fault DI EW12_PMP_07220 N-4 FECL Pump No. 2 In Auto Local DI EW12_PMP_07220 N-4 FECL Pump No. 2 Start DO Command EW12_PMP_07220 N-4 FECL Pump No. 2 Speed AI EW12_PMP_07220 N-4 FECL Pump No. 2 Speed AO Command FSH 07310 N-4 Eyewash/Safety Shower Flow DI Alarm LIT 02160 N-3 Backwash Reclaim Tank Level AI EW12_FIT_02170 N-3 Recycle Water Flow AI EW12_PMP_02170 N-3 Backwash Reclaim Pump DI Runnin EW12_PMP_02170 N-3 Backwash Reciaim Pump Fauit DI EW12 PMP 02170 N-3 Backwash Reclaim Pump In DI — — Auto Local EW12_PMP_02170 N-3 gackwash Reclaim Pump Start DO Command EW12_PMP_02170 N-3 Backwash Reclaim Pump Reset DO EW12_PMP_02170 N-3 Backwash Reclaim Pump Speed AI EW12_PMP_02170 N-3 Backwash Reclaim Pump Speed AO Command + + END OF SECTION + + 13305-16 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13306 I&C — APPLICATIONS ENGINEERING SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL l.l SCOPE OF WORK A. This Specification describes applications engineering requirements for the control system to be supplied as part of a package with the Greensand Filtration System specified in Section 11540. The control system will be provided by the Greensand Filtration System supplier. The control system supplier shall perform work as described in this section and applicable portions of Section 11540. B. If referred to anywhere else in the project manual, Application Engineering (AE) or Applications Engineering System Supplier (AESS) services are those services specified in this section. C. Provide all programming, configuration, and related services required to achieve a fully integrated and operational system as specified herein. All equipment shall be controlled in full conformity with the contract drawings, process control descriptions, specifications, engineering data, Owners standards, instructions, and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. Coordinate the control system for proper operation with related equipment and materials furnished by other suppliers under other Sections of these specifications and with related existing equipment. l. Provide configuration of the PLC and Operator Interface Terminal provided for all equipment shown on the drawings, except for controls equipment shown being provided as part of a vendor package system. 2. Provide for and test communications and functionality between all connected devices (such as PLCs) and the HMI software packages, including devices supplied by others, as depicted on the system architecture drawings in order to provide a comprehensive working system of data collection, storage and reporting. 3. Application programming and configuration of the existing Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system and the existing P�C at Well 12 shall be performed by Owner. D. All work shall be coordinated with plant operating personnel to minimize impacts on daily operation. Delays caused for any reason shall be noted and formally submitted to the Engineer and the Owner in the form of a letter. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System. 13306-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.3 SUBMITfALS A. Provide all required submittals in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals. The submittals listed below shall be provided as a minimum. l. System Standards and Conventions 2. Operator Interface 3. Controller Program 4. Software Maintenance documentation 5. Operations and Maintenance Manuals B. System Standards and Conventions Submittal 1. Submit the standards and conventions that will be used on this project. Coordinate with the Owner to ensure compliance with City of Redding Standards. The submittal shall define, at a minimum: a. Graphic display standards, including color conventions, equipment symbols, display format, equipment control pop-up displays, trend displays, and display navigation. Include samples of each proposed type of graphic display (i.e. overview, detail, diagnostic, tabular, etc.) b. System naming conventions, such as graphic displays naming, database naming, tag names, and computer naming. c. System configuration, including network addressing and PLC addressing d. Alarm configuration standards, including priorities and logging e. Security configuration standards, including user groups and privileges f. PLC standard programming modules, including analog input scaling, flow totalization, equipment runtime, motor start/stop, valve open/close, and any other standard logic planned to be used. 2. To facilitate the Owner's future operation and maintenance, the submitted standards and conventions shall be used as the basis for programming and configuration of the system. System programming and configuration shall not begin prior to the System Standards and Conventions Submittal. C. Operator Interface 1. Following the approval of the standards and conventions submittal, submit a draft of all proposed graphic displays, examples of each type of pop-up (faceplate) displays, and examples of trends. For those graphics which will be duplicated more than once for similar type of equipment, submit the graphics for the first equipment only. 2. Following the draft graphics review meeting and prior to the factory test, submit a ready-for testing version of all graphic displays. These graphics should be completely finished other than the incorporation of comments and changes resulting from testing. 3. Submitted graphic displays and trends shall be no less than 8.5 inches by 11 inches and in full color. D. Controller Program Submittal 1. For each controller, submit the following using the controller manufacturer's built in printing functions, Electronic submission of Adobe Portable Document Format ("pdf") files in lieu of paper submittals is acceptable, Review will be for general program organization, level of 13306-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final documentation, and overall programming standards (basic pump and valve control, for example). The review will not attempt to confirm the logic works correctly for every loop. a. P�C programs showing ladder logic, function block, high level language or other controller language used. Include individual rung, network, and/or command descriptions with abundant comments to clearly identify function and intent of each code segment. Each logic segment shall be clearly presented, the function of each timer described, the purpose of each subroutine call labeled and defined, etc. Program documentation shall be sufficiently clear to allow determination of compliance with the process control requirements included in the control descriptions and with the Drawings. The submittal shall demonstrate that all logic provided under this project follows the same structure and format and reflects a common programming approach. b. Submit a memory usage report for the controller. This report shall indicate total memory capacity and unused memory capacity. c. Submit cross reference index of I/0 allocation and controller memory address. Every physical I/0 point as well calculated or virtual I/0 required for the implementation of the process scheme shall be included. 2. Submit details of control system communication. Submit a "memory map" or other means showing which signals are exchanged between PLCs. Also submit a HMI tag database showing all signals exchanged between the PLCs and HMI. Any specific communication block memory addresses shall be defined. E. 0&M Manuals - Software Maintenance Manuals 1. Software Listings and Databases- Submit hard copies of the same information required in the "Controller Program Submittal" except include files updated to reflect the as built system. Include PDF versions of these files in the CD specified below. 2. Machine Readable Documentation - Provide two sets of as built software documentation on CD-ROMs in original electronic format for all PLC and Operator Interface Terminal and any other programs developed under this Contract. Any changes made during or after testing, start-up, and commissioning shall be incorporated. F. 0&M Manuals - Operator Manuals 1. Provide Operator's Manuals prior to final acceptance of the system. 2. These manuals shall be separately bound and shall contain all information necessary for the operator to monitor and control the plant from the control system. The manuals shall be written in non-technical terms and shall be organized for quick access to each detailed description of the operator's procedure. Manuals shall contain, but not be limited to, the following information: a. A comprehensive table of contents of the manual. b. A simple overview of the entire system indicating the function and purpose of each piece of equipment. 13306-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. A detailed description of the operation of the OIT including all appropriate displays. Including a screenshot of each OIT display screen and annotating each function in text is an acceptable format for presenting this information. d. Step-by-step procedures for starting up or shutting down an individual component of the control system and also of the entire system. e. Login / logout procedures. f. Complete, step-by-step procedures for entering manual data. g. Complete, step-by-step procedures for performing system or selected file backup and restoration. h. A complete glossary of terms and definition of acronyms. i. List of personnel to be contacted for warranty and emergency services, including name, address, telephone number, pager or cell phone number, fax number, and email address 1.4 WARRANTY: A. All application work shall be warranted in accordance with Section 01740 B. Provide telephone technical support within 4 hours of warranty claim. If failure cannot be resolved by telephone, provide onsite technical support within 24 hours of warranty claim. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The system specified herein shall perform the generalized functions listed below. Database, reporting, data archiving and HMI functions are part of the SCADA system and will be provided by the Owner. l. The system shall allow the operator to control equipment such as pumps and valves as shown on the Drawings and as defined in Section 13305 control descriptions. 2. Perform real-time process control, including proportional integral derivative control action, sequencing, process calculations, etc. 3. Collect, calculate, and store accurate, reliable operating information for present and future uses, 4. Assist remote site operating personnel by noting and communicating off normal operating conditions and equipment failures. 5. Accumulate and store equipment running times for use in preventative maintenance. 6. Provide color graphic displays and reports for use by the system operating and supervisory personnel. 13306-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 7. Provide trending for all analog values. 8. Provide control system diagnostics. 9. All process control functions including PID, calculations, sequencing, timing, etc., shall be done in the process controller. The HMI software shall perform the real- time database, report generation, graphic screens, program development, set point modification, data archiving, etc. 10. The system shall allow the operator to manually control (by keyboard entry and mouse type pointing device) the status of pumps, valves, etc. (i.e., on off, open close, setpoint value, etc.) when viewing the appropriate graphic screen on the OIT and the HMI, B. The PLC and graphical display programs shall comply with the City of Redding programming standards. The AESS shall obtain programming standards from the Owner prior to start of program configuration. The control system shall conform to the Owner's requirements for configuration and programming, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. PLC system configuration 2. Program language, scaling and organization 3. Program block architecture 4. Address ranges 5. ProfiNet interface configuration 6. Network confirguration 7. IP address assignments 8. Operator interface terminal graphical design 3.2 CONTROLLER PROGRAMS A. All applications programs shall be developed in a structured manner and shall follow an intuitive arrangement so that an instrumentation technician with basic programming knowledge will be able to understand. Programs shall utilize standard program templates or subroutines for repetitive logic such as equipment control, flow total calculations, equipment runtime calculations, Password protected or proprietary programs or blocks are not allowed. B. Make changes to the application programs and software configuration, based on comments during the submittals, the factory tests, the field tests, and during the commissioning process to meet the design intent, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.3 GRAPHIC DISP�AYS - GENERAL A. All displays shall contain and continuously update the displayed process variables, date and time of day. All process values shall be displayed in engineering units. All displays shall incorporate references to instrumentation tag numbers/plant equipment numbers. All process variables shall be displayed on their associated display(s) with correct engineering units. Process variables shall display their associated data quality flags. 13306-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. All operator commands related to controlling field devices or system attributes shall require multiple keystrokes or mouse actions to protect against inadvertent operations. The operator shall receive confirmation of the selected point to be controlled, at which time a cancellation of the control can be affected. C. Process graphic displays, shall be based on the P&ID's, site plan drawings, mechanical drawings and electrical drawings included in these Contract Documents. The graphic displays shall depict process flow streams, process structures, and all major items of process equipment and control devices in a schematic format. D. All main graphical screens shall include a title bar, main graphic area, navigational buttons, and alarm summary bar. Title bar shall be displayed on the top of each screen and include display name, description and time/date. The main graphical area shall contain primary screen data in graphical format. Navigational buttons shall include a minimum of main menu, trends, main alarm summary, and security log in. The alarm summary bar shall display the last three valid alarms on the bottom of each screen. E. Animation shall be provided to mimic level changes in tanks or vessels, and to mimic rotation of rotating equipment when running. Valve colors shall change when opened and closed. F. Unless specifically noted, all timers, setpoints, alarm actuation levels, etc., shall be adjustable from the operator interface. G. The system shall show field conditions with text that can alternate (i.e. OPEN/CLOSE, START/STOP, HIGH/LOW) and change color correspondingly. Field devices that are tri state must be represented in three conditions. H. Conditions in the field designated as alarm conditions shall report to the operator workstation, actuate an audible alarm, and provide a visual blinking image on the associated graphic page. All alarms and events should be displayed on the screen and archived. I. All interlocks that affect equipment operation shall be identified both by alarm and by OIT and HMI indication. J. All analog inputs shall be checked for out of range (via high and low limit checks) and alarmed. K. All process flow streams shall be labeled and color coded using the project color schedule in Division 9. All structures and equipment shall be identified by name and appropriate equipment and loop tags. 13306-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final L. Color coding for equipment status and alarms shall be as follows: l. Green for on or open. 2. Red for off or closed. 3. Active, unacknowledged alarms are indicated by flashing amber. 4. Active, acknowledged alarms are indicated solid amber. M. Automatically record all alarm and events should any of the following sequences or events occur: 1. Date/Time entry 2. Limit changes 3. Any commanded or uncommanded change of any point 4. Alarm conditions 5. P�C activation or deactivation 6. Operator login or logout activity N. There may be additional general programming requirements listed in PART 1 of the Section 13305 control descriptions section that impact the OIT and HMI configuration, 3.4 SPECIFIC GRAPHIC SCREENS A. At a minimum, provide the following types of graphic screen indicated below. 1. Plant Overview screen shall include a site plan representation, indicating the geographic location of each process, and each building. 2, Main menu screen shall be developed to link to all screens and process areas. The screen shall be a complete and logical listing of the names and number of all screens 3. Overall plant process block flow diagram screen shall show all major processes in block form with flow arrows. Each block shall include a text description of key individual treatment processes. Navigational buttons to the individual treatment processes shall be performed by pressing on the text description. 4. Individual treatment process screens shall graphically screen key process variables and equipment. No operator entries shall be done from these screens. Individual process flow screens for each process shall include all process components, including tanks, pumps, blowers, mixers, drives, flow meters, valves, mechanical devices, as well as manual shutoff and isolation valves. These diagrams shall be generally depicted from the P&ID's and there shall be at least 1 screen per P&ID on average. 5. Individual unit process screens depicted from the P&ID's are used for control and screen of each major item of process equipment, process variables, and control devices, including pumps, blowers, valves, gates, mixers, drives etc. Navigational buttons shall consist of the P&ID's flow arrows to other individual unit processes. The unit process screens shall provide the ability for the operator to go to individual equipment popup screens. These diagrams shall be generally depicted from the P&ID's and there shall be at least 2 screens per P&ID on average. 13306-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 6. Popup screens shall be provided for each piece of equipment to start/stop equipment, open / close valves, implement automatic control, adjust set points, establish and adjust tuning parameters, set alarm limits and initiate a sequence. 7. P�C system diagnostic screens, showing the operational status, and fault conditions of all PLC components, including processors, I/0 modules, OIT's, power supplies and UPS units. 8. Communications diagnostic screens, showing the details of network status, communications status of all major components including Operator Work Stations, peripheral devices and network components. 9. Maintenance screens shall screen the raw value for each analog and digital I/0 point in the system. They shall also allow the operators/maintenance personnel to enter an override value for an analog point that is then used by the system instead of the value read from the input card / communications link. 10. Trend screens with the capability to screen up to eight, operator assigned, analog and/or digital process variables. Each analog value will be shown on a trend screen. 11. Main alarm summary screen shall screen the following information on each alarm: Time, tag name, description, alarm type, current value and status. An acknowledge alarm button shall acknowledge all new unacknowledged alarms. The acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms shall be different colors. Acknowledged alarms shall clear automatically after the condition is corrected. All alarms shall have the ability to be disabled and shall include a `disabled' status. 12. Analog variable screens showing a tabular summary of all piant process variables, in operator assigned groupings. 3.5 SECURITY A. The system shall be configured and implemented with security to prevent unauthorized access. The system shall allow authorized changes to system operation through defined user accounts and password verification. B. Coordinate with Owner user account information, including login name and password for each account. C. Security levels of "display only", "operator mode", "supervisor mode", and "engineer mode" shall be available through assignable passwords. On system startup, the "display only" security level shall automatically be entered. In the "display only" mode, information is available to be displayed on the screen but no changes may be made. In the "operator mode", changes may be made to process set points, times, etc.; however, the overall control concepts may not be modified. In the "supervisor mode", all operator functions can be modified and any special reports or critical process set points (data can be modified; however, the overall control concepts may not be modified). in the "engineer mode" level, all user modifiable parameters of the system shall be available for modification. 13306-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.6 A�ARM/EQUIPMENT STATUS REPORTING A. The alarm log shall display all alarms as they occur. The alarm message shall include the time of occurrence, tag name, tag number, and whether it is a low, high, or failure alarm. When the point in alarm returns to normal, the time, point identification number, and return to normal shall be displayed. All reports shall include the plant equipment number of the associated device. B. The equipment status shall be logged whenever a change in status occurs (i.e., start, stop). The equipment status log shall include the time, equipment name, tag number, and the particular change in status. 3J FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST (FAT� A. Prior to shipment of the equipment, the entire system, except primary elements, final control elements, and field-mounted transmitters, shall be interconnected and tested to ensure the system will operate as specified. All analog and discrete input/output points not interconnected at this time shall be simulated to ensure proper operation of all alarms, monitoring devices/functions, and control devices/functions. B. The FAT shall be conducted a minimum of three weeks before the Functional Demonstration Test. The test may be subject to witnessing by the Owner or the Owner's representative, C. All panels, consoles, and assemblies shall be inspected and tested to verify their conformance with related submittals, Specifications, and Drawings. D. Tests to be performed shall include, but not be limited to, the following. Each of these tests shall be specifically addressed in the Test Procedure submittal. l. All panels and enclosures being provided shall undergo a thorough inspection to verify the integrity of the cabinet enclosures, frame structures, paint work and finish, etc. 2. Digital input signals shall be jumpered within the termination connections of the P�C panels and verification of proper alarming, statuses, etc., shall be performed utilizing the tools available in the PLC programming software. 3. Analog input signals shall be connected to a signal generator at the termination connections and signals shall be verified at zero percent, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of full scale. The appropriate scaled value shall be verified utilizing the tools available in the PLC programming software. 4. Digital output signals shall be initiated by the user by writing to the signals utilizing the P�C programming software, Verification shall occur in the PLC panel by connecting a digital multimeter to measure the continuity at the terminations, thus verifying the command from the PLC has properly executed the contact closure. 13306-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 5, Analog output signals shall be initiated by the user by writing to the signals utilizing the PLC programming software, Verification shall occur in the PLC panel by utilizing a digital multimeter to measure the current/voltage generated at the termination points. 6. 100 percent wiring and database address verification of panel components and process controller I/0 as applicable. 7. Demonstrate functionality of the process controls in conformance with the process control loop descriptions. Simulate operating conditions to verify the performance of the monitoring and control functions. 8. Demonstrate graphical user interfaces (hardware and software) for process controllers and local operator panels. 9. Demonstrate all system software functions specified, including clock synchronization. 10. Test system recovery from failure scenarios including cold boot, warm boot, communication loss, power failure, process failure, etc. E. Minimum testing to be performed during the system integration test shall include, but not be limited to, the following: l. Verification of proper scanning, communication, and complete data acquisition of the entire system. 2, Verification of all redundant functionality of components. 3. Verification of proper power failure recovery. 4. Verification of proper indication for communication error issues. 5. A complete I/0 point checkout shall be performed to verify proper operation of each input/output point. The I/0 checkout shall consist of four steps. a. Digital input signals shall be jumpered within the termination connections of the P�C panels and verification of proper alarming, statuses, etc., shall be performed at the OIT. b. Analog input signals shall be connected to a signal generator at the termination connections and signals shall be verified at zero percent, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of full scale. The appropriate scaled value shall be verified at the OIT. Simultaneously, verification of alarming shall occur. The alarming verification shall, at a minimum, include HiHi, Hi, Lo, LoLo, Rate of Change, and Alarm Deadband. c. Digital output signals shall be initiated by the user from the OIT. Verification shall occur within the PLC panel by connecting a digital multimeter to measure the continuity at the terminations, thus verifying the command from the PLC has properly executed the contact closure. d. Analog output signals shall be initiated by the user from the OIT. Verification shall occur in the PLC panel by utilizing a digital multimeter to measure the current/voltage generated at the termination points. F. Upon successful completion of the FAT, the control system supplier shall submit a record copy of the test results to the Owner and Engineer and coordinate the scheduling of Functional Demonstration Test. 13306-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.8 FIE�D TESTING - OPERATIONAL READINESS TEST A. Following installation of the process control system components and prior to startup and the Functional Demonstration Test, the entire system shall be certified (inspected, wired, calibrated, tested, etc., and documented) that it is installed and ready for the ORT as defined below. B. Loop/Component Inspections and Tests: The entire system shall be checked for proper installation, calibrated, and adjusted on a loop-by-loop and component-by-component basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related submittals and these Specifications. C. The Loop/Component Inspections and Tests shall be implemented using Engineer-approved forms and checklists. Each loop shall have a Loop Status Report to organize and track its inspection, adjustment, and calibration. These reports shall include the following information and check-off items with spaces for sign-off by the system supplier: l. Project Name, Test Date, Control System Supplier Name, and Lead Technician Name. 2. Loop Number. 3. Tag Number for each component. 4. Check-offs/sign-offs for each component: Tag/identification; installation; termination (wiring and tubing); scale, range, and setpoint as applicable; and calibration/adjustment (four-point for analog, set point for switches) rising and falling. 5. Check-offs/sign-offs for the loop: Panel interface terminations; I/0 interface terminations; I/0 signal operation; inputs/outputs operational (received/sent, processed, adjusted); total loop operation; process controller scaling and adjustment; and space for comments. 6. Each active Analog Subsystem element and each I/0 module shall have a Component Calibration Sheet. These sheets shall have the following information, spaces for data entry, and a space for sign-off by the control system supplier. a. Project Name. b. Loop Number. c. Component Tag Number of I/0 Module Number. d. Component Code Number Analog System. e. Manufacturer (for Analog system element). f. Model Number/Serial Number (for Analog system). g. Summary of functional requirements shall include, but not be limited to, scale and chart ranges of indicators, recorders, and transmitters/converters; functions of computing elements; and parameters of controllers (i.e., proportional, integral, derivative, reverse/forward acting, etc.). h. Calibrations shall include testing of analog input and output signals at zero, 10, 50, and 100 percent of span. Where appropriate, discrete input signals shall include details regarding actual trip points and reset points, 13306-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Prior to checkout of the I/0 to the HMI, the control system supplier shall thoroughly test all I/0 from the field device to the PLC terminals, and verify the PLC is powered up and the PLC is communicating. After the control system supplier has successfully tested all I/0 from the field devices to the P�C terminals, the control system supplier and the Owner's programmer shall jointly test all I/0 from the HMI to the field device. E. Computer-Manual (i.e., Auto-Manual) start/stop, open/close commands of all devices controlled by the SCADA system shall be verified jointly by the control system supplier and the Owner's programmer during the ORT. F. Upon successful completion of the ORT, the control system supplier shall submit a record copy of the test results to the Owner and Engineer, 3.9 FIELD TESTING — FUNCTIONAL DEMONSTRATION TEST (FDT� A. Prior to startup and the 30-day Site Acceptance Test, the entire installed instrument and control system shall be certified that it is ready for operation, All preliminary testing, inspection, and calibration shall be complete as defined in the ORT. The FDT will be a joint test by the control system supplier and the Owner's programmer, B. Once a process area has been started up and is operating, a witnessed FDT shall be performed on that system to demonstrate that it is operating and is in compliance with these Specifications. A witnessed FDT shall be performed on each process area. Each specified function shall be demonstrated on a paragraph-by-paragraph, loop-by-loop, and site-by-site basis. C. Loop-specific and non-loop-specific tests shall be the same as specified under the FAT, except that the entire installed system shall be tested and all functions demonstrated using live field-based data to the greatest extent possible, D. Updated versions of the documentation specified to be provided for during the factory tests shall be made available to the Engineer at the job site both before and during the tests. In addition, one copy of all 0 & M Manuals shall be available for reference at the job site, both before and during testing. E. During the FDT, a demonstration of communication failure and recovery shall be accomplished. This test shall be scheduled and coordinated with Owner's personnel to minimize the impact on plant operations. F. Following initial startup, the entire process control system shall operate for a continuous 100 hours without failure before this test will be started. G. Punchlist items and resolutions noted during the test shall be documented on the Punchlist/Resolution form. In the event of rejection of any part or function test procedure, the control system supplier shall perform repairs, replacement, and/or retest within 10 days. 13306-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final H. Upon successful completion of the FDT, the control system supplier shall submit a record copy of the test results to the Owner and Engineer and request the scheduling of the SAT as noted in the following section. 3.10 FIELD TESTING - 30-DAY SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT� A. After completion of the Operational Readiness and Functional Demonstration Tests, the system shall undergo a 30-day Site Acceptance Test (SAT), under conditions of full plant process operation, without a single non-field-repairable malfunction, B. During this test, plant operations and control system supplier shall be present as required to address any potential issues that would impact the overall system operation. The control system supplier is expected to provide personnel for this test who have an intimate knowledge of the hardware and software of the system. When personnel are not on-site, the control system supplier shall provide cell phone/pager numbers that Owner personnel can use to ensure that support staff are available by phone and/or on- site within four hours of a request by operations staff. C. While this test is proceeding, the Owner's representative shall have full use of the system. Only plant operating personnel shall be allowed to operate equipment associated with live plant processes. Plant operations shall remain the responsibility of Owner and the decision of plant operators regarding plant operations shall be final. D. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed and corrections made by the control system supplier. The Engineer and/or Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently serious to warrant a repeat of this test, E. Any malfunction during this 30 consecutive day test period which cannot be corrected by the control system supplier within 24 hours of occurrence, or more than two similar failures of any duration, will be considered as a non-field-repairable malfunction. Upon completion of repairs, the SAT will be re-started from the date which the control system supplier successfully corrected the malfunction(s) and the Owner and Engineer have accepted and signed off on the repairs. F. In the event of rejection of any part or function, the control system supplier shall perform repairs or replacement within 10 days, G. All data base, process controller logic, and graphical interface system errors must be functioning as required per the specifications prior to the start of each test period. The 30-day test will not be considered successful until all data base points and logic functions are tested and verified to be correct. H. The total availability of the system shall be greater than 99.5 percent during this test period, Availability shall be defined as: 13306-13 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Availability in percent = 100 * (Total Testing Time - Down Time) /Total Testing Time I. Down times due to power outages or other factors outside the normal protection devices or backup power supplies provided shall not contribute to the availability test times above. J. Throughout the duration of the 30-day SAT, no software or hardware modifications shall be made to the system without prior approval from the Owner and Engineer. 3.11 TRAINING A. Software Maintenance l. Provide training of how to back-up P�Cs, OITs, and any other software in this system. 2. Provide training on all aspects covered in the 0&M Software Maintenance Manuals. 3. Provide training on P�C program structure, OIT configuration structure, tips in how to edit programming code, and other items which will supplement the maintenance staff's ability to edit and maintain the programs. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 13306-14 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13311 PLC HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes Programmable logic controllers for control of process equipment, process oriented machinery, and process systems. The PLC specified in this Section shall be provided by the Greensand Filtration System supplier. The Greensand Filtration System is specified in Section 11540. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System C. Section 13330 Control Panels and Panel Equipment 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 11540. B. Product Data: For each type of PLC include dimensions, mounting arrangements, and weights. Also, include manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical ratings, characteristics, and terminal connections. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide literature detailing routine maintenance requirements (if any) for each P�C component including: 1. System specifications 2. Electrical power requirements 3. Application considerations 4. Assembly and installation procedures 5. Power-up procedures 6. Programming procedures 7. Explanation of internal fault diagnostics 8. Shut down procedures 9. Recommended spare parts list 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D999-91: Vibration 13311-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. (CFR) Title 47, Part 18 (European EN 55011 (formerly CISPR 11)) C. CSA Certification Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D Hazardous or non-hazardous locations D. IEC 60068-2.1 Environmental testing - Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold, 2.2 Environmental testing - Part 2: Tests. Tests B: Dry heat , 2.3, 2.6 Environmental testing - Part 2: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal) and 2.27 Environmental testing. Part 2: Tests. Test Ea and guidance: Shock E. IEC 61000 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Testing and measurement techniques 1. Part 4-2: Electrostatic discharge immunity test 2. Part 4-3: Radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field immunity test 3. Part 4-4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test 4. Part 4-5: Surge immunity test 5. Part 4-6: Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields F. IEC 61131-3: Programmable controllers - Part 3: Programming languages G. IEC 801-3: RFI Immunity H. IEC 801-5: Ground Continuity I. IEC 801-2: Electrostatic Discharge ). IEEE 472-1974/ANSI C37.90/90A-1974 (Surge Withstand) IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus K. MIL STD 461B CS02: RFI/EMI Susceptibility L. NEMA Pub No ICS2-230.42: Showering Arc Test M. NSTA Project 1A N. UL 508 and CSA Standard C22.2 No, 142 (Isolation Voltages) 1.5 QUA�ITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer shall be capable of providing training, parts, and coordination of emergency maintenance and repairs. B. There must be at least 3 firms located within 250 miles of the project site that have local staff actively installing, programming, supporting, and maintaining the submitted PLC for the PLC to be considered as an "or equal" to the listed manufacturers. 13311-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. The programmable controller and all of the corresponding components within the family of controller products shall be manufactured by a company who regularly manufactures and services this type of equipment. D. The manufacturer shall comply with IS090d1 standards for "Quality Systems- Model for Quality Assurance in Design/Development, Production, Installation, and Servicing". E. The manufacturer shall provide complete technical support for all of the products. This shall include factory or on-site training, regional application centers, local or factory technical assistance, and a 24/7/365 technical support phone service. 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HAND�ING A. Deliver PLC components in packaging designed to prevent damage from static electricity and physical damage. B. Store PLC equipment according to manufacturer requirements. At a minimum, store indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect P�Cs from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Also, protect the P�C from all forms of electrical and magnetic energy that could reasonably cause damage. 1.7 NOMENCLATURE AND IDENTIFICATION DEFINITIONS A. AI; Analog Input B. A0: Analog Output C. Fixed I/0: A P�C style consisting of a fixed number of I/0, a processor, and a power supply all in one enclosure. Some fixed PLCs have limited expansion ability. D. CPU: Central Processing Unit E. DI: Discrete Input F. Distributed I/0: Hardware specially designed to function as Remote I/0. G. D0: Discrete Output H. HMI: Human-Machine Interface I. I/0 Input and/or Output ]. Modular: A PLC style consisting of cards that are assembled to comprise a complete unit. All I/0, CPU, and Power Supply are dedicated cards, Typically, these cards are inserted into a chassis. 13311-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final K. Master/Slave: Communication between devices in which one device, the master, controls all communications. The other devices, the slaves, respond only when queried by the master. Typically used in a Remote I/0 application. L. Peer to Peer: Communication between two or more devices, typically P�C's, in which each device can control the communication exchange. M. PID: Control action, proportional plus integral plus derivative. N. PLC: Programmable Logic Controller 0. Remote I/0: I/0 that is located remotely from the processor. Remote I/0 can communicate over a variety of communication protocols and can use standard rack based I/0, or special Remote I/0 hardware referred to as Distributed I/0. P. SCADA: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition 1.8 SPARE PARTS A. Supply spare parts equal to the greater of 25 percent or one field-replaceable system components unless noted otherwise. B. At a minimum, provide the following: l. Processors: Provide spare processor unit(s) for each unique processor installed. 2. Memory Cards: Provide spares for each type of card installed. 3. I/0 Cards: Provide spares for each unique I/0 module type installed. Provide two or 25 percent of installed quantity, whichever is greater. 4. Network interface and communication modules: Provide spare communication modules for each unique communication module installed, 5. PLC Power supplies: Provide spare power supplies for each unique power supply installed. 6. Chassis; Provide spare chassis for each unique chassis installed. 7. Miscellaneous components (including cables): Provide spares for each unique component installed. 8. Manufacturer recommended spares: Supply spare parts equal to at least one set. C. All spare parts shall be packaged to prevent damage during long-term storage. Identified all packages with indelible markings on the exterior describing contents. D. Provided complete ordering information including manufacturer, part number, part name, hardware and software revision levels, and equipment for which the part is to be used. 13311-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.9 SPARE I/0 A. Each I/0 drop and I/0 location shall include at least 20 percent (minimum of four) points of each type (AI, A0, DI, and DO) for future use, regardless of whether any of those point types are used in that drop or location or not. The spares shall be the same type of I/0 modules supplied. B. Spare output points that require the use of an external relay shall be supplied with the external relay, C. Regardless of the spare requirement, all installed unused points on all I/0 modules shall be wired to terminal blocks in the order that they occur on the I/0 modules. Unwired spares shall not be acceptable. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide an extended warranty for manufacturer support of PLC hardware and software problems for a minimum of 12 months starting at substantial completion of the project and include software upgrades to the owner at no additional cost. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide Programmable Logic Controller equipment with the required memory and functional capacity to perform the specified sequence of operation with the scheduled input and output points. B. Processor Systems shall include processor, power supply, input/output modules, communication modules, redundancy modules, and remote interface modules as required to meet system requirements. C. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), CSA, or FM approval as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. D. All equipment and devices furnished hereunder shall be designed for continuous industrial service. The system shall contain products of a single manufacturer, insofar as possible, and shall consist of equipment models that are currently in production. E. All equipment furnished shall be designed and constructed so that in the event of power interruption the systems shall go through an orderly shutdown with no loss of memory, and resume normal operation without manually resetting when power is restored. F. The PLCs shall communicate between the operator workstation and field-mounted transducers, switches, controllers, and process actuators. 13311-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Communications protocol shall be completely transparent to process operators at the Human Machine Interface (HMI). G. The PLC shall be capable of stand-alone operation in the event of failure of the communication link to the HMI subsystem. H. Agency and environmental specifications: 1. Electrical supply voltage to the PLC shall be 24VDC, plus or minus 15 percent, 48-63Hz. PLC system power supplies shall be fused for overload protection. 2. Vibration: 3.5 mm Peak-to-Peak, 5-9 Hz: l.OG, 9-150\Hz. The method of testing is to be based upon IEC 68-2-6 and 7IS C 0911 standards for vibration. The system is to be operational during and after testing. Vibration Rating of 2.OG maximum peak acceleration for 10 to 500Hz. in accordance with at least one of the following: a. Installed rating: DIN rail mounted PLC: 10-57 Hz, amplitude 0.075 mm, acceleration 25-100 Hz, and b. Panel or plate mounted PLC: 2-25 Hz, amplitude 1.6mm, acceleration 25-200 Hz. c. In compliance with IEC 60068 and IEC 61131. 3. Shock: 15G, 11 msec. The method of testing is to be based upon IEC 68-2-27 and JIS C 0912 standards for shock. The system is to be operational during and after testing. 4. Temperature: All PLC hardware shall operate at an ambient temperature of 0 to +55 degrees C (+32 to +140 degrees F), with an storage ambient temperature rating of-25 to +70 degrees C (-40 to +185 degrees F). 5. Relative Humidity: The Programmable Controller hardware shall function continuously in the relative humidity range of 30 percent to 95 percent non- condensing. 6. Noise Immunity: The Programmable Controller system shall be designed and tested to operate in the high electrical noise environment of an industrial plant as governed by the following regulations: IEEE 472, IEC 801, MILSTD 461B, IEC 255- 4, NEMA ICS 2-230.40, and ANSI/IEEE G37.90A-1978. 7. Altitude: a. Operation: 0-6,500 feet b. Storage: 0-9,800 feet 8. Degree of protection: NEMA 1 (IP20) 9. All products shall have corrosion protection. I. All major assemblies and sub-assemblies, circuit boards, and devices shall be identified using permanent labels or markings indicating: a. Modules product type such as analog or digital b. Modules catalog number c. Modules major revision number d. Modules minor revision number e, Module manufacturer vendor f. Module serial number 13311-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final ). All necessary cables shall be included. All cables and connectors shall be as specified by the manufacturer. Cables shall be assembled and installed per the manufacturer recommendations. K. Manufacturer: l. Provide all PLCs from a single manufacturer. If the PLC manufacturer has authorized third party vendors to provide modules that are compatible with their platforms, then products manufactured by these authorized third party vendors will be acceptable. 2. Provide the P�C system by one of the following: a. Allen Bradley CompactLogix L19 b. No equal L. Central Processing Unit (CPU) 1. The CPU shall be, at a minimum, a 16-bit microprocessor that provides system timing and is responsible for scheduling I/0 updates, with no user programming required to ensure discrete or analog update. It shall execute user relay ladder logic programs, communicate with intelligent I/0 modules, and perform on-line diagnostics. The CPU shall consist of a single module which solves application logic, stores the application program, stores numerical values related to the application processes and logic, and interfaces to the I/0. 2. The CPU shall sample all the discrete and analog inputs and outputs including internal coils and registers, and service special function modules every scan. The CPU shall process the I/0 with user program(s) stored in memory, then control the outputs based on the results of the logic operation. 3. Supply the CPU with a battery-backed time of day clock and calendar. 4. The CPU family shall allow for user program transportability from one CPU model to another. M. Diagnostics 1. The CPU shall perform on-line diagnostics that monitor the internal operation of the PLC. If a failure is detected, the CPU shall initiate system shutdown and fail- over. The following, at a minimum, shall be monitored: Memory failure, memory battery low, and general fault, communications port failure, scan time over run, I/0 failure, and analog or special function I/0 module failure. 2. All diagnostic information shall be accessible to the host communications interfaces and to the P�C program. 3. The PLC shall have indicators and on board status area to indicate the following conditions: a. CPU run b. CPU error or fault c. I/0 failure or configuration fault. d, Battery good e. Communications indicator 13311-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final N. Memory 1. The user program and data shall be contained in non-volatile battery backed memory. 2. Type: CMOS RAM program memory. 3. Memory Backup: lithium battery backup or Flash memory system capable of retaining all memory for a minimum of three months. 4. Backup Battery: The backup battery shall be capable of being replaced without disrupting memory integrity. Provide a visual indication of low battery voltage and a low battery alarm contact. 5. Flash Memory: Upon power loss, the PLC shall transfer internal memory to flash memory before the PLC powers down. 6. The operator should be able to backup volatile memory, including data and program logic onto a personal computer storage disk. 7. The operating system shall be contained in non-volatile firmware. The memory containing the operating system shall be field updateable via a separate update tool. 0. Programming Environment 1. Programming port: The PLC shall utilize a serial USB or Ethernet port for programming. 2. On-�ine programming: Application programs may be modified or stored while the CPU is running, with minimal impact on the scan time. 3. Online programming including runtime editing 4. IEC 61131-3 programming languages supported: �adder logic, function block, sequential function chart, and structure text. 5. Supply all hardware and software necessary to program the CPU in these languages. P. Communication Ports 1. The CPU shall be expandable and supplied with additional modules to support the required communication interfaces. 2.2 POWER SUPPLIES A. The PLC shall have chassis mounted power supplies to power the chassis backplane, and provide power for the processor and applicable modules. B. Power supplies shall have a clearly visible LED to indicate that the incoming power is acceptable and the output voltage is present. C. Power supplies shall feature over-current and over-voltage protection and should be designed to operate in most industrial environments without the need for isolation transformers. D. Power supplies shall be sized to accommodate the anticipated load plus 30%. E. DC power supplies shall be capable of handling ripple up to 2.4V peak to peak. 13311-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Automatically shut down the Programmable Controller system whenever its output power is detected as exceeding 125% of its rated power G. Redundant power supplies will comply with all the requirements of non-redundant power supplies in addition to the features stated below. 1. The redundant power supplies shall be designed to share the current required by the chassis. In the event of a failure of one redundant power supply, the remaining supply will accommodate the entire load of the chassis without disruption to the chassis activity. 2. Provide a failsafe fuse that is not accessible by the customer 3. Provide a solid state relay connection to allow for failure annunciation when wired to an input module 4. Diagnostic �ED status indicators for Power and redundancy 2,3 CHASSIS A. Medium and large P�C models shall be chassis based. B. All system and signal power to the CPU and support modules shall be distributed on the backplane. No interconnecting wiring between these modules via plug-terminated jumpers shall be acceptable. C. All system modules, main and expansion chassis shall be designed to provide for free air flow convection cooling. No internal fans or other means of cooling, except heat sinks, shall be permitted. D. Modules shall be designed to plug into a chassis and to be keyed to allow installation in only one direction. The design must prohibit upside down insertion of the modules as well as safeguard against the insertion of a module into the wrong slot or chassis via an electronic method for identifying a module. Electronic keying shall perform an electronic check to insure that the physical module is consistent with what was configured. 2.4 DISCRETE INPUT AND OUTPUT MODULES A. General 1. Digital input and output modules shall provide ON/OFF detection and actuation. 2. The I/0 count and type shall be as required to implement the functions specified plus an allowance for active spares, as noted below. 3. Modules shall be designed to be installed or removed while chassis power is applied. 4. Modules shall have indicators to display the status of communication, module health and input/ output devices, 5. Each module shall have the following status indicators. a. The On/Off state of the field device. b. The module's communication status. 6. I/0 modules shall contain a maximum of 16 points per module. 13311-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Discrete Input Module Specifications 1. Nominal Input Voltage of 24VDC 2. On-State Current of 15mA @132V ac, 47-63Hz maximum 3. Maximum Off-State Voltage of 20V 4. Maximum Off-State Current of 2.5mA C. Discrete Output Module Specification 1. Each relay output module shall have an associated interposing relay located in the same control panel. 120 VAC power for relay outputs shall be provided from the associated motor starter control circuit (when used with motor starters) or other 120 VAC source (when I/0 is not associated with a particular motor starter). 2. Output Voltage Range of 74-265V ac, 47-63Hz 3. Output Current Rating: a. Per Point - 2A maximum @ 30 degrees C; 1.OA maximum @ 60 degrees C; Linear Derating b. Per Module - 5A maximum @ 30 degrees C; 4A maximum @ 60 degrees C; Linear Derating 4. Surge Current Per Point of 20A for 43ms each, repeatable every 2s @ 60 degrees C 5. Minimum Load Current of 10mA per point 6. Maximum On-State Voltage Drop of 1.5V peak @2.OA and 6V peak @load less than 50mA 7. Maximum Off-State Leakage of 3mA per point D. Module Specifications (Contact Output Module) 1. Output Voltage Range of 10-265V ac, 47-63Hz 2. Output Current Rating: a. Resistive - 2A @ 125V ac b. Inductive - 2A Steady State, 15A make @125V ac 3. Power Rating (Steady State) of 250VA maximum for 125V ac inductive output 4. Maximum Off-State Leakage of 0 mA per point 5. Configurable States a. Fault Per Point - Hold Last State, ON or OFF b, Program Mode Per Point - Hold Last State, ON or OFF 2.5 ANALOG INPUT AND OUTPUT MODULES A. General 1. Analog input modules shall convert an analog signal that is connected to the module's screw terminals into a digital value. The digital value representing the magnitude of the analog signal shall be transmitted on the backplane. Analog output modules shall convert a digital value that is delivered to the module via the backplane into an analog signal on the module's screw terminals. 13311-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Modules shall be designed to be installed or removed while chassis power is applied. 3. Modules shall have indicators to display the status of communication, module health and input/ output devices. 4. Each analog module shall provide both hardware and software indication when a module fault has occurred. Each module shall have an LED fault indicator and the programming software shall display the fault information. 5. Analog modules shall be software configurable through the I/0 configuration portion of the programming software. 6. The following status shall be capable of being examined in ladder logic a. Module Fault Word - Provides fault summary reporting. b. Channel Fault Word - Provides under-range, over-range and communications fault reporting. c. Channel Status Words - Provides individual channel under-range and over- range fault reporting for process alarm, rate alarms and calibration faults. 7. The 24 VDC power for analog instrument loops shall be provided as a part of the system. The 24 VDC power supply shall be derived from the 120 VAC input power circuit to the PLC. The field side of the 24 VDC power sources(s) shall have individual or grouped (of logically associated circuits) fusing and be provided with a readily visible, labeled blown fuse indicator. B. Isolated Analog Input Module 1. Input Range of 4-20 mA HART 2. Resolution of approximately 32 bits across range 3. Input Impedance of Greater than 249 Ohms 4. Overvoltage Protection: 8V ac/dc with on-board current resistor 5. Normal Mode Rejection of 60dB at 60Hz 6. Common Mode Noise Rejection of 120dB at 60Hz, 100dB at 50Hz 7. Isolation Voltage a. Channel to Channel - 100% tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac b. User to System - 100% tested at 1700V dc for is based on 250V ac C. Isolated Analog Output Current Module 1. Output Current Range of 4 to 20 mA 2. Current Resolution of 12 bits across 20 mA 3. Open Circuit Detection - None 4. Output Overvoltage Protection - 24V ac/dc maximum 5. Output Short Circuit Protection - 20 mA or less (electronically limited) 6. Calibration Accuracy - Better than 0.1% of range from 4mA to 20 mA 7. Calibration Interval - 12 months typical 2.6 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES A. The PLC will be capable of all necessary communication protocols as shown on the drawings. 13311-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. When required provide a Communications Interface Module mounted in the chassis or the equivalent port directly on the CPU. 2J PLC SOFfWARE A. The control system supplier shall provide a P�C configuration and application development software package complete with documentation and disks. The PLC software package and associated licensing and/or activation shall be installed on the computers shown on the drawings. B. The software package shall allow on-line/off-line program development, annotation, monitoring, debugging, uploading, and downloading of programs to the PLCs. C. All required hardware (including cables, cable adapters, etc.) for connection to PLCs shall be furnished. D. All software licenses required to achieve the functionality described in the Specifications shall be provided. E. The software package shall include a software license agreement allowing the Owner the right to use the software as required for any current or future modification, documentation, or development of the PLCs furnished for this project. F. The software provided shall be capable of the following IEC 61131-3 functions: 1. Ladder logic. 2. Function block. 3. Sequential function chart. 4. Structure text. G. In addition to the above editors, an add-on instruction editor shall work with any of the above-mentioned editors to create custom reusable function blocks. This software shall allow any of the derived function blocks to be modified on-line. H. The software shall be Microsoft Windows-based and run on the supplied computers. I. The software shall include a security feature to prevent unauthorized personnel from modifying and downloading the programs. ]. Provide an I/0 simulator which allows the PLC application load program to be tested on a PC with simulated analog and digital inputs and outputs, allowing I/0 testing and debugging to be performed in a safe, isolated environment without the need for running the PLC CPU and process I/0 boards, 13311-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.8 OPERATOR INTERFACE TERMINALS (OIT� A. OITs shall be mounted on control panels and shall run interface software as specified herein. B. Manufacturers 1. Provide operator interface terminals (OIT) as follows: a. Allen Bradley PanelView 5310 b, No equal C. Software 1. The Operator Interface Terminal shall be packaged with configuration and programming software; this software includes one of the following: a. Proficy Machine Edition View b. or equal 2. The integrated OIT software shall have the following features a. Trending b. Data Logging c. Alarms d. Graphic Symbols e, Animation D. I/0 Ports and Devices 1. The OIT shall have a minimum of one Ethernet 10/100 Mbps for connectivity or programming. 2. Communication expansion modules shall be available for the selected OIT: 3. Compact flash ports shall be Type 2. 4. The OIT shall have a minimum of one USB port. E. Display 1. The OIT display size be a minimum of 12.1". 2. The type of display for the OIT shall Color Active Matrix TFT. 3. Display shall support touch screen input. F. Environmental 1. Rating: OIT shall be rated to maintain the rating of the control panel it will be mounted in. 2. Temperature: Operating temperature range of the OIT shall range 0-50 degrees C. 2.9 INDUSTRIAL ETHERNET SWITCH A. General 1. Provide industrial Ethernet switch for connection to the control network backbone as shown in the Drawings and specified herein. B. Physical Features 1. Copper ports: 4 - 10/100 TX RJ45 ports, minimum 2. Operating temperature: 32 to 130 degrees f 13311-13 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Power: 24 VDC 4. Enclosure: Metal case, DIN-rail mountable 5. Rating: UL Class 1, Division 2 Groups A, B, C, and D C. Network Features 1. Auto sensing duplex and speed 2. LED link/activity status indication D. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Phoenix contact 2. N-Tron 3. SixNet 4. Or equal 2.10 DATA INTERFACE MODULE A. General 1. Provide data interface module with protocol conversion for data collection from the variable frequency drives specified in Section 16269 via Ethernet communications. B. Physical Features 1. Communications ports: a. USB/PG port: Adheres to USP specification 1.1. b. Serial ports: Programmable up to 115,200 baud c. RS232/PG port: RS232 via RJ 12 d, Comms ports; RS422/485 port via RJ45 and RS232 port via RJ12 e. Ethernet port: 10 BASE-T/ 100 BASE-TX, R]45 2. LEDs : Status, Transmit/Receive, Ethernet activity, CompactFlash activity 3. Operating temperature: 32 to 130 degrees 4. Power: 24 VDC 5. Enclosure: High impact plastic and stainless stewl, DIN-rail mountable 6. Rating: UL Class 1, Division 2 Groups A, B, C, and D C. Memory 1. Onboard user memory: 4MB non-volatile Flash memory 2. SDRAM: 2 MB minimum 3. Memory card: CompactFlash Type II slot for Type I and Type II cards. D. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Red Lion Model DSP Data Station Plus 2. No equal 13311-14 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Maintain area free of dirt and dust during and after installation of programmable controller products. B. Anchor PLCs within enclosures as recommended by the PLC manufacturer. C. Ventilation slots shall not be blocked, or obstructed by any means. D. Examine areas, surfaces, and substrates to receive PLCs for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. E. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Unload, unpack and transport equipment to prevent damage or loss. G. Replace damaged components as directed by Engineer. 3.2 PANEL LAYOUT A. Coordinate size and configuration of enclosure to meet project requirements. Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for P�Cs, minimum clearances between PLCs, and adjacent surfaces and other items. B. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions and clearances, or with PLC vendors required distances if they are greater then the distances indicated, 1. Provide spacing around PLC as required by the PLC manufacturer to insure adequate cooling. Insure that the air surrounding the P�C has been conditioned to maintain the required temperature and humidity range. 2. Wires entering and exiting PLC components shall be sized to comply with the PLC manufacturers requirements. Doors on all components shall be able to be fully closed when all the wires are installed. 3. For chassis mounted PLCs, no wiring, wire ducts, or other devices shall obstruct the removal of cards from the rack. 4. PLC lights, keys, communication ports, and memory card slots shall be accessible at all times. Lights shall be visible at all times when enclosure door is opened. C. Control panel designer shall provide independent line fuses or circuit breakers, per the PLC manufacturer recommendation, for each power supply, input module, output module, and other modules with separately derived power requirements. 13311-15 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Control panel designer shall insure that communication signals, 4-20mA signals (including those with embedded HART), are properly conditioned for the PLC and protected from all sources of radiated energy or harmonics. E. Each PLC (including all I/0) shall be powered from the UPS power conditioning system in Section 13330. F. Where multiple mechanical components are provided for process redundancy, their field connections to I/0 modules shall be arranged such that the failure of a single module will not disable all mechanical components associated with the process redundancy (e.g., inputs and outputs for redundancy device 1 shall reside on different modules than the inputs and outputs for redundancy device 2, etc.), irrespective of the number of used points resulting from this configuration. G. Provide all required cables, cords, and connective devices for interface with other control system components. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 13311-16 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13330 CONTROL PANELS AND PANEL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes control panel enclosure and panel mounted equipment. The control panel specified in this Section shall be provided by the Greensand Filtration System supplier. The Greensand Filtration System is specified in Section 11540. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System B. Section 13311 PLC Hardware and Software 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 11540. 1.4 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Not used. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 11540. 1.7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A, Refer to Section 11540. 1.8 NOMENCLATURE AND IDENTIFICATION A. Refer to Section 13311. 13330-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTROL PANEL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The dimensions on the Contract Drawings are for general reference only. Ensure that final enclosure sizing and panel arrangements accommodate all required equipment for a fully integrated and operational system as specified herein and in the Contract Documents. B. Each control panel shall bear the UL label. The UL label shall apply to the enclosure, the specific equipment supplied with the enclosure, and the installation and wiring of the equipment within and on the enclosure. If required for UL labeling, provide ground fault protective devices, isolation transformers, fuses and any other equipment necessary to achieve compliance with UL 508 requirement. The Drawings do not detail all UL 508 requirements. C. All panel doors shall have a lock installed in the door handle, or a hasp and staple for padlocking. Locks for all panels provided under this Contract shall be keyed alike and keyed according to the Owner's direction. D. The devices designated for rear-of-panel mounting shall be arranged within the panel in a manner to allow for ease of maintenance and adjustment. Heat generating devices such as power supplies shall be located at or near the top of the panel. E. The panels shall be completely fabricated, instruments and devices installed and wired at the control system supplier's facility. F. All components shall be mounted in a manner that shall permit servicing, adjustment, testing, and removal without disconnecting, moving, or removing any other component. Components mounted on the inside of panels shall be mounted on removable plates and not directly to the enclosure. Mounting shall be rigid and stable unless shock mounting is required otherwise by the manufacturer to protect equipment from vibration. Component mounting shall be oriented in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. The internal components shall be identified with suitable plastic or metal engraved nametags mounted adjacent to (not on) each component identifying the component in accordance with the drawing, specifications, and control system supplier's data. G. All exterior panel mounted equipment shall be installed with suitable gaskets, faceplates, etc. required to maintain the NEMA rating of the panel. H. Nameplates 1. All panels and panel devices shall be supplied with suitable nameplates, which identify the panel and individual devices as required. 2. Unless escutcheon plates are specified or unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, nameplates shall be 3/32-inch thick, black and white, Lamicoid 13330-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final with engraved inscriptions. Edges of the nameplates shall be beveled and smooth. Nameplates with chipped or rough edges will not be acceptable. 3. Nameplate fasteners and mounting shall be epoxy adhesive or stainless steel screws for cabinet mounted nameplates 4. For every panel, provide a panel nameplate with a minimum of 1" high letters. Provide legend plates or 1-in by 3-in engraved nameplates with i/4- in lettering for identification of door mounted control devices, pilot lights, and meters. I. Mounting Elevations 1. ISA Recommended Practice RP60.3 shall be used as a guide in layout and arrangement of panels and panel mounted components. Dimensions shall account for all housekeeping pads that panels will sit on once they are installed. 2. Installation of panel components shall conform to component manufacturers' guidelines. 2.2 PANEL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Structure and Enclosure 1. Panels shall be of continuous welded-steel or FRP construction as shown on the Panel Schedule. Provide angle stiffeners as required on the back of the panel face to prevent panel deflection under instrument loading or operation. Internally the panels shall be supplied with a structural framework for instrument support purposes and panel bracing. The internal framework shall permit panel lifting without racking or distortion. Provide removable lifting rings designed to facilitate simple, safe rigging, and lifting of the control panels during installation. 2. Each panel shall be provided with full height, fully gasketed access doors where shown. Doors shall be provided with a three-point stainless steel latch (except for NEMA 4X panels) and heavy duty stainless steel locking handle. Rear access doors (if included) shall be conveniently arranged and sized such that they extend no further than 24-inches beyond the panel when opened to the 90-degree position. Front and side access doors shall be as shown. Panel access doors shall be provided with full length, continuous, piano type stainless steel hinges with stainless steel pins. Front access doors with mounted instruments or control devices shall be of sufficient width to permit door opening without interference from flush mounted instruments. 3. The panels, including component parts, shall be free from sharp edges and welding flaws. Wiring shall be free from kinks and sharp bends and shall be routed for easy access to other components for maintenance and inspection purposes. 4. The panel shall be suitable for top and bottom conduit entry as required by the Electrical Drawings. For top mounted conduit entry, the panel top shall be provided with nominal one-foot square removable access plates, which may be drilled to accommodate conduit and cable penetrations. All conduit and cable penetrations shall be provided with ground bushings, hubs, 13330-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final gasketed locknuts, and other accessories as required to maintain the NEMA rating of the panel and electrical rating of the conduit system. 5. All panels in indoor, dry, non-corrosive environments shall be NEMA 12 unless otherwise noted. All panels in outdoor, wet, and non-chemically corrosive environments shall be NEMA 4 unless otherwise noted. Panels in chemically corrosive environments shall be NEMA 4X unless otherwise noted. B. Freestanding and Floor-Mounted Vertical Panels 1. Freestanding and floor-mounted vertical panels shall meet the NEMA classification as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The panels shall be constructed of 12 gauge sheet steel, suitably braced internally for structural rigidity and strength. All NEMA 4X rated panels shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel, unless FRP is specifically indicated to be provided. Front panels or panels containing instruments shall be not less than 10 gauge stretcher leveled sheet steel, reinforced to prevent warping or distortion. C. Wall and Unistrut Mounted Panels 1. All wall and Unistrut mounted panels shall meet the NEMA classification as shown on the drawings or specified herein. The panels shall be constructed of not less than USS 14 gauge steel, suitably braced internally for structural rigidity and strength. All NEMA 4X rated wall mounted panels shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel, unless FRP is specifically indicated. FRP panels shall be used in chiorine areas. All FRP panels located in direct sunlight shall be provided with a protective coating and sun shield to prevent discoloration and cracking. D. Finish Requirements 1. All sections shall be descaled, degreased, filled, ground and finished. The enclosure when fabricated of steel shall be finished with two rust resistant phosphate prime coats and two coats of enamel, polyurethane, or lacquer finish which shall be applied by either the hot air spray or conventional cold spray methods. Brushed anodized aluminum, stainless steel, and FRP panels will not require a paint finish. 2. The panels shall have edges ground smooth and shall be sandblasted and then cleaned with a solvent. Surface voids shall be filled and ground smooth. 3. Immediately after cleaning, one coat of a rust-inhibiting primer shall be applied inside and outside, followed by an exterior intermediate and top coat of a two-component type epoxy enamel. A final sanding shall be applied to the intermediate exterior coat before top coating. 4. Apply a minimum of two coats of flat white lacquer on the panel interior after priming. 5. Unless otherwise noted, the finish exterior colors shall be ANSI 61 gray with a textured finish. 13330-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Print storage pockets shall be provided on the inside of each panel. The storage pockets shall be steel, welded on to the door, and finished to match the interior panel color. The storage pocket shall be sufficient to hold all of the prints required to service the equipment, and to accommodate 8.5 inch by 11 inch documents without folding. 2.3 ENVIRONMENTA� CONTRO� A. All panels shall be provided with louvers, sun shields, heat sinks, forced air ventilation, or air conditioning units as required to prevent temperature buildup inside of panel. The internal temperature of all panels shall be regulated to a range of 45 Deg F to 104 Deg F under all conditions. Under no circumstances shall the panel cooling or heating equipment compromise the NEMA rating of the panel. B. Control system supplier shall submit heat dissipation calculations for every control panel. C. Except for panels mounted with their backs directly adjacent to a wall, louvers shall be in the rear of the panels, top and bottom, and shall be stamped sheet metal construction. D. For panels mounted with their backs directly adjacent to a wall, louvers shall be on the sides. E. Forced air ventilation fans, where used, shall provide a positive internal pressure within the panel, and shall be provided with washable or replaceable filters. Fan motors shall operate on 120-volt, 60-Hz power. F. For panels with internal heat that cannot be adequately dissipated with natural convection and heat sinks, or forced air ventilation, an air conditioner shall be provided. G. All outdoor enclosures and enclosures located in unheated areas indoors or in areas subject to humidity and moisture shall be provided with an integral heater, fan, and adjustable thermostat to reduce condensation and maintain the minimum internal panel temperature. Mount the unit near the bottom of the enclosure with discharge away from heat-sensitive equipment. 2.4 CORROSION CONTROL A. Panels shall be protected from internal corrosion by the use of corrosion-inhibiting vapor capsules as manufactured by Northern Technologies International Corporation, Model Zerust VC ; Hoffman Model AHCI; or equal. 2.5 CONTROL PANEL - INTERNAL CONSTRUCTION A. Internal Electrical Wiring 13330-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. All interconnecting wiring shall be stranded, type MTW, and shall have 600 volt insulation and be rated for not less than 90 degrees Celsius. Wiring for systems operating at voltages in excess of 120 VAC shall be segregated from other panel wiring either in a separate section of a multi-section panel or behind a removable Plexiglas or similar dielectric barrier. Panel layout shall be developed such that technicians shall have complete access to 120 VAC and lower voltage wiring systems without direct exposure to higher voltages. 2. Power distribution wiring on the line side of fuses or breakers shall be 12 AWG minimum. Control wiring on the secondary side of fuses shall be 16 AWG minimum. Electronic analog circuits shall utilize 18 AWG shielded, twisted pair, cable insulated for not less than 600 volts. 3. Power and low voltage DC wiring systems shall be routed in separate wireways. Crossing of different system wires shall be at right angles. Different system wires routed parallel to each other shall be separated by at least 6-inches. Different wiring systems shall terminate on separate terminal blocks. Wiring troughs shall not be filled to more than 60 percent visible fill. 4. Terminations a. All wiring shall terminate onto single tier terminal blocks, where each terminal is uniquely and sequentially numbered. Direct wiring between field equipment and panel components is not acceptable. b. Multi-levei terminal blocks or strips are not acceptable. c. Terminal blocks shall be arranged in vertical rows and separated into groups (power, AC control, DC signal). Each group of terminal blocks shall have a minimum of 25 percent spares. d. Terminal blocks shall be the compression type, fusevd, unfused, or switched as shown on the Contract Drawings or specified elsewhere in Division 13. e. Discrete inputs and outputs (DI and DO) shall have two terminals per point with adjacent terminal assignments. All active and spare PLC and controller points shall be wired to terminal blocks. f. Analog inputs and outputs (AI and AO) shall have three terminals per shielded pair connection with adjacent terminal assignments for each point. The third terminal is for shielded ground connection for cable pairs. Ground the shielded signal cable at the PLC cabinet. All active and spare P�C and controller points shall be wired to terminal blocks. g. Wire and tube markers shall be the sleeve type with heat impressed letters and numbers. h. Only one side of a terminal block row shall be used for internal wiring. The field wiring side of the terminal shall not be within 6-inches of the side panel or adjacent terminal or within 8-inches of the bottom of free standing panels, or within 3-inches of stanchion mounted panels, or 3- inches of adjacent wireway. i. Circuit power from the control panel out to field devices (switches, dry contacts etc.) that are used as discrete inputs to the P�C input cards shall be isolated with an isolating switch terminal block with flip cover that is supplied with a dummy fuse. One isolating switch terminal block 13330-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final per loop numbered piece of equipment and one per spare I/O point is acceptable. j. All PLC discrete outputs to the field shall be isolated with an isolating fuse switch terminal block with a flip cover and a neon blown fuse indicator. 5. All wiring to hand switches and other devices, which are live circuits independent of the panel's normal circuit breaker protection, shall be clearly identified as such. 6. All wiring shall be clearly tagged and color coded. All tag numbers and color coding shall correspond to the panel wiring diagrams and loop drawings prepared by the PCSS. All power wiring, control wiring, grounding, and DC wiring shall utilize different color insulation for each wiring system used. The color coding scheme shall be: a. Incoming 120 VAC Hot - Black b. 120 VAC Hot wiring downstream of panel circuit breaker - Red c. 120 VAC Hot wiring derived from a UPS system - Red with Black stripe d. Three phase power - Brown, Orange, Yellow, and Green ground or as specified in Division 16. e. 120 VAC neutral - White f. Ground - Green g. DC power or control wiring - Brown (+), Blue (-) h. DC analog signal wiring - White (+), Black (-) i. Foreign voltage - Yellow 7. Provide surge protectors on all incoming power supply lines at each panel. 8. Each field instrument furnished under Division 13 and shown on the Drawings as deriving input power from the control panel(s) shall have a separate power distribution circuit with a circuit breaker or fuse and blown fuse indication. All instruments requiring 120VAC power shall be powered from the UPS source in the panel where the instrument signals lands. 9. Provide 24 VDC power supplies to power field instruments and panel devices. Twenty-four VDC power supplies shall be as specified in this Section. 10. Wiring trough for supporting internal wiring shall be plastic type with snap- on covers. The side walls shall be open top type to permit wire changing without disconnecting. Trough shall be supported to the subpanel by stainless steel screws. Trough shall not be bonded to the panel with glue or adhesives. 11. Each panel shall have an LED light fixture, 20 Watt in size, mounted internally to the ceiling of the panel. Light fixture shall be switched and shall be complete with the lamp. 12. Each panel shall have a specification grade duplex convenience receptacle with ground fault interrupter, mounted internally within a stamped steel device box with appropriate cover. Convenience receptacle shall not be powered from a UPS and shall be protected by a dedicated fuse or circuit breaker. 13. Each panel shall be provided with an isolated copper grounding bus for all signal and shield ground connections. Shield grounding shall be in accordance with the instrumentation manufacturer's recommendations. 13330-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 14. Each panel shall be provided with a separate copper power grounding bus (safety) in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. 15. Each panel shall have control, signal, and communication line surge suppression. 16.All microprocessor-based electronic devices in the panel that are powered by 120VAC shall be powered by the UPS (refer to appropriate Section in Division 13). 17. Each panel shall be provided with a circuit breaker to interrupt incoming power. Provide a minimum of two (2) spare 20-amp breakers. 18.Additional electrical components including transformers, motor starters, switches, circuit breakers, etc. shall be in compliance with the requirements of Division 16. B. Relays required for properly completing the control function specified in Division 13 or shown on the Drawings shall be provided under this Section. C. The orientation of all devices including P�C and I/O when installed shall be per the manufacturer's recommendations. No vertical orientation of PLC racks shall be allowed unless specifically indicated by the manufacturer as an acceptable mounting alternative and also approved by the engineer. 2.6 ELECTRTCAL COMPONENTS A. The control panel shall be provided with a lightning and surge protection unit on the line side of the main circuit breaker. Unit shall be 600 Volt, 3 Phase, General Electric "Tranqueil" Series, or equal. B. Specific control devices, control descriptions and other data are specified under the detailed specification for the mechanical equipment with which the control panel is supplied. 2.7 24 VDC Power Supplies A. Provide a 24 VDC power supply in the control panel to power field instruments, panel devices, etc., as required. Equip the power supply with a power on/off circuit breaker. B. The 24 VDC power supply shall meet the following requirements: l. Input power: 115 VAC, plus or minus 10 percent, 60 Nz. 2. Output voltage: 24 VDC. 3. Output voltage adjustment: 5 percent. 4. �ine regulation: 0.05 percent for 10 volt line change. 5. Load regulation: 0.15 percent no load to full load. 6. Ripple: 3 mV RMS. 7. Operating temperature: 32 to 140 degrees Fahrenheit. C. Size the 24 VDC power supply to accommodate the design load plus a minimum 25 percent spare capacity. 13330-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. If power supply on/off status signal is shown, provide a relay contact (internal to the power supply or external if the power supply is not so equipped) to indicate on/off status of the power supply. E. Provide output overvoltage and overcurrent protective devices with the power supply to protect instruments from damage due to power supply failure and to protect the power supply from damage due to external failure. F. Mount the 24 VDC power supply such that dissipated heat does not adversely affect other panel components. 2.8 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPP�Y A. The Filter Control Panel and all control components shall be connected to the existing uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTAL�ATION A. The panels shall be installed at locations as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Refer to Section 13300. 3.2 TESTS A. Refer to Section 13300. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 13330-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13341 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS — FLOW DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers the furnishing, installation, and services for the flow related instruments. B. Refer to Section 13300. 1.2 MAINTENANCE A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.3 ACCESSORIES A. Ail mounting hardware required for pipe stand, surface, or other mounting shali be provided. B. Each instrument shall be provided with a manufacturer installed stainless steel tag identifying the instrument tag number. 1.4 APPROVA�S/CERTIFICATIONS A. Instruments specified herein shall meet at a minimum, the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) rating for non-hazardous locations listed with each instrument. Those instruments that are submerged in a liquid or are located in submersible area shali also meet NEMA 6 ratings approval. All instruments that are located in hazardous areas as indicated on the Electrical Classification Drawings or in the Instrument Device Schedule shall meet the Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), and CENELEC Class, Division and Group approvals and certifications listed for that area. The instrument shall have a stainless steel tag identifying the relevant approval or certification PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Magnetic Flowmeter A. Flow Element 1. Type: a. Pulsed DC type. 2. Function/Performance: 13341-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. Operating Temperature: Process liquid temperatures of 0 to 140 degrees F or greater dependent upon liner and an ambient of minus 30 to 150 degrees F. b. Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) protection: RFI protection shall be provided as recommended by the manufacturer. c. Pressure rating: Equal to piping system where meter is installed. d. Additional: Meter shall be capable of running empty indefinitely without damage to any component. 3. Physical: a. Metering Tube: 304 stainless steel or equivalent. b. Flanges: ANSI 150 Ib. or DIN PN 16 carbon steel, as required by the piping system, unless otherwise indicated. ANSI 150 Ib. or DIN PN 16 stainless steel flanges shall be used on all SS process pipes. c. �iner: Polyurethane or composite elastomer unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. d. Electrodes: 316 stainless steel standard minimtam requirements. All electrodes to be compatible with process fluid as indicated on the Drawings or specified in this Section. For sludge, polymer, or any slurry application where the electrodes will be coated, a self cleaning or a removable electrode option must be provided with that meter. e. Housing: Meters below grade shall be suitable for submergence for up to 48 hours to a depth of 30 ft (9m). Meters above grade shall be NEMA 4X (IP65). Where hazardous areas are indicated on the Drawings, the equipment shall be rated for that area. f. Finish: All external surfaces shall have a chemical and corrosion resistant finish. 4. Power Requirements: a. Meter shall be 24 VDC powered instrument, receiving its power from transmitter. 5. Accessories/Documentation Required: a. Factory calibration: All meters shall be factory calibrated. A copy of the report shall be included in the O&M manual. b. Grounding: Meter shall be grounded in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. Provide ground ring, ground wires, gaskets, etc., as required. All materials shall be suitable for the liquid being measured and must be compatible with process fluid and with the process pipe. c. Signal cable for installation between the flowtube and the transmitter. Length shall be as required by installation indicated on the Drawings. B. Flow Converter/Transmitter l. Type: a. Micro processor based, intelligent transmitter compatible with flowtube provided. b. Mounted remote from the flowtube. 2. Functional/Performance: a. Accuracy (including flowtube): Plus/minus 0.5 percent of flowrate. b. Operating Temperature: —20 to 140 degrees F. 13341-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Output: Isolated 4-20 mA with HART protocol. Current output adjustable over the full range of the instrument. A dry contact rated for 120 VAC, 2A to indicate reverse flow. d. Diagnostics: Self diagnostics with on screen display of faults. e. Display: Digital indicator displaying flow in engineering units indicated in this Section. f. Totalizer: A fully configurable totalizer integral to the transmitter. Totalized flow shall be displayed. g. Empty Tube Zero: The transmitter shall include a feature that will lock the output at zero when no flow is detected. The empty tube zero feature shall be enabled automatically when the transmitter detects no flow or manually through a contact input. h. Provide electrode cleaning unit to match flow element requirements. 3. Physical: a. Transmitter shall be suitable for surface or pipe stand mounting. b. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4X (IP65). 4. Power Requirements: a. The transmitter shall be a 24VDC powered instrument. 5. Accessories/ Required: a. Keypad where required for transmitter configuration. C. Meter size and service: 1. Tag Number: FE/FIT 2170 a. Meter size: 4" b. Service: Backwash Reclaim Water c. Calibration Range: 0-250 gpm D. Manufacturer: 1. Endress and Hauser Proline ProMag 500. 2. No equal to match Owner's standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. See execution requirements in Section 13300. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 13341-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONAL�Y LEFf B�ANK 13341-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13342 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS - LEVEL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor and materials required and installed complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. This Section covers the furnishing, installation, and services for the field-mounted instruments as detailed on the Drawings. C. Refer to Section 13300. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.3 SUBMITI-A�S A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.7 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.9 ACCESSORIES A. All mounting hardware required for pipe stand, surface, or other mounting shall be provided. 13342-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Each instrument shall be provided with a manufacturer-installed stainless steel tag identifying the instrument tag number. Refer to Section 13300. 1.10 NOMENC�ATURE AND IDENTIFICATION A. Refer to Section 13300. l.11 APPROVALS/CERTIFICATIONS A. Instruments for hazardous locations shall have Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), and CENELEC approvals and certifications as specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings or in the Instrument Device Schedule. The instrument specifications in Part 2 state the Class, Division, and gas groups for FM/CSA approval, followed in parenthesis by the CENELEC certification; however, instruments provided are only required to have the approval/certification stated above. The instrument shall have a stainless steel tag identifying the relevant approval or certification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RADAR �EVEL METER A. Type 1. Non-contact, microwave type level meter. B. Function/Performance 1. Measuring Range: Range as indicated below. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.3 percent or plus or minus 1.2 inches (30mm), whichever is greater. 3. Operating Temperature: -40 to 60 degrees C. 4. Output: Isolated 4-20 mA output. 5. Display: Digital indicator displaying level or volume in engineering units or percent, as indicated on the Drawings. Display shall be external to the level sensor 6. Diagnostics: On-screen instructions and display of self-diagnostics. C. Physical 1. Instrument shall be provided with a stainless steel three-inch Class 150 pound (DN 80, PN16) mounting flange. 2. Housing shall be NEMA 4X (IP66). 3. Two-wire loop powered with HART communcations. D. Accessories Required l. Where required for calibration/programming, a hand-held programmer shall be provided. 2. External display and HART signal cable 13342-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Calibration: 1. Tag Number: LE/LIT_02160 a. Service description: Backwash Reclaim Tank Level b. Calibration Range: 0-20 ft 2. Tag Number: LE/LIT_07200 a. Service description: Ferric Chloride Tank �evel b. Calibration Range: 0-10 ft F. Manufacturer(s) l. Vega VEGAPULS 62 radar transmitter with VEGADIS external display US31204295 2. No equal to match Owner's standards. 2.1 ULTRASONIC LEVE� METER FOR F�OW MEASUREMENT A. Transducer 1. Type a. Non-contact, ultrasonic level transducer. 2. Function/Performance a. Measuring Range: Transducer range shall be suitable for the installation indicated on the Drawings, up to 50 ft (15m). b. Temperature Range: -20 to 60 degrees C. c. Relative Humidity: Zero to 100 percent. d. Temperature Compensation: Transducers shall be provided with integral temperature sensors for temperature compensation at temperature ranges from -50° to 150° C. 3. Physical a. Transducers shall be potted/encapsulated in a Kynar or other chemical and corrosion-resistant housing. Where indicated on the Drawings, transducers shall be approved for installation in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D (Zone 0) environments. b. The surface of transducers shall be Teflon-coated where mounted on chemical tanks and exposed to vapors in the tanks that are not compatible with the transducer material. c. Transducers shall be capable of being completely submerged without damage. d. Transducers shall be suitable for surface, pipe, or flange mounting as indicated on the Drawings or Instrument Device Schedule. Appropriate mounting hardwired shall be provided. Flanges shall be six inch (150 mm) and resistant to attack by the medium being metered or, where required, shall be protected by corrosion- resistant coatings and facings. 4. Options/Accessories Required a. Transducers located in areas where freezing condensation may occur shall be provided with special heaters or other type of transducer protection designed to prevent sensor icing. b. Signal cable as recommended by the manufacturer, for installation between the transducer(s) and the transmitter. Length, up to 1200 feet (365 m), shall be as required by installation indicated on the Drawings. 13342-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 5. Manufacturer(s) a. Siemens. b. Or Equal. B. Transmitter/Converter 1. Type a. Microprocessor based compatible with the transducer(s) provided. 2. Functional/Performance a. Resolution (including transducer): Plus or minus 0.1 percent of range or 0.08 inches (2 mm), whichever is greater. b. Accuracy (including transducer): Plus or minus 0.25 percent of range or 0.24 inches (6 mm). c. Range: As required by the installation indicated on the Drawings. d. Temperature Range: -20 to 50 degrees C. e. Output: Two isolated 4-20 mA output and one, three, or six alarm contacts adjustable to trip at any point in the instrument range. Output contacts shall be rated 5 A at 230 VAC. f. Temperature Compensation: Compensation over the temperature range of the sensor. g. Display: Digital indicator displaying level/differential level or volume in engineering units or percent as indicated on the Drawings or in the Instrument Device Schedule. h. Diagnostics: On-screen instructions and display of self- diagnostics. i. �oss of Signal: Transmitter shall ignore momentary loss-of-echo signals and shall indicate loss of echo on the transmitter unit. j. Configuration Protection: Programmable parameters shall be protected using E2PROM. Battery backup protection is not acceptable. 3. Physical a. Transmitter shall be suitable for surface or pipe stand mounting. b. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4X (IP65). c. A/C power will be as specified in Section (40 9000) (13300). 4. Accessories Required a. Hand-held programmer where required for configuration and calibration of the instrument. 5. Manufacturer(s) a. Siemens Model HydroRanger 200 b. Or Equal. C. Calibration: l. Tag Numbers: LE/LIT_06230 a. Service description: Wastewater Flowrate, Parshall Flume �evel b. Calibration Range: 0.6 to 18 inches (7 to 835 gpm) 13342-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.2 ULTRASONIC LEVEL SWITCH A. Type: Ultrasonic point level switch. B. Function/Performance 1. Pulsed signal technology where ultrasonic energy is used to detect the presence of liquid in a sump for leak detection. 2. Switch includes ultrasonic transducer with a liquid sensing gap at tip of transducer. Ultrasonic bursts are transmitted across the gap. When level is present across the gap, the switch actuates energizing a relay to indicate an alarm. 3. Switch: One DPDT level relay, 5 amps at 120VAC. 4. �oop powered 24VDC. 5. FM/CSA approved intrinsically safe, non-incendive and explosion-proof C. Physical 1. Switch/electronics housing: stainless steel. 2. Transducer material shall be suitable for contact with the following liquids: a. Ferric chloride (for instrument tag number LSH_07300) D. Manufacturers: 1. Magnetrol Echotel. 2. Gems Sensors. 3. Or Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERA� A. See execution requirements in Section 13300. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 13342-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONA��Y LEFT BLANK 13342-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 13343 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS — PRESSURE DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers the furnishing, installation, and services for the field-mounted instruments as detailed on the Drawings. B. Refer to Section 13300. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.3 SUBMITfALS A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.4 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 13300. 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.8 NOMENCLATURE AND IDENTIFICATION. A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.9 MAINTENANCE A. Refer to Section 13300. 13343-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.10 ACCESSORIES A. All mounting hardware required for pipe stand, surface, or other mounting shall be provided. B. Each instrument shall be provided with a manufacturer installed stainless steel tag identifying the instrument tag number. 1.11 APPROVA�S/CERTIFICATIONS A. Instruments for hazardous locations shall have Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), and CENELEC approvals and certifications as specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings or in the Instrument Device Schedule. The instrument specifications in Part 2 state the Class, Division, and gas groups for FM/CSA approval, foliowed in parenthesis by the CENELEC certification; however, instruments provided are only required to have the approval/certification stated above. The instrument shall have a stainless steel tag identifying the relevant approval or certification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Diaphragm Seal - Threaded A. Type: 1. Thread attached. 2. Welded Metal Diaphragm. B. Function/Performance: 1. Maximum Pressure: Two times the maximum process pressure. 2. Operating Temperature: -40 to 100 degrees C. C. Physical: 1. All 316L stainless steel construction. 2. Teflon gaskets and 0 rings on process connection. 3. Bleeding connection provided. NOTE: filling screw not recommended since it provides poor quality measurement if done incorrectly in the field. D. Accessories Required: 1. Stainless steel armored capillary tubing as required for the installation. E. Manufacturer(s): 1. Rosemount. 2. Ashcroft. 3. Ronningen-Petter Company. 4. Siemens 7MF4861 5. Equal. 13343-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.2 Pressure Sensing �evel Transmitter A. Type: 1. Microprocessor based, intelligent type. B. Function/Performance: 1. Range: Range of the transmitter shall be the standard range of the manufacturer closest to the pressure range to be metered. 2. Accuracy: 0.4 percent of span. 3. Operating Temperature: -13 to 176 degrees F. 4. Output: 4-20 mA DC linear with pressure or level with HART protocol. Zero adjustable over the range of the instrument provided calibrated span is greater than the minimum calibrated span. 5. Stability: 0.05 percent of upper range limit for 1 year. 6. Display: Digital indicator displaying level in the engineering units indicated in this Section. 7. Diagnostics: a. Self-diagnostics with transmitter failure driving output to above or below out of range limits. b. Simulation capability for inputs and loop outputs. c. Test terminals available to ease connection for test equipment without opening the loop. d. Registers to record minimum and maximum pressure and temperatures transmitter has been exposed to shall be available. e. Run-time clock available to determine usage for warranty purposes. 5- year warranty on this clock reading is included. 8. Over Range Protection: Provide positive over range protection to 150 percent of the maximum pressure of the system being monitored by the instrument. C. Physical: 1. Enclosure: NEMA 4X (IP66) 2. Process Wetted Parts: Isolating diaphragm and other wetted metal parts shall be 316L stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated in the device schedule. Gaskets and O rings shall be Teflon. 3. Power supply shall be 24 VDC loop power. 4. Sensor Fill Fluid: Silicone. D. Accessories Required: 1. Provide span and zero adjustment at each transmitter and through the handheld programming unit. a. Configuration of the transmitter may be accomplished using the local display and pushbuttons without the use of an external programming device. E. Calibration: 1. Tag Number: PIT_2170 a. Service: Backwash Reclaim Pump Discharge Pressure b. Calibration Range: 0-200 psi 13343-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Manufacturer(s): 1. IFM Efector Pressure Transmitter with Display PN2693 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERA� A. See execution requirements in Section 13300. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 13343-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15010 PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITI'ALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Details of each pipe support type used. 2. Structural calculations see Section 01610, General Equipment Requirements, for pipe support design criteria. Coordinate anchorage with supporting substrates and members shown on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT SYSTEMS: A. Channel-type support systems 1. 304 Stainless Steel a. Unistrut b. B-Line c. Or Equal. 2. Non-metallic a. Aikenstrut b. CLIC c. Or Equal. B. Hanger- and Clevis-type support systems 1. B-line 2. Anvil 3. Or Equal C. Stanchion-type support systems 1. B-Line 2. Anvil 3. Or Equal D. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support 1. B-Line, Figure B-3092 2. Or Equal E. Wall Bracket (14-inch to 24-inch pipe) 1. B-�ine Figure B-3067 Heavy Duty Angle Bracket 2. Or Equal F. Wall Bracket (8-inch to 12-inch pipe) 1. B-�ine Figure B-3066 Medium Duty Angle Bracket 2. Or Equal 15010-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final G. Wall Bracket (4-inch to 6-inch pipe) 1. B-�ine Figure B-3068 Light Duty Angle Bracket 2. Or Equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. In addition to the pipe supports specifically called for on the drawings, CONTRACTOR shall provide pipe supports as required to fully support all piping systems. B. CONTRACTOR shall design, supply and install pipe support system using manufacturer's standard available pipe support hardware. C. Pipe supports shall, at a minimum, be installed at the following locations: 1. On both sides of each valve, piece of equipment or other appurtenance, such that allowance is made for removal of the valve, piece of equipment, or other appurtenance while leaving the pipe system fully supported. Support piping connections to equipment by pipe support and not by the equipment. 2. Along straight runs of pipe, the maximum distance between supports shall be as listed below: Pipe Diameter Maximum Distance Minimum Hanger Rod Diameter Between Su orts if Han er Rods are used 2" and smaller 6-feet �/z" 2-1/2" to 6" 8-feet 3/a" 8" to 12" 10-feet 2@ 3/a" 14"to 18" 10-feet 2@ 1" Over 18" Custom Desi n 3. Directly supporting valves 8-inch in diameter and larger. 4. At least two supports on each side of flexible couplings or flanged coupling adapters to provide that no load is applied to the flexible coupling. 5. On the pipe within two pipe diameters of each side of elbows and each branch of tees and crosses. 6. Where piping passes through walls, such that no load is transferred to the wall. D. Install support systems in accordance with MSS SP 69, Pipe Hangers and Supports-Selection and Application and MSS SP 89, Pipe Hangers and Supports-Fabrication and Installation, unless shown otherwise. i. Support no pipe from the pipe above it. 2. Do not install pipe supports and hangers in equipment access areas or bridge crane runs. E. Bracing and lateral support: i. Provide vertical sway bracing on 10-foot maximum centers a. Brace hanging pipes against horizontal movement by both longitudinal and lateral sway bracing. 2. Install lateral supports for seismic loads at all changes in direction. 15010-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Thermal expansion and thrust restraint 1. Install pipe anchors where required to withstand expansion thrust loads and to direct and control thermal expansion. G. Support types: 1. Horizontal Suspended Piping: a. Single Pipes: Adjustable swivel-ring, splint-ring or clevis hangers. b. Grouped Pipes: Trapeze hanger systems. c. For insulated piping, furnish galvanized steel protection shields, welding insulation saddles, or precut sections of rigid insulation (with vapor barrier) at all hanger locations. 2. Horizontal Piping Supported From Walls: a. Single Pipes: Wall brackets or wall clips attached to wall with anchors. Clips attached to wall-mounted framing also acceptable. b. Stacked Piping: 1) Wall-mounted framing system and clips acceptable for piping smaller than 3-inch minimal diameter. 2) Piping clamps that resist axial movement of pipe through support not acceptable. c. Insulated piping shall have the insulation removed in the vicinity of wall brackets and piping clips to allow only direct pipe wall contact with the support system. 3. Horizontal Piping Supported From Floors: a. Stanchion Type: 1) Pedestal type; adjustable with stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange. 2) Use yoked saddles for piping whose centerline elevation is 18 inches or greater above the floor and for all exterior installations. 3) Provide neoprene waffle isolation pad under anchoring flanges, adjacent to equipment or where otherwise required to provide vibration isolation. b. Floor-Mounted Channel Supports: 1) Use for piping smaller than 3-inch nominal diameter running along floors and in trenches at piping elevations lower than can be accommodated using pedestal pipe supports. 2) Attach channel framing to floors with anchor bolts. 3) Attach pipe to channel with clips or pipe clamps. c. Concrete Cradles: 1) Use for piping larger than 3-inch along floor and in trenches at piping elevations lower than can be accommodated using stanchion type. 4. Vertical Pipe: a. Support with wall brackets and base elbow or riser clamps on floor penetrations. b. Insulated piping shall have the insulation removed in the vicinity of wall brackets and riser clamps, to allow only direct wall contact with the support system. H. Standard Attachments: 1. To Concrete Ceilings: Concrete inserts. 2. To Steel Beams: I-beam clamp or welded attachments. 3. To Wooden Beams: Lag screws and angle clips to members not less than 2-1/2 inches thick. 4. To Concrete Walls Concrete inserts or brackets or clip angles with anchor bolts. 5. Existing Walls and Ceilings: Install as specified for new construction, unless shown otherwise. 6. Repair mounting surfaces to original condition after attachments are made. 15010-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final I. Isolation: 1. Install elastomeric inserts designed to isolate piping from pipe supports where copper pipe is run in stainless steel supports, or where other dissimilar metals are in contact with pipe supports. J. Materials: 1. Channel-type, hanger-type and trapeze-type support systems and pipe racks constructed of channel systems: a. Provide non-metallic support systems in all chemical storage and feed areas. Provide type 316 stainless steel fasteners. b. Provide type 304 stainless steel support systems and fasteners in all other areas. 2. Stanchion-type support systems a. Provide steel and ductile iron stanchion components b. Coat stanchions after assembly per specification Section 09900, Painting. + + END OF SECTION + + 15010-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15080 PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMII"I"ALS A. Shop Drawings: l. Manufacturer's data on materials, construction, end connections, ratings, overall lengths, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE INSULATON A. INS-01: Flexible Elastomeric Pipe Insulation (up to 6" diameter) 1. Material: Flexible elastomeric pipe insulation, closed cell structure 2. Provide a minimum of 3/4-inch thickness 3. Temperature Rating: -40 degrees to 200 degrees Fahrenheit 4. Nominal Density: 6 pcf 5. Conductivity in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 and minimum of 0.27 BTU-in/hr-ft2 degrees F at 75 degrees F per ASTM C177 or ASTM C518. 6. Minimum water vapor transmission of 0.10 perm-inch per ASTM E96 7. Flame Spread Rating: Less than 25 per ASTM E84 8. Joint sealant and tape per manufacturer 9. Manufacturers and Products: a. Rubatex: R-180-FS b. Armstrong: Armaflex AP c. Or Equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Where cailed for in the drawings or pipe schedule, provide heat tracing between pipe and insulation. 1. Install heat tracing per manufacturer's instructions 2. Provide electrical service to heat tracing from nearest 120V panelboard or receptacle, whether shown on the electrical drawings or not. Electrical service shall be in accordance with all codes and regulations for the installation. B. Insulate all piping, valves and fittings for the piping systems (Flow Stream IDs) where insulation is called for in 15100 PS - Piping Schedule C. Install insulation according to manufacturer's instructions 1. Install insulation only after piping system has passed pressure testing. 15080-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Requirement for insulation does not negate the requirement for coating of the piping system. Apply piping coating system as called for in 15100 PS — Piping Schedule. Allow coating system to completely cure prior to installation of pipe insulation. 3. If heat tracing is required on piping system, do not install pipe insulation until after heat tracing has been installed and successfully tested. 4. Do not "gap" insulation at pipe supports. Trim insulation to allow for pipe support while providing continuous insulation of piping in those parts of the pipe not in contact with pipe support. 5. Install removable/replaceable insulation sections and cover panels over fittings or valves which require maintenance access. 6. Use accessories, adhesives and tapes per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Finishing 1. Overall installation shall result in smooth, straight, neat and clean piping insulation system. No frayed ends, irregular lumps or other unsightly installation result will be acceptable. + + END OF SECTION + + 15080-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15100 PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITI'ALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Product data sheets for each piping system. a. Include information on pipe, fittings and joint systems. 2. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, specifications, and identification of materials of construction. 3. Complete descriptions and data for all coatings and linings. 4. Tests and inspection data for pipe and coatings/linings. B. Operation and Maintenance Data as specified in Section 01330, SUBMITI"AL PROCEDURES. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with manufacturer's directions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEETS A. Piping system data sheets (PSDS) have been attached to this Specification and are incorporated herein by reference. Provide piping systems in accordance with piping system data sheets. 2.2 THRUST RESTRAINT A. Provide rigid or restrained joints and fittings for all piping systems specified with a test pressure in the Pipe Schedule. B. Unless otherwise specified in the Pipe Schedule or shown on the Drawings, thrust blocks shall not be used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE SCHEDULE A. A Pipe Schedule has been attached to this Specification and is incorporated herein by reference. Install piping systems in accordance with Pipe Schedule. B. For pipe which is shown on the Drawings, but not referenced in the Pipe Schedule, CONTRACTOR to provide pipe material and fittings which are appropriate for the intended service and acceptable to the ENGINEER. 15100-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.2 PREPARATION A. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation, clean ends thoroughly, and remove foreign matter and dirt from inside. B. Repair any coatings or linings which were damaged during shipping and handling using manufacturer-approved coating and lining repair materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Join pipe and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, unless otherwise shown or specified. B. Joint Assembly: 1. Flanged Joints (FLG): a. Bolt Holes: Straddle vertical centerlines, aligned with connecting equipment flanges or as shown. b. Follow a bolt tightening pattern which produces uniform bearing pressure. c. Do not over-tighten bolts. Follow manufacturer's recommendation for bolt torque. d. Provide gasket at every flanged joint. e. Provide insulating flange kit where indicated on Drawings and required in this Specification. 2. Threaded and Coupled Joints (THR): a. Conform to ANSI 81.20.1. b. Produce sufficient thread length to ensure full engagement when screwed home in fittings. c. Ream pipe ends and clean chips and burrs after threading. d. Make connections with not more than three threads exposed. e. �ubricate male threads only with thread lubricant or tape as specified on Piping Data Sheets. f. PVC Threaded Joints: 1) Provide Schedule 80 threaded nipple where necessary to connect to threaded valve or fitting. 2) Use strap wrench for tightening threaded plastic joints. Do not overtighten fittings. g. Provide dielectric union or insulating coupling where indicated on Drawings and required in this Specification. 3. Grooved-End Joints (GRV): a. Type: Rigid, except where joints are used to correct misalignment, to provide flexibility, and where shown otherwise, in which case provide flexible type. 4. Soldered Joints (SLD): a. Before soldering, remove stems and washers from solder joint valves. b. Use only solder specified for particular service. c. Cut pipe ends square and remove fins and burrs. d. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage during soldering. 1) Protect from high temperatures due to flame 2) Protect from damage due to dripping flux or solder e. After thoroughly cleaning pipe and fitting of oil and grease using solvent and emery cloth, apply noncorrosive flux to the male end only. f. Solder Joint 15100-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final g. Wipe excess solder from exterior of joint before hardened. 5. Solvent Welded �oints (SLV): a. Use only solvent cement which is rated for use in the service intended. Check compatibility of solvent cement with service, especially in pipelines which carry chemicals. b. Observe all manufacturer's requirements for environmental conditions for use of solvent cement. c. Cut pipe ends square and remove fins and burrs. d. Apply appropriate primer. e. Apply solvent cement and assemble joint. 1) Hold in place long enough for solvent cement to set-up and hold joint, as assembled, until solvent cement has cured. f. Wipe excess solvent cement from exterior of joint before hardened. 6. Proprietary Restrained Mechanical .7oints (PRJ): a. PR7 piping shall be furnished with factory-fabricated retainer weldment on spigot end. b. If PRJ piping is field cut, the pipe joint shall be restrained using Restrained Mechanical Joint (RM]) Glands as specified in Section 15120, Piping Specialties. Field welding of retainer weldment will not be allowed. 7. Insulating Flanges, Couplings, and Dielectric Unions: a. Applications: Provide insulating flange, coupling or di-electric union for all joints at the following locations: 1) Dissimilar metal piping connections. 2) Cathodically protected piping penetration to buildings. 3) Submerged to unsubmerged metallic piping connections. 4) Where required for electrically insulated connection. b. Installation: 1) Insulating joints connecting immersed piping to non-immersed piping shall be installed above maximum water surface elevation. 2) Align and install insulating joints according to manufacturer's recommendations to avoid damaging insulating materials. C. Exposed Piping Installation: 1. Piping Runs: a. Parallel to building or column lines and perpendicular to floor, unless shown otherwise. b. Piping upstream and downstream of flow measuring devices shall provide straight lengths as required for accurate flow measurement. 2. Supports: As specified in Section 15010, PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS. 3. Group piping wherever practical at common elevations; install to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space and other work. 4. Provide unions or flanges at each piping connection to equipment or instrumentation on equipment side of each block valve to facilitate installation and removal. 5. Install piping so that no load or movement in excess of that stipulated by equipment manufacturer will be imposed upon equipment connection; 6. Install piping to allow for contraction and expansion without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. 7. Piping clearance, unless otherwise shown: a. Over Walkway and Stairs: Minimum of 7 feet 6 inches, measured from walking surface or stair tread to lowest extremity of piping system including flanges, valve bodies or mechanisms, insulation, or hanger/support systems. 15100-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Between Equipment or Equipment Piping and Adjacent Piping: Minimum 3 feet 0 inch, measured from equipment extremity and extremity of piping system including flanges, valve bodies or mechanisms, insulation, or hanger/support systems. c. From Adjacent Work: Minimum 1 inch from nearest extremity of completed piping system including flanges, valve bodies or mechanisms, insulation, or hanger/support systems. d. Do not route piping in front of or to interfere with access ways, ladders, stairs, platforms, walkways, openings, doors, or windows. e. Headroom in front of openings, doors, and windows shall not be less than the top of the opening. f. Do not install piping containing liquids or liquid vapors in transformer vaults or electrical equipment rooms. g. Do not route piping over, around, in front of, in back of, or below electrical equipment including controls, panels, switches, terminals, boxes, or other similar electrical work. D. Buried Pipe Installation: 1. Pipe Placement: a. Keep trench dry until pipe laying and joining are completed. b. Exercise care when lowering pipe into trench to prevent twisting or damage to pipe. c. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during placement. 1) Close and block open end of last laid pipe section when placement operations are not in progress and at close of day's work. d. �ay pipe upgrade with bell ends pointing in direction of laying. e. Deflect pipe at joints for pipelines laid on a curve using unsymmetrical closure of spigot into bell. Utilize a maximum of 75 percent of manufacturer's recommended allowable joint deflection. 1) If joint deflection of standard pipe lengths will not accommodate horizontal or vertical curves in alignment, provide: a) Shorter pipe lengths. b) Fittings/bends. f. Secure pipe which has been placed from movement or damage while placing the next section of pipe. g. Prevent uplift and floating of pipe prior to backfilling. E. Cleaning: 1. Following assembly and testing, and prior to disinfection and final acceptance, flush pipelines with water at 2.5 fps minimum flushing velocity until foreign matter is removed. At a minimum, flush for a period of time which will flush the entire pipeline volume three times. a. If impractical to flush large diameter pipe at 2.5 fps, clean in-place from inside by brushing and sweeping, then flush line at lower velocity. If lower velocity is used, flush the entire pipeline volume five times. 2. Provide temporary means of removing flushing water from pipeline during flushing. 3. Provide means for removal/screening of debris from the flushing water, disposal of debris and disposal of flushing water. 15100-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.4 TESTING A. Pressure test piping in accordance with the Pipe Schedule, and Section 15990, Pressure Testing of Piping Systems. 3.5 SUPPLEMENTS A. The following supplements are attached to this Specification section and incorporated herein by reference: 1. 15100 PS - Pipe Schedule 2. 15100 PSDS CHE - Chemical Tubing and Pipe System 3. 15100 PSDS CPVC - Solvent Welded Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe 4. 15100 PSDS DIP - Ductile Iron Pipe 5. 15100 PSDS GSP - Galvanized Steel Pipe 6. 15100 PSDS PVC1 - Solvent Welded Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe 7. 15100 PSDS PVC3 - Polyvinyl Chloride Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe 8. 15100 PSDS RCP - Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe + + END OF SECTION + + 15100-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�I" BLANK 15100-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15100 PS PIPE SCHEDULE 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. This schedule is provided for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR. Some flow streams may be shown on the drawings, but not listed here. B. Flow Stream IDs: 1. BWW - Backwash Waste 2. BYP - Bypass 3. DR - Drain 4. FECL - Ferric Chloride 5. FfW - Filter to Waste 6. FW - Finished Water 7. OF - Overflow 8. PTW - Pump to Waste 9. REC - Backwash Recycle 10. RW - Raw Water 11.SA - Sample 12.SD - Storm Drain 13.SLD - Sludge 14.SW - Surface Wash 15.V - Vent C. Pipe Materials: 1. CHE - Chemical Tubing 2. CPVC - Solvent Welded Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe 3. DIP - Ductile Iron Pipe 4. GSP - Galvanized Steel Pipe 5. HDPE - Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 6. PVC1 - Solvent Welded Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe 7. PVC3 - Polyvinyl Chloride Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe 8. RCP - Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe D. Joint Types: 1. B&S - Bell and Spigot 2. FLG - Flanged 3. RMJ - Restrained Mechanical Joint 4. SLV - Solvent Welded Socket 5. THR - Threaded 6. WLD - Butt Welded E. Lining Systems: 1. CM - Cement Mortar 2. CE - Ceramic Epoxy Coating Systems: As described in Section 09900 15100 PS-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.2 PIPE SCHEDULE Contractor shall install i in s stems in accordance with the followin i e schedule: FLOW DESCRIPTION SERVICE EXPOSURE SIZE MATERIAL JOINT TEST LINING COATING NOTES STREAM RANGE TYPE PRESSURE SYSTEM/ I.D. COLOR BWW Backwash Backwash Buried 12" DIP RMJ 200 psi CM Asphaltic + Waste Water Pol Wra Ex osed 12" DIP FLG 200 si CM No. 300 / Tan BYP Bypass Water Exposed 12" DIP FLG 200 psi CM No. 300 / Tan DR Drain Water Ex osed > 1/2" PVC3 SLV 10 si None No. 301/Tan Note 1 Buried > 1/2" PVC3 SLV 10 si None None Note 1 Ex osed Indoor <1/2" CNE Barbed 10 si None None Note 1 FECL Ferric 38% Exposed/Buried 3/8" CNE Barbed 200 psi None Green Tubing Note 2 Chloride Ferric Pum Dischar e Chloride Exposed/Buried 2" PVC Elect. S�V 10 psi None No. 301 / Note 2. (Pump Discharge) Conduit Green INS-01 Ex osed Exposed (Pump 2" CPVC S�V 10 psi None No. 301 / iNS-01 Suction/Chem Green Facilit Pi in FTW Filter to Water Exposed 12" DIP FLG 200 psi CM No. 300 / Tan Waste FW Finished Water Buried 12" DIP RMJ 200 psi CM Asphaltic + Water Pol Wra Ex osed 12" DIP FLG 200 si CM No. 300 / Tan Buried <2" GSP THR 200 si None None Ex osed <2" GSP THR 200 si None No. 300/Tan INS-01 OF Overflow Chemical Ex osed < 6" CPVC SLV 5 si None No. 301/Tan Water Ex osed >_ 6" DIP FLG 5 si CM No. 300/Tan PTW Pump to Water Buried 8" DIP RMJ 200 psi CM Asphaltic + Waste Poly Wrap 15100 PS-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final FLOW DESCRIPTION SERVICE EXPOSURE SIZE MATERIAL JOINT TEST LINING COATING NOTES STREAM RANGE TYPE PRESSURE SYSTEM/ I.D. COLOR REC Backwash Water Buried 6" DIP RMJ 200 psi CM Asphaltic + Recycle Pol Wra Exposed <_6" DIP FLG 200 psi CM Asphaltic + Poly Wrap RW Raw Water Water Ex osed >10" DIP FLG 200 si CM No. 300 / Tan SA Sample Water Exposed i" PVC1 S�V 200 psi None No. 301 / G re SD Storm Drain Water Buried 4" PVC3 SLV 10 si None None Buried 15" RCP B&S 20 si None None SW Surface Wash Water Ex osed 3" — 6" DIP FLG 200 si CM No. 300 / Tan SLD Sludge Backwash Buried 4" DIP RMJ 20 psi CE Asphaltic + Waste Pol Wra Water Exposed 4" DIP FLG 20 psi CE No. 300 / Black V Vent Vent Lines Exposed (non- 3/4" - PVC3 SLV 5 psi None No. 301 / chemical 3" Gre Exposed All CPVC SLV 5 psi None No. 301 / Chemical Gre l. Provide PVC3 or chemical tubing with conduit as required for drain connection to vertical mixer housing. 2. For the Chemical Metering Pump discharge lines, chemical tubing shall be installed in an electrical conduit system per 15100 PSDS CHE and DIV 16000. 15100 PS-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 15100 PS-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15100 PSDS CHE PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET — CHEMICAL TUBING AND CONDUIT ITEM DESCRIPTION General For liquid chemical service, provide color-coded LLDPE tubing, colors as listed in the Pipe Schedule. For gas chemical service, provide HDPE tubing, natural color (semi-opaque white). Install tubing in electrical conduit for ease of installation/replacement as well as non-pressure rated secondary containment. Tubing manufacturer shall confirm chemical compatibility of tubing with chemical system being served. Tubing Tubing size references on the Drawings or in the Specifications refer to outside diameter, unless noted otherwise. Provide tubing with the following corresponding inside diameter and pressure rating where outside diameter is called for: PRESSURE RATING OUTSIDE INSIDE AT 70 DEG. F DIAMETER DIAMETER LLDPE HDPE 3/8" '/a" 214 si 272 si 7h" 3/8" 153 si 194 si 5/8" '/z" 119 si 151 si 3/4" 5/8" 97 si 123 si 1" 3/a" 154 si 195 si HDPE tubing shall be suitable for full vacuum service (14 psi vacuum) LLDPE Characteristics: • Specific Gravity (ASTM D792): <0.920 • Tensile strength (ASTM D638): 2800 psi @ 73 deg. F • Elongation (ASTM D638): 530% • Hardness (ASTM D785): 44D Rockwell Durometer • Heat Distortion (ASTM D648): 120 deg. F@ 66 psi • Color: ■ 3/8" I.D. and smaller - red, green, blue, white, gray, yellow, orange, purple, or black ■ Larger than 3/8" I.D. - semi-opaque or black 15100 PSDS CHE-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final ITEM DESCRIPTION HDPE Characteristics: • Specific Gravity (ASTM D792): 0.955 • Tensile strength (ASTM D638): 3900 psi @ 73 deg. F • Elongation (ASTM D638): >500% • Hardness (ASTM D785): 65D Rockwell Durometer • Heat Distortion (ASTM D648): 151 deg. F@ 66 psi • Color: Semi-Opaque or Black For all tubing runs, use continuous lengths of tubing with no splices. Tubing Manufacturers: Nudson Extrusions, or equal Conduit Conduit for chemical tubing shall be PVC electrical conduit, as specified in Division 16. Sizes shall be as listed below: TUBING OUTSIDE CONDUIT SIZE DIAM ETER 3�8„ 2„ ,h„ 2„ 5�8„ 2„ 3�4n 3rr 1" 3" Fittings Provide all necessary fittings, clamps and adapters for connection of tubing at the chemical metering pump outlet, chemical feed point, and any other connections shown on the Drawings. Provide barbed- or compression-style fittings, specifically designed for use with the tubing being provided, and compatible with the service (both with the fluid being carried in pipe and pressure rating). Fittings shall be located so that they are accessible at all times. No fittings shall be located in the carrier pipe. All connections shall be constructed per tubing manufacturer's recommendations to provide a connection which is equal to or greater than tubing pressure rating. All parts or fittings in contact with the fluid in the tubing shall be compatible with the chemical bein carried. 15100 PSDS CHE-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15100 PSDS CPVC PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET — SOLVENT WELDED CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE ITEM DESCRIPTION Pipe Schedule 80 CPVC: Type IV, Grade I or Class 23447-B conforming to ASTM D1784 and ASTM F441. Manufactured with 2 percent titanium dioxide for ultraviolet protection. Threaded ni les shall be schedule 80. Fittings Schedule 80 CPVC as Specified Under Pipe Above: Conforming to the requirements of ASTM F439 Rev A for socket-weld type and ASTM F437 for threaded type. Manufactured with 2 percent titanium dioxide for ultraviolet rotection. Joints Solvent socket-weld except where connection to valves and e ui ment ma re uire future disassembl . Flanges One piece, molded hub Type CPVC flat face flange in accordance with Fittin s above; 125- ound ANSI B16.1 drillin . Bolting Flat Face Mating Flange or In Corrosive Areas: ASTM A193/A193M Rev A Type 316 stainless steel Grade B8M hex head bolts and ASTM A194/A194M Grade 8M hex head nuts. Raised Face Mating Flange: Carbon steel ASTM A307 Grade B s uare head bolts and ASTM A563 Grade A heav hex head nuts. Gaskets Flat-Face Mating Flange: Full faced 1/8-inch thick EPDM rubber. Raised-Face Mating Flange: Flat ring 1/8-inch EPDM rubber, with filler gasket between OD of raised face and flange OD to protect the flan e from boltin moment. Solvent Cement As recommended by the pipe and fitting manufacturer conforming to ASTM F493 Rev A. Thread Teflon tape. �ubricant 15100 PSDS CPVC-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15100 PSDS DIP PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET — DUCTILE IRON PIPE ITEM DESCRIPTION Pipe Buried Piping: Pressure class as indicated in the pipe schedule. If not indicated: • All pipe 12" diameter and smaller shall be pressure class 350. • All pipe 14" through 20" shall be pressure class 250. • All pipe larger than 20" shall be pressure class 200. Flanged Piping: Special Thickness Class 53 Pressure class shall be per AWWA C150/A21.50 and AWWA C151/A21.51 All buried pipes designed to carry recycled water shall be distinctively wra ed in ur le ta e. Lining Water and Reclaimed Water: Cement-Mortar: AWWA C104/A21.4. Wastewater: Ceramic epoxy as follows: l. Amine cured novalac epoxy containing at least 20% by volume of ceramic quartz pigment. 2. Permeability rating of 0.00 when tested per Method A of ASTM E 96, Procedure A with a test duration of 30 days. 3. Minimum lining thickness: 40 mils nominal dry film thickness. 4. The following tests must be run on coupons from factory lined Ductile Iron pipe: a. ASTM B 117 Salt Spray (scribed panel). Results to equal 0.0 undercutting after two years. b. ASTM G 95 Cathodic Disbondment (1.5 volts at 77�F). Results to equal no more than 0.5 mm undercutting after 30 days. c. Immersion Testing rated using ASTM D 714. i. 20% Sulfuric Acid: No effect after two years. ii. 140°F 25% Sodium Hydroxide: No effect after two years. iii. 160�F Distilled Water (scribed panel): No effect after two years. iv. 120�F Tap Water (scribed panel): 0.0 undercutting after two years with no effect. v. Abrasion Resistance: Less than .075 mm (3 mils) loss after one million cycles on a �22.5° sliding aggregate slurry abrasion tester using a sharp natural siliceous gravel with a particle size between 2mm and 10 mm (European Standard SN598). 15100 PSDS DIP-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final ITEM DESCRIPTION 5. Manufacturer and Product: a. Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy Lining; Or Equal. Wastewater, Sludge, Scum, as noted in Pipe Schedule: Glass lining as follows: 1. The glass powder shall be specially formulated to prevent the adherence of grease and crystalline metal salt deposits in sludge, scum, and sewage pipelines, and shall be hard, smooth, vitreous and inorganic. 2. Minimum lining thickness: 10 mils nominal dry film thickness. 3. Glass lining shall be exposed to a maturing temperature of approximately 1400 degrees F. 4. Hardness: 5-6 on the Mohs scale. 5. Density: 2.5 to 3.0 grams per cubic centimeter per ASTM D 792. 6. The following tests must be run on coupons from factory lined Ductile Iron pipe: a. Per the recommended industry standards under ASTM D-5162-01, NACE RP 0188-99, and SSPC Coating Manual, Volume 1, Section XIV, the glass lining shall be tested by ��low voltage, wet sponge, non-destructive holiday detection unit", with only isolated voids permitted due to casting anomalies. Test procedure and acceptance criteria shall be per the attachment "MP-9.2, Porcelain Enamel Continuity Testing", and documentation shall be furnished with each shipment of material listing the test results by identifying ��mark" or ��tag" numbers. b. The glass lining shall be capable of withstanding an instantaneous thermal shock of 350 degrees F. c. The finished lining shall be able to withstand a strain of 0.001 inch/inch (the yield point of the base metal) without damage to the glass. d. The glass lining shall be capable of withstanding an instantaneous thermal shock of 350 degrees F differential without crazing, blistering or spalling. e. The glass lining shall be resistant to corrosion of between PH-3 and PH-10 at 125 degrees F. f. There shall be no visible loss of surface gloss to the lining after immersing a production sample in an 8% sulfuric acid solution at 148 degrees F for a period of 10 minutes. g. When tested according to ASTM C-283, it shall show a weight loss of not more than 3 milligrams per square inch. 15100 PSDS DIP-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final ITEM DESCRIPTION 6. Manufacturer and Product: a. Ferrock MEH-32 b. VITCO SG 14 c. Ceramic Coating Company SL-31 d. Or Equal. Coating Unless otherwise specified in the Pipe Schedule, piping shall be coated as follows: Buried Piping: • AWWA C151/A21.51: Minimum 1-mil asphaltic coating. • AWWA C105/A21.5: Polyethylene encasement, 4-mil high- density cross laminated or 8-mil linear-low density, color as required by local/state regulations. Exposed/Immersed Piping: • Primer Coating: Where shop primer is applied to protect pipe during shipping, storage and handling, primer shall be compatible with pipe coating requirements of Section 09900, Painting. Fittings Lined and coated same as pipe. Push-On (PO): AWWA C110/A21.10 and C111/A21.11, gray or ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure. American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Fastite Joint; U.S. Pipe and Foundry, Tyton Joint. Mechanical (M.7): AWWA C110/A21.10, C111/A21.11, and C153/A21.53 gray or ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure. Follower glands shall be ductile iron. Restrained Mechanical 7oint (RM7): Standard MJ Fittings with RM� Gland conforming to requirements of Section 15120, PIPING SPECIALTIES. Proprietary Restrained (PR.7): AWWA C111/A21.11 and C153/A21.53, ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure. Clow Corp., Super-Lock .]oint; American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Flex-Ring or Lok-Ring .]oint; U.S. Pipe, TR Flex. Grooved End (GRV): AWWA C606 and C110/A21.10, ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure. Victaulic. Flange (FLG): AWWA C110/A21.10 ductile iron, faced and drilled, 125-pound flat face. Gray cast iron will not be allowed. �oints Push-On (PO): 250 psi minimum working pressure, AWWA C110/A21.10 and C111/A21.11. American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Fastite �oint; U.S. Pipe and Foundry, Tyton �oint. Mechanical (M]): 250 psi minimum working pressure. Restrained Mechanical 7oint (RM�): Standard MJ .]oint with RM� gland conforming to requirements of Section 15120, PIPING SPECIALTIES. Proprietary Restrained (PR�): 250 psi minimum working pressure. Clow Corp., Super-�ock; American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Flex-Ring or U.S. Pipe, TR Flex. 15100 PSDS DIP-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final ITEM DESCRIPTION Grooved End (GRV): Rigid type radius cut conforming to AWWA C606, 250 psi minimum working pressure. Victaulic. Flange (FLG): 125-pound flat face, ductile iron, threaded conforming to AWWA C115/A21.15. Gray cast iron will not be allowed. Branch connections 3 inches and smaller, shall be made with service saddles as specified in Section 15120, PIPING SPECIA�TIES. Couplings Grooved End: 250 psi minimum working pressure, malleable iron per ASTM A47 or ductile iron per ASTM A536. Victaulic. Grooved End Adapter Flanges: 250 psi minimum working pressure, malleable iron per ASTM A47 or ductile iron per ASTM A536. Victaulic. Bolting T-Bolts and other specialty bolts: Manufacturer's standard. Hex Bolts: ASTM A307, Grade B carbon steei hex head boits Nuts: ASTM A563, Grade A carbon steel hex head nuts. Gaskets Push-On, Mechanical, and Proprietary Restrained �oints: Red Rubber (SBR) conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Grooved End Joints: Halogenated butyl conforming to ASTM D2000 and AWWA C606. Flanged, Water and Sewage Service: 1/8 inch-thick, red rubber (SBR), hardness 80 (Shore A), rated to 200 degrees F, conforming to ANSI B16.21, AWWA C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2. Full face for 125-pound flat-faced flanges, flat-ring type for 250-pound raised-face flanges. Blind flanges shall be gasketed covering the entire inside face with the gasket cemented to the blind flange. Gasket pressure rating to equal or exceed the system hydrostatic test pressure. .7oint Manufacturer's standard. Lubricant 15100 PSDS DIP-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15100 PSDS GSP PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET — GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE ITEM SIZE DESCRIPTION Pipe Galvanized carbon steel, ASTM A106, Grade B seamless or ASTM A53 Rev A, Grade B seamless or ERW. 2 inch & smaller Schedule 80. 2-1/2 thru 6 inch Schedule 40. 8 thru 12 inch Schedule 30. 14 inch Standard wei ht. Joints 3 inch & smaller Threaded or flanged at valves and equipment, or grooved end meeting the requirements of AWWA C606. 4 inch & larger Flanged at valves and equipment, or grooved end meetin the re uirements of AWWA C606. Fittings Threaded: 150- or 300-pound malleable iron, ASTM A197 or ASTM A47, dimensions in accordance with ANSI B16.3. Grooved End: Malleable iron ASTM A47 or ductile iron ASTM A536, 250 psi working pressure, grooved ends to accept couplings without field preparation. Victaulic or e ual. Branch 2 inch & smaller Tee or reducing tee in conformance with Fittings, Connections above, galvanized 2,000-pound WOG threadolet or welding boss; galvanize after welding. 2-1/2 inch & Branch Same Size as Run: Grooved end tee in larger accordance with Fittings, above. Branch One or More Sizes Smaller Than Run: Grooved end reducin tee in accordance with Fittin s, above. Flanges Galvanized forged carbon steel, ASTM A105/A105M, ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or Class 300, threaded, 1/16- inch raised face. Grooved end adapter flange, malleable iron ASTM A47 or ductile iron ASTM A536. Victaulic or e ual. Unions Threaded maileable iron, ASTM A197 or A47, 300- pound WOG, brass to iron seat, meeting the re uirements of ANSI B16.3. Couplings Grooved End: Rigid joint malleable iron, ASTM A47 or ductile iron, ASTM A536, 250 psi working pressure. Victaulic or e ual. Plugs Forged carbon steel, ASTM A181/A181M Rev A, Grade II, round head, threaded, alvanized. Bolting Grooved End Couplings: Carbon steel, ASTM A183 bolts and nuts, 110,000 psi minimum tensile strength. Flanges: Carbon steel ASTM A307, Grade A hex head bolts and ASTM A563,Grade A hex head nuts. 15100 PSDS GSP-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Gaskets All Flanges Flanged, Water and Sewage Service: 1/8-inch thick, red rubber (SBR), hardness 80 (Shore A), rated to 200 degrees F., conforming to ANSI B16.21, AWWA C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2. Blind flanges shall be gasketed covering the entire inside face with the gasket cemented to the blind flange. Grooved end EPDM or chlorinated butyl per ASTM D2000 for water Couplings and air to 230 degrees F, dimensions conforming to AWWA C606. Thread 2 inch & smaller Teflon tape or joint compound that is insoluble in Lubricant water. 15100 PSDS GSP-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15100 PSDS PVC1 PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET — SOLVENT WELDED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE ITEM DESCRIPTION Pipe Schedule 80 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), unless indicated otherwise. Type I, Grade I or Class 12454-B conforming to ASTM D1784 and ASTM D1785. Pipe shall be manufactured with 1% titanium dioxide for ultraviolet protection. All pipes designed to carry recycled water shall be colored purple or distinctivel wra ed in ur le ta e. Fittings Schedule to match pipe above, ASTM D2466 and ASTM D2467 for socket weld type and Schedule 80 ASTM D2464 for threaded type. Fittings shall be manufactured with 1% titanium dioxide for ultraviolet rotection. Joints Solvent socket weld except where connection to threaded valves and e ui ment ma re uire future disassembl . Flanges One piece, molded hub type PVC flat face flange in accordance with Fittin s above, 125- ound ANSI 816.1 drillin Bolting Hex Bolts: ASTM A193 B8, Type 304 stainless steel Nuts: ASTM A194 Grade 8, Type 304 stainless steel Gaskets Flat-Face Matin Flan e: Full-faced 1/8-inch thick EPDM rubber. Solvent Cement As recommended by the pipe and fitting manufacturer conforming to ASTM D2564, except solvent weld cement for PVC pipe joints in sodium hypochlorite service shall be free of silica filler and shall be certified by the manufacturer to be suitable for that service. Certification shall be submitted. Thread Sealant Teflon Ta e. 15100 PSDS PVC1-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15100 PSDS PVC3 PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET — POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPE ITEM DESCRIPTION Pipe PVC Drain Waste and Vent type, ASTM D1785, Type 2110, Schedule 40. Fittings Schedule to match pipe above, ASTM D2665 Drain, Waste and Vent T e Joints Solvent socket weld except where connection to threaded valves and e ui ment ma re uire future disassembl . Solvent Cement As recommended by the pipe and fitting manufacturer conforming to ASTM D2564. Thread Sealant Teflon Ta e. Special 1. Approximate routing as shown on drawings. Provide drain Installation waste and vent piping to produce a complete, code- Instructions for compliant drain, waste and vent system. DWV Piping 2, provide and install all required fittings, adapters, etc. to produce a complete system. 3. Set piping above floor slab true and plumb. 4. Set risers in CMU walls where possible, set exposed risers as close to walls as possible. 5. Where vent stacks pass through roof, fit with flashing sleeve secured to roof. 6. Extend vents minimum i foot above roof. 15100 PSDS PVC3-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15120 PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITI'ALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Manufacturer's data on materials, construction, end connections, ratings, overall lengths, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SERVICE SADDLES A. Double-Strap Iron: 1. Pressure Rating: Capable of withstanding 150 psi internal pressure without leakage or over stressing. 2. Run Diameter: Compatible with outside diameter of pipe on which saddle is installed. 3. Taps: Iron pipe threads. 4. Materials: a. Body: Malleable or ductile iron. b. Straps: Galvanized steel. c. Hex Nuts and Washers: Steel. d. Seal: Rubber. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Smith-Blair; Series 313 or 366. b. Dresser; Style 91. c. Or Equal 2.2 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS A. Flexible Couplings (FC) 1. Features: a. Description: Sleeve-type flexible couplings b. Pressure and Service: Same as connected piping. c. Sleeve material: Carbon steel for carbon steel and ductile iron piping systems, or stainless steel for stainless steel piping systems. d. Coating and Lining: All cast and carbon steel components shall be epoxy lined and coated, minimum 16 mils thickness. For potable water service, lining shall be NSF-61 certified. e. Gasket: EPDM f. Bolts and Nuts: Alloy steel, corrosion-resistant, prime coated. Buried couplings shall have Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1) Dresser Piping Specialties; Style 153. 2) Smith-Blair, Inc.; Style 411. 3) Or Equal. 15120-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Flanged Coupling Adapters (FCA) 1. Features: a. Description: One end of adapter shall be flanged and the other end shall have a sleeve type flexible coupling. b. Pressure and Service: Same as connected piping. c. Adapter body material: Cast iron or steel. d. Gasket: EPDM e. Bolts and Nuts: Alloy steel, corrosion-resistant, prime coated. Buried couplings shall have Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1) Dresser Piping Specialties; Style 227. 2) Smith-Blair, Inc.; Style 127. 3) Or Equal. C. Restrained Flanged Coupling Adapters (RFCA) 1. Features: a. Description: One end of adapter shall be flanged and the other end shall have a sleeve type flexible coupling. b. Pressure and Service: Same as connected piping. c. Adapter body material: Cast iron or steel. d. Gasket: EPDM e. Bolts and Nuts: Alloy steel, corrosion-resistant, prime coated. Buried couplings shall have Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts. f. Restraining lug. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1) Romac Industries; RFCA 2) Or Equal. D. Restraint Rods for Flexible Couplings: As shown on the Drawings 2.3 RESTRAINED COUPLINGS A. Restrained Mechanical Joint Glands (RMJ) 1. Pressure Rating: a. Minimum Working Pressure Rating: Not less than 150 psi. b. Safety Factor: Not less than two times working pressure and shall be supported by manufacturer's proof testing. 2. RMJ gland shall be designed for use with standard mechanical joint pipe. Pipe restraint products designed for use with push-on joints will not be acceptable. 3. Thrust Restraint: a. Provide hardened steel wedges that bear against and engage outer pipe surface, and allow articulation of pipe joint after assembly while wedges remain in their original setting position on pipe surface. b. Products employing set screws that bear directly on pipe will not be acceptable. 4. Manufacturer and Product: a. Ductile Iron Pipe Only 1) EBAA Iron Sales Co.; Megalug. 2) Romac Industries Inc.: RomaGrip 3) Or Equal. 15120-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Dismantling Joint 1. Pressure Rating a. Minimum Working Pressure Rating: Not less than 150 psi b. Pressure rating to be no less than test pressure for piping system in which the Restrained Dismantling Joint is used. c. Safety Factor: Not less than two times working pressure and shall be supported by manufacturer's proof testing. 2. Thrust Restraint a. Provide steel tie rods, ASTM A 193 GR B7 b. Number and arrangement of tie rods to provide dismantling joint assembly which meets pressure rating requirement. 3. Materials of Construction a. Flanged Adapter Body: Steel b. Follower Flange: Ductile Iron c. Gasket: Buna-N, NSF-61 approved d. Flange: Steel, per AWWA C207 e. Spigot: Steel f. Studs: Type 304 stainless steel g. Coating: NSF-61 approved epoxy 4. Manufacturer and Product a. Smith-Blair, Model 975 or 972, as required for pressure rating b. Romac Industries, Style D.1400 c. Or Equal. 2.4 ELASTOMER BELLOWS: A. Type: Reinforced, molded wide-arch elastomer bellows B. Features: 1. End Connections: Flanged, drilled 125# ANSI B16.1 standard with split hot-dip galvanized steel retaining rings. 2. Washers: Use with retaining rings to provide leak-proof joint at twice the rated pressure. 3. Thrust Protection: Control rods with gusset connection shall prevent over-extension. 4. Bellows Arch lining shall be Buna-N, nitrile, or butyl. 5. Rated Temperature: 250 deg F. 6. Rated Deflection and Pressure: a. �ateral deflection shall be 3/a-inch minimum. b. Burst Pressure: Four times the working pressure. c. Compression deflection and minimum working pressure as follows: Size Deflection Pressure inch inch si 2-1/2 to 12 1.06 150 14 1.65 130 16 to 20 1.65 110 C. Manufacturers and Products: 1. General Rubber Corp.; Style 1015 Maxijoint. 2. Mercer; Flexmore Style 450. 3. Goodall Rubber Co.; Specification E-711. 4. Or equal. 15120-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.5 MODULAR MECHANICAL SEAL A. Type: Interconnecting synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, blockout, or core-drilled opening in concrete slabs or walls. B. Features: 1. Links: EPDM 2. Bolts and nuts: Type 316 stainless steel 3. Pressure plates: composite 4. Temperature range: -40 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit 5. Pressure rating: guaranteed by the manufacturer to provide a water-tight seal with a differential hydrostatic head of 40-feet of water C. Manufacturers and Products: 1. PSI-Thunderline; Link-seal, Type S-316 2. Or equal 2.6 FLEXIBLE EXPANSION JOINT A. Use: A flexible ductile iron fitting developed to accommodate pipeline forces that would otherwise result in damaged pipe or loss of service. Design to accommodate for expansion, contraction, rotation, bending and settlement of your pipeline all at the same time, with one fitting. For buried applications or above ground service. B. Materials 1. Casing, ball and sleeve a. Ductile Iron meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536 Grade 65-45-12 2. Flange a. Compatible with ANSI Class 125 and 150 bolt circles. 3. �ock Ring a. Series 400 stainless steel. Limits expansion and contraction of FJ-Restraint up to maximum working pressure. 4. Ring Gaskets a. Dual Ethylene Propylene Diene Methylene (EPDM) compounded for water and sewer service. 5. Coatings a. �ined and coated with fusion bonded epoxy, applied and tested in accordance with AWWA C213. All exposed exterior surfaces are 12 to 18 mils. 6. Protective Sleeve a. Polyethylene Sleeve, 8 mils thick per AWWA C105 to cover entire assembly after installation. Provided with flexible rubber bands to secure to pipe ends and restraint. C. Pressure 1. Allow for working pressures up to 350 psi. D. Manufacturers and Products 1. Romac Industries, Inc.; FJ Restraint Flexible Expansion .7oint 15120-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.7 PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTORS A. Type: Resilient rubber male-to-female wedge-style flexible connector between a circular gravity pipe and a circular opening core-drilled into a precast or cast-in-place concrete structure. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Able to hold 10 psi head pressure for 10 minutes with no leakage 2. �oad Rating: 150 Ibs per inch pipe diameter C. Materials: 1. Body: resilient rubber material conforming to ASTM C923 2. Hardware: 300 Series Stainless Steel conforming to ASTM C923, ASTM A666 and ASTM A240 D. Manufacturer and Products 1. Trelleborg Pipe Seals Milford, Inc., Model Kor-N-Seal I - 106 Series for pipes up to 18" diameter and Kor-N-Seal II - 206 Series for pipes from 20" to 54" in diameter. 2. Or Equal 2.8 CHEMICAL CONNECTION A. Type: Lockable Male Cam-lock 1. Materials: a. Adapter and Cap: Glass-reinforced polypropylene b. Gaskets and O-rings: Viton c. Handles, Rings, and Pins: Stainless Steel 2. Temperature Rating: 0 to 150 deg F 3. Pressure Rating: a. 0 deg F: 100 psi b. 70 deg F: 125 psi c. 150 deg F: 70 psi 4. Adapter: a. 2" FNPT x Male quick connect adapter 5. Cap a. 2" Lockable Type B. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Banjo a. Adapter: 200A with Viton gasket b. Cap: 200CAP with Viton gasket 2. Or equal 2.9 NON-METALLIC CORPORATION STOP WITH INJECTION QUILL A. Type: Complete assembly of corporation stop, injection quill, and safety chain, designed for use on process pipes 4" or larger. Construction shall be fully compatible with service conditions. B. Corporation Stop: 1. Process Connection: 3/4" Male NPT. 2. Rated 150 psi at 195 degrees F. 15120-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade 1 chlorinated polyvinyl chloride body, ball, and stem, end entry. 4. Threaded ends. 5. Viton or Teflon seat. 6. Viton O-rings and stem seals. C. Injection Quill: 1. Process Connection: 1/2" female NPT. 2. Dimensions: a. Minimum 1/4" inside diameter. b. Tapered injector tip, oriented to maximize chemical dispersion. c. Select injection quill length such that tip of quill extends into process pipe between one-third and one-half of process pipe diameter. Minimum distance from pipe wall to injector tip shall be 2-inches. 3. Materials: a. Solution Tube Assembly: CPVC. b. Ring, Sleeve and Capture Nut: PVDF. 4. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psi. D. Safety Chain: 1. Designed to prevent injection quill withdrawal before corporation stop is closed. E. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Hydro Instruments, CS-075-CPVC. 2. Neptune, CS2-75-PVC. 3. Or Equal 2.10 STRAINERS A. CPVC Y-STRAINER, 4" diameter and smaller 1. Materials: a. Body: CPVC b. Hex Cleanout Cap: CPVC c. Screen: CPVC d. O-rings and gaskets: Viton 2. 1/32" perforated screen 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psi 4. Size and connection as shown on the Drawings 5. Manufacturer: a. Hayward Flow Control Systems b. Or Equal 2.11 PRESSURE GAGES A. Type: Direct mounted, dial type pressure gage. 1. Construction: Weatherproof, a. Case: 1) 4-inch diameter 2) Material: cast aluminum with black finish or 304 stainless steel 3) Flangeless 4) Bottom 1/4-inch N.P.T. connection. 15120-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Ring: Chrome plated or stainless steel, close type. c. Dial: White face, black numbers and graduations. d. Window: Laminated safety glass or clear acrylic plastic. e. Pointer: Micrometer type, black finish, red tip. f. Movement: Stainless steel, rotary type, delrin sector and bushings. g. Bourdon Tube: Seamless phosphor bronze, Grade A over-pressured and stress- relieved. h. Socket and Tip: Forged brass, alloy steel and Type 316 stainless steel. 2. Accuracy: 1 percent minimum. 3. Range: Per Schedule in Section C. 4. Gage Cocks: Provide brass tee handle cock before each gage. 5. Diaphragm Seals: a. Provide diaphragm seals on all installations where called for on the Drawings, Details or Specifications b. Diaphragm seals shall be thread-attached type with removable cleanout AISI Type 316 stainless steel diaphragm, zinc or cadmium plated carbon steel upper housing and stainless steel lower housing. c. The diaphragm shall be of continuous design to safely contain the process fluid in the event of gauge breakage or removal with the system under pressure. d. The lower housing shall be provided with a tapped �/4-inch NPT flushing connection and an M x F stainless steel needle valve. 6. Provide snubber or pulsation dampener to protect gage. 7. Reference ANSI B40.1 for Grade 1A gages. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Weksler Instrument Company, Regal Gauges. 2. H.O. Trerice Company, 700 Series. 3. Or equal. C. Schedule ID Gage Name Range Diaphragm si Seal? 05 PI 70 Surface Wash Pum Pressure Indicator 0-200 No 06 PI 10 Backwash Reclaim Pum Pressure Indicator 0-200 No 06 PI 20 Sewer Force Main Pressure Indicator 0-50 Yes 2.12 FLOATING SUPERNATANT COLLECTOR A. Single Integrated unit including: 1. PVC or stainless steel float chamber containing polyurethane foam. 2. PVC or stainless steel strainer plate with 3/16" holes. 3. 6-inch flexible hose discharge fitting. 4. Freely turning discharge tube design. 5. Manufacturer and Product: a. Megator; Floating Suction Strainer b. Or Equal. 15120-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Provide 6-inch flexible polyethylene suction pipe: 1. Provide 10 to 12 feet of flexible piping. 2. Manufacturer and Product: a. U.S. Plastic Corp; Ductall Polyethylene Flexible Hose. b. Or Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 I N STA L�ATI O N A. General 1. Follow all manufacturer's directions B. Flexible Couplings (FC) 1. Follow all manufacturer's directions 2. No more than 1-inch gap between pipe ends 3. Center flexible coupling in joint 4. Tighten bolts in an alternating pattern to provide even tension around the coupling 5. Tighten bolts to specified torque 6. In buried installations, wrap coupling with plastic fastened to pipe to protect bolts and coupling from backfill material C. Flanged Coupling Adapters (FCA) 1. Follow all manufacturer's directions 2. No more than 1-inch gap between pipe plain end and flange face 3. Tighten flange bolts prior to tightening coupling bolts 4. Tighten bolts in an alternating pattern to provide even tension around the coupling 5. Tighten bolts to specified torque 6. In buried installations, wrap coupling with plastic fastened to pipe to protect bolts and coupling from backfill material D. Restrained Mechanical Joint Glands (RMJ) 1. Follow all manufacturer's directions 2. Tighten mechanical joint gland bolts before tightening restraint lugs 3. Tighten restraint lugs until torque head breaks off 4. In buried installations, wrap joint with plastic fastened to pipe to protect bolts and coupling from backfill material E. Pressure Gages 1. Follow all manufacturer's directions 2. Install diaphragm seals where process liquid would be detrimental to gage life (wastewater, chemical service, etc.) 3. Check gage accuracy + + END OF SECTION + + 15120-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15200 VALVES AND OPERATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITI'ALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Product data sheets for make and model. 2. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, specifications, and identification of materials of construction. 3. Certificate of Compliance for: Butterfly valves; full compliance with AWWA C504. B. Tests and inspection data. C. Operation and Maintenance Data as specified in Section 01330, SUBMITI-AL PROCEDURES. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. In accordance with manufacturer's directions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All valves shall be the same size as the pipe in which they are installed, unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings. B. All valves shall include all appurtenant parts (operators, chainwheels, handwheels, valve stems, floor stands, gear boxes, operating nut, etc.) for a complete operating valve. 1. Valve shall be, as much as practical, fully factory assembled. C. All valves shall open by turning counter-clockwise. Maximum force required for operation shall be 40 Ibs. D. Where Lead-Free Bronze or Brass is specified, materials shall be in compliance with California Health & Safety Code Section 116875. Not more than a weighted average of 0.25 percent of the wetted surface of the valve shall be lead. Valve shall be provided with a "hang tag" or other marking that easily identifies the valve as Lead-Free. E. Coatings and Linings: 1. Provide factory-applied coatings as described herein. 2. Where liquid epoxy coatings are specified, coatings shall conform to AWWA C550. 3. Field coat the exterior of all valve bodies with the same coating as is required for the adjacent pipe in Section 09900, PAINTING and Section 15100, PIPE AND FITi"INGS, unless otherwise specified. 15200-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Nuts, Bolts and Washers 1. Hex Bolts ASTM A320/A320M, Type 304 stainless steel, Grade B8, Class 2 2. Nuts: ASTM F594, Type 304 stainless steel, Grade B8, Class 2 3. Washers: Type 304 stainless steel 2.2 BALL VALVES A. BAV-03: Stainless Steel Ball Valve, 3 Inches and Smaller 1. Service: Water, air. 2. Features: a. Threaded ends b. Rated minimum 800 psig WOG (Water-Oil-Gas) c. Stainless steel body d. Polished stainless steel ball e. Teflon seat f. Stainless steel lever-type handle 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Apollo, Type 76 b. Watts Type S-FBV-1 c. Or Equal B. BAV-05: PVC Ball Valve 4 Inches and Smaller: 1. Service: Water, Chemical Duty. 2. Features: a. Rated 150 psi at 73 degrees F b. ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade 1 polyvinyl chloride body, ball, and stem, end entry c. Double union design, d. Flanged-end if noted in Valve Schedule, otherwise solvent-weld socket ends e. EPDM or Teflon seat f. EPDM 0-rings and stem seals 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Nibco; Chemtrol Tru-Bloc. b. ASAHI/America;Type 21/21A. c. Or Equal. C. BAV-06: CPVC Ball Valve 4 Inches and Smaller: 1. Service: Water, Chemical Duty. 2. Features: a. Rated 150 psi at 73 degrees F b. ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade 1 chlorinated polyvinyl chloride body, ball, and stem, end entry c. Double union design d. Flanged-end if noted in Valve Schedule, otherwise solvent-weld socket ends e. Viton or Teflon seat f. Viton O-rings and stem seals g. Vented ball 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Nibco; Chemtrol Tru-Bloc. b. ASAHI/America;Type 21/21A. c. Or Equal. 15200-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.3 BUTfERFLY VALVES A. BFV-10: Butterfly Valve 3 Inches to 72 Inches: 1. Service: Water. 2. Features: a. Flanged end, short body type. b. AWWA C504, Class 150B. c. Features: 1) Body: a) Cast iron 2) Disc: a) Cast or ductile iron disc b) On valves 24-inch and larger, provide non-hollow discs 3) Shaft: a) Type 304 stainless steel shaft, b) Self-adjusting V-type or O-ring shaft seals. 4) Seat: a) Valves 3- to 20- inch: 1. Buna N or NBR rubber seat bonded or molded in body only. 2. Elastomer seats which are bonded or vulcanized to the body shall have adhesive integrity of bond between seat and body assured by testing, with minimum 7S-pound pull in accordance with ASTM D429, Method B. b) Valves 24-inch and larger: i. Buna N or NBR rubber seat retained within a dovetail groove in the valve body and mechanically locked in place by use of an epoxy filler. 2. Valve to be adjustable from either side 3. Valves using seat fasteners or retaining rings are not allowed c) Provide stainless steel seating surface. 5) Coatings and Linings: a) �iquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. b) For potable water applications, epoxy lining shall be NSF 61 approved. d. Valve shall be suitable for throttling operations and infrequent operation after periods of inactivity. e. Valve shall be bubble-tight with rated pressure applied from either side. f. Smooth flow stream on valve body interior 1) No travel stops for disc on interior of body. 2) Isolate metal-to-metal thrust bearing surfaces from flowstream. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. DeZurik Water Controls; Model BAW. b. Henry Pratt Company 1) 3"to 20": Model 2FII 2) 24" to 72": Model Triton XR-70 c. Or Equal. 15200-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.4 CHECK VALVES A. CKV-06: CPVC Ball Check Valve 4" and smaller 1. Service: Water, Chemical Duty. 2. Features: a. Materials: 1) CPVC body and ball, conforming to ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 23567-A. 2) FPM (FKM) uni-seats and seal b. Connections: True union or flanged as shown on the Drawings c. 150 psi minimum pressure rating d. 5 psi minimum shutoff 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Asahi/America Inc. b. Nibco, Chemtrol True Union Ball Check (3" and smaller) c. Or Equal B. CKV-10: Swing Check Valve (2" to 24") 1. Service: Water, Sewage, Sludge and General Service. 2. Style: Swing Check, Outside lever and weight type, Flanged-End Connections 3. General: Valves shall comply with AWWA C508. 4. Body: Valve body and cover shall be fabricated with cast iron conforming to ASTM A 126 with flanged ends conforming to ANSI B16.1. 5. Disc: The valve disc shall be fabricated of cast iron or ductile iron and rubber faced. 6. Seat and Rings: The valve seat and rings shall be fabricated of bronze conforming to ASTM B62 or B148 or of Buna-N. 7. Disc Bolt: A307 Steel 8. Hinge: Ductile Iron 9. Hinge Pin: The hinge pin shall be fabricated of stainless steel. 10. Coatings and Linings: a. Liquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. b. For potable water applications, epoxy lining shall be NSF 61 approved. 11. Manufacturer: a. M&H; Style 159, Lever and Weight b. Milliken; Figure 8001, Lever and Weight c. Or equal. 2.5 DIAPHRAGM VALVES A. DIA-01: CPVC Diaphragm Valve 3 Inches and Smaller: 1. Service: Water, Chemical Duty. 2. Features: a. CPVC Type IV, ASTM D1784 body and bonnet b. Flanged or true union as shown on the Drawings c. Diaphragms shall be three-piece: 1) PTFE face 2) PVDF gas barrier 3) EPDM backing d. EPDM o-rings e. Bubble-tight sealing f. Travel stop for over-tightening prevention g. Position indication h. 150 psi at 70 deg F minimum pressure rating 15200-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Manufacturers: a. Asahi/America Inc. Type 14 b. Or Equal 2.6 GATE VALVES A. GAV-10: Resilient-Seated Gate Valve, 3 Inches to 24 Inches: 1. Service: Water. 2. Features: a. Conforms to AWWA C509 (<12") or AWWA C515 (14" to 24") b. Iron body c. Resilient seat, bronze mounted d. Full port e. Valve Ends: 1) Mechanical joint ends for buried service, unless shown otherwise on drawings or valve schedule 2) Flanged ends for exposed service f. Non-rising stem g. Actuator for Buried Service: 1) Stem extension, as required, to bring operating nut to within 12" of ground surface. 2) 2-inch operating nut h. Actuator for Exposed Service: 1) Handwheel i. Design working water pressure: 250 psig j. Coatings and Linings: 1) �iquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. 2) For potable water applications, epoxy lining shall be NSF 61 approved. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Mueller 2360 (2" to 12") or 2361 (14" to 24") b. M&H Valve; AWWA C509 (2" to 12") or AWWA C515 (14" to 24"). c. Or Equal. 2.7 PLUG VALVES A. PLV-10: Eccentric Plug Valve, 3 Inches to 20 Inches: 1. Service: Water, sewage. 2. Features: a. Non-lubricated type. b. Drip-tight shutoff with pressure from either direction. c. Features: 1) Body: Cast iron Type ASTM A126 Class B. 2) Plug: a) Cast iron or 316 stainless steel. b) Round or rectangular port of no less than 80 percent of connecting pipe area. c) Coated with Buna-N, Chloroprene, or Hycar. 3) Seats: Type 316 stainless steel or nickel. 4) Stem: a) Bearing: Self-lubricating stainless steel or reinforced Teflon. b) Seal: 15200-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final l. Multiple V-rings, U-cups, or O-rings of nitrile rubber. 2. Externally adjustable and re-packable without removing the bonnet or actuator from the valve under pressure. c) Provide upper and lower grit seals on stem. 5) Ends: a) Exposed service: Flanged per ANSI B16.1 or grooved, as shown on Drawings or indicated on Valve Schedule. b) Buried service: Mechanical joint per ANSI A21.11. 6) Actuators: a) Exposed: i. Valves 3 Inches through 6 Inches: Wrench lever manual actuator. 2. Valves 8 Inches through 20 Inches: Totally enclosed, geared, manual actuator with handwheel b) Buried: 2-inch nut per Valve Schedule. 7) Coatings and Linings: a) Liquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. b) For potable water applications, epoxy lining shall be NSF 61 approved. d. Pressure Rating: 1) Valves 3 Inches through 12 Inches: 175 psi. 2) Valves 14 Inches through 20 Inches: 150 psi. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. DeZurik; Style PEC. b. Pratt; Ballcentric. c. Milliken; Millcentric. d. Or Equal. 2.8 HOSE VALVES A. HSV-02: 1-1/2"Angle-Pattern Hose Valve 1. Service: Water. 2. Features: a. Class 125 or 150 angle valve b. Bronze body, seat and disc c. Screwed bonnet d. Rising stem e. Threaded ends 3. Manufacturers and Products a. Milwaukee, 504 b. Crane, Figure 17TF c. Or Equal B. HSV-03: Non-Freeze Post Hydrant, 3/a" through 2" 1. Features: a. Bronze Non-Freeze Post Hydrant with valve and drain hole below grade and stem extension to 30-inch high post so that hose connection is 30" above grade b. Provide NPT threaded drain hole where drawings show a piped drain. c. Cast Iron Casing Guard d. T-handle key e. Threaded ends, Female NPT inlet and male hose connection outlet f. Atmospheric vacuum breaker conforming to ASSE Standard 1011 and IAPMO code on 3/a" size 15200-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Manufacturers and Products a. �ay R Smith, Figures 5910, 5911, 5912, 5913, 5914 b. Zurn, Figures Z1385, Z1390 c. Or Equal 2.9 CONTROL VALVES A. PRV-01: Pressure Regulator, �/z" to 1" 1. Service: Non-potable water, air. 2. Where PRV-01 is called out on the drawings and the service is potable water (at any point in the treatment process) than the valve shall be lead free as specified in PRV- O1LF 3. Type: Type: Adjustable spring-loaded, self-contained pressure regulator 4. Materials: a. Body: Bronze b. Trim, Valve Seat and Spring: Stainless Steel c. Diaphragm: �aminated Metal 5. Pressures: a. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 300 psig b. Outlet Pressure Range: 15 to 70 psig. 6. Manufacturer/Model: a. Watts Model 252A (1/2" and 3/4" only) b. Cashco Model D (All Sizes) c. Cash-Acme Model E3 (All Sizes) d. Or Equal. B. PRV-01LF: Lead-Free Pressure Regulator, �/z" to 1" 1. Service: Potable Water 2. Type: Type: Adjustable spring-loaded, self-contained pressure regulator 3. Materials: a. Body: Lead-Free Brass & Bronze Materials in compliance with California Health & Safety Code Section 116875. Not more than a weighted average of 0.25 percent of the wetted surface of the valve shall be lead. Valve shall be provided with a "hang tag" or other marking that easily identifies the valve as Lead-Free. b. Trim, Valve Seat and Spring: Stainless Steel c. Diaphragm: Reinforced Buna-N 4. Pressures: a. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 300 psig b. Outlet Pressure Range: 15 to 70 psig. 5. Manufacturer/Model: a. Watts Model LF223 b. Or Equal. C. PRV-20: Pressure Relief Valve, Water Service: 1. Service: Water. 2. Features: a. Hydraulically-operated, pilot-controlled modulating valve b. Designed to provide pressure relief from high pressure surges c. Angle Pattern d. ANSI B16.42 150-Ib flanged ends 15200-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final e. Y-strainer on the pilot control line f. Valve rated pressure: 250 psi g. Adjustable Pressure Relief Range: 20 to 200 psi h. Provide sensing line(s) and route per manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Materials: a. ASTM A536 ductile iron body b. Stainless steel trim c. Buna N Rubber Disc d. Nylon reinforced Buna N Rubber Diaphragm e. Stainless steel stem 4. Coatings and Linings: a. Liquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. b. For potable water applications, epoxy lining shall be NSF 61 approved. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Cla-Val; Model 50-01 b. No Equal D. 2.10 AIR RELIEF AND VACUUM VALVES A. ARV-03: Air Release Valve, '/z" to 1" 1. Service: Water. 2. Features: a. Simple lever type b. Automatically exhausts small amounts of entrained air that accumulates in a system c. Once air has been exhausted, uses water pressure to close valve. In CLOSED position, seat against resilient seat to prevent water leakage. d. Rated 150 psi working pressure, orifice size by manufacturer (minimum orifice size 1/16-inch). e. Cast iron, ductile iron, or semi-steel body, cover with stainless steel float and trim. f. Coatings and Linings: 1) Liquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. 2) For potable water applications, epoxy lining shall be NSF 61 approved. 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. APCO Valve and Primer Corp.; Model 50 b. Val-Matic Valve; Model 15A. c. Or equal. B. CARV-02: Combination Air Release and Vacuum Valve, Sewer Service up to 150 psi: 1. Service: Sewage. 2. Features: a. Combines the operating features of both an air vacuum valve and air release valve, allowing to vent or re-enter system freely in either direction. b. Once air has been exhausted, uses sewer pressure to close valve. In CLOSED position, seat against resilient seat to prevent water leakage. c. Single-body type d. Rated 150 psi working pressure, orifice size by manufacturer (minimum orifice size 1/8-inch). 15200-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final e. Cast iron, ductile iron, or semi-steel body, cover with stainless steel float and trim. f. 2-inch inlet, 1-inch outlet. g. Suitable for use with sewage. h. Provide flushing connections for maintenance. i. Maximum Valve Height: 20-inches j. Coatings and Linings: 1) Liquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. 3. Manufacturers: a. APCO Valve and Primer Corp.; Model 443 b. Val-Matic Valve; Model VM-801A c. Or equal. 2.11 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. BFP-01: Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly: 1. Service: Water. 2. Materials: a. Body: lead-free bronze materials or epoxy-coated cast/ductile iron. b. Test cocks: lead-free bronze c. Ball valves: lead-free bronze d. Valve Seats: stainless steel or Noryl 3. Features: a. Two check valves with an independent relief valve between the valves, b. Two resilient-seated isolation gate valves or ball valves c. Test cocks, in accordance with AWWA C511 d. Rated 175 psi maximum working pressure, e. Meets requirements of USC Foundation For Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research. f. Ends: as required for installation as shown on Drawings g. Coatings and Linings (steel and cast iron): 1) Liquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. 2) For potable water applications, epoxy lining shall be NSF 61 approved. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Watts; Model LF909 (3/4" to 10") b. FEBCO; Model LF860 (3/4" to 10") c. Ames; C400 (2-1/2" to 10") d. Or Equal. 2.12 OPERATORS: A. General: 1. Operator force not to exceed 40 pounds under any operating condition, including initial breakaway. Gear reduction operator when force exceeds 40 pounds. 2. Operator self-locking type or equipped with self-locking device. 3. Provide position indicator on all valves. 4. Worm and gear operators one-piece design worm-gears of gear bronze material. Worm hardened alloy steel with thread ground and polished. Traveling nut type operators threaded steel reach rods with internally threaded bronze or ductile iron nut. 5. Valve handles, wheels, etc. to be designed to accommodate a padlock. 15200-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. ManualOperator: 1. Galvanized and painted handwheels. 2. �ever operators allowed on quarter-turn valves 8 inches and smaller. 3. Cranks on gear type operators. 4. For all valves above 5'-0" above adjacent working surface (finished floor or finished grade), provide chain wheel operator with tiebacks 5. For all exposed valves below adjacent working surface (finished floor or walkway), provide extension stem, floor stands, and other accessories to permit operation from 2'-6" above adjacent working surface. 6. For all buried valves 3" and larger, provide stem extension, valve bonnet, valve box and 2" AWWA operating nut such that operating nut is within 12" of adjacent finished grade. a. For small-diameter buried valves, provide cross-shaped handle for operating with forked key. C. Automatic Operators: 1. General: a. Where indicated on the drawings and/or in the valve schedule, provide automatic operators. b. Size operators to 1-1/2 times required operating torque. Motor stall torque not to exceed torque capacity of valve. c. Provide stem protection for rising stem valves. d. All automatic operated valves shall have manual override option. Manual override option shall not require any more than 40 Ibs of force for valve operation. e. Coordination of all automatic operators with the valves being operated shall be the responsibility of the valve manufacturer. Automatic operators shall be completely compatible with the valves being controlled. f. Automatic Operators shall be of the following types: 2.13 ACCESSORIES A. T-Handled Operating Wrench: 1. One each galvanized operating wrench, 4 feet long. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Mueller; No. A-24610. b. Clow No.; F-2520. c. Or Equal. B. Cast Iron Valve Box: Designed for traffic loads, sliding type, with minimum of 6-inch ID shaft. 1. Box: Cast iron with minimum depth of 9 inches. 2. Lid: Cast iron, minimum depth 3 inches, marked WATER. 3. Extensions: Cast iron. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE SCHEDULE A. A Valve Schedule has been attached to this Specification and is incorporated herein by reference. Provide valves in accordance with Valve Schedule. 15200-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. For valves that are not referenced in Valve Schedule, provide the valve type called for on the Drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cleaning: 1. Clean all mating faces of valve (threads, flange faces, etc.) prior to assembly. 2. Remove all debris from valve body prior to assembly. 3. Take extra care to clean mating faces of existing pipe and fittings which may have corrosion, dirt, debris and mineral build-up which should be removed for a proper fit. B. Apply joint compound, lubricant, etc. as recommended by valve manufacturer for proper installation prior to installation. C. Install valves in accordance with the following schedule and as noted on the Drawings: 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install valves per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install valves so handles operate from fully open to fully closed without encountering obstructions. C. Install valves in location and orientation for easy access for routine operation and maintenance. Access should be such that an operator can operate the valve by reaching a handle, chain, etc. at a height between 2'-6" and 5'-0" above adjacent work surface (for buried valves, this is accomplished with a t-handle wrench and the operating nut being within 12" of finished grade). D. Install plug valves with the seat side as indicated on the drawings. If manufacturer's recommendations differ from indicated seat direction on the drawings, or if no seat side is indicated, install plug valves with seat side as recommended by the manufacturer after obtaining approval from the ENGINEER. 3.4 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Valve may be either tested while testing pipelines, or as a separate step. B. Test that valves open and close smoothly under operating pressure conditions. Test that two-way valves open and close smoothly under operating pressure conditions from both directions. C. Inspect air release and vacuum valves as pipe is being filled to verify venting and seating is fully functional. D. Count and record number of turns to open and close valve; account for any discrepancies with manufacturer's data. E. Set, verify, and record set pressures for all relief and regulating valves. 15200-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final F. Automatic valves to be tested in conjunction with control system testing. Set all opening and closing speeds, limit switches, as required or recommended by the ENGINEER. 3.5 SUPPLEMENTS A. The following supplements are attached to this Specification section and incorporated herein by reference: 1. 15200 VS - Valve Schedule + + END OF SECTION + + 15200-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15200 VS VALVE SCHEDULE 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. This schedule is provided for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR. Some valves may be shown on the drawings, but not listed here. 2. Valve specifications are given in Section 15200, Valves and Operators. B. Valve Tag Number: 1. Tag numbers are as noted in the Drawings. C. Valve Type: 1. Valve types are as described in 15200, Valves and Operators D. Valve Ends: 1. FLG - Flanged 2. GRV - Grooved End 3. LUG - Lugged 4. MJ - Mechanical Joint a. Where the surrounding piping system is installed with restrained joints, MJ valves shall be installed using RMJ (restrained mechanical joint) glands per 15120, Piping Specialties. 5. SLV - Solvent Welded Socket 6. SLD - Soldered Socket 7. THR - Threaded 8. W - Wafer E. Installation Codes 1. Ex - Exposed 2. Un - Underground F. Valve Actuators, as described in 15200, Valves and Operators 1. HW - Handwheel 2. L - Lever 3. N - 2" Nut 4. Type 100 - Motor, Heavy-Duty - Open/Close 5. N/A - Not Applicable 15200 VS-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.2 VALVE SCHEDULE VA�VE TAG VALVE NUMBER TYPE ENDS DIAMETER INSTA��ATION ACTUATOR NOTES EW12_GN_01130 GAV-10 MJ 8" Un N EW12_GTV_01140 GAV-10 M] 8" Un N EW12_GTV_01150 GAV-10 MJ 8" Un N EW12 GTV 01160 GAV-10 FLG 6" Ex NW EW12 PRV 01160 PRV-20 FLG 6" Ex N Angle Pattern — — Set to 150 PSI EW12 BFV 02120 BFV-10 FLG 12" Ex HW EW12 BFV 02150 BFV-10 FLG 12" Ex HW EW12 BFV 02170 BFV-10 FLG 4" Ex HW EW12_CHV_02170 CKV-10 FLG 4" Ex N/A EW12 BFV 04150 BFV-10 FLG 6" Ex HW EW12 BFV 04160 BFV-10 FLG 6" Ex HW EW12_RPP_04160 BFP-01 FLG 6" Ex N/A EW12 BFV 05120 BFV-10 FLG 12" Ex HW EW12 BFV 05130 BFV-10 FLG 12" Ex NW EW12 GTV 06160 GAV-10 MJ 12" Un N EW12 BFV 06180 BFV-10 FLG 6" Ex HW EW12 PLV 06180 PLV-10 FLG 4" Ex HW EW12 PLV 06190 PLV-10 FLG 4" Ex HW EW12 PLV 06200 PLV-10 FLG 4" Ex NW EW12 PLV 06210 PLV-10 FLG 4" Ex HW + + END OF SECTION + + 15200 VS-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15400 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMII"I"ALS A. Shop Drawings: l. Catalog information and rough-in dimensions for plumbing fixtures, products, and specialties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Utility Sink (US-01): 1. Fixture: Enameled cast iron with stainless steel rim guard and blank back. Kohler; Model K-6718 Bannon. 2. Faucet: Chicago Faucet Co.; Model 897-CP, with hose threads, integral supply stops, vacuum breaker, pail hook, and wall brace. 3. Accessories: Kohler; Model K-6673, 3-inch trap standard with grid strainer. B. Instant Hot Water Heater (IHWH-01): 1. Tankless, iInstantaneous electric water heater. 2. Copper heat exchanger. 3. Copper-sheathed heating elements. 4. Plastic housing. 5. Minimum flow capacity for 50-degree farenheit temperature rise: 1.5 gpm. 6. 208V/50A max. 7. Manufacturer and Model: a. Controlled Energy CorporationBosch; Model AE9.5 PowerStar b. Or Equal. C. Safety Shower/Eyewash (SSH) 1. Deluge Shower: a. ABS plastic shower head. b. Instant action, stay open, self-draining ball valve. c. Pull-rod. d. Steel stanchion. e. Floor flange. f. Interconnecting piping. 2. Eyewash: a. Aerated eye wash with stainless steel receptor. b. Stay open, self-draining ball valve. c. Push handle control. d. Foot treadle control if available. e. Plastic anti-surge eyewash heads. f. Supply line strainer. 15400-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Accessories: a. Scald Protection Bleed Valve: Set to open when internal water temperature rises above 110 degrees F and close when internal temperature drops below 95 degrees F. b. Freeze Protection Bleed Valve: Set to open when the internal water temperature drops below 35 degrees F and close when the internal water temperature rises above 45 degrees F. c. Corrosion-resistant coating. d. Provide flow switch alarm. Set alarm with delay timer (initially set to 20 seconds) at Plant PLC prior to sounding alarm. 4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Haws; Model 8300 with SP157B and SP158B b. Speakman c. Or Equal. 2.2 DRAINAGE PRODUCTS A. Floor Drain (FD-01): 1. Features: a. Cast Iron body and grate b. Heavy duty top grate, Designed for use on finished concrete floors with heavy industrial traffic loads. c. Trap primer connection. d. Threaded outlet designed for use with PVC drain waste and vent pipe 2. Manufacturers: a. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Co.; Model 2120 with Speedi-Set outlet b. Or equal. B. Floor Drain with Funne) (FD-02) 1. Features: a. Cast Iron body and grate b. Funnel top, 4 inch diameter and 4-1/4 inch tall, attached to grate with concealed screws c. Trap primer connection d. Threaded outlet designed for use with PVC drain waste and vent pipe 2. Manufacturers: a. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Co.; Model 3510T b. Or equal. C. Trench Drain (TD-01) 1. Design Load Class C, Heavy Duty. 2. Width and length as shown on the Drawings. 3. Features: a. Drain channel shall be constructed of high-density polyethylene composite, polyvinyl chloride, precast polymer concrete, fiberglass reinforced plastic, or equal material. b. Pre-sloped: 0.6% minimum. c. Bottom outlet, designed for use with PVC drain waste and vent pipe. d. Flat grated trench cover. 1) Material shall be cast or ductile iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, resin composite, pultruded fiberglass, or other suitable material. 15400-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2) Ferrous metals shall have corrosion resistant coating. e. Closed-end construction f. Lap joints to connect the sectional units 4. Manufacturer and Product: a. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Co. b. Or Equal D. Floor Cleanout (FCO-01): 1. Material: Tapered thread, bronze plug with round adjustable scoriated secured cast iron top. Designed for use on finished concrete floors with heavy industrial traffic loads. 2. Outlet designed for use with PVC drain waste and vent pipe 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.; Model 4111 with Speedi-Set outlet. b. Zurn; Model Z1400-HD with Neo-Loc outlet c. Or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DETAILING A. Contract Drawings and specifications do not detail all requirements for installation of plumbing fixtures. CONTRACTOR shall provide all required materials to provide a complete installation of all plumbing fixtures which is fully functional and compliant with all applicable codes and regulations. 3.2 PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install all piumbing fixtures piumb, level and per the manufacturer's instructions. B. Plumbing Fixtures, Mounting Heights: 1. Standard rough-in catalogued heights, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Caulk fixtures in contact with finished walls with waterproof, white, non-hardening sealant which will not crack, shrink, or change color with age. C. Fixture Trim: Install fixture trim where applicable on fixtures. D. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Water Hammer Arresters: a. Install PDI-certified and rated water hammer arresters, sized and located in accordance with PDI WH-201 and as shown on Drawings. b. Install adjacent to equipment wherein quick closing valves are installed. c. Install at each emergency safety shower. d. Concealed water hammer arresters shall have access panels or be otherwise accessible. E. Drains and Cleanouts: 1. Install top flush with finished floor elevation. 2. Install PVC p-traps at each floor drain. 15400-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3. Provide cleanouts where shown and where required by code. F. Roof Drain Leaders: 1. Slope horizontal leaders �/a-inch per foot in the downstream direction. + + END OF SECTION + + 15400-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SERVICE CONDITIONS: A. All units will be designed using the following outdoor design conditions: Summer Outdoor Dr -Bulb Tem erature 103 °F Outdoor Wet-Bulb Tem erature 68 °F Winter Outdoor Dry-Bulb Temperature 26 °F B. All units will be designed using the following indoor design conditions: Summer Existin Pum Station Buildin Indoor Dr -Bulb Tem erature 71 °F New Mechanical Buildin Dr -Bulb Tem erature 90 °F Winter Existing Pump Station Building Indoor Dry-Bulb Temperature 71 °F New Mechanical Building Dry-Bulb Temperature 60 °F 1.2 SUBMITfALS: A. Complete specifications, descriptive drawings, catalog cuts, and descriptive literature that include make, model, dimensions, weight of equipment, horsepower, and electrical schematics for products and control system components specified. B. Complete performance data that indicates full compliance with the Specifications. C. Recommended procedures for protection and handling of equipment and materials prior to installation. D. Manufacturer's standard finish color selection for cabinet finishes. E. Operation and maintenance manuals. 1. List of recommended spare parts for equipment and materials specified. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. Furnish 2-year warranty for all equipment. 15500-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PACKAGED EVAPORATIVE COOLING UNITS A. Supply Unit Assembly: 1. Supply fan. 2. Water distribution system. 3. Recirculation pump. 4. Float valve. 5. Pads. 6. Motor and drive. 7. Make-up water metering float valve. 8. Electrical connection box. B. Enclosure: 1. Heavy gauge galvanized steel cabinet. 2. Flush mount panels into the unit framework. 3. Furnish access panels for maintenance of fan, motor, water distribution system, and filters. 4. Furnish drain pan with drain piping for draining sump. 5. Epoxy coated or polyester resin powder paint finish. C. Fan: 1. Centrifugal fan. 2. Forward-curved blades. 3. Fan and drive assembly mounted on grommets 4. Protection screen on fan discharge. 5. Single-phase, 3-speed motor, 230-volt. D. Pump: 1. Single-phase motor, 115-volt 2. Integral self-resetting overload protection. E. Pads: 1. One back pad and two side pads. Provide spare pads. 2. Rigid media design. 3. Glass fiber construction, bonded with inorganic, noncrystalline fibers. 4. PVC water distributor tubes. F. Electrical: 1. Factory-installed wiring with single point power panel connection from unit electrical connection box to fan motor and pump motor. Panel shall include magnetic contactors and overloads for motors. 2. Factory-installed wiring from unit electrical connection box to fan motor and pump motor. 3. Factory-installed and wired disconnect switch for the fan and pump motors. 4. Provisions for accepting one 240-volt, single-phase circuit in unit electrical connection box for fan motor and pump motor. 5. Provisions for accepting two 120-volt, single-phase circuits in unit electrical connection box, one, for fan motor and pump motor. 15500-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 6. Thermostat control with 6-position switch with COOLER LOW, COOLER MEDIUM, COOLER HIGH, PUMP ONLY, and OFF selections. G. Manufacturer: 1. Champion Model DD 2. MasterCool Model AS/AD 3. Or Approved Equal 2.2 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS A. General: 1. Heaters shall be of the draw-through air flow design. 2. Heaters shall be UL listed and meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code. 3. All heaters drawing in excess of 48 amps shail be provided with factory-installed subdivided and fused circuits of 48 amps or less. B. Cabinet: 1. 22-gauge die formed steel. 2. Individual adjustable louvers with 30 degrees downward stops. 3. Metal surfaces shall be phosphate coated and covered with manufacturer's polyester powder coat finish. 4. Mounting brackets shall be compatible ceiling or wall swivel mounting. 5. Unit shall not project into room more than 8-inches C. Heating Element: 1. Electric heating bank consisting of 80/20 Nichrome wire and copper clad steel sheath. 2. Aluminum fins. 3. Automatic reset thermal overheat protection shall be of the linear capillary type wired for instantaneous de-energizing in case of thermal overload. 4. Heating bank shall have protective air inlet louvers. D. Fan: 1. Aluminum, directly connected to fan motor. E. Motors: 1. Totally enclosed, designed for continuous heavy-duty all-angle operation and equipped with built-in thermal overload protection. F. Controls: 1. Low voltage (24 volt) transformers. 2. Single Pole Internal Thermostat a. Temp Range: 45 to 85 deg F G. Space Heater Information: SPACE HEATERS: SH-01 Location Mechanical Room Unit T e S ace Heater Minimum Heating 3.0 kW Ca acit Air Deliver Rate 350 CFM 15500-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Electrical 480V/3PH Re uirements Manufacturer/Model 1. Heating Unit: a. Berko HUHAA348-PRO b. Or Equal 2. Thermostat: a, HUHTA-1 b. Or E ual 2.3 FIXED LOUVERS A. Furnish heavy gauge fixed blade louvers where shown and with the dimensions and shapes shown on Drawings. Louvers shall be designed for intake and exhaust while providing maximum resistance to water penetration due to wind-driven rain. B. Fixed Louver Construction: 1. Louver shall be constructed from extruded aluminum, alloy 6063-T5. 2. Louver shall be 4 inches thick. 3. Frame and blades shall be 0.081" thick. 4. Louver shall be shaped and dimensioned as shown on the drawings. 5. Install aluminum louver screen on interior side of the louver. 6. Finish; Kynar 500 fluorocarbon coating, dark brown color, or equal. C. Fixed Louver Design: 1. Free Area: Minimum 52% net free area. Provide AMCA test data to show a 4'x 4' unit with a minimum of 8.4-square feet free area, 2. Pressure Loss: AMCA certified rating of no greater than 0.10-inch WC at 750 fpm, 3. Provide louver supports designed to carry 25 psf wind load. 4. Louvers to be designed for air flow in either direction. 5. Louvers to provide protection from water penetration due to wind-driven rain, Provide test results, per AMCA standard 511, which show that the louver being provided has the following performance characteristics: a. 99% effectiveness at preventing water penetration of 0.01 oz of water per square foot of louver free area at 690 fpm free area velocity. D, Manufacturers and Products: 1. Greenheck ESJ-401 2. Or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B. Evaporative Coolers: 1. Provide clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Pipe drain pan connection as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Locate units to provide access spaces required for filter changing; motor, drive, and bearing servicing; and fan shaft removal. 4. Lubricate nonsealed bearings prior to startup. 15500-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Seismic Restraints: a. Use lateral and vertical motion limiters described in the latest edition of SMACNA "Guidelines For Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems." b. Restraint Snubbers: Rubber-faced, securely anchored to the structure, and installed with sufficient clearance so that unit isolators are not restricted for proper free isolation, but do limit movement in all directions. c. Restrain as described in the latest edition of ASHRAE "HVAC Applications," chapter on Seismic Restrain Design. + + END OF SECTION + + 15500-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFI" BLANK 15500-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15990 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 - SUBMITTALS 1.1 TESTING PLAN A. Testing Plan: Submit prior to testing and include at least the information that follows. a. Testing dates. b. Piping systems and section(s) to be tested. c. Test type. d. Method of isolation. e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s) to be tested. 2. Certifications of Calibration: Testing equipment. 3. Certified Test Report. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED� PART 3 - EXECUT=ON 3.1 NOTIFICATION A. Notify ENGINEER in writing 5 days in advance of testing. Perform testing in presence of ENGINEER. 3.2 PRESSURE TESTING A. General: 1. Complete installation of piping system, including all thrust restraint, prior to pressure testing. a. If thrust blocking is specified, wait 5 days minimum after concrete thrust blocking is installed to perform pressure tests. If high-early strength cement is used for thrust blocking, wait may be reduced to 2 days. 2. Prior to test, remove and replace with pipe spools or suitably isolate appurtenant instruments or devices that could be damaged by pressure testing. 3. New Piping Connected to Existing Piping: Isolate new piping with grooved-end pipe caps, spectacle blinds, blind flanges, or as acceptable to ENGINEER. 4. Piping to be Pressure Tested and Test Pressure: as indicated on Piping Schedule. B. Testing with Water: 1. Fluid: Clean, potable water. 2. Pipeline Protection: a. Maximum Filling Velocity: 0.25 foot per second, applied over full area of pipe. b. Vent piping during filling. Open vents at high points of piping system or loosen flanges, using at least four bolts, or use equipment vents to purge air pockets. 3. Exposed Piping: a. Perform testing on insulated piping prior to application of insulation 15990-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final b. Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 60 minutes, minimum, and for such additional time as necessary to conduct examinations for leakage. c. Examine joints and connections for leakage. 1) Correct visible leakage and retest as specified. 2) Empty pipe of water prior to final cleaning or disinfection. 4. Buried Piping: a. Test after backfilling has been completed. b. Expel air from piping system during filling. c. Apply and maintain specified test pressure with hydraulic force pump. Valve off piping system when test pressure is reached. d. Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 2 hours minimum, reopening isolation valve only as necessary to restore test pressure. e. Determine actual leakage by measuring quantity of water necessary to maintain specified test pressure for duration of test. f. Maximum Allowable Leakage: L= S��p)�iz 133,200 where: L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour. S= Length of pipe tested, in feet. D= Nominal diameter of pipe, in inches. P = Test pressure during leakage test, in pounds per square inch. g. Correct leakage greater than allowable, and retest as specified. 3.3 PIPE PRESSURE TESTING LOG A. All pressure tests shall be witnessed by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall keep a pipe pressure testing log to document the pressure testing and ENGINEER's approval of such. 1. Specific details of the contents and format pipe pressure testing log shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the ENGINEER. 2. At a minimum, pipe pressure testing log shall record, on a daily basis for any day when pipe pressure testing is performed: a. Test Report Documentation: 1) Test date. 2) Description and identification of piping tested. 3) Test fluid. 4) Test pressure. 5) Remarks, including: a) Leaks (type, location). b) Repair/replacement performed to remedy excessive leakage. 3. Pipe pressure testing log shall be kept on-site. Pipe pressure testing log shall be signed on a daily basis, for any day when pipe pressure testing log work is performed, by the supervisor of the CONTRACTOR's field crew and by the ENGINEER. 4. Any piping system which was pressure testing, but which was not recorded in the pipe pressure testing log shall be re-tested at the ENGINEER's discretion. + + END OF SECTION + + 15990-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 15995 DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBM11-fALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Plan describing and illustrating conformance to appropriate AWWA standards and this Specification. 2. Procedure and plan for cleaning system. 3. Procedures and plans for disinfection and testing. 4. Proposed locations within system where Samples will be taken. 5. Type of disinfecting solution and method of preparation. 6. Certification that employees working with concentrated chlorine solutions or gas have received appropriate safety training. 7. Method of disposal for highly chlorinated disinfecting water. 8. Independent Testing Agency: Certification that testing agency is qualified to perform bacteriological testing in accordance with AWWA standards, agency requirements, and this Specification. 9. Certified Bacteriological Test Results: a. Facility tested is free from coliform bacteria contamination. b. Forward results directly to ENGINEER. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. Independent Testing Agency: Certified in the State of California with 10 years' experience in field of water sampling and testing. Agency shall use calibrated testing instruments and equipment, and documented standard procedures for performing specified testing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER FOR DISINFECTION A. Clean, uncontaminated, and potable. B. CONTRACTOR shall make arrangements for water supply and convey water in disinfected pipelines or containers. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT A. Furnish chemicals and equipment, such as pumps and hoses, to accomplish disinfection. B. Water used to fill pipeline may be supplied using a temporary connection to existing distribution system. Provide protection against cross-connections as required by AWWA C651. 15995-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.3 WELL CAPPING PLATE A. Minimum 1/4-inch thick steel plate with 1-inch threaded plug installed in approximate center of plate PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Conform to AWWA C651 for pipes and pipelines, C652 for tanks and reservoirs, C653 for water treatment plants and filters, and C654 for wells, except as modified in these Specifications. B. Disinfect the following items installed or modified under this Project, intended to hold, transport, or otherwise contact potable water: l. Pumps. 2. Tanks. 3. Wells. 4. Filters. 5. Pipelines: Disinfect new pipelines that connect to existing pipelines up to point of connection. C. Disinfect surfaces of materials that will contact finished water, both during and following construction, using one of the methods described in AWWA C652 and C653. Disinfect prior to contact with finished water. Take care to avoid recontamination following disinfection. D. Prior to application of disinfectants, clean pump, tank, filters, and pipelines of loose and suspended material. E. Allow freshwater and disinfectant solution to flow into pipe or vessel at a measured rate so chlorine-water solution is at specified strength. Do not place concentrated liquid commercial disinfectant in pipeline or other facilities to be disinfected before it is filled with water. 3.2 PIPING A. Cleaning: 1. Before disinfecting, clean all foreign matter from pipe in accordance with AWWA C651. B. If the continuous feed method or the slug method of disinfection, as described in AWWA C651 are used, flush pipelines with potable water until clear of suspended solids and color. Provide hoses, temporary pipes, ditches, and other conduits as needed to dispose of flushing water without damage to adjacent properties. C. Flush service connections and hydrants. Flush distribution lines prior to flushing hydrants and service connections. Operate valves during flushing process at least twice during each flush. D. Flush pipe through flushing branches and remove branches after flushing is completed. 15995-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Disinfecting Procedure: In accordance with AWWA C651, unless herein modified. 3.3 PUMPS A. Disinfecting Solutions: Minimum free chlorine concentration of 100 ppm. B. Application: 1. Inject disinfecting solution into pump and associated piping and circulate for a minimum 3-hour period of time. At end of 3-hour period, solution shall have a strength of at least 50 ppm free chlorine. 2. Operate valves and pump appurtenances during disinfection to ensure that disinfecting solution is dispersed into all parts of pump and lines. 3. If disinfecting solution contained in pump has a residual free chlorine concentration less than 50 ppm after the 3-hour retention period, reclean pump, reapply disinfecting solution, and retest until a satisfactory test result is obtained. 4. After chlorination, flush water from pump until water through the unit is chemically and bacteriologically equal to permanent source of supply. 3.4 TANKS A. Cleaning: 1. Clean interior surfaces using water under pressure before sterilizing. Isolate tanks from system to prevent contaminating materials from entering the distribution system. Cleaning shall: a. Remove all deposits of foreign nature. b. Remove all biological growths. c. Clean the slopes, walls, top, and bottom. d. Avoid damage to the structure. e. Avoid pollution or oil deposits by workers and equipment. 2. Dispose of water used in cleaning in accordance with applicable regulations before adding disinfecting solution to tank. B. Disinfecting Procedure: In accordance with AWWA C652, unless herein modified. Parts of structures, such as ceilings or overflows that cannot be immersed, shall be spray or brush disinfected. 3.5 FILTERS A. Disinfection Procedure: In accordance with AWWA C653, unless herein modified. B. Disinfect the following components: Greensand Filter system, including, but not limited to: vessel interior, interior piping, and exterior filter face piping. C. Clean other new facilities designed to hold or transport process water prior to disinfection of filter system including but not limited to: raw water piping, rapid mixer, backwash waste piping, surface wash piping, and finished water piping. 3.6 WELLS A. Disinfection Procedures: In accordance with AWWA C654, unless herein modified. 15995-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. After well has been completed and tested, it shall be cleaned of all foreign substances. Swab the inner lining using alkalies, if necessary, to remove oil, grease, or other extraneous matter. 2. Use chlorine solution of a volume and strength so that a concentration of at least 50 ppm of free chlorine is contained in well. 3. Chlorine solution shall be poured into well and well surged for at least 5 minutes. After 4 hours, well shall be pumped or bailed until chlorine concentration is less than 5 ppm. 4. Tack weld capping plate to casing after well has been disinfected and pumped out. 5. Take care to prevent the entrance into well of dirt or other contamination while installing pump. 6. Before being placed into the well, thoroughly wash pump bowl, column, and air line, first with clear water and then with chlorinated solution in accordance with AWWA C654. 7. Chlorinate well in accordance with AWWA C654 and applicable State standards. In case of a discrepancy between AWWA and State standard, the strictest requirement shall apply. 3J DISPOSAL OF HEAVILY CHLORINATED WATER A. Do not allow flow into a waterway without neutralizing disinfectant residual. B. See the appendix of AWWA C651, C652, C653, and C654 for acceptable neutralization methods. + + END OF SECTION + + 15995-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. All work and installation provided under this contract shall comply with the NEC, 2011 edition. B. Refer to NECA l, latest edition as a minimum baseline of quality and workmanship for installing electrical products and systems for this contract. The Standard defines what is meant by "neat and workmanlike" as required by the NEC Section 110.12. Specified requirements and Owner Standards supersede NECA practices in cases of conflicts. C. All materials and equipment provided under this contract shall be new and free from any defects. D. Hazardous areas and classifications shall be as shown on the drawings per definitions in NFPA 820, latest edition. E. The Contractor shall retain an independent InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) member Engineering and Testing Firm (Testing Firm) for specified on-site acceptance testing of the project electrical power distribution system and utilization equipment. F. The Contractor shall test motors, conductors, and dry transformers as specified and shown. G. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Forms 2. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding 3. Section 16073 - Hangers and Supports 4. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification 5. Section 16120 - Conductors and Cable 6. Section 16123 - Control and Communication Cables 7. Section 16130 - Raceways and Boxes 8. Section 16135 - Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes 9. Section 16136 - Underground Ductbanks 10. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices 11, Section 16269 - VFD 600V 12. Section 16442 - Panelboard 13. Section 16443 - Motor Control Center 14, Section 16461 - �ow Voltage Dry Type Transformer 15. Section 16500 Lighting Fixtures 16000-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.2 REFERENCES A. InterNational Electrical Testing Association's (NETA): 1. NETA - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (ATS). 2. NETA - Maintenance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (MTS). B, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. NFPA 820 — Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities. C. National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA): 1. NECA 1 — Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting. 2. SUBMITfALS D. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. E. Testing Firm Qualifications: The Contractor shall receive approval of the proposed Testing Firm and their project team prior to the Pre-Test Submittals. Submit the following for review. l. Project Team: Identify lead technical person and testing staff. Provide documentation of training and experience demonstrating compliance with the qualifications specified. 2. Testing Firm: Provide reference names and current phone numbers of the Owner, Contractor, Engineer, or Construction Manager that has knowledge of the Firm's work: a, Three projects for Owner completed within the past four years, or b. Provide references for five recent projects that were completed within the last four years. Provide a description of the scope of the referenced project. F. Product Data: l. Test Firm Pre-Test Submittal: a. Description or samples of specified test procedures. b. Sample test report forms for the specified tests. c. List of items to be tested, tests to be performed, and time durations for tests. 2. Contractor Pre-Test Submittal; a. Pre-Functional test procedures and testing schedule. b. Functional test procedures and testing schedule. 3. Contractor Post-Test Submittal: Completed Specification Test Forms. a. Wire and Cable Resistance. b. Installed Motor. c. Dry Transformer. d. Loop Wiring and Insulation Resistance. 4. Test Firm Post-Test Submittal: a. Test Reports for each item including: 1) Description. 2) Identification number. 16000-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3) Nameplate data. 4) Electrical equipment settings. 5) Time and date of test. 6) Ambient conditions at time of test. 7) Inspection checklist and results. 8) Test results. 9) Test equipment used with manufacturer, model number, and calibration date, 10) Remarks about test procedures, results, and suggestions. 11) Name and signature of testing personnel. 12) Name and signature of test witness. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Testing Firm shall be an independent testing organization providing unbiased testing authority, professionally independent of the manufacturer, suppliers, and installers of equipment or systems to be evaluated by the Testing Firm. B, Testing Firm shall be regularly engaged in the testing of electrical equipment, devices, installations, and systems. C. Testing Firm shall be a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA), a NETA Associate Member company providing testing in accordance with NETA ATS published specifications. D. Testing Firm's lead technical person shall be currently certified by NETA or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) in electrical power distribution systems testing. E. Testing Firm's technicians shall be regularly employed, qualified testing staff. 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Section 01100 - Summary: Requirements for sequencing. B, Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for scheduling, C. Schedule work to ensure completion of testing prior to energizing equipment. D. The Contractor shall submit a schedule for the Testing Firm work and notify the Construction Manager 30 days prior to commencement of any witnessed testing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. 16000-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The manufacturer of the electrical equipment supplied for the project shall complete their on- site factory inspection, testing, and setup prior to the Testing Firm's testing and Protective Device setting work. The power monitors shall be set up by the factory representatives and power monitor readings and settings verified by the Testing Firm, B, Contractor shall provide the labor, tools, material, including quality power sources required by the Testing Firm equipment, and other services necessary to provide specified tests and retesting. C. The test equipment, instruments and devices used for testing shall be calibrated to test equipment standards with references traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. The test equipment, instruments and devices shall have current calibration stickers indicating date of calibration, deviation from standard, name of calibration laboratory and technician, and date of next recalibration D. The required tests, including correction of defects where found, and subsequent retesting, shall be completed prior to functional testing. The installation of the protective device, breaker, and relay settings shall be completed and verified. 3.2 TESTING FIRM REQUIREMENTS A. Testing shall not commence until the pre-test submittals are approved. B. Acceptance testing procedures and test results shall be as specified in NETA ATS. The following types of equipment and systems shall be inspected and tested by the Testing Firm. Refer to the electrical drawings for location and identification of the electrical distribution system equipment, utilization equipment, and electrical conductors, included but not limited to: 1. Switchgear and Switchboard Assemblies. 2. Transformers Dry-Type Air-Cooled. 3. Cables Low-Voltage 600 Volt Maximum. 4. Circuit Breakers Low-Voltage, 100A frame and larger. 5. Protective Relays. 6. Instrument Transformers. 7. Metering, include non-utility power metering equipment. 8. Grounding Systems include installed grounding systems and existing grounding systems that are being utilized. 9. Motors. 10. Motor Starters �ow-Voltage. 11. Adjustable Speed Drive Systems. 12. Surge Protection Devices, include lightning arresters, surge capacitors, and TVSS. 13. Engine Generators. 14. Automatic Transfer Switches (ATS). 16000-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 CONTRACTOR TESTING A. Testing shall not commence until the pre-test submittals are approved. B. Insulation resistance measurements shall be made on conductors and electrical equipment that will carry current. Where not specified, the minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance shall be in accordance with the applicable NETA-ATS, ICEA, NEMA, or ANSI standards for the equipment or material being tested. A megohmmeter shall be used for insulation resistance measurements. 1. Conductor and cable phase-to-ground insulation resistance shall be measured for circuits 120 volts and above except lighting circuits. Measurements may be made with motors and other load equipment connected. Insulation with resistance of less than 10 megohms is not acceptable. 2. The Installed Motor Test Form shall be completed for each motor after installation. All motors shall have their insulation resistance measured before they are connected. Motors 50 HP and larger shall have their insulation resistance measured at the time of delivery and again when they are connected. Insulation resistance values less than 10 megohms are not acceptable. 3. Transformers, panelboards, and other power distribution equipment shall have their insulation resistance measured phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground. Insulation resistance values less than 10 megohms are not acceptable. 4. Signal conductors and shield drain shall be tested for insulation resistance with the other conductors in the cable grounded. Each shield drain conductor shall be tested for continuity. Instruments used for continuity measurements shall have a resolution of 0.1 ohms and an accuracy of better than 0.1 percent of reading plus 0.3 ohms. A 500-volt or 1000-volt meg-ohmmeter shall be used for insulation resistance measurements as appropriate. C. Verify that motors are connected to rotate in the correct direction with the load disconnected. Verification may be accomplished by momentarily energizing the motor, provided the Contractor confirms that neither the motor nor the driven equipment will be damaged by reverse operation. D. Motor running current shall be measured on each phase with the motor operating under load. Current imbalance shall be less than 5-percent difference between phases. During the functional test period below, obtain baseline operating data on all equipment with motors greater than 1 horsepower. The baseline data shall be recorded on the test form. E. Test receptacles and power outlets using a device to verify polarity, grounding, and the correct wiring connections. F. Prior to energizing equipment, perform a pre-functional checkout of the power and the control circuits, 1. Protective devices shall be installed and available for service and calibrated or adjusted with specified setpoints installed. Contractor selected initial setpoints shall be installed and recorded, when specified setpoints are not required from the manufacturer or the Engineer. 16000-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Pre-functional checkout shall consist of energizing each control circuit and operating each control device, protective device, monitoring or alarm device, and each interlock and verify the specified action or response occurs. G. Perform a functional checkout of all electrical and instrumentation control equipment. Individual items of equipment and systems may be started and operated under simulated operating conditions to determine as nearly as possible whether the equipment and systems meet the requirements of these specifications. If available, [plant effluent][potable water] may be employed for the testing of all liquid systems except gaseous, oil, or chemical systems. Test media for these systems shall either be the intended fluid or a compatible substitute. The equipment shall be operated a sufficient period of time to determine machine operating characteristics, including noise, temperatures and vibration; to observe performance characteristics; and to permit initial adjustment of operating controls. When testing requires the availability of auxiliary systems such as looped piping, electrical power, compressed air, control air, or instrumentation which have not yet been placed in service, the Contractor shall provide acceptable substitute sources, capable of ineeting the requirements of the machine, device, or system. Disposal methods for test media shall be subject to review by the Construction Manager. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16000-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16050 REFERENCE FORMS Form No. Title 16000-A Wire and Cable Resistance Test Data Form 16000-8 Installed Motor Test Data Form 16000-C Dry Transformer Test Data Form 17000-A Loo Wirin and Insulation Resistance Test Data Form 16050-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 16000-A. WIRE AND CABLE RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM: Wire or Cable No.: Temperature, °F Insulation resistance, �ocation of Test me ohms l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Owner's Representative 16050-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 16000-B. iNSTALLED MOTOR TEST FORM: Motor Equipment Number Date of test Equipment Driven MCC Location Ambient °F tem Resistance: Insulation resistance hase-to- round me ohms: Phase A Phase B Phase C Current at Full Load: Phase Current am s Phase Current, am s Phase Current, am s Thermal Overload Manufacturer/catalo Amperes Device: g # Circuit breaker MCP settin : Motor Nameplate Markings: Mfr Mfr Frame HP Model Volts Phase RPM Service factor** Am s Fre Ambient tem ratin �C Time rating Design letter** ---- ----- NEMA 1-10.35 NEMA MG-1.16 Code letter Insulation class **Required for 3-phase squirrel cage induction motors only. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Owner's Representative 16050-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 16000-C. DRY TRANSFORMER TEST DATA FORM: (Note: Use Data Form for dry type transformers with voltage rating of 600 Vac or less and sizes to 167 kVA single phase and 500 kVA three phase. Use NETA Test Forms and Test Procedures for higher voltages and /arger transformers.) Equipment Tag No.: Temperature Rating: Description/Location: Feeder size/Source: Primary Voltage: Secondary Voltage: Winding Connection: A. VISUAL INSPECTION Transformer Ins ection Pass Fail Note 1. Name late data as s ecified 2. Mechanical condition a. Free of dents and scratches b. Anchored roperl c. Shi in brackets removed d. S acin from wall er name late 3. Groundin * a. a. E ui ment roundin b. b. S stem roundin B. INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS: Perform tests with calibrated megohmeter. Apply 1000 Vdc test voltage for 60 seconds and record readings in megohms at 30-seconds and 60-seconds intervals. Absorption Ratio Test Group Resistance 30-second 60-second Index between reading reading 60-sec. / 30-sec. Primary Winding A GRD to ground B GRD C GRD Secondary Winding a GRD to ground with * N-G b GRD Bond removed c GRD Primary Winding to A a Secondary Winding B b C c Submit resistance readings to the Construction Manager immediately after the tests that are less than the manufacturer's recommended value or less than 10-megohms. Record the Absorption Ratio Index values for future reference. Ratio must be 1.0 or greater, with infinity (o�) equal to 1.0. 16050-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final Contractor Representative Certified: Date Owner Representative Witnessed: Date 16050-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 17000-A. LOOP WIRING AND INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM: Loop No.: List all wiring associated with a loop in table below. Make applicable measurements as indicated after disconnecting wiring. Continuity Resistance a Insulation Resistanceb Wire Panel Field Cond./ Cond./ Shield/ Shield/ Cond./ Shield/ No. Tie TB Cond. Shield Gnd. Cond. Gnd. Shield A -- A/SH B A/B -- C A/C -- D A/D -- etc. NOTES: a. Continuity Test. Connect ohmmeter leads between wires A and B and jumper opposite ends together. Record resistance in table. Repeat procedure between A and C, A and D, etc. Any deviation of ±2 ohms between any reading and the average of a particular run indicates a poor conductor, and corrective action shall be taken before continuing with the loop test. b. Insulation Test. Connect one end of a 500 volt megger to the panel ground bus and the other sequentially to each completely disconnected wire and shield. Test the insulation resistance and record each reading. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITN ESSED Date Owner's Representative ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16050-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RE�ATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment plus the following special applications: 1. Overhead-lines grounding. 2. Underground distribution grounding. 3. Common ground bonding with lightning protection system. 1.3 SUBMITfALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 °Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: i. Test wells. 2. Ground rods. 3. Ground rings. 4. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. C. Field quality-control test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: �isted and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with U� 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. 16060-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. C. Bare Grounding Conductor and Conductor Protector for Wood Poles: i. No. 4 AWG minimum, soft-drawn copper. 2. Conductor Protector: Half-round PVC or wood molding. If wood, use pressure-treated fir or cypress or cedar. D. Grounding Bus: Rectangular bars of annealed copper, i/4 by 2 inches in cross section, unless otherwise indicated; with insulators. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. �isted and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts. i. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad 3/4 inch by10 feet in diameter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. 2. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. 16060-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wali, and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. D. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foundation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 16060-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. D. Metal and Wood Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. 3.4 I N STA LLATI O N A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. D. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. 1. Test Wells: Install at least one test weil for each service, unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. E. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. F. Bonding and Grounding for Fencing: For fencing around substations or electrical gear provide listed bonding connectors on each fence post. Connect to area ground grid with minimum #4/0 SDBC grounding conductors. Provide flexible, listed bonding straps across all hinges on all fence gates. Measure resistance to ground using fall-of-potential method and provide Owner with certified test results. 16060-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final G. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug-type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. H. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Exothermically bond ground grid to building steel at locations shown on the drawings. I. Ground Ring: Install a grounding ring around building or steel structures as shown on the drawings. 1. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel. 2. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches from building foundation. J. Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to NFPA 70, using a minimum of 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG. 1. If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation. 2. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete. 3.5 FIE�D QUA�ITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potentiai method according to IEEE 81. c. Resistance of all grounding conductors must be measured and documented in OHMS. Grounding electrode resistance must also be measured and documented in OHMS. Provide this documentation to the Owner after installation. All work must be in accordance with MSHA requirements. 16060-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 4. Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. 5. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. D. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Engineer promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16060-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16073 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems" for products and installation requirements necessary for compliance with seismic criteria. 2. Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes" 3. Division 16 Section ��Cable Tray" 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. C. RMC: Rigid metal conduit. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. B. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with ��Vendor Drawing and Data Requirements" B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel slotted support systems. 2. Nonmetallic slotted support systems. 16073-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. 1J COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT ANCHORAGE AND ATfACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel and Stainless Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory- fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc,; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. h. Engineer approved equal 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA- 4. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Nonmetallic Slotted Support Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass-fiber-resin channels and angles with 9/16-inch diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c., in at least 1 surface. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited. d. Seasafe, Inc. e. Engineer approved equal. 2. Fittings and Accessories: Products of channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 3. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles except metal items may be stainless steel. 4. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria. C. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. 16073-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. E. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. G. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the foilowing: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and buiiding materiais where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti Inc. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 5) Engineer approved equal. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materiais in which used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 6) Engineer approved equal. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steei or maileable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with section requirements for steel shapes and plates. 16073-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Provide support material as indicated on Drawings or as follows: 1. Galvanized steel for outdoor or indoor locations not subject to wet or corrosive atmospheres. 2. 316 stainless steel in wet or corrosive locations 3. Fiberglass in corrosive locations where stainless steel is not acceptable. 4. Coordinate with Engineer prior to supply or installation of hangers and supports. B. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. C. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 3/8 inch in diameter. D. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted or other support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 Ib. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69. 16073-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 7. Spring tension style clamps are prohibited for use. 8. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 9. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTA��ATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements for site-fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. B. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified for Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Anchor equipment to concrete base. 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPGPA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16073-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT B�ANK 16073-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Identification for raceway and metal-clad cable. 2. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable. 3. Underground-line warning tape. 4. Warning labels and signs. 5. Instruction signs. 6. Equipment identification labels. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electricai equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. C. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. 16075-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAY AND META�-CLAD CAB�E IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Color for Printed Legend: 1. Power Circuits: Black letters on an orange field. 2. �egend: Indicate system or service and voltage, if applicable. C. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. 2.2 CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION- AND CONTROL-CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIA�S A. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. 2.3 UNDERGROUND-LiNE WARNING TAPE A. Description: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, polyethylene tape. 1. Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick. 2. Compounded for permanent direct-burial service. 3. Embedded continuous metailic strip or core. 4. Printed legend shall indicate type of underground line. 2.4 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches. D. Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches. 16075-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MU�TIP�E POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES " 2.5 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.6 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine �abel: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. 2J MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength: 50 Ib minimum. 3. Temperature Range: In accordance with Specification 07517-1000 4. Color: Black, except where used for color-coding. B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APP�ICATION A. Raceways and Duct Banks More Than 600 V Concealed within Buildings: 4-inch- wide black stripes on 10-inch centers over orange background that extends full length of raceway or duct and is 12 inches wide. Stencil legend °DANGER CONCEALED HIGH VO�TAGE WIRING" with 3-inch- high black letters on 20-inch centers. Stop stripes at legends. Apply to the following finished surfaces: 1. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches of a floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall. 3. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in the building, or concealed above suspended ceilings. 16075-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables More Than 600 V: Identify with "DANGER- HIGH VOLTAGE" in black letters at least 2 inches high, with self-adhesive vinyl labels. Repeat legend at 10-foot maximum intervals. C. Power-Circuit Conductor ldentification: For primary and secondary conductors No.1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes use color- coding conductor tape. Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors. For single conductor cables, identify phase in addition to the above. D. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor ldentification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enciosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. E. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. Install underground- line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway. F. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and apply self-adhesive warning labels. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 1. Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources: Apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. 2. Equipment Requiring Workspace Clearance According to NFPA 70: Unless otherwise indicated, apply to door or cover of equipment but not on flush panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. G. Instruction Signs: 1. Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. H. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 16075-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. �abeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Self-adhesive, Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- high letters on 1-1/2-inch- high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label 4 inches high. c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. 2. Equipment to Be �abeled: a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Electrical switchboards. d. Transformers. e. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. f. Motor starters. g. Push-button stations. h. Power transfer equipment. i. Contactors. j. Battery inverter units. k. Battery racks. I. Power-generating units. m. Monitoring and control equipment. n. Uninterruptible power supply equipment. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. �ocation: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach non-adhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. F. System Identification Color Banding for Raceways and Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walis and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. 16075-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final G. Color-Coding for Phase Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors. 1. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. 2. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. c. Phase C: Yellow. 3. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. H. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. I. Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16075-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RE�ATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: l. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less 2. Power feeder cable rated 600 V. 3. Control cable rated 600 V. 4. Instrumentation cable rated 600V. 5. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 6. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables. B. Related Sections including the following: 1. No related sections. 1.3 DEFTNITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTA�S A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. In accordance with "Vendor Data Requirements" form (attached) 1.5 DE�IVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading 1. All cable and cable reels shall be adequately crated or protected, including export packing where required, to prevent damage in handling, transit, and storage at the site. 2. Reels shall be supplied with continuous lengths as specified on the requisition. Nowever, reel weights shall be kept at two (2) tons below 250 MCM for ease of handling and five (5) tons for 250 MCM and above. 3. Each reel shall have a securely attached metal tag stamped with the following information: a. P.O. number. b. Vendor name and contact information c. Size, number of conductors, voltage, and length of cable on the reel. 16120-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4. When wound on the reel, cables are to be permanently marked with distance from the end so as to allow the field to ascertain the amount of cable remaining on a reel. Distance markers are to be no more than one meter apart. 5. Transmit to Owner or Owner's Representative the shipping lists and delivery dates prior to the day the reels leave the shop. Transmittal receipt must be confirmed by Owner or Owner's Representative prior to shipping equipment. 6. Each shipping piece shall be clearly marked with 2 to 3 inch high contrasting numbers and/or letters, giving tag number as called out on detail drawing. Piece marking shall be with a non-erasable marker. 7. In addition to the piece marking, a standard 3 inch by 5 inch red shipping tag shall be wired to each shipping lot. This tag shall state the range of tag and mark numbers, Vendor's name and address, owner or Owner's Representative's name, jobsite address and Purchase Order number. B. Tagging 1. Each piece of equipment and loose accessory shall be tagged with a 316 stainless steel metal tag as described below and securely affixed to the equipment by pins or non-corroding metal screws. 2. Tagging information shall include the Owner's Purchase Order Number, P.O. Item Number, Owner's Equipment Number, Vendor's Name, Vendor's Model Number, Vendor's Shop Order Number, and Voltage stamped on the tag. �etters and numbers must be at least 1/8" (.125 inches) high. C. Acceptance At Site 1. Inspect for visible and hidden damage and immediately notify Owner and Shipper of damage. Return to manufacturer for repair or replacement without compromising the construction schedule. D. Storage and Protection l. Store and protect equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. At a minimum, protect equipment from water, excess heat or cold, and construction dirt and debris. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. 16120-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3. General Cable Corporation. 4. Senator Wire & Cable Company. 5. Southwire Company 6. The Okonite Company 7. Engineer approved equal. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF CABLES A. Conductors shall be Class B, stranded, soft drawn copper. Use of aluminum conductors is prohibited. B. Conductors shall be stranded copper complying with NEMA WC 70 and ASTM B-3 or B- 8. C. Conductors AWG size 8 and smaller shall have THWN insulation. D. Conductors AWG size 6 and larger shall have XHHW-2 insulation E. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN, XHHW, and SO. F. The insulation type shall be cross-linked thermosetting polyethylene unless otherwise noted. G. Cables shall be flame retardant and shall meet the requirements of IEEE 383 for power cables and U� FR-1 for control and building wire. H. Cable jackets shall be resistant to oils, acids and alkalis and shall be sunlight resistant. I. Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for armored cable (Type AC), metal- clad cable (Type MC), power and control tray cable (Type TC), nonmetallic-sheathed cable (Type NM), and Type SO. 2.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Each conductor shall be identified by color coding or by surface printing. B. Each conductor shall be marked with the voltage, type letters, Vendor's name and size as required by the NEC. 16120-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. The outer jacket of multi-conductor cables shall be marked in accordance with the requirements of the NEC Articles 310 and 336. 2.4 600 VO�T POWER AND CONTRO� CAB�ES - SINGLE CONDUCTOR A. Cable will be used for feeders to motors, welding receptacles, transformers and other process equipment and for control applications. B. Cables shall be approved for installation in wet or dry locations, indoors or outdoors, in raceways, underground ducts, cable trays, or lashed to a messenger for aerial installation in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. C. Each conductor shall be covered with a homogeneous layer of chemically cross-linked polyethylene insulation meeting or exceeding all requirements of ICEA S-95-658, NEMA WC-70, and UL Standards. D. The insulation shall be suitable for use at normal operating conductor temperature of 90°C in wet or dry locations, 130°C emergency overload rating, and 250°C short circuit rating. 2.5 600 VO�T POWER AND CONTRO� CAB�ES - MULTI-CONDUCTOR A. Cable will be used for feeders to motors, welding receptacles, transformers and other process equipment and for control applications. B. Product: Okonite-FMR Okoseal (70) Type TGER Cable or approved equal. C. Cables shall be Type TC-ER permitted for use on power, lighting, control, and signal circuits; approved for installation in wet or dry locations, indoors or outdoors, in cable trays, raceways, underground ducts, direct burial in the ground, or where supported in outdoor locations by a messenger wire; for Class 1 circuits as permitted in Article 725 of the NEC; and in cable trays in Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations in industrial establishments where the conditions of maintenance and supervision assure that only qualified persons will service the installation. D. Conductors: Bare, soft annealed copper per ASTM B-3, Class B stranded per ASTM B- 8. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller tin coated per ASTM B-33. Sizes #8 AWG and larger bare copper. U� rated VW-1. E. Conductor Insulation: Enhanced ethylene-propylene rubber suitable for use at normal operating conductor temperature of 90°C in wet or dry locations, 130°C emergency overload rating, and 250�C short circuit rating. F. Overall .7acket: Mechanically rugged PVC with excellent resistance to most chemicals. G. Assembly: Cabled in accordance with UL 1277 using fillers, as necessary, with a cable tape overall. 16120-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.6 INSTRUMENTATION CAB�E A. The cables will be used to transmit low voltage instrumentation signals between field devices and control panels. B. Single or multi-pair, single or multi-triad, each pair/triad individually shielded, 600 Volts, 90°C Dry/75°C Wet rating Type ��TC' for installation in cable tray, conduit, or raceways. C. Conductors: Bare soft annealed copper, Class B, 7-strand concentric per ASTM B-8. D. Individual conductor insulation: PVC 15 mils nominal thickness. E. Overall jacket: PVC and provided with ripcord. F. Multi-pair/triad cables shall identify individual pairs/triads with color coding or numbering. 2.7 600 VO�T BUiLDING WIRE A. Conductors intended for use within office, warehouse, or residential areas to provide power to lighting, receptacles, and normal building loads. B. Conductors size AWG #10 and larger shall be stranded, soft drawn copper, type THHN. C. Conductors size AWG #14 and #12 used for lighting and receptacle wiring may be solid conductor, copper, type THHN. 2.8 600 VOLT TYPE ��MC' POWER CONTROL AND INSTRUMENT CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. General Cable TECK 90 - Spec 8025 for AWG #14 control cables. 2. General Cable TECK 90 - Spec 8050 for AWG #12 control cables. 3. General Cable TECK 90 - Spec 8150 for 3-phase power feeder and branch circuit cables. 4. Engineer approved equal. B. Specifications above apply in addition to the following: 1. Furnished with bare overall grounding conductor. 2. Furnished with an impervious, continuous, welded, corrugated aluminum sheath protecting conductors from moisture, liquids and gasses and possessing excellent mechanical strength. 3. Furnished with low temperature PVC jacket. Jacket color for 600 control and power cables shall be black while instrumentation cable shall be gray. 4. Control cables shall be multi-conductor AWG #14 or AWG #12 as specified in the "Construction Documents" 5. Power cables shall have three phase conductors and a ground sized in accordance with NEC requirements. 16120-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Connectors 1. Use only connectors specifically designed and listed for use with TECK 90 or type "MC" cables and properly sized for the cable overall diameter. Connectors to provide ground path continuity by engaging the metallic sheath and are to provide a waterproof seal when installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Submit connector information to Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction. D. Suitable for use in wet and dry locations and for installation in conduits, duct banks, cable tray, direct burial in the ground, and aerial support in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. 2.9 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. 6. Engineer approved equal B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.10 SLEEVES FOR CAB�ES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders and branch circuits: Copper. Stranded for all sizes. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CAB�E APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: in accordance with project drawings. B. Exposed and concealed feeders and branch circuits: single conductors or multi- conductor cable in raceway. 16120-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 INSTA��ATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." F. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4868. B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.5 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. B. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. C. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces. D. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry E. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. F. Aboveground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 16120-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final G. Underground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.6 S�EEVE-SEA� INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground exterior-wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material and size. Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Visual and Mechanica) Inspection: 1. Compare cable data with drawings and specifications 2. Inspect exposed sections of cables for physical damage and correct connection in accordance with wiring diagrams. 3. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods: a. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter. b. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque- wrench. c. Perform thermographic survey. C. Electrical Tests: 1. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with low-resistance ohmmeter. 2. For all single- and three-conductor cables AWG #6 and larger, perform insulation- resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential shall be 1000 volts dc for 600 volt rated cable. 3. Perform continuity tests to insure correct cable connection. D. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. E. Remove and replace faulty cables and retest as specified above. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16120-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16123 CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL l.l RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: l. UTP cabling. 2. 62.5/125-micrometer, multimode optical fiber cabling. 3. RS-232 cabling. 4, RS-485 cabling. 5. Low-voltage control cabling. 6. Control-circuit conductors. 7. Identification products. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Basket Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of wire mesh bottom and side rails. B. Channel Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of a one-piece, ventilated-bottom or solid-bottom channel section. C. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. D. IDC; Insulation displacement connector. E. Ladder Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails connected by individual transverse members (rungs). F. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control and signaling power-limited circuits. G. Open Cabling: Passing telecommunications cabling through open space (e.g., between the studs of a wall cavity). H. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer. I. Solid-Bottom or Nonventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of integral or separate longitudinal side rails, and a bottom without ventilation openings. 16123-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final J. Trough or Ventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of integral or separate longitudinal rails and a bottom having openings sufficient for the passage of air and using 75 percent or less of the plan area of the surface to support cables. K. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For cable tray layout, showing cable tray route to scale, with relationship between the tray and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements. Include the following: 1. Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions. 2. Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays. 3. Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 4. Load calculations to show dead and live loads as not exceeding manufacturer's rating for tray and its support elements. C. Qualification Data: For qualified layout technician, installation supervisor, and field inspector. D. Source quality-control reports. E. Field quality-control reports. F. Maintenance Data: For wire and cable to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by BICSI as an RCDD to supervise on- site testing. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency, Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. l. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Test cables upon receipt at Project site. 1. Test optical fiber cable to determine the continuity of the strand end to end. Use optical fiber flashlight or optical loss test set. 16123-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2. Test optical fiber cable on reels. Use an optical time domain reflectometer to verify the cable length and locate cable defects, splices, and connector; include the loss value of each. Retain test data and include the record in maintenance data. 3. Test each pair of UTP cable for open and short circuits. 1J PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install UTP and optical fiber cables and connecting materials until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PATHWAYS A. Support of Open Cabling: NRTL labeled for support of Category 5e cabling, designed to prevent degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable. 1. Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening cable ties to brackets. 2. Lacing bars, spools, )-hooks, and D-rings. 3. Straps and other devices. B. Cable Trays: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Cable Management Solutions, Inc, b. Cablofillnc. c. Cooper &�ine, Inc. d. Cope - Tyco/Allied Tube &Conduit. e. GS Metals Corp. 2. Cable Tray Materials: Metal, suitable for indoors and protected against corrosion by electroplated zinc galvanizing, complying with ASTM B 633, Type 1, not less than 0.000472 inch (0.012 mm) thick. a. Basket Cable Trays: 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 2 inches (50 mm) deep. Wire mesh spacing shall not exceed 2 by 4 inches (50 by 100 mm). b. Trough or Ventilated Cable Trays: Nominally 6 inches (150 mm) wide, c. Ladder Cable Trays: Nominally 18 inches (455 mm) wide, and a rung spacing of 12 inches (305 mm). d. Channel Cable Trays: One-piece construction, nominally 4 inches (100 mm) wide. Slot spacing shall not exceed 4-1/2 inches (115 mm) o.c, e. Solid-Bottom or Nonventilated Cable Trays: One-piece construction, nominally 12 inches (305 mm) wide. Provide with solid covers. C. Conduit and Boxes: Comply with requirements in Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes." 1. Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 2 inches (50 mm) wide, 3 inches (75 mm) high, and 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) deep, 16123-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.2 BACKBOARDS A. Description: Plywood, fire-retardant treated, 3/4 by 48 by 96 inches (19 by 1220 by 2440 mm). Comply with requirements for plywood backing panels in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." 2.3 UTP CABLE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Belden CDT Inc.; Electronics Division. 2. Berk-Tek; a Nexans company. 3, CommScope, Inc. 4. Draka USA, 5. Genesis Cable Products; Honeywell International, Inc. 6. KRONE Incorporated. 7. Mohawk; a division of Belden CDT. 8. Nordex/CDT; a subsidiary of Cable Design Technologies. 9. Superior Essex Inc. 10. SYSTIMAX Solutions; a CommScope, Inc. brand. 11. 3M. 12. Tyco Electronics/AMP Netconnect; Tyco International Ltd. B. Description: 100-ohm, four-pair UTP. l. Comply with ICEA S-90-661 for mechanical properties. 2. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1 for performance specifications. 3. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2, Category 5e. 4, Listed and labeled by an NRT� acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with UL 444 and NFPA 70 for the following types: a. Communications, General Purpose: Type CM or Type CMG. b. Communications, Plenum Rated: Type CMP or Type MPP, complying with NFPA 262. c. Communications, Riser Rated: Type CMR; complying with UL 1666. d. Communications, Limited Purpose: Type CMX. e. Multipurpose; Type MP or Type MPG. f. Multipurpose, Plenum Rated: Type MPP, complying with NFPA 262. g. Multipurpose, Riser Rated: Type MPR, complying with UL 1666. 2.4 UTP CABLE HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Technology Systems Industries, Inc, 2. Dynacom Corporation. 3. Hubbell Premise Wiring. 4. KRONE Incorporated. 5. Leviton Voice & Data Division. 6. Molex Premise Networks; a division of Molex, Inc. 7. Nordex/CDT; a subsidiary of Cable Design Technologies. 8. Panduit Corp, 16123-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 9. Siemon Co. (The). 10. Tyco Electronics/AMP Netconnect; Tyco International Ltd. B. UTP Cable Connecting Hardware: IDC type, using modules designed for punch-down caps or tools. Cables shall be terminated with connecting hardware of the same category or higher. C. Connecting Blocks: 110 style for Category 5e. Provide blocks for the number of cables terminated on the block, plus 25 percent spare; integral with connector bodies, including plugs and jacks where indicated. 2.5 LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROL CABLE A. Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMG, l. One pair, twisted, No, 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned-copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with UL 1581. B. Plenum-Rated, Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMP. l. One pair, twisted, No. 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned-copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with NFPA 262. C. Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMG. 1. One pair, twisted, No. 18 AWG, stranded (19x30) tinned-copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with UL 1581. D. Plenum-Rated, Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMP. 1. One pair, twisted, No. 18 AWG, stranded (19x30) tinned-copper conductors. 2. Fluorinated ethylene propylene insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4, Plastic jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262, Flame Test. 2.6 CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS A. Class 1 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN-THWN, in raceway, complying with UL 83. B. Class 2 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN-THWN, in raceway, complying with U�83. C. Class 3 Remote-Control and Signal Circuits: Stranded copper, Type TW or Type TF, complying with UL 83. 16123-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2J IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: l. Brady Corporation. 2. HellermannTyton. 3. Kroy LLC. 4. Panduit Corp, B. Comply with UL 969 for a system of labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers. C. Comply with requirements in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." D. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL E. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate cables. F. Factory test UTP and optical fiber cables on reels according to TIA/EIA-568-B.1. G. Factory test UTP cables according to TIA/EIA-568-B.2. H. Factory test multimode optical fiber cables according to TIA/EiA-526-14-A and TIA/EIA-568-B.3. I. Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. J. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS A. Cable Trays: Comply with NEMA VE 2 and TIA/EIA-569-A-7. B. Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points. C. Comply with requirements in Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes" for installation of conduits and wireways. D. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows if possible. E. Pathway Installation in Equipment Rooms: 1. Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard if a single piece of plywood is installed or in the corner of room if multiple sheets of plywood are installed around perimeter walls of room, 2. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions. 3. Secure conduits to backboard if entering room from overhead. 4. Extend conduits 3 inches (75 mm) above finished floor. 16123-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 5, Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to grounding system. F. Backboards: Install backboards with 96-inch (2440-mm) dimension vertical. Butt adjacent sheets tightly and form smooth gap-free corners and joints. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Comply with NECA 1. B. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 6, "Cable Termination Practices." 3. Terminate all conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, and cross-connect and patch panels. 4, Cables may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (760 mm) and not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 5. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIM, "Cabling Termination Practices" Chapter. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 6. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable, Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 7. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling, Heat lamps shall not be used for heating. 8, Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 4, "Pulling Cable.° Monitor cable pull tensions. C. UTP Cable Installation: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2. 2. Install 110-style IDC termination hardware unless otherwise indicated. 3. Do not untwist UTP cables more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) from the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. D. Installation of Control-Circuit Conductors: 1. Install wiring in raceways. Comply with requirements specified in Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes." E. Open-Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend copper cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above ceilings by cable supports not more than 60 inches (1525 mm) apart. 3. Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. F. Separation from EMI Sources: 16123-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final l. Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA/EIA-569-A recommendations for separating unshielded copper voice and data communication cable from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment. 2. Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches (127 mm). b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA; A minimum of 12 inches (305 mm). c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24 inches (600 mm). 3, Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2 inches (64 mm). b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches (305 mm). 4. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA; A minimum of 3 inches (75 mm). c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 5. Separation between Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers, 5 kVA or HP and �arger: A minimum of 48 inches (1200 mm). 6. Separation between Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of 5 inches (127 mm). 3.3 REMOVA�OF CONDUCTORS AND CAB�ES A. Remove abandoned conductors and cables. 3.4 CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS A. Minimum Conductor Sizes: 1. Class 1 remote-control and signal circuits, No 14 AWG. 2. Class 2 low-energy, remote-control, and signal circuits, No. 16 AWG. 3. Class 3 low-energy, remote-control, alarm, and signal circuits, No 12 AWG. 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems." B. Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A, Annex A, "Firestopping," 16123-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article. 3.6 GROUNDING A. For data communication wiring, comply with ANSI-]-STD-607-A and with BICSI TDMM, "Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical Protection" Chapter. B. For low-voltage wiring and cabling, comply with requirements in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." 3J IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, and cabling according to TIA/EIA-606-A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections; 1. Visually inspect UTP and optical fiber cable jacket materials for UL or third-party certification markings. Inspect cabling terminations to confirm color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections to confirm compliance with TIA/EIA-568-B.1. 2. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 3. Test UTP cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test cables after termination but not after cross connection. a. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568-B.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in °Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in "Measurement Accuracy (Informative)" Annex. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. 4. Optical Fiber Cable Tests: a. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568-B.1. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. b. Link End-to-End Attenuation Tests; 1) Multimode Link Measurements: Test at 850 or 1300 nm in one direction according to TIA/EIA-526-14-A, Method B, One Reference Jumper. 2) Attenuation test results for links shall be less than 2.0 dB. Attenuation test results shall be less than that calculated according to equation in TIA/EIA-568-B.1. 16123-9 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final D. Document data for each measurement. Print data for submittals in a summary report that is formatted using Table 10.1 in BICSI TDMM as a guide, or transfer the data from the instrument to the computer, save as text files, print, and submit. E. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16123-10 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. B. Related Sections including the following: 1. No related sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing. C. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. D. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. E. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. F. LFMC: �iquidtight flexible metal conduit. G. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. H. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. I. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.4 SUBMITI�ALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Custom enclosures and cabinets. 2. For handholes and boxes for underground wiring, including the following: a. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. b, Frame and cover design, 16130-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final c. Grounding details. d, Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, and pulling-in and lifting irons. e. .loint details. C. Source quality-control test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Alflex Inc. 3. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 4. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 5. Electri-Flex Co. 6. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 7. Maverick Tube Corporation. 8. 0-Z Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 9. Wheatland Tube Company. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1 C. Aluminum Rigid Conduit: ANSI C80.5 D. IMC: ANSI C80.6 E. PVGCoated Steel Conduit: PVGcoated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. F. EMT: ANSI C80.3. G. FMC: Zinc-coated steel. H. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. I. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), EMT, and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed 16130-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Fittings for EMT: Steel or compression type. 2, Coating for Fittings for PVGCoated Gonduit: Minimum thickness, 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. ). )oint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit or IMC: �isted for use in cable connector assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded raceway joints from corrosion and enhance their conductivity 2.2 RIGID METAL CONDUIT - PVC COATED A. Available Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following: 1. Robroy Industries, Conduit Division B. Material Brands: Subject to compliance with requirements, material brands that may be incorporated into the Work include the following: 1. Plasti-Bond RedH2OT 2. Perma Cote (Green) 3. Kor Kap (Grey) C. UL Listed. D. Exterior coating: Grey PVC, 40 mils thick. E. The PVC coating must have been investigated by UL as providing the primary corrosion protection for the rigid metal conduit. Ferrous fittings for general service locations must be UL Listed with PVC as the primary corrosion protection. Hazardous location fittings, prior to PVC coating, must be UL listed. All PVC coated conduit, fittings, and accessories must be new, unused material. Applicable UL standards may include: i. UL 6 Standard for Safety, Rigid Metal Conduit 2. UL 514B Standard for Safety, fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes F. ETL Verified to the Intertek ET� SEMKO High Temperature H20 PVC Coating Adhesion Test Procedure for 200 hours. Each stick of conduit to be furnished with the ETL Verified PVC-001 label to signify compliance to the adhesion performance standard. G. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the coating. This bond shall be verified by testing described in NEMA Standard RN- 1, section 3.8 H. Hot dip galvanized inside and out with hot galvanized threads. I. A PVC sealing sleeve extending one pipe diameter or two inches, whichever is less, shall be formed at every female fitting opening, except unions. The inside sealing sleeve diameter shall be matched to the outside diameter of the conduit. J. The PVC coating on the outside of conduit couplings shall be 40 mils in thickness and have a series of raised longitudinal ribs to protect the coating from tool damage during installation. 16130-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final K. Form 8 condulets, �/2" through 2" diameters, shall have a tongue-in-groove, V-Seal gasket to effectively seal against the elements. The design shall be equipped with a positive placement feature to ease and assure proper installation. Certified results confirming seal performance at 15 psig (positive) and 25 inches of inercury (vacuum) for 72 hours shall be available. L. Form 8 condulets shall be supplied with plastic encapsulated stainless steel cover screws. M. A urethane coating shall be uniformly and consistently applied to the interior of all conduit and fittings. This internal coating shall be nominal 2-mil thickness. Conduit or fittings having pinholes or areas with thin or no coating shall be unacceptable. N. The PVC exterior and urethane interior coatings applied ot the conduit shall afford sufficient flexibility to permit field bending without cracking or flaking at temperatures above 30 degrees F. 0. All factory cut threads on conduit, elbows, nipples, and fittings shall be protected by application of a urethane coating. P. Right angle beam clamps and U bolts shall be specially formed and sized to snugly fit the outside diameter of the PVC coated conduit. All U bolts will be supplied with plastic encapsulated nuts that cover the exposed portions of the threads. Q. Installation of the PVC coated conduit system shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation manual, To assure correct installation, the installer shall be certified by the PVC coated conduit manufacturer before the installation begins. R. All PVC coated conduit, fittings, and accessories shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. 2.3 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3. Arnco Corporation. 4. CANTEX Inc. 5. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 6. Condux International, Inc. 7. EIecSYS, Inc. 8. Electri-Flex Co. 9. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 11. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 12. Thomas & Betts Corporation. B. ENT: NEMA TC 13. 16130-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC, unless otherwise indicated. D. LFNC: UL 1660. E. Fittings for ENT and RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. F. Fittings for LFNC: U� 514B. 2.4 OPTICAL FIBER/COMMUNICATIONS CABLE RACEWAY AND FITTINGS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Arnco Corporation. 2. Endot Industries Inc. 3. IPEX Inc. 4. Lamson &Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. C. Description: Comply with UL 2024; flexible type, approved for general-use installation. 2.5 METAL WIREWAYS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric. B. Description; Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 1, 12, 3R, 4, or 4X depending upon the location. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold- down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireway Covers: Flanged-and-gasketed type. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.6 NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Hoffman. 2. Lamson &Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 16130-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Description: PVC plastic, extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated, with snap-on cover and mechanically coupled connections with plastic fasteners.. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold- down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. 2J SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. i. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 3. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 4. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. B. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two-piece construction, manufactured of rigid PVC with texture and color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Butler Manufacturing Company; Walker Division. b, Enduro Systems, Inc.; Composite Products Division. c. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems Division. d. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. e, Panduit Corp. f. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). g. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. 2.8 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 4. Hoffman. 5. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division. 6. 0-Z/Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 7. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 8. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 9. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet Division. 10. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 11. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 12. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 13. Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. 16130-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, galvanized with gasketed cover. G. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic. H. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 2.9 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A. Description: Comply with SCTE 77. 1. Color of Frame and Cover: Gray. 2. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure. 4. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 5. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, °ELECTRIC." 6. Handholes 12 inches wide by 24 inches long and larger shall have inserts for cable racks and pulling-in irons installed before concrete is poured. B. Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel or fiberglass or a combination of the two, 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Armorcast Products Company. 3. Carson Industries L�C. 4. CDR Systems Corporation, 5. NewBasis. 16130-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.10 VAU�TS FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS A. Description; Pre-cast concrete structures for underground power, control and communications duct banks. l. Structure: Reinforced concrete, 6000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. 2. Wheel loading: Based on AASHTO H15 or H20 loadings as indicated. 3. Reinforcing steel: Per ASTM A615 Grade 60 or ASTM A706 Grade 60 and ACI Standards. 4. Frame and cover: Single or dual leaf torsion hinged steel door and frame for vault depth less than 84 inches (2133 mm). Cast iron cover, frame and grade ring for depths 84 inches (2133 mm) and greater. 5. Knockouts: Segmented non-reinforced duct entrance knockouts on all four faces. 6. Sump: 12 inch (305 mm) x 12 inch (305 mm) x 2 inch(51 mm) deep. 7. Cable Racks: Horizontal galvanized steel insert on all walls for vault depths to 84 inches (2133 mm). Vertical galvanized steel insert on 24 inch (609 mm) centers on all walls for vault depths 84 inches (2133 mm) or greater.. 8. Cable hooks: galvanized steel. 9. Ground Wells: Two 6 inch (152 mm) wells on diagonal corners in floor slab. 10. Pulling irons: Galvanized cast-in-place pulling iron opposite each segmented knockout. 11. Lifting hooks: Galvanized cast-in-place, minimum two per structural section. 12. Ladders: For vault depths 84 inches (2133 mm) or greater, galvanized cast-in-place ladder rungs conforming to OSHA Standards installed centered on and adjacent to vault entrance. 13. Extensions: Structurally equivalent to vault, height as required to meet site grading conditions and depths detailed. 14. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Oldcastle Precast, Inc. b. Christy Concrete Products, Inc. c. Utility Vault Company d. Concrete Building Supply, Inc. e, Weiser Concrete, Inc. 2.11 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138- inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application. 2.12 SLEEVES SEALS A. Not anticipated for this project. 16130-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTRO� FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES A. Handhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied. 1. Tests of materials shall be performed by a independent testing agency. 2. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. 3. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012, and traceable to NIST standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APP�ICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Rigid steel conduit. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, direct buried. 4. Where installed in wet and corrosive environments: PVC coated steel. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 6. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 4. 7, Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground in wet and corrosive locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X. 8. Application of Handholes and Boxes for Underground Wiring: a. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off-Roadway Locations, Subject to Occasional, Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy Vehicles: Polymer concrete, SCTE 77, Tier 15 structural load rating. b. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with a Safety Factor for Nondeliberate Loading by Vehicles: Polymer-concrete units, SCTE 77, Tier 8 structural load rating. c. Handholes and Pull Boxes Subject to Light-Duty Pedestrian Traffic Only: Fiberglass- reinforced polyester resin, structurally tested according to SCTE 77 with 3000-Ibf vertical loading, B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit. Includes raceways in the following locations: 4. Self contained electrical rooms. 5. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 6. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 7. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 8. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable Risers Vertical Shafts: EMT 16130-9 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 9. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4X stainless steel in damp, wet, or corrosive locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/a - inch trade size D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with that material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Support raceways in accordance with requirements of manufacturers and the National Electrical Code." E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. Riser from below ground PVC to above ground is to be rigid steel conduit wrapped to prevent corrosion F. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. G. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: i. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings 3. Change from Type EPC-40-PVC to rigid steel conduit before rising above the floor. H. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. I. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. ]. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-Ib tensile strength. �eave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. 16130-10 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final K. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable: install raceways, metallic and nonmetallic, rigid and flexible, as follows: 1. 3/4-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 50 feet. 2. 1-Inch Trade Size and �arger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 75 feet. 3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these requirements. 3.3 INSTA��ATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CAB�ES A. Direct-Buried Conduit - Non concrete encased: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. 2. Install clean, screened, native backfill and compact. 3. After installing conduit, install clean, screened, native backfill and compact, Make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction. 4. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed fro this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of equipment pad or foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 5. Install warning tape the entire length of each duct. Install separate warning tape for each duct where differing systems are grouped together. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES BOXES AND VAULTS A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS A. Excavating: Graded and compact the entire length of trench to provide uniform bearing and support. Material not suitable or required for backfilling shall be removed. Any water accumulated in trenches shall be removed by pumping or other approved method before grading or conduit installation. 16130-11 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Raceway: RNC installed in concrete encasement. 1. All conduit elbows shall be large sweeps. 2. Conduit risers and stub-ups shall be rigid galvanized steel. 3. Conduit entering vaults shall terminate in end bells. 4. Install conduit with a minimum grade of 6 inches per 100 feet in the direction toward the nearest underground structure or in the direction indicated. The top of the concrete envelope shall the nominal depth indicated and be maintained a minimum of 24 inches below grade or finished pavement 5. Spacing blocks between ducts shall be pre-formed interlocking PVC spacers. Install the bottom layer of conduit on saddle type spacers. 6. Inspect conduits prior to installation for flaws or debris which may damage cable insulation. Ends of conduits shall be plugged during installation to prevent the entrance of water and other debris, After installation and encasement check conduits to insure that no debris has entered or remains. 7. )oints in conduits shall be staggered at least 6 inches. C. Encasement: 1. Where indicated on drawings, underground conduit shall be encased in steel reinforced concrete. Provide reinforcing bar perpendicular and horizontal to the conduits and securely tie together to form a rigid cage. Bar size and spacing shall prevent cracks or settling in the concrete from shearing the conduits. 2. Provide a minimum of 3 inches of encasement on top, bottom and both sides, Concrete envelopes which go through a concrete wall, slab, etc., shall be poured monolithically with the wall, slab, etc. 3. The top of each duct bank shall be colored with red oxide while the concrete is still wet. C.K. Williams & Co. RD-3097, red oxide or approved equal shall be used. The top of each duct bank shall be a distinct red color after installation 4. Each duct bank shall contain a #4/0 SDBC ground wire. The ground wire shall be laid in the bottom of the trench and encased with concrete. This ground wire shall be exothermically welded to the ground grid at each end and to the ground rod in each vault. D. Backfilling 1. The trenches shall not be backfilled before the concrete has set. 2. Blasted rock, broken concrete or pavement and large boulders shall not be used as backfill material. 3. The trenches shall be carefully backfilled with excavated materials approved for backfilling such as earth, loam, sandy clay, sand and gravel or other approved materials free from large clods of earth or stones, thoroughly and carefully compacted to 90 percent compaction per ASTM D1557. 4. Any trenches improperly backfilled or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened by the Contractor to the depth required for proper compaction, then refilled and compacted with the surface restored to the required grade and compaction. 5. Install warning tape the entire length of each duct. Install separate warning tape for each duct where differing systems are grouped together. 3.6 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. 16130-12 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. C. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness: 1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. 2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. D. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. E. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. F. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible, boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. G. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. H. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.7 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.8 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion, 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16130-13 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONAL�Y LEFf" B�ANK 16130-14 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16135 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide boxes, as follows: l. Provide outlet boxes for mounting wiring devices and lighting fixtures. 2. Provide junction or pull boxes in runs containing more than three 90 degree bends, runs exceeding 200 feet, where shown on the Drawings and where required to conform with the National Electrical Code. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except where otherwise shown or specified: 1. NEC Article 370, Outlet, Switch and Junction Boxes, and Fittings. 2. UL Standard No. 50, Electrical Cabinets and Boxes. 3. UL Standard No. 514, Electrical Outlet Boxes and Fittings. 4. UL Standard No. 886, Electrical Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations. 1.3 SUBMII�I'AL A. Product Data: Submit, for approval, product data for all materials covered herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Outiet Boxes: PVC Coated where required per these specifications and Section 16050. Cast gray iron alloy, or cast malleable iron, with zinc electroplate finish in damp, wet or exterior locations and zinc-coated sheet steel in dry locations. Provide boxes of one of the following: 1. Crouse-Hinds Company. 2. Appleton Electric Company. 3. Bowers. 4. Or equal. B. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Material and Construction: a. Cast gray iron alloy with hot-dip galvanized finish or cast malleable iron bodies and covers. b. Neoprene gaskets. Gaskets shall be of an approved type designed for the purpose. Improvised gaskets are not acceptable. c. Stainless steel cover screws. d. External mounting lugs. e. Drilled and tapped conduit holes. 16135-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final f. Boxes where conduits enter a building below grade shall have 1/4-inch drain hole. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide pull and junction boxes of one of the following: a. Appleton Electric Company. b. O-Z/Gedney Company. c. Hoffman. d. Or equal. 3. Large boxes not generally available in cast construction may be fabricated of copper-free aluminum alloy or Type 316 stainless steel as required by location. 4. Boxes for installation in areas classified as hazardous locations shall be explosion proof and shall comply with UL 886. 5. For flush-mounted pullboxes in exterior slabs or pavement and where indicated in interior slabs, provide vehicular traffic-bearing covers. 6. Junction boxes and pullboxes embedded in concrete slabs shall be cast iron. Junction boxes and pullboxes located in wet, or outdoor areas shall be NEMA 3R or NEMA 4. Junction boxes and pullboxes located in corrosive locations shall be NEMA 4X, Type 316 stainless steel. All other areas shall be NEMA 12. 7. PVC Coated where required per these specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount boxes so that sufficient access and working space is provided. B. Securely fasten boxes to walls, other structural surfaces or slabs on or in which they are mounted. Provide independent galvanized steel supports where no walls or other structural surface exists. C. For units mounted on masonry or concrete walls, provide suitable 1/2-inch spacers to prevent mounting back of box directly against wall. D. Where sizes are not indicated, size junction and pull boxes in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. E. Provide terminal blocks in junction boxes where cable terminations or splices are required. F. Leave no open conduit holes in boxes. Close unused openings with capped bushings. G. Label each circuit in boxes and identify with durable tag. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16135-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16136 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide underground duct banks where shown and where required. Duct bank routing on the Drawings is diagrammatic. Coordinate installation with piping and other underground systems and structures and locate clear of interferences. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02300, Earthwork. 2. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 4. Section 16130, Raceways and Boxes. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the National Electrical Code and National Electrical Safety Code. 1.3 SUBMIITAL A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval typical cross-sections and Layouts showing the proposed routing of duct banks. B. Record Drawings: Include the actual routing of underground duct bank runs on Record Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIA�S A. Backfill: Select backfill in accordance with Section 02300, Earthwork. B. Reinforcement: In accordance with Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. C. Concrete: In accordance with Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. D. Duct: Schedule 40 PVC conduit and fittings in accordance with Section 16130, Raceways and Boxes. 16136-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Make duct bank installations and penetrations through foundation walls watertight. B. Top of duct banks shall be a minimum of 24-inches below grade, unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. C. Assemble duct banks using non-magnetic saddles, spacers and separators. Position separators to provide 3-inch minimum concrete separation between the outer surfaces of the ducts. D. Provide a 3-inch minimum concrete covering on both sides, top and bottom of concrete envelopes around conduits. Add red dye to concrete mix for easy identification during subsequent excavation. E. Firmly fix ducts in place during pouring of concrete. Carefully spade and vibrate the concrete to ensure filling of all spaces between ducts. F. Make bends with sweeps of not less than 48-inch radius or 5-degree angle couplings. G. Make a transition from non-metallic to PVC Coated rigid steel conduit where duct banks enter structures or turn upward for continuation above grade. Continue ducts inside buildings with PVC Coated rigid steel conduit where required per the area classification. H. Reinforce all duct banks. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, reinforce with No. 4 longitudinal steel bars placed at each corner and along each face at a maximum parallel spacing of 18-inches on centers, and No. 3 tie-bars transversely placed at 18-inch maximum longitudinal intervals. Maintain a minimum clearance of 2-inch from bars to the edge of the concrete encasement. I. Where ducts enter structures such as manholes, handholes, puliboxes, transformer and switchgear compartments, or buildings, terminate the ducts in suitable end bells, insulated bushings or couplings on steel conduits. J. Do not backfill with material containing large rock, paving materials, cinders, large or sharply angular substances, corrosive material or other materials which can damage or contribute to corrosion of ducts or cables or prevent adequate compaction of fill. K. Slope duct runs for drainage toward manholes and away from buildings with a slope of approximately 3-inches per 100 feet. �. Install a 2/0 bare stranded copper duct bank ground in each duct bank envelope. Make ground electrically continuous throughout the entire duct bank system and connect to switchboard ground buses and to steel conduit extensions of the underground duct system. M. After completion of the duct bank and prior to pulling cable, pull a mandrel, not less than 12-inches long and with a cross section approximately 1/4-inch less than the inside cross section of the duct, through each duct. Then pull a rag swab or sponge through to make certain that no particles of earth, sand or gravel have been left in the duct. 16136-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final N. Install a warning ribbon approximately 12-inches below finished grade over all underground duct banks carrying cables of 480 volts and higher. The identifying ribbon shall be a PVC tape, 3-inches wide, yellow color, permanently imprinted with "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW" in black letters. 0. P. Reused Existing Ducts: 1. Pull rag swab through duct to remove water and to clean duct prior to installing new cable. 2. Repeat swabbing until all foreign material is removed. 3. Pull mandrel through duct, if necessary, to remove obstructions. Q. No more than 270 degrees of bends allowed in a continuous run of conduit. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16136-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�I" BLANK 16136-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: l. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Twist-locking receptacles. 3. Wall-box motion sensors. 4, Isolated-ground receptacles, 5. Snap switches and wall-box dimmers. 6. Solid-state fan speed controls. 7, Wall-switch and exterior occupancy sensors, 8. Communications outlets. 9. Pendant cord-connector devices. 10. Cord and plug sets. 11. Floor service outlets, service poles, and muiti-outlet assemblies. 12. NEMA rated pushbuttons, selector switches, and operators for industrial plant use. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section "Voice and Data Communication Cabling" for workstation outlets. 2, Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables" 3. Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes" 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor. D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference. E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 16140-1 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.4 SUBMITfA�S A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate through one source from a single manufacturer. Insofar as they are available, obtain all wiring devices and associated wall plates from a single manufacturer and one source. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1, Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements, 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described in subparagraphs below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Service/Power Poles: One for every 10, but no fewer than one. 2. Floor Service Outlet Assemblies: One for every 10, but no fewer than one. 3. Poke-Through, Fire-Rated Closure Plugs: One for every ten floor service outlets installed, but no fewer than one. 4. NEMA rated selector switches, pushbuttons, lights intended for industrial plant operation: 5 (five) each of every type supplied. 5. Industrial signaling equipment including strobes and warning horns: one for every ten but no fewer than one. 6. Welding receptacles: one for every twenty provided but no less than one. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Cooper Wiring Devices; a division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper). 2. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 3. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. {�eviton}, 4. Pass &Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices &Accessories (Pass &Seymour). 16140-2 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2,2 STRAIGHT B�ADE RECEPTAC�ES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 5351 (single), 5352 (duplex). b. Hubbell; HBL5351 (single), CR5352 (duplex). c. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex). d. Pass &Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex), B. Hospital-Grade, Duplex Convenience Receptades, 125 V, 20 A: Compiy with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498 Supplement SD. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 8300 (duplex). b. Hubbell; N6�8310 (single), HBL8300N (duplex). c. Leviton; 8310 (single}, 8300 (duplex). d. Pass &Seymour; 9301-HG (single), 9300-HG (duplex). C. Isolated-Ground, Duplex Convenience Receptades, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hubbell; CR 5253IG. b. Leviton; 5362-IG. c. Pass &Seymour; IG6300. 2. Description: Straight blade; equipment grounding contacts shall be connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap, Isolation shall be integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. 2.3 GFCI RECEPTAC�ES A. General Description: Straight blade, both feed and non feed-through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is tripped. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; GF20. b. Pass &Seymour; 2084. 2,4 TWIST-LOCKING RECEPTACLES A. Single Convenience Receptades, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration L5-20R, and U�498. A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 16140-3 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. Cooper; L520R. b. Hubbell; HBL2310. c. Leviton; 2310. d. Pass &Seymour; �520-R. B. Isolated-Ground, Single Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hubbell; IG2310. b. Leviton; 2310-IG. 2. Description: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration L5-20R, and UL 498. Equipment grounding contacts shall be connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap. Isolation shall be integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. 2.5 PENDANT CORD-CONNECTOR DEVICES A. Description: Matching, locking-type plug and receptacle body connector; NEMA WD 6 configurations L5-20P and L5-20R, heavy-duty grade. 1. Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching external cable grip. 2. External Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-steel wire strand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision designed for corresponding connector. 2.6 CORD AND PLUG SETS A. Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of equipment being connected. 1. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with Type SOW-A jacket; with green- insulated grounding conductor and equipment-rating ampacity plus a minimum of 30 percent. 2. Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for connection. 2.7 SNAP SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 2221 (single pole), 2222 (two pole), 2223 (three way), 2224 (four way). b. Hubbell; CS1221 (single pole), CS1222 (two pole), CS1223 (three way), CS1224 (four way}. c. Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four way), d. Pass & Seymour; 20AC1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way), 20AC4 (four way). 16140-4 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Pilot �ight Switches, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 2221P�for 120 V and 277 V. b. Hubbell; HPL1221PL for 120 V and 277 V. c. Leviton; 1221-PLR for 120 V, 1221-7PLR for 277 V. d. Pass &Seymour; PS20AC1-PLR for 120 V. 2. Description: Single pole, with neon-lighted handle, illuminated when switch is "ON." D. Key-Operated Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a, Cooper; 2221L, b. Hubbell; HBL1221L. c. Leviton; 1221-2L. d. Pass &Seymour; PS20AC1-L. 2. Description: Single pole, with factory-supplied key in lieu of switch handle. E. Single-Pole, Double-Throw, Momentary Contact, Center-Off Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A; for use with mechanically held lighting contactors. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 1995. b. Hubbell; NBL1557. c. Leviton; 1257, d. Pass &Seymour; 1251. F. Key-Operated, Single-Pole, Double-Throw, Momentary Contact, Center-Off Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A; for use with mechanically held lighting contactors, with factory-supplied key in lieu of switch handle. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 1995L. b. Hubbell; NBL1557L. c. Leviton; 1257L. d. Pass &Seymour; 1251L. 2.8 COMMUNICATIONS OUT�ETS A. Telephone Outlet: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 3560-6. b. Leviton; 40649. 2. Description: Single R]-45 jack for terminating 100-ohm, balanced, four-pair UTP; TIA/EIA-568- B.l; complying with Category 5e. Comply with UL 1863. B. Combination TV and Telephone Outlet; 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 16140-5 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. Cooper; 3562. b. Leviton; 40595. 2. Description: Single RJ-45 jack for 100-ohm, balanced, four-pair UTP; TIA/EIA-568-B.1; complying with Category 5e; and one Type F coaxial cable connector. 2.9 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.035-inch thick, satin-finished stainless steel. 3, Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel, 4. Material for Damp Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations." B, Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weather-resistant , die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. 2.10 FINTSHES A. Color; Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color. 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. 3. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Orange. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise noted. B, Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walis so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4, Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails, 16140-6 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4, Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors, 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. 6, Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G, Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. H. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 1. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 16140-7 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 FIELD QUA�ITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with U� 1436. 2, Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of ineasurement. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. 3, Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable, 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6, The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above, ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16140-8 City of Redding March 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16269 VFD 600V PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes the design, manufacturing, testing, and delivery to the jobsite of metal enclosed, Variable Frequency Controller (VFD or drive), complete with accessories and all auxiliary equipment needed to accomplish the functions required by this specification. B. This specification shall cover Variable Frequency Controllers for 460V loads. C. Related Sections 1. 10000 Project Standards and Site Conditions 2. 16075 ElectricalIdentification 3. 16120 Conductors and Cables 4. 16130 Raceways and Boxes 1.2 REFERENCES A. The drive shall comply with the following: 1. National Electric Manufactures Association (NEMA) Safety standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation and Operation of Variable Frequency Controller Systems 2. National Electrical Code (NEC) NFPA 70 3. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 4. IEC 146 International Electrical Code 5. ISO 9001 6. UL 508 Qualifications 7. IEEE Standard 519 8. Additional standards as listed in project specification 1000 ��PROJECT STANDARDS AND SITE CONDITIONS" 1.3 DEFINITIONS Section not used. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The drives will be Manufacturers standard design, suitable for heavy duty industrial use and for the intended service. They will be installed in an industrial facility operating 24 hours a day 7 days a week. 16269-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Regulations: This specification requires compliance with all laws and regulations which may be applicable including the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), as well as rules, regulations, and standards of the Secretary of Labor. 1.5 SUBMII-fALS A. Submittal literature, drawings, and documentation shall be clear, legible, and written in English. Failure to comply will result in rejection of submittal. B. Product brochures must be sufficiently detailed so that an engineering evaluation may be completed on the suitability and part number of the equipment. C. Submit details of the manufacturing quality assurance/quality control program and any QA/QC certifications. D. Receipt by Owner or Owner's Representative of all test and calibration submittals is a condition for final payment of the purchase order. E. Submit written certification that all assembly, fabrication, and manufacturing has been performed in accordance with manufacturer's written QA/QC policy and standards. Receipt of this submittal is a condition for final payment of the purchase order. F. Submit cost for the services of a factory trained technician or engineer to assist in startup and commissioning. Pricing shall include hourly or daily rate, estimated travel and per diem costs, and minimum number of days recommended for this service. G. Note any exceptions to this Specification. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shail be regularly engaged in the production of these drives and shall have in place a quality assurance program to be applied during the preparation and fabrication of the instruments. B. After Sales Support 1. Qualified support shall be available either directly from the manufacturing facility or from a network of factory-trained distributors and certified service centers located throughout North America and Canada. C. Drive manufacturing facility shall be an IS09001 certified manufacturing facility. D. Assembly shop to be UL-508 certified. 16269-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Regulatory Requirements 1. Instruments shall have a UL listing and are marked and labeled in accordance with applicable codes and standards. If manufacturer's equipment is approved by a recognized testing laboratory other than UL, then the manufacturer shall provide a letter from the local authority having jurisdiction stating that such testing is acceptable to them. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unioading B. All equipment shall be adequately crated or protected, including export packing where required to prevent damage in handling, transit, and storage at the site. C. Each item, piece, or subassembly of equipment shall have a securely attached metal tag stamped with the tag number. All crates and boxes shall be stenciled with the tag number. Tags and stencils shall be in a conspicuous place and readable. D. Transmit to Owner or Owner's Representative the shipping lists and delivery dates prior to the day the equipment leaves the shop. Transmittal receipt must be confirmed by Owner or Owner's Representative prior to shipping equipment. E. Each shipping piece shall be clearly marked with 2 to 3 inch high contrasting numbers and/or letters, giving tag number as called out on detail drawing. Piece marking shall be with a non-erasable marker. F. In addition to the piece marking, a standard 3 inch by 5 inch red shipping tag shall be wired to each shipping lot. This tag shall state the range of tag and mark numbers, Vendor's name and address, owner or Owner's Representative's name, jobsite address and Purchase Order number. 1.8 TAGGING A. Each piece of equipment and loose accessory shall be tagged with a 316 stainless steel metal tag as described below and securely affixed to the equipment by pins or non- corroding metal screws. B. Tagging information shall include the Owner's Purchase Order Number, P.O. Item Number, Owner's Equipment Number, Vendor's Name, Vendor's Model Number, Vendor's Shop Order Number, and Voltage stamped on the tag. Letters and numbers must be at least 1/8" (.125 inches) high. 1.9 ACCEPTANCE AT SITE A. Inspect for visible and hidden damage and immediately notify Owner and Shipper of damage. Return to manufacturer for repair or replacement without compromising the construction schedule. 16269-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.10 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store and protect equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. At a minimum, protect equipment from water, excess heat or cold, and construction dirt and debris. B. Environmental Requirements 1. In accordance with specification 01000 ��PROJECT STANDARDS AND SITE CONDITIONS" 2. Drive will be located within an environmentally conditioned electrical control room. Location is moderately dusty. 1.11 SEQUENCING Section not used. 1.12 SCHEDULING A. Coordinate shipping schedules as per priorities with the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 1.13 WARRANTY A. The warranty period for the equipment specified herein shall be a minimum one (1) year from the date of commercial operation at Owner's facility or eighteen (18) months from the date of delivery, whichever comes first. Vendor shall retain originals of all test reports through the duration of the equipment warranty period 1.14 SYSTEM STARTUP Section not used. 1.15 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS Section not used. 1.16 COMMISSIONING Section not used. 1.17 MAINTENANCE Section not used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Yaskawa GA800 with DI-101 DI Option Kit, SI-EN3 Ethernet/IP Kit and UUX001955 Remote Keypad Kit, no equal. 16269-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.2 GENERAL A. This specification covers AC adjustable frequency drives for industrial applications. B. The manufacturer shall not have less than fifteen years of experience in the manufacture of AFD's. C. The drives shall be manufactured in the United States. D. All components will be accessible from the cabinet door for service. Drive(s) must be designed for side-by-side, back-to-back, or against the wall installation. E. Drive harmonics are to be meet the requirements of IEEE 519 at the point of common coupling. If drive by itself will not comply with IEEE 519, furnish line reactors or harmonic filters to achieve compliance. F. The unit shall be NEMA type 1, freestanding metal enclosed control cabinet with hinged front access doors, filtered ventilation system (if required) and containing main circuit breaker, static power conversion equipment, by-pass contactors with overloads, and all necessary controls, protection and metering, mounted, wired and tested, including at least the following: 1. Input disconnect switch, externally operated, with current limiting fuses for inverter. Provide mechanical interlocks with enclosure door. 2. 115 Volt grounded AC control circuit. a. Operator controls as shown on the schematic diagram which may include the following: b. A speed control potentiometer c. Hand/Off/Remote Selector Switch d. Emergency Stop Pushbutton G. Furnish each unit with a nameplate of laminated black and white plastic with beveled edges, with letters engraved through the white finish top lamination, exposing black interior lamination, containing the following information: l. Unit Number 2. Shop Order Number 3. Horsepower 4. Short Circuit Rating 5. Date Manufactured 6. Drawing Number(s) 2.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Input Power 1. The drive main input power shall be three phase 230 — 480VAC 50/60 Hz 2. The drive shall have a voltage tolerance of +/-10% for all 200V and 400V drives. The voltage tolerance for 600V drives twenty horsepower and above shall be +/-10% and +5/-10 for 600V product below 20 Hp. 3. Input frequency tolerance shall be +/-5% for all ratings. 16269-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4. The efficiency of the drive shall be a minimum of 97.0% at full load at full speed. Displacement power factor will be greater than 0.95 lagging over the entire speed range. 5. The Maximum Short Circuit Current Rating of the VFD shall be 200,OOOA RMS symmetrical for all ratings. B. Hardware Design 1. Overall hardware design is for maximum flexibility, robustness, serviceability, and reliability for the most demanding applications. 2. Power Terminations are oversized for the drive current rating to allow for flexibility on all power terminations. 3. Drive cabinets contain a minimum of three ground termination points. 4. Power Terminations are �finger safe' and clearly labeled with both the US (NEMA) standards (Ll, L2...T2) and IEC standards (R, S...W). 5. The latest technology in packaging, heat sink design, and cooling is utilized to minimize overall size and weight without degrading performance or functionality. 6. Plastics, where used, are UV resistant. 7. Standard packaging is NEMA 1. 8. Interrupting current rating of 200KAIC for all ratings. 9. Power Semiconductor heat sinks contain one or more thermal sensors monitored by the microprocessor to prevent semiconductor damage caused by excessive heat or fan loss. C. Converter Section 1. The drive employs diode bridge rectification to convert AC to DC. SCRs and other switching power devices are not used in the converter section of the drive to minimize line notching and RFI. 2. The Converter Section is unaffected by phase rotation/phase sequence. 3. Semiconductors on all ratings are sized (current) to allow full operation and overload capabilities at minimum input voltage. 4. PIV Ratings of the rectifier will be as follows: a. 220V drives--rectifier minimum PIV rating of 800V b. 460V drives—rectifier minimum PIV rating of 1600V c. 600V drives - rectifier minimum PIV rating of 1700V 5. The drive shall have MOVs mounted phase to phase for surge protection. 6. Isolation transformers are not required for operation on most standard distribution systems. 7. The converter section is usable on 50Hz or 60Hz distribution systems. D. DC Bus Section 1. Overall DC Bus design is passive capacitive filter to minimize ripple and maximize power-loss ride-through. 2. DC Bus capacitance (total filter capacitance) is sized to eliminate any requirement for bus inductance (for filtering purposes) when the DRIVE is used on a three-phase distribution system. 3. The DC bus voltage and current are monitored by the control section to prevent damage to either the drive or the driven equipment. 4. All ratings will contain fast acting fuses in the DC Bus section. 16269-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 5. 220V drives — bus capacitance voltage rating 400VDC (minimum) 6. 460V drives — bus capacitance voltage rating 800VDC (minimum) 7. 600V drives — bus capacitance voltage rating 1050VDC (minimum) 8. All capacitors have balance/discharge resistors to equalize charge voltage and permit safe discharge on power outage 9. Soft charge circuitry does not utilize power transistors nor time delay relays 10.The DC Bus Section has complete power terminations to allowing: a. Rectifier Isolation (positive side) b. Addition of extended �ride through' capacitor bank c. Line regeneration using third party units d. DC Link inductor e. Common DC bus applications f. DC input 11.A readily visible LED indicates when DC voltages are present 12.The DC Bus section is designed to permit common DC bussing of multiple drives. E. Inverter Section 1. The inverter section makes use of the latest generation of IGBT power switching transistors to convert DC to three phase, variable frequency, sinusoidal coded PWM waveform. 2. IGBT initialization testing is performed by the control section on each power up and run command. 3. The inverter section does not require commutation capacitors. 4. All drives have software and hardware to limit reflected wave caused by long motor cable lengths. 5. The IGBT ratings will be as follows: 6. 220V drives — IGBT minimum Vice rating 600V 7. 460V drives — IGBT minimum Vice rating 1200V 8. 600V drives — IGBT minimum Vice rating 1200V 9. All IGBTs have reversed biased diodes (free wheeling) to prevent IGBT failure when subjected to motor discharge spikes 10. PWM switching frequencies are adjustable from 0.5 to 15kHz to 100Hp and 0.5 to SkHz above to minimize audible motor noise and maximize both motor and drive efficiency. 11.IGBTs are sized (current) to allow the drive to operate at 110% (current) continuous and 150% (current) for up to 120 seconds. On units greater than 100Hp IGBT's will have an overcurrent rating of 130% for 120 seconds. 12.To allow dissipation of regenerated energy, all drives contain a microprocessor controlled dynamic braking transistor. The dynamic braking transistor is an IGBT power semiconductor that is sized to allow 100% motor braking torque when connected to an appropriate resistor. 13.The dynamic braking transistor is fully protected by the microprocessor. 14.The dynamic braking transistor will not �turn on' when the drive is not actively engaged in controlling a motor. 15.Output currents in each phase are monitored using hall-effect current transducers to enabling control of flux current, torque current, and providing protection to both the drive and driven equipment. 16269-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 16.The inverter section is capable of sensing and interrupting a phase to phase or phase to ground fault on the output of the drive. F. Control Section 1. The control section is designed to provide complete monitoring and protection of drive internal operations while communicating with the outside world via one or more user interfaces. 2. The microprocessor used is the latest design CPU with adjustable frequency drive specific circuitry and firmware. 3. Algorithms for sensorless vector speed control, sensorless vector torque control, feedback vector speed, torque, and position control are resident in EEPROM memory and utilized by the microprocessor when applicable. 4. Microprocessor logic circuits are isolated from power circuits 5. Where switching logic power supplies are utilized, they are powered from the DC Bus Section of the drive. 6. Microprocessor diagnostics are performed (on application of power) to prove functionality and viability of the microprocessor. 7. Memory cyclic redundancy check (CRC) is performed (on application of power) to prove integrity of EEPROM and UVPROM memories. 8. Motor diagnostics are performed (on application of power and each start) to prevent damage to a grounded or shorted motor. The motor diagnostics may be disabled when using a low impedance motor. 9. All ratings contain at a minimum the following communications ports: a. 1200 to 9600 baud rate, automatic baud rate and parity setting b. RS222/RS485 automatic switching port — 1200 to 28400 baud rate c. Ethernet communications port (for transmitting VFD diagnostics to a separate remote programmable logic controller system). 10.The control section is designed to allow �quick change' of the interface sections for both configuration and functionality. G. Interface Section 1. Each drive shall have two user interfaces (in addition to the communication ports) as standard: a. Electronic Operator Interface — A 90 X 280 (nominal) Graphical Backlit LCD display with the ability to display multiple parameters on one screen. The EOI shall provide complete operating, monitoring, and programming functionality. The EOI shall be capable of operation from an external power source and firmware operating system is flash upgradeable and may be customized for special applications. The EOI shall contain a l�l"L communication port and an RS485 communications port for remote mounting. A Real Time Clock option shall be available for the EOI that allows provides complete data logging in the event of a fault. b. Terminal Board Interface shall provide complete operation functionality. Standard terminal board interface shall provide eight digital inputs, three digital outputs, four analog inputs, two analog outputs, and one pulse output. Inputs and outputs are independently configurable for both scaling and functionality. 2. The drive shall retain the ability to function with no attached interface. 16269-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final a. Output Power 1) The output voltage is adjustable from 0 to rated input voltage. 2) The output frequency range is adjustable for a maximum frequency output of 60 Hz. 3) The output (inverter) section of the drive will produce a PWM sinusoidal coded waveform. 4) The output power switching devices shall be IGBT devices of the latest design. 2.4 ELECTRONIC OPERATOR INTERFACE A. The EOI shall provide a convenient method of programming, operating, and monitoring the AFD. Parameters shall be grouped in a logical manner allowing rapid access to all parameters. All parameters are displayed in an easily understandable format using plain English for all items. B. The graphical display shall allow groupings of multiple, logically associated parameters to be displayed on a single screen. C. EOI backlighting controls may be configured for the wide range of ambient lighting conditions. D. The customizable graphical display enables the use of user friendly units such as feet per minute, gallons per hour. E. For security, the EOI functionality and access may be limited and password protected preventing an unauthorized user from accessing parameters, functions, or monitoring. 2.5 FUNCTIONALITY A. Drive shall contain four sets of independently configurable acceleration / deceleration ramps. Each set is configurable as to both time and pattern. Times are adjustable from O.Oiseconds to 6000 seconds. B. Available patterns are Linear, S-Curve, and Overspeed �C Curve with both `S' and �C curves allow user adjustment to customize the pattern C. Acceleration/Deceleration sets (total four) are selectable via discrete input, Electronic Operator Interface, communications, or automatic switching based on output frequency. D. An automatic acceleration/deceleration selection is available which dynamically structures each change in speed to match conditions of the driven equipment to minimize shock due to changes in velocity and/or load conditions. E. Overvoltage stall and overcurrent stall settings prevent damage to the driven equipment should acceleration or deceleration settings exceed the ability of the motor to accelerate or decelerate the driven equipment. F. Braking 16269-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. Drive shall have as an integral part of the power and control circuitry an IGBT transistor for dynamic braking. The braking transistor is controlled by the AFD control system and allows, with the addition of an optional resistor, an economical means of rapidly stopping a high inertia load with up to 100% braking torque. 2. The braking transistor, braking resistor, and associated circuitry are fully protected by adjustable protection parameters eliminating the requirement for an external resistor overload protective device. 3. In addition to the dynamic braking, DC injection braking configurable for both standard and emergency stops, allowing full motor current applied as DC to rapidly bring a rotating load to a stop. G. Control modes 1. The AFD shall have three distinct modes of operation a. Speed control as V/Hz sensorless vector, or feedback vector b. Torque control both sensorless vector and feedback vector c. Position control with feedback vector 2. The drive has the ability to switch between modes of operation while running. H. Current Detection/protection 1. Overcurrent stall adjustable from 0.0 to 250% 2. Configurable undercurrent detection and response 3. UL recognized speed sensitive motor FLA trip curves adjustable from 10 to 100% inverter current rating 4. Motor 150% OL time limits adjustable from 10 seconds to 2400 seconds 5. OL Reduction Frequencies to optimize the speed sensitive motor overload to the application/motor characteristics 6. Configurable overtorque detection levels, times, and reactions I. Critical (skip) Frequencies 1. To avoid mechanical resonate frequencies, the AFD shall contains three programmable jump frequencies with adjustable bandwidths. 2. The jump frequencies may be any frequency less than or equal to the programmed value of maximum frequency. 3. The jump frequency bandwidths are independently programmable from +/- 0.00 to +/- 20.0 Hertz. J. Load Sharing 1. AFD shall have the ability to share the load among multiple motors mechanically coupled to a common load. Because of variances in motors and mechanical speed reducers, one motor may experience more load than it counterparts and become overloaded. Drooping allows the overload motor to slow down, thus shedding torque and forcing the other motors to pick up the slack. 2. The drooping parameters allow the user complete adjustment over drooping gain, speed droop and multiple load levels, drooping filters, and drooping torque range. K. Process Control (PID) 16269-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1. The AFD shall contain an internal PID control algorithm with adjustable proportional, integral, and differential. Feedback may be configured for direct or inverse reaction and is adjustable to span. PID may be enabled via discrete input, Electronic Operator Interface, or communications. Reaction to loss of feedback is configurable and discrete outputs may be configured to indicate loss of feedback or maximum deviation from setpoint. L. Electronic Thermal Motor Protection 1. The drive contains four independently configurable electronic thermal motor protection levels. The electronic thermal motor protection level may be selected by Electronic Operator Interface, discrete input, communication protocol, or fixed frequency. 2. The Electronic Thermal Motor Protection is speed sensitive and adjustable for motors with speed ranges of 2:1 to 10000:1 allowing the user to optimize motor protection to suit a variety of motors and applications. 3. The Electronic Thermal Motor Protection levels have configurable 150% motor FLA z time limits allowing the user to adjust the I T protection slope. M. Emergency off Modes and Settings 1. Emergency off response is configurable to either Deceleration Stop, Coast Stop, or DC Injection Stop regardless of the standard stop mode. Emergency stop may be operator initiated via EOI, Discrete input (multiple E-Stop inputs allowed), Communication protocol N. Feedback 1. For process control purposes, the drive will accept feedback signals as either an analog signal, binary digital, BCD digital, communication protocol, or 50% duty cycle pulse train. O. Input/Output (I/O) 1. As a minimum, the standard control terminal board contains: a. Four discrete inputs independently configurable for any of multiple functions, sink or source selectable and �true/false' on closure software selectable b. Two discrete relay outputs configurable for any of multiple functions with form 'C' contacts rated 2 amps/250v c. Three analog inputs with adjustable gains and bias and multiple functions d. Potentiometer input e. Two analog outputs with adjustable gain and bias 0-ima or 4-20ma switch selectable 2. All control terminal boards are remote mountable (up to fifteen feet) using a standard 25-conductor computer cable. P. Jog 1. Jog frequency may be configured for any frequency from O.OHz to lOHz. Jog is initiated from an appropriately configured input terminal, Electronic Operator Interface, or communication protocol. 2. Jog stop method is user configurable to coast, controlled deceleration or DC Injection. 3. Jog may be configured to allow reversing or only operate in a configured direction. 16269-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 4. When jog direction is reverse from direction of motor rotation, the drives jog function will smoothly decelerate the motor to zero then jog in the commanded direction. Q. Override Control 1. Override control allows one or more analog signals to act as a trim source to a frequency command. Override may be configured as either a additive (or subtractive) input such as - 5Hz to +SHz, or as a percent of frequency command. Override may be assigned to any analog input, communication option, or Electronic Operator Interface. R. Overvoltage Stall 1. Overvoltage stall prevents faults caused by regeneration. During deceleration, overvoltage stall extends deceleration time when bus levels reach a user configurable level. When applied to overhauling loads, the drive will compensate for rising dc bus levels by momentarily increasing output frequency. Two overvoltage stall levels allow complete configuration and control for most cyclic overhauling loads and high inertia loads. S. Pattern Run 1. The Pattern Run feature allows the drive to emulate many of the function of a small programmable logic controller. Useful on any application which requires a set pattern of speed changes, based on either time or contact input, the drive may be programmed for four independent or interactive patterns each consisting of up to 7 changes in speed and/or direction. Each step may be configured to any of the four accel/decel times and patterns, direction, and timed from either step change, speed reached, or contact closure. T. Preset Speeds 1. Up to 15 preset speeds may be configured in the drive. Each preset speed may have defined direction, 1 of 4 accel/decel times and patterns, and motor protective set. The preset speed may be selected via input terminals (using BCD selection), Electronic Operator Interface, or communication function. U. Ridethrough 1. Ridethrough mode allows the user to configure the drive to utilize motor regenerative voltages to continue operation during brief power outages. Undervoltage detection time and undervoltage stall levels are user configurable items in addition to the drives response to undervoltage conditions. V. Retry/Restart 1. The retry/restart drive function allows the drive to smoothly start a rotating load regardless of the direction of rotation. When enabled, the drive will attempt to restart after a fault. The number of attempts and time between attempts are configurable items. 16269-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final W. Soft Stall 1. Soft Stall allows the drive to reduce output frequency when the current requirements of the motor exceed the motor's Electronic Thermal Protection setting. If the current drops below the motors overload protection level within the specified time, the output frequency of the drive will return to the commanded output frequency. Soft Stall is highly effective in preventing motor overload trips when used on fans, blowers, pumps, and other centrifugal loads which require less torque and current at lower speeds. X. Torque Limiting 1. Drive shall have a torque limiting function prevents mechanical shock to rotating equipment by allowing a user to establish a maximum torque limit. When enabled, the drive will prevent motor torque in excess of the user programmed torque limit. 2. Separate Torque Limits are configurable for positive and negative torque, and user adjustable from 0 to 250% motor torque. This allows complete torque control over both the motoring and generating regions on applications such as vibratory feeders and stamping machines. Y. Torque Speed Limiting 1. Speed limits unique to torque control modes are configurable for both forward and reverse operation. 2.6 REGULATION A. Speed Control 1. Sensorless Vector - 0.1% of motor base speed from 1 to 60HZ B. Torque Control 1. Sensorless Vector -- +/-10% of torque setpoint from 50 to 100% of the motors rated torque. 2.7 SO�fWARE AND COMMUNICATION A. Programming Software 1. Drive shall be programmable via a computer software program and which shall provide the same functionality as the EOI with the additional capabilities of data logging, trending, storing and restoring multiple parameter sets. Cascading windows allow a user interface similar to the EOI in look and feel while allowing direct parameter access for experienced users. Trending and monitoring functions allow up to three items be graphically displayed on a standard trend chart and logged to a historical data file for future reference. 16269-13 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Communications 1. All parameters are accessible from any of the following drive supported communication protocols. a. RS222 b. RS485 c. Profibus d. Modbus RTU e. Ethernet C. Environment 1. Operating environmental ambient conditions without derating shall be: a. Temperature: —10 to +40 C b. Relative humidity: 5 to 95% non condensing c. Elevation: to 1000 meters (2200 ft) d. Shock: 0.5 G maximum 2. Storage environmental ambient conditions: a. Temperature: -10 to +65 C b. Relative humidity: 5 to 98% non condensing c. Elevation: to 5000 meters 2.8 LONG LEAD LENGTH A. All drives shail have software and hardware to limit reflected wave caused by long motor cable lengths. When applied to motors with insulation systems that are compliance with NEMA MG-1-1998 Section IV Part 31, output filters shall not be required when motor lead length are within recommended limits. B. If motor lead lengths are in excess of recommended limits, provide output filters with the drive. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. Contractor installing and commissioning the facility. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting the jobsite and identifying site conditions which may affect the installation, storage, or operation of the equipment and notifying Owner or Owner's Representative of such conditions. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protect equipment from damage during installation. B. Prepare installation location in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 16269-14 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.4 ERECTION A. Section not used. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Do not locate drives where subject to mechanical damage or where subject to washdown or frequent water spray. C. Securely attach wall mount units to a wall or fabricated support stand. D. Provide a 4" housekeeping pad extending 2" out from all sides of the drive for floor mount units. E. Allow sufficient space around the drive to allow for required cooling. F. Install conduit and cable for power and control. G. Ground drive in accordance with NEC and manufacturer's requirements. H. Coordinate installation with other trades and disciplines. 3.6 APPLICATION Section not used. 3J CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate and assemble drives and test to assure conformance to specification requirements. B. Notify Owner or Owner's Representative of factory testing schedule so that they have the option of witnessing the factory tests. C. Provide each drive with an engraved nameplate of laminated black and white plastic with beveled edges. Letters shall be black on a white background. Nameplates shall contain the following information: 1. Drive tag number 2. Shop order number 3. Horsepower, voltage, phases 4. Short circuit rating 5. Date manufactured 6. Reference drawing numbers 16269-15 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.8 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Repair or restore to previous condition any facility or equipment damaged or disturbed by the installation of the equipment. 3.9 RE-INSTALLATION Section not used. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and with the requirements of this specification. B. Verify field wiring and equipment calibration. C. If required by the purchase order, schedule Manufacturer's Field Services representative for startup assistance. Submit report detailing all actions performed by this individual, all findings and recommendations. Report must state that manufacturer's representative has certified the installation in compliance with manufacturer's requirements. 3.11 ADJUSTING A. Perform any field adjustments required by manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative. B. Configure all drive parameters required for proper operation. Submit to Owner or Owner's Representative a configuration and startup report documenting all drive settings and containing the following information: 1. Date of startup/configuration 2. Name of technician 3. Tag number and name of drive 4. Complete list of all configured parameters. C. If parameters have been downloaded to a computer, submit a CD with this configuration file and labeled with the information required above. 3.12 CLEANING A. Clean all debris from the equipment. Vacuum out all loose dirt and materials. Wipe down outside of drive. 3.13 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate proper operation to Owner or Owner's Representative and leave equipment ready for normal operation. 16269-16 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protect work at all times from damage by other trades or disciplines. Repair or replace any equipment damaged by other trades or disciplines. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16269-17 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LE�f BLANK 16269-18 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16442 PANELBOARDS PART i - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Power panelboards 2. Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards 3. Panelboards for instrument and computer loads. B. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under this Section 1. Section not used. C. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under this Section 1. Section not used. D. Related Sections 1. 01000 Project Standards and Site Conditions 2. 16075 ElectricalIdentification E. Allowances 1. Section not used. F. Unit Prices 1. Section not used. G. Measurement Procedures l. Section not used. H. Payment Procedures l. In accordance with contract. I. Alternates/Alternatives 1. Section not used. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Section not used. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Section not used. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide fully assembled and tested panelboards. Install, energize, test, and leave ready for operation. 16442-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. The equipment will be Manufacturers standard design, suitable for heavy duty industrial use and for the intended service. They will be installed in an industrial facility operating 24 hours a day 7 days a week. 1.5 SUBMII-fALS A. Submit in accordance with attached form "Vendor Drawings and Data to be Submitted". B. Submittal literature, drawings, and documentation shall be clear, legible, and written in English. Failure to comply will result in rejection of submittal. C. Product brochures must be sufficiently detailed so that an engineering evaluation may be completed on the suitability and part number of the equipment. D. Catalog Data: Submit catalog data describing each type of panelboard, accessory item, and component specified. Include data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements. E. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for each panelboard including dimensioned plans and elevations and component lists. Include front and side views of enclosure showing overall dimensions, enclosure type, enclosure finish, unit locations, and conduit entrances. Include the following: 1. Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1. 2. Bus configuration and current ratings. 3. Short-circuit current rating of panelboard. 4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective devices and auxiliary components. F. Wiring Diagrams: Submit detailing schematic wiring diagrams induding control wiring, and differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. G. Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Quality Assurance. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, installation, and starting of Product. H. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Submit operation and maintenance instructions. Include instructions for testing circuit breakers. I. If provided as part of this section, completely fill in the fields of the equipment data sheets. Failure to complete the data sheets will result in rejection of any proposals. J. Submit details of the manufacturing quality assurance/quality control program and any QA/QC certifications. K. Receipt by Owner or Owner's Representative of all test and calibration submittals is a condition for final payment of the purchase order. L. Submit written certification that all assembly, fabrication, and manufacturing has been performed in accordance with manufacturer's written QA/QC policy and standards. 16442-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final M. Note any exceptions to this Specification. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the production of this equipment and shall have in place a quality assurance program to be applied during the preparation and fabrication of the equipment. B. Equipment shall have a UL listing and are marked and labeled in accordance with applicable codes and standards. If manufacturer's equipment is approved by a recognized testing laboratory other than UL, then the manufacturer shall provide a letter from the local authority having jurisdiction stating that such testing is acceptable to them. C. Comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC) for components and installation. D. Provide products that are listed and labeled by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) for the application, installation condition, and the environment in which installed. E. Comply with NEMA PB1 Panelboards and NEMA AB1 Circuit Breakers. F. Comply with UL 67 Panelboards, UL 50 Cabinets and Boxes, and UL 489 Circuit Breakers. G. The manufacturer of the panelboards shall be a certified ISO 9001 or 9002 facility. H. Provide products suitable for operation at the altitude at which the equipment will be installed at. 1.7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NECA 1 Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction (ANSI) and NECA 407 Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Panelboards (ANSI). 1. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading a. All equipment shall be adequately crated or protected, including export packing where required, to prevent damage in handling, transit, and storage at the site. b. Each item, piece, or subassembly of equipment shall have a securely attached metal tag stamped with the tag number. All crates and boxes shall be stenciled with the tag number. Tags and stencils shall be in a conspicuous place and readable. c. Transmit to Owner or Owner's Representative the shipping lists and delivery dates prior to the day the equipment leaves the shop. Transmittal receipt must be confirmed by Owner or Owner's Representative prior to shipping equipment. d. Each shipping piece shall be clearly marked with 2 to 3 inch high contrasting numbers and/or letters, giving tag number as called out on detail drawing. Piece marking shall be with a non-erasable marker. e. In addition to the piece marking, a standard 3 inch by 5 inch red shipping tag shall be wired to each shipping lot. This tag shall state the range of tag and 16442-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final mark numbers, Vendor's name and address, owner or Owner's Representative's name, jobsite address and Purchase Order number. 2. Tagging a. Each piece of equipment and loose accessory shall be tagged with a 316 stainless steel tag as described below and securely affixed to the equipment by pins or non-corroding metal screws. b. Tagging information shall indude the Owner's Purchase Order Number, P.O. Item Number, Owner's Equipment Number, Vendor's Name, Vendor's Model Number, Vendor's Shop Order Number, and Voltage stamped on the tag. Letters and numbers must be at least 1/8" (.125 inches) high. 3. Acceptance At Site a. Inspect for visible and hidden damage and immediately notify Owner and Shipper of damage. Return to manufacturer for repair or replacement without compromising the construction schedule. 4. Storage and Protection a. Store and protect equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. At a minimum, protect equipment from water, excess heat or cold, and construction dirt and debris. 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements 1. In accordance with specification 01000 "Project Standards and Site Conditions" 2. Existing Conditions 3. Normally humid, dusty, and subject to washdown and splashing of water and slurry products. 1.9 SEQUENCING A. Section not used. 1.10 SCHEDULING A. Coordinate shipping schedules as per priorities with the Owner or the Owner's Representative. i.i i WARRANTY A. The warranty period for the equipment specified herein shall be a minimum one (1) year from the date of commercial operation at Owner's facility or eighteen (18) months from the date of delivery, whichever comes first. Vendor shall retain originals of all test reports through the duration of the equipment warranty period PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. As listed below for different types of panelboards. 16442-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.2 MATERIALS A. All materials used in the fabrication and supply of the equipment shall be as listed on the equipment data sheet. B. Extra Materials 1. Furnish six spare keys of each type for panelboard cabinet locks. 2. Provide one can of touch-up paint that matches panelboard finish. 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Equipment provided shall be new and shall be the manufacturer's most current model. B. Provide UL67 listed and labeled panelboards as indicated on the Drawings and specified in this Section. C. Provide panelboard cabinets for flush or surface mounted as indicted on the Drawings. D. Panelboard General Requirements: 1. Furnish NEMA Type 1 enclosures, except where the Drawings or conditions of installation indicate otherwise. 2. Provide galvanized steel cabinets constructed according to UL 50 requirements. 3. NEMA 1 boxes shall have removable end walls.. E. Provide trim fronts that meet the strength and rigidity requirements of UL 50. 1. Fronts for surface-mounted panels shall be same dimensions as box. 2. Fronts for flush panels shall overlap boxes at least 1 inch. 3. Fronts shall have ANSI 49 medium gray enamel electro-deposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel. 4. For NEMA 1 panelboards, provide fronts with hinged trim construction having a piano hinge down one side. The front shall contain a smaller lockable door, which when open, shall provide access to all device handles and rating labels. The hinged front, when open, shall provide access to all conductors and wiring terminals. The panelboard door shall open by a single lockable latch; the entire hinged front trim shall open by removing screws. 5. Provide a metal panelboard directory frame mounted inside the panelboard door. 6. Provide cylindrical tumbler type locks. Provide sliding vault locks with 3-point latching for enclosures more than 48 inches high. Key all lock assemblies alike. Provide two (2) keys with each lock plus spares as required in the Extra Materials paragraph above. F. Panelboard phase and neutral bus shall be copper. Panelboard bus current ratings shall be determined by heat-rise tests conducted according to UL 67. G. Provide compression type lugs for mains plus all feeder and branch circuits 100 amperes and larger; smaller lugs shall be mechanical type. Provide panelboard box with dimensions as required to accommodate compression lugs. 16442-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final H. Provide copper or aluminum equipment ground bus that is adequate for feeder and branch circuit equipment ground conductors. Bond ground bus to cabinet. I. Panelboards having a main circuit breaker shall be NRTL-listed for use as service entrance equipment. J. Equip panelboards with mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances, for the future installation of circuit breakers in the "spaces" scheduled on the Drawings. K. Provide panelboards having NRTL-listed short circuit current ratings not less than the available fault current indicated on the Drawings. With the exception of panelboard with a current-limiting main circuit breaker, do not use ��series ratings" for circuit breaker interrupting capacities. The short circuit rating for a panelboard without a current-limiting main circuit breaker shall not exceed the lowest interrupting capacity rating of any circuit breaker installed in the panelboard. L. Provide thermal-magnetic circuit breakers that meet the requirements of UL 489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and NEMA AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. 1. Provide circuit breakers of the type, rating, and features as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide circuit breakers with the following minimum NRTL-listed interrupting capacities: a. 208Y/120V and 120/240V applications: 10,000 amperes, RMS symmetrical 3. Do not use tandem circuit breakers. 4. Provide multipole breakers with a common trip. 5. Provide bolt-on type circuit breakers or circuit breakers that connect to the panel bus through positive gripping connector jaws and are secured by an independent mechanical locking device. M. Provide padlockable handle lock-off devices for each panelboard main circuit breaker and for all two-pole and three-pole circuit breakers. N. Provide the following accessories, modifications, or special features for panelboards as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment ground conductors; insulated from the box. 2. Split Bus: Vertical buses of indicated panels divided into two vertical sections with connections as indicated. 3. Conduit Covers for Surface Mounted Panels: Same gage and finish as panel front with flanges for attachment to panel, wall, and the floor. 4. Contactors in Mains: Mechanically held, with current rating, poles, and connections as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Shunt trip: Shunt-trip main circuit breaker or shunt-trip branch circuit breakers. 6. Control Power Source: Control power transformer of capacity indicated, for contactor shunt trip or other devices. Mount in cabinet of panel indicated. Protect primary with current-limiting fuses. Provide fused protection of control circuits. 7. Extra Gutter Space: Dimensions and arrangement as indicated on the Drawings. 8. Gutter Barrier: Arranged to isolate section of gutter as indicated. 9. Auxiliary Gutter: Conform to UL 870, "Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings." 16442-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 10.Column Type Panelboard Configuration: Narrow cabinet extended as wireway to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal buses. 11. Neutral bus rated 200% of the phase bus for high harmonic applications. 12.Subfeed circuit breaker or lug provision as indicated. 13. Feed-Through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated. 14.Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors: Refer to Section 16445. O. Power Panelboards: 1. Provide power panelboards as indicated on the Drawings. Main bus rating for the power panelboards described in this Section shall not exceed 1200 amperes and main circuit breaker frame size shall not exceed 800 amperes. 2. Refer to Section 16445 when main bus rating exceeds 1200 amperes or main circuit breaker frame size exceeds 800 amperes. 3. Manufacturers: a. Cutler-Hammer��PRL3a and PRL4". b. General Electric "Spectra" (480Y/277V) and "AQ" (208Y/120V or 120/240V). c. Siemens `�P2, P3, and P4 Series" d. Square D ��I-LINE" (480Y/277V) and ��NQOD" (208Y/120V or 120/240V). e. Engineer approved equal. 4. Lighting and Appliance Panelboards a. Provide lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards as indicated on the Drawings. b. Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard enclosures shall be not less than 20 inches or more than 26 inches in width. c. Manufacturers: 1) Cutler-Hammer ��PRL3a" (480Y/277V) and "PRLIa and PRL2a" (208Y/120V or 120/240V). 2) General Electric ��Spectra" (480Y/277V) and "AQ" (208Y/120V or 120/240V). 3) Siemens ��P2" (480Y/277V) and "Pl" (208Y/120V or 120/240V). 4) Square D "I-LINE" (480Y/277V) and "NQOD" (208Y/120V or 120/240V). 5) Engineer approved equal d. Panelboards for Instrument and Computer �oads e. Provide panelboards for 208Y/120V or 120/240V instrument and computer loads. f. Enclosures shall be not less than 20 inches or more than 26 inches in width. g. Provide a 200% rated neutral bus. h. Provide an isolated ground bus in addition to the equipment ground bus. Size isolated ground bus to accept feeder and branch-circuit isolated ground conductors that are the same size as the corresponding circuit phase conductors. i. Manufacturers: 1) General Electric "AQ" 2) Cutler-Hammer "PRLIa and PRL2a" 3) Siemens ��P1" 4) Square D ��NQOD" 5) Engineer approved equal. 2.4 EQUIPMENT A. Section not used. 16442-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.5 COMPONENTS A. Section not used. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. As listed on the panel schedules. 2.7 MIXES A. Section not used. 2.8 FABRICATION A. The equipment shall be completely shop assembled and inspected prior to shipment to check for correct fit up and compliance with specification requirements. 2.9 FINISHES A. Unless listed otherwise in the drawings, furnish equipment with manufacturer's standard finish and housing. 2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests, Inspections 1. Test equipment for proper operation and in accordance with manufacturers' published QA/QC procedures. 2. Notify Owner or Owner's Representative of factory test schedules so that they have the option of attending these tests. Provide minimum 2 weeks notification prior to start of testing. B. Verification of Performance 1. Section not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. Contractor installing and commissioning the facility. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting the jobsite and identifying site conditions which may affect the installation, storage, or operation of the equipment and notifying Owner or Owner's Representative of such conditions. B. Examine surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the system. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 16442-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protect equipment from damage during installation. B. Prepare installation location in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.4 ERECTION A. Section not used. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards where shown on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NECA 407, and the NEC. Have the manufacturer's installation instructions available at the construction site. B. Do not locate equipment in walkways, where subject to mechanical damage, where subject to immersion in water or liquids, in a hazardous location unless listed for the location, in direct sunlight unless protected by a sun shade, or in any other location detrimental to the equipment's proper and long term operation. C. Coordinate installation with other trades and disciplines. D. Install equipment in a location which is readily accessible to Owner's personnel for regular or scheduled access. E. Ground and bond panelboards. F. At flush panelboard install four 1-inch conduits to junction boxes in accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in future. If installed above a raised floor, install the four 1-inch conduits to junction boxes in raised floor space. Install branch circuit conductors from panelboard spare circuit breakers to junction boxes for future extension. G. Provide typed circuit directories for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directories to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. 1. Provide one hard copy and an electronic copy of the panelboard schedule to the Owner or Owners representative at project closeout. 2. Install a plastic-laminated copy of the circuit directory on the inner side of the panelboard door. H. Identify panelboards and install warning signs and arc-flash warning labels. I. Mark floor in front of panelboards to show NEC required working space. 3.6 APPLICATION A. Section not used. 3J CONSTRUCTION A. Section not used. 16442-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.8 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Repair or restore to previous condition any facility or equipment damaged or disturbed by the installation of the equipment. 3.9 RE-INSTALLATION A. Section not used. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and with the requirements of this specification. B. Verify that quantity, configuration, and rating of circuit breakers agrees with Drawings. C. Clean, inspect, test, and energize installed panelboards in accordance with NECA 407. D. After completing installation, cleaning, and testing, touch up scratches and mars on finish to match original finish. 3.11 ADJUSTING A. Perform any field adjustments required by manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative. B. After Substantial Completion, but not more than two months after Final Acceptance, conduct load-balancing in accordance with NECA 407 and as follows: 1. Do measurements during period of normal working loads as advised by the Owner. 2. Make load-balancing circuit changes outside the normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility. Arrange with Owner to avoid disrupting critical services. 3. Recheck loads after circuit changes during a normal load period. Record all load readings before and after changes and submit test records. 3.12 CLEANING A. Clean all debris from the equipment. 3.13 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate proper operation to Owner or Owner's Representative and leave equipment ready for normal operation. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protect work at all times from damage by other trades or disciplines. Repair or replace any equipment damaged by other trades or disciplines. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16442-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16443 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER PART 1 - GENERAL A. Section includes free standing Low Voltage Motor Control Center (MCC). The MCC will be supplied from a 480 Volt, 3 phase, 60 Hertz, wye connection, solidly grounded system and will be used in an industrial plant to provide the control and switching of industrial motors or other loads. B. Representative equipment contained within the MCC and considered part of the MCC is as follows: 1. NEMA rated enclosures 2. Vertical and horizontal bus 3. Metering equipment 4. Main and secondary overcurrent protection devices including fuses and circuit breakers. 5. Mechanical, reduced voltage, or solid state motor starters 6. Variable frequency controllers. 7. Step down transformers and low voltage distribution panels 8. Interconnecting wiring, operators, indicating lights, and meters. 9. Surge protection devices 10. Space heaters and lighting C. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under this Section 1. This section not used. D. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under this Section 1. This section not used. E. Related Sections 1. 01000 Project Standards and Site Conditions 2. 16269 Variable Frequency Controller F. Allowances 1. This section not used. G. Unit Prices 1. This section not used. H. Measurement Procedures 1. This section not used. I. Payment Procedures. l. In accordance with contract. �. Alternates/Alternatives 1. This section not used. 16443-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.2 REFERENCES A. All equipment covered in this Specification shall be designed, assembled and tested in accordance with the latest approved standards and codes as listed in '�Project Standards and Site Conditions." B. It shall be the responsibility of the Vendor to obtain the necessary approvals from the UL and to ensure that all parts of the equipment supplied are marked or labeled in accordance with the applicable codes and standards. If Vendor's equipment is approved by a recognized testing laboratory other than UL then the Vendor shall include with bid, a letter from the local authority enforcing the code stating that such testing laboratory is acceptable to them. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MCC Motor Control Center 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide fully assembled, wired, tested, listed, and ready for field installation free standing low voltage motor control centers configured and rated in accordance with project drawings. The equipment will be Manufacturers standard design, suitable for heavy duty industrial use and for the intended service. They will be installed in an industrial facility operating 24 hours a day 7 days a week. 1.5 SUBMII-fALS A. Submit in accordance with attached Vendor Data Sheet '�Vendor Drawings and Data to be Submitted". B. Submittal literature, drawings, and documentation shall be clear, legible, and written in English. Failure to comply will result in rejection of submittal. C. Product brochures must be sufficiently detailed so that an engineering evaluation may be completed on the suitability of the equipment. D. Submit details of the manufacturing quality assurance/quality control program and any QA/QC certifications. E. Receipt by Owner or Owner's Representative of all test submittals is a condition for final payment of the purchase order. F. Submit written certification that all assembly, fabrication, and manufacturing has been performed in accordance with manufacturer's written QA/QC policy and standards. G. Do not proceed with fabrication until Engineer returns submittals either ��Approved" or "Approved as Noted" N. Note any exceptions to this Specification. 16443-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the production of this equipment and shall have in place a quality assurance program to be applied during the preparation and fabrication of the equipment. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Equipment shall have a UL listing and are marked and labeled in accordance with applicable codes and standards. If manufacturer's equipment is approved by a recognized testing laboratory other than UL, then the manufacturer shall provide a letter from the local authority having jurisdiction stating that such testing is acceptable to them. 1.7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading 1. All equipment shall be adequately crated or protected, including export packing where required, to prevent damage in handling, transit, and storage at the site. 2. Each item, piece, or subassembly of equipment shall have a securely attached metal tag stamped with the tag number. All crates and boxes shall be stenciled with the tag number. Tags and stencils shall be in a conspicuous place and readable. 3. Transmit to Owner or Owner's Representative the shipping lists and delivery dates prior to the day the equipment leaves the shop. Transmittal receipt must be confirmed by Owner or Owner's Representative prior to shipping equipment. 4. Each shipping piece shall be clearly marked with 2 to 3 inch high contrasting numbers and/or letters, giving tag number as called out on detail drawing. Piece marking shall be with a non-erasable marker. 5. In addition to the piece marking, a standard 3 inch by 5 inch red shipping tag shall be wired to each shipping lot. This tag shall state the range of tag and mark numbers, Vendor's name and address, owner or Owner's Representative's name, jobsite address and Purchase Order number. B. Tagging 1. Each piece of equipment and loose accessory shall be tagged with a 316 stainless steel metal tag as described below and securely affixed to the equipment by pins or non-corroding metal screws. 2. Tagging information shall include the Owner's Purchase Order Number, P.O. Item Number, Owner's Equipment Number, Vendor's Name, Vendor's Model Number, Vendor's Shop Order Number, and Voltage stamped on the tag. Letters and numbers must be at least 1/8" (.125 inches) high. C. Acceptance At Site 1. Inspect for visible and hidden damage and immediately notify Owner and Shipper of damage. Return to manufacturer for repair or replacement without compromising the construction schedule. D. Storage and Protection 1. Store and protect equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. At a minimum, protect equipment from water, excess heat or cold, and construction dirt and debris. 16443-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements 1. In accordance with specification "Project Standards and Site Conditions" B. Existing Conditions 1. Equipment located within electrical rooms will be in environmentally controlled conditions. Equipment located out of doors will be provided with a canopy style sunshade but will be exposed to driven rain, snow, and dust. 1.9 SEQUENCING A. Section not used. 1.10 SCHEDULING A. Coordinate shipping schedules as per priorities with the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 1.11 WARRANTY A. The warranty period for the equipment specified herein shall be a minimum one (1) year from the date of commercial operation at Owner's facility or eighteen (18) months from the date of delivery, whichever comes first. Vendor shall retain originals of all test reports through the duration of the equipment warranty period 1.12 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Section not used. 1.13 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Section not used. 1.14 COMMISSIONING A. Provide labor and materials to test, energize, and commission all components of the Motor Control Center. 1.15 MAINTENANCE A. Section not used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Square D B. Allen Bradley 16443-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Cutler Hammer D. Engineer approved equal 2.2 EXISTING PRODUCTS A. Section not used. 2.3 MATERIALS A. All materials used in the fabrication and supply of the equipment shall be new. B. Due to the possible presence of small amounts of hydrogen sulfide gas, the main horizontal 3 phase power buses shall be tinned copper rated per the project drawings at a 50°C temperature rise. The vertical buses shall be tinned copper rated not less than 300 amps. The entire bus system shall be braced to withstand a short circuit of not less than 42,000 amperes RMS symmetrical without damage. C. The horizontal ground bus shall be a continuous �/a inch x 2 inch, horizontal non- plated, copper bus and shall be provided with compression lug connectors for #4/0 AWG copper wire on both ends. The bus shall run the full width of the motor control center at the bottom. Each vertical section of the motor control center shall have a non-plated, 3/16" x 3/a", copper vertical ground bus. The bus shall be mounted and supported by the vertical structure. The vertical ground bus shall be factory wired or spliced to the horizontal ground bus. The vertical ground bus shall accept units with ground clips or of bolt-in-type. 2.4 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Equipment provided shall be new and shall be the manufacturer's most current model. B. Enclosures 1. The MCC shall be Vendor's latest standard design. Vertical sections shall be 90 inches high and 20 inches wide by approximately 20 inches deep, joined together and mounted on channel iron sills to form a rigid, free standing, totally enclosed assembly, maximum six units high, mounting as shown on the drawings. If back to back design is required, this will be shown on the drawings. 2. MCCs for indoor installation shall be NEMA iB gasketed construction. 3. MCCs for outdoor instailation shali be NEMA 3R construction furnished as a dead front assembly with lockable exterior doors. 4. The MCC shall be assembled in a straight line shape with all units dead front mounted. Access to wiring space, terminal blocks and connections shall be from the front only. 5. Vertical sections shall be free standing with steel structures of adequate strength to withstand all stresses imposed by shipping, handling, installation and operation without distortion or other damage. 6. Each unit compartment shall have a rigid flanged formed door with concealed hinges. 7. Unit compartments shall be separated by insulated isolating barriers (red color) to retard propagation of damage due to faults. Barriers shall not hinder wiring. Vertical bus barriers shall have interlocking front and back pieces to give added 16443-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final protection on all sides and shall segregate the phases from each other to reduce the chance of accidental ��flash over." Protective bus covers shall be provided for both main horizontal bus and vertical buses. Vertical buses shall be polyester covers with cutouts for unit stab-on connections. Bottom bus covers shall be provided below the vertical bus to protect the ends of this bus from contact with fish tapes or other items entering the bottom of the enclosure. 8. The structure shall be provided with two (2) horizontal wireways, one (1) at the top and one (1) at the bottom which will line up to form a convenient wiring space the entire length of the control center. In addition, each vertical section shall have a vertical wireway for unit wiring. The vertical troughs shall have cable tie supports. All wireways shall be accessible from the front only. Roof plates shall be removable, heavy gauges for top conduit entry. Bottom shall be open for conduit entry between sills. Insulating grommets shall be installed on all wireway penetrations between vertical sections. 9. The MCC shall have provisions for adding future sections. 10. Spaces shall be fully equipped with bus, doors and all necessary unit mounting hardware. il.The MCC construction shall be such that each starter, relay and disconnect switch cubicle shall be isolated from other cubicles (bus and wiring) so as to contain a fire or damage from an internal fault to the cubicle itself. C. Incoming sections will be top or bottom, left or right as shown on the drawings. Incoming bus shall be rated the same as the main horizontal bus. Provide two hole terminal lugs for the incoming line. Size lugs based upon cable size shown on drawings. Cable termination lugs shall be rated for 75 degree centigrade cables. D. The MCC shall be factory wired to NEMA Class 1, Type B standards. 2.5 EQUIPMENT A. Main Service Disconnect 1. Breakers shall be operated by a toggle or rotary type low torque handle with independent, spring charged mechanism for quick-make, quick-break, mechanically trip free operation. Tripping shall be clearly indicated and the handle automatically assuming a position midway between the "ON" and ��OFF" positions. 2. Circuit breakers rated 1000 amps or higher shall be provided with ground fault protection. B. Metering 1. Where shown on drawings, provide voltage, current, or combination meters. Furnish with disconnects, over current protection, current transformers, and voltage transformers to form a complete and operable metering system. C. Feeder Circuit Breakers 1. Feeder circuit breakers shall be rated 600 Volt, 60 Hertz and have an interrupting capacity of not less than 42,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 480 Volt D. Dry Type Transformers 1. Single or three phase with KVA rating as shown on drawings. Provide with a feeder circuit breaker. Provide in accordance with Specification 16461. 16443-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final E. Lighting Panels 1. Single or three phase with ratings, ampacity, and accessories as shown on the panel schedules. All feeder breakers to be screw on type. Provide with main disconnect circuit breaker. Provide in accordance with Specification 16442. F. Combination Motor Starters (Control Units) 1. MCC combination motor starters with motor circuit protectors shall be rated 600 Volt, 60 Hertz and have an interrupting capacity of not less than 42,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 480 Volt. 2. Operators to be NEMA 4 rated. Provide each starter with Green run light, Nand/Off/Remote selector switch, and external overload reset. Indicating lights are to be 120VAC, LED style with push-to-test provision. Provide additional operators and indicating lights if required by drawings. 3. Control units shall be installed in separate compartments or grouped in the same compartment depending on space requirements and shall be rated 600 Volts A.C. 4. Each control unit shall consist of either: a. A manually operated thermal magnetic circuit breaker. b. A combination magnetic full-voltage starter with a motor circuit protector with an adjustable trip. Reversing starters shall be mechanically interlocked. 5. All circuit breakers and MCPs shall be heavy duty, manually operated, load break, air break type with quick break operating mechanism and non-welding type contacts. They shall be provided with a manual, externally operated handle capable of operating the circuit breaker or MCP with the unit door closed. The handle shall have ��On" and "Off" positions clearly marked on the outside cover of the door. 6. Circuit breaker and MCP operating handles shall be interlocked with the door so the door cannot be opened with the switch in the closed position except through a hidden release mechanism which shall be provided for use only by authorized personnel. Provisions shall be made for closing the breaker or MCP and energizing the controlled device with the door open, and opening the door without opening the disconnect for testing and maintenance purposes. The operating handle shall be arranged for padlocking in the "Off" position with up to three (3) padlocks. 7. The combination starter units shall consist of motor circuit protectors and full voltage non-reversible or reversible, magnetically operated motor starters equipped with three (3) manual reset thermal overload relays and heaters, control power transformers and 120 Volt operating coils. 8. Each starter unit shall have a 480-120 Volt, 60 Hertz control circuit transformer fused on the primary. One (1) side of the secondary of the control transformer shall be grounded; the line side shall be fused. Fuse size shall be coordinated with size of control transformer. The transformer shall be sized for the operating coil plus 50 VA extra capacity but shall not be less than 100 VA. This information shall appear on Vendor drawings. 9. In addition to the seal-in contact, all starters shall be furnished with minimum of two (2) N.O. and two (2) N.C. auxiliary contacts. Provide additional contacts as required as indicated on applicable drawings attached to this Specification. All auxiliary contacts shall be wired to terminal strips. 10.A unit wiring diagram shall be pasted inside of each compartment door. il. Each starter shall be furnished with 75°C rated T-lugs. Each circuit breaker shall be provided with 75°C rated lugs. 16443-7 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 12.All control units size 4 and smaller shall connect on to the vertical bus with tin plated stab-on connectors. These connectors shall be constructed so as to increase contact pressure under short circuit conditions. 13.All compartments including starters shall have a UL label showing approval for the application. 14. Compartments shall have complete steel top and bottom to provide maximum isolation between units. Unit support brackets shall be provided in the structure to properly align the unit. 15. Combination starter units shall be wired, and terminal blocks arranged and designated in accordance with project drawings. A minimum of fifteen (15) terminal blocks shall be provided in each combination starter unit for Owner's control wiring hookup. Terminal blocks shall be large enough for a maximum of two (2) No. 14 AWG stranded copper wire per block and shall be of the add on type to permit extension in the field by the Owner. Terminal blocks shall be "pull apart" style so the field wiring need not be disconnected when the starter is removed from the cubicle. 16. Compartments labeled "Spare" shall be equipped with a control unit of size and type indicated on attached drawings. Those labeled "Space" shall be equipped to receive the largest unit capable of being mounted in the allotted space. G. Adjustable Frequency Drives 1. Provide in accordance with Specification 16269. 2.6 COMPONENTS A. Shall be new and the manufacturers most current model. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Nameplates 1. Provide nameplates for each cubicle and MCC including "Spares" and ��Spaces." Nameplates shall be phenolic engraved on a white face to a black core in accordance with the drawings. 2. Provide a nameplate at the top of center of the MCC with the MCC number as indicated on the drawings. Nameplate shall be approximately 2 inches by 6 inches with 3/a inch letters. 3. Each motor starter or circuit breaker shall have a nameplate placed on its door to show its location in the MCC, its equipment number and its service as shown on drawings. Nameplate shall be Manufacturer's standard. 2.8 MIXES A. This section not used. 16443-8 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 2.9 FABRICATION A. The equipment shall be completely shop assembled and inspected prior to shipment to check for correct fit up and compliance with specification requirements. B. Shipping and Lifting Surfaces 1. The MCC assembly shall be provided with supports to maintain alignment of parts during shipment and handling. Sufficient strength shall be provided to permit hoisting with safety. Location of lifting points shall be clearly shown on Vendor's drawings. 2. Vendor shall supply complete instructions for shipping, unloading, loading and erection. 2.10 FINISHES A. The MCC shall be cleaned, primed and finished painted in accordance with Vendor's standard specifications. Color shall be Vendor's standard. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests, Inspections 1. Test equipment for proper operation and in accordance with manufacturers' published QA/QC procedures. 2. Notify Owner or Owner's Representative of factory test schedules so that they have the option of attending these tests. Provide minimum 2 weeks notification prior to start of testing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. Contractor constructing and commissioning the facility at which this equipment will be used. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting the jobsite and identifying site conditions which may affect the installation, storage, or operation of the equipment and notifying Owner or Owner's Representative of such conditions. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protect equipment from damage during installation. B. Prepare installation location in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.4 ERECTION A. This section not used. 16443-9 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.5 I N STA LLATI O N A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Verify that mounting surface is clean, level, and plumb. C. Mechanically attach MCC to mounting surface to prevent tipping or movement. D. Connect shipping splits together using splice kits provided by the manufacturer. E. Coordinate installation with other trades and disciplines. F. Test in accordance with relevant sections of the latest version of the NETA (or IETA) testing manual. Provide Owner or Owners representative with certified copies of the test results. G. Leave ready for installation of power, load, and control conductors. 3.6 APPLICATION A. Section not used. 3.7 CONSTRUCTION A. Section not used. 3.8 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Repair or restore to previous condition any facility or equipment damaged or disturbed by the installation of the equipment. B. Touch up any scratches with manufacturer supplied paint. 3.9 RE-INSTALLATION A. Section not used. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and with the requirements of this specification. B. Verify field wiring and equipment calibration. C. If required by the purchase order, schedule Manufacturer's Field Services representative for startup assistance. Submit report detailing all actions performed by this individual, all findings and recommendations. Report must state that manufacturer's representative has certified the installation in compliance with manufacturer's requirements. 16443-10 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.11 ADJUSTING A. Perform any field adjustments required by manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative. 3.12 CLEANING A. Clean all debris from the equipment. 3.13 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate proper operation to Owner or Owner's Representative and leave equipment ready for normal operation. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protect work at all times from damage by other trades or disciplines. Repair or replace any equipment damaged by other trades or disciplines. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16443-11 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final THIS PAGE INTENTIONA�LY LEFT B�ANK 16443-12 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16461 LOW-VO�TAGE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. B. Section 1000 Project Standards and Site Conditions. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of dry-type transformers rated 600 V and less, with capacities up to 1000 kVA: 1. Distribution transformers. 1.3 SUBMITfALS A. In accordance with attached Vendor Data Requirement sheet (attached). B. Product Data: Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of transformer indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. D. Source quality-control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For transformers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each transformer type through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 16461-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Comply with IEEE C57.12.91, "Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers." 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND NANDLING A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated-type unit, throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity. B. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading 1. All equipment shall be adequately crated or protected, including export packing where required to prevent damage in handling, transit, and storage at the site. 2. Each item, piece, or subassembly of equipment shall have a securely attached metal tag stamped with the tag number. All crates and boxes shall be stenciled with the tag number. Tags and stencils shall be in a conspicuous place and readable. 3. Transmit to Owner or Owner's Representative the shipping lists and delivery dates prior to the day the equipment leaves the shop. Transmittal receipt must be confirmed by Owner or Owner's Representative prior to shipping equipment. 4. Each shipping piece shall be clearly marked with 2 to 3 inch high contrasting numbers and/or letters, giving tag number as called out on detail drawing. Piece marking shall be with a non-erasable marker. 5. In addition to the piece marking, a standard 3 inch by 5 inch red shipping tag shall be wired to each shipping lot. This tag shall state the range of tag and mark numbers, Vendor's name and address, owner or Owner's Representative's name, jobsite address and Purchase Order number. C. Tagging 1. Each piece of equipment and loose accessory shall be tagged with a 316 stainless steel tag as described below and securely affixed to the equipment by pins or non-corroding metal screws. 2. Tagging information shall include the Owner's Purchase Order Number, P.O. Item Number, Owner's Equipment Number, Vendor's Name, Vendor's Model Number, Vendor's Shop Order Number, and Voltage stamped on the tag. Letters and numbers must be at least 1/8" (.125 inches) high. D. Acceptance At Site 1. Inspect for visible and hidden damage and immediately notify Owner and Shipper of damage. Return to manufacturer for repair or replacement without compromising the construction schedule. E. Storage and Protection 1. Store and protect equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. At a minimum, protect equipment from water, excess heat or cold, and construction dirt and debris. 16461-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with actual transformer provided. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Coordinate installation of wall-mounting and structure-hanging supports with actual transformer provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. General Electric Company. 2. Square D; Schneider Electric. 3. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Products. 4. Federal Pacific Transformer Company; Division of Electro-Mechanical Corp, 5. Hammond Co.; Matra Electric, Inc. 2.2 GENERAL TRANSFORMER REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service. B. Cores: Grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel. C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices except for taps. 1. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. 2. Coil Material: Copper. 2.3 DiSTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561. B. Cores: One leg per phase. C. Enclosure: Ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2 or 3R as required by project drawings. 1. Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound, sealing out moisture and air. D. Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250. 1. Finish Color: Gray. E. Taps for Transformers Smaller Than 3 kVA: None F. Taps for Transformers 7.5 to 24 kVA: One 5 percent tap above and one 5 percent tap below normal full capacity. 16461-3 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final G. Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent taps above and two 2.5 percent taps below normal full capacity H. Insulation Class: 220 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150 deg C rise above 40 deg C ambient temperature. I. Energy Efficiency for Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger: 1. Complying with NEMA TP 1, Class 1 efficiency levels. 2. Tested according to NEMA TP 2. ]. K-Factor Rating: Transformers indicated to be K-factor rated shall comply with UL 1561 requirements for nonsinusoidal load current-handling capability to the degree defined by designated K-factor. 1. Unit shall not overheat when carrying full-load current with harmonic distortion corresponding to designated K-factor. 2. Indicate value of K-factor on transformer nameplate. K. Electrostatic Shielding: Each winding shall have an independent, single, full-width copper electrostatic shield arranged to minimize interwinding capacitance. 1. Arrange coil leads and terminal strips to minimize capacitive coupling between input and output terminals. 2. Include special terminal for grounding the shield. 3. Shield Effectiveness: a. Capacitance between Primary and Secondary Windings: Not to exceed 33 picofarads over a frequency range of 20 Hz to 1 MHz. b. Common-Mode Noise Attenuation: Minimum of minus 120 dBA at 0.5 to 1.5 kHz; minimum of minus 65 dBA at 1.5 to 100 kHz. c. Normal-Mode Noise Attenuation: Minimum of minus 52 dBA at 1.5 to 10 kHz. L. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets. 2.4 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Nameplates: Engraved, laminated-plastic or metal nameplate for each distribution transformer, mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. Nameplates and label products are specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.91. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer. 16461-4 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final B. Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions. C. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and concrete bases for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed. D. Verify that ground connections are in place and requirements in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding" have been met. Maximum ground resistance shall be 5 ohms at location of transformer. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 I N STAL�ATIO N A. Install wall-mounting transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by transformer manufacturer. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." B. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 6. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Remove and replace units that do not pass tests or inspections and retest as specified above. D. Test Labeling: On completion of satisfactory testing of each unit, attach a dated and signed "Satisfactory Test" label to tested component. 3.5 AD)USTING A. Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 3 percent at maximum load conditions. Submit recording and tap settings as test results. B. Connect buck-boost transformers to provide nameplate voltage of equipment being served, plus or minus 5 percent, at secondary terminals. C. Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings. 16461-5 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final 3.6 CLEANING A. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16461-6 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final SECTION 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Provide lighting fixtures as shown and/or scheduled. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate location of fixtures with piping, ductwork, openings and other systems and equipment and locate clear of interferences. 2. Coordinate fixtures to be mounted in hung ceilings with the ceiling suspension system proposed for use. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 16135, Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except where otherwise shown or specified: 1. National Electrical Code. 2. UL Standard #57, Electric Lighting Fixtures. 3. UL Standard #844, Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous Locations. 4. UL Standard #1570, Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures. 5. UL Standard #1571, Incandescent Lighting Fixtures. 6. UL Standard #1572, High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. 1.3 SUBMII�I'ALS A. Product Data: Submit, for approval, including the following: 1. Fixture construction details. 2. ETL photometric and isocandle curves for each fixture proposed. 3. Verification that recessed fixtures that are to be mounted in hung ceilings are compatible with the ceiling suspension system proposed for use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Type: Lighting fixtures are noted in the Fixture Schedule in the Drawings. Fixtures to be complete with supports, ballasts, lamps and incidentals as required. B. Fixtures located in an area which is identified as a hazardous location shall be approved as a complete assembly for the hazardous location classification shown on the Drawings, shall be clearly marked to indicate maximum wattage of lamps for which they are approved, and shall be protected against physical damage by suitable guards. 16500-1 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final C. Hardware: All necessary hangers, supports, conduit adaptors, reducers, hooks, brackets and other hardware required for safe fixture mounting shall be furnished. Hardware shall have a protective, non-corrosive finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Fixture mounting heights and locations shown on the Drawings are approximate and are subject to revision in the field, where necessary to clear conflicts and obstructions. B. Suspended Fixtures: Pendant mount using 1/2-inch conduit stems. Ground to outlet box. Attach mounting to building structure with expansion anchors. Fixtures shall not be dependent on the outlet box cover screws for support. C. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Attach to appropriate outlet box. D. Boxes and Fixtures: 1. For units mounted against masonry or concrete walls, provide suitable 1/2-inch spacers to prevent mounting back of box directly against wall. 2. Bolt units rigidly to building with expansion anchors, toggle bolts, hangers or Unistrut. 3. No boxes shall be installed with open conduit holes. 4. Cable each circuit and identify with tag. E. Mounting Heights: Mounting heights or elevations are to bottom of the fixture or to centerline of device. F. Relamp all fluorescent fixtures with new lamps at end of construction period, prior to final acceptance of the new facilities by OWNER. ++ END OF SECTION ++ 16500-2 City of Redding May 2023 Well 12 WTP Project 21-065 Final � � r � ca �° �.! C� �F t�EC}E�i�lG � ��Y�, 777��press Avenue, Redding, CA 96001 " � PC� B!k 4�6�71, Reddin�, CP�9604�-6071 �,-�.,�` � ,� L � �° c� t �!� "` �it}rc�free�c��r�g.c�rg PUBLIC WORKS-ENGINEERING 530-225-4170 530-245-4170 FAX ADDENDUM Np., 9 to the WELL '2 WATER TREATNIENT PLANT (Job No. 2422) BID SGHEUULE NO, 5383 TQ AL.L PR4�PECTIVE BIDDERS: Addendum No. 1 provides far deletions, correcfions, clarifications, and additions to the contract specificatic�ns and drawings for the Well 12 Water Treatment Plant, Bid Schedule Na. 5381. The deletians; correctians, clarifications, and addifions shall apply to Cantract Bid Schedule No. 5381 in the same manner as if they were originally part of the printed specifications, drawings, and praposaL 1. Special Provisians Section 3 Gontral af the Work, 3-12.6.4 Dewatering: Delete this section in its entirety and replace with the#ollawing. 3-12.6.4 Dewate�ing Rdd the follawing aff�r the secand paragraph: Temparary Discharge to Storm Drain Unless �therwise specified, at no time sl�all the Contractor discharge any groundwater, run-c�ff, or ather nan-storm water into the starm drain system, creeks, streams, ditches, or ather conveyances whereby the wat�r c�uld enter such areas withaut obtaaning written approval from the Regianal Water Quality Controi Board and the Engineer. Existing discharge permits obtained by the City of Redding for Water Utility operations shall not be used for this purpose: Temparary discharge of potable water andlor dewatering as�aciated wifih the disinf�ction of potable water pipirr�, tanks, and mechanical equipment into th� storm drain system will be acceptable if the Contractor adheres to the follawing requirements: • Prevent aquatic toxicifiy by using dechlorination ch�mical additians, implementing equivalent praVen dechlorination methods; and/ar assuring that th�chlarine in the discharge dissipates naturally; such that the level of chlorine in the discharge is less than 0.019 mg/L prior to entering a receiving water. • Prevent riparian erosion and hydromodification by implementing flow dissipation, erosion control, and hydromodification-prevention measures. • Minimize sediment discharge, turbidity and color impacts by implementing sediment,turbidity, erosion and color control measures. • Monitor all discharges for constituents specified in the following table. Sampling shall take place downstream of management practices, as feasible. Parameter Limit Units Sam le T e Chlorine,Total Residual 0.019 m L Grab Volume 325,850 GaIlons Estimate H 6.5 -8.5 Standard Grab Turbidi 100 NTU Visual Estimate • For"Grab" type sampling, a handheld field meter shall be used. The meter shall utilize a U.S. EPA- approved algorithm/method and be calibrated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The Contractor shall maintain a calibration and maintenance log for each meter used. • Monitoring shall be performed per frequency specified in the following table. Duration of Dischar e Sam lin Re uirements Less than 20 minutes One sample is required during the first 10 minutes of the dischar e. 20 minutes to 60 minutes One sample is required during the first 10 minutes of the discharge,plus a second sample is required within the last 10 minutes of the dischar e. Greater than 60 minutes One sample is required within the first 10 minutes,a second sample is required within the next 50 minutes,and a third sample is required approximately within the last 10 minutes of the discharge or as close to the end of the dischar e as is feasible. • The Contractor shall visually monitor downstream of the discharge and ensure that its operations do not cause erosion. If erosion is observed, or if directed by the Engineer, then the discharge flowrate shall be reduced, as required, or additional BMPs shall be implemented. • In the event that monitoring indicates that the discharge exceeds the specified limit or is outside of the specified ranges, then the discharge shall be stopped immediately and deficiencies shall be addressed prior ta re- starting the discharge. Temporary Discharge to Wastewater In the event that the Contractor proposes to discharge any groundwater, runoff, or other project required dewatering to the City's wastewater collection system, the Contractor will be required to submit a Temporary Wastewater Discharge Application. The Contractor shall submit the application to the City Industrial Waste Division a minimum of two weeks prior to any temporary discharge into the City sanitary sewer system. The Contractor may be responsible for water sampling prior to discharge if the City determines contamination may exist. Discharge into the sanitary sewer system shall conform to the following requirements: • Discharge within twenty-four(24) hours of a rain event will be prohibited. • If the discharge is cloudy, murky, or otherwise colored, the discharged water shall be settled or filtered using a City approved method to remove sand, silt, and fine soil particles before disposal into any sanitary sewer system. If discharge continues to be murky or colored, or if these methods are determined to be inadequate by the City, then additional settlement and/or filtration will be required. • Dewatering associated with disinfection of piping, tanks, or mechanical equipment shall be de-chlorinated to non-detection with test strips prior to entering the sanitary sewer system. • The Contractor shall meter its discharge rate and canform to the requirements of the discharge permit. Discharge into the sanitary sewer system shall not exceed 100 gallons per minute. The cost for the Temporary Wastewater Discharge Application is as follows: Filling Fee: $500 Volume Cost: $8.81/1,000 gallons (Prices valid through 12/31/2023) Full compensation for dewatering shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involving temporary storm drain or wastewater discharge and no separate payment will be made therefor. 2. Volume 1-Technical Specifications, Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System, Section 11540.2.3.A.2: Replace this section with the following. 2. Maximum Operating Weight: 650,000 Ibs. Empty/shipping weight: 90,000 Ibs (45 tons). 3. Volume 1- Technical Specifications, Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System, Section 11540.2.3.L2.c, Combination Rir Valves Replace this section with the following. c. Connections: 2-inch, threaded 4: Valume 2- Drawings: Replace drawings G-2, C-4, 30-SM-1 and 30-SM-2 with the attached drawings marked Addendum 1 07/1812023. Revisions are in red and cloud�d for clarity Dated: July 19, 2023 Chuck Aukland City Engineer Bidders SHALL acknowledge receipt via ernail ofi all Addenda to the CITY OF REDDING PR10R TO BfD OPENING, Failure ta a�knowledge rec�ipt Via email af all add�nda shall cause the bid to be non-responsive and may be rejected. Please Email c�nstructionbidsta?ci.reddin�.ca.us Copy and paste in the Subject line; � � 1 � ��fi f �r� � �o �, �1112 ' ��r`Tr� t �� 1� t� I �a 3 1� Type yaur name and business name in the email text box. I F�zo I W� f � 23 '� G6NERALNOTE5' � . CL4SESTSETBACKS :_' I 7. LABEI X%�QENOTES�ELEVATIONCALI.OUT. � SEESABLESC-4: � ¢ 67.8'MECk#ANICA�BUILDING?O CLOSE5T PROPERT/LINE = Jy� ( W.�. o 2.. LABEL[]u DEN6TESLINEDATA£ALLOUT.SEE -� �� :. � . . TA@LE C-0: d. � �� EP26� v�D� 40,0'FECL FACILITY:(CANOPV) '� FNG9 I Li9 J. LABEL�DENOTES LINE�CURVE CALLOUT.SEE -� � TOCLOSESTPROPERTYIINE�. FNC10. PNC76 I J. 7ABLEGd.. �� z � 12�� 11� TBC1o. �.4r""r �. / � �I ��I� 4 INSTRLLSALVAGEOFENCEFABItIGKRQMD-i. d.� a �I -- . TBCB :� � �. � �, CONTRACTOR�TOINS7ALLADbITIONALNEW� p� � --' I 's,� FENCINGASREQUIREDAN�GOORDINATE447TH ��OX � OX� .. � .OX � OX OX � OX! �JOX � 6%� oX OX �� O%� � OX OX. ' � �.�+� P27� �� ONMERPRIORTOSTARTOFW6RK. a �-�� ___ ___-_-. -__._,-.__-_ . . � _____� �� I FNCB.� ..,. m L4 . EP31.. I. ..GS � �� CC W � I TBCB ��..� i . . . � 1p�. . . . . 1 � . 17 EP28 ..�N ( .. . .' ��( KEVNOTES �1. pQ � z X�. �:F�7 .� 1��.� � ��`Z� Q 1. GRAVELROADSURFACING�,STDDTL250tl. mY W o .. � . . .. a FL9 � � � (NOTSHONM} �� m�`�� .� I � . ( .� '_ . _ . ..�j ,�� .. . „ . , � � �n. o I 0.3% _ _ 2.5% . EP32' FG37 � ..� 2 ASPHALTCONCRESEPAVEMENT,STD��TL2501.� �y .� �� '�/�� "��. GREENSAND FILTER'� � � � � � � � � � � �� ,/ �� 9. PAVEPAENT CONNECTION,570 QTL?502 � ° � � � :EP70 0 � � ,� UNdRrT��N . . . . � . . FL29 .� . . :I �FG67 n w � Z'� � /' � �� 4; CQNCRETE SIDEWAIK,STD DTL 2503: � a��'k � x Ua TOG25 � TOC?6 � F=507.55 . ... . .. EP2o . : . .. /. .� " +Y ' / ��.. . ci.� . .'. . !/ . .. . ... . . �. . EP22�..^ EP23.�._./' � .I . �..�P �i,�. I . . : .- Le '., .- . .... . .. . �. .- � 113 -= � S. GRAVEL SURFACING STD DT12504 g 'o , � � . _ _ � ' . � � u � ^"'� �� - � � f�----.542. -- - -- Cs �I�f�� 6. GRAVEl1NALKVJAV,STD OTL 2505. o �� / /� ,� yi � �� Ci � fNC11. EP29 .TGS.. '�"� �. \�/� I ¢ a � 4�. � �� . f ��.. . .. � Ep2-0. I � 1. ROCKSIOPE PROTEC710N,STO Dtt 2510�. °�*e3 so- 6x. / .. . ( G^� � �l � �TGd. � � . . EP79 � �?c 7 �15 -3u 'k.��. � / . / . ' � TOC23 ' �\„ � EPt2�.. ... i . ( � � .. .�� 8: SLOPEPRO7ECTION,STDOTL�2510,SIMIL4R.� , . � . . ` ��.T��24 ��.., , � � � � 3.5�� f .. .� � ��. �- . . I � ��. .) 9 GUARDPOST;:5T0 DTL2600. I ' l � FG36 I �FGSO � I . ` . . I �� p �, EpZS. � 10. 1YGICALCONCRE7ESWA�E,�STDOTL2J20. � itlT , � ,7gC7. � iG7�� , FG57 � . 11. TYPICALCONCRETECURB,STDOTL275U: . � I Jl "�.dl> � � ExlS'i'INqP� �� 35�� : 12�pHAINLINKFENCfi�STDDTL2H00,WITHB4R9ED IX i � 1 � ,(.� � . FL6 ' EPB. �. q... �' � �� . . . � 21�� t%� TG2 ^�• . S �tlTF}LL- ---' IMRE. ��. � EP73 � �c.� "�-"'- ' �- '� � ��FG35: ..TOCZB '\ 2� J. � ��Y`.�._�� e I 23�� I � . ,,.J 93. CHAINLINK DOUBLE-LEAF GA7E,STD QTL Y801, � � /'\ / A r'�i 12 r� aI _ �2..... WITH9ARBE6lMRE �. ' �"`a�. �. . g �Ox ' :12. - � � � � � m . - ��'�� °I . �X FL?5 14: CONCRETEHOUSEKEEPINGPAD STDDT�3201. ; . FUTURE ,.. �.�4 . i . , � � I r CHEMIGRL ` �EXST . . l ( �� e� . 75: 21"HbPE SD;SEE OWG Y-JFOR CON7INUAiION �,,P�,,; � 3�`� 1'I . . / y-�"' m � . �''��,`."�`;� I. � : -J � PAGILITY UI DING � -m' � ��2 � I /. v---„/ :FLi7 16: EXISTING CULVERT.PROTECT IN PLACE. ��,z.. ��r' W a I . . . �: . �. ��..( G.J-�� . �. .e �,.^�I �� ` q. . Me 1�.0� I 9 FF=SU3.53 +,"'� I `��..: TOC2o FG34 � o ' � �'` I�Y 17. GUR9�TRP,NSRION SEEDTL 1 BELOW. Q� �TOC27 FG32 � I � EPiB � . �:w K�� i� � � � � FLZ4 x:,�..- . / - � �q fe: TRANSFORMER SEEDWGE2. 10 .�o ..TG3 � i�. .� . � �... �j ::. �� j . . . � FG3} , .:. l ..� c �� ✓ �` ,�'' 1B. COMMUNICA7I4N PUlL�80X,SEE DWG E-2: �: � TOC2� s \__��_ . I �...--� � � TOCte �° . , .. . . `71 � FNCta. ,_,��I 2Q RADIOTOWERfi]UNDATItiN,SEE�dTL.2BELOW. �� I �FEGL i��y ,-� ' 2i,.POVvER PULL BQX,SEE ONrC�E-2. � � �� z .�. � � FACILITY. 5 � .. .. ... ` �� Q � � O. �FG38 .� .. - . S:� ` . EP77 �EP18 I x .. FF=503;55 �:.. �. . . 2.UH � . . .. . �. -9.-,� 1 I�I 16�� 22: EXISTING�REFLECTOR,PROTECT IN PtACE. W +y, �� '� :. TOC17 FG39. ''_'"_ �;� . . 3 : � I (�I 23. INSTAll48"FLATTOPGROUN��MOUNT � � �. ��) �� g�,. � MECHANICAL � �� .,�3: I DELINEATORlMTHSdILANCHOR. � � ,�: � ( . . . . . roce '� @UILDING . . .. . . . �I. I - FF=503.55 -...'"., ��EP79 AQUEtdDUM107/18/29 , . �--� �.. �EP6� i4C7 � . _._ F.'_.-�... ' � . ��EP75 � . � GIARI(=�CATION-SINC�IETANK �. [n �. .. - -' ��-�- '-` -- .. ' -' -- �� FOWNDATION � /ry. __ � _' _ . o _ .__ ._ � .� .TQC9. L70 . . �. �� IJ .�___..._._- FNC13 f y EP7 . 4�� TOC12�� FG9 � Z O Z� 4 F�E� '. 1.0_°h� : � ��_�°k ... ' � ..� �� FG42 FG44 �. PG46 FLtB � ... � �. �.) I eczi �� ,•�� roc�a ,; . � �.� / SCAIE 1"=2'. . 70070� } FG:SD27� FG59 FGB I � .I FLS ' ..� �� , (�J . - . EET , `'�/'k d � 70C97 '"� p � � � 6 4 0 4� 8.F . �, �.'� x ..:,... .._�___- !� �� .. FG45 k , __..r-.� ' . FG10 SCAlE�1"-4' z � :._ } . �: _._ _,....�.. " FG22.� ' TOC73.: 4� . .." p Q. . 22 � x ` i I . U ...r _ - EP8 t .. _.. ��FG58 �� . .�..`,'� � FG43. FG47�� :�.. � � � ..� 1D 0 �0. 20FEET y (}� . ;'.: \,6. .FG40� .. .. 6�.� / . . Q 12 FG71 m Sr ~ �.�� '��EPS .�. �: fG41 � �� 4A TOCiS. J � .TOCt6 .20 �.99 1$... . � �� .SCA�E�"�"=��'��.. � � .� . . FG23 �. . . . - � f� � � �.�T8C8 . 7 FL9 . � . _ � � �� 4 MATCHLINE-SEE DWG�C-3 xe:a' 2'°� 5�� N Ilj TBCfi o f � � � RADIOTOWER TRANSFORMERPAO � y . a o T' � C� TBC4. '� f . . n � �� SLUDGEFILTEft. RAOIOTOVY'cRSHqRTBASE T6C=503.62. � TOC=50323 �� FG Z% w � �--� TBC3 �� "�' : � TOC6 � ROLL�OFF SECTION.PROVIDEOBYQWNER; --. --- � . VARIES� � � FL3 TOCS CONTAINERSLAB INSTALLE�BYCON7RAGTOR� T�" ` � SEE_ p_�Y � / TQC=5U3.-00 PitIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT �r�� - W �X . + �J � '�' ( r ,'. . . . " �{5)#7 Ew EF 4^ ��'��\� �.r i f r�: .t�li��/�*.C�i�`s��4�� - -' .�. .�� e p� . �� I� (fOTALCSF206ARS) . �� + .�4 �,�,, . � ( �,t� � '1 �: ^�� .. • R1W�FENCE �,.,��T��' � ��ECTI.OIV � c �v , �� : vnR�es 5.. 2. .�9p.. _ 1"=.2' N . .. � 1'.� 5.0'T676b' � 23:T') o ��. 10� �' z:o� . �, . . . fi.T �ii:a� � z:a. 5: z � Q.5` v 90C �' �* I� � 3 �5,_7 r w �. . fi"CUR&FACE .' .... . y . • -I-. �_...�r- '.� _ FG_ �2% _ __ _ - � , EG _ _ _2�s _� � 5% -�VARIES' �. DRAWINGNUM@ER: �... . � 4.0' . ,. ,��.,�/ ..� , _ � � ey ' , ..^ • CLASS.A �.�.. :.,y�.,� .^ ,u. , f� ,3, ,4/ ,�r .�� G 4 °" ��m •: �/ i /.;f� /�%%��i/�F d! 1 . . �, � 4�:•1`.'r�\tt{�`��3y �, \t��F. 2.0'. r�Y �y'��,.r*�' nr � r.�.r r �.:��" r"�r��. CONtR�'tE .,�� - :.�'. �.�1. ryry�ppry 9'PCUR@ FACE LE''f��.C�'�."v:�''�fv.0,4�f ti.:v:C�fF.� '�.h,�C;',��.{ti'" .. � � A�'VLYOG� . .8:ti$Q� �� ORIGINA(.SCALE: 1 DETAIL `;y��i �`-�i � (�T [�[ �``,�'r t� � �4,'��„" t'- t0 � i_2 � �k+��I.\.iv..�r\ "{A B ��l.P 1 I��1Y ��4a ^.e:\�. " .. OETAIL onre:rowvzoaa 7"=2' 1"=2'. � SHEET��2p OF� 93 N� - - s W S EDGE OF PAVEMENT PINfSHED GROUNQ FENGING CURVE DATA Z LABEL NORTHING' EASTING ELEU� DESCRIPTION LABEL NORTHING EASTING ELEV� dESCRIPTION LABEL NORTHWG EASTfNG�. ELEV DESCRIPTION GURVE RADIUS LENGTH DELTA CHQRD DIRECTION CHORD LENGTH� START(N;E) END{N;E). W�.. a� EP7 2077586.42� �&978276.-04 503.18 ENDOF�CURVE FG7 2077545.17 G47433B:13 502.06 T6PO�BlOPE FNCi 207�SSd.94 fi479251.60 502.70 CORNER. Ci 18A0'� 15.78' ��9D:42' S44°40'19"YV 1C.i9' 2Q77596.S2b4792B6,A22 26775Bb�.42,6479276.44 �� EP2 20PSB6:52 ��6479327.44� 5o3.i3 ENOQFCURVE� FG2. 2077633.99 �64�7933829 502.6U GRADEBREAK FNC2 2077567.3] S47B2S7,59 .502.78 GATEFOST �- � � � � . � . C2 30:00'� 104T� 20.OU' S10'00'W"W 10.42' 207�6fi6,93;6d792BB332 2077650.@7,.64�t9285.42 � � EP3 � 2Q77S98:52 6A79286:42 56420 �BEGOFCURVEJGB FGJ� 207765@.i4 6479356.86 SOd.10 GRA6EBREAK� FNCS 2077587.3J 6079251.59�� 503.27 GATEPOST C7 3tl.00' 1097'� 20.00° 570°pp'60"W 70.42' 2077680A9,6479293:423 2p7767012,5479299.61 Z� EP4 2077b24.?6 6A79311.-02 50J.24� TGEP FG4 2P77641.58 647938901 502.88 GRADEBREAK� � FNG4 2077596.02 6479251.51 �SU395 CORNER� � � �� a i. .. . . .. . � C4 45.00' �0.69' 96.178' S45°p0'00"W 63:64' 2077787.12,6479338 A23 20Ti742 12.6-07929].42. O, � EPS �2�77671.19 6A1937�1,42 503.2-0 7C/EP ��FGS� � 2077615.47 6A79370,4-0 502:10 GRADE&REAK� � FNCS 2077596.69 6479276.51 �:502,65 ItJTERSEC710N C5� ?0.00` 71.4Y 90.00' Sd5°00'00'+N 28:28" 207780712,64]9A89.T7A 2077797,72,.6479489.7T �y EP& �2077675�.79 �647BJi5:42� 503:40 TC/EP FGb� � 2077596:97 �6479470.37. Spi:75 TOPOFSLOPE � �FNC6� �ZD?7596:'13 6479285.92��SW.15 GATE�POST �� . ... . . .. . . � . � C6 10:06' 75�3'� 90�:72° N95°�03'4k"N/ 14.76' �207?58652;:64�79327:44�A 2077596.52 6-019319.42. �¢' EP7 207768928 �:6479315A2 502;99 :TGiEP FG7 26TI60tl.72 G4�794J976 501:75 TOPOF�SLOPE FNC7 20775%.28 6A�7831992�. SU391 GATE.PO57 .V �� C7� � 23:00' 98�.'13' 90:00` Nd5'00':00"E 32.53' ��.20777-02.12,54]9315.423 2077765.i2 847833642 � W �w� �EPB �� 2077@9328 :6478395.42 502:99�� TC1EP FGB 2077601.56 6q7947882 501:75 CONFORM PNCB 267779288 Gq.79276.07 503.44 CORNER � � � � �� C9 10.00' 75:79' 9U:OQ° S-05°00'UO"E 14,94' 2077765.12,:64793i3.006 20777551T,64?9383.07 p � s EP8 2077742:12 6d79315:q2 502.94 OEGOFCURVE FG9 2077588.19 : 64794)936 502�;15 CONFORM FNG9 247T/95,66� 6-079448.07 :SD2.03 GORNER � � y.y LD �o� � .. . ... .. . . .. .. . C9 9p.00'� � 15:71' � 9D.Q0° N45°00'd0"NJ 1-0,1&' �2077?72.44;6479421.006 �.�2677722.4A,fi479477:07 m Y W :w EP90� 2077765.12 6479338:q2 SD2.7B ENDOFCURVE� FG10 2Q77584,70 5479485.10 501.71 CONFORM FNC10 2077798�.12 6479448.08 �502.97 GATEPOST w m.3�� 2� . . . . . . . .. .. . N . .. C79 70.00` .. � 15:71' 90.OQ° N-05°PO'00"E� 14.14.• 2077755.72,�64d9477.P08� 2077755.12,6479421:01 iz,ry .��Cl. o EP91 2077785.12 fi478373,Q7 502,6@ BEGflFCURVE FG11 2q77b7t.12 �64799&6.97 501�.A8 CQNFORM FNC11 207776R.12 64796GB.73�502.15 GATEPOST . � > EPi2 2b77755.92 �6478383:01 503.07 ENDQFCURVE� FG21 ...2077687.21 6-074327.4-0 503:31 � .. . fNCY2 2077?13.78 6-079449.24 �SQ2.76 GATE�PdST �... C11 20.08'� 3f:42' SU.00° 545`00'�.00"E 2828' 2077785.12;6-074�89:774. 207774512,6478489.77 a� �:� U EP13 2077�A299 fi479783.01 503.43 TCiEP FG22 207I67873 �fi478335.93 SU3:18 PNC1J� 2D77S91.�9 6a79448.29 SU270 GATEPO57 : ��.ea* �. EP1-0� 2077693.12 6478383.01 503.43 TC/EP FG23� 2677670.24 64�7933U.27 503.15 FNC14 2077597:06 &479448 Si 501.74 CQRNER� � `�a ��'o LINE DATA 9 y "� EP95� ?077699.i:2 6A79q38,26 SQ2�.T/ CONFORM FG24 2077667.78 8-07933593 503:05 FNC75� 2617555:97. &47943902 �50205 CONNECTTqFJ(FENCE w.� S `u EPi6 2077712;-04 6479438.57 502:&t CONFORM FG25 �2G77fi53�,27 6479830.27 503.13 FNC76 26T/792.97 fiq784�8:5H 501.95. CONNECTTOEJCFENCE LINE BEARING LENGTH START�(N,E) END(N,E) dd`�.. $ ��e°� o�; . EP97 20T7�12:44 �G479421.01 562:8C ENDOFCURVE� � FG25 �207754tl,78 �6479335.93�. 562:90 L1. 50°00'QZ"W 54,15' 2077650.67,fi9792B8.42. .20775%.52,6479PB6;d2 � au *`'o- EPfB. ZD77722.44 ��6479911.01 562�.6f BEGOPCWRYE . FG2P 20]7636.3U 5479330.27 503.22 - �L2. 520°O8'00"W 8.B9' 207767022,5-079299.61 2U7766Q.93,S4792B0.Zd� EPYB 2077755.12 ��.6479A11,p1 502:67. BEGOFWRVE. FGZB� 2077856A6 6479359,44 SO�:dO F�-Q��-��E 1:3� SO°00'Op"E 67:64' 2077742.i2,6479293:-02�2877686.48647828J.4Y� EP2R 2Q77765.f2 647942i.09 $p2�.25 ENDOF�CURVE. FG29 20776A4,99 69�79379.35 503;:1U LABEL �NORTHING EAST�NG.ELEV DESCRIPTION� �a N9tl°OG'00"W 131,35' 2677787,12,6d794fi9;77 26�7787.12,@47833B.42� EP21 2077765.1�2 6479-056.Q8 .502.1@ TGEP FG30 2077625:U9 6A79367.Bfi 502.60 FLi 2077826�.28 6-0�79297.42 502.95� LS NO`09'00"E 74.67' 2077596:32,G4.79379:42��20�76ii.94,8479311.42 EP22 2tl77785.12� 6479460.0@� 502.98 TGEP FG3i �707763658 fi479347.85 SW.70 F� 7p7765d.6�� 6479247.42 502.8@�.BEGOFCURVE � L6 N45°00'00"E� 5.86' 2077671.19,6479311.42� 20)7fi75.99;64797i5A2 EP23� 207Tfb5.12 6479469.77 SU2:38 BEGOFCURVE FG32 2077712.72 6919360:82� 503:22. FL3� 2677557.17� 6479298:57 502.8? .�.ENDOFCURVE� L7 NO°00'00"E 56:93" 2077675.79,6979315,42 2077742.72,8479315.-02.�.� EP24 267775925 @478-083 92 502,81 GRADE BREAK: �. FG}3� 207777F.11 6479364A1 �Sb322 FLA� 2077668.-06� 6479361.95 502.84 8EG QK CURVE L8 N90'00'00"E 34�.58' 267776512 6474398.42 2077765.12,@478373,01. g/j s EP29 2077745.92 64794B8.77 502.13�. ENO�OFCURVE FG34 2077726.29 60.79]50.82 :503:50 Fl5 2677fiB0:4& 697930A:42 502.B0 ENpOF�CURVE� � s .. . 9 °0 $677755.12 647938 A7 207 �� . � l SO OOU'E 62�.00' . , 3. 7693.72 64793B3A1. y� �tl EF26 20T/6p7.72 69794�89.77 50222 END.OFCURVE FG35�� 2077742.17 64�7935d..00� 503.Z5 GRAQEBREAK� FL6 20777q2.12 6479304.42 502.64 BEGOfCURVE� �� L10 S89°38'S7"E. 55.19' �2077b9312 6-079363:01 2A77fi93.12,6479d3B.d0 �� .* fF27 20T778297 6C79483.92 502.6A Gft4DEBREAK� FG38 207)75D,95 fi479380.92. 503.06 GRADE.BREAK FL7 207T/76.72 647933b�:42 502.49 ENDOFGURVE �• ,� �EP28 2077787.12 6C7946677 50265 BEGOFCURVE FG37 2077776.12 6-079492.22: 3p2.72� GRAOEBREAK � L11 N90°00'00°W 97.§@' 207777244,6479-030�;57 207779?.446479427.01 4,0'*M4�yd.� Fm� � � � FL9 2077776.12 64�.794fi7.77 SOZ,JS. . . .... .. EP36 207182428 b47929742 :50}.OB TCiEP� FG38 2D77707�;53� 697S3-0O.t7 �50320 CIEANtlUT� .. L12 NO°00'QO'E 32.58� 2077722,44.64794iT,01 2p77755.f2,6479417.07 �.W F110 2077584.54 64�19275.74 S03A0� �CONFORM EP39 2077778�.12� 647S45B.09�� 502:24� EP FG39 2077]0724 6479363d6.5P3.24 CLEANqUT� L73 N90°00'pU"E.. 48;7T 2077765A2,6479427.01 2U77)65.i2,.64�794@8.77 FL77 2077591.55. 44�7827b.44 507.Bq� . EP32 2077776.72 64794@9.77 50?:d7� TClEP FG40 2077677.28 6479345.68 �503.30 VALVEOPERATOR� FL12 2077597,64 6479}Z7�,qq 567.61 EP33 2077596.52 64793ii.42 503:SS BEGOFCURVE/GB � FG41 26J7fi74.29 6-0�79368.58 503.?7 VALVEOpERATOR �� Fus aansss.ir 5479338J4 sn�.sa TQP dF GONGRETE EP39 zonaos.i2 6479492.47 502:]i SAWCUT/CQNFORM FG42 2677685.12 G9�74367.17 59329 Fun. ao��sea.as 6479A68:90 501.17 . . Q �� W . EP35 207774372 64I9492.41 502.id SAWCUT/CONFORM FG43 2077677.12 6-078385.77 302.98. L}1;@E� (�jOf��(H�NC>� �S�(�NCa E,��/ pESGRIPTION � �: � . . .... . . � FL15 2077643.06� 64799B2.03 507�.12 . EP38 ZU77687.39 6-0�9q97.@1 SOi.93 SAWCUT/GONF4RM F644 20TT684.94 6-079399.60 S03.Od . . . FL76 20T7686.17 6d79d82.3? 500.87 C4NFORM TOCt 2077624.28 ��.6479715.42 503:28 �. p� EP37 2U775@7.42� 647950602 502.24. SAWCUT/CONF4RM :FG45 3077880.9-0. 6479403.60 502.76 � TOC2 2077632.78 .��79323�,91 503,40 ��j„� 4J � . . .. FL17 2017J22.75� �64794fl2.D1 500.64 � : EP3B � 20TIS72.42�. �6479508.0) 562.24 SAWCUT/CONFORM FG4fi 2077@BS,BS� 6479493.60 5P2�.73 TpC3 2077641.25 6479375;42 �503:4q m � � � . FL99 2077003.tY �6479481:92 501 Q4 � EP39 2077572.39 eq�78497.65 507,99� SANCUT/CONFORM FGd7 2077678.52 5479479.93 502.6T FL20 2U77899.89 6479489:28 50713 CONFQRM TOC4 2d7754B.7A� 6R79723.91 503�.A0 � � h IJ �FG48� 2077664.30. 6q793dBA9 S03A2� FL22 2077776.12 647945$.0@ 302.12 � TOCS 207765822 6479315:-02 503.40 %�.'�� V ��FG-08� 2077662:31 6-079350.fi9 503.07�� FL23 Z0T7T6S.12 64)9458.08 502�.k6. TOC6 20T7666.71 �6479923:97� 543:4P NORDONA LANE GRAVE�RLIADWAY FGsu iorna�:�r e4�sseasa soa.i� Fi2a 2omn:aa sa�snzi.00 soz.sa roc� xonsss.se ss7saa�.az aua:aa _ py GRVL1 2�OT7587I.4G &979 Z�NCi. EIEV bESCRIPTION F651 207774603 64793&4.Stl 565.30 FL25 Zp77736.99 �64�9A52.30 i0'1:65 TOCB 2077693.28 5d78337A2 563.43 m� �LABEL N .-._... ... a 53 503..56 CONFORM FG58 2077677.75 5479336.18 503.78 VALVE�OPERATOft. �� TOC9 � 20T(694.78 �6479342:67� 503:53� � GRVt;2 2077568.77 6C79218:35 503,34 CONFORM� FG58 201766587 647944831 SD2.44 CpNF012M TQC16 2�77692.79 �6479337,A2 503:36 y � �� . .. .. a {,�J GRVL3 2677568�.37 6A79251l53 543.56� EDGE-0F:7RAVELWAY FGb2 207768U.78 697933819 5030-0 vnweoaew�foR� TOP BACK:OF GURB TOC71 207768278 fd79352.77 503:58� m 7 GRVLA 2b775fi2.37� 6479251:58 .503.,56::EDGEOF.TRAVELWAY FG63 2077543�.81 547933fi:10 SU2.86 VALVEbPERATOR� � .TbCi2 �2D77690.78� ff4797S0.fi7 �.�503;53. � � � � � � � � �LflBE� NORTHING EASTING ELEV pESGRIPTION� GRVL5 � 2P775B6.59� �fi479355:fi2 503.09� E�GEOF�TRAVEIWAY FG64 � 2077639,73 6478347.23 502.86 VALVEOPERATOR � � � �� TOCi9 20T/675:78 6fl78752.17 5033&. � � � �� T8C1 �� 2D77587.79 6q792B5.92 504�75 ClIRBFACE=O" .. r . GRVL@ 2077562.53 ��64�7R355S8 503�,09� EDGEOFTRAVELWAY FG55 2977632.85 fi47834i:67 SD2.72 SAMPELINGSTATION � " TOC7-0 � 20TI680.76 6479360.67 503.53 J � � �' TBC2 2077599.73 6479285.92 SD4��.A9 CUR@FACE=6" � �� GRVL� 2677588.@4 69�79477:53 547.54 E'fW�/6EGOFCURVE FC38 2077636:95 ��G-0�79738.67 562.68 SAMPELINGSTATION �� .TOC75 2077680.76 �6479376A1�. 503.53� J � TBC3 2077650,87 64J9265.92 30J.16 BEGOPCURVE/CF=b^� � � . � ��GRYLB 2077606:89 6979-097.48. 507.91 �ENDOFCURVE/CONF6RM� FG67 20�77�6.27 6479A99.19 502.37 RIM� �� TOC96� 2077675.79 ��64793B3.01� 503.43� � T6C4 20T766i.i0 �6479287.74 SQ3.71 ENDOFCURVElCF=B" � GRVLS 2077562,R4 6479477,SB SP7.94� ETW/BEGOFCURVE� FG6@ 20T7579.90 69�79SOQ:55� 501�.75 RIM �� .�. � �TOC97 207T706�.72 6479342.67 �50327 � TBCS 2077670.39 :ff-0�79291.1C� 503:07 BEG�OFCUftVElCF=6" � � � �� GRVL10. 20T/SAZ;BB 6479997.83 S02A1 �:ENDOfCURVElCONFORM � � TOC98� 2D77775:85 ��697939TA2 �502.9@ GRADEBREAK TBC6 207758tl;48 :6i79292.92. 505:02 END�OF:CURHE./GF=fi"� GRVLit�� .2077574.30 &47821:@.33 503.46. CENTERLINE/CQNFORM � TOCi9 2077795.95 6479342.42 543.Q7 GRApEBREAK TQp��}F��.wf�T� � TBC7 2077742.i2 . 6474292.92 502.94 BEGOFCURVE/CF=B" � GRYl12 2077574.fi9 5479355:55 5U3.33 CENTERIINE/GRADE�BftFAK � TOC2Q 207772829 6L7934242 �.50303 GRVL73� 2077574.&9 6q794�1;55 502.18 CENTERUNE LABE� NORTHI�G �S - TBCB 2Q77787.&2 � 6-07933842 502�.89 ENDOFCURVE/CF�° '�`,,. . TI�C.� ELE�d DE$Cf71P71�N SBC9 2677787.62 6479445.08 502:86 GURBFACE=6" � � � �.� � z � �GRVLt4 2D77574:B& 69�79497.64 501:9fi CENTERUNE/CONFORM TGi 2Q77796�.95 ��6479328.42 SP2:34 NDS4'pTRIUMDRAW THC10 �p77787.62 G479447.08 5b2.87 CURBFACE=G" � �-� �" � o TG2 207773B:62 6479351.67 50�:47. .NDS�A'A7RIUMDRAIN� �� TOC?3 2077]50.35 84793d242 502.94 " �� RAWINGNUMBER: TG3 2077710.72 5-078361.@2 503.T7� NDS4"�ATRIUMDRAIN. � ��TOC24� 2077750.85 8478937.4?��502.84� p.��A W Y TG4 � 2077755.14 �fi479366:76� 502:59 ND54'ATRIUM�DRAIN� �. TOC25 207776505 6479937.42 SP2:78� TGEP� p ryIg ?GS� 2077753.90 �6479A60.45 500.-03 AREA�ARAIN FER CORCS 320,00 � TOC26. 207Ti65.72 6479]42:q2: Sp2.77 �TGEp � t1`oiG /� TOC27� 207T/12.92 6979379.09 50353" 4RIGINAISCAIE:� t!7,,,1 . . . �kDRENOUM i p7t18@� �n� N/A. . TOC2B� 2077742.18 �G-07937600 503.53�� '� C(ARIFICATtON-SING�ETANK DATE:MAV2023 FOUNDATIOh�N� � � �� SHEE7 22 OF 93 NOTES; W ry _ � 1. Mo- UIPMENT PR4VIDEDBY GREENSAND FILTEft �Z � � �J��-o"� � . .. �� . � SY EM MANUFACTURER: Z F - a -2. CO RACTOR TO COORQINATE�EXCACT LOCATION �'- �� OF REENSAND FILTER-FACE PIPING IMTN"FIITER� ¢ � � MA FACTURER. � ,,r r � � � �' ��`� � �� . � �,r"�. " 3, SA LE SUPPORT BY�GREEN5AND:FILTER SYSTEM Zo Z q . � '� „ � �� .�� ,r . ' MA FACTURER.COORDINATENNCHQRBOLTCIIAMETER - _ � ��: �..: � . �"' � �� AN LOCATIONS SHOWN"WdTH MANUFACTURER, �. �. � f • ' },„ o .:�) �.�:� . �� , .. . . o �� -� � � � � � p �.., � � ^ — � % � � �� r � 5. CO RESE INSTALLED IN Fl�TER TANKTO BE NSF/ANSI61� �� .. � �r . CE fFIED.:SEE SPEC�:SECTION 1154Q. �� ¢ t- z a �r m�y. a w ,,: O mg � � � �p z� z� a �� /`' � � 3 � ,. w N67E 3,RES7R�qINED �' � o o u q ia o�.(�i � �, �: -�' r�.� � ENQ t y^�ry:� r �+ ' . ..G\NE�* �� 01.�.> +^��yI��^yV(^I}�"[��}�tp1��U'�� /�' � �. �� (�S b�yyo. Fd-QL^ 1 V VI�MltV . f� � � � � J.j. � � � � � ` � U r � NQTE 3,W/ALLOWAN o - v o 0 � � F012 LONGITUDINA� ' � � �r^'� �� THERMAL EXPANSION �'�` *$`� � � o ' - - — - - - - �..'� '�•`�� o '� �a�� i�T�2, '�`�., � � ,,,-'''� �L:�c��.�7.s�� ''~,,� � �,i �iv��ea wir��s �-`� J�,.- .. �w FOUNDATIC)N PtAN �w � 3/8"=1'-0" .��M C, p,'' O w 30-SM-2 30.SM-2 �� , �� 4^ �i w 3Q-SM-2� I .. SJ-OM ... Z �� l 2X F� u/y.n �W .,,.. , . , W ��. W w_ �..n� _._..�.,�: a,��_. __�A..,��_w�_��N �.,__:,�,., . __ MA7GH�LINE�S�E DWG40 fvt-1 �_.._ ..._. e,,,.e.':.,� m. „.,....,�,.„h .�.,..........�;m,�......._.__..-,-.�,..w,,.._......m.m�... -.w.. �,.,..e.,e'.;: ......w..v:.��._._""�.'__......,..�m.m......,,:., �.,.b�.�...»,..,._,_.....�...:`..::. _k.� Y� 5-30& ... SSH � �� .. 15420 � m W � �d ih. ...... . � .... .. � . � i� i� � � 24"NO2ZLE W/8F � u"'i `� MANWAY,NP GREENSAND FILTER � IIFTING EW12_FLT_04100* z — - �N • �, LUG;TYP W x (n � ARV,TYF � c�n Z " o � 12"x12"x1/Z"THICK W g J `� — - �W ❑ �BASE PLATE:NP ❑ o — - - - - Z m � w �. � � o W � N = 92"RW: � J � W —- c, ► -rvP J � u. < (j� \ G ? � � 7 Q � :- � (� Z N � ` W y� N (��^ . ..... .... .. ..... . �L. VN'. .�" ..� � — _.—. �' . .. . ' '� - � � �.. ri�aSpF0.�Jy��.i1rV4.-+pV�qlvp��ir VdjrivVpl�Gp�ilq V^p^I�MpR��It�M�'UIM :�py�� _. a � .� tJ'IYt]L.I�..�Il%IYHtF�VItlLJft1I�BY �g�(e m N . . .. ..� O. N �cEW92_BFV 04170 g"SW *EW_BFV_0416p EW12 BFV 0479Q* ' A A � y. .� . . � . . ... .. � . . � . . _. . .� . . � . . � . . ... . .� . . .� . . . .� . . ..� . . _. . . � . . � . . � . . � . . . � . ._ �RAWING�NUMBER:. � . . � . . �.� . . �.. � .:; � . � . .�.�� . .,.� . . :� '1 30-SM-2 m MATCH LINE SEE DWG 10-M_1 30-SM-2 ' � A 32510 �' Tt�P PLAN QRIAS SH4WNLE: 3/0"=1'-0" Q Z 4 fEET 30-SM-2 SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" S EET BYOF z93 . . .. .. . .. . .. . . . .... .. ... . .. . .. .. . . . . ... . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . � . .. . � . � . � . . FILENAMELZ165D-305M101.dgn. PLOT6ATE:iP/22/20151t28:4APM� NQTES: �� r 1�. sK EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY GREENSAND:FlCTER �V z �CIFTING IUG� . ARV��ic,TYP 12"z��12"z 1/2 THICK SYSTEM MANUFAGTURER.. -"� W BASE PlA7E,lYP Z o � 2. CONTRACTpRTO COdRDINRTE EXGACT LOCATION W.- . OF.GREENSAND��FILTERFACE:PIPING�WITHFILTER �� MpNUF'AGTURER.. 'Q� � � Q 4 N . 3, CONCRETE IN5TALLEO IN FILTER TANKTO BE Q NSF/ANSi 61 CERTIFIED.SEE�.SPEC SEC710N i1540.. � Zo z CL E1514.38 C� 3 12"RW — � � " o �At�D�N17UM 1 07118l23 CLAF2(FIGATION o �,,, � � CL EL512,80 � SINGL�TAhIFC FC7UNCIATIC7I`I o 15008A - — - — -—' w N ' ' EW12_BFV_D4170Mc ' EW12_8�04760* ' EW12 BFV 64190* � • _ � Z a. CL EL 511:05 a � o cw' N q. Q�. o. C? � o`�� m� �. ��" . i�N�.�,z�� '"o W� � 3 w�W GREENSAND FILTER o �.o. .� EW12 FLT A4900* z _ _ CL EL 507.05_=i, ,,, ..G�r��a� 12"�FW U � . �P m '�sQ . ¢ � � �� U > � .. . .. . � . . a.. . . . . � . . .. .. � . . ... . . . .. . . . .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . .� . Q��,. Z Up�': I o-� *�p , � ,,� EL VARIES SEE DWG C-2 a� �h,~ .� '�� I ��'��. 0 � i �CL�ELS00�.33 e � 2"FW I 4"DR,SEE DWG 3'-4" 3�_q^ 20-85-1 FOR V3'" CONTINUATION 2"FW,SQ SAFETYSHOWER 5G'= C4NTRRGTORTOVERIFY � ,�j'ECTIdN �,*` `-^�''_ WI7H TANK MANUFACTURER '� `�; �- 30-SM-1 3/8"=9'-0" , W �� GREENSAND 12"x 12"x 1/2"TMCK ARV*;TYP FC7UNDATION �r` �r��♦ .� � BASE PLATE,TYP � � Q �G� ��,��•n r—\ �.'W .�. 5 i.5�r+>. � � a 4 b h.pt �. 12"RW.�IYP ��a^p +a;ra�+��t�r � W r'��.: 24"NOZZLE W/BF F �e �.,a � ' � MANWAY,TYP /�� ,�.`."M�re'°'i`°� .° / .�. \✓Q � A. a. . ✓ � �� i . 6":SW� &"AB..-" � � � � ` ----�1 r � ....��.. \ 1 t�f � �� EW12_@FV 04170* .� _ �., � � ;,,f EXCAVATION � LIMIT �� DETRIL � 1SOOBA GREENSAND FIl7ER � m EW12.FlT 041d0* - � NTS z tn 12"FW � c=i � 4"SIDEWALK 25Q3 SADDLE SUPPQRT ____ W a F- W/#4(�16"EW I � m C? CTR W CONC,SEE 12"x 16" ' i EXST PUMP Q � C-3PCiRADDLINFO ELLIPTICA� SIDEWALK i STATION rr� MANWAY,TYP SEE DWG C-3 ( I BUILC?ING N �"� � FD-02 1/2"PJF V 4 ' J � J 7C7G EL503i55 i�. ,,, „ ,,,,, � ! � .� .lL FG EL 503:38 �' � i.FF EL 503_S p ° � � Z �� .. E w�.. . . � . ..., . � � N .+ ; � ...iq�L:.%� � . ' (. ` . . � ` ......._ `�� ./\ ..� 1 Y N f � INV EL500:33 I f � ty W a � �... � -..s:., i,,.. � I .��. / ��fip � a. (.� 2"FW.FQR� 8"AB ..�.�'"':"a.z"'� "''.a'^,;.:✓`. '^`^' � � a w ,� CONTINUATION � - -�- f � m ,�-�-.,� SEE DWG Y-7 MIN C�)t i/4"QIA S57ADHESIVE �G��"��T��SVERSE U �" r,( o 4"DR,FOR ANCHORS W/95"EMBEQ, i�EBNF W/STD Ht7C3K,Tt7P . � CONTINUATION INCREASE SIZEAND QIYAS ��n�� " ORAWiraG r�Ue�eER: SEE DWG'20-85-9 DETERMINED BY FIITER MFR -�#6 a�12"C7C�ONGI'fUCaINA� �'-Bry - '� RGIFIF Nti STD HOC�K,TC7P 8 BOTYOM 2 0 2 4 FEET A"'�i�11 �+ �'+ /''� /'+ . . .. . SCALE 319"=1'-0"� QRIGINAL SCAIE: � �B� �� L7�El.�TIVN �� SEI.rTIQN � AS SH6WN 2 6 2 4 FEET 30-SM-t 3/8"=i'-0" 30-SM-1 1/2"=1'-0" paTE: r.ur 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-Q" �. SHEET 49 4F 93 . . . .. .. . .... .. ..... ... . . ... .. .. . .. ... . ... � .. . . . . . . . .. ..... .. . .. . . . . . .. .. .. . � ... .... .. . . ....... ..... .. .. � . . . ... . ... .. .. .. . ... . . . . . . . � � piLENAME:.1507D-30SM20i.:dgn.. .. ..PLOTDATE:�.1?/22@015A1:33:36PM I F�zo I W� f � 23 '� G6NERALNOTE5' � . CL4SESTSETBACKS :_' I 7. LABEI X%�QENOTES�ELEVATIONCALI.OUT. � SEESABLESC-4: � ¢ 67.8'MECk#ANICA�BUILDING?O CLOSE5T PROPERT/LINE = Jy� ( W.�. o 2.. LABEL[]u DEN6TESLINEDATA£ALLOUT.SEE -� �� :. � . . TA@LE C-0: d. � �� EP26� v�D� 40,0'FECL FACILITY:(CANOPV) '� FNG9 I Li9 J. LABEL�DENOTES LINE�CURVE CALLOUT.SEE -� � TOCLOSESTPROPERTYIINE�. FNC10. PNC76 I J. 7ABLEGd.. �� z � 12�� 11� TBC1o. �.4r""r �. / � �I ��I� 4 INSTRLLSALVAGEOFENCEFABItIGKRQMD-i. d.� a �I -- . TBCB :� � �. � �, CONTRACTOR�TOINS7ALLADbITIONALNEW� p� � --' I 's,� FENCINGASREQUIREDAN�GOORDINATE447TH ��OX � OX� .. � .OX � OX OX � OX! �JOX � 6%� oX OX �� O%� � OX OX. ' � �.�+� P27� �� ONMERPRIORTOSTARTOFW6RK. a �-�� ___ ___-_-. -__._,-.__-_ . . � _____� �� I FNCB.� ..,. m L4 . EP31.. I. ..GS � �� CC W � I TBCB ��..� i . . . � 1p�. . . . . 1 � . 17 EP28 ..�N ( .. . .' ��( KEVNOTES �1. pQ � z X�. �:F�7 .� 1��.� � ��`Z� Q 1. GRAVELROADSURFACING�,STDDTL250tl. mY W o .. � . . .. a FL9 � � � (NOTSHONM} �� m�`�� .� I � . ( .� '_ . _ . ..�j ,�� .. . „ . , � � �n. o I 0.3% _ _ 2.5% . EP32' FG37 � ..� 2 ASPHALTCONCRESEPAVEMENT,STD��TL2501.� �y .� �� '�/�� "��. GREENSAND FILTER'� � � � � � � � � � � �� ,/ �� 9. PAVEPAENT CONNECTION,570 QTL?502 � ° � � � :EP70 0 � � ,� UNdRrT��N . . . . � . . FL29 .� . . :I �FG67 n w � Z'� � /' � �� 4; CQNCRETE SIDEWAIK,STD DTL 2503: � a��'k � x Ua TOG25 � TOC?6 � F=507.55 . ... . .. EP2o . : . .. /. .� " +Y ' / ��.. . ci.� . .'. . !/ . .. . ... . . �. . EP22�..^ EP23.�._./' � .I . �..�P �i,�. I . . : .- Le '., .- . .... . .. . �. .- � 113 -= � S. GRAVEL SURFACING STD DT12504 g 'o , � � . _ _ � ' . � � u � ^"'� �� - � � f�----.542. -- - -- Cs �I�f�� 6. GRAVEl1NALKVJAV,STD OTL 2505. o �� / /� ,� yi � �� Ci � fNC11. EP29 .TGS.. '�"� �. \�/� I ¢ a � 4�. � �� . f ��.. . .. � Ep2-0. I � 1. ROCKSIOPE PROTEC710N,STO Dtt 2510�. °�*e3 so- 6x. / .. . ( G^� � �l � �TGd. � � . . EP79 � �?c 7 �15 -3u 'k.��. � / . / . ' � TOC23 ' �\„ � EPt2�.. ... i . ( � � .. .�� 8: SLOPEPRO7ECTION,STDOTL�2510,SIMIL4R.� , . � . . ` ��.T��24 ��.., , � � � � 3.5�� f .. .� � ��. �- . . I � ��. .) 9 GUARDPOST;:5T0 DTL2600. I ' l � FG36 I �FGSO � I . ` . . I �� p �, EpZS. � 10. 1YGICALCONCRE7ESWA�E,�STDOTL2J20. � itlT , � ,7gC7. � iG7�� , FG57 � . 11. TYPICALCONCRETECURB,STDOTL275U: . � I Jl "�.dl> � � ExlS'i'INqP� �� 35�� : 12�pHAINLINKFENCfi�STDDTL2H00,WITHB4R9ED IX i � 1 � ,(.� � . FL6 ' EPB. �. q... �' � �� . . . � 21�� t%� TG2 ^�• . S �tlTF}LL- ---' IMRE. ��. � EP73 � �c.� "�-"'- ' �- '� � ��FG35: ..TOCZB '\ 2� J. � ��Y`.�._�� e I 23�� I � . ,,.J 93. CHAINLINK DOUBLE-LEAF GA7E,STD QTL Y801, � � /'\ / A r'�i 12 r� aI _ �2..... WITH9ARBE6lMRE �. ' �"`a�. �. . g �Ox ' :12. - � � � � � m . - ��'�� °I . �X FL?5 14: CONCRETEHOUSEKEEPINGPAD STDDT�3201. ; . FUTURE ,.. �.�4 . i . , � � I r CHEMIGRL ` �EXST . . l ( �� e� . 75: 21"HbPE SD;SEE OWG Y-JFOR CON7INUAiION �,,P�,,; � 3�`� 1'I . . / y-�"' m � . �''��,`."�`;� I. � : -J � PAGILITY UI DING � -m' � ��2 � I /. v---„/ :FLi7 16: EXISTING CULVERT.PROTECT IN PLACE. ��,z.. ��r' W a I . . . �: . �. ��..( G.J-�� . �. .e �,.^�I �� ` q. . Me 1�.0� I 9 FF=SU3.53 +,"'� I `��..: TOC2o FG34 � o ' � �'` I�Y 17. GUR9�TRP,NSRION SEEDTL 1 BELOW. Q� �TOC27 FG32 � I � EPiB � . �:w K�� i� � � � � FLZ4 x:,�..- . / - � �q fe: TRANSFORMER SEEDWGE2. 10 .�o ..TG3 � i�. .� . � �... �j ::. �� j . . . � FG3} , .:. l ..� c �� ✓ �` ,�'' 1B. COMMUNICA7I4N PUlL�80X,SEE DWG E-2: �: � TOC2� s \__��_ . I �...--� � � TOCte �° . , .. . . `71 � FNCta. ,_,��I 2Q RADIOTOWERfi]UNDATItiN,SEE�dTL.2BELOW. �� I �FEGL i��y ,-� ' 2i,.POVvER PULL BQX,SEE ONrC�E-2. � � �� z .�. � � FACILITY. 5 � .. .. ... ` �� Q � � O. �FG38 .� .. - . S:� ` . EP77 �EP18 I x .. FF=503;55 �:.. �. . . 2.UH � . . .. . �. -9.-,� 1 I�I 16�� 22: EXISTING�REFLECTOR,PROTECT IN PtACE. W +y, �� '� :. TOC17 FG39. ''_'"_ �;� . . 3 : � I (�I 23. INSTAll48"FLATTOPGROUN��MOUNT � � �. ��) �� g�,. � MECHANICAL � �� .,�3: I DELINEATORlMTHSdILANCHOR. � � ,�: � ( . . . . . roce '� @UILDING . . .. . . . �I. I - FF=503.55 -...'"., ��EP79 AQUEtdDUM107/18/29 , . �--� �.. �EP6� i4C7 � . _._ F.'_.-�... ' � . ��EP75 � . � GIARI(=�CATION-SINC�IETANK �. [n �. .. - -' ��-�- '-` -- .. ' -' -- �� FOWNDATION � /ry. __ � _' _ . o _ .__ ._ � .� .TQC9. L70 . . �. �� IJ .�___..._._- FNC13 f y EP7 . 4�� TOC12�� FG9 � Z O Z� 4 F�E� '. 1.0_°h� : � ��_�°k ... ' � ..� �� FG42 FG44 �. PG46 FLtB � ... � �. �.) I eczi �� ,•�� roc�a ,; . � �.� / SCAIE 1"=2'. . 70070� } FG:SD27� FG59 FGB I � .I FLS ' ..� �� , (�J . - . EET , `'�/'k d � 70C97 '"� p � � � 6 4 0 4� 8.F . �, �.'� x ..:,... .._�___- !� �� .. FG45 k , __..r-.� ' . FG10 SCAlE�1"-4' z � :._ } . �: _._ _,....�.. " FG22.� ' TOC73.: 4� . .." p Q. . 22 � x ` i I . U ...r _ - EP8 t .. _.. ��FG58 �� . .�..`,'� � FG43. FG47�� :�.. � � � ..� 1D 0 �0. 20FEET y (}� . ;'.: \,6. .FG40� .. .. 6�.� / . . Q 12 FG71 m Sr ~ �.�� '��EPS .�. �: fG41 � �� 4A TOCiS. J � .TOCt6 .20 �.99 1$... . � �� .SCA�E�"�"=��'��.. � � .� . . FG23 �. . . . - � f� � � �.�T8C8 . 7 FL9 . � . _ � � �� 4 MATCHLINE-SEE DWG�C-3 xe:a' 2'°� 5�� N Ilj TBCfi o f � � � RADIOTOWER TRANSFORMERPAO � y . a o T' � C� TBC4. '� f . . n � �� SLUDGEFILTEft. RAOIOTOVY'cRSHqRTBASE T6C=503.62. � TOC=50323 �� FG Z% w � �--� TBC3 �� "�' : � TOC6 � ROLL�OFF SECTION.PROVIDEOBYQWNER; --. --- � . VARIES� � � FL3 TOCS CONTAINERSLAB INSTALLE�BYCON7RAGTOR� T�" ` � SEE_ p_�Y � / TQC=5U3.-00 PitIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT �r�� - W �X . + �J � '�' ( r ,'. . . . " �{5)#7 Ew EF 4^ ��'��\� �.r i f r�: .t�li��/�*.C�i�`s��4�� - -' .�. .�� e p� . �� I� (fOTALCSF206ARS) . �� + .�4 �,�,, . � ( �,t� � '1 �: ^�� .. • R1W�FENCE �,.,��T��' � ��ECTI.OIV � c �v , �� : vnR�es 5.. 2. .�9p.. _ 1"=.2' N . .. � 1'.� 5.0'T676b' � 23:T') o ��. 10� �' z:o� . �, . . . fi.T �ii:a� � z:a. 5: z � Q.5` v 90C �' �* I� � 3 �5,_7 r w �. . fi"CUR&FACE .' .... . y . • -I-. �_...�r- '.� _ FG_ �2% _ __ _ - � , EG _ _ _2�s _� � 5% -�VARIES' �. DRAWINGNUM@ER: �... . � 4.0' . ,. ,��.,�/ ..� , _ � � ey ' , ..^ • CLASS.A �.�.. :.,y�.,� .^ ,u. , f� ,3, ,4/ ,�r .�� G 4 °" ��m •: �/ i /.;f� /�%%��i/�F d! 1 . . �, � 4�:•1`.'r�\tt{�`��3y �, \t��F. 2.0'. r�Y �y'��,.r*�' nr � r.�.r r �.:��" r"�r��. CONtR�'tE .,�� - :.�'. �.�1. ryry�ppry 9'PCUR@ FACE LE''f��.C�'�."v:�''�fv.0,4�f ti.:v:C�fF.� '�.h,�C;',��.{ti'" .. � � A�'VLYOG� . .8:ti$Q� �� ORIGINA(.SCALE: 1 DETAIL `;y��i �`-�i � (�T [�[ �``,�'r t� � �4,'��„" t'- t0 � i_2 � �k+��I.\.iv..�r\ "{A B ��l.P 1 I��1Y ��4a ^.e:\�. " .. OETAIL onre:rowvzoaa 7"=2' 1"=2'. � SHEET��2p OF� 93 N� - - s W S EDGE OF PAVEMENT PINfSHED GROUNQ FENGING CURVE DATA Z LABEL NORTHING' EASTING ELEU� DESCRIPTION LABEL NORTHING EASTING ELEV� dESCRIPTION LABEL NORTHWG EASTfNG�. ELEV DESCRIPTION GURVE RADIUS LENGTH DELTA CHQRD DIRECTION CHORD LENGTH� START(N;E) END{N;E). W�.. a� EP7 2077586.42� �&978276.-04 503.18 ENDOF�CURVE FG7 2077545.17 G47433B:13 502.06 T6PO�BlOPE FNCi 207�SSd.94 fi479251.60 502.70 CORNER. Ci 18A0'� 15.78' ��9D:42' S44°40'19"YV 1C.i9' 2Q77596.S2b4792B6,A22 26775Bb�.42,6479276.44 �� EP2 20PSB6:52 ��6479327.44� 5o3.i3 ENOQFCURVE� FG2. 2077633.99 �64�7933829 502.6U GRADEBREAK FNC2 2077567.3] S47B2S7,59 .502.78 GATEFOST �- � � � � . � . C2 30:00'� 104T� 20.OU' S10'00'W"W 10.42' 207�6fi6,93;6d792BB332 2077650.@7,.64�t9285.42 � � EP3 � 2Q77S98:52 6A79286:42 56420 �BEGOFCURVEJGB FGJ� 207765@.i4 6479356.86 SOd.10 GRA6EBREAK� FNCS 2077587.3J 6079251.59�� 503.27 GATEPOST C7 3tl.00' 1097'� 20.00° 570°pp'60"W 70.42' 2077680A9,6479293:423 2p7767012,5479299.61 Z� EP4 2077b24.?6 6A79311.-02 50J.24� TGEP FG4 2P77641.58 647938901 502.88 GRADEBREAK� � FNG4 2077596.02 6479251.51 �SU395 CORNER� � � �� a i. .. . . .. . � C4 45.00' �0.69' 96.178' S45°p0'00"W 63:64' 2077787.12,6479338 A23 20Ti742 12.6-07929].42. O, � EPS �2�77671.19 6A1937�1,42 503.2-0 7C/EP ��FGS� � 2077615.47 6A79370,4-0 502:10 GRADE&REAK� � FNCS 2077596.69 6479276.51 �:502,65 ItJTERSEC710N C5� ?0.00` 71.4Y 90.00' Sd5°00'00'+N 28:28" 207780712,64]9A89.T7A 2077797,72,.6479489.7T �y EP& �2077675�.79 �647BJi5:42� 503:40 TC/EP FGb� � 2077596:97 �6479470.37. Spi:75 TOPOFSLOPE � �FNC6� �ZD?7596:'13 6479285.92��SW.15 GATE�POST �� . ... . . .. . . � . � C6 10:06' 75�3'� 90�:72° N95°�03'4k"N/ 14.76' �207?58652;:64�79327:44�A 2077596.52 6-019319.42. �¢' EP7 207768928 �:6479315A2 502;99 :TGiEP FG7 26TI60tl.72 G4�794J976 501:75 TOPOF�SLOPE FNC7 20775%.28 6A�7831992�. SU391 GATE.PO57 .V �� C7� � 23:00' 98�.'13' 90:00` Nd5'00':00"E 32.53' ��.20777-02.12,54]9315.423 2077765.i2 847833642 � W �w� �EPB �� 2077@9328 :6478395.42 502:99�� TC1EP FGB 2077601.56 6q7947882 501:75 CONFORM PNCB 267779288 Gq.79276.07 503.44 CORNER � � � � �� C9 10.00' 75:79' 9U:OQ° S-05°00'UO"E 14,94' 2077765.12,:64793i3.006 20777551T,64?9383.07 p � s EP8 2077742:12 6d79315:q2 502.94 OEGOFCURVE FG9 2077588.19 : 64794)936 502�;15 CONFORM FNG9 247T/95,66� 6-079448.07 :SD2.03 GORNER � � y.y LD �o� � .. . ... .. . . .. .. . C9 9p.00'� � 15:71' � 9D.Q0° N45°00'd0"NJ 1-0,1&' �2077?72.44;6479421.006 �.�2677722.4A,fi479477:07 m Y W :w EP90� 2077765.12 6479338:q2 SD2.7B ENDOFCURVE� FG10 2Q77584,70 5479485.10 501.71 CONFORM FNC10 2077798�.12 6479448.08 �502.97 GATEPOST w m.3�� 2� . . . . . . . .. .. . N . .. C79 70.00` .. � 15:71' 90.OQ° N-05°PO'00"E� 14.14.• 2077755.72,�64d9477.P08� 2077755.12,6479421:01 iz,ry .��Cl. o EP91 2077785.12 fi478373,Q7 502,6@ BEGflFCURVE FG11 2q77b7t.12 �64799&6.97 501�.A8 CQNFORM FNC11 207776R.12 64796GB.73�502.15 GATEPOST . � > EPi2 2b77755.92 �6478383:01 503.07 ENDQFCURVE� FG21 ...2077687.21 6-074327.4-0 503:31 � .. . fNCY2 2077?13.78 6-079449.24 �SQ2.76 GATE�PdST �... C11 20.08'� 3f:42' SU.00° 545`00'�.00"E 2828' 2077785.12;6-074�89:774. 207774512,6478489.77 a� �:� U EP13 2077�A299 fi479783.01 503.43 TCiEP FG22 207I67873 �fi478335.93 SU3:18 PNC1J� 2D77S91.�9 6a79448.29 SU270 GATEPO57 : ��.ea* �. EP1-0� 2077693.12 6478383.01 503.43 TC/EP FG23� 2677670.24 64�7933U.27 503.15 FNC14 2077597:06 &479448 Si 501.74 CQRNER� � `�a ��'o LINE DATA 9 y "� EP95� ?077699.i:2 6A79q38,26 SQ2�.T/ CONFORM FG24 2077667.78 8-07933593 503:05 FNC75� 2617555:97. &47943902 �50205 CONNECTTqFJ(FENCE w.� S `u EPi6 2077712;-04 6479438.57 502:&t CONFORM FG25 �2G77fi53�,27 6479830.27 503.13 FNC76 26T/792.97 fiq784�8:5H 501.95. CONNECTTOEJCFENCE LINE BEARING LENGTH START�(N,E) END(N,E) dd`�.. $ ��e°� o�; . EP97 20T7�12:44 �G479421.01 562:8C ENDOFCURVE� � FG25 �207754tl,78 �6479335.93�. 562:90 L1. 50°00'QZ"W 54,15' 2077650.67,fi9792B8.42. .20775%.52,6479PB6;d2 � au *`'o- EPfB. ZD77722.44 ��6479911.01 562�.6f BEGOPCWRYE . FG2P 20]7636.3U 5479330.27 503.22 - �L2. 520°O8'00"W 8.B9' 207767022,5-079299.61 2U7766Q.93,S4792B0.Zd� EPYB 2077755.12 ��.6479A11,p1 502:67. BEGOFWRVE. FGZB� 2077856A6 6479359,44 SO�:dO F�-Q��-��E 1:3� SO°00'Op"E 67:64' 2077742.i2,6479293:-02�2877686.48647828J.4Y� EP2R 2Q77765.f2 647942i.09 $p2�.25 ENDOF�CURVE. FG29 20776A4,99 69�79379.35 503;:1U LABEL �NORTHING EAST�NG.ELEV DESCRIPTION� �a N9tl°OG'00"W 131,35' 2677787,12,6d794fi9;77 26�7787.12,@47833B.42� EP21 2077765.1�2 6479-056.Q8 .502.1@ TGEP FG30 2077625:U9 6A79367.Bfi 502.60 FLi 2077826�.28 6-0�79297.42 502.95� LS NO`09'00"E 74.67' 2077596:32,G4.79379:42��20�76ii.94,8479311.42 EP22 2tl77785.12� 6479460.0@� 502.98 TGEP FG3i �707763658 fi479347.85 SW.70 F� 7p7765d.6�� 6479247.42 502.8@�.BEGOFCURVE � L6 N45°00'00"E� 5.86' 2077671.19,6479311.42� 20)7fi75.99;64797i5A2 EP23� 207Tfb5.12 6479469.77 SU2:38 BEGOFCURVE FG32 2077712.72 6919360:82� 503:22. FL3� 2677557.17� 6479298:57 502.8? .�.ENDOFCURVE� L7 NO°00'00"E 56:93" 2077675.79,6979315,42 2077742.72,8479315.-02.�.� EP24 267775925 @478-083 92 502,81 GRADE BREAK: �. FG}3� 207777F.11 6479364A1 �Sb322 FLA� 2077668.-06� 6479361.95 502.84 8EG QK CURVE L8 N90'00'00"E 34�.58' 267776512 6474398.42 2077765.12,@478373,01. g/j s EP29 2077745.92 64794B8.77 502.13�. ENO�OFCURVE FG34 2077726.29 60.79]50.82 :503:50 Fl5 2677fiB0:4& 697930A:42 502.B0 ENpOF�CURVE� � s .. . 9 °0 $677755.12 647938 A7 207 �� . � l SO OOU'E 62�.00' . , 3. 7693.72 64793B3A1. y� �tl EF26 20T/6p7.72 69794�89.77 50222 END.OFCURVE FG35�� 2077742.17 64�7935d..00� 503.Z5 GRAQEBREAK� FL6 20777q2.12 6479304.42 502.64 BEGOfCURVE� �� L10 S89°38'S7"E. 55.19' �2077b9312 6-079363:01 2A77fi93.12,6479d3B.d0 �� .* fF27 20T778297 6C79483.92 502.6A Gft4DEBREAK� FG38 207)75D,95 fi479380.92. 503.06 GRADE.BREAK FL7 207T/76.72 647933b�:42 502.49 ENDOFGURVE �• ,� �EP28 2077787.12 6C7946677 50265 BEGOFCURVE FG37 2077776.12 6-079492.22: 3p2.72� GRAOEBREAK � L11 N90°00'00°W 97.§@' 207777244,6479-030�;57 207779?.446479427.01 4,0'*M4�yd.� Fm� � � � FL9 2077776.12 64�.794fi7.77 SOZ,JS. . . .... .. EP36 207182428 b47929742 :50}.OB TCiEP� FG38 2D77707�;53� 697S3-0O.t7 �50320 CIEANtlUT� .. L12 NO°00'QO'E 32.58� 2077722,44.64794iT,01 2p77755.f2,6479417.07 �.W F110 2077584.54 64�19275.74 S03A0� �CONFORM EP39 2077778�.12� 647S45B.09�� 502:24� EP FG39 2077]0724 6479363d6.5P3.24 CLEANqUT� L73 N90°00'pU"E.. 48;7T 2077765A2,6479427.01 2U77)65.i2,.64�794@8.77 FL77 2077591.55. 44�7827b.44 507.Bq� . EP32 2077776.72 64794@9.77 50?:d7� TClEP FG40 2077677.28 6479345.68 �503.30 VALVEOPERATOR� FL12 2077597,64 6479}Z7�,qq 567.61 EP33 2077596.52 64793ii.42 503:SS BEGOFCURVE/GB � FG41 26J7fi74.29 6-0�79368.58 503.?7 VALVEOpERATOR �� Fus aansss.ir 5479338J4 sn�.sa TQP dF GONGRETE EP39 zonaos.i2 6479492.47 502:]i SAWCUT/CQNFORM FG42 2677685.12 G9�74367.17 59329 Fun. ao��sea.as 6479A68:90 501.17 . . Q �� W . EP35 207774372 64I9492.41 502.id SAWCUT/CONFORM FG43 2077677.12 6-078385.77 302.98. L}1;@E� (�jOf��(H�NC>� �S�(�NCa E,��/ pESGRIPTION � �: � . . .... . . � FL15 2077643.06� 64799B2.03 507�.12 . EP38 ZU77687.39 6-0�9q97.@1 SOi.93 SAWCUT/GONF4RM F644 20TT684.94 6-079399.60 S03.Od . . . FL76 20T7686.17 6d79d82.3? 500.87 C4NFORM TOCt 2077624.28 ��.6479715.42 503:28 �. p� EP37 2U775@7.42� 647950602 502.24. SAWCUT/CONF4RM :FG45 3077880.9-0. 6479403.60 502.76 � TOC2 2077632.78 .��79323�,91 503,40 ��j„� 4J � . . .. FL17 2017J22.75� �64794fl2.D1 500.64 � : EP3B � 20TIS72.42�. �6479508.0) 562.24 SAWCUT/CONFORM FG4fi 2077@BS,BS� 6479493.60 5P2�.73 TpC3 2077641.25 6479375;42 �503:4q m � � � . FL99 2077003.tY �6479481:92 501 Q4 � EP39 2077572.39 eq�78497.65 507,99� SANCUT/CONFORM FGd7 2077678.52 5479479.93 502.6T FL20 2U77899.89 6479489:28 50713 CONFQRM TOC4 2d7754B.7A� 6R79723.91 503�.A0 � � h IJ �FG48� 2077664.30. 6q793dBA9 S03A2� FL22 2077776.12 647945$.0@ 302.12 � TOCS 207765822 6479315:-02 503.40 %�.'�� V ��FG-08� 2077662:31 6-079350.fi9 503.07�� FL23 Z0T7T6S.12 64)9458.08 502�.k6. TOC6 20T7666.71 �6479923:97� 543:4P NORDONA LANE GRAVE�RLIADWAY FGsu iorna�:�r e4�sseasa soa.i� Fi2a 2omn:aa sa�snzi.00 soz.sa roc� xonsss.se ss7saa�.az aua:aa _ py GRVL1 2�OT7587I.4G &979 Z�NCi. EIEV bESCRIPTION F651 207774603 64793&4.Stl 565.30 FL25 Zp77736.99 �64�9A52.30 i0'1:65 TOCB 2077693.28 5d78337A2 563.43 m� �LABEL N .-._... ... a 53 503..56 CONFORM FG58 2077677.75 5479336.18 503.78 VALVE�OPERATOft. �� TOC9 � 20T(694.78 �6479342:67� 503:53� � GRVt;2 2077568.77 6C79218:35 503,34 CONFORM� FG58 201766587 647944831 SD2.44 CpNF012M TQC16 2�77692.79 �6479337,A2 503:36 y � �� . .. .. a {,�J GRVL3 2677568�.37 6A79251l53 543.56� EDGE-0F:7RAVELWAY FGb2 207768U.78 697933819 5030-0 vnweoaew�foR� TOP BACK:OF GURB TOC71 207768278 fd79352.77 503:58� m 7 GRVLA 2b775fi2.37� 6479251:58 .503.,56::EDGEOF.TRAVELWAY FG63 2077543�.81 547933fi:10 SU2.86 VALVEbPERATOR� � .TbCi2 �2D77690.78� ff4797S0.fi7 �.�503;53. � � � � � � � � �LflBE� NORTHING EASTING ELEV pESGRIPTION� GRVL5 � 2P775B6.59� �fi479355:fi2 503.09� E�GEOF�TRAVEIWAY FG64 � 2077639,73 6478347.23 502.86 VALVEOPERATOR � � � �� TOCi9 20T/675:78 6fl78752.17 5033&. � � � �� T8C1 �� 2D77587.79 6q792B5.92 504�75 ClIRBFACE=O" .. r . GRVL@ 2077562.53 ��64�7R355S8 503�,09� EDGEOFTRAVELWAY FG55 2977632.85 fi47834i:67 SD2.72 SAMPELINGSTATION � " TOC7-0 � 20TI680.76 6479360.67 503.53 J � � �' TBC2 2077599.73 6479285.92 SD4��.A9 CUR@FACE=6" � �� GRVL� 2677588.@4 69�79477:53 547.54 E'fW�/6EGOFCURVE FC38 2077636:95 ��G-0�79738.67 562.68 SAMPELINGSTATION �� .TOC75 2077680.76 �6479376A1�. 503.53� J � TBC3 2077650,87 64J9265.92 30J.16 BEGOPCURVE/CF=b^� � � . � ��GRYLB 2077606:89 6979-097.48. 507.91 �ENDOFCURVE/CONF6RM� FG67 20�77�6.27 6479A99.19 502.37 RIM� �� TOC96� 2077675.79 ��64793B3.01� 503.43� � T6C4 20T766i.i0 �6479287.74 SQ3.71 ENDOFCURVElCF=B" � GRVLS 2077562,R4 6479477,SB SP7.94� ETW/BEGOFCURVE� FG6@ 20T7579.90 69�79SOQ:55� 501�.75 RIM �� .�. � �TOC97 207T706�.72 6479342.67 �50327 � TBCS 2077670.39 :ff-0�79291.1C� 503:07 BEG�OFCUftVElCF=6" � � � �� GRVL10. 20T/SAZ;BB 6479997.83 S02A1 �:ENDOfCURVElCONFORM � � TOC98� 2D77775:85 ��697939TA2 �502.9@ GRADEBREAK TBC6 207758tl;48 :6i79292.92. 505:02 END�OF:CURHE./GF=fi"� GRVLit�� .2077574.30 &47821:@.33 503.46. CENTERLINE/CQNFORM � TOCi9 2077795.95 6479342.42 543.Q7 GRApEBREAK TQp��}F��.wf�T� � TBC7 2077742.i2 . 6474292.92 502.94 BEGOFCURVE/CF=B" � GRYl12 2077574.fi9 5479355:55 5U3.33 CENTERIINE/GRADE�BftFAK � TOC2Q 207772829 6L7934242 �.50303 GRVL73� 2077574.&9 6q794�1;55 502.18 CENTERUNE LABE� NORTHI�G �S - TBCB 2Q77787.&2 � 6-07933842 502�.89 ENDOFCURVE/CF�° '�`,,. . TI�C.� ELE�d DE$Cf71P71�N SBC9 2677787.62 6479445.08 502:86 GURBFACE=6" � � � �.� � z � �GRVLt4 2D77574:B& 69�79497.64 501:9fi CENTERUNE/CONFORM TGi 2Q77796�.95 ��6479328.42 SP2:34 NDS4'pTRIUMDRAW THC10 �p77787.62 G479447.08 5b2.87 CURBFACE=G" � �-� �" � o TG2 207773B:62 6479351.67 50�:47. .NDS�A'A7RIUMDRAIN� �� TOC?3 2077]50.35 84793d242 502.94 " �� RAWINGNUMBER: TG3 2077710.72 5-078361.@2 503.T7� NDS4"�ATRIUMDRAIN. � ��TOC24� 2077750.85 8478937.4?��502.84� p.��A W Y TG4 � 2077755.14 �fi479366:76� 502:59 ND54'ATRIUM�DRAIN� �. TOC25 207776505 6479937.42 SP2:78� TGEP� p ryIg ?GS� 2077753.90 �6479A60.45 500.-03 AREA�ARAIN FER CORCS 320,00 � TOC26. 207Ti65.72 6479]42:q2: Sp2.77 �TGEp � t1`oiG /� TOC27� 207T/12.92 6979379.09 50353" 4RIGINAISCAIE:� t!7,,,1 . . . �kDRENOUM i p7t18@� �n� N/A. . TOC2B� 2077742.18 �G-07937600 503.53�� '� C(ARIFICATtON-SING�ETANK DATE:MAV2023 FOUNDATIOh�N� � � �� SHEE7 22 OF 93 NOTES; W ry _ � 1. Mo- UIPMENT PR4VIDEDBY GREENSAND FILTEft �Z � � �J��-o"� � . .. �� . � SY EM MANUFACTURER: Z F - a -2. CO RACTOR TO COORQINATE�EXCACT LOCATION �'- �� OF REENSAND FILTER-FACE PIPING IMTN"FIITER� ¢ � � MA FACTURER. � ,,r r � � � �' ��`� � �� . � �,r"�. " 3, SA LE SUPPORT BY�GREEN5AND:FILTER SYSTEM Zo Z q . � '� „ � �� .�� ,r . ' MA FACTURER.COORDINATENNCHQRBOLTCIIAMETER - _ � ��: �..: � . �"' � �� AN LOCATIONS SHOWN"WdTH MANUFACTURER, �. �. � f • ' },„ o .:�) �.�:� . �� , .. . . o �� -� � � � � � p �.., � � ^ — � % � � �� r � 5. CO RESE INSTALLED IN Fl�TER TANKTO BE NSF/ANSI61� �� .. � �r . CE fFIED.:SEE SPEC�:SECTION 1154Q. �� ¢ t- z a �r m�y. a w ,,: O mg � � � �p z� z� a �� /`' � � 3 � ,. w N67E 3,RES7R�qINED �' � o o u q ia o�.(�i � �, �: -�' r�.� � ENQ t y^�ry:� r �+ ' . ..G\NE�* �� 01.�.> +^��yI��^yV(^I}�"[��}�tp1��U'�� /�' � �. �� (�S b�yyo. Fd-QL^ 1 V VI�MltV . f� � � � � J.j. � � � � � ` � U r � NQTE 3,W/ALLOWAN o - v o 0 � � F012 LONGITUDINA� ' � � �r^'� �� THERMAL EXPANSION �'�` *$`� � � o ' - - — - - - - �..'� '�•`�� o '� �a�� i�T�2, '�`�., � � ,,,-'''� �L:�c��.�7.s�� ''~,,� � �,i �iv��ea wir��s �-`� J�,.- .. �w FOUNDATIC)N PtAN �w � 3/8"=1'-0" .��M C, p,'' O w 30-SM-2 30.SM-2 �� , �� 4^ �i w 3Q-SM-2� I .. SJ-OM ... Z �� l 2X F� u/y.n �W .,,.. , . , W ��. W w_ �..n� _._..�.,�: a,��_. __�A..,��_w�_��N �.,__:,�,., . __ MA7GH�LINE�S�E DWG40 fvt-1 �_.._ ..._. e,,,.e.':.,� m. „.,....,�,.„h .�.,..........�;m,�......._.__..-,-.�,..w,,.._......m.m�... -.w.. �,.,..e.,e'.;: ......w..v:.��._._""�.'__......,..�m.m......,,:., �.,.b�.�...»,..,._,_.....�...:`..::. _k.� Y� 5-30& ... SSH � �� .. 15420 � m W � �d ih. ...... . � .... .. � . � i� i� � � 24"NO2ZLE W/8F � u"'i `� MANWAY,NP GREENSAND FILTER � IIFTING EW12_FLT_04100* z — - �N • �, LUG;TYP W x (n � ARV,TYF � c�n Z " o � 12"x12"x1/Z"THICK W g J `� — - �W ❑ �BASE PLATE:NP ❑ o — - - - - Z m � w �. � � o W � N = 92"RW: � J � W —- c, ► -rvP J � u. < (j� \ G ? � � 7 Q � :- � (� Z N � ` W y� N (��^ . ..... .... .. ..... . �L. VN'. .�" ..� � — _.—. �' . .. . ' '� - � � �.. ri�aSpF0.�Jy��.i1rV4.-+pV�qlvp��ir VdjrivVpl�Gp�ilq V^p^I�MpR��It�M�'UIM :�py�� _. a � .� tJ'IYt]L.I�..�Il%IYHtF�VItlLJft1I�BY �g�(e m N . . .. ..� O. N �cEW92_BFV 04170 g"SW *EW_BFV_0416p EW12 BFV 0479Q* ' A A � y. .� . . � . . ... .. � . . � . . _. . .� . . � . . � . . ... . .� . . .� . . . .� . . ..� . . _. . . � . . � . . � . . � . . . � . ._ �RAWING�NUMBER:. � . . � . . �.� . . �.. � .:; � . � . .�.�� . .,.� . . :� '1 30-SM-2 m MATCH LINE SEE DWG 10-M_1 30-SM-2 ' � A 32510 �' Tt�P PLAN QRIAS SH4WNLE: 3/0"=1'-0" Q Z 4 fEET 30-SM-2 SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" S EET BYOF z93 . . .. .. . .. . .. . . . .... .. ... . .. . .. .. . . . . ... . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . � . .. . � . � . � . . FILENAMELZ165D-305M101.dgn. PLOT6ATE:iP/22/20151t28:4APM� NQTES: �� r 1�. sK EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY GREENSAND:FlCTER �V z �CIFTING IUG� . ARV��ic,TYP 12"z��12"z 1/2 THICK SYSTEM MANUFAGTURER.. -"� W BASE PlA7E,lYP Z o � 2. CONTRACTpRTO COdRDINRTE EXGACT LOCATION W.- . OF.GREENSAND��FILTERFACE:PIPING�WITHFILTER �� MpNUF'AGTURER.. 'Q� � � Q 4 N . 3, CONCRETE IN5TALLEO IN FILTER TANKTO BE Q NSF/ANSi 61 CERTIFIED.SEE�.SPEC SEC710N i1540.. � Zo z CL E1514.38 C� 3 12"RW — � � " o �At�D�N17UM 1 07118l23 CLAF2(FIGATION o �,,, � � CL EL512,80 � SINGL�TAhIFC FC7UNCIATIC7I`I o 15008A - — - — -—' w N ' ' EW12_BFV_D4170Mc ' EW12_8�04760* ' EW12 BFV 64190* � • _ � Z a. CL EL 511:05 a � o cw' N q. Q�. o. C? � o`�� m� �. ��" . i�N�.�,z�� '"o W� � 3 w�W GREENSAND FILTER o �.o. .� EW12 FLT A4900* z _ _ CL EL 507.05_=i, ,,, ..G�r��a� 12"�FW U � . �P m '�sQ . ¢ � � �� U > � .. . .. . � . . a.. . . . . � . . .. .. � . . ... . . . .. . . . .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . .� . Q��,. Z Up�': I o-� *�p , � ,,� EL VARIES SEE DWG C-2 a� �h,~ .� '�� I ��'��. 0 � i �CL�ELS00�.33 e � 2"FW I 4"DR,SEE DWG 3'-4" 3�_q^ 20-85-1 FOR V3'" CONTINUATION 2"FW,SQ SAFETYSHOWER 5G'= C4NTRRGTORTOVERIFY � ,�j'ECTIdN �,*` `-^�''_ WI7H TANK MANUFACTURER '� `�; �- 30-SM-1 3/8"=9'-0" , W �� GREENSAND 12"x 12"x 1/2"TMCK ARV*;TYP FC7UNDATION �r` �r��♦ .� � BASE PLATE,TYP � � Q �G� ��,��•n r—\ �.'W .�. 5 i.5�r+>. � � a 4 b h.pt �. 12"RW.�IYP ��a^p +a;ra�+��t�r � W r'��.: 24"NOZZLE W/BF F �e �.,a � ' � MANWAY,TYP /�� ,�.`."M�re'°'i`°� .° / .�. \✓Q � A. a. . ✓ � �� i . 6":SW� &"AB..-" � � � � ` ----�1 r � ....��.. \ 1 t�f � �� EW12_@FV 04170* .� _ �., � � ;,,f EXCAVATION � LIMIT �� DETRIL � 1SOOBA GREENSAND FIl7ER � m EW12.FlT 041d0* - � NTS z tn 12"FW � c=i � 4"SIDEWALK 25Q3 SADDLE SUPPQRT ____ W a F- W/#4(�16"EW I � m C? CTR W CONC,SEE 12"x 16" ' i EXST PUMP Q � C-3PCiRADDLINFO ELLIPTICA� SIDEWALK i STATION rr� MANWAY,TYP SEE DWG C-3 ( I BUILC?ING N �"� � FD-02 1/2"PJF V 4 ' J � J 7C7G EL503i55 i�. ,,, „ ,,,,, � ! � .� .lL FG EL 503:38 �' � i.FF EL 503_S p ° � � Z �� .. E w�.. . . � . ..., . � � N .+ ; � ...iq�L:.%� � . ' (. ` . . � ` ......._ `�� ./\ ..� 1 Y N f � INV EL500:33 I f � ty W a � �... � -..s:., i,,.. � I .��. / ��fip � a. (.� 2"FW.FQR� 8"AB ..�.�'"':"a.z"'� "''.a'^,;.:✓`. '^`^' � � a w ,� CONTINUATION � - -�- f � m ,�-�-.,� SEE DWG Y-7 MIN C�)t i/4"QIA S57ADHESIVE �G��"��T��SVERSE U �" r,( o 4"DR,FOR ANCHORS W/95"EMBEQ, i�EBNF W/STD Ht7C3K,Tt7P . � CONTINUATION INCREASE SIZEAND QIYAS ��n�� " ORAWiraG r�Ue�eER: SEE DWG'20-85-9 DETERMINED BY FIITER MFR -�#6 a�12"C7C�ONGI'fUCaINA� �'-Bry - '� RGIFIF Nti STD HOC�K,TC7P 8 BOTYOM 2 0 2 4 FEET A"'�i�11 �+ �'+ /''� /'+ . . .. . SCALE 319"=1'-0"� QRIGINAL SCAIE: � �B� �� L7�El.�TIVN �� SEI.rTIQN � AS SH6WN 2 6 2 4 FEET 30-SM-t 3/8"=i'-0" 30-SM-1 1/2"=1'-0" paTE: r.ur 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-Q" �. SHEET 49 4F 93 . . . .. .. . .... .. ..... ... . . ... .. .. . .. ... . ... � .. . . . . . . . .. ..... .. . .. . . . . . .. .. .. . � ... .... .. . . ....... ..... .. .. � . . . ... . ... .. .. .. . ... . . . . . . . � � piLENAME:.1507D-30SM20i.:dgn.. .. ..PLOTDATE:�.1?/22@015A1:33:36PM t � �� ' = �:� 7�� Gypre��Av�r��aeT ��d�in�x �P, 9�flC71 � ,. ` �t� Bt�X 4J6�s 1, Re�ldin�, �A '��4��71 �. � 1 �" +� � �,t i :,�'f city+�f�e�c�ir��.car� PUBLIC WORKS-ENGINEERING 530-225-4170 530-245-4170 FAX ADDENDUM NO. 2 to the WELL 12 WATER TREATMENT Pl.ANT (Job No. 2422) B/D SCHEDULE NO. 5381 TO ALL PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS: Addendum No. 2 provides for deletions, corrections, clarifications, and additions to the contract specifications and drawings for the Well 12 Water Treatment Plant, Bid Schedule No. 5381. The deletions, corrections, clarifications, and additions shall apply to Contract Bid Schedule No. 5381 in the same manner as if they were originally part of the printed specifications, drawings, and proposal. 1. Volume 1- Technical Specifications, Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System, Section 11540.2.3.1: Add the following. 5. Double-Disc Check Valve a. Service: Water b. Features: 1) Body: Cast iron, ASTM A126, CL. B, or ASTM A278, CI. 40. 2) Disc: Aluminum Bronze or Stainless Steel, ASTM A351, Type 316. 3) Seal/seat: Viton 4) Spring, hinge pin and stop pin: Stainless Steel, ASTM A276, Type 316. 5) Retainerless Design 6) Lugged body, 2"to 6". Double-flange valve body (8" and larger). 7) Designed for a working pressure of 175 psi and tested at a hydrostatic pressure of 300 psi. 8) Coatings and Linings: a) Liquid epoxy, 12 mil minimum, for valve interior and exterior. b) For potable water applications, epoxy lining shall be NSF 61 approved. c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Crane, Duo-Check I I, Style N 2) Gulf Valve Model MB 3) Or equal 2. Volume 1- Technical Specifications, Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System, Section 11540.2.3.�: Add the following. 4. Water Quality Analyzers a. CHLORINE ANALYZER/TRANSMITTER 1) Analyzer/transmitter shall measure residual chlorine. a) Range: 0 to 5 mg/L b) Compensated for temperature variations over the range 0 to 52 degrees C (32 to 125 degrees F). c) LCD display with 0.7-inch high characters. d) Selection of the high and low control and alarm points shall be by means of test switches and an internal simulator. e) Two relay contacts shall be SDPT and shall have a current capacity of ten amps at 120 VAC non-inductive loads. f) Electronics shall be solid-state and no printed circuit boards. g) Output signals shall be 4 to 20 mADC isolated. 2) Sensor: a) Combined available chlorine sensors shall be of the passive amperometric type with gold cathode and silver anode. b) Electrolyte reservoir of 60 ml. c) Each probe shall have an automatic pressure-compensating gland to prevent any influence of pressure on the signal when tested to 150 feet submergence. d) The sensor shall be provided with a replaceable screw-on-type cap over the gold cathode, which contains chlorine permeable membrane so constructed that replacement caps will cause less than three percent change in readings. e) Sensor shall have a minimum service period of six months between electrolyte changes. f) The consumable materials in the sensor shall be sufficient for a minimum of three years of sensor life at ambient operating conditions. g) Sensor shall come complete with spare membrane caps and electrolyte. h) Cable shall be four conductor, heavy-duty type with reinforcing core wire, vinyl covering and mylar insulation. Cable shall be long enough to permit easy withdrawal and inspection of the sensor without disconnecting the cable. i) The sensor shall screw into the base end of the probe holder and this assembly shall contain all wiring. No exposed wiring shall be permitted. j) Provide mounting bracket. 3) Product and Manufacturer: Provide the following: a) Endress+Hauser Free Chlorine Measurement System (Material #71573437), 0 to 5 mg/L chlorine range. This includes 1.Memosens free chlorine sensor (CCS51 D-AA1IAD-NC), 2.PH sensor(CPS31 D), 3.Flowfit CCA250 flow assembly, and 4.Liquiline CM444 transmitter, all assembled in a coordinated panel with inlet and outlet valves, interconnecting piping, etc. b) No equal b. TURBIDIMETER 1) Type: Continuous monitoring system consisting of a flow through sensor and analyzer/transmitter designed to continuously measure the turbidity of liquids and produce an output signal linearly proportional to the turbidity. 2) Measurement Principle: Ratio type signed analysis which measures and detects the transmitted light through the sample in addition to the light scattered at 90 degrees on both sides of the incident light beam. 3) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a) Hach TU5300sc turbidimeter. Provide with 1.Automatic Cleaning Module LQV159.97.00002 and 2.SC-200 controller with (5) 4-20 mA outputs. b) No equal 3. Volume 1- Technical Specifications, Section 11540 Greensand Filtration System, Section 11540.2.3.G.1 a: Replace this section with the following. a. Place lean concrete (1,000 psi) in the bottom of the vessel up to the base of the gravel support bed (30"). Concrete shall be supplied and installed by equipment installer. 4. Volume 1- Technical Specifications, Section 13311 I&C-PLC Hardware and Software: Delete the following sections. • Section 13311.2.3 • Section 13311.2.7.J • Section 13311.2.10 5. Volume 2- Drawings: Replace drawings G-15, 20-M-2, 20-E-1, 50-SM-1, 50-SM-3, E-2 and E-6 with the attached drawings marked Addendum 2 7/28/23. Dated: July 28, 2023 Chuck Aukland City Engineer Bidders SHA�� acknowledge receipt via email of all Addenda to the CITY OF REDDING PRIOR TO BID OPENING. Failure to acknowledge receipt via email of all addenda shall cause the bid to be non-responsive and may be rejected. Please Email constructionbwds ci.reddin�.ca.us Copy and paste in the Subject line: A�kn�wl�dg�rn�r�t �f A��nd�a� N�o 2� �II 12 �t�r 1"r��t �r�t I��t� / �0 53�1a Type your name and business name in the email text box. W�I {� Z 8"PTW {.�� FLOATING SUPERNATANT z �-`� COLLECTOR - z Q FLOWCONTROLVALVE EW12 GTV 01150 � � EW12 FCV 06140** ** VENT Q FLOWMETER c� EW12 FIT 06150 `� _ _ J Q � �12"BWW ❑ MAXWSEL521.35 zo z EW12 GTV 06160 ; TO GROUND � Q = a � - - a o �, = 14"OF o m� PI ........Q��x1-1/2" � o 02170 RDCR BACKWASH RECLAIM TANK = � `" EW12 CHV 02170 �'� (125,000 GA��ONS NOMINA�) � GAUGE � � � � RDCR CC EWt2 TNK 06170 � BOARD � � o EW12 BFV 02170 � 'm Q Q �, - - � _ � � '� � o� � � ..-----4��REC--��-----�.....---- /I..... EW12_BFV_02160 � z z� o FLOW � �� 'g EW12_P�V_06180 � � r METER BACKWASN RECLAIM PUMP � � U FROM FECL EW12 FIT 02170 EW12 PMP 02170 �NeeR STORAGE TANK - - �� *a,,� D G-16 - -- --- 6"REC �E` M `�o O g �� J � j Q � �j U � �� Z U O �� . . \„ .. . >., a O� *5�P t � � � � l � �� , ', � PI �k* � „ ..: - > , � . [ •' • ,.< ., °E. � 02140 . , . , ... � � �� , u....... .. .....° ,, f1 m � \ �� IC�K .,.........., ::1.. ..,;;: �., : ::, � s s , � � EW12 B�FV_02120 � . .�� .��, `� , �.�u.� „:.>,s�., .,,.»..�� ,� �.�,�.� u« . t,.�� t�r..nr . , .`t.. .�.,; �,�.,u .�,.h.n 12"RW 12"RW �w ..�.. - , ;< . ,. � ��;; � ' � � � °' MIXER � � / m EW12_MXR_02130 � � � �,� ��. �z � � 12"x10" / N DPIT �X.* N N N '� W .,., ' a REDUCER--� i 04110 TO SLUDGE Q= � io /EW12_BFV_02150 � �--� I EW12_BFV_04120 I EW12_BFV_04130 I EW12_BFV_04140 FILTER ROLL-OFF �S w ��REMOVABLE m 1�K� j** 1�K� CONTAINERS ; ; , '� ' PIPE SECTION i� � � I.I �,I� G-16 A � j �. , � EW12_GTV_01160 /EW12 BFV_05130 � � I "`I �� I "`I s � - EW12_GTV_01140 � . t � S �Xc ** � _� Q � � � PRESSURE d CHLORINE TURBIDITY � � � Q " ? RELIEF VALVE � � O � ` EW12 PRV 01160 ANA�YZER ANALYZER � � � W > � ? SETTO 150 PSI : M = M = M � � m F N N N , � � < < � UQ ��,'i� ......g..PTW- - �Q''r ` sk4e � L—I �-I �-I ' EW12_GN_01130 Q d EW12_CKV_Q614Q EW12_BFV_06100 EW12_BFV_06110 EW12_BFV_06120 O J � u> m �K�K *�c *�c � � Q � � � i� AIR RE�EASE / ___.....�. ,,., _ -.......... � VALVE,TYP�K* �- � � -E �� GREENSAND FILTER U �t�, EW12 RPP 08120 FW USE C�\\�1 1/2"FW o ** �IoK P� ** EW12_FLT_04100�* ��„ EW12 BFV_06130� 05100 � � � � � ' ' � �' � >, ...._. ........ ___. ____. w. ', � � �12"FW CEL.L.1 CELL 2 CELL 3 W o � �< , ; , ,,.� � /,....... �,:, ,. ,. �l s Q . ,., � . �- -....... . ---� CI1 � Z EW12_BFV_05120 M f** TO SEWER W o �� 12"x6"RDCR TEE "�" 4"DR G-16 B Z °' Q EW'12_BFV_05110 � EW12_BFV_04150/ o Q � ** � N Z Q . o< . o oa . o . < . o . oa . o o J 1 . oa . o . oa . . oa _ � � � a , ......... ......... ......... . �fl'ao�.8 0 8'ao�.8:0 8 ao�.8:o A'e .8. 0 8'ao. :.0 8'eo 8: 8'ao 8:.0.. .......________'_'_____' � � � � � � W � O � � � � O � FLOW STREAM IDENTIFICATION � I ( � c�n � 4"DR � W BWW BACKWASH WASTE U U BYP BYPASS � � � Z � O DR DRAIN NOTES: 1 1 1 W N � FEC� FERRIC CHLORIDE 1. �K� INDICATES EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY P� �� FTW FI�TER-TO-WASTE GREENSAND FILTER SYSTEM SUPPLIER. 6"x4"RDCR 04160 � � � FW FINISHED WATER �/ EW12 BFV 04170 EW12 BFV 04180 EW12 BFV 04190 � � m OF OVER FLOW 2, ALLTAG NOS SHALL CONTAIN PREFIX EW12 . 6"x3"ECC RDCR � ** ** ** N Q o REC BACKWASH RECYCLE \ 6°SW� ► � � oRawiNc NUMeErt: RW RAW WATER � EW12 BFV 04160 EW12 RPP 04160 o G-15 SA SAMP�E - - - - � SD STORM DRAIN SURFACE WASH PUMP a A-32477 SFM SEWER FORCE MAIN EW12 PMP 04160 � SHC SODIU YP CH�OR T - - � oRicwn� scFli.E: SLD SLUDGE �9 SW SURFACE WASH �Nt Nrs V VENT �°�� ua're Mav 2023 SHEEi 15 OF 93 NOTES: ��i w z 1. *EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY GREENSAND FILTER i� SYSTEM SUPP�IER. z z a 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION �� OF GREENSAND FILTER FACE PIPING WITH FILTER w� MANUFACTURER. Q � ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ....... :: ,�.t., 3. PIPE SUPPORTS DEPICTED IN DRAWING ARE FOR �� j�� t +�� ;� :s� ;� + �� t �: +�� ;��< <� �� VISUALPURPOSESONLY.CONTRACTORTO Q � J l l t � i 1 l I � 1 � • ; � 3 � 3 � 3 � z z � o '. s i z z � � � �;; .' - �.. . . � � . .. ....:. , . ,.. ,,.""'�,,,..... _ _ . .... � .. .. .. ..... ... . ..... ... . ..... .. .... .... . ...... ...... .. s....,,, ........ ..; „,: „ SUBMIT DESIGN FOR PIPWG SUPPORT PER � _ ...... ...... .,,,.,,, ....,,, .... ,,,,,,,, ....... ......... ....... ,......, . .#...., ,,,� , §.. _ ,,,,..... C� .. ...., , . . ,. .,, . . . ,,,,,,t�, SPECIFICATION 15010. O � ; . ; , ,.. .; . , ,� � �. , 3 �d ; . .. . . ...� , z: ,e.� . , '.._" .._. ..._' .�_ � _... .:��.� ..„ . '�' �.,n., �.,. i �� ..,.. �� , , ..... !i= ,,,,,..� i „ o ; ' � :.......... ..e.,_,,,,,_: : �-.-.,.._: ; .:��_ � ,e; ,_,�r. „ , ; �; _ _. ,e . �::... � ., r.e ,,,,_ �_ . . , u� �,.... ;�:. o , ,,; . . ..,;: °� � � m t „ o ,. „ ... _ ,,,t[: ..;:: ......, � } �. �,,., � i t � � � MECHANICAL ,, c � ` �r� y �� .. ...................... .... .....:.�.. ....... .. ... .......................... . ..... . ...... ......: .....:::.. ........ .i: ......:.:. .... ...... ........:. .........:.. ....:.::.. ......... ....� .....: . ..., BUILDING � � EW12_BFV_04EW12_BFV_04140� MBUILDN GAL o „ [i 15120A � [ -125RW ---- � �a � � } CL EL 514.95 � TYP OF 2 �.', j , .; � ( .. . o� z� �' � � 1 ' 12 RFCA, = i � � c� ° i GC WITH 12"GROOVED END INSERT i � TYP � EW12 BFV 04120� , � _.,� � � � � � *EW12 BFV 04120--- GROOVED CAP, TO BE WSTALLED WHEN � � � p_ � ' 1"SA � ` EW12_BFV 06100* � �� a o � � - � , .. ......... ......... '. 2 � :�EW12 BFV 06120 �� 02140* JYp BYPASSINGFILTER, � g EW12 BFV 06140� � � �*EW12 BFV 06110 CONTRACTORTOPROVIDE � � � , ��N�R�d a _ ��EW12 MXR 02130 ;�; ��EW12 BFV 05130 � � - - i ,: - - � = j� , EW12_FIT_06150* �� ti�yo ,* 12 B V 6 00- 12"FLG X GC 1"ARV-03 15230 :-� 15006 �� =-- > 12"RFCA ° "' � - - � / PIPE,TYP ....-............ � .'� TYPA�� ° G � TYP : w � > � CL EL 509.82 € [ � _ t 12��BWW � � EW12 BFV 02160 �: ' � � CL EL 509 �a� z° ° o � - - i EW12_BFV_04160 � i :hEW12 CKV 08140 �� EW12 BFV 02120 � -- � --------- '� � — -�� --------- '� 81 0 � - - ' - _ _ ; 6"SW��— � �► � ► '� 5P ' EW12_RPP_04160 . = i . � ; .... 12"BWW * CL EL 507.05 j g 02170 � -- * 100 RFCA - �� ; CL EL 508.14 � � � 12"FTW , 12"RW � � � � � 1"ARV-03 � EW12_BFV_02160 1"ARV-03 � ° ' ' � �' EW12 BFV 04150 ► 4"REC ' ' � - - ► RFCA CL EL 506A2 � _ , RFCA : �' �"`/� CL EL 50620 ;' ' � � — v _ _-- BACKWASN ; _ / / O I ; CLEL505.05 15000A RECLAIM PUMP � � 12"FW ► ► .e CL EL 504.57 EW12_PMP_02170 �._.-�- � � .. ,- ; TYP /�`. .. . . 6 REC �� FF EL 503 55 � t EL 503.53 / � ...: EL 503.53 ::: �,,. . ............-,.,. ....,..,.... ..,.: ,......,,.,..... ...,., ., .., .,.,...,,.,, ... ........... ,,,.. ,... :�. ....... ..... ....,.,.,.... N ��,.,,,,,,, ... �,; . .. .. ,�,., .:.: .: ..:.: ... . .: .. VARIES :. N - - ' ,. ..,,� .. — Y� _ _ �' _ _ IIII-M1�1= � _flll_IUI ' ..,, . ...................... ................... ;.. .,...,,, ..., a , llii_IIII �w I��, ' ' # � 1��- 12"FW FOR =�� O w _ °a':' 15102 � CONTINUATION t.......... ......... .... ,...,...... , ...,..,...,..,,,,., .... ,,,,,,,... .,.,..,..,..,. .....,.. .:.,,,,,�.... ,,,,,,.,, ..,. �..,.,�.... ,,, ..... �..,., ,,...._�. , ...,...... ,....�.�,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, ,..,.....w,,, ........... ...�....,.,. .. ..,...._....... ......... ..............w...... . ....._. ....,..�.,. ,,,,, .:N..,,,.,w; . SEEY-1,TYPALL EW12_BFV_05120 TYPALL "�,� r �� *EW12 BFV 06130 15000 EW12 BFV 05120 15350 2"PVC CARRIER PIPE 15006 3200A *EW12 BFV 05110 WITH 3/4"FECLTUBING Typ � CL EL 500.76 ��; EW12 FIT 02170�� ' ,°'� W a �^°Bi��n ea� - - - - BACKWASH CL EL 499.50 Q= Z°FW EW12_BFV_02170 C�EL 500.33 REC�AIM PUMP �Z,.BWW ?„�w 2"FW EW12_CHV_02170 EW12_PMP_02170 � 3/8"FECL�� SURFACE WASH � 4"DR CL EL 499.10 ..�A� �+ �+ PUMPEW12_PMP_04160 CLEL499.83 �� SECTION 6"REC � JEI�T�ON Z.,pW 3/8"FECL 20-M-1 3/8"=1'-0" Q � z 20 M 1 3/8"=1'-0" 2 FW FOR CONT � SEE DWG Y-1 O W F ��: �� E� � �( � � *}. " � } i4 � I,� I� I,� I� t� I� I� I �� } � �, � . ..��. � a t, : � .. ,,,,,,.i, : t ' ; I �... � E� E� < < s� � �� (i �� ,i,a . . - ,�,, .� ; ; ��,,. � il .�.. . ;�� ,, �,;...,, e,. ,.� � ,,.�,.� .. �. ... �. ... ,., ;,. ..,.�t „ ��, ,W � , ,._., �d ,�. �.. , , ,..t� „ ,.. _ �,. �. ... � ,.. ..�� A � ( �, �, (; i � � � � s � ; _ �� . - '� �� . �,n � �� Q < � I — � MECHANICAL ��.., ,�. ._...,.<. .. ......... .W,,,.. ...... .�,.. a.... .. . . ... .. .....,,.� . � � . ..� . . _e e .,..., .., v � �' „� � BUI�DING � � �. �... , . �,�� '^_ _ e+. .. . . ��.... . ,�. � � �: . , .� .�:.z. , ' � m � _. . .„ , .. _ � � ,�:�.�. ` � = " �.. � .., ' . .I, ":MECHANICAL . ._ _ . ., .._ . ..,.... .. ,'.. . , . ..:., � 0 , , . .e;� . . ._.; � .w ° , :.. . . . : ._BUILDING , �. . ::� ,. � ,: > . .: , , , _ � � '� � : . ... . 0� e. e. _ .e. ...... � _ � , .�e _ e:.. . r ,,:. : .. ..:�, .:_ .: _e.. .. , ,,., , _..: . ..., .:� ., ��CLEL512.81 �..� ... � :._. � i 15010 TYP � � � " � ' :�BACKFLOW � �-�� -� > � ; > `s . : .. ._ ... ;.�.� .. :. ..,e_... ...PftEVENTER .. ...,..,.. . . � Z ;e...;. ,.:. �.. . , _.. :�, ..� .. . � ; . , ., ,. e: .. CL EL_512 38 �� , , � � .� ` .� . 7 1 SA EWV12 F�PP 04160 � � CLEL51205� � � 8"SWTO � � ; . � , ...�. , . . ... .n: . :. ..:.. .� . .. .. ,E , ,...: .. � � ., .�., 0416Q TYPALL : ....... ....,. ........e.. � r, �. � . , , ,., � o . ° � aA ::. ,� . . . . . � 12„RW TO ... � (A 15310 '�. 6 x4 RDCR � � � e,,.: „ ., ,; ,.. . . . _ GREENSAND.� ? � 12"RW � . ... _ GREENSAND a � � " � �:�... °_, � RFCAR� ' �� J � FILTERS : � ,rt C� .� EW12 BFV 04160 EW12 RPP 08120 �L�EL5d7.25, � r v Z - - # ' �; � 3/4"HSV(BEHIND) �� „s�"� �_ �CL EL 507.05 � � � � 15120B # _ „ SURFACE WASH °3 15000A � - � # > PUMP E�K12 P�1P 041 �� [ TYP,SEE � "`-�-- �CL EL 606 22 � , � � � HOSE �- � �� , _ CL EL 506.16,_ ,r „ 6"SW , �. y, ;_ � .... : . �. _ , . . , . . : .;. , '� 12"FW FROM` . .. � # 1620 CL EL 507.25 # ; � , ' RACK NOTE 3 , ' : m ' ° � � 1� 520 ' � � � � � � 2"PVC CARRIER PIPE� � Q Q � � � ,�:>,a � ..° ... e . .,_.. _ ,. ... r._ _ .. �: . ,,, � . ...W3/8"FECLTUBING. ..;.,, .. �� 'GREENSAND Fl�TERS �` . ' _.., e .. . . , e ., , w � U # _ _ �C1SD ; ,:. . . . .. .. .. . . . INS-01 � Z CL EL 505.05 ; i " . . �. . .. �� . ,.�. ... :. . .. .. E� .........._ Q , � ...... _.. .............. .........��.... ...... ......��... .,,,,,� .,, ,..._..... �.....,.,... .,. ,,......_ .,.........., ..... ......,._.... ....._... ,,,,,,,, .... ......_.. � � U 503.53 12"PW s �� : ......... t '� Z - � W r� 15006 W � �; FF EL 503.55 . ....... ......... ... ..... . . ._ ` .......... ............ ......._.. ......... ......... ,......... ... "...... ......... .......... � . � ., .. ............. ... ......... ............. ............... ............ ........ ._,.................r c� . =1111=1111 �� . � � � � � � 6 x 3��ECC RDCR � � ` CL EL 500.33 ; N Q o CL EL 500.76 a, .... . .. . .. ........ .........,I 2"FW �� W � DRAWING NUMBER: CL EL 500.33 � � 2�-M'2 2„FW � - CL EL 500 33 � 2'�F"' o A-32503 Ew�z_sFv_oai5o � � �; � a 12°FW FOR CONT ��a, e� ... ... .. . � ° `� �- - � St.. ,.,,,� `� oRicwn� scFli.E: �� SECTION �� SECTION � �� . � �..�;3 � �� W� SEE DWG Y-1,TYP ALL 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 20-M-1 3/8"=1'-0" --- 3/8"=1'-0" SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" SHEE7 a� OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-20M201.dgn PLOT DATE:12/22/201510:17:33 PM W�I � Z MATCH�INE:SEE DWG 30 E 1 FOR CONTINUATION L MATCHLINE:SEE DWG 10-E-1 FOR CONTINUATION z . . � . . � . . � ' ' � ' ' . � . . � . . . � . . � . . ' � ' ' � . � . . � . . � ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � i �� . 7 -`d� �� . _.�_k z �� e �. n ..., -------- � i t� .tc..� �� u.,.�ar srk^�:.:.it.� � �i Q . � � � � , n- -� Q � °' J a �, . zo z • � { � ,.., � Q � � �� _ W _� - � � . �� ° . REFER TO DWG � o # f � . .� .. .w� .. ................ . . o �� , ' � ��'10-E-1 FOR� �.-�, o z, r'=" � ��__ i ,..... e...,�, ��. �,,,,,,�� . �n._._. �.n��.,_.,mmmmmmmmm �,.�_CONTINUATION..emm..e.. ��...,,� � ti . �m o� ___�_________ � �----� ___��_ �_______ __m��_ ______ ___ ----- _.___._._._ �� _______. — o �; � a ��.^..._... _ , �� .w.w.w..'. � .�...�._,�.�T�;��,��,�� 4�.�,��,�,��m�� MXR 02130 ,_�..._.�...___ _�'� �'--,�� a � o �. �.r^�� -.-."�' �'�� s-�� ,� �„m,'., EW12_DPIT 0� '��' � ...,_. ` . ��.�„�„w...� �� m � z• `� ° � <dp,•4, f� .! r� � OU I 'i�._.,�µ� ...e..........._ ,��.��... �^'^ro�," i.... ,,�_�✓' 4 �.'...mm...� � _m�w.�...... (m �W�� _e,��..-.�, _� ,.�..{ '.....m""...�...•.�' } z Y O ��.,. ,j , � � N %k( �¢ �Y �.��x.µ.,..-w�G°,'^'"�0,�.. ' � �"*,., . m��..,.,....�.�,..µ,.,,., �.� ..� ,�pq � I �,,.,,�..�..�..�... �u'e?, �� » . .-.�. �r .. �.� � �$ � OI o „.,y � . ...... , ��w, � � �I'�Iw.� � h.....°� re^".'a'.� ��"�..�...w. """� �.,"�^^V3^�^-,�".� �s��,.........�q�� ..�.., . R�d�k�'� �__��.. �J � � a 0 cJ � w�� `(�--.,.a (�{��a I�"xi "� � �, �� I g I� a «�I'.�' �i« �p�EEa#brye �r� .. . ? J , � , � { � � � , � �� - � - -�- - - ��:�� o�,z� o �� ' �� u�° � .mm. o � i � � w. _ � i �db o W N �- - - - - - - - - - - db � �• �� 20-E-1 � REFER TO DWG I - "�s�ls *,�` W 30-E-1 FOR ' zI '�-�"`�-,'�"� � CONTINUATION � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ rP701,P702 1 / - � � �� F. REFER TO � S400� �P703,P704 � � ¢I DWG40-E-1 I � FOR 4 - - """ .... _ .:......,, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �� LA-11,13,15, I I .w .w.w.w.w. ..w.w • CONTINUATION �� 19,21,23 P300,C300 �� SURFACE • I 7 �/ S702,C702 P50Q C500� WASN PUMP � � BACKWASH I ri y P611,C610 � P403,C403 P403 � � EW12_PMP_04160 . RECLAIMPUMP � - - - - - - - - - - -�- - - - - - � - - - - - -\ I I ' EW12 PMP 02170 Il�i I 2 � C100,C403 i i i Y� � _., I w — 20-E-1 LA-17 I � � � PNL-LA OSURE O w • � - ' 5700�� EW12 VFD 02170 � � ��`�� `�'"�EW12 FIT 02170 �" a^ ,..'- EW12_FIT_06150 � �- - - - - - -....- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - FOR CONTWUATION �. �� _ (2)1"C TO UPS ENCL � - - � � � REFER TO DWG E 2 '�� ,a REFER TO DWG _ I FILTER - - - - - - - - - - - - -I -�- - � �' W '' 20-M-2 FOR ( �� CONTROL I � Q z LOCATION _ ___. '�� PANEL ��j8ie��M p`� Q bb b b4 P�oo � � �w � � � , �� .�.�. �� f � � m� � ___ ._. .��-._n �� _ �.�.._....�__ _:�_. _.__e. ......_ __ �.�. � _ y � '!�.�� .�_ z � �-- .N.. T- -T ��=�"�� I C611,S611 I I�- P800 � P DP I � Q � W _ .�....f � ' <.w, 2 -C501 .�610 � �� P600 �' Q � 1/��P604 `, 3 MCG12A � � > � > � 5604 � ; I I � � �� _ �. ..w.w.w.w� w ; - � ' ' ; I � U Q ' REFER TO DWG E-2 ; REFER TO DWG E-2 � � O m W FOR CONTINUATION ; FOR CONTINUATION ; �w�;:r� ��/ COOORATIVE , ; � ; �1 �A_6 $ � � � 0 ,e,._.-=�:t -=:s�:,. ........ ��',, U i... � � ....... i'��. i 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G � ; � m LA 1Q12 i. � EW12 AIT 15120 E- � Z DP-32, � � EW12_AIT_15130 }SEE ` �j � � J 34,36 � .. 1 13405 I W s � EW12 BFV 04130- ' � - - � 1"C-3#6,1#8G � � � N � ��..... ... ........................... , '- � - - ; , - W o � --' -- ; WATER HEATER ; Z °' � EW12_BFV_04120..... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... , , Q � ��EW12_BFV_04140 EW12_BFV_06110 EW12_BFV_06120 �-�_'��. N �rt � l.! EW12_BFV_06100 EW12_BFV_05110 EW12_BFV_06130 PLAN T Z � 1l2��_��_�„ �"� J � W 3/4'C-10#14 EW12_FIT_02170 �� EW12 FIT_06150 � W � 3/4"C-10#14 \ � (TYP 2) � TYP Z 3#12,1#12G �� N Z � 3/4"C-10#14 � ) �., � � (TYP 3) 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G 3/4"C-1 PR Q � J J (TYP 3) �TYP 3� J J (TYP 3) J J #16TWSH(TYP 2) (TYP 2�2#12,1#12G N � Q � � U � 1-1/4"C-30#14 1"C-9#12,1#12G 1"C-9#12,1#12G 1"C-20#14 � � N � 1-1/4"C-30#14 3/4"C-6#12,1#12G � � Z N H �q � o W 3/4"C-2PR#16TWSH 3/4"C-3#12,1#12G z -7 FILTER PNL-DP FILTER PNL-DP FILTER PNL-DP � Q � W CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL PANE� PANEL PANEL DRawiNG NUMBEk: NOTES: FILTER LA-5,7 ZO-E-� 1. REFER TO MECHANICA�DRAWING 20-M-2 FOR VALVE LOCATIONS. CONTROL NOTE: PANEL A-32507 2. R4U'fE CQNDt11TS,SIZEH INDIGA7'EU AB4VE,UNpER B�)ILpING TQ'T'HE PANE�S INL�ICATED. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWING 20-M-2 FOR FLOWMETER LOCATIONS. ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: �� CONDUIT BLOCK DIAGAM 2 �2� CONDUIT B�OCK DIAGAM 2 0 2 4 FEET ^S �"°'"N UA"fE MAY 2023 20-E-1 NONE 20-E-1 NONE SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHEE7 a5 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-20E001.dgn PLOT DATE:10l11/2022 2:56:42 PM FOR CONTINUATION w�� A SEE DWG Y-1 A z 50-SM-2 � ( TYP ALL 50-SM-2 z i,i � 4',0„ � � z � I 24"X 46"ACCESS HATCH o rYp n i� 15205 1"FW �`i � �12��BWW � �IQUID LEVE�INDICATOR TYP � SEE DWG Y-UATION Q � NOTES: � ... ......... J � � � TYP 01A 1. ROOF SUPPORT COLUMN FOOTING. FOOTING SHALL zo z `\ � PIPE UP�QRT BE DESIGNED BY THE TANK MANUFAGTURER.THE c� Q GROSS ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE � � ry�o � 0 3200D SHALL NOT EXCEED 2,000 PSF WITH SNOW LOAD � o ` A o TYP AND FULL TANK. o �� -SM-2 � " 2"FW��-�� 6"REC��-�� _ _ - - f-- - - _ _ p 2. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 15120. � ,� - ,, � � � � � ' � ' � � 3. INSTALL SACRIFICIALANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION n � o � � ( \ SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 13212. �a Q � � �g � \ �. . ' � 12"F�ANGED � � � �u� z� o p; . ' REOZZL�IN TA�EK � ` � � OSHA LADDER WITH � � �% ROQF , � � SAFETY CLIMB DEVICE, � � � � � ( a �� SAFETY CAGE AND � RAILING ��N�R*y � , �j� �a �, '2�so � � o , , 6"FJ RESTRAINT � � I �� w � >� FL x FL FLEXIBLE JOINT , � � � � (10)MIN ANCHOR BOLTS oa - z � o 221-01-0617,NOTE 2-�� y� . � \ SPACED EQUALLYAROUND o ,�P � \ BACKWASH ( �/ � TANK,PROVIDEADDL � *5 � � � � \ ANCHORS AS REQD BY RECLAIM Q- � � p TANK MFR � Q � � �� , \ EW12_TNK_06170 � � `,� � / � ( � Mry / / \\ / \ � NOTE 1,BELOW � p � 24"SQUARE � � \ I ? / MANWAY � °' � \ // \ � ' N / � ! � \` ( � \ Ny \ � � Y� 4"FJ RESTRAINT � \ _ _ _ � , O - - - FL x FL FLEXIB�E JOINT t o ' � �� `^ �� 221-01-0416,NOTE 2 0 � ,� �1 � � � �z EW12 PLV 06180 � N 9403.31 � \� � � � �f`� m' W- 4"SLD � E 9544.54 � � • � � :B,e p=�'°� Q z � � � I I 90° � I � 270° 2,_6" �W - - - - - - - -i- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - -�- - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - - � I 2"FW �� I , � I z � (-- � i � � I � � Q � W � ,1 '- - ( - - - - \I � � �j�, � 2"x 3/4"RDCR � ( � � � U � � � / O m W � \\\ � � � r � Q � 1— � � �5 � � U � _ . ' � � � o � I ' ' � � � � � � � � � `, I � , W = Q � � 0 '� ,' cn � � �� ( ' z m z �50-SM-3 \� � \ ��' 14"FCA a H � I 50-SM3 / N � \ \ , T Z � \ / � � � Q J � ( � � � J � W � U �, � w � , ` _ � ' , , , .\ � � � � o - - - - -j - - - - - Q o� a U Y w Z NU Q � a � o m � � z � Q o � DRAWWG NUMBER: 50-SM-1 RIP RAP PER SPECIFICATION A-32522 SECTION 0239Q SEE DWG G3 FOR oRicwn� scFli.E: TOP P�AN EXTENTS OF RIP RAP 2 0 2 4 FEET aS NOrED 1/2"=1'-0" � UA`fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 60 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-SOSM101.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:51:OS PM W�I Z NOTES: `� z 1. PROVIDEATANKSIDESHEL�HEIGHTAND z `� Q 12"F�ARfGED NC3ZZLE I[V ROOF FRAMING TO MEET THE FREEBOARD � T,�Nhf RqOF DESIG�N REQ IR MENT/S.A D103-09 SEISMIC Q v� 2. WSTALLSACRIFICIALANODECATHODIC � PROTECTION SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATION a " zo z SECTION 13212. � � 3. PROVIDE 12'-0 OF 6"FLEXIBLE BRAIED PVC � �' '(2"�iNW 2'Q" HOSE. o �� EL 528.10 NOMINAL � EAVE HEIGHT,NOTE 1 � � z 4�_p�� Q � �I o m � z� z� o ( � � - � � � a o � PIPE SUPPOR7(TYP} t4^FCA I ca X ��eER a y � �ti �� `�o g � � � h U 7 U 14"OF w CL EL 520.85 0�o z u� � � #y�P BACKWASH RECLAIM ( TANK 12"E�ASTOfVI�R EXPANSION JOINT WITM (125,000 GAL NOMINAL) ( Cf.}idTRC}L RODS EW12_TNK_06170 ' o VARIES �'J_�j�f� _0 AVG WSE 51724 O W �;; � CLEL499.50 �'� �� z 12"BWW � .� W- 3305 �`� ' 14"OF � z � (" �� SECTION p � tz 50-SM-1 1/4"=1'-0" W � � � � � tL U Q � � mQ z � U � � � "' z 1!2"THICK ��-TANK SHELL BY TANK MFR � o O CANE-FIBER ��_3^ z � JOINT FILLER, �ANCHOR BOLTAND W s U ASTM D1751 j CHAIR BY TANK MFR _0 MIN WSE 505_60_ W N W i TANK BTM � 3/4"CHAMFER Z m � BY TANK MFR Q Z _TOC EL 504 10 N � � J Q � 12"LIME TREATED �'�III L�n' " _f � _' — ' VARIES W � U AGGREGATE BASE �� (� ('� COMPACTED TO 95% "' 'ur 4 "!'� Q V�� DOO�Q\J � Q � RELATIVE DENSITY — M o Q 0�� o � _ III=_ N Z (6)#6 CONT CIRC � � :e:p`:.�o.�� j � O OOO DD �1 M � Q REINF STAGGER 1 1 O 1 Z a Y SPLICES 3" � � � -- CLR ...... ........ 2 6 / _ _ ( � � o Q ��- #5 STIRRUPS @ 14" BASE SUPPORT 15051 , �� + � W/(3)#4 EACH WAY�� RIP RAP PER r" � m SPECIFICATION � Q � SECTION 02390, � � DRAWING NUMBER: see ow�as FOR � 50—SM-3 �� SECTION EXTENTSOFRIPRAP � 50-SM-1 1/2"=1'-0" � 4 0 4 8 FEET 4 A-32524 �� SECTION S�a�E,�4.,=,,_o., � oR��NA� 5��.E �'`� AS SHOWN 50-SM-1 1/2"=1'-0" 2 0 2 4 FEET UA"fE MAY 2023 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SHE� 62 OF 93 FILENAME:1507D-SOSM102.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/201512:SO:OO PM . ox ax ax ox e,x ox ax �,X : �x : ax �,X �x �� ... �;� . _ ox ,r f� ___ __ ^ __. ..._ T _ _ _ _ ...._ ._ _ __ _ _ __ _. _ _ _ _ __ ..._ .._ _ � n ..._ �. -- w� _ _- — _ __ __ __ ._ _.__ r- ��- _ ��. _ - - - _ - r _.-. U ..�_-._.__ ------ ------- ------- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ------ - ------- - ------- � � z w / � / I I I �--- _ e r � I Z � � ,� '�l� i i i W o x r Q / �� ..�--- �--- ' r � / - /,, l �- �, S� z ------ ----- ---- ---- ---- ------ ------ ------ ---- ----- ----=- --- - - o /, . �_._ � I l�-- � � /�; � r,-,. � Y Z , � ,�-" NOTES O � - - -- ------ ------ ---- ----- ------ 1 ELE TRICAL UTILITY PRIMARY PER REU � �, _-_ / __.�� /--'� c ' ''� ''� -�- ,r .- --- - -- ---- - --- ` - -- — REQUIREMENTS.REFERENCE REU DRAWING. o f/ s G.r� �^ r �+ f' � f .�"` � ,i_ / F ; f„/ � � N W ll ' f f,/ � �� G % \ 2. PROVIDE NEW CONDUIT,CABLE AND PU�LBOX � z � o � - rr � ` ,�� >< �� FOR TELEPHONE TO EXISTING TELEPHONE � z x r � v ��_� �__ �_� �_� m�_ �� _ ^,,'" � TERMINATION BOX AT EXISTING MECHANICAL mz o j` /' � � '� �� " -� - � -: � BUILDWG.COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH �� 'm� � [' � � �` �- SERVICE PROVIDER. � z o i i z � - i - - -' I � � � � �, � '� UPS � "�� I � 3. E�ECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICE LAT6RAL TO a� � � ° ------ --------- ___- =� � �� I ` t� ENCLOSURE� � �,* µ �' I� EXISTING MAIN SWITCHBOARD IN EXISTING � MECHANICAL BUI�DING PER REU �EE��[ � �� , '�- � REQUIREMENTS.REFERENCE REU DRAWING. Q�� '�e //ii , i�'/ o�S o � �� LL �`�� ° � 4. CITY TO PROVIDE A NEW RADIO TOWER.STUB ��' (�� GREENSAND '� ; ( �Z��„� ( UP AND CAP CONDUITS. �a �� o � FILTER %�EXST WELL"� ( ° � � � � �SEE 30-E-1 �BU��00.35 x � � 5. PROVIDE NEW CONDUIT TO ROL�OFF ��dals� *s`P ii x � � � � � ( = I I I CONTAINER AREA FOR AUTO SAMP�ER POWER. � � � �-., SEE 10 E 1/ � 6. A�L E�ECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING IN u,�_ ' �; ( � � WET AND CORROSIVE AREAS MUST MEET THE � � ( WET AREA ; ? ( I I � REQUIREMENTS OFTHIS CONTRACT AND THE � REFERENCE '%WET AREA � � � �' �� RELEVANT PROVISIONS OP THE 2022 o � ( SHEET G-11 ( � � � � � � � CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE. _ � � _ -` � / I x � ` � � �tEPERENCE,; � � _ I � � "� ------ �SHEET G 11 � G� -� , � - - --- CHEMICA ST RAGE � � '~��. ^ �^HM `�'_,-._". „' ; ;; � 6`\ — — — — . _,_..._._.. . ;, , I FACILITY, EE....0-E-� . . ...Ic ... �.=,:„..;��, �e .. ,, .. .. __ '�, ' � '.�' � - ( ;;" y� ��, - � _ - - `1� >< �� .. m Poo2, - - - �w � CORROSIVEAREA ( � � Ow REFERENCE \ �NOTE 3 _ ' SHEET G-11 FILTER MECHANICAL ( G �*`�z , CONTROL BUILDING Gc C001 c�\.... ..... ... ..... . �n a� W� ' PANEL� SEE 20-E-1 ' " '�+�µn� a� ° �_ _ _" _ _ � P601,P602,.� G _ W C601 C602,G� � > > �r >r m ! `� '-:.. ' ..' '�.„„.;' � � � � � _ � WET AREA C603 �. � � >E i t � r a '�` � REFERENCE G =, � � " � � � H � SHEET Cy-11 r.w�> ,��,_,�} E .�,-r � .�t� �� ` f, `CCYN�t��fE �. � z��,j � -P600 5605 � � � BOLLARDS � � W X I ' 1 I . -P604 S604 \ �TRANSFORMER h � � � � �,'��; I' � ! . � PAD � � , � P600 �c � � � ; ,I '1 j '�� NOTE5 �:�: :.:: .... 6� �\ Gc� , O -� � � F �� F i � / SIGNAL PULL RADIO \ e� � �'� m W �' ,� I � BOX P62 TOWER G�'F. "� , ... . , � = Q ` P001, �- � �r ,,� ' NOTE 4 � Gc� . . . . � -- ' POWER �NOTE 1 U r , � PULLBQX PB1 TELEPHONE C001 ' Jf��` ° " e� 16112 TYP 3 PU�LBOX NOTE2 ��, � � � t � � ' .� � �i flOTEe......... ......... � G� � � a f � �� _ m x ' � � ./ 8605 G � o v�� / c z � 6` i i x m �// U � y� ��y G� I o , `P ''�� \G � ' � '',, . m Z ° � a C.°� ' cF \ � � x \ a G � �x�.:: a x 4 �P664 �'F . ��, , '�, ��. N � � � � i 5604 WET AREA � � � ' � REFERENCE c�\ \c J I— Q / ` SHEET G-11 � �j � o � ' ,o ; � mX �' W U � � � �� BACKWASH �� S�UDGE FILTER�� `�. �� ' ROLL OFF CONTAWER, � �� RECLAIM TANK G� m � W ' SEE DWG / PARSHA�L FLUME MANHO�E SEE 50-E-1 m 70-SM-1(TYP OF 3)-------1 0\ > , , I FOR WASTEWATER FLOW >f \ � MEASUREMENT G � I WASTE WATER , G�F.cF � °z ' SAMPLING STATION \\ � o I � �� (y�?" , ' , � DRAWING NUMBER: O ' I � �s` / , i � E-2 .. x ...._ .� . ..._ ,�. .; . _.. I ._.. ____ ..... . ......... ____. ......... .... .. .._. .._. _ _.. __. .._.. ..... .._.. .._. x ____. ,� ,�. r , IJ.! 1 , `f , � A-32528 .. C):( ---� - � / (..... ... � l ..- �k.. -.�. 6X d.... =�X__ .... 6X �..�� X ... � QX ..... �x ..... .___.f?X ..� 11X ... ..CIX --.. ...._ ..... ____. ,,. �� 0 �� 20FEET ORIGINALSCALE: __. _ . ... .__ __. ____. _ . .... .... � �� _ 10' / ----- -- SCALE T�=1O� DATE: MAY2023 _.. '....- _L ___ _ .T _... .....� ._._. . � _.� .__ .__ . .___ ..... ___. ____. ..... _ ...... _.... ____ ..._ ......... . ___. ____. ..... -�� ' � ' SHEET 66 OF 93 W�I PANEL TAG No.PNLdA NEMA TYPFJMOUNTING 12/MCC CONDUIT AND WIRE SCHEDULE z LOCATION MECHANICAL BUI�DING MAIN DEV�CE 200 CONDUIT CONDUIT � FROM TO W IREFILL REMARKS z BUS AMPACITY 225 AIC RATING 14,000 NUMBER SIZE(X") - VOLTS 208 FED FROM MCC-12A P001 EXISTING SERVICE POLE NEW REU TRANSFORMER z �.� a REFERENCEREUDRAWWG w� `� PHASE/WIRE CONFIG.3-PHASE/4-WIRE ACCESSORIES .......� REMARKS a P002 NEW REU TRANSFORMER EXISTING MAIN SWITCHBOARD (2)4" 3#350KMCI�,1#4/OG WIREFILL PER CONDUIT v� C001 EXISTING SERVICE PO�E EXISTING TELEPHONE 2" TELEPHONE CABLE � LOAD VA LOAD VA Q PHASE PHASE PHASE WIRE WIRE PHASE PHASE PHASE TERMINATION BOARD zo z LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND BKR BKR.NO. BKR DEMAND LOAD DESCRIPTION P100 EXISTING MCG12 MCG12A 2-1/2" 3#3/0,1#6G � Q A B C SIZE SIZE A B C 243 MECHANICAL BLDG LIGHTING #12 125 20/1 1 2 20/1 125 #12 MECHANICAL BLDG RECPT 360 C100 EXISTING WELL CONTROL PANEL FILTER CONTROL PANEL 1" 14#14,1#14G DISCRETE SIGNALS 0 � ` C101 EXSTING WELL CONTROL PANEL FILTER CON7ROL PANEL 2" 6-PR#16 TNSH ANALOG SIGNALS � 108 CHEMICA�STORAGE�IGHTING #12 125 20/1 3 4 20/1 125 #12 CHEMICAL STORAGE RECPT 360 0 P300 MCG12A MIXER 3/4" 3#12,1#12G MOTOR VIA J-BOX '� 250 � FIT 06150 BWW F�OWMETER #12 125 20/1 5 6 20/1 125 #12 AIT 15120 CHLORINE ANALYZER 250 � EW12 MXR 02130 O � " i,.i � 250 '� FIT 02170 REC F�OWMETER #12 125 20/1 7 8 20/1 125 #12 AIT 15130 TURBIDIMETER 250� C300 MCG12A MIXER 3/4" 2#14 TSH VIA J-BOX Q W z 500 PLC CONTROL PANEL #12 125 20/1 9 10 50/2 125 #6 UTILITY SWK WATER HEATER 5200 EW12 MXR 62136 y z � o ' 2000 � SHC PRP ENCLOSURE #10 125 30/1 11 12 50/2 125 #6 UTILITY SWK WATER HEATER �� 5200� S400 FILTER CONTROL PANEL DPlT d4110 3/4" 1 PR#16 TWSH �a " I..�.J �� o� m W 1176 '�� FUTURE SHC MTRNG PUMP #12 125 20/1 13 14 20/1 125 #12 RADIO TOWER LIGHT 250 P403 PN�-DP EW12 BFV Q4170 1" 9#12,1#12G VIA POWER J-BOXAT z z�` o �. 1176 FUTURE SHC METERING PUMP #12 125 20/1 15 16 20/1 125 #12 RADIO TOWER RECEPTACLE 360 (SEE PANEL SCHEDULE) EW12 F3FV Q4180 GREENSAND FILTER �� Q� > 250 �LIT 06230 ULTRASONIC�V�SENSOR #12 125 20/1 17 18 20/1 125 #12 EVAPORATNE COOLER r 2162� EW12 BI=V 04190 a o � 2000 > FeCi FRP ENCLOSURE #10 125 30/1 19 20 20/1 125 #12 AUTO SAMPLER 250 C403 FILTER CONTROL PANEL EW12 BFV 0417Q 1 1/4" 30#14 VIA CONTROL J-BOXAT 1176 �� W12_PMP_7210 FECI MTRNG PUM #12 125 20/1 21 22 20/1 125 #12 FECL RECEPTAND LIGHTS 360 EW12_�FV_4�+18Q GREENSAND FILTER Pe`'G ELR*btio � 1176 W12 PMP 7220 FEG MTRNG PUM #12 125 20/1 23 24 20/1 125 #12 SNC RECEPTAND LIGHTS 360 EW12_BFV_QG19Q �o , 360 '� '� EW 12 BFV 04120 FLT CELL 1 RW #12 1.25 2011 25 26 2011 1.25 #12 EW 12 BFV 04170 FLT CELL 1 SW 360 P500 MCG12A SW BOOSTER PUMP 3/4" 3#10,1#10G MOTOR VIA J-BOX w � ' �W12 PMF' 0416Q `�6 � 360 �� EW 12 BFV 04130 FLT CELL 2 RW #12 125 20/1 27 28 20/1 125 #12 EW 12 BFV 04180 FLT CELL 2 SW 360 -� --� 's 360 EW 12 BFV 04140 F�T CELL 3 RW #12 125 20/1 29 30 20/1 125 #12 EW 12 BFV 04190 FLT CELL 3 SW �360 �� C500 MCG12A SW BOOSTER PUMP 3/4" 2#14 TSH VIA J-BOX °�y�S H #5�`� - - - - - - EW12 PMP 04160 360 ��EW_12_BFV_06100 FLT CELL 1 BWW #12 125 20/1 31 32 20/1 125 #12 EW_12_BFV_05110 FILTERED WATER 360 C501 FILTER CONTROL PANEL MCC-12A 3/4" 10#14 360 ��.EW 12 BFV 06110 FLT CELL 2 BWW #12 125 20/1 33 34 20/1 125 #12 EW 12 BFV 06130 FILTER BACKWASN �� 360 EW12 PMP Q4160 STARTF_R 360 EW 12 BFV 06120 FLT CELL 3 BWW #12 125 20/1 35 3 20/1 125 #12 LIT 06230 FLdWMETER �360 - - - � P600 PNL-LA CKT 20 RECEPTACLE FOR AUTO SAMPLER 1" 3#12,1#12G SPACE 37 38 125 SPACE SPACE 39 40 125 SPACE P601 PNL-LA CKT 26 RADIO TOWER LIGHT 1" PULL STRING STUB UP SPACE 41 42 125 SPACE P602 PN�-LA CKT 28 R4DI0 TOWER RECEPTAC�E 1" PULL STRING STUB UP 4389 3680�� 4396 CONNECTED VA CONNECTED VA 1830�� 7000 8692 C601 FILTER CONTROL PANEL RADIO TOWER 2" PULL STRING STUB UP 5486 4600 5495 DEMAND VA DEMAND VA 2288 8750 10865 C602 FI�TER CONTRO�PANE� R4DI0 TOWER 1" PULL STRING STUB UP C603 FILTER CONTROL PANEL RADIO TOWER 1" PULL STRING STUB UP VA AMPS TOTAL CONNECTED VA-PER PHASE 6219 10680 13088 5605 FI�TER CONTRO�PANEL �IT 02180 3/4" 1 PR#16 TNSH BW TANK�EVEL Y� TOTA�PANEL CONNECTED�OAD 29987 8324 TOTAL DEMAND VA-PER PHASE 7774 13350 16360 P610 MCG12A BW RECLAIM PUMP VFD 2' 3#1,1#8G ,t,,, d'w EW12 VFp Q217Q ��° �w TOTAL PANE�DEMAND l.OAD 37484 104.04 TOTAL DEMAND PHASE AMPS 64.7 1112 136.2 - a ,,; PANEL DEMAND FACTOR 125% C610 BW RECLAIM PUMP VFD BW RECLAIM PUMP 3/4" 2#14 TSH VIA J-BOX �--�� m; W� 06 VFD 10 EW12 PMP 02170 P611 BW RECLAIM PUMP VFD BW RECI.AIM PUMP 2" 3#1,1#8G MOTOR VIA J-BOX Q= PANEL TAG No.PNL-DP NEMA TYPEiMOUNTING 121SURFACE 06 VFD 10 EW1?_ PMP 02170 �S w LOCATION MECHANICAL BUILDING MAIN DEVICE 100A C611 FI�TER CONTRO�PANEL BW RECI.AIM PUMP 3/4" 10#14 BUS AMPACITY 225 AIC RATING 65,000 EW12_VFD_02170 � VOLTS 480 FED FROM MCC-12A S611 FI�TER CONTRO�PANEL BW REC�AIM PUMP 3/4" 2 PR#16 TNSH z (n PHASE/WIRECONFIG.3-PHASE/4-WIRE ACCESSORIES EW12_VFD_02570 Q �G z REMARKS S700 FI�TER CONTRO�PANEL AI'T i 512d/AIT 1513d 1" 4 PR#16 TNSH CL2,TURBIDITY,pH, � W TEMPERATURE � O � LOAD VA LOAD VA P701 PN�-tA CKT 13,15 SHC METERWG PUMP SKID 3/4" PULL STRING STUB UP � �j � PHASE PHASE PHASE WIRE WIRE PHASE PHASE PHASE C701 FILTER CONTROL PANEL SNC METERING PUMP SKID 1 1/4" PULL STRING STUB UP A B � LOAD DESCRIPTION S�� DEMAND BKR BKR.NO. BKR DEMAND S�ZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B � (FUTURE} O J Q� 2993 '� UNIT SPACE HEATER#1 #12 1.00 20/3 1 2 20/3 1.00 #12 UNIT SPACE HEATER#2 2993 '. S701 FIITER CONTRO�PANEL SHC METERWG PUMP SKID 2" PULL STRING STUB UP 2993 UNIT SPACE HEATER#1 #12 1.00 20/3 3 4 20/3 1.00 #12 UNIT SPACE HEATER#2 2993 � m Q 2993� UNIT SPACE HEATER#1 #12 1.00 20/3 5 6 20/3 1.00 #12 UNIT SPACE HEATER#2 Zgg3� (FUTURE} !\ � P702 PNL-LA CKT 21,23 FeCI METERING PUMP SKID 3/4" 3#12,1#12G `J � $ C702 FI�TER CONTROI PANEL FeCI ME'TERING PUMP SKID 1" 18#14 VIA CONTRO�J-BOXAT FeCI FRP 9 10 E�1V12 PMP 7210 ENCLOSURE 11 12 S702 FI�TER CONTRO�PANE� FeGI METERING PUMP SKID 2" 5 PR#16 TNSH VIA SIGNA�J-BOXAT FeCI FRP � m 13 14 EW12 PMP 7210 ENCLOSURE > � 15 16 P703 PN�-LA CKT 11 SHC FRP ENCLOSURE 3/4" PULL STRING STUB UP �` z 17 18 P704 PNL-LA CKT 19 FeCI FRP ENCLOSURE 3/4" 2#10,1#10G W s P705 PN�-LA CKT 22 FECL RECEPT AND LIGHTS 3/4" 2#12,1#12G � " � 19 20 � 2� 22 P706 PNL-LA CKT 24 SNC RECPT AND LIGHTS 3/4" PULL STRING STUB UP Z � _ 23 24 P800 MCG12A PNL-DP 2" 3#1,1#8G Q m � 25 26 P604 PNL-LA CKT 36 LIT 66230 3l4" 2#12,1#12G N � W 2� 2$ 5604 FlI.TER GQNTROI.F'Ah1�L. PARSFIA��F�UME MANHOLE 3!4" 1 PF2#16 TWSN r Z = 29 30 J a � —� � J 31 32 � W � Q 33 34 � Z U 35 36 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDU�E 0 � 37 38 7ypE DESCRIPTION MOUNTING LAMP WATT VOLTAGE MANUFACTURER � U 39 40 \ W 41 42 ENC�OSED AND GASKETED,4'LED,FBERGIASS HOUSING,NEMA 4X U W 2993 2993�� 2993 CONNECTED VA CONNECTED VA��2993 2993�� 2993 ENCLOSURE. ACRYLIC DIFFUSER.LED EQUIVALENT TO 2-32T8 LAMPS. Z N SUITAB�E FOR WETAND CORROSNE�OCATIONS AND IP65 RATED FOR SURFACE OR �ITHONIA � W o 2993 2993 2993 DEMAND VA DEMAND VA 2993 2993 2993 A LED 27 120VAC DMW2-L24-3000�M-ACL-MD 120-30K- OUTDOOR LOCATIONS. PENDANT 80CRI � � z �`' Q o VA AMPS TOTAL CONNECTED VA-PER PHASE 5986 5986 5986 PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR INSTA�IATION�OCATION. � TOTAL PANE�CONNECTED LOAD 17958 21.60 TOTA�DEMAND VA-PER PHASE 5986 5986 5986 � DRawwG �vuMBEK: TOTAL PANEL DEMAND LOAD 17958 21.60 TOTAL DEMAND PHASE AMPS 21.6 21.6 21.6 WALL PACK,LED. CORROSION-RESISTANT DIE CAST ALUMINUM STONCO � E-6 PANEL DEMAND FACTOR 100% B HOUSING WITN PRISMATIC POLYCARBONATE LENS AND DARK BRONZE WALL LED 32 120VAC �PW32-70NW-G33-UNV-PCB-BZ � FINISH. INC�UDES LAMP AND PHOTOCELL. � A-32533 � ORIGINAL SCFlI..E: EXIT LIGHT PACK WITH EGRESS LAMPS AND REMOTE OUTDOOR WALL DUA�-LITE HCX-U-R-W-03�-RC12 PGZ e�I nS sHOwN C EGRESS FIXTURE LED LAMPS WITH RED LED SIGN INTEGRAL BATt'ERY 9FT AFF 2 LED 3W 5 120VAC WHITE INTERIOR/BROWN EXTERIOR �J AND CHARGER Ua`fE Mav 2023 SHEEi 71 OF 93 FILENAME:2165D-EOO6.dg� PLOTDATE:10/11l2022 PLOTTIME:9:39:59AM